summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/lib
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-05-05 18:33:23 +0000
committerDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-05-05 18:33:23 +0000
commit1d5cace9db9aef76f26b2d7ba54bbb76443b00b2 (patch)
tree314a15dd1aa103da13bdc83ba1d2105a290bc5ba /lib
parentInitial commit. (diff)
downloadbash-1d5cace9db9aef76f26b2d7ba54bbb76443b00b2.tar.xz
bash-1d5cace9db9aef76f26b2d7ba54bbb76443b00b2.zip
Adding upstream version 5.0.upstream/5.0upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'lib')
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/Makefile.in168
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/collsyms.h140
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/doc/Makefile5
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/doc/glob.texi1
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/glob.c1441
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/glob.h44
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/glob_loop.c77
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/gm_loop.c208
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/gmisc.c108
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/ndir.h50
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/sm_loop.c927
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/smatch.c555
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/strmatch.c79
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/strmatch.h64
-rw-r--r--lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c409
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/ChangeLog4
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/Makefile.in472
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/VERSION1
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/bindtextdom.c376
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/config.charset465
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/dcgettext.c61
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/dcigettext.c1248
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/dcngettext.c62
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/dgettext.c61
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/dngettext.c63
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/eval-plural.h116
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/explodename.c195
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/finddomain.c197
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/gettext.c66
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/gettextP.h226
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/gmo.h150
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/hash-string.h61
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/intl-compat.c152
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/l10nflist.c459
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in311
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/loadinfo.h159
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c1336
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/localcharset.c399
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/localcharset.h43
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/locale.alias78
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/localealias.c427
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/localename.c774
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/log.c106
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/ngettext.c70
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/os2compat.c100
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/os2compat.h48
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/osdep.c26
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/plural-exp.c158
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/plural-exp.h128
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/plural.c1679
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/plural.y411
-rwxr-xr-xlib/intl/ref-add.sin29
-rwxr-xr-xlib/intl/ref-del.sin24
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/relocatable.c440
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/relocatable.h69
-rw-r--r--lib/intl/textdomain.c144
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/Makefile.in138
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/alloca.c482
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/getpagesize.h60
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s16
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/imalloc.h173
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/malloc.c1422
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/mstats.h114
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/shmalloc.h70
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/stats.c213
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/stub.c22
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/table.c429
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/table.h116
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/trace.c126
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/watch.c151
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/watch.h41
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s63
-rwxr-xr-xlib/malloc/xleaktrace47
-rw-r--r--lib/malloc/xmalloc.c94
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/COPYING674
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/ChangeLog403
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/Makefile.in396
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/README6
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/STANDALONE2
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h54
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/bind.c2920
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/callback.c360
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/chardefs.h164
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/colors.c294
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/colors.h126
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/compat.c106
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/complete.c2958
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/display.c3243
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/Makefile145
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi506
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/history.texi85
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi602
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi504
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi84
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi2731
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi2389
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi70
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/doc/version.texi10
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c872
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/Inputrc81
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/Makefile44
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/excallback.c196
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/fileman.c506
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c125
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c111
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/rl-callbacktest.c90
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/rl.c158
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c179
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/examples/rltest.c92
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/funmap.c269
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/histexpand.c1685
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/histfile.c791
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/histlib.h85
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/history.c607
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/history.h286
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/histsearch.c287
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/input.c694
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/isearch.c829
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/keymaps.c174
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/keymaps.h100
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/kill.c766
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/macro.c332
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/mbutil.c440
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/misc.c681
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/nls.c290
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/parens.c180
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/parse-colors.c440
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/parse-colors.h46
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/posixdir.h71
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/posixjmp.h46
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/posixselect.h47
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/posixstat.h142
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/readline.c1450
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/readline.h959
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rlconf.h79
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rldefs.h166
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rlmbutil.h213
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rlprivate.h573
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rlshell.h33
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rlstdc.h57
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rltty.c991
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rltty.h80
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rltypedefs.h100
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/rlwinsize.h58
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/savestring.c40
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/search.c658
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/shell.c214
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/signals.c742
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/tcap.h60
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/terminal.c779
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/text.c1815
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/tilde.c493
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/tilde.h80
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/undo.c365
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/util.c575
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/vi_keymap.c875
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/vi_mode.c2314
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/xfree.c49
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/xmalloc.c75
-rw-r--r--lib/readline/xmalloc.h45
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/Makefile.in630
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/casemod.c273
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/clktck.c61
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/clock.c87
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/dprintf.c70
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/eaccess.c244
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/fmtullong.c31
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/fmtulong.c191
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/fmtumax.c27
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/fnxform.c199
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/fpurge.c232
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/getcwd.c356
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/getenv.c233
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/inet_aton.c214
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/input_avail.c98
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/itos.c84
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/mailstat.c159
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/makepath.c128
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/mbscasecmp.c79
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/mbschr.c91
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/mbscmp.c77
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/memset.c29
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/mktime.c438
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/netconn.c82
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/netopen.c351
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/oslib.c301
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/pathcanon.c234
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/pathphys.c296
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/rename.c76
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/setlinebuf.c63
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/shmatch.c121
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/shmbchar.c137
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/shquote.c386
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/shtty.c330
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/snprintf.c2221
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/spell.c212
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strcasecmp.c84
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strcasestr.c46
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strchrnul.c35
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strdup.c42
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strerror.c74
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strftime.c1006
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/stringlist.c297
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/stringvec.c248
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strnlen.c49
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strpbrk.c49
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strstr.c125
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtod.c201
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtoimax.c113
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtol.c259
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtoll.c30
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtoul.c30
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtoull.c31
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtoumax.c113
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/strtrans.c380
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/times.c77
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/timeval.c152
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/tmpfile.c247
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/uconvert.c116
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/ufuncs.c149
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/unicode.c339
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/utf8.c147
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/vprint.c85
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/wcsdup.c44
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/wcsnwidth.c56
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/wcswidth.c46
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/winsize.c98
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/zcatfd.c70
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/zgetline.c125
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/zmapfd.c89
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/zread.c215
-rw-r--r--lib/sh/zwrite.c64
-rw-r--r--lib/termcap/Makefile.in90
-rw-r--r--lib/termcap/ltcap.h30
-rw-r--r--lib/termcap/termcap.c817
-rw-r--r--lib/termcap/termcap.h63
-rw-r--r--lib/termcap/tparam.c345
-rw-r--r--lib/termcap/version.c22
-rw-r--r--lib/tilde/Makefile.in126
-rw-r--r--lib/tilde/README5
-rw-r--r--lib/tilde/shell.c79
-rw-r--r--lib/tilde/tilde.c493
-rw-r--r--lib/tilde/tilde.h80
243 files changed, 80281 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lib/glob/Makefile.in b/lib/glob/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..314622f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+## -*- text -*- ####################################################
+# #
+# Makefile for the GNU Glob Library. #
+# #
+####################################################################
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(topdir)/lib
+
+CCFLAGS = $(PROFILE_FLAGS) $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) ${INCLUDES} $(CPPFLAGS) \
+ $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) ${ADDON_CFLAGS}
+
+# Here is a rule for making .o files from .c files that doesn't force
+# the type of the machine (like -sun3) into the flags.
+.c.o:
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libglob.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = $(srcdir)/glob.c $(srcdir)/strmatch.c $(srcdir)/smatch.c \
+ $(srcdir)/xmbsrtowcs.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = $(srcdir)/strmatch.h
+
+OBJECTS = glob.o strmatch.o smatch.o xmbsrtowcs.o gmisc.o
+
+# The texinfo files which document this library.
+DOCSOURCE = doc/glob.texi
+DOCOBJECT = doc/glob.dvi
+DOCSUPPORT = doc/Makefile
+DOCUMENTATION = $(DOCSOURCE) $(DOCOBJECT) $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile ChangeLog $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SOURCES = $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES) $(DOCSOURCE)
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(SUPPORT)
+
+######################################################################
+
+all: $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+$(LIBRARY_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RM) -f $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+what-tar:
+ @for file in $(THINGS_TO_TAR); do \
+ echo $(selfdir)$$file; \
+ done
+
+documentation: force
+ -(cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS))
+force:
+
+# The rule for 'includes' is written funny so that the if statement
+# always returns TRUE unless there really was an error installing the
+# include files.
+install:
+
+clean:
+ rm -f $(OBJECTS) $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+ -(cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+realclean distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+ $(RM) -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ${BUILD_DIR}/Makefile Makefile
+ -( cd ${BUILD_DIR} && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} pathnames.h )
+
+######################################################################
+# #
+# Dependencies for the object files which make up this library. #
+# #
+######################################################################
+
+smatch.o: strmatch.h
+smatch.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+smatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/chartypes.h
+smatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h $(topdir)/bashansi.h
+smatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/shmbutil.h
+smatch.o: $(topdir)/xmalloc.h
+
+strmatch.o: strmatch.h
+strmatch.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+strmatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/stdc.h
+
+glob.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+glob.o: $(topdir)/shell.h $(BUILD_DIR)/pathnames.h
+glob.o: $(topdir)/bashtypes.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h $(topdir)/bashansi.h
+glob.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/posixstat.h $(BASHINCDIR)/memalloc.h
+glob.o: strmatch.h glob.h
+glob.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/shmbutil.h
+glob.o: $(topdir)/xmalloc.h
+
+gmisc.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+gmisc.o: $(topdir)/bashtypes.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h $(topdir)/bashansi.h
+gmisc.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/shmbutil.h
+
+xmbsrtowcs.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+xmbsrtowcs.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+xmbsrtowcs.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+glob.o: glob.c
+gmisc.o: gmisc.c
+strmatch.o: strmatch.c
+smatch.o: smatch.c
+xmbsrtowcs.o: xmbsrtowcs.c
+
+# dependencies for C files that include other C files
+glob.o: glob_loop.c
+gmisc.o: gm_loop.c
+smatch.o: sm_loop.c
diff --git a/lib/glob/collsyms.h b/lib/glob/collsyms.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d56df61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/collsyms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/* collsyms.h -- collating symbol names and their corresponding characters
+ (in ascii) as given by POSIX.2 in table 2.8. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* The upper-case letters, lower-case letters, and digits are omitted from
+ this table. The digits are not included in the table in the POSIX.2
+ spec. The upper and lower case letters are translated by the code
+ in smatch.c:collsym(). */
+
+typedef struct _COLLSYM {
+ XCHAR *name;
+ CHAR code;
+} __COLLSYM;
+
+static __COLLSYM POSIXCOLL [] =
+{
+ { L("NUL"), L('\0') },
+ { L("SOH"), L('\001') },
+ { L("STX"), L('\002') },
+ { L("ETX"), L('\003') },
+ { L("EOT"), L('\004') },
+ { L("ENQ"), L('\005') },
+ { L("ACK"), L('\006') },
+#ifdef __STDC__
+ { L("alert"), L('\a') },
+#else
+ { L("alert"), L('\007') },
+#endif
+ { L("BS"), L('\010') },
+ { L("backspace"), L('\b') },
+ { L("HT"), L('\011') },
+ { L("tab"), L('\t') },
+ { L("LF"), L('\012') },
+ { L("newline"), L('\n') },
+ { L("VT"), L('\013') },
+ { L("vertical-tab"), L('\v') },
+ { L("FF"), L('\014') },
+ { L("form-feed"), L('\f') },
+ { L("CR"), L('\015') },
+ { L("carriage-return"), L('\r') },
+ { L("SO"), L('\016') },
+ { L("SI"), L('\017') },
+ { L("DLE"), L('\020') },
+ { L("DC1"), L('\021') },
+ { L("DC2"), L('\022') },
+ { L("DC3"), L('\023') },
+ { L("DC4"), L('\024') },
+ { L("NAK"), L('\025') },
+ { L("SYN"), L('\026') },
+ { L("ETB"), L('\027') },
+ { L("CAN"), L('\030') },
+ { L("EM"), L('\031') },
+ { L("SUB"), L('\032') },
+ { L("ESC"), L('\033') },
+ { L("IS4"), L('\034') },
+ { L("FS"), L('\034') },
+ { L("IS3"), L('\035') },
+ { L("GS"), L('\035') },
+ { L("IS2"), L('\036') },
+ { L("RS"), L('\036') },
+ { L("IS1"), L('\037') },
+ { L("US"), L('\037') },
+ { L("space"), L(' ') },
+ { L("exclamation-mark"), L('!') },
+ { L("quotation-mark"), L('"') },
+ { L("number-sign"), L('#') },
+ { L("dollar-sign"), L('$') },
+ { L("percent-sign"), L('%') },
+ { L("ampersand"), L('&') },
+ { L("apostrophe"), L('\'') },
+ { L("left-parenthesis"), L('(') },
+ { L("right-parenthesis"), L(')') },
+ { L("asterisk"), L('*') },
+ { L("plus-sign"), L('+') },
+ { L("comma"), L(',') },
+ { L("hyphen"), L('-') },
+ { L("hyphen-minus"), L('-') },
+ { L("minus"), L('-') }, /* extension from POSIX.2 */
+ { L("dash"), L('-') }, /* extension from POSIX.2 */
+ { L("period"), L('.') },
+ { L("full-stop"), L('.') },
+ { L("slash"), L('/') },
+ { L("solidus"), L('/') }, /* extension from POSIX.2 */
+ { L("zero"), L('0') },
+ { L("one"), L('1') },
+ { L("two"), L('2') },
+ { L("three"), L('3') },
+ { L("four"), L('4') },
+ { L("five"), L('5') },
+ { L("six"), L('6') },
+ { L("seven"), L('7') },
+ { L("eight"), L('8') },
+ { L("nine"), L('9') },
+ { L("colon"), L(':') },
+ { L("semicolon"), L(';') },
+ { L("less-than-sign"), L('<') },
+ { L("equals-sign"), L('=') },
+ { L("greater-than-sign"), L('>') },
+ { L("question-mark"), L('?') },
+ { L("commercial-at"), L('@') },
+ /* upper-case letters omitted */
+ { L("left-square-bracket"), L('[') },
+ { L("backslash"), L('\\') },
+ { L("reverse-solidus"), L('\\') },
+ { L("right-square-bracket"), L(']') },
+ { L("circumflex"), L('^') },
+ { L("circumflex-accent"), L('^') }, /* extension from POSIX.2 */
+ { L("underscore"), L('_') },
+ { L("grave-accent"), L('`') },
+ /* lower-case letters omitted */
+ { L("left-brace"), L('{') }, /* extension from POSIX.2 */
+ { L("left-curly-bracket"), L('{') },
+ { L("vertical-line"), L('|') },
+ { L("right-brace"), L('}') }, /* extension from POSIX.2 */
+ { L("right-curly-bracket"), L('}') },
+ { L("tilde"), L('~') },
+ { L("DEL"), L('\177') },
+ { 0, 0 },
+};
+
+#undef _COLLSYM
+#undef __COLLSYM
+#undef POSIXCOLL
diff --git a/lib/glob/doc/Makefile b/lib/glob/doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dca606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+all:
+ cp glob.texi glob.info
+
+clean distclean mostlyclean maintainer-clean:
+ rm -f glob.?? glob.info
diff --git a/lib/glob/doc/glob.texi b/lib/glob/doc/glob.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0262ef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/doc/glob.texi
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Nothing happens here.
diff --git a/lib/glob/glob.c b/lib/glob/glob.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22d90a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/glob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1441 @@
+/* glob.c -- file-name wildcard pattern matching for Bash.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1985-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* To whomever it may concern: I have never seen the code which most
+ Unix programs use to perform this function. I wrote this from scratch
+ based on specifications for the pattern matching. --RMS. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && defined (_AIX)
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif /* _AIX && RISC6000 && !__GNUC__ */
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#if !defined (F_OK)
+# define F_OK 0
+#endif
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#include "glob.h"
+#include "strmatch.h"
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
+# define bcopy(s, d, n) ((void) memcpy ((d), (s), (n)))
+#endif /* !HAVE_BCOPY && !bcopy */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# if defined (__STDC__)
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0x0
+# endif /* __STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+#if !defined (FREE)
+# define FREE(x) if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Don't try to alloca() more than this much memory for `struct globval'
+ in glob_vector() */
+#ifndef ALLOCA_MAX
+# define ALLOCA_MAX 100000
+#endif
+
+struct globval
+ {
+ struct globval *next;
+ char *name;
+ };
+
+extern void throw_to_top_level __P((void));
+extern int sh_eaccess __P((const char *, int));
+extern char *sh_makepath __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+extern int signal_is_pending __P((int));
+extern void run_pending_traps __P((void));
+
+extern int extended_glob;
+
+/* Global variable which controls whether or not * matches .*.
+ Non-zero means don't match .*. */
+int noglob_dot_filenames = 1;
+
+/* Global variable which controls whether or not filename globbing
+ is done without regard to case. */
+int glob_ignore_case = 0;
+
+/* Global variable to return to signify an error in globbing. */
+char *glob_error_return;
+
+static struct globval finddirs_error_return;
+
+/* Some forward declarations. */
+static int skipname __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+static int mbskipname __P((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+static void udequote_pathname __P((char *));
+static void wdequote_pathname __P((char *));
+#else
+# define dequote_pathname udequote_pathname
+#endif
+static void dequote_pathname __P((char *));
+static int glob_testdir __P((char *, int));
+static char **glob_dir_to_array __P((char *, char **, int));
+
+/* Make sure these names continue to agree with what's in smatch.c */
+extern char *glob_patscan __P((char *, char *, int));
+extern wchar_t *glob_patscan_wc __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+
+/* And this from gmisc.c/gm_loop.c */
+extern int wextglob_pattern_p __P((wchar_t *));
+
+extern char *glob_dirscan __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Compile `glob_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+#define GCHAR unsigned char
+#define CHAR char
+#define INT int
+#define L(CS) CS
+#define INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P internal_glob_pattern_p
+#include "glob_loop.c"
+
+/* Compile `glob_loop.c' again for multibyte characters. */
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+#define GCHAR wchar_t
+#define CHAR wchar_t
+#define INT wint_t
+#define L(CS) L##CS
+#define INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P internal_glob_wpattern_p
+#include "glob_loop.c"
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* And now a function that calls either the single-byte or multibyte version
+ of internal_glob_pattern_p. */
+int
+glob_pattern_p (pattern)
+ const char *pattern;
+{
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ int r;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+ return (internal_glob_pattern_p ((unsigned char *)pattern));
+
+ /* Convert strings to wide chars, and call the multibyte version. */
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ /* Oops. Invalid multibyte sequence. Try it as single-byte sequence. */
+ return (internal_glob_pattern_p ((unsigned char *)pattern));
+
+ r = internal_glob_wpattern_p (wpattern);
+ free (wpattern);
+
+ return r;
+#else
+ return (internal_glob_pattern_p (pattern));
+#endif
+}
+
+#if EXTENDED_GLOB
+/* Return 1 if all subpatterns in the extended globbing pattern PAT indicate
+ that the name should be skipped. XXX - doesn't handle pattern negation,
+ not sure if it should */
+static int
+extglob_skipname (pat, dname, flags)
+ char *pat, *dname;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *pp, *pe, *t, *se;
+ int n, r, negate, wild;
+
+ negate = *pat == '!';
+ wild = *pat == '*' || *pat == '?';
+ pp = pat + 2;
+ se = pp + strlen (pp) - 1; /* end of string */
+ pe = glob_patscan (pp, se, 0); /* end of extglob pattern (( */
+ /* we should check for invalid extglob pattern here */
+ if (pe == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* if pe != se we have more of the pattern at the end of the extglob
+ pattern. Check the easy case first ( */
+ if (pe == se && *pe == ')' && (t = strchr (pp, '|')) == 0)
+ {
+ *pe = '\0';
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ r = mbskipname (pp, dname, flags);
+#else
+ r = skipname (pp, dname, flags); /*(*/
+#endif
+ *pe = ')';
+ if (wild && pe[1]) /* if we can match zero instances, check further */
+ return (skipname (pe+1, dname, flags));
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ /* check every subpattern */
+ while (t = glob_patscan (pp, pe, '|'))
+ {
+ n = t[-1]; /* ( */
+ if (extglob_pattern_p (pp) && n == ')')
+ t[-1] = n; /* no-op for now */
+ else
+ t[-1] = '\0';
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ r = mbskipname (pp, dname, flags);
+#else
+ r = skipname (pp, dname, flags);
+#endif
+ t[-1] = n;
+ if (r == 0) /* if any pattern says not skip, we don't skip */
+ return r;
+ pp = t;
+ } /*(*/
+
+ /* glob_patscan might find end of string */
+ if (pp == se)
+ return r;
+
+ /* but if it doesn't then we didn't match a leading dot */
+ if (wild && *pe) /* if we can match zero instances, check further */
+ return (skipname (pe, dname, flags));
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if DNAME should be skipped according to PAT. Mostly concerned
+ with matching leading `.'. */
+static int
+skipname (pat, dname, flags)
+ char *pat;
+ char *dname;
+ int flags;
+{
+#if EXTENDED_GLOB
+ if (extglob_pattern_p (pat)) /* XXX */
+ return (extglob_skipname (pat, dname, flags));
+#endif
+
+ /* If a leading dot need not be explicitly matched, and the pattern
+ doesn't start with a `.', don't match `.' or `..' */
+ if (noglob_dot_filenames == 0 && pat[0] != '.' &&
+ (pat[0] != '\\' || pat[1] != '.') &&
+ (dname[0] == '.' &&
+ (dname[1] == '\0' || (dname[1] == '.' && dname[2] == '\0'))))
+ return 1;
+
+ /* If a dot must be explicitly matched, check to see if they do. */
+ else if (noglob_dot_filenames && dname[0] == '.' && pat[0] != '.' &&
+ (pat[0] != '\\' || pat[1] != '.'))
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+static int
+wskipname (pat, dname, flags)
+ wchar_t *pat, *dname;
+ int flags;
+{
+ /* If a leading dot need not be explicitly matched, and the
+ pattern doesn't start with a `.', don't match `.' or `..' */
+ if (noglob_dot_filenames == 0 && pat[0] != L'.' &&
+ (pat[0] != L'\\' || pat[1] != L'.') &&
+ (dname[0] == L'.' &&
+ (dname[1] == L'\0' || (dname[1] == L'.' && dname[2] == L'\0'))))
+ return 1;
+
+ /* If a leading dot must be explicitly matched, check to see if the
+ pattern and dirname both have one. */
+ else if (noglob_dot_filenames && dname[0] == L'.' &&
+ pat[0] != L'.' &&
+ (pat[0] != L'\\' || pat[1] != L'.'))
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+wextglob_skipname (pat, dname, flags)
+ wchar_t *pat, *dname;
+ int flags;
+{
+#if EXTENDED_GLOB
+ wchar_t *pp, *pe, *t, n, *se;
+ int r, negate, wild;
+
+ negate = *pat == L'!';
+ wild = *pat == L'*' || *pat == L'?';
+ pp = pat + 2;
+ se = pp + wcslen (pp) - 1; /*(*/
+ pe = glob_patscan_wc (pp, se, 0);
+
+ if (pe == se && *pe == ')' && (t = wcschr (pp, L'|')) == 0)
+ {
+ *pe = L'\0';
+ r = wskipname (pp, dname, flags); /*(*/
+ *pe = L')';
+ if (wild && pe[1] != L'\0')
+ return (wskipname (pe+1, dname, flags));
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ /* check every subpattern */
+ while (t = glob_patscan_wc (pp, pe, '|'))
+ {
+ n = t[-1]; /* ( */
+ if (wextglob_pattern_p (pp) && n == L')')
+ t[-1] = n; /* no-op for now */
+ else
+ t[-1] = L'\0';
+ r = wskipname (pp, dname, flags);
+ t[-1] = n;
+ if (r == 0)
+ return 0;
+ pp = t;
+ }
+
+ if (pp == pe) /* glob_patscan_wc might find end of pattern */
+ return r;
+
+ /* but if it doesn't then we didn't match a leading dot */
+ if (wild && *pe != L'\0')
+ return (wskipname (pe, dname, flags));
+ return 1;
+#else
+ return (wskipname (pat, dname, flags));
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if DNAME should be skipped according to PAT. Handles multibyte
+ characters in PAT and DNAME. Mostly concerned with matching leading `.'. */
+static int
+mbskipname (pat, dname, flags)
+ char *pat, *dname;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int ret, ext;
+ wchar_t *pat_wc, *dn_wc;
+ size_t pat_n, dn_n;
+
+ if (mbsmbchar (dname) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat) == 0)
+ return (skipname (pat, dname, flags));
+
+ ext = 0;
+#if EXTENDED_GLOB
+ ext = extglob_pattern_p (pat);
+#endif
+
+ pat_wc = dn_wc = (wchar_t *)NULL;
+
+ pat_n = xdupmbstowcs (&pat_wc, NULL, pat);
+ if (pat_n != (size_t)-1)
+ dn_n = xdupmbstowcs (&dn_wc, NULL, dname);
+
+ ret = 0;
+ if (pat_n != (size_t)-1 && dn_n !=(size_t)-1)
+ ret = ext ? wextglob_skipname (pat_wc, dn_wc, flags) : wskipname (pat_wc, dn_wc, flags);
+ else
+ ret = skipname (pat, dname, flags);
+
+ FREE (pat_wc);
+ FREE (dn_wc);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Remove backslashes quoting characters in PATHNAME by modifying PATHNAME. */
+static void
+udequote_pathname (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+
+ for (i = j = 0; pathname && pathname[i]; )
+ {
+ if (pathname[i] == '\\')
+ i++;
+
+ pathname[j++] = pathname[i++];
+
+ if (pathname[i - 1] == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (pathname)
+ pathname[j] = '\0';
+}
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+/* Remove backslashes quoting characters in PATHNAME by modifying PATHNAME. */
+static void
+wdequote_pathname (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ size_t len, n;
+ wchar_t *wpathname;
+ int i, j;
+ wchar_t *orig_wpathname;
+
+ len = strlen (pathname);
+ /* Convert the strings into wide characters. */
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpathname, NULL, pathname);
+ if (n == (size_t) -1)
+ {
+ /* Something wrong. Fall back to single-byte */
+ udequote_pathname (pathname);
+ return;
+ }
+ orig_wpathname = wpathname;
+
+ for (i = j = 0; wpathname && wpathname[i]; )
+ {
+ if (wpathname[i] == L'\\')
+ i++;
+
+ wpathname[j++] = wpathname[i++];
+
+ if (wpathname[i - 1] == L'\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ if (wpathname)
+ wpathname[j] = L'\0';
+
+ /* Convert the wide character string into unibyte character set. */
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ n = wcsrtombs(pathname, (const wchar_t **)&wpathname, len, &ps);
+ pathname[len] = '\0';
+
+ /* Can't just free wpathname here; wcsrtombs changes it in many cases. */
+ free (orig_wpathname);
+}
+
+static void
+dequote_pathname (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ wdequote_pathname (pathname);
+ else
+ udequote_pathname (pathname);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Test whether NAME exists. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+# define GLOB_TESTNAME(name) (lstat (name, &finfo))
+#else /* !HAVE_LSTAT */
+# if !defined (AFS)
+# define GLOB_TESTNAME(name) (sh_eaccess (name, F_OK))
+# else /* AFS */
+# define GLOB_TESTNAME(name) (access (name, F_OK))
+# endif /* AFS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_LSTAT */
+
+/* Return 0 if DIR is a directory, -2 if DIR is a symlink, -1 otherwise. */
+static int
+glob_testdir (dir, flags)
+ char *dir;
+ int flags;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+ int r;
+
+/*itrace("glob_testdir: testing %s" flags = %d, dir, flags);*/
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+ r = (flags & GX_ALLDIRS) ? lstat (dir, &finfo) : stat (dir, &finfo);
+#else
+ r = stat (dir, &finfo);
+#endif
+ if (r < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+ if (S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode))
+ return (-2);
+#endif
+
+ if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode) == 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Recursively scan SDIR for directories matching PAT (PAT is always `**').
+ FLAGS is simply passed down to the recursive call to glob_vector. Returns
+ a list of matching directory names. EP, if non-null, is set to the last
+ element of the returned list. NP, if non-null, is set to the number of
+ directories in the returned list. These two variables exist for the
+ convenience of the caller (always glob_vector). */
+static struct globval *
+finddirs (pat, sdir, flags, ep, np)
+ char *pat;
+ char *sdir;
+ int flags;
+ struct globval **ep;
+ int *np;
+{
+ char **r, *n;
+ int ndirs;
+ struct globval *ret, *e, *g;
+
+/*itrace("finddirs: pat = `%s' sdir = `%s' flags = 0x%x", pat, sdir, flags);*/
+ e = ret = 0;
+ r = glob_vector (pat, sdir, flags);
+ if (r == 0 || r[0] == 0)
+ {
+ if (np)
+ *np = 0;
+ if (ep)
+ *ep = 0;
+ if (r && r != &glob_error_return)
+ free (r);
+ return (struct globval *)0;
+ }
+ for (ndirs = 0; r[ndirs] != 0; ndirs++)
+ {
+ g = (struct globval *) malloc (sizeof (struct globval));
+ if (g == 0)
+ {
+ while (ret) /* free list built so far */
+ {
+ g = ret->next;
+ free (ret);
+ ret = g;
+ }
+
+ free (r);
+ if (np)
+ *np = 0;
+ if (ep)
+ *ep = 0;
+ return (&finddirs_error_return);
+ }
+ if (e == 0)
+ e = g;
+
+ g->next = ret;
+ ret = g;
+
+ g->name = r[ndirs];
+ }
+
+ free (r);
+ if (ep)
+ *ep = e;
+ if (np)
+ *np = ndirs;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a vector of names of files in directory DIR
+ whose names match glob pattern PAT.
+ The names are not in any particular order.
+ Wildcards at the beginning of PAT do not match an initial period.
+
+ The vector is terminated by an element that is a null pointer.
+
+ To free the space allocated, first free the vector's elements,
+ then free the vector.
+
+ Return 0 if cannot get enough memory to hold the pointer
+ and the names.
+
+ Return -1 if cannot access directory DIR.
+ Look in errno for more information. */
+
+char **
+glob_vector (pat, dir, flags)
+ char *pat;
+ char *dir;
+ int flags;
+{
+ DIR *d;
+ register struct dirent *dp;
+ struct globval *lastlink, *e, *dirlist;
+ register struct globval *nextlink;
+ register char *nextname, *npat, *subdir;
+ unsigned int count;
+ int lose, skip, ndirs, isdir, sdlen, add_current, patlen;
+ register char **name_vector;
+ register unsigned int i;
+ int mflags; /* Flags passed to strmatch (). */
+ int pflags; /* flags passed to sh_makepath () */
+ int nalloca;
+ struct globval *firstmalloc, *tmplink;
+ char *convfn;
+
+ lastlink = 0;
+ count = lose = skip = add_current = 0;
+
+ firstmalloc = 0;
+ nalloca = 0;
+
+ name_vector = NULL;
+
+/*itrace("glob_vector: pat = `%s' dir = `%s' flags = 0x%x", pat, dir, flags);*/
+ /* If PAT is empty, skip the loop, but return one (empty) filename. */
+ if (pat == 0 || *pat == '\0')
+ {
+ if (glob_testdir (dir, 0) < 0)
+ return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+
+ nextlink = (struct globval *)alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+ if (nextlink == NULL)
+ return ((char **) NULL);
+
+ nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
+ nextname = (char *) malloc (1);
+ if (nextname == 0)
+ lose = 1;
+ else
+ {
+ lastlink = nextlink;
+ nextlink->name = nextname;
+ nextname[0] = '\0';
+ count = 1;
+ }
+
+ skip = 1;
+ }
+
+ patlen = (pat && *pat) ? strlen (pat) : 0;
+
+ /* If the filename pattern (PAT) does not contain any globbing characters,
+ we can dispense with reading the directory, and just see if there is
+ a filename `DIR/PAT'. If there is, and we can access it, just make the
+ vector to return and bail immediately. */
+ if (skip == 0 && glob_pattern_p (pat) == 0)
+ {
+ int dirlen;
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ if (glob_testdir (dir, 0) < 0)
+ return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+
+ dirlen = strlen (dir);
+ nextname = (char *)malloc (dirlen + patlen + 2);
+ npat = (char *)malloc (patlen + 1);
+ if (nextname == 0 || npat == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (nextname);
+ FREE (npat);
+ lose = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (npat, pat);
+ dequote_pathname (npat);
+
+ strcpy (nextname, dir);
+ nextname[dirlen++] = '/';
+ strcpy (nextname + dirlen, npat);
+
+ if (GLOB_TESTNAME (nextname) >= 0)
+ {
+ free (nextname);
+ nextlink = (struct globval *)alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+ if (nextlink)
+ {
+ nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
+ lastlink = nextlink;
+ nextlink->name = npat;
+ count = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (npat);
+ lose = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (nextname);
+ free (npat);
+ }
+ }
+
+ skip = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (skip == 0)
+ {
+ /* Open the directory, punting immediately if we cannot. If opendir
+ is not robust (i.e., it opens non-directories successfully), test
+ that DIR is a directory and punt if it's not. */
+#if defined (OPENDIR_NOT_ROBUST)
+ if (glob_testdir (dir, 0) < 0)
+ return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+#endif
+
+ d = opendir (dir);
+ if (d == NULL)
+ return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+
+ /* Compute the flags that will be passed to strmatch(). We don't
+ need to do this every time through the loop. */
+ mflags = (noglob_dot_filenames ? FNM_PERIOD : 0) | FNM_PATHNAME;
+
+#ifdef FNM_CASEFOLD
+ if (glob_ignore_case)
+ mflags |= FNM_CASEFOLD;
+#endif
+
+ if (extended_glob)
+ mflags |= FNM_EXTMATCH;
+
+ add_current = ((flags & (GX_ALLDIRS|GX_ADDCURDIR)) == (GX_ALLDIRS|GX_ADDCURDIR));
+
+ /* Scan the directory, finding all names that match.
+ For each name that matches, allocate a struct globval
+ on the stack and store the name in it.
+ Chain those structs together; lastlink is the front of the chain. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make globbing interruptible in the shell. */
+ if (interrupt_state || terminating_signal)
+ {
+ lose = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (signal_is_pending (SIGINT)) /* XXX - make SIGINT traps responsive */
+ {
+ lose = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ dp = readdir (d);
+ if (dp == NULL)
+ break;
+
+ /* If this directory entry is not to be used, try again. */
+ if (REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+#if 0
+ if (dp->d_name == 0 || *dp->d_name == 0)
+ continue;
+#endif
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && mbskipname (pat, dp->d_name, flags))
+ continue;
+ else
+#endif
+ if (skipname (pat, dp->d_name, flags))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we're only interested in directories, don't bother with files */
+ if (flags & (GX_MATCHDIRS|GX_ALLDIRS))
+ {
+ pflags = (flags & GX_ALLDIRS) ? MP_RMDOT : 0;
+ if (flags & GX_NULLDIR)
+ pflags |= MP_IGNDOT;
+ subdir = sh_makepath (dir, dp->d_name, pflags);
+ isdir = glob_testdir (subdir, flags);
+ if (isdir < 0 && (flags & GX_MATCHDIRS))
+ {
+ free (subdir);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (flags & GX_ALLDIRS)
+ {
+ if (isdir == 0)
+ {
+ dirlist = finddirs (pat, subdir, (flags & ~GX_ADDCURDIR), &e, &ndirs);
+ if (dirlist == &finddirs_error_return)
+ {
+ free (subdir);
+ lose = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ndirs) /* add recursive directories to list */
+ {
+ if (firstmalloc == 0)
+ firstmalloc = e;
+ e->next = lastlink;
+ lastlink = dirlist;
+ count += ndirs;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* When FLAGS includes GX_ALLDIRS, we want to skip a symlink
+ to a directory, since we will pick the directory up later. */
+ if (isdir == -2 && glob_testdir (subdir, 0) == 0)
+ {
+ free (subdir);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - should we even add this if it's not a directory? */
+ nextlink = (struct globval *) malloc (sizeof (struct globval));
+ if (firstmalloc == 0)
+ firstmalloc = nextlink;
+ sdlen = strlen (subdir);
+ nextname = (char *) malloc (sdlen + 1);
+ if (nextlink == 0 || nextname == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (nextlink);
+ FREE (nextname);
+ free (subdir);
+ lose = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ nextlink->next = lastlink;
+ lastlink = nextlink;
+ nextlink->name = nextname;
+ bcopy (subdir, nextname, sdlen + 1);
+ free (subdir);
+ ++count;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (flags & GX_MATCHDIRS)
+ free (subdir);
+
+ convfn = fnx_fromfs (dp->d_name, D_NAMLEN (dp));
+ if (strmatch (pat, convfn, mflags) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ if (nalloca < ALLOCA_MAX)
+ {
+ nextlink = (struct globval *) alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+ nalloca += sizeof (struct globval);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nextlink = (struct globval *) malloc (sizeof (struct globval));
+ if (firstmalloc == 0)
+ firstmalloc = nextlink;
+ }
+
+ nextname = (char *) malloc (D_NAMLEN (dp) + 1);
+ if (nextlink == 0 || nextname == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (nextlink);
+ FREE (nextname);
+ lose = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ nextlink->next = lastlink;
+ lastlink = nextlink;
+ nextlink->name = nextname;
+ bcopy (dp->d_name, nextname, D_NAMLEN (dp) + 1);
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void) closedir (d);
+ }
+
+ /* compat: if GX_ADDCURDIR, add the passed directory also. Add an empty
+ directory name as a placeholder if GX_NULLDIR (in which case the passed
+ directory name is "."). */
+ if (add_current)
+ {
+ sdlen = strlen (dir);
+ nextname = (char *)malloc (sdlen + 1);
+ nextlink = (struct globval *) malloc (sizeof (struct globval));
+ if (nextlink == 0 || nextname == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (nextlink);
+ FREE (nextname);
+ lose = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nextlink->name = nextname;
+ nextlink->next = lastlink;
+ lastlink = nextlink;
+ if (flags & GX_NULLDIR)
+ nextname[0] = '\0';
+ else
+ bcopy (dir, nextname, sdlen + 1);
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (lose == 0)
+ {
+ name_vector = (char **) malloc ((count + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ lose |= name_vector == NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Have we run out of memory? */
+ if (lose)
+ {
+ tmplink = 0;
+
+ /* Here free the strings we have got. */
+ while (lastlink)
+ {
+ /* Since we build the list in reverse order, the first N entries
+ will be allocated with malloc, if firstmalloc is set, from
+ lastlink to firstmalloc. */
+ if (firstmalloc)
+ {
+ if (lastlink == firstmalloc)
+ firstmalloc = 0;
+ tmplink = lastlink;
+ }
+ else
+ tmplink = 0;
+ free (lastlink->name);
+ lastlink = lastlink->next;
+ FREE (tmplink);
+ }
+
+ /* Don't call QUIT; here; let higher layers deal with it. */
+
+ return ((char **)NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the name pointers from the linked list into the vector. */
+ for (tmplink = lastlink, i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+ {
+ name_vector[i] = tmplink->name;
+ tmplink = tmplink->next;
+ }
+
+ name_vector[count] = NULL;
+
+ /* If we allocated some of the struct globvals, free them now. */
+ if (firstmalloc)
+ {
+ tmplink = 0;
+ while (lastlink)
+ {
+ tmplink = lastlink;
+ if (lastlink == firstmalloc)
+ lastlink = firstmalloc = 0;
+ else
+ lastlink = lastlink->next;
+ free (tmplink);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (name_vector);
+}
+
+/* Return a new array which is the concatenation of each string in ARRAY
+ to DIR. This function expects you to pass in an allocated ARRAY, and
+ it takes care of free()ing that array. Thus, you might think of this
+ function as side-effecting ARRAY. This should handle GX_MARKDIRS. */
+static char **
+glob_dir_to_array (dir, array, flags)
+ char *dir, **array;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register unsigned int i, l;
+ int add_slash;
+ char **result, *new;
+ struct stat sb;
+
+ l = strlen (dir);
+ if (l == 0)
+ {
+ if (flags & GX_MARKDIRS)
+ for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if ((stat (array[i], &sb) == 0) && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode))
+ {
+ l = strlen (array[i]);
+ new = (char *)realloc (array[i], l + 2);
+ if (new == 0)
+ return NULL;
+ new[l] = '/';
+ new[l+1] = '\0';
+ array[i] = new;
+ }
+ }
+ return (array);
+ }
+
+ add_slash = dir[l - 1] != '/';
+
+ i = 0;
+ while (array[i] != NULL)
+ ++i;
+
+ result = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return (NULL);
+
+ for (i = 0; array[i] != NULL; i++)
+ {
+ /* 3 == 1 for NUL, 1 for slash at end of DIR, 1 for GX_MARKDIRS */
+ result[i] = (char *) malloc (l + strlen (array[i]) + 3);
+
+ if (result[i] == NULL)
+ {
+ int ind;
+ for (ind = 0; ind < i; ind++)
+ free (result[ind]);
+ free (result);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ strcpy (result[i], dir);
+ if (add_slash)
+ result[i][l] = '/';
+ strcpy (result[i] + l + add_slash, array[i]);
+ if (flags & GX_MARKDIRS)
+ {
+ if ((stat (result[i], &sb) == 0) && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode))
+ {
+ size_t rlen;
+ rlen = strlen (result[i]);
+ result[i][rlen] = '/';
+ result[i][rlen+1] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ result[i] = NULL;
+
+ /* Free the input array. */
+ for (i = 0; array[i] != NULL; i++)
+ free (array[i]);
+ free ((char *) array);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Do globbing on PATHNAME. Return an array of pathnames that match,
+ marking the end of the array with a null-pointer as an element.
+ If no pathnames match, then the array is empty (first element is null).
+ If there isn't enough memory, then return NULL.
+ If a file system error occurs, return -1; `errno' has the error code. */
+char **
+glob_filename (pathname, flags)
+ char *pathname;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char **result, **new_result;
+ unsigned int result_size;
+ char *directory_name, *filename, *dname, *fn;
+ unsigned int directory_len;
+ int free_dirname; /* flag */
+ int dflags;
+
+ result = (char **) malloc (sizeof (char *));
+ result_size = 1;
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return (NULL);
+
+ result[0] = NULL;
+
+ directory_name = NULL;
+
+ /* Find the filename. */
+ filename = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ if (filename && extended_glob)
+ {
+ fn = glob_dirscan (pathname, '/');
+#if DEBUG_MATCHING
+ if (fn != filename)
+ fprintf (stderr, "glob_filename: glob_dirscan: fn (%s) != filename (%s)\n", fn ? fn : "(null)", filename);
+#endif
+ filename = fn;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ {
+ filename = pathname;
+ directory_name = "";
+ directory_len = 0;
+ free_dirname = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ directory_len = (filename - pathname) + 1;
+ directory_name = (char *) malloc (directory_len + 1);
+
+ if (directory_name == 0) /* allocation failed? */
+ {
+ free (result);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ bcopy (pathname, directory_name, directory_len);
+ directory_name[directory_len] = '\0';
+ ++filename;
+ free_dirname = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* If directory_name contains globbing characters, then we
+ have to expand the previous levels. Just recurse. */
+ if (directory_len > 0 && glob_pattern_p (directory_name))
+ {
+ char **directories, *d, *p;
+ register unsigned int i;
+ int all_starstar, last_starstar;
+
+ all_starstar = last_starstar = 0;
+ d = directory_name;
+ dflags = flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS;
+ /* Collapse a sequence of ** patterns separated by one or more slashes
+ to a single ** terminated by a slash or NUL */
+ if ((flags & GX_GLOBSTAR) && d[0] == '*' && d[1] == '*' && (d[2] == '/' || d[2] == '\0'))
+ {
+ p = d;
+ while (d[0] == '*' && d[1] == '*' && (d[2] == '/' || d[2] == '\0'))
+ {
+ p = d;
+ if (d[2])
+ {
+ d += 3;
+ while (*d == '/')
+ d++;
+ if (*d == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*d == 0)
+ all_starstar = 1;
+ d = p;
+ dflags |= GX_ALLDIRS|GX_ADDCURDIR;
+ directory_len = strlen (d);
+ }
+
+ /* If there is a non [star][star]/ component in directory_name, we
+ still need to collapse trailing sequences of [star][star]/ into
+ a single one and note that the directory name ends with [star][star],
+ so we can compensate if filename is [star][star] */
+ if ((flags & GX_GLOBSTAR) && all_starstar == 0)
+ {
+ int dl, prev;
+ prev = dl = directory_len;
+ while (dl >= 4 && d[dl - 1] == '/' &&
+ d[dl - 2] == '*' &&
+ d[dl - 3] == '*' &&
+ d[dl - 4] == '/')
+ prev = dl, dl -= 3;
+ if (dl != directory_len)
+ last_starstar = 1;
+ directory_len = prev;
+ }
+
+ /* If the directory name ends in [star][star]/ but the filename is
+ [star][star], just remove the final [star][star] from the directory
+ so we don't have to scan everything twice. */
+ if (last_starstar && directory_len > 4 &&
+ filename[0] == '*' && filename[1] == '*' && filename[2] == 0)
+ {
+ directory_len -= 3;
+ }
+
+ if (d[directory_len - 1] == '/')
+ d[directory_len - 1] = '\0';
+
+ directories = glob_filename (d, dflags);
+
+ if (free_dirname)
+ {
+ free (directory_name);
+ directory_name = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (directories == NULL)
+ goto memory_error;
+ else if (directories == (char **)&glob_error_return)
+ {
+ free ((char *) result);
+ return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+ }
+ else if (*directories == NULL)
+ {
+ free ((char *) directories);
+ free ((char *) result);
+ return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+ }
+
+ /* If we have something like [star][star]/[star][star], it's no use to
+ glob **, then do it again, and throw half the results away. */
+ if (all_starstar && filename[0] == '*' && filename[1] == '*' && filename[2] == 0)
+ {
+ free ((char *) directories);
+ free (directory_name);
+ directory_name = NULL;
+ directory_len = 0;
+ goto only_filename;
+ }
+
+ /* We have successfully globbed the preceding directory name.
+ For each name in DIRECTORIES, call glob_vector on it and
+ FILENAME. Concatenate the results together. */
+ for (i = 0; directories[i] != NULL; ++i)
+ {
+ char **temp_results;
+ int shouldbreak;
+
+ shouldbreak = 0;
+ /* XXX -- we've recursively scanned any directories resulting from
+ a `**', so turn off the flag. We turn it on again below if
+ filename is `**' */
+ /* Scan directory even on a NULL filename. That way, `*h/'
+ returns only directories ending in `h', instead of all
+ files ending in `h' with a `/' appended. */
+ dname = directories[i];
+ dflags = flags & ~(GX_MARKDIRS|GX_ALLDIRS|GX_ADDCURDIR);
+ if ((flags & GX_GLOBSTAR) && filename[0] == '*' && filename[1] == '*' && filename[2] == '\0')
+ dflags |= GX_ALLDIRS|GX_ADDCURDIR;
+ if (dname[0] == '\0' && filename[0])
+ {
+ dflags |= GX_NULLDIR;
+ dname = "."; /* treat null directory name and non-null filename as current directory */
+ }
+ temp_results = glob_vector (filename, dname, dflags);
+
+ /* Handle error cases. */
+ if (temp_results == NULL)
+ goto memory_error;
+ else if (temp_results == (char **)&glob_error_return)
+ /* This filename is probably not a directory. Ignore it. */
+ ;
+ else
+ {
+ char **array;
+ register unsigned int l;
+
+ /* If we're expanding **, we don't need to glue the directory
+ name to the results; we've already done it in glob_vector */
+ if ((dflags & GX_ALLDIRS) && filename[0] == '*' && filename[1] == '*' && (filename[2] == '\0' || filename[2] == '/'))
+ {
+ /* When do we remove null elements from temp_results? And
+ how to avoid duplicate elements in the final result? */
+ /* If (dflags & GX_NULLDIR) glob_filename potentially left a
+ NULL placeholder in the temp results just in case
+ glob_vector/glob_dir_to_array did something with it, but
+ if it didn't, and we're not supposed to be passing them
+ through for some reason ((flags & GX_NULLDIR) == 0) we
+ need to remove all the NULL elements from the beginning
+ of TEMP_RESULTS. */
+ /* If we have a null directory name and ** as the filename,
+ we have just searched for everything from the current
+ directory on down. Break now (shouldbreak = 1) to avoid
+ duplicate entries in the final result. */
+#define NULL_PLACEHOLDER(x) ((x) && *(x) && **(x) == 0)
+ if ((dflags & GX_NULLDIR) && (flags & GX_NULLDIR) == 0 &&
+ NULL_PLACEHOLDER (temp_results))
+#undef NULL_PLACEHOLDER
+ {
+ register int i, n;
+ for (n = 0; temp_results[n] && *temp_results[n] == 0; n++)
+ ;
+ i = n;
+ do
+ temp_results[i - n] = temp_results[i];
+ while (temp_results[i++] != 0);
+ array = temp_results;
+ shouldbreak = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ array = temp_results;
+ }
+ else
+ array = glob_dir_to_array (directories[i], temp_results, flags);
+ l = 0;
+ while (array[l] != NULL)
+ ++l;
+
+ new_result = (char **)realloc (result, (result_size + l) * sizeof (char *));
+
+ if (new_result == NULL)
+ {
+ for (l = 0; array[l]; ++l)
+ free (array[l]);
+ free ((char *)array);
+ goto memory_error;
+ }
+ result = new_result;
+
+ for (l = 0; array[l] != NULL; ++l)
+ result[result_size++ - 1] = array[l];
+
+ result[result_size - 1] = NULL;
+
+ /* Note that the elements of ARRAY are not freed. */
+ if (array != temp_results)
+ free ((char *) array);
+ else if ((dflags & GX_ALLDIRS) && filename[0] == '*' && filename[1] == '*' && filename[2] == '\0')
+ free (temp_results); /* expanding ** case above */
+
+ if (shouldbreak)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Free the directories. */
+ for (i = 0; directories[i]; i++)
+ free (directories[i]);
+
+ free ((char *) directories);
+
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+only_filename:
+ /* If there is only a directory name, return it. */
+ if (*filename == '\0')
+ {
+ result = (char **) realloc ((char *) result, 2 * sizeof (char *));
+ if (result == NULL)
+ {
+ if (free_dirname)
+ free (directory_name);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ /* Handle GX_MARKDIRS here. */
+ result[0] = (char *) malloc (directory_len + 1);
+ if (result[0] == NULL)
+ goto memory_error;
+ bcopy (directory_name, result[0], directory_len + 1);
+ if (free_dirname)
+ free (directory_name);
+ result[1] = NULL;
+ return (result);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char **temp_results;
+
+ /* There are no unquoted globbing characters in DIRECTORY_NAME.
+ Dequote it before we try to open the directory since there may
+ be quoted globbing characters which should be treated verbatim. */
+ if (directory_len > 0)
+ dequote_pathname (directory_name);
+
+ /* We allocated a small array called RESULT, which we won't be using.
+ Free that memory now. */
+ free (result);
+
+ /* Just return what glob_vector () returns appended to the
+ directory name. */
+ /* If flags & GX_ALLDIRS, we're called recursively */
+ dflags = flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS;
+ if (directory_len == 0)
+ dflags |= GX_NULLDIR;
+ if ((flags & GX_GLOBSTAR) && filename[0] == '*' && filename[1] == '*' && filename[2] == '\0')
+ {
+ dflags |= GX_ALLDIRS|GX_ADDCURDIR;
+#if 0
+ /* If we want all directories (dflags & GX_ALLDIRS) and we're not
+ being called recursively as something like `echo [star][star]/[star].o'
+ ((flags & GX_ALLDIRS) == 0), we want to prevent glob_vector from
+ adding a null directory name to the front of the temp_results
+ array. We turn off ADDCURDIR if not called recursively and
+ dlen == 0 */
+#endif
+ if (directory_len == 0 && (flags & GX_ALLDIRS) == 0)
+ dflags &= ~GX_ADDCURDIR;
+ }
+ temp_results = glob_vector (filename,
+ (directory_len == 0 ? "." : directory_name),
+ dflags);
+
+ if (temp_results == NULL || temp_results == (char **)&glob_error_return)
+ {
+ if (free_dirname)
+ free (directory_name);
+ QUIT; /* XXX - shell */
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ return (temp_results);
+ }
+
+ result = glob_dir_to_array ((dflags & GX_ALLDIRS) ? "" : directory_name, temp_results, flags);
+
+ if (free_dirname)
+ free (directory_name);
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+ /* We get to memory_error if the program has run out of memory, or
+ if this is the shell, and we have been interrupted. */
+ memory_error:
+ if (result != NULL)
+ {
+ register unsigned int i;
+ for (i = 0; result[i] != NULL; ++i)
+ free (result[i]);
+ free ((char *) result);
+ }
+
+ if (free_dirname && directory_name)
+ free (directory_name);
+
+ QUIT;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+ return (NULL);
+}
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i)
+ {
+ char **value = glob_filename (argv[i], 0);
+ if (value == NULL)
+ puts ("Out of memory.");
+ else if (value == &glob_error_return)
+ perror (argv[i]);
+ else
+ for (i = 0; value[i] != NULL; i++)
+ puts (value[i]);
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST. */
diff --git a/lib/glob/glob.h b/lib/glob/glob.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b946233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/glob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* File-name wildcard pattern matching for GNU.
+ Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GLOB_H_
+#define _GLOB_H_
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+#define GX_MARKDIRS 0x001 /* mark directory names with trailing `/' */
+#define GX_NOCASE 0x002 /* ignore case */
+#define GX_MATCHDOT 0x004 /* match `.' literally */
+#define GX_MATCHDIRS 0x008 /* match only directory names */
+#define GX_ALLDIRS 0x010 /* match all directory names, no others */
+#define GX_NULLDIR 0x100 /* internal -- no directory preceding pattern */
+#define GX_ADDCURDIR 0x200 /* internal -- add passed directory name */
+#define GX_GLOBSTAR 0x400 /* turn on special handling of ** */
+
+extern int glob_pattern_p __P((const char *));
+extern char **glob_vector __P((char *, char *, int));
+extern char **glob_filename __P((char *, int));
+
+extern int extglob_pattern_p __P((const char *));
+
+extern char *glob_error_return;
+extern int noglob_dot_filenames;
+extern int glob_ignore_case;
+
+#endif /* _GLOB_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/glob/glob_loop.c b/lib/glob/glob_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f319cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/glob_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+static int INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P __P((const GCHAR *));
+
+/* Return nonzero if PATTERN has any special globbing chars in it.
+ Compiled twice, once each for single-byte and multibyte characters. */
+static int
+INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P (pattern)
+ const GCHAR *pattern;
+{
+ register const GCHAR *p;
+ register GCHAR c;
+ int bopen;
+
+ p = pattern;
+ bopen = 0;
+
+ while ((c = *p++) != L('\0'))
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case L('?'):
+ case L('*'):
+ return 1;
+
+ case L('['): /* Only accept an open brace if there is a close */
+ bopen++; /* brace to match it. Bracket expressions must be */
+ continue; /* complete, according to Posix.2 */
+ case L(']'):
+ if (bopen)
+ return 1;
+ continue;
+
+ case L('+'): /* extended matching operators */
+ case L('@'):
+ case L('!'):
+ if (*p == L('(')) /*) */
+ return 1;
+ continue;
+
+ case L('\\'):
+#if 0
+ /* Don't let the pattern end in a backslash (GMATCH returns no match
+ if the pattern ends in a backslash anyway), but otherwise return 1,
+ since the matching engine uses backslash as an escape character
+ and it can be removed. */
+ return (*p != L('\0'));
+#else
+ /* The pattern may not end with a backslash. */
+ if (*p++ == L('\0'))
+ return 0;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#undef INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P
+#undef L
+#undef INT
+#undef CHAR
+#undef GCHAR
diff --git a/lib/glob/gm_loop.c b/lib/glob/gm_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac516f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/gm_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if EXTENDED_GLOB
+int
+EXTGLOB_PATTERN_P (pat)
+ const CHAR *pat;
+{
+ switch (pat[0])
+ {
+ case L('*'):
+ case L('+'):
+ case L('!'):
+ case L('@'):
+ case L('?'):
+ return (pat[1] == L('(')); /* ) */
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 of the first character of STRING could match the first
+ character of pattern PAT. Compiled to both single and wiide character
+ versions. FLAGS is a subset of strmatch flags; used to do case-insensitive
+ matching for now. */
+int
+MATCH_PATTERN_CHAR (pat, string, flags)
+ CHAR *pat, *string;
+ int flags;
+{
+ CHAR c;
+
+ if (*string == 0)
+ return (*pat == L('*')); /* XXX - allow only * to match empty string */
+
+ switch (c = *pat++)
+ {
+ default:
+ return (FOLD(*string) == FOLD(c));
+ case L('\\'):
+ return (FOLD(*string) == FOLD(*pat));
+ case L('?'):
+ return (*pat == L('(') ? 1 : (*string != L'\0'));
+ case L('*'):
+ return (1);
+ case L('+'):
+ case L('!'):
+ case L('@'):
+ return (*pat == L('(') ? 1 : (FOLD(*string) == FOLD(c)));
+ case L('['):
+ return (*string != L('\0'));
+ }
+}
+
+int
+MATCHLEN (pat, max)
+ CHAR *pat;
+ size_t max;
+{
+ CHAR c;
+ int matlen, bracklen, t, in_cclass, in_collsym, in_equiv;
+
+ if (*pat == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ matlen = in_cclass = in_collsym = in_equiv = 0;
+ while (c = *pat++)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ matlen++;
+ break;
+ case L('\\'):
+ if (*pat == 0)
+ return ++matlen;
+ else
+ {
+ matlen++;
+ pat++;
+ }
+ break;
+ case L('?'):
+ if (*pat == LPAREN)
+ return (matlen = -1); /* XXX for now */
+ else
+ matlen++;
+ break;
+ case L('*'):
+ return (matlen = -1);
+ case L('+'):
+ case L('!'):
+ case L('@'):
+ if (*pat == LPAREN)
+ return (matlen = -1); /* XXX for now */
+ else
+ matlen++;
+ break;
+ case L('['):
+ /* scan for ending `]', skipping over embedded [:...:] */
+ bracklen = 1;
+ c = *pat++;
+ do
+ {
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ pat--; /* back up to NUL */
+ matlen += bracklen;
+ goto bad_bracket;
+ }
+ else if (c == L('\\'))
+ {
+ /* *pat == backslash-escaped character */
+ bracklen++;
+ /* If the backslash or backslash-escape ends the string,
+ bail. The ++pat skips over the backslash escape */
+ if (*pat == 0 || *++pat == 0)
+ {
+ matlen += bracklen;
+ goto bad_bracket;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (c == L('[') && *pat == L(':')) /* character class */
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ in_cclass = 1;
+ }
+ else if (in_cclass && c == L(':') && *pat == L(']'))
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ in_cclass = 0;
+ }
+ else if (c == L('[') && *pat == L('.')) /* collating symbol */
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ if (*pat == L(']')) /* right bracket can appear as collating symbol */
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ }
+ in_collsym = 1;
+ }
+ else if (in_collsym && c == L('.') && *pat == L(']'))
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ in_collsym = 0;
+ }
+ else if (c == L('[') && *pat == L('=')) /* equivalence class */
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ if (*pat == L(']')) /* right bracket can appear as equivalence class */
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ }
+ in_equiv = 1;
+ }
+ else if (in_equiv && c == L('=') && *pat == L(']'))
+ {
+ pat++;
+ bracklen++;
+ in_equiv = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ bracklen++;
+ }
+ while ((c = *pat++) != L(']'));
+ matlen++; /* bracket expression can only match one char */
+bad_bracket:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return matlen;
+}
+
+#undef EXTGLOB_PATTERN_P
+#undef MATCH_PATTERN_CHAR
+#undef MATCHLEN
+#undef FOLD
+#undef L
+#undef LPAREN
+#undef RPAREN
+#undef INT
+#undef CHAR
diff --git a/lib/glob/gmisc.c b/lib/glob/gmisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2bca96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/gmisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* gmisc.c -- miscellaneous pattern matching utility functions for Bash.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "chartypes.h"
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
+# include "strmatch.h"
+#endif
+#include "glob.h"
+
+/* Make sure these names continue to agree with what's in smatch.c */
+extern char *glob_patscan __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+/* Compile `gm_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+#define CHAR char
+#define INT int
+#define L(CS) CS
+#define EXTGLOB_PATTERN_P extglob_pattern_p
+#define MATCH_PATTERN_CHAR match_pattern_char
+#define MATCHLEN umatchlen
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) \
+ ? TOLOWER ((unsigned char)c) \
+ : ((unsigned char)c))
+#ifndef LPAREN
+#define LPAREN '('
+#define RPAREN ')'
+#endif
+#include "gm_loop.c"
+
+/* Compile `gm_loop.c' again for multibyte characters. */
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+#define CHAR wchar_t
+#define INT wint_t
+#define L(CS) L##CS
+#define EXTGLOB_PATTERN_P wextglob_pattern_p
+#define MATCH_PATTERN_CHAR match_pattern_wchar
+#define MATCHLEN wmatchlen
+
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+#define LPAREN L'('
+#define RPAREN L')'
+#include "gm_loop.c"
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+/* Skip characters in PAT and return the final occurrence of DIRSEP. This
+ is only called when extended_glob is set, so we have to skip over extglob
+ patterns x(...) */
+char *
+glob_dirscan (pat, dirsep)
+ char *pat;
+ int dirsep;
+{
+ char *p, *d, *pe, *se;
+
+ d = pe = se = 0;
+ for (p = pat; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (extglob_pattern_p (p))
+ {
+ if (se == 0)
+ se = p + strlen (p) - 1;
+ pe = glob_patscan (p + 2, se, 0);
+ if (pe == 0)
+ continue;
+ else if (*pe == 0)
+ break;
+ p = pe - 1; /* will do increment above */
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*p == dirsep)
+ d = p;
+ }
+ return d;
+}
+#endif /* EXTENDED_GLOB */
diff --git a/lib/glob/ndir.h b/lib/glob/ndir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31261eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/ndir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* <dir.h> -- definitions for 4.2BSD-compatible directory access.
+ last edit: 09-Jul-1983 D A Gwyn. */
+
+#if defined (VMS)
+# if !defined (FAB$C_BID)
+# include <fab.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined (NAM$C_BID)
+# include <nam.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined (RMS$_SUC)
+# include <rmsdef.h>
+# endif
+# include "dir.h"
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+/* Size of directory block. */
+#define DIRBLKSIZ 512
+
+/* NOTE: MAXNAMLEN must be one less than a multiple of 4 */
+
+#if defined (VMS)
+# define MAXNAMLEN (DIR$S_NAME + 7) /* 80 plus room for version #. */
+# define MAXFULLSPEC NAM$C_MAXRSS /* Maximum full spec */
+#else
+# define MAXNAMLEN 15 /* Maximum filename length. */
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+/* Data from readdir (). */
+struct direct {
+ long d_ino; /* Inode number of entry. */
+ unsigned short d_reclen; /* Length of this record. */
+ unsigned short d_namlen; /* Length of string in d_name. */
+ char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* Name of file. */
+};
+
+/* Stream data from opendir (). */
+typedef struct {
+ int dd_fd; /* File descriptor. */
+ int dd_loc; /* Offset in block. */
+ int dd_size; /* Amount of valid data. */
+ char dd_buf[DIRBLKSIZ]; /* Directory block. */
+} DIR;
+
+extern DIR *opendir ();
+extern struct direct *readdir ();
+extern long telldir ();
+extern void seekdir (), closedir ();
+
+#define rewinddir(dirp) seekdir (dirp, 0L)
diff --git a/lib/glob/sm_loop.c b/lib/glob/sm_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc14fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/sm_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+struct STRUCT
+{
+ CHAR *pattern;
+ CHAR *string;
+};
+
+int FCT __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+
+static int GMATCH __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, struct STRUCT *, int));
+static CHAR *PARSE_COLLSYM __P((CHAR *, INT *));
+static CHAR *BRACKMATCH __P((CHAR *, U_CHAR, int));
+static int EXTMATCH __P((INT, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+
+/*static*/ CHAR *PATSCAN __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, INT));
+
+int
+FCT (pattern, string, flags)
+ CHAR *pattern;
+ CHAR *string;
+ int flags;
+{
+ CHAR *se, *pe;
+
+ if (string == 0 || pattern == 0)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+ se = string + STRLEN ((XCHAR *)string);
+ pe = pattern + STRLEN ((XCHAR *)pattern);
+
+ return (GMATCH (string, se, pattern, pe, (struct STRUCT *)NULL, flags));
+}
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+ it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
+static int
+GMATCH (string, se, pattern, pe, ends, flags)
+ CHAR *string, *se;
+ CHAR *pattern, *pe;
+ struct STRUCT *ends;
+ int flags;
+{
+ CHAR *p, *n; /* pattern, string */
+ INT c; /* current pattern character - XXX U_CHAR? */
+ INT sc; /* current string character - XXX U_CHAR? */
+
+ p = pattern;
+ n = string;
+
+ if (string == 0 || pattern == 0)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+#if DEBUG_MATCHING
+fprintf(stderr, "gmatch: string = %s; se = %s\n", string, se);
+fprintf(stderr, "gmatch: pattern = %s; pe = %s\n", pattern, pe);
+#endif
+
+ while (p < pe)
+ {
+ c = *p++;
+ c = FOLD (c);
+
+ sc = n < se ? *n : '\0';
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+ /* EXTMATCH () will handle recursively calling GMATCH, so we can
+ just return what EXTMATCH() returns. */
+ if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && *p == L('(') &&
+ (c == L('+') || c == L('*') || c == L('?') || c == L('@') || c == L('!'))) /* ) */
+ {
+ int lflags;
+ /* If we're not matching the start of the string, we're not
+ concerned about the special cases for matching `.' */
+ lflags = (n == string) ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD);
+ return (EXTMATCH (c, n, se, p, pe, lflags));
+ }
+#endif /* EXTENDED_GLOB */
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case L('?'): /* Match single character */
+ if (sc == '\0')
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ else if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && sc == L('/'))
+ /* If we are matching a pathname, `?' can never match a `/'. */
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && sc == L('.') &&
+ (n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == L('/'))))
+ /* `?' cannot match a `.' if it is the first character of the
+ string or if it is the first character following a slash and
+ we are matching a pathname. */
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ break;
+
+ case L('\\'): /* backslash escape removes special meaning */
+ if (p == pe && sc == '\\' && (n+1 == se))
+ break;
+
+ if (p == pe)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+ if ((flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0)
+ {
+ c = *p++;
+ /* A trailing `\' cannot match. */
+ if (p > pe)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ c = FOLD (c);
+ }
+ if (FOLD (sc) != (U_CHAR)c)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ break;
+
+ case L('*'): /* Match zero or more characters */
+ /* See below for the reason for using this. It avoids backtracking
+ back to a previous `*'. Picked up from glibc. */
+ if (ends != NULL)
+ {
+ ends->pattern = p - 1;
+ ends->string = n;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && sc == L('.') &&
+ (n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == L('/'))))
+ /* `*' cannot match a `.' if it is the first character of the
+ string or if it is the first character following a slash and
+ we are matching a pathname. */
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+ if (p == pe)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Collapse multiple consecutive `*' and `?', but make sure that
+ one character of the string is consumed for each `?'. */
+ for (c = *p++; (c == L('?') || c == L('*')); c = *p++)
+ {
+ if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && sc == L('/'))
+ /* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_PATHNAME. */
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+ else if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && c == L('?') && *p == L('(')) /* ) */
+ {
+ CHAR *newn;
+
+ /* We can match 0 or 1 times. If we match, return success */
+ if (EXTMATCH (c, n, se, p, pe, flags) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ /* We didn't match the extended glob pattern, but
+ that's OK, since we can match 0 or 1 occurrences.
+ We need to skip the glob pattern and see if we
+ match the rest of the string. */
+ newn = PATSCAN (p + 1, pe, 0);
+ /* If NEWN is 0, we have an ill-formed pattern. */
+ p = newn ? newn : pe;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (c == L('?'))
+ {
+ if (sc == L('\0'))
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+ this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+ fewer than three characters. */
+ n++;
+ sc = n < se ? *n : '\0';
+ }
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+ /* Handle ******(patlist) */
+ if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && c == L('*') && *p == L('(')) /*)*/
+ {
+ CHAR *newn;
+ /* We need to check whether or not the extended glob
+ pattern matches the remainder of the string.
+ If it does, we match the entire pattern. */
+ for (newn = n; newn < se; ++newn)
+ {
+ if (EXTMATCH (c, newn, se, p, pe, flags) == 0)
+ return (0);
+ }
+ /* We didn't match the extended glob pattern, but
+ that's OK, since we can match 0 or more occurrences.
+ We need to skip the glob pattern and see if we
+ match the rest of the string. */
+ newn = PATSCAN (p + 1, pe, 0);
+ /* If NEWN is 0, we have an ill-formed pattern. */
+ p = newn ? newn : pe;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (p == pe)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* The wildcards are the last element of the pattern. The name
+ cannot match completely if we are looking for a pathname and
+ it contains another slash, unless FNM_LEADING_DIR is set. */
+ if (c == L('\0'))
+ {
+ int r = (flags & FNM_PATHNAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH;
+ if (flags & FNM_PATHNAME)
+ {
+ if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
+ r = 0;
+ else if (MEMCHR (n, L('/'), se - n) == NULL)
+ r = 0;
+ }
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ /* If we've hit the end of the pattern and the last character of
+ the pattern was handled by the loop above, we've succeeded.
+ Otherwise, we need to match that last character. */
+ if (p == pe && (c == L('?') || c == L('*')))
+ return (0);
+
+ /* If we've hit the end of the string and the rest of the pattern
+ is something that matches the empty string, we can succeed. */
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ if (n == se && ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && (c == L('!') || c == L('?')) && *p == L('(')))
+ {
+ --p;
+ if (EXTMATCH (c, n, se, p, pe, flags) == 0)
+ return (c == L('!') ? FNM_NOMATCH : 0);
+ return (c == L('!') ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If we stop at a slash in the pattern and we are looking for a
+ pathname ([star]/foo), then consume enough of the string to stop
+ at any slash and then try to match the rest of the pattern. If
+ the string doesn't contain a slash, fail */
+ if (c == L('/') && (flags & FNM_PATHNAME))
+ {
+ while (n < se && *n != L('/'))
+ ++n;
+ if (n < se && *n == L('/') && (GMATCH (n+1, se, p, pe, NULL, flags) == 0))
+ return 0;
+ return FNM_NOMATCH; /* XXX */
+ }
+
+ /* General case, use recursion. */
+ {
+ U_CHAR c1;
+ const CHAR *endp;
+ struct STRUCT end;
+
+ end.pattern = NULL;
+ endp = MEMCHR (n, (flags & FNM_PATHNAME) ? L('/') : L('\0'), se - n);
+ if (endp == 0)
+ endp = se;
+
+ c1 = ((flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0 && c == L('\\')) ? *p : c;
+ c1 = FOLD (c1);
+ for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
+ {
+ /* Only call strmatch if the first character indicates a
+ possible match. We can check the first character if
+ we're not doing an extended glob match. */
+ if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) == 0 && c != L('[') && FOLD (*n) != c1) /*]*/
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we're doing an extended glob match and the pattern is not
+ one of the extended glob patterns, we can check the first
+ character. */
+ if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && p[1] != L('(') && /*)*/
+ STRCHR (L("?*+@!"), *p) == 0 && c != L('[') && FOLD (*n) != c1) /*]*/
+ continue;
+
+ /* Otherwise, we just recurse. */
+ if (GMATCH (n, se, p, pe, &end, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+ {
+ if (end.pattern == NULL)
+ return (0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* This is a clever idea from glibc, used to avoid backtracking
+ to a `*' that appears earlier in the pattern. We get away
+ without saving se and pe because they are always the same,
+ even in the recursive calls to gmatch */
+ if (end.pattern != NULL)
+ {
+ p = end.pattern;
+ n = end.string;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ case L('['):
+ {
+ if (sc == L('\0') || n == se)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+ /* A character class cannot match a `.' if it is the first
+ character of the string or if it is the first character
+ following a slash and we are matching a pathname. */
+ if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && sc == L('.') &&
+ (n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == L('/'))))
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+ p = BRACKMATCH (p, sc, flags);
+ if (p == 0)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if ((U_CHAR)c != FOLD (sc))
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ ++n;
+ }
+
+ if (n == se)
+ return (0);
+
+ if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == L('/'))
+ /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */
+ return 0;
+
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+}
+
+/* Parse a bracket expression collating symbol ([.sym.]) starting at P, find
+ the value of the symbol, and move P past the collating symbol expression.
+ The value is returned in *VP, if VP is not null. */
+static CHAR *
+PARSE_COLLSYM (p, vp)
+ CHAR *p;
+ INT *vp;
+{
+ register int pc;
+ INT val;
+
+ p++; /* move past the `.' */
+
+ for (pc = 0; p[pc]; pc++)
+ if (p[pc] == L('.') && p[pc+1] == L(']'))
+ break;
+ if (p[pc] == 0)
+ {
+ if (vp)
+ *vp = INVALID;
+ return (p + pc);
+ }
+ val = COLLSYM (p, pc);
+ if (vp)
+ *vp = val;
+ return (p + pc + 2);
+}
+
+/* Use prototype definition here because of type promotion. */
+static CHAR *
+#if defined (PROTOTYPES)
+BRACKMATCH (CHAR *p, U_CHAR test, int flags)
+#else
+BRACKMATCH (p, test, flags)
+ CHAR *p;
+ U_CHAR test;
+ int flags;
+#endif
+{
+ register CHAR cstart, cend, c;
+ register int not; /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */
+ int brcnt, brchr, forcecoll, isrange;
+ INT pc;
+ CHAR *savep;
+ U_CHAR orig_test;
+
+ orig_test = test;
+ test = FOLD (orig_test);
+
+ savep = p;
+
+ /* POSIX.2 3.13.1 says that an exclamation mark (`!') shall replace the
+ circumflex (`^') in its role in a `nonmatching list'. A bracket
+ expression starting with an unquoted circumflex character produces
+ unspecified results. This implementation treats the two identically. */
+ if (not = (*p == L('!') || *p == L('^')))
+ ++p;
+
+ c = *p++;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Initialize cstart and cend in case `-' is the last
+ character of the pattern. */
+ cstart = cend = c;
+ forcecoll = 0;
+
+ /* POSIX.2 equivalence class: [=c=]. See POSIX.2 2.8.3.2. Find
+ the end of the equivalence class, move the pattern pointer past
+ it, and check for equivalence. XXX - this handles only
+ single-character equivalence classes, which is wrong, or at
+ least incomplete. */
+ if (c == L('[') && *p == L('=') && p[2] == L('=') && p[3] == L(']'))
+ {
+ pc = FOLD (p[1]);
+ p += 4;
+ if (COLLEQUIV (test, pc))
+ {
+/*[*/ /* Move past the closing `]', since the first thing we do at
+ the `matched:' label is back p up one. */
+ p++;
+ goto matched;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ c = *p++;
+ if (c == L('\0'))
+ return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0); /*]*/
+ c = FOLD (c);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* POSIX.2 character class expression. See POSIX.2 2.8.3.2. */
+ if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
+ {
+ CHAR *close, *ccname;
+
+ pc = 0; /* make sure invalid char classes don't match. */
+ /* Find end of character class name */
+ for (close = p + 1; *close != '\0'; close++)
+ if (*close == L(':') && *(close+1) == L(']'))
+ break;
+
+ if (*close != L('\0'))
+ {
+ ccname = (CHAR *)malloc ((close - p) * sizeof (CHAR));
+ if (ccname == 0)
+ pc = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ bcopy (p + 1, ccname, (close - p - 1) * sizeof (CHAR));
+ *(ccname + (close - p - 1)) = L('\0');
+ pc = IS_CCLASS (orig_test, (XCHAR *)ccname);
+ }
+ if (pc == -1)
+ {
+ /* CCNAME is not a valid character class in the current
+ locale. In addition to noting no match (pc = 0), we have
+ a choice about what to do with the invalid charclass.
+ Posix leaves the behavior unspecified, but we're going
+ to skip over the charclass and keep going instead of
+ testing ORIG_TEST against each character in the class
+ string. If we don't want to do that, take out the update
+ of P. */
+ pc = 0;
+ p = close + 2;
+ }
+ else
+ p = close + 2; /* move past the closing `]' */
+
+ free (ccname);
+ }
+
+ if (pc)
+ {
+/*[*/ /* Move past the closing `]', since the first thing we do at
+ the `matched:' label is back p up one. */
+ p++;
+ goto matched;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* continue the loop here, since this expression can't be
+ the first part of a range expression. */
+ c = *p++;
+ if (c == L('\0'))
+ return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+ else if (c == L(']'))
+ break;
+ c = FOLD (c);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* POSIX.2 collating symbols. See POSIX.2 2.8.3.2. Find the end of
+ the symbol name, make sure it is terminated by `.]', translate
+ the name to a character using the external table, and do the
+ comparison. */
+ if (c == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+ {
+ p = PARSE_COLLSYM (p, &pc);
+ /* An invalid collating symbol cannot be the first point of a
+ range. If it is, we set cstart to one greater than `test',
+ so any comparisons later will fail. */
+ cstart = (pc == INVALID) ? test + 1 : pc;
+ forcecoll = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
+ {
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return (CHAR *)0;
+ cstart = cend = *p++;
+ }
+
+ cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
+ isrange = 0;
+
+ /* POSIX.2 2.8.3.1.2 says: `An expression containing a `[' that
+ is not preceded by a backslash and is not part of a bracket
+ expression produces undefined results.' This implementation
+ treats the `[' as just a character to be matched if there is
+ not a closing `]'. */
+ if (c == L('\0'))
+ return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+
+ c = *p++;
+ c = FOLD (c);
+
+ if (c == L('\0'))
+ return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+
+ if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && c == L('/'))
+ /* [/] can never match when matching a pathname. */
+ return (CHAR *)0;
+
+ /* This introduces a range, unless the `-' is the last
+ character of the class. Find the end of the range
+ and move past it. */
+ if (c == L('-') && *p != L(']'))
+ {
+ cend = *p++;
+ if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
+ cend = *p++;
+ if (cend == L('\0'))
+ return (CHAR *)0;
+ if (cend == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+ {
+ p = PARSE_COLLSYM (p, &pc);
+ /* An invalid collating symbol cannot be the second part of a
+ range expression. If we get one, we set cend to one fewer
+ than the test character to make sure the range test fails. */
+ cend = (pc == INVALID) ? test - 1 : pc;
+ forcecoll = 1;
+ }
+ cend = FOLD (cend);
+
+ c = *p++;
+
+ /* POSIX.2 2.8.3.2: ``The ending range point shall collate
+ equal to or higher than the starting range point; otherwise
+ the expression shall be treated as invalid.'' Note that this
+ applies to only the range expression; the rest of the bracket
+ expression is still checked for matches. */
+ if (RANGECMP (cstart, cend, forcecoll) > 0)
+ {
+ if (c == L(']'))
+ break;
+ c = FOLD (c);
+ continue;
+ }
+ isrange = 1;
+ }
+
+#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.1 */
+ if (isrange == 0 && test == cstart)
+ goto matched;
+ if (isrange && RANGECMP (test, cstart, forcecoll) >= 0 && RANGECMP (test, cend, forcecoll) <= 0)
+ goto matched;
+#else
+ if (RANGECMP (test, cstart, forcecoll) >= 0 && RANGECMP (test, cend, forcecoll) <= 0)
+ goto matched;
+#endif
+
+ if (c == L(']'))
+ break;
+ }
+ /* No match. */
+ return (!not ? (CHAR *)0 : p);
+
+matched:
+ /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */
+ c = *--p;
+ brcnt = 1;
+ brchr = 0;
+ while (brcnt > 0)
+ {
+ int oc;
+
+ /* A `[' without a matching `]' is just another character to match. */
+ if (c == L('\0'))
+ return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+
+ oc = c;
+ c = *p++;
+ if (c == L('[') && (*p == L('=') || *p == L(':') || *p == L('.')))
+ {
+ brcnt++;
+ brchr = *p;
+ }
+ /* we only want to check brchr if we set it above */
+ else if (c == L(']') && brcnt > 1 && brchr != 0 && oc == brchr)
+ brcnt--;
+ else if (c == L(']') && brcnt == 1)
+ brcnt--;
+ else if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
+ {
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return (CHAR *)0;
+ /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */
+ ++p;
+ }
+ }
+ return (not ? (CHAR *)0 : p);
+}
+
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+/* ksh-like extended pattern matching:
+
+ [?*+@!](pat-list)
+
+ where pat-list is a list of one or patterns separated by `|'. Operation
+ is as follows:
+
+ ?(patlist) match zero or one of the given patterns
+ *(patlist) match zero or more of the given patterns
+ +(patlist) match one or more of the given patterns
+ @(patlist) match exactly one of the given patterns
+ !(patlist) match anything except one of the given patterns
+*/
+
+/* Scan a pattern starting at STRING and ending at END, keeping track of
+ embedded () and []. If DELIM is 0, we scan until a matching `)'
+ because we're scanning a `patlist'. Otherwise, we scan until we see
+ DELIM. In all cases, we never scan past END. The return value is the
+ first character after the matching DELIM or NULL if the pattern is
+ empty or invalid. */
+/*static*/ CHAR *
+PATSCAN (string, end, delim)
+ CHAR *string, *end;
+ INT delim;
+{
+ int pnest, bnest, skip;
+ INT cchar;
+ CHAR *s, c, *bfirst;
+
+ pnest = bnest = skip = 0;
+ cchar = 0;
+ bfirst = NULL;
+
+ if (string == end)
+ return (NULL);
+
+ for (s = string; c = *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (s >= end)
+ return (s);
+ if (skip)
+ {
+ skip = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case L('\\'):
+ skip = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case L('\0'):
+ return ((CHAR *)NULL);
+
+ /* `[' is not special inside a bracket expression, but it may
+ introduce one of the special POSIX bracket expressions
+ ([.SYM.], [=c=], [: ... :]) that needs special handling. */
+ case L('['):
+ if (bnest == 0)
+ {
+ bfirst = s + 1;
+ if (*bfirst == L('!') || *bfirst == L('^'))
+ bfirst++;
+ bnest++;
+ }
+ else if (s[1] == L(':') || s[1] == L('.') || s[1] == L('='))
+ cchar = s[1];
+ break;
+
+ /* `]' is not special if it's the first char (after a leading `!'
+ or `^') in a bracket expression or if it's part of one of the
+ special POSIX bracket expressions ([.SYM.], [=c=], [: ... :]) */
+ case L(']'):
+ if (bnest)
+ {
+ if (cchar && s[-1] == cchar)
+ cchar = 0;
+ else if (s != bfirst)
+ {
+ bnest--;
+ bfirst = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case L('('):
+ if (bnest == 0)
+ pnest++;
+ break;
+
+ case L(')'):
+ if (bnest == 0 && pnest-- <= 0)
+ return ++s;
+ break;
+
+ case L('|'):
+ if (bnest == 0 && pnest == 0 && delim == L('|'))
+ return ++s;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return 0 if dequoted pattern matches S in the current locale. */
+static int
+STRCOMPARE (p, pe, s, se)
+ CHAR *p, *pe, *s, *se;
+{
+ int ret;
+ CHAR c1, c2;
+ int l1, l2;
+
+ l1 = pe - p;
+ l2 = se - s;
+
+ if (l1 != l2)
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH); /* unequal lengths, can't be identical */
+
+ c1 = *pe;
+ c2 = *se;
+
+ if (c1 != 0)
+ *pe = '\0';
+ if (c2 != 0)
+ *se = '\0';
+
+#if HAVE_MULTIBYTE || defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+ ret = STRCOLL ((XCHAR *)p, (XCHAR *)s);
+#else
+ ret = STRCMP ((XCHAR *)p, (XCHAR *)s);
+#endif
+
+ if (c1 != 0)
+ *pe = c1;
+ if (c2 != 0)
+ *se = c2;
+
+ return (ret == 0 ? ret : FNM_NOMATCH);
+}
+
+/* Match a ksh extended pattern specifier. Return FNM_NOMATCH on failure or
+ 0 on success. This is handed the entire rest of the pattern and string
+ the first time an extended pattern specifier is encountered, so it calls
+ gmatch recursively. */
+static int
+EXTMATCH (xc, s, se, p, pe, flags)
+ INT xc; /* select which operation */
+ CHAR *s, *se;
+ CHAR *p, *pe;
+ int flags;
+{
+ CHAR *prest; /* pointer to rest of pattern */
+ CHAR *psub; /* pointer to sub-pattern */
+ CHAR *pnext; /* pointer to next sub-pattern */
+ CHAR *srest; /* pointer to rest of string */
+ int m1, m2, xflags; /* xflags = flags passed to recursive matches */
+
+#if DEBUG_MATCHING
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: xc = %c\n", xc);
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: s = %s; se = %s\n", s, se);
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: p = %s; pe = %s\n", p, pe);
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: flags = %d\n", flags);
+#endif
+
+ prest = PATSCAN (p + (*p == L('(')), pe, 0); /* ) */
+ if (prest == 0)
+ /* If PREST is 0, we failed to scan a valid pattern. In this
+ case, we just want to compare the two as strings. */
+ return (STRCOMPARE (p - 1, pe, s, se));
+
+ switch (xc)
+ {
+ case L('+'): /* match one or more occurrences */
+ case L('*'): /* match zero or more occurrences */
+ /* If we can get away with no matches, don't even bother. Just
+ call GMATCH on the rest of the pattern and return success if
+ it succeeds. */
+ if (xc == L('*') && (GMATCH (s, se, prest, pe, NULL, flags) == 0))
+ return 0;
+
+ /* OK, we have to do this the hard way. First, we make sure one of
+ the subpatterns matches, then we try to match the rest of the
+ string. */
+ for (psub = p + 1; ; psub = pnext)
+ {
+ pnext = PATSCAN (psub, pe, L('|'));
+ for (srest = s; srest <= se; srest++)
+ {
+ /* Match this substring (S -> SREST) against this
+ subpattern (psub -> pnext - 1) */
+ m1 = GMATCH (s, srest, psub, pnext - 1, NULL, flags) == 0;
+ /* OK, we matched a subpattern, so make sure the rest of the
+ string matches the rest of the pattern. Also handle
+ multiple matches of the pattern. */
+ if (m1)
+ {
+ /* if srest > s, we are not at start of string */
+ xflags = (srest > s) ? (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) : flags;
+ m2 = (GMATCH (srest, se, prest, pe, NULL, xflags) == 0) ||
+ (s != srest && GMATCH (srest, se, p - 1, pe, NULL, xflags) == 0);
+ }
+ if (m1 && m2)
+ return (0);
+ }
+ if (pnext == prest)
+ break;
+ }
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+ case L('?'): /* match zero or one of the patterns */
+ case L('@'): /* match one (or more) of the patterns */
+ /* If we can get away with no matches, don't even bother. Just
+ call gmatch on the rest of the pattern and return success if
+ it succeeds. */
+ if (xc == L('?') && (GMATCH (s, se, prest, pe, NULL, flags) == 0))
+ return 0;
+
+ /* OK, we have to do this the hard way. First, we see if one of
+ the subpatterns matches, then, if it does, we try to match the
+ rest of the string. */
+ for (psub = p + 1; ; psub = pnext)
+ {
+ pnext = PATSCAN (psub, pe, L('|'));
+ srest = (prest == pe) ? se : s;
+ for ( ; srest <= se; srest++)
+ {
+ /* if srest > s, we are not at start of string */
+ xflags = (srest > s) ? (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) : flags;
+ if (GMATCH (s, srest, psub, pnext - 1, NULL, flags) == 0 &&
+ GMATCH (srest, se, prest, pe, NULL, xflags) == 0)
+ return (0);
+ }
+ if (pnext == prest)
+ break;
+ }
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+ case '!': /* match anything *except* one of the patterns */
+ for (srest = s; srest <= se; srest++)
+ {
+ m1 = 0;
+ for (psub = p + 1; ; psub = pnext)
+ {
+ pnext = PATSCAN (psub, pe, L('|'));
+ /* If one of the patterns matches, just bail immediately. */
+ if (m1 = (GMATCH (s, srest, psub, pnext - 1, NULL, flags) == 0))
+ break;
+ if (pnext == prest)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If nothing matched, but the string starts with a period and we
+ need to match periods explicitly, don't return this as a match,
+ even for negation. Might need to do this only if srest == s. */
+ if (m1 == 0 && *s == '.' && (flags & FNM_PERIOD))
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* if srest > s, we are not at start of string */
+ xflags = (srest > s) ? (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) : flags;
+ if (m1 == 0 && GMATCH (srest, se, prest, pe, NULL, xflags) == 0)
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+}
+#endif /* EXTENDED_GLOB */
+
+#undef IS_CCLASS
+#undef FOLD
+#undef CHAR
+#undef U_CHAR
+#undef XCHAR
+#undef INT
+#undef INVALID
+#undef FCT
+#undef GMATCH
+#undef COLLSYM
+#undef PARSE_COLLSYM
+#undef PATSCAN
+#undef STRCOMPARE
+#undef EXTMATCH
+#undef STRUCT
+#undef BRACKMATCH
+#undef STRCHR
+#undef STRCOLL
+#undef STRLEN
+#undef STRCMP
+#undef MEMCHR
+#undef COLLEQUIV
+#undef RANGECMP
+#undef L
diff --git a/lib/glob/smatch.c b/lib/glob/smatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64fdbbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/smatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+/* strmatch.c -- ksh-like extended pattern matching for the shell and filename
+ globbing. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h> /* for debugging */
+
+#include "strmatch.h"
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* First, compile `sm_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+#define CHAR unsigned char
+#define U_CHAR unsigned char
+#define XCHAR char
+#define INT int
+#define L(CS) CS
+#define INVALID -1
+
+#undef STREQ
+#undef STREQN
+#define STREQ(a, b) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strcmp(a, b) == 0)
+#define STREQN(a, b, n) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strncmp(a, b, n) == 0)
+
+#ifndef GLOBASCII_DEFAULT
+# define GLOBASCII_DEFAULT 0
+#endif
+
+int glob_asciirange = GLOBASCII_DEFAULT;
+
+/* We use strcoll(3) for range comparisons in bracket expressions,
+ even though it can have unwanted side effects in locales
+ other than POSIX or US. For instance, in the de locale, [A-Z] matches
+ all characters. If GLOB_ASCIIRANGE is non-zero, and we're not forcing
+ the use of strcoll (e.g., for explicit collating symbols), we use
+ straight ordering as if in the C locale. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+/* Helper function for collating symbol equivalence. */
+static int
+rangecmp (c1, c2, forcecoll)
+ int c1, c2;
+ int forcecoll;
+{
+ static char s1[2] = { ' ', '\0' };
+ static char s2[2] = { ' ', '\0' };
+ int ret;
+
+ /* Eight bits only. Period. */
+ c1 &= 0xFF;
+ c2 &= 0xFF;
+
+ if (c1 == c2)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (forcecoll == 0 && glob_asciirange)
+ return (c1 - c2);
+
+ s1[0] = c1;
+ s2[0] = c2;
+
+ if ((ret = strcoll (s1, s2)) != 0)
+ return ret;
+ return (c1 - c2); /* impose total ordering */
+}
+#else /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+# define rangecmp(c1, c2, f) ((int)(c1) - (int)(c2))
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+static int
+collequiv (c1, c2)
+ int c1, c2;
+{
+ return (rangecmp (c1, c2, 1) == 0);
+}
+#else
+# define collequiv(c1, c2) ((c1) == (c2))
+#endif
+
+#define _COLLSYM _collsym
+#define __COLLSYM __collsym
+#define POSIXCOLL posix_collsyms
+#include "collsyms.h"
+
+static int
+collsym (s, len)
+ CHAR *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ register struct _collsym *csp;
+ char *x;
+
+ x = (char *)s;
+ for (csp = posix_collsyms; csp->name; csp++)
+ {
+ if (STREQN(csp->name, x, len) && csp->name[len] == '\0')
+ return (csp->code);
+ }
+ if (len == 1)
+ return s[0];
+ return INVALID;
+}
+
+/* unibyte character classification */
+#if !defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII)
+# define isascii(c) ((unsigned int)(c) <= 0177)
+#endif
+
+enum char_class
+ {
+ CC_NO_CLASS = 0,
+ CC_ASCII, CC_ALNUM, CC_ALPHA, CC_BLANK, CC_CNTRL, CC_DIGIT, CC_GRAPH,
+ CC_LOWER, CC_PRINT, CC_PUNCT, CC_SPACE, CC_UPPER, CC_WORD, CC_XDIGIT
+ };
+
+static char const *const cclass_name[] =
+ {
+ "",
+ "ascii", "alnum", "alpha", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
+ "lower", "print", "punct", "space", "upper", "word", "xdigit"
+ };
+
+#define N_CHAR_CLASS (sizeof(cclass_name) / sizeof (cclass_name[0]))
+
+static enum char_class
+is_valid_cclass (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ enum char_class ret;
+ int i;
+
+ ret = CC_NO_CLASS;
+
+ for (i = 1; i < N_CHAR_CLASS; i++)
+ {
+ if (STREQ (name, cclass_name[i]))
+ {
+ ret = (enum char_class)i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static int
+cclass_test (c, char_class)
+ int c;
+ enum char_class char_class;
+{
+ int result;
+
+ switch (char_class)
+ {
+ case CC_ASCII:
+ result = isascii (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_ALNUM:
+ result = ISALNUM (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_ALPHA:
+ result = ISALPHA (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_BLANK:
+ result = ISBLANK (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_CNTRL:
+ result = ISCNTRL (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_DIGIT:
+ result = ISDIGIT (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_GRAPH:
+ result = ISGRAPH (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_LOWER:
+ result = ISLOWER (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_PRINT:
+ result = ISPRINT (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_PUNCT:
+ result = ISPUNCT (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_SPACE:
+ result = ISSPACE (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_UPPER:
+ result = ISUPPER (c);
+ break;
+ case CC_WORD:
+ result = (ISALNUM (c) || c == '_');
+ break;
+ case CC_XDIGIT:
+ result = ISXDIGIT (c);
+ break;
+ default:
+ result = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+is_cclass (c, name)
+ int c;
+ const char *name;
+{
+ enum char_class char_class;
+ int result;
+
+ char_class = is_valid_cclass (name);
+ if (char_class == CC_NO_CLASS)
+ return -1;
+
+ result = cclass_test (c, char_class);
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Now include `sm_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+/* The result of FOLD is an `unsigned char' */
+# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) \
+ ? TOLOWER ((unsigned char)c) \
+ : ((unsigned char)c))
+
+#define FCT internal_strmatch
+#define GMATCH gmatch
+#define COLLSYM collsym
+#define PARSE_COLLSYM parse_collsym
+#define BRACKMATCH brackmatch
+#define PATSCAN glob_patscan
+#define STRCOMPARE strcompare
+#define EXTMATCH extmatch
+#define STRUCT smat_struct
+#define STRCHR(S, C) strchr((S), (C))
+#define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr((S), (C), (N))
+#define STRCOLL(S1, S2) strcoll((S1), (S2))
+#define STRLEN(S) strlen(S)
+#define STRCMP(S1, S2) strcmp((S1), (S2))
+#define RANGECMP(C1, C2, F) rangecmp((C1), (C2), (F))
+#define COLLEQUIV(C1, C2) collequiv((C1), (C2))
+#define CTYPE_T enum char_class
+#define IS_CCLASS(C, S) is_cclass((C), (S))
+#include "sm_loop.c"
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+# define CHAR wchar_t
+# define U_CHAR wint_t
+# define XCHAR wchar_t
+# define INT wint_t
+# define L(CS) L##CS
+# define INVALID WEOF
+
+# undef STREQ
+# undef STREQN
+# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((wcscmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+# define STREQN(a, b, n) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && wcsncmp(a, b, n) == 0)
+
+extern char *mbsmbchar __P((const char *));
+
+#if FNMATCH_EQUIV_FALLBACK
+/* We don't include <fnmatch.h> in order to avoid namespace collisions; the
+ internal strmatch still uses the FNM_ constants. */
+extern int fnmatch (const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/* Construct a string w1 = "c1" and a pattern w2 = "[[=c2=]]" and pass them
+ to fnmatch to see if wide characters c1 and c2 collate as members of the
+ same equivalence class. We can't really do this portably any other way */
+static int
+_fnmatch_fallback_wc (c1, c2)
+ wchar_t c1, c2; /* string char, patchar */
+{
+ char w1[MB_LEN_MAX+1]; /* string */
+ char w2[MB_LEN_MAX+8]; /* constructed pattern */
+ int l1, l2;
+
+ l1 = wctomb (w1, c1);
+ if (l1 == -1)
+ return (2);
+ w1[l1] = '\0';
+
+ /* reconstruct the pattern */
+ w2[0] = w2[1] = '[';
+ w2[2] = '=';
+ l2 = wctomb (w2+3, c2);
+ if (l2 == -1)
+ return (2);
+ w2[l2+3] = '=';
+ w2[l2+4] = w2[l2+5] = ']';
+ w2[l2+6] = '\0';
+
+ return (fnmatch ((const char *)w2, (const char *)w1, 0));
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+rangecmp_wc (c1, c2, forcecoll)
+ wint_t c1, c2;
+ int forcecoll;
+{
+ static wchar_t s1[2] = { L' ', L'\0' };
+ static wchar_t s2[2] = { L' ', L'\0' };
+ int r, oerrno;
+
+ if (c1 == c2)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (forcecoll == 0 && glob_asciirange && c1 <= UCHAR_MAX && c2 <= UCHAR_MAX)
+ return ((int)(c1 - c2));
+
+ s1[0] = c1;
+ s2[0] = c2;
+
+#if 0 /* TAG:bash-5.1 */
+ /* We impose a total ordering here by returning c1-c2 if wcscoll returns 0,
+ as we do above in the single-byte case. If we do this, we can no longer
+ use this code in collequiv_wc */
+ if ((r = wcscoll (s1, s2)) != 0)
+ return r;
+ return ((int)(c1 - c2)); /* impose total ordering */
+#else
+ return (wcscoll (s1, s2));
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Returns non-zero on success */
+static int
+collequiv_wc (c, equiv)
+ wint_t c, equiv;
+{
+ wchar_t s, p;
+
+ if (rangecmp_wc (c, equiv, 1) == 0)
+ return 1;
+#if FNMATCH_EQUIV_FALLBACK
+/* We check explicitly for success (fnmatch returns 0) to avoid problems if
+ our local definition of FNM_NOMATCH (strmatch.h) doesn't match the
+ system's (fnmatch.h). We don't care about error return values here. */
+
+ s = c;
+ p = equiv;
+ return (_fnmatch_fallback_wc (s, p) == 0);
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Helper function for collating symbol. */
+# define _COLLSYM _collwcsym
+# define __COLLSYM __collwcsym
+# define POSIXCOLL posix_collwcsyms
+# include "collsyms.h"
+
+static wint_t
+collwcsym (s, len)
+ wchar_t *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ register struct _collwcsym *csp;
+
+ for (csp = posix_collwcsyms; csp->name; csp++)
+ {
+ if (STREQN(csp->name, s, len) && csp->name[len] == L'\0')
+ return (csp->code);
+ }
+ if (len == 1)
+ return s[0];
+ return INVALID;
+}
+
+static int
+is_wcclass (wc, name)
+ wint_t wc;
+ wchar_t *name;
+{
+ char *mbs;
+ mbstate_t state;
+ size_t mbslength;
+ wctype_t desc;
+ int want_word;
+
+ if ((wctype ("ascii") == (wctype_t)0) && (wcscmp (name, L"ascii") == 0))
+ {
+ int c;
+
+ if ((c = wctob (wc)) == EOF)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return (c <= 0x7F);
+ }
+
+ want_word = (wcscmp (name, L"word") == 0);
+ if (want_word)
+ name = L"alnum";
+
+ memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ mbs = (char *) malloc (wcslen(name) * MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+ if (mbs == 0)
+ return -1;
+ mbslength = wcsrtombs (mbs, (const wchar_t **)&name, (wcslen(name) * MB_CUR_MAX + 1), &state);
+
+ if (mbslength == (size_t)-1 || mbslength == (size_t)-2)
+ {
+ free (mbs);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ desc = wctype (mbs);
+ free (mbs);
+
+ if (desc == (wctype_t)0)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (want_word)
+ return (iswctype (wc, desc) || wc == L'_');
+ else
+ return (iswctype (wc, desc));
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if there are no char class [:class:] expressions (degenerate case)
+ or only posix-specified (C locale supported) char class expressions in
+ PATTERN. These are the ones where it's safe to punt to the single-byte
+ code, since wide character support allows locale-defined char classes.
+ This only uses single-byte code, but is only needed to support multibyte
+ locales. */
+static int
+posix_cclass_only (pattern)
+ char *pattern;
+{
+ char *p, *p1;
+ char cc[16]; /* sufficient for all valid posix char class names */
+ enum char_class valid;
+
+ p = pattern;
+ while (p = strchr (p, '['))
+ {
+ if (p[1] != ':')
+ {
+ p++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ p += 2; /* skip past "[:" */
+ /* Find end of char class expression */
+ for (p1 = p; *p1; p1++)
+ if (*p1 == ':' && p1[1] == ']')
+ break;
+ if (*p1 == 0) /* no char class expression found */
+ break;
+ /* Find char class name and validate it against posix char classes */
+ if ((p1 - p) >= sizeof (cc))
+ return 0;
+ bcopy (p, cc, p1 - p);
+ cc[p1 - p] = '\0';
+ valid = is_valid_cclass (cc);
+ if (valid == CC_NO_CLASS)
+ return 0; /* found unrecognized char class name */
+
+ p = p1 + 2; /* found posix char class name */
+ }
+
+ return 1; /* no char class names or only posix */
+}
+
+/* Now include `sm_loop.c' for multibyte characters. */
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+#define FCT internal_wstrmatch
+#define GMATCH gmatch_wc
+#define COLLSYM collwcsym
+#define PARSE_COLLSYM parse_collwcsym
+#define BRACKMATCH brackmatch_wc
+#define PATSCAN glob_patscan_wc
+#define STRCOMPARE wscompare
+#define EXTMATCH extmatch_wc
+#define STRUCT wcsmat_struct
+#define STRCHR(S, C) wcschr((S), (C))
+#define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr((S), (C), (N))
+#define STRCOLL(S1, S2) wcscoll((S1), (S2))
+#define STRLEN(S) wcslen(S)
+#define STRCMP(S1, S2) wcscmp((S1), (S2))
+#define RANGECMP(C1, C2, F) rangecmp_wc((C1), (C2), (F))
+#define COLLEQUIV(C1, C2) collequiv_wc((C1), (C2))
+#define CTYPE_T enum char_class
+#define IS_CCLASS(C, S) is_wcclass((C), (S))
+#include "sm_loop.c"
+
+#endif /* HAVE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+int
+xstrmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+ char *pattern;
+ char *string;
+ int flags;
+{
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ int ret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wpattern, *wstring;
+ size_t plen, slen, mplen, mslen;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+ return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+
+ if (mbsmbchar (string) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pattern) == 0 && posix_cclass_only (pattern) )
+ return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1 || n == (size_t)-2)
+ return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, NULL, string);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1 || n == (size_t)-2)
+ {
+ free (wpattern);
+ return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+ }
+
+ ret = internal_wstrmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags);
+
+ free (wpattern);
+ free (wstring);
+
+ return ret;
+#else
+ return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+}
diff --git a/lib/glob/strmatch.c b/lib/glob/strmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cea9bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/strmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* strmatch.c -- ksh-like extended pattern matching for the shell and filename
+ globbing. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include "strmatch.h"
+
+extern int xstrmatch __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int internal_wstrmatch __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+
+int
+strmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+ char *pattern;
+ char *string;
+ int flags;
+{
+ if (string == 0 || pattern == 0)
+ return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+ return (xstrmatch (pattern, string, flags));
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int
+wcsmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags)
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ wchar_t *wstring;
+ int flags;
+{
+ if (wstring == 0 || wpattern == 0)
+ return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+ return (internal_wstrmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags));
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+main (c, v)
+ int c;
+ char **v;
+{
+ char *string, *pat;
+
+ string = v[1];
+ pat = v[2];
+
+ if (strmatch (pat, string, 0) == 0)
+ {
+ printf ("%s matches %s\n", string, pat);
+ exit (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ printf ("%s does not match %s\n", string, pat);
+ exit (1);
+ }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/glob/strmatch.h b/lib/glob/strmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aee00cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/strmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _STRMATCH_H
+#define _STRMATCH_H 1
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+ (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */
+#undef FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `strmatch'. */
+
+/* standard flags are like fnmatch(3). */
+#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'. */
+#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
+#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly. */
+
+/* extended flags not available in most libc fnmatch versions, but we undef
+ them to avoid any possible warnings. */
+#undef FNM_LEADING_DIR
+#undef FNM_CASEFOLD
+#undef FNM_EXTMATCH
+
+#define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match. */
+#define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
+#define FNM_EXTMATCH (1 << 5) /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
+
+#define FNM_FIRSTCHAR (1 << 6) /* Match only the first character */
+
+/* Value returned by `strmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
+#undef FNM_NOMATCH
+
+#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+ returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
+extern int strmatch __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+extern int wcsmatch __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _STRMATCH_H */
diff --git a/lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c b/lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11a4d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/* xmbsrtowcs.c -- replacement function for mbsrtowcs */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Ask for GNU extensions to get extern declaration for mbsnrtowcs if
+ available via glibc. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+/* <wchar.h>, <wctype.h> and <stdlib.h> are included in "shmbutil.h".
+ If <wchar.h>, <wctype.h>, mbsrtowcs(), exist, HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ is defined as 1. */
+#include <shmbutil.h>
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+#define WSBUF_INC 32
+
+#ifndef FREE
+# define FREE(x) do { if (x) free (x); } while (0)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+extern char *strchrnul __P((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+/* On some locales (ex. ja_JP.sjis), mbsrtowc doesn't convert 0x5c to U<0x5c>.
+ So, this function is made for converting 0x5c to U<0x5c>. */
+
+static mbstate_t local_state;
+static int local_state_use = 0;
+
+size_t
+xmbsrtowcs (dest, src, len, pstate)
+ wchar_t *dest;
+ const char **src;
+ size_t len;
+ mbstate_t *pstate;
+{
+ mbstate_t *ps;
+ size_t mblength, wclength, n;
+
+ ps = pstate;
+ if (pstate == NULL)
+ {
+ if (!local_state_use)
+ {
+ memset (&local_state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ local_state_use = 1;
+ }
+ ps = &local_state;
+ }
+
+ n = strlen (*src);
+
+ if (dest == NULL)
+ {
+ wchar_t *wsbuf;
+ const char *mbs;
+ mbstate_t psbuf;
+
+ /* It doesn't matter if malloc fails here, since mbsrtowcs should do
+ the right thing with a NULL first argument. */
+ wsbuf = (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+ mbs = *src;
+ psbuf = *ps;
+
+ wclength = mbsrtowcs (wsbuf, &mbs, n, &psbuf);
+
+ if (wsbuf)
+ free (wsbuf);
+ return wclength;
+ }
+
+ for (wclength = 0; wclength < len; wclength++, dest++)
+ {
+ if (mbsinit(ps))
+ {
+ if (**src == '\0')
+ {
+ *dest = L'\0';
+ *src = NULL;
+ return (wclength);
+ }
+ else if (**src == '\\')
+ {
+ *dest = L'\\';
+ mblength = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ mblength = mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps);
+ }
+ else
+ mblength = mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps);
+
+ /* Cannot convert multibyte character to wide character. */
+ if (mblength == (size_t)-1 || mblength == (size_t)-2)
+ return (size_t)-1;
+
+ *src += mblength;
+ n -= mblength;
+
+ /* The multibyte string has been completely converted,
+ including the terminating '\0'. */
+ if (*dest == L'\0')
+ {
+ *src = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (wclength);
+}
+
+#if HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS
+/* Convert a multibyte string to a wide character string. Memory for the
+ new wide character string is obtained with malloc.
+
+ Fast multiple-character version of xdupmbstowcs used when the indices are
+ not required and mbsnrtowcs is available. */
+
+static size_t
+xdupmbstowcs2 (destp, src)
+ wchar_t **destp; /* Store the pointer to the wide character string */
+ const char *src; /* Multibyte character string */
+{
+ const char *p; /* Conversion start position of src */
+ wchar_t *wsbuf; /* Buffer for wide characters. */
+ size_t wsbuf_size; /* Size of WSBUF */
+ size_t wcnum; /* Number of wide characters in WSBUF */
+ mbstate_t state; /* Conversion State */
+ size_t n, wcslength; /* Number of wide characters produced by the conversion. */
+ const char *end_or_backslash;
+ size_t nms; /* Number of multibyte characters to convert at one time. */
+ mbstate_t tmp_state;
+ const char *tmp_p;
+
+ memset (&state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+
+ wsbuf_size = 0;
+ wsbuf = NULL;
+
+ p = src;
+ wcnum = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ end_or_backslash = strchrnul(p, '\\');
+ nms = end_or_backslash - p;
+ if (*end_or_backslash == '\0')
+ nms++;
+
+ /* Compute the number of produced wide-characters. */
+ tmp_p = p;
+ tmp_state = state;
+
+ if (nms == 0 && *p == '\\') /* special initial case */
+ nms = wcslength = 1;
+ else
+ wcslength = mbsnrtowcs (NULL, &tmp_p, nms, 0, &tmp_state);
+
+ if (wcslength == 0)
+ {
+ tmp_p = p; /* will need below */
+ tmp_state = state;
+ wcslength = 1; /* take a single byte */
+ }
+
+ /* Conversion failed. */
+ if (wcslength == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wsbuf);
+ *destp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+
+ /* Resize the buffer if it is not large enough. */
+ if (wsbuf_size < wcnum+wcslength+1) /* 1 for the L'\0' or the potential L'\\' */
+ {
+ wchar_t *wstmp;
+
+ while (wsbuf_size < wcnum+wcslength+1) /* 1 for the L'\0' or the potential L'\\' */
+ wsbuf_size += WSBUF_INC;
+
+ wstmp = (wchar_t *) realloc (wsbuf, wsbuf_size * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ if (wstmp == NULL)
+ {
+ free (wsbuf);
+ *destp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+ wsbuf = wstmp;
+ }
+
+ /* Perform the conversion. This is assumed to return 'wcslength'.
+ It may set 'p' to NULL. */
+ n = mbsnrtowcs(wsbuf+wcnum, &p, nms, wsbuf_size-wcnum, &state);
+
+ if (n == 0 && p == 0)
+ {
+ wsbuf[wcnum] = L'\0';
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Compensate for taking single byte on wcs conversion failure above. */
+ if (wcslength == 1 && (n == 0 || n == (size_t)-1))
+ {
+ state = tmp_state;
+ p = tmp_p;
+ wsbuf[wcnum] = *p;
+ if (*p == 0)
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ wcnum++; p++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ wcnum += wcslength;
+
+ if (mbsinit (&state) && (p != NULL) && (*p == '\\'))
+ {
+ wsbuf[wcnum++] = L'\\';
+ p++;
+ }
+ }
+ while (p != NULL);
+
+ *destp = wsbuf;
+
+ /* Return the length of the wide character string, not including `\0'. */
+ return wcnum;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS */
+
+/* Convert a multibyte string to a wide character string. Memory for the
+ new wide character string is obtained with malloc.
+
+ The return value is the length of the wide character string. Returns a
+ pointer to the wide character string in DESTP. If INDICESP is not NULL,
+ INDICESP stores the pointer to the pointer array. Each pointer is to
+ the first byte of each multibyte character. Memory for the pointer array
+ is obtained with malloc, too.
+ If conversion is failed, the return value is (size_t)-1 and the values
+ of DESTP and INDICESP are NULL. */
+
+size_t
+xdupmbstowcs (destp, indicesp, src)
+ wchar_t **destp; /* Store the pointer to the wide character string */
+ char ***indicesp; /* Store the pointer to the pointer array. */
+ const char *src; /* Multibyte character string */
+{
+ const char *p; /* Conversion start position of src */
+ wchar_t wc; /* Created wide character by conversion */
+ wchar_t *wsbuf; /* Buffer for wide characters. */
+ char **indices; /* Buffer for indices. */
+ size_t wsbuf_size; /* Size of WSBUF */
+ size_t wcnum; /* Number of wide characters in WSBUF */
+ mbstate_t state; /* Conversion State */
+
+ /* In case SRC or DESP is NULL, conversion doesn't take place. */
+ if (src == NULL || destp == NULL)
+ {
+ if (destp)
+ *destp = NULL;
+ if (indicesp)
+ *indicesp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+
+#if HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS
+ if (indicesp == NULL)
+ return (xdupmbstowcs2 (destp, src));
+#endif
+
+ memset (&state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ wsbuf_size = WSBUF_INC;
+
+ wsbuf = (wchar_t *) malloc (wsbuf_size * sizeof(wchar_t));
+ if (wsbuf == NULL)
+ {
+ *destp = NULL;
+ if (indicesp)
+ *indicesp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+
+ indices = NULL;
+ if (indicesp)
+ {
+ indices = (char **) malloc (wsbuf_size * sizeof(char *));
+ if (indices == NULL)
+ {
+ free (wsbuf);
+ *destp = NULL;
+ *indicesp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ p = src;
+ wcnum = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ size_t mblength; /* Byte length of one multibyte character. */
+
+ if (mbsinit (&state))
+ {
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ {
+ wc = L'\0';
+ mblength = 1;
+ }
+ else if (*p == '\\')
+ {
+ wc = L'\\';
+ mblength = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ mblength = mbrtowc(&wc, p, MB_LEN_MAX, &state);
+ }
+ else
+ mblength = mbrtowc(&wc, p, MB_LEN_MAX, &state);
+
+ /* Conversion failed. */
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ free (wsbuf);
+ FREE (indices);
+ *destp = NULL;
+ if (indicesp)
+ *indicesp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+
+ ++wcnum;
+
+ /* Resize buffers when they are not large enough. */
+ if (wsbuf_size < wcnum)
+ {
+ wchar_t *wstmp;
+ char **idxtmp;
+
+ wsbuf_size += WSBUF_INC;
+
+ wstmp = (wchar_t *) realloc (wsbuf, wsbuf_size * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ if (wstmp == NULL)
+ {
+ free (wsbuf);
+ FREE (indices);
+ *destp = NULL;
+ if (indicesp)
+ *indicesp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+ wsbuf = wstmp;
+
+ if (indicesp)
+ {
+ idxtmp = (char **) realloc (indices, wsbuf_size * sizeof (char *));
+ if (idxtmp == NULL)
+ {
+ free (wsbuf);
+ free (indices);
+ *destp = NULL;
+ if (indicesp)
+ *indicesp = NULL;
+ return (size_t)-1;
+ }
+ indices = idxtmp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ wsbuf[wcnum - 1] = wc;
+ if (indices)
+ indices[wcnum - 1] = (char *)p;
+ p += mblength;
+ }
+ while (MB_NULLWCH (wc) == 0);
+
+ /* Return the length of the wide character string, not including `\0'. */
+ *destp = wsbuf;
+ if (indicesp != NULL)
+ *indicesp = indices;
+
+ return (wcnum - 1);
+}
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/intl/ChangeLog b/lib/intl/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eed2d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2003-05-22 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+ * Version 0.12.1 released.
+
diff --git a/lib/intl/Makefile.in b/lib/intl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00fdb61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = @BUILD_DIR@
+VPATH = $(srcdir)
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = @AR@
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(prefix)/libdata\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
+-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
+-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
+-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
+-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ ${LOCAL_DEFS}
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = \
+ gmo.h \
+ gettextP.h \
+ hash-string.h \
+ loadinfo.h \
+ plural-exp.h \
+ eval-plural.h \
+ localcharset.h \
+ relocatable.h \
+ os2compat.h \
+ libgnuintl.h.in
+SOURCES = \
+ bindtextdom.c \
+ dcgettext.c \
+ dgettext.c \
+ gettext.c \
+ finddomain.c \
+ loadmsgcat.c \
+ localealias.c \
+ textdomain.c \
+ l10nflist.c \
+ explodename.c \
+ dcigettext.c \
+ dcngettext.c \
+ dngettext.c \
+ ngettext.c \
+ plural.y \
+ plural-exp.c \
+ localcharset.c \
+ relocatable.c \
+ localename.c \
+ log.c \
+ osdep.c \
+ os2compat.c \
+ intl-compat.c
+OBJECTS = \
+ bindtextdom.$lo \
+ dcgettext.$lo \
+ dgettext.$lo \
+ gettext.$lo \
+ finddomain.$lo \
+ loadmsgcat.$lo \
+ localealias.$lo \
+ textdomain.$lo \
+ l10nflist.$lo \
+ explodename.$lo \
+ dcigettext.$lo \
+ dcngettext.$lo \
+ dngettext.$lo \
+ ngettext.$lo \
+ plural.$lo \
+ plural-exp.$lo \
+ localcharset.$lo \
+ relocatable.$lo \
+ localename.$lo \
+ log.$lo \
+ osdep.$lo \
+ intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
+Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
+COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+ rm -f $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+ $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) \
+ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+ -rpath $(libdir) \
+ -no-undefined
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=5
+LTV_REVISION=0
+LTV_AGE=3
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+
+.c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+ $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+ rm -f $*.h
+
+bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
+plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
+log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
+osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+
+ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
+ mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
+ mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I${top_builddir} -I${top_srcdir}
+
+libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
+ cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+ cmp libgnuintl.h libintl.h || cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
+ $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
+ dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
+ if test -n "$dependencies"; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data: all
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+ dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs:
+ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/charset.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+info dvi ps pdf html:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ${top_builddir}/config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
+explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
+dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
+localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
+localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
+ rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+ rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ : ; \
+ else \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+ else \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+ fi; \
+ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+ done; \
+ fi
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
+# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
+# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
+# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/lib/intl/VERSION b/lib/intl/VERSION
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1303183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/VERSION
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1
diff --git a/lib/intl/bindtextdom.c b/lib/intl/bindtextdom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef5479e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/bindtextdom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/* bindtextdom.c - Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
+#else
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+ const char **dirnamep,
+ const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+ to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+ If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+ modified, only the current value is returned.
+ If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+ modified nor returned. */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char **dirnamep;
+ const char **codesetp;
+{
+ struct binding *binding;
+ int modified;
+
+ /* Some sanity checks. */
+ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ modified = 0;
+
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding != NULL)
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->dirname;
+ if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+ result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ free (binding->dirname);
+
+ binding->dirname = result;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->codeset;
+ if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+ free (binding->codeset);
+
+ binding->codeset = result;
+ binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *codesetp = result;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+ && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+ {
+ /* Simply return the default values. */
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have to create a new binding. */
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ struct binding *new_binding =
+ (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed;
+
+ memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The default value. */
+ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+ char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ dirname = result;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = dirname;
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+ }
+ else
+ /* The default value. */
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset != NULL)
+ {
+ char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+ codeset = result;
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ }
+ *codesetp = codeset;
+ new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+ }
+ else
+ new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+ /* Now enqueue it. */
+ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+ {
+ new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ while (binding->next != NULL
+ && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+ binding = binding->next;
+
+ new_binding->next = binding->next;
+ binding->next = new_binding;
+ }
+
+ modified = 1;
+
+ /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
+ if (0)
+ {
+ failed_codeset:
+ if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ free (new_binding->dirname);
+ failed_dirname:
+ free (new_binding);
+ failed:
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
+ if (modified)
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+ return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+ return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/config.charset b/lib/intl/config.charset
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10c4439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+# ALIAS CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+# name used by which systems a MIME name?
+# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
+# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-13 glibc
+# ISO-8859-14 glibc
+# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
+# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
+# KOI8-T glibc
+# CP437 dos
+# CP775 dos
+# CP850 aix osf dos
+# CP852 dos
+# CP855 dos
+# CP856 aix
+# CP857 dos
+# CP861 dos
+# CP862 dos
+# CP864 dos
+# CP865 dos
+# CP866 freebsd dos
+# CP869 dos
+# CP874 woe32 dos
+# CP922 aix
+# CP932 aix woe32 dos
+# CP943 aix
+# CP949 osf woe32 dos
+# CP950 woe32 dos
+# CP1046 aix
+# CP1124 aix
+# CP1125 dos
+# CP1129 aix
+# CP1250 woe32
+# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32
+# CP1252 aix woe32
+# CP1253 woe32
+# CP1254 woe32
+# CP1255 glibc woe32
+# CP1256 woe32
+# CP1257 woe32
+# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
+# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
+# GB18030 glibc solaris
+# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
+# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+# VISCII glibc yes
+# TCVN5712-1 glibc
+# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
+# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
+# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
+# HP-GREEK8 hpux
+# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
+# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
+# HP-KANA8 hpux
+# DEC-KANJI osf
+# DEC-HANYU osf
+# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+ linux* | *-gnu*)
+ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+ # need to install the alias file at all.
+ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+ ;;
+ aix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+ echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+ echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+ echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+ echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ hpux*)
+ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+ echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ irix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "cp850 CP850"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+ echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+ echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+ echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
+ echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "GB18030 GB18030"
+ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+ echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+ echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | os2*)
+ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
+ # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+ done
+ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ done
+ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ done
+ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ done
+ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+ done
+ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+ echo "* UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ msdosdjgpp*)
+ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "#"
+ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+ echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ # ISO-8859-1 languages
+ echo "ca CP850"
+ echo "ca_ES CP850"
+ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "de CP850"
+ echo "de_AT CP850"
+ echo "de_CH CP850"
+ echo "de_DE CP850"
+ echo "en CP850"
+ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "en_CA CP850"
+ echo "en_GB CP850"
+ echo "en_NZ CP437"
+ echo "en_US CP437"
+ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "es CP850"
+ echo "es_AR CP850"
+ echo "es_BO CP850"
+ echo "es_CL CP850"
+ echo "es_CO CP850"
+ echo "es_CR CP850"
+ echo "es_CU CP850"
+ echo "es_DO CP850"
+ echo "es_EC CP850"
+ echo "es_ES CP850"
+ echo "es_GT CP850"
+ echo "es_HN CP850"
+ echo "es_MX CP850"
+ echo "es_NI CP850"
+ echo "es_PA CP850"
+ echo "es_PY CP850"
+ echo "es_PE CP850"
+ echo "es_SV CP850"
+ echo "es_UY CP850"
+ echo "es_VE CP850"
+ echo "et CP850"
+ echo "et_EE CP850"
+ echo "eu CP850"
+ echo "eu_ES CP850"
+ echo "fi CP850"
+ echo "fi_FI CP850"
+ echo "fr CP850"
+ echo "fr_BE CP850"
+ echo "fr_CA CP850"
+ echo "fr_CH CP850"
+ echo "fr_FR CP850"
+ echo "ga CP850"
+ echo "ga_IE CP850"
+ echo "gd CP850"
+ echo "gd_GB CP850"
+ echo "gl CP850"
+ echo "gl_ES CP850"
+ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "it CP850"
+ echo "it_CH CP850"
+ echo "it_IT CP850"
+ echo "lt CP775"
+ echo "lt_LT CP775"
+ echo "lv CP775"
+ echo "lv_LV CP775"
+ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nl CP850"
+ echo "nl_BE CP850"
+ echo "nl_NL CP850"
+ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "pt CP850"
+ echo "pt_BR CP850"
+ echo "pt_PT CP850"
+ echo "sv CP850"
+ echo "sv_SE CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-2 languages
+ echo "cs CP852"
+ echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+ echo "hr CP852"
+ echo "hr_HR CP852"
+ echo "hu CP852"
+ echo "hu_HU CP852"
+ echo "pl CP852"
+ echo "pl_PL CP852"
+ echo "ro CP852"
+ echo "ro_RO CP852"
+ echo "sk CP852"
+ echo "sk_SK CP852"
+ echo "sl CP852"
+ echo "sl_SI CP852"
+ echo "sq CP852"
+ echo "sq_AL CP852"
+ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ # ISO-8859-3 languages
+ echo "mt CP850"
+ echo "mt_MT CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-5 languages
+ echo "be CP866"
+ echo "be_BE CP866"
+ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "ru CP866"
+ echo "ru_RU CP866"
+ echo "uk CP1125"
+ echo "uk_UA CP1125"
+ # ISO-8859-6 languages
+ echo "ar CP864"
+ echo "ar_AE CP864"
+ echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+ echo "ar_EG CP864"
+ echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+ echo "ar_IR CP864"
+ echo "ar_JO CP864"
+ echo "ar_KW CP864"
+ echo "ar_MA CP864"
+ echo "ar_OM CP864"
+ echo "ar_QA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SY CP864"
+ # ISO-8859-7 languages
+ echo "el CP869"
+ echo "el_GR CP869"
+ # ISO-8859-8 languages
+ echo "he CP862"
+ echo "he_IL CP862"
+ # ISO-8859-9 languages
+ echo "tr CP857"
+ echo "tr_TR CP857"
+ # Japanese
+ echo "ja CP932"
+ echo "ja_JP CP932"
+ # Chinese
+ echo "zh_CN GBK"
+ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+ # Korean
+ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ # Thai
+ echo "th CP874"
+ echo "th_TH CP874"
+ # Other
+ echo "eo CP850"
+ echo "eo_EO CP850"
+ ;;
+esac
diff --git a/lib/intl/dcgettext.c b/lib/intl/dcgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c156ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dcgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* dcgettext.c - Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dcigettext.c b/lib/intl/dcigettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0f347e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1248 @@
+/* dcigettext.c - Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003, 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.
+ Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */
+# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \
+ || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__
+# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
+# else
+# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types. */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#if defined (SHELL) && !defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
+# define HAVE_GETCWD
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+ /* Domain in which to search. */
+ char *domainname;
+
+ /* The category. */
+ int category;
+
+ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
+ int counter;
+
+ /* Catalog where the string was found. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+ /* And finally the translation. */
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_length;
+
+ /* Pointer to the string in question. */
+ char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
+ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+ const void *p1;
+ const void *p2;
+{
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+ int result;
+
+ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+ LC_MESSAGES). */
+ result = s1->category - s2->category;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INTVARDEF
+# define INTVARDEF(name)
+#endif
+#ifndef INTUSE
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
+ = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+#if defined __EMX__
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#else
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+ unsigned long int n,
+ const char *translation,
+ size_t translation_len))
+ internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category]
+#else
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+#endif
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old->address); \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+ struct transmem_list *next;
+ char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+# define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+# define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+# define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+# define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+ if (enable_secure == 0) \
+ { \
+ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
+ enable_secure = 1; \
+ else \
+ enable_secure = -1; \
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_RAISE
+# define raise(x) kill (getpid (), (x))
+#endif
+
+/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */
+#include "eval-plural.h"
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ size_t retlen;
+ int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ struct known_translation_t *search;
+ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+ size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+ size_t domainname_len;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
+ /* Bogus. */
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+#endif
+
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ definition left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
+ if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
+ category = LC_MESSAGES;
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+ some time. */
+ search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+ freea (search);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+ (*foundp)->translation_length);
+ else
+ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
+ DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+ break;
+
+ path_max += path_max / 2;
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ goto return_untranslated;
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + domainname_len + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname, domainname_len),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+ outside the dedicated directories. */
+ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+ /* Ingore this entry. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
+ struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+ newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->domainname =
+ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+ newp->category = category;
+ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ newp->domain = domain;
+ newp->translation = retval;
+ newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp == NULL
+ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+ /* The insert failed. */
+ free (newp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We can update the existing entry. */
+ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+ (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+#endif
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return_untranslated:
+ /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+#ifndef _LIBC
+ if (!ENABLE_SECURE)
+ {
+ extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename,
+ const char *domainname,
+ const char *msgid1,
+ const char *msgid2,
+ int plural));
+ const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED");
+
+ if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0')
+ _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
+ }
+#endif
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+ const char *msgid;
+ size_t *lengthp;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ nstrings = domain->nstrings;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 nstr =
+ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ nstr--;
+
+ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+ if (nstr < nstrings
+ ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
+ == 0)
+ : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
+ == 0))
+ {
+ act = nstr;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
+ messages. */
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* No translation was found. */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+ if (act < nstrings)
+ {
+ result = (char *)
+ (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
+ resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->codeset_cntr
+ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+ {
+ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
+ have to reinitialize the converter. */
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+ }
+
+ if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+# endif
+# endif
+ )
+ {
+ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
+ appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+ to the converted strings in.
+ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
+ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
+ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+ && ((domain->conv_tab =
+ (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
+ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
+ goto converted;
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+ translated yet. Do this now. */
+ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
+ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
+ static unsigned char *freemem;
+ static size_t freemem_size;
+
+ const unsigned char *inbuf;
+ unsigned char *outbuf;
+ int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+ malloc_count = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ size_t non_reversible;
+ int res;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+ &outbuf,
+ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+ &non_reversible);
+
+ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+ break;
+
+ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = result;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+ size_t inleft = resultlen;
+ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+ size_t outleft;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+ if (iconv (domain->conv,
+ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+ &outptr, &outleft)
+ != (size_t) (-1))
+ {
+ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (errno != E2BIG)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ resize_freemem:
+ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
+ if (malloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ ++malloc_count;
+ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+ freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ if (newmem != NULL)
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ else
+ {
+ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ malloc_count = 1;
+ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+ }
+ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+ {
+ freemem = NULL;
+ freemem_size = 0;
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+ at some point. */
+ newmem->next = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+
+ freemem = newmem->data;
+ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+ freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+ }
+
+ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
+ into the table of conversions. */
+ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
+ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+ freemem = outbuf;
+ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ }
+
+ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+ the plural variants. */
+ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+ }
+
+ converted:
+ /* The result string is converted. */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ *lengthp = resultlen;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant. */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_len;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+ const char *p;
+
+ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
+ given maximum value do not match. */
+ index = 0;
+
+ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
+ p = translation;
+ while (index-- > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+ p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
+ p++;
+
+ if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
+ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+ available for MSGID1. */
+ return (char *) translation;
+ }
+ return (char *) p;
+}
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
+ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+ language = NULL;
+
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ retval = __current_locale_name (category);
+#else
+ retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
+#endif
+
+ /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
+ 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
+ messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
+ as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
+ characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
+ characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
+ 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
+ by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
+ "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+ void *dest;
+ const void *src;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+ void *old;
+
+ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+ if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+ free (oldp);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
+ __tdestroy (root, free);
+ root = NULL;
+
+ while (transmem_list != NULL)
+ {
+ old = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dcngettext.c b/lib/intl/dcngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d70b18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dcngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* dcngettext.c - Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dgettext.c b/lib/intl/dgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5351631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* dgettext.c - Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dngettext.c b/lib/intl/dngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4276f3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* dngettext.c - Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005, 2006, 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/eval-plural.h b/lib/intl/eval-plural.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3441c74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/eval-plural.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* eval-plural.c - Plural expression evaluation. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATIC
+#define STATIC static
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n))
+ internal_function;
+
+STATIC
+unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+ struct expression *pexp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ switch (pexp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case var:
+ return n;
+ case num:
+ return pexp->val.num;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return ! arg;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ {
+ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ if (pexp->operation == lor)
+ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else if (pexp->operation == land)
+ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case mult:
+ return leftarg * rightarg;
+ case divide:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+ if (rightarg == 0)
+ raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+ return leftarg / rightarg;
+ case module:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+ if (rightarg == 0)
+ raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+ return leftarg % rightarg;
+ case plus:
+ return leftarg + rightarg;
+ case minus:
+ return leftarg - rightarg;
+ case less_than:
+ return leftarg < rightarg;
+ case greater_than:
+ return leftarg > rightarg;
+ case less_or_equal:
+ return leftarg <= rightarg;
+ case greater_or_equal:
+ return leftarg >= rightarg;
+ case equal:
+ return leftarg == rightarg;
+ case not_equal:
+ return leftarg != rightarg;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/explodename.c b/lib/intl/explodename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adc3640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/explodename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* explodename.c */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+ && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+ ++name;
+
+ return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+ char *name;
+ const char **language;
+ const char **modifier;
+ const char **territory;
+ const char **codeset;
+ const char **normalized_codeset;
+ const char **special;
+ const char **sponsor;
+ const char **revision;
+{
+ enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+ char *cp;
+ int mask;
+
+ *modifier = NULL;
+ *territory = NULL;
+ *codeset = NULL;
+ *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+ *special = NULL;
+ *sponsor = NULL;
+ *revision = NULL;
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = 0;
+ syntax = undecided;
+ *language = cp = name;
+ cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+ if (*language == cp)
+ /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
+ this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
+ cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+ else if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is the territory. */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *territory = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+ && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '.')
+ {
+ /* Next is the codeset. */
+ syntax = xpg;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *codeset = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+ cp - *codeset);
+ if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+ free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+ else
+ mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+ {
+ /* Next is the modifier. */
+ syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *modifier = ++cp;
+
+ while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+ && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+ }
+
+ if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+ {
+ syntax = cen;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '+')
+ {
+ /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *special = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == ',')
+ {
+ /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *revision = ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+ separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
+ if (syntax == xpg)
+ {
+ if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+ if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+ }
+
+ return mask;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/finddomain.c b/lib/intl/finddomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69a3586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/finddomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* finddomain.c - Handle list of needed message catalogs */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains. */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+ the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+ established bindings. */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+ const char *dirname;
+ char *locale;
+ const char *domainname;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *alias_value;
+ int mask;
+
+ /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+ and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+ language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+ Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
+ the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+ looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
+ the following order:
+ (1) revision
+ (2) sponsor
+ (3) special
+ (4) codeset
+ (5) normalized codeset
+ (6) territory
+ (7) audience/modifier
+ */
+
+ /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+ be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We know something about this locale. */
+ int cnt;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->data != NULL)
+ return retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
+ *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
+ done. */
+ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ locale = strdup (alias_value);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+ locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+ &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+ &sponsor, &revision);
+
+ /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+ generalization. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+ codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ /* This means we are out of core. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+ if (retval->data == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ free (locale);
+
+ /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
+ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+ free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+ while (runp != NULL)
+ {
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+ if (runp->data != NULL)
+ _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+ runp = runp->next;
+ free ((char *) here->filename);
+ free (here);
+ }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/gettext.c b/lib/intl/gettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd3fa0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/gettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* gettext.c - Implementation of gettext(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/gettextP.h b/lib/intl/gettextP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c137e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/gettextP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* gettextP.h - Header describing internals of libintl library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+ nls_uint32 i;
+{
+ return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
+struct sysdep_string_desc
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
+ size_t length;
+ /* Pointer to addressed string. */
+ const char *pointer;
+};
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+ /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
+ const char *data;
+ /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
+ int use_mmap;
+ /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
+ size_t mmap_size;
+ /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
+ int must_swap;
+ /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
+ void *malloced;
+
+ /* Number of static strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
+ const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
+ const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+
+ /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
+ const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
+ const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+ /* Size of hash table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_size;
+ /* Pointer to hash table. */
+ const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+ /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
+ int must_swap_hash_tab;
+
+ int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+ char **conv_tab;
+
+ struct expression *plural;
+ unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
+ doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
+ from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
+struct binding
+{
+ struct binding *next;
+ char *dirname;
+ int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
+ char *codeset;
+ char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+ become invalid.
+ This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
+#endif
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+ char *__locale,
+ const char *__domainname,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+ struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+ struct binding *domainbinding,
+ const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+ internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+#else
+/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
+ call them under their real name. */
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h */
diff --git a/lib/intl/gmo.h b/lib/intl/gmo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c57851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/gmo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* gmo.h - Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+ to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
+ alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+ as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+ when cross-compiling. */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+ This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+ that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+ (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+# else
+ /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
+ not portable enough. */
+ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+ /* The magic number. */
+ nls_uint32 magic;
+ /* The revision number of the file format. */
+ nls_uint32 revision;
+
+ /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */
+
+ /* The number of strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
+ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
+ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+ /* Size of hash table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+ /* Offset of first hash table entry. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+
+ /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
+
+ /* The number of system dependent segments. */
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+ /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
+ nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
+ /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
+ nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
+ nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
+struct string_desc
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
+ nls_uint32 length;
+ /* Offset of string in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
+struct sysdep_segment
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
+ nls_uint32 length;
+ /* Offset of string in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
+struct sysdep_string
+{
+ /* Offset of static string segments in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+ /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
+ The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
+ struct segment_pair
+ {
+ /* Size of static segment. */
+ nls_uint32 segsize;
+ /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
+ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+ } segments[1];
+};
+
+/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
+ regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
+#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettext.h */
diff --git a/lib/intl/hash-string.h b/lib/intl/hash-string.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5a7d41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/hash-string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* hash-string.h - Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+ [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+ 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+ const char *str_param;
+{
+ unsigned long int hval, g;
+ const char *str = str_param;
+
+ /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
+ hval = 0;
+ while (*str != '\0')
+ {
+ hval <<= 4;
+ hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+ g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+ if (g != 0)
+ {
+ hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+ hval ^= g;
+ }
+ }
+ return hval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/intl-compat.c b/lib/intl/intl-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f32349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/intl-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
+ defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
+ It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
+ of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
+ has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
+ It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
+ as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
+ features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
+ the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
+ don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return libintl_gettext (msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/l10nflist.c b/lib/intl/l10nflist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ce284a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/l10nflist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+/* l10nflist.c - make localization file list. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available. */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+ const char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ size_t count = 0;
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len + 1;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ count++;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
+# endif
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+ except the last into the character SEP. */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+ int sep;
+{
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ if (len > 0)
+ *argz++ = sep;
+ }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
+ INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
+# endif
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+ const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t argz_len;
+ const char *entry;
+{
+ if (entry)
+ {
+ if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+ entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+ return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+ }
+ else
+ if (argz_len > 0)
+ return argz;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X. */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+ int x;
+{
+ /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
+ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+ x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+ x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+ x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+ return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+ territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+ const char *dirlist;
+ size_t dirlist_len;
+ int mask;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *filename;
+ int do_allocate;
+{
+ char *abs_filename;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ char *cp;
+ size_t dirlist_count;
+ size_t entries;
+ int cnt;
+
+ /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
+ DIRLIST. */
+ if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
+ dirlist_len = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
+ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ + strlen (language)
+ + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+ ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+ ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+ ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ ? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+ ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+ if (abs_filename == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Construct file name. */
+ cp = abs_filename;
+ if (dirlist_len > 0)
+ {
+ memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+ __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+ cp += dirlist_len;
+ cp[-1] = '/';
+ }
+
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+ if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* This component can be part of both syntaxes but has different
+ leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
+ *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+ }
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '+';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = ',';
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+ if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *cp++ = '/';
+ stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+ /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+ available. */
+ lastp = l10nfile_list;
+ for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+ if (retval->filename != NULL)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It's not in the list. */
+ retval = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ lastp = &retval->next;
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+ {
+ free (abs_filename);
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
+
+ /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
+ retval =
+ (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+ malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+ + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
+ * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ free (abs_filename);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ retval->filename = abs_filename;
+
+ /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
+ Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
+ correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
+ looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
+ retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
+ || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+ retval->data = NULL;
+
+ retval->next = *lastp;
+ *lastp = retval;
+
+ entries = 0;
+ /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
+ If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
+ entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
+ colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
+ across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
+ If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
+ DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
+ MASK, excluding MASK itself.
+ In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
+ that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
+ first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
+ normalized_codeset. */
+ for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+ if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+ && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+ && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+ {
+ if (dirlist_count > 1)
+ {
+ /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
+ char *dir = NULL;
+
+ while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+ != NULL)
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
+ cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
+ cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+ const char *codeset;
+ size_t name_len;
+{
+ int len = 0;
+ int only_digit = 1;
+ char *retval;
+ char *wp;
+ size_t cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ {
+ ++len;
+
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ only_digit = 0;
+ }
+
+ retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ if (only_digit)
+ wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+ else
+ wp = retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
+ else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14f9cf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/* libgnuintl.h - Message catalogs for internationalization. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003, 2004-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
+ then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
+ LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
+ in this case. */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
+ maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
+ ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+#endif
+
+/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
+ used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */
+#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
+ necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
+ library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
+ If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
+ definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
+ shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
+ up in the following order:
+ 1. in the executable,
+ 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
+ 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
+ command line,
+ 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
+ dlopen()ed.
+ The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
+ either
+ * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
+ * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
+ * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
+ linked to the executable at link time.
+ Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
+ would be unacceptable.
+
+ The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
+ is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
+ C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
+ class methods called 'gettext'. */
+
+/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
+ If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
+ _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
+#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
+# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# else
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+# else
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Auxiliary macros. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
+# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
+# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
+#else
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
+{
+ return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define gettext libintl_gettext
+#endif
+extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+{
+ return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category);
+static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category)
+{
+ return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid,
+ int __category))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n)
+{
+ return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
+#endif
+extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+{
+ return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category);
+static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+{
+ return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
+static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
+{
+ return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname);
+static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname)
+{
+ return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
+#endif
+extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset);
+static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset)
+{
+ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Support for relocatable packages. */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+extern void
+ libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
+ const char *curr_prefix));
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/lib/intl/loadinfo.h b/lib/intl/loadinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d06a277
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/loadinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* loadinfo.c */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H 1
+
+/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
+ Implemented in
+
+ localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
+ explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
+ l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
+ finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
+
+ The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
+ in gettextP.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
+#define CEN_REVISION 1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
+#define XPG_CODESET 16
+#define TERRITORY 32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+ const char *filename;
+ int decided;
+
+ const void *data;
+
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+ size_t name_len));
+
+/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
+ *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
+ files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
+ DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
+ look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
+ MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
+ SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
+ produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
+ The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
+ or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
+ If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+ its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+ furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
+ results from which this lookup result inherits. */
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+ const char *language, const char *territory,
+ const char *codeset,
+ const char *normalized_codeset,
+ const char *modifier, const char *special,
+ const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+ const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
+ NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
+ The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
+ territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
+ NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
+ there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
+ *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
+ pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
+ gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
+ this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
+ The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
+ filled-in value:
+ XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
+ TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
+ XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
+ XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
+ CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
+ CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
+ CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
+ */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+ const char **modifier,
+ const char **territory,
+ const char **codeset,
+ const char **normalized_codeset,
+ const char **special,
+ const char **sponsor,
+ const char **revision));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
+ rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
+ i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif /* loadinfo.h */
diff --git a/lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adbd7b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1336 @@
+/* loadmsgcat.c - Load needed message catalogs. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP 1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gmo.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "hash-string.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
+ Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't
+ use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */
+#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId8
+# define PRId8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi8
+# define PRIi8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo8
+# define PRIo8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu8
+# define PRIu8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx8
+# define PRIx8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX8
+# define PRIX8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId16
+# define PRId16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi16
+# define PRIi16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo16
+# define PRIo16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu16
+# define PRIu16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx16
+# define PRIx16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX16
+# define PRIX16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId32
+# define PRId32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi32
+# define PRIi32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo32
+# define PRIo32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu32
+# define PRIu32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx32
+# define PRIx32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX32
+# define PRIX32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId64
+# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi64
+# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo64
+# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu64
+# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx64
+# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX64
+# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST8
+# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST8
+# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST8
+# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST8
+# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST8
+# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST8
+# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST16
+# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST16
+# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST16
+# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST16
+# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST16
+# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST16
+# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST32
+# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST32
+# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST32
+# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST32
+# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST32
+# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST32
+# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST64
+# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST64
+# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST64
+# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST64
+# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST64
+# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST64
+# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST8
+# define PRIdFAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST8
+# define PRIiFAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST8
+# define PRIoFAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST8
+# define PRIuFAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST8
+# define PRIxFAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST8
+# define PRIXFAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST16
+# define PRIdFAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST16
+# define PRIiFAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST16
+# define PRIoFAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST16
+# define PRIuFAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST16
+# define PRIxFAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST16
+# define PRIXFAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST32
+# define PRIdFAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST32
+# define PRIiFAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST32
+# define PRIoFAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST32
+# define PRIuFAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST32
+# define PRIxFAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST32
+# define PRIXFAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST64
+# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST64
+# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST64
+# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST64
+# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST64
+# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST64
+# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdMAX
+# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiMAX
+# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoMAX
+# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuMAX
+# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxMAX
+# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXMAX
+# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdPTR
+# define PRIdPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \
+ "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiPTR
+# define PRIiPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \
+ "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoPTR
+# define PRIoPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \
+ "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuPTR
+# define PRIuPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \
+ "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxPTR
+# define PRIxPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \
+ "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXPTR
+# define PRIXPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \
+ "llX")
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define open __open
+# define close __close
+# define read __read
+# define mmap __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+ O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+ /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of
+ function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */
+static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+ with all translations. This is important if the translations are
+ cached by one of GCC's features. */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+
+/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */
+static const char *
+get_sysdep_segment_value (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
+ Syntax:
+ P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X }
+ { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */
+ /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because
+ data relocations cost startup time. */
+ if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u'
+ || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X')
+ {
+ if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId8;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi8;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo8;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu8;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx8;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX8;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId16;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi16;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo16;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu16;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx16;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX16;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId32;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi32;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo32;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu32;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx32;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX32;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId64;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi64;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo64;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu64;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx64;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX64;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A'
+ && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T')
+ {
+ if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST8;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST16;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST32;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST64;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S'
+ && name[7] == 'T')
+ {
+ if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST8;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST16;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST32;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST64;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X'
+ && name[7] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXMAX;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R'
+ && name[7] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXPTR;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+ Return the header entry. */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+ This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
+ entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+ information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+ current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
+ char *nullentry;
+ size_t nullentrylen;
+
+ /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
+ domain->codeset_cntr =
+ (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+ domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+ /* Get the header entry. */
+ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *charsetstr;
+
+ charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+ if (charsetstr != NULL)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ char *charset;
+ const char *outcharset;
+
+ charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+ len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+ charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+ memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+ charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+ /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+ locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+ set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+ this. Moreover, the value specified through
+ bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
+ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+ outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+ if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+ {
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
+ outcharset = locale_charset ();
+# endif
+# endif
+ }
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* We always want to use transliteration. */
+ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+ charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+ if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+ GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+ != __GCONV_OK)
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
+ we want to use transliteration. */
+# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
+ || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+ if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
+ {
+ char *tmp;
+
+ len = strlen (outcharset);
+ tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+ memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+ memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+ outcharset = tmp;
+
+ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+
+ freea (outcharset);
+ }
+ else
+# endif
+ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ freea (charset);
+ }
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+ }
+
+ return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+ free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+ __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+ iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
+ message catalog do nothing. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ int fd;
+ size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ struct stat64 st;
+#else
+ struct stat st;
+#endif
+ struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+ int use_mmap = 0;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ int revision;
+ const char *nullentry;
+
+ domain_file->decided = 1;
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+ /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+ because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+ a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
+
+ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+ might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
+ specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+ syntax. */
+ if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to open the addressed file. */
+ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+ if (fd == -1)
+ return;
+
+ /* We must know about the size of the file. */
+ if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+ __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+ || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+ || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+ {
+ /* Something went wrong. */
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
+ this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+ MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+ {
+ /* mmap() call was successful. */
+ close (fd);
+ use_mmap = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+ it manually. */
+ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+ {
+ size_t to_read;
+ char *read_ptr;
+
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+ if (data == NULL)
+ {
+ if (use_mmap == 0)
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ to_read = size;
+ read_ptr = (char *) data;
+ do
+ {
+ long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+ if (nb <= 0)
+ {
+#ifdef EINTR
+ if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+ continue;
+#endif
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+ read_ptr += nb;
+ to_read -= nb;
+ }
+ while (to_read > 0);
+
+ close (fd);
+ }
+
+ /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+ catalog file. */
+ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+ 0))
+ {
+ /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+ if (domain == NULL)
+ {
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ return;
+ }
+ domain_file->data = domain;
+
+ domain->data = (char *) data;
+ domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+ domain->mmap_size = size;
+ domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+ domain->malloced = NULL;
+
+ /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
+ revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
+ /* We support only the major revision 0. */
+ switch (revision >> 16)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+ domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+ domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+ domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+ domain->hash_tab =
+ (domain->hash_size > 2
+ ? (const nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset))
+ : NULL);
+ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap;
+
+ /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */
+ switch (revision & 0xffff)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ default:
+ {
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+
+ if (domain->hash_tab == NULL)
+ /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */
+ goto invalid;
+
+ n_sysdep_strings =
+ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings);
+ if (n_sysdep_strings > 0)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+ const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments;
+ const char **sysdep_segment_values;
+ const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
+ const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
+ size_t memneed;
+ char *mem;
+ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+ nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */
+ n_sysdep_segments =
+ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments);
+ sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
+ sysdep_segment_values =
+ alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
+ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
+ {
+ const char *name =
+ (char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset);
+ nls_uint32 namelen =
+ W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length);
+
+ if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+ goto invalid;
+ }
+
+ sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name);
+ }
+
+ orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset));
+ trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
+
+ /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
+ system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */
+ memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings
+ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc)
+ + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+ for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+ {
+ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+ (const struct sysdep_string *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ i < n_sysdep_strings
+ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+ : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
+ size_t need = 0;
+ const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
+ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+
+ need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+
+ sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+ break;
+
+ if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
+ {
+ /* Invalid. */
+ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+ goto invalid;
+ }
+
+ need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+ }
+
+ memneed += need;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate additional memory. */
+ mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
+ if (mem == NULL)
+ goto invalid;
+
+ domain->malloced = mem;
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+ mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+ mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+ inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
+ mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+
+ /* Compute the system dependent strings. */
+ for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+ {
+ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+ (const struct sysdep_string *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ i < n_sysdep_strings
+ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+ : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
+ const char *static_segments =
+ (char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
+ const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+ /* Concatenate the segments, and fill
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and
+ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for
+ i >= n_sysdep_strings). */
+
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END)
+ {
+ /* Only one static segment. */
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
+ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem;
+
+ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 segsize =
+ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+ nls_uint32 sysdepref =
+ W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+ size_t n;
+
+ if (segsize > 0)
+ {
+ memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
+ mem += segsize;
+ static_segments += segsize;
+ }
+
+ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+ break;
+
+ n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+ memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
+ mem += n;
+ }
+
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
+ mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the augmented hash table. */
+ for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
+ inmem_hash_tab[i] =
+ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
+ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+ {
+ const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
+ {
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */
+ inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+
+ domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings;
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+ domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
+ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* This is an invalid revision. */
+ invalid:
+ /* This is an invalid .mo file. */
+ if (domain->malloced)
+ free (domain->malloced);
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ free (domain);
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+ the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+ specified character set or the locale's character set. */
+ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+ /* Also look for a plural specification. */
+ EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
+ __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+ if (domain->malloced)
+ free (domain->malloced);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+ if (domain->use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+ else
+# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+ free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+ free (domain);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/localcharset.c b/lib/intl/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6983d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/* localcharset.c - Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
+# define OS2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# include <locale.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+#elif defined WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+ const char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
+ {
+ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+ size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+ if (add_slash)
+ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ /* Parse the file's contents. */
+ int c;
+ char buf1[50+1];
+ char buf2[50+1];
+ char *res_ptr = NULL;
+ size_t res_size = 0;
+ size_t l1, l2;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = getc (fp);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
+ do
+ c = getc (fp);
+ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ res_size = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+ cp = res_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+#else
+
+# if defined VMS
+ /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+ sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
+ /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+ "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+ section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
+ cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+ /* Japanese */
+ "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+ "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+ "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+ "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+ /* Chinese */
+ "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+ "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+ "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+ /* Korean */
+ "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WIN32
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+ "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+ "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+ "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+ "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+ "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+ "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+ "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+ "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+ "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+ "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+ "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+ "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+ "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+ }
+
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
+ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
+ const char *locale = NULL;
+
+ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
+ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
+ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+ locale name the user has set. */
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+ through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WIN32
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+ /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+ const char *locale;
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+ ULONG cp[3];
+ ULONG cplen;
+
+ /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+ with standard language environment variables. */
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
+ const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+ if (dot != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *modifier;
+
+ dot++;
+ /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
+ modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+ if (modifier == NULL)
+ return dot;
+ if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+ {
+ memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+ buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+ return buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+ codeset = "";
+ else
+ {
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+ codeset = buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
+ codeset = "";
+
+ /* Resolve alias. */
+ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+ *aliases != '\0';
+ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+ the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+ thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
+ if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+ codeset = "ASCII";
+
+ return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/localcharset.h b/lib/intl/localcharset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e529958
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localcharset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* localcharset.h - Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
diff --git a/lib/intl/locale.alias b/lib/intl/locale.alias
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51dd21e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/locale.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# locale.alias - Locale name alias data base.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001,2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file:
+
+bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
+korean ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/lib/intl/localealias.c b/lib/intl/localealias.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a730db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localealias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+/* localealias.c - Handle aliases for locale names. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
+# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
+#else
+# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+ const char *alias;
+ const char *value;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
+#endif
+
+libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+ internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+ const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ static const char *locale_alias_path;
+ struct alias_map *retval;
+ const char *result = NULL;
+ size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
+ locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+
+ do
+ {
+ struct alias_map item;
+
+ item.alias = name;
+
+ if (nmap > 0)
+ retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+ sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+ const void *))
+ ) alias_compare);
+ else
+ retval = NULL;
+
+ /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ result = retval->value;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
+ added = 0;
+ while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ const char *start;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+ start = locale_alias_path;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+ && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+
+ if (start < locale_alias_path)
+ added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+ }
+ }
+ while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+ const char *fname;
+ int fname_len;
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *full_fname;
+ size_t added;
+ static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+ full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+ aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+ memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+ memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+ fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
+ freea (full_fname);
+ if (fp == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+ /* No threads present. */
+ __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+#endif
+
+ added = 0;
+ while (!FEOF (fp))
+ {
+ /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+ a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+ b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+ be that long
+ We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
+ stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
+ memory. */
+ char buf[400];
+ char *alias;
+ char *value;
+ char *cp;
+
+ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* EOF reached. */
+ break;
+
+ cp = buf;
+ /* Ignore leading white space. */
+ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+ {
+ alias = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate alias name. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
+ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ size_t alias_len;
+ size_t value_len;
+
+ value = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate value. */
+ if (cp[0] == '\n')
+ {
+ /* This has to be done to make the following test
+ for the end of line possible. We are looking for
+ the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ *cp = '\n';
+ }
+ else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ if (nmap >= maxmap)
+ if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+ {
+ fclose (fp);
+ return added;
+ }
+
+ alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+ value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+ if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+ {
+ /* Increase size of memory pool. */
+ size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+ ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+ char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+ if (new_pool == NULL)
+ {
+ fclose (fp);
+ return added;
+ }
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+ {
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+ {
+ map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+ map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+ }
+ }
+
+ string_space = new_pool;
+ string_space_max = new_size;
+ }
+
+ map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ alias, alias_len);
+ string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+ map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ value, value_len);
+ string_space_act += value_len;
+
+ ++nmap;
+ ++added;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
+ the rest of the line. */
+ while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
+ will exit at the `feof' test. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
+ errors. --drepper */
+ fclose (fp);
+
+ if (added > 0)
+ qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+ return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+ size_t new_size;
+ struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+ new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+ new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+ * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+ if (new_map == NULL)
+ /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
+ return -1;
+
+ map = new_map;
+ maxmap = new_size;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+ const struct alias_map *map1;
+ const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+ return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+ const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+ const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+ unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+ if (p1 == p2)
+ return 0;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+ some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
+ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+ c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+ if (c1 == '\0')
+ break;
+ ++p1;
+ ++p2;
+ }
+ while (c1 == c2);
+
+ return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/localename.c b/lib/intl/localename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..795a34f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+/* localename.c - Determine the current selected locale. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */
+/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */
+# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
+# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
+# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
+# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
+# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
+# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_AZERI
+# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
+# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
+# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
+# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
+# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
+# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
+# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
+# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FARSI
+# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
+# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
+# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
+# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
+# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HINDI
+# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
+# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
+# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
+# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
+# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
+# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
+# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
+# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
+# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
+# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAY
+# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
+# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
+# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
+# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
+# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
+# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
+# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
+# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
+# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
+# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
+# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
+# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
+# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
+# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
+# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
+# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TATAR
+# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
+# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_THAI
+# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
+# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_URDU
+# define LANG_URDU 0x20
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
+# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
+# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
+# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
+# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
+ setting of 'local'."
+ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+ those using GNU C Library). */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
+ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+ The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
+ should be used for codeset information instead.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */
+
+const char *
+_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+ /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
+ On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */
+# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+# else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+ implementation defined. */
+ retval = "C";
+ }
+ }
+# endif
+
+ return retval;
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
+ Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
+ context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
+ codeset. */
+
+ LCID lcid;
+ LANGID langid;
+ int primary, sub;
+
+ /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
+ variables, as on POSIX systems. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+
+ /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */
+ lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
+
+ /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */
+ langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
+
+ /* Split into language and territory part. */
+ primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
+ sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
+
+ /* Dispatch on language.
+ See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
+ For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */
+ switch (primary)
+ {
+ case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
+ case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
+ case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
+ case LANG_ARABIC:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
+ }
+ return "ar";
+ case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
+ case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
+ case LANG_AZERI:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */
+ case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
+ case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
+ }
+ return "az";
+ case LANG_BASQUE:
+ return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */
+ case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
+ case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
+ case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
+ case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
+ case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
+ case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
+ case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
+ case LANG_CHINESE:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
+ }
+ return "zh";
+ case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
+ * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
+ * should really now be two separate
+ * languages because of political reasons.
+ * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
+ * or Croatian.)
+ * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
+ */
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
+ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
+ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
+ }
+ return "hr";
+ case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
+ case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
+ case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
+ case LANG_DUTCH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
+ case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
+ }
+ return "nl";
+ case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
+ case LANG_ENGLISH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
+ * English was the language spoken in England.
+ * Oh well.
+ */
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
+ }
+ return "en";
+ case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
+ case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
+ case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
+ case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
+ case LANG_FRENCH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
+ }
+ return "fr";
+ case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
+ case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
+ case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
+ case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
+ }
+ return "C";
+ case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
+ case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
+ case LANG_GERMAN:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
+ }
+ return "de";
+ case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
+ case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
+ case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
+ case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
+ case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
+ /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
+ or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */
+ return "cpe_US";
+ case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
+ case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
+ case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
+ case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
+ case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
+ case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
+ case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
+ case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
+ case LANG_ITALIAN:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
+ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
+ }
+ return "it";
+ case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
+ case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
+ case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
+ case LANG_KASHMIRI:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
+ case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
+ }
+ return "ks";
+ case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
+ case LANG_KONKANI:
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
+ return "kok_IN";
+ case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
+ case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
+ case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
+ case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
+ case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
+ case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
+ case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
+ case LANG_MALAY:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
+ case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
+ }
+ return "ms";
+ case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
+ case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
+ case LANG_MANIPURI:
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
+ return "mni_IN";
+ case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
+ case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
+ return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */
+ case LANG_NEPALI:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
+ case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
+ }
+ return "ne";
+ case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
+ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
+ }
+ return "no";
+ case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
+ case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
+ case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
+ case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
+ return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */
+ case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
+ case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
+ /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
+ Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
+ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
+ }
+ return "pt";
+ case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
+ case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
+ case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
+ case LANG_RUSSIAN:
+ return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */
+ case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
+ case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
+ case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
+ case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
+ case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
+ case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
+ case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
+ case LANG_SORBIAN:
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
+ return "wen_DE";
+ case LANG_SPANISH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
+ return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
+ }
+ return "es";
+ case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
+ case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
+ case LANG_SWEDISH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
+ case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
+ }
+ return "sv";
+ case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */
+ case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
+ case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
+ case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
+ case LANG_TAMIL:
+ return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */
+ case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
+ case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
+ case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
+ case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
+ case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
+ case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
+ case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
+ case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
+ case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
+ case LANG_URDU:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
+ case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
+ }
+ return "ur";
+ case LANG_UZBEK:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */
+ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
+ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
+ }
+ return "uz";
+ case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
+ case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
+ case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
+ case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
+ case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
+ case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
+ case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
+ case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
+ default: return "C";
+ }
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/log.c b/lib/intl/log.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e527e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/log.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* log.c - Log file output. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
+static void
+print_escaped (stream, str)
+ FILE *stream;
+ const char *str;
+{
+ putc ('"', stream);
+ for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
+ if (*str == '\n')
+ {
+ fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
+ if (str[1] == '\0')
+ return;
+ fputs ("\n\"", stream);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
+ putc ('\\', stream);
+ putc (*str, stream);
+ }
+ putc ('"', stream);
+}
+
+/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
+void
+_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
+ const char *logfilename;
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+{
+ static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
+ static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
+ FILE *logfile;
+
+ /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
+ if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Close the last used logfile. */
+ if (last_logfilename != NULL)
+ {
+ if (last_logfile != NULL)
+ {
+ fclose (last_logfile);
+ last_logfile = NULL;
+ }
+ free (last_logfilename);
+ last_logfilename = NULL;
+ }
+ /* Open the logfile. */
+ last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
+ if (last_logfilename == NULL)
+ return;
+ strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
+ last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
+ if (last_logfile == NULL)
+ return;
+ }
+ logfile = last_logfile;
+
+ fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
+ print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
+ print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
+ if (plural)
+ {
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
+ print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
+ }
+ else
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
+ putc ('\n', logfile);
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/ngettext.c b/lib/intl/ngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95aafcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* ngettext.c - Implementation of ngettext(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/os2compat.c b/lib/intl/os2compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aa9dff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/os2compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* os2compat.c - OS/2 compatibility functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define OS2_AWARE
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
+extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
+
+char *
+_nl_getenv (const char *name)
+{
+ unsigned char *value;
+ if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
+ return NULL;
+ else
+ return value;
+}
+
+/* A fixed size buffer. */
+char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
+
+static __attribute__((constructor)) void
+nlos2_initialize ()
+{
+ char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
+ char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
+
+ _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
+ if (!_nlos2_libdir)
+ {
+ if (root)
+ {
+ size_t sl = strlen (root);
+ _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
+ }
+
+ _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
+ if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
+ {
+ if (root)
+ {
+ size_t sl = strlen (root);
+ _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+ }
+
+ _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
+ if (!_nlos2_localedir)
+ {
+ if (root)
+ {
+ size_t sl = strlen (root);
+ _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
+ }
+
+ if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
+ strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/os2compat.h b/lib/intl/os2compat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8de3183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/os2compat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* os2compat.h - OS/2 compatibility defines. */
+
+/* This file is intended to be included from config.h
+ Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
+#ifndef OS2_AWARE
+
+#undef LIBDIR
+#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
+extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
+
+#undef LOCALEDIR
+#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
+extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
+
+#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
+#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
+extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
+
+#endif
+
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+
+/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
+#define getenv _nl_getenv
+
+/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
+#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
diff --git a/lib/intl/osdep.c b/lib/intl/osdep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b030022
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/osdep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* osdep.c - OS dependent parts of libintl. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+# include "os2compat.c"
+#else
+/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural-exp.c b/lib/intl/plural-exp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ed3b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural-exp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* plural-exp.c - Expression parsing for plural form selection. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+ form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = num,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .num = 1
+ }
+};
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
+{
+ .nargs = 2,
+ .operation = not_equal,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .args =
+ {
+ [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+ [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+ Initialization at run-time. */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+ if (plone.val.num == 0)
+ {
+ plvar.nargs = 0;
+ plvar.operation = var;
+
+ plone.nargs = 0;
+ plone.operation = num;
+ plone.val.num = 1;
+
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
+ }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+void
+internal_function
+EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
+ const char *nullentry;
+ struct expression **pluralp;
+ unsigned long int *npluralsp;
+{
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *plural;
+ const char *nplurals;
+
+ plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+ nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+ if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+ goto no_plural;
+ else
+ {
+ char *endp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ struct parse_args args;
+
+ /* First get the number. */
+ nplurals += 9;
+ while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
+ ++nplurals;
+ if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
+ goto no_plural;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+ n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+ for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+ n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+ if (nplurals == endp)
+ goto no_plural;
+ *npluralsp = n;
+
+ /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+ scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+ passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+ is passed down to the parser. */
+ plural += 7;
+ args.cp = plural;
+ if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+ goto no_plural;
+ *pluralp = args.res;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+ for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
+ English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
+ no_plural:
+ INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+ *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+ *npluralsp = 2;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural-exp.h b/lib/intl/plural-exp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcb0dae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural-exp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* plural-exp.h - defines for expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
+#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+ plural form. */
+struct expression
+{
+ int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
+ enum operator
+ {
+ /* Without arguments: */
+ var, /* The variable "n". */
+ num, /* Decimal number. */
+ /* Unary operators: */
+ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
+ /* Binary operators: */
+ mult, /* Multiplication. */
+ divide, /* Division. */
+ module, /* Modulo operation. */
+ plus, /* Addition. */
+ minus, /* Subtraction. */
+ less_than, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_than, /* Comparison. */
+ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
+ not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
+ land, /* Logical AND. */
+ lor, /* Logical OR. */
+ /* Ternary operators: */
+ qmop /* Question mark operator. */
+ } operation;
+ union
+ {
+ unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
+ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
+ } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+ the result in a thread-safe way. */
+struct parse_args
+{
+ const char *cp;
+ struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
+ 1. in the GNU C Library library,
+ 2. in the GNU libintl library,
+ 3. in the GNU gettext tools.
+ The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
+ binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
+ 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
+ 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
+ must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
+ So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
+#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
+# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
+#endif
+
+extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+ internal_function;
+extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
+extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
+extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
+ struct expression **pluralp,
+ unsigned long int *npluralsp))
+ internal_function;
+
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural.c b/lib/intl/plural.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a003151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1679 @@
+/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.0. */
+
+/* Skeleton parser for Yacc-like parsing with Bison,
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the original so called
+ ``semantic'' parser. */
+
+/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
+ infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
+ variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
+ There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
+ define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
+ USER NAME SPACE" below. */
+
+/* Identify Bison output. */
+#define YYBISON 1
+
+/* Skeleton name. */
+#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
+
+/* Pure parsers. */
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* Using locations. */
+#define YYLSP_NEEDED 0
+
+/* Substitute the variable and function names. */
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+
+
+/* Tokens. */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# define YYTOKENTYPE
+ /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
+ know about them. */
+ enum yytokentype {
+ EQUOP2 = 258,
+ CMPOP2 = 259,
+ ADDOP2 = 260,
+ MULOP2 = 261,
+ NUMBER = 262
+ };
+#endif
+#define EQUOP2 258
+#define CMPOP2 259
+#define ADDOP2 260
+#define MULOP2 261
+#define NUMBER 262
+
+
+
+
+/* Copy the first part of user declarations. */
+#line 1 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+
+/* plural.y - Expression parsing for plural form selection. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+
+/* Enabling traces. */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+
+/* Enabling verbose error messages. */
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1
+#else
+# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined (YYSTYPE) && ! defined (YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED)
+#line 51 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+typedef union YYSTYPE {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+/* Line 190 of yacc.c. */
+#line 152 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.c"
+# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Copy the second part of user declarations. */
+#line 57 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+
+
+/* Line 213 of yacc.c. */
+#line 262 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.c"
+
+#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+# ifndef YYFREE
+# define YYFREE free
+# endif
+# ifndef YYMALLOC
+# define YYMALLOC malloc
+# endif
+
+/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+# else
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
+ /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
+# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
+# else
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# endif
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
+# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
+# endif
+#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+
+
+#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
+ && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
+ || (defined (YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL) && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+
+/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
+union yyalloc
+{
+ short int yyss;
+ YYSTYPE yyvs;
+ };
+
+/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
+# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
+
+/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
+ N elements. */
+# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+ ((N) * (sizeof (short int) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
+ + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
+
+/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do
+ not overlap. */
+# ifndef YYCOPY
+# if defined (__GNUC__) && 1 < __GNUC__
+# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
+ __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
+# else
+# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ register YYSIZE_T yyi; \
+ for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
+ (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+# endif
+# endif
+
+/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The
+ local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
+ elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
+ stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
+ stack. */
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \
+ YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \
+ Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \
+ yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
+ yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+ typedef signed char yysigned_char;
+#else
+ typedef short int yysigned_char;
+#endif
+
+/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */
+#define YYFINAL 9
+/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */
+#define YYLAST 54
+
+/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */
+#define YYNTOKENS 16
+/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */
+#define YYNNTS 3
+/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */
+#define YYNRULES 13
+/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */
+#define YYNSTATES 27
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+#define YYUNDEFTOK 2
+#define YYMAXUTOK 262
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \
+ ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK)
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+static const unsigned char yytranslate[] =
+{
+ 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2,
+ 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
+ YYRHS. */
+static const unsigned char yyprhs[] =
+{
+ 0, 0, 3, 5, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31,
+ 35, 38, 40, 42
+};
+
+/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
+static const yysigned_char yyrhs[] =
+{
+ 17, 0, -1, 18, -1, 18, 3, 18, 12, 18,
+ -1, 18, 4, 18, -1, 18, 5, 18, -1, 18,
+ 6, 18, -1, 18, 7, 18, -1, 18, 8, 18,
+ -1, 18, 9, 18, -1, 10, 18, -1, 13, -1,
+ 11, -1, 14, 18, 15, -1
+};
+
+/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
+static const unsigned char yyrline[] =
+{
+ 0, 176, 176, 184, 188, 192, 196, 200, 204, 208,
+ 212, 216, 220, 225
+};
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+/* YYTNME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+ First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
+static const char *const yytname[] =
+{
+ "$end", "error", "$undefined", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2",
+ "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'",
+ "$accept", "start", "exp", 0
+};
+#endif
+
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to
+ token YYLEX-NUM. */
+static const unsigned short int yytoknum[] =
+{
+ 0, 256, 257, 63, 124, 38, 258, 259, 260, 261,
+ 33, 262, 58, 110, 40, 41
+};
+# endif
+
+/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
+static const unsigned char yyr1[] =
+{
+ 0, 16, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
+ 18, 18, 18, 18
+};
+
+/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
+static const unsigned char yyr2[] =
+{
+ 0, 2, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
+ 2, 1, 1, 3
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state
+ STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero
+ means the default is an error. */
+static const unsigned char yydefact[] =
+{
+ 0, 0, 12, 11, 0, 0, 2, 10, 0, 1,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 4,
+ 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 3
+};
+
+/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
+static const yysigned_char yydefgoto[] =
+{
+ -1, 5, 6
+};
+
+/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+ STATE-NUM. */
+#define YYPACT_NINF -10
+static const yysigned_char yypact[] =
+{
+ -9, -9, -10, -10, -9, 8, 36, -10, 13, -10,
+ -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -10, 26, 41,
+ 45, 18, -2, 14, -10, -9, 36
+};
+
+/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */
+static const yysigned_char yypgoto[] =
+{
+ -10, -10, -1
+};
+
+/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]. What to do in state STATE-NUM. If
+ positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule which
+ number is the opposite. If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.
+ If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */
+#define YYTABLE_NINF -1
+static const unsigned char yytable[] =
+{
+ 7, 1, 2, 8, 3, 4, 15, 16, 9, 18,
+ 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 10, 11, 12, 13,
+ 14, 15, 16, 16, 26, 14, 15, 16, 17, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 0, 0, 25, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 12, 13, 14, 15,
+ 16, 13, 14, 15, 16
+};
+
+static const yysigned_char yycheck[] =
+{
+ 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 8, 9, 0, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 9, 25, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3,
+ 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, 12, 3,
+ 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8,
+ 9, 6, 7, 8, 9
+};
+
+/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
+ symbol of state STATE-NUM. */
+static const unsigned char yystos[] =
+{
+ 0, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 18, 18, 18, 0,
+ 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 15, 18, 18,
+ 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 12, 18
+};
+
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
+# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# endif
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY (-2)
+#define YYEOF 0
+
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab
+
+
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily
+ to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+
+#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+
+#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+
+#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
+do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+ { \
+ yychar = (Token); \
+ yylval = (Value); \
+ yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up");\
+ YYERROR; \
+ } \
+while (0)
+
+
+#define YYTERROR 1
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+
+
+/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N].
+ If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends
+ the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined). */
+
+#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K])
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
+ do \
+ if (N) \
+ { \
+ (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line; \
+ (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column; \
+ (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line; \
+ (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
+ YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line; \
+ (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
+ YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+#endif
+
+
+/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream.
+ This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know
+ we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know. */
+
+#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
+# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
+# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) \
+ fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d", \
+ (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \
+ (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column)
+# else
+# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */
+
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval)
+#endif
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested. */
+#if YYDEBUG
+
+# ifndef YYFPRINTF
+# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
+# endif
+
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
+do { \
+ if (yydebug) \
+ YYFPRINTF Args; \
+} while (0)
+
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \
+do { \
+ if (yydebug) \
+ { \
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \
+ yysymprint (stderr, \
+ Type, Value); \
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \
+ } \
+} while (0)
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
+| TOP (included). |
+`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+static void
+yy_stack_print (short int *bottom, short int *top)
+#else
+static void
+yy_stack_print (bottom, top)
+ short int *bottom;
+ short int *top;
+#endif
+{
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
+ for (/* Nothing. */; bottom <= top; ++bottom)
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *bottom);
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \
+do { \
+ if (yydebug) \
+ yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------.
+| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. |
+`------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+static void
+yy_reduce_print (int yyrule)
+#else
+static void
+yy_reduce_print (yyrule)
+ int yyrule;
+#endif
+{
+ int yyi;
+ unsigned int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %u), ",
+ yyrule - 1, yylno);
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+ for (yyi = yyprhs[yyrule]; 0 <= yyrhs[yyi]; yyi++)
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname [yyrhs[yyi]]);
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "-> %s\n", yytname [yyr1[yyrule]]);
+}
+
+# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \
+do { \
+ if (yydebug) \
+ yy_reduce_print (Rule); \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
+ multiple parsers can coexist. */
+int yydebug;
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)
+# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
+# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
+ if the built-in stack extension method is used).
+
+ Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
+ SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+ evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+# ifndef yystrlen
+# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
+# define yystrlen strlen
+# else
+/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
+static YYSIZE_T
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystrlen (const char *yystr)
+# else
+yystrlen (yystr)
+ const char *yystr;
+# endif
+{
+ register const char *yys = yystr;
+
+ while (*yys++ != '\0')
+ continue;
+
+ return yys - yystr - 1;
+}
+# endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef yystpcpy
+# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define yystpcpy stpcpy
+# else
+/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
+ YYDEST. */
+static char *
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
+# else
+yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
+ char *yydest;
+ const char *yysrc;
+# endif
+{
+ register char *yyd = yydest;
+ register const char *yys = yysrc;
+
+ while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
+ continue;
+
+ return yyd - 1;
+}
+# endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/*--------------------------------.
+| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. |
+`--------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+static void
+yysymprint (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
+#else
+static void
+yysymprint (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep)
+ FILE *yyoutput;
+ int yytype;
+ YYSTYPE *yyvaluep;
+#endif
+{
+ /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings. */
+ (void) yyvaluep;
+
+ if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
+ YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]);
+ else
+ YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]);
+
+
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+ if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
+ YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);
+# endif
+ switch (yytype)
+ {
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
+}
+
+#endif /* ! YYDEBUG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------.
+| Release the memory associated to this symbol. |
+`-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+static void
+yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
+#else
+static void
+yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep)
+ const char *yymsg;
+ int yytype;
+ YYSTYPE *yyvaluep;
+#endif
+{
+ /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings. */
+ (void) yyvaluep;
+
+ if (!yymsg)
+ yymsg = "Deleting";
+ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
+
+ switch (yytype)
+ {
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes. */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM);
+# else
+int yyparse ();
+# endif
+#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+int yyparse (void);
+#else
+int yyparse ();
+#endif
+#endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*----------.
+| yyparse. |
+`----------*/
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM)
+# else
+int yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM)
+ void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+# endif
+#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+int
+yyparse (void)
+#else
+int
+yyparse ()
+
+#endif
+#endif
+{
+ /* The look-ahead symbol. */
+int yychar;
+
+/* The semantic value of the look-ahead symbol. */
+YYSTYPE yylval;
+
+/* Number of syntax errors so far. */
+int yynerrs;
+
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+ int yyresult;
+ /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
+ int yyerrstatus;
+ /* Look-ahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
+ int yytoken = 0;
+
+ /* Three stacks and their tools:
+ `yyss': related to states,
+ `yyvs': related to semantic values,
+ `yyls': related to locations.
+
+ Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+ to reallocate them elsewhere. */
+
+ /* The state stack. */
+ short int yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ short int *yyss = yyssa;
+ register short int *yyssp;
+
+ /* The semantic value stack. */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
+ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+
+
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+
+ YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+ /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+ action routines. */
+ YYSTYPE yyval;
+
+
+ /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
+ rule. */
+ int yylen;
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+ yynerrs = 0;
+ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
+
+ /* Initialize stack pointers.
+ Waste one element of value and location stack
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+ yyssp = yyss;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+
+
+ yyvsp[0] = yylval;
+
+ goto yysetstate;
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
+`------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ yynewstate:
+ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
+ */
+ yyssp++;
+
+ yysetstate:
+ *yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
+ {
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+ YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+ {
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
+ these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
+ memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short int *yyss1 = yyss;
+
+
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
+ data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a
+ conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
+ be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+
+ &yystacksize);
+
+ yyss = yyss1;
+ yyvs = yyvs1;
+ }
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+ goto yyoverflowlab;
+# else
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
+ goto yyoverflowlab;
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+
+ {
+ short int *yyss1 = yyss;
+ union yyalloc *yyptr =
+ (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
+ if (! yyptr)
+ goto yyoverflowlab;
+ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
+ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
+
+# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+ if (yyss1 != yyssa)
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
+ }
+# endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+ yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
+
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
+ (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
+
+ if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+
+ goto yybackup;
+
+/*-----------.
+| yybackup. |
+`-----------*/
+yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+/* Read a look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to look-ahead token. */
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ /* Not known => get a look-ahead token if don't already have one. */
+
+ /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid look-ahead symbol. */
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+ if (yychar <= YYEOF)
+ {
+ yychar = yytoken = YYEOF;
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+ }
+
+ /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
+ detect an error, take that action. */
+ yyn += yytoken;
+ if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
+ goto yydefault;
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (yyn <= 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == 0 || yyn == YYTABLE_NINF)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the look-ahead token. */
+ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+
+
+ /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+ status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus)
+ yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yydefault:
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ goto yyreduce;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------.
+| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. |
+`-----------------------------*/
+yyreduce:
+ /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+
+ /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
+ `$$ = $1'.
+
+ Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
+ This behavior is undocumented and Bison
+ users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
+ unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
+ GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
+
+
+ YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
+ switch (yyn)
+ {
+ case 2:
+#line 177 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ if ((yyvsp[0].exp) == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = (yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+#line 185 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_3 (qmop, (yyvsp[-4].exp), (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 4:
+#line 189 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 (lor, (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 5:
+#line 193 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 (land, (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 6:
+#line 197 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[-1].op), (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 7:
+#line 201 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[-1].op), (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 8:
+#line 205 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[-1].op), (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 9:
+#line 209 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[-1].op), (yyvsp[-2].exp), (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 10:
+#line 213 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_1 (lnot, (yyvsp[0].exp));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 11:
+#line 217 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 12:
+#line 221 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ if (((yyval.exp) = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ (yyval.exp)->val.num = (yyvsp[0].num);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 13:
+#line 226 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+ {
+ (yyval.exp) = (yyvsp[-1].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ }
+
+/* Line 1037 of yacc.c. */
+#line 1270 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.c"
+
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+
+
+ YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+
+ /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
+ that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
+ number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp;
+ if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+ yystate = yytable[yystate];
+ else
+ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS];
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
+`------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab:
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
+ if (!yyerrstatus)
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+ if (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+ YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
+ int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+ const char* yyprefix;
+ char *yymsg;
+ int yyx;
+
+ /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
+ YYCHECK. */
+ int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+
+ /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */
+ int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn;
+ int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
+ int yycount = 0;
+
+ yyprefix = ", expecting ";
+ for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
+ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
+ {
+ yysize += yystrlen (yyprefix) + yystrlen (yytname [yyx]);
+ yycount += 1;
+ if (yycount == 5)
+ {
+ yysize = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ yysize += (sizeof ("syntax error, unexpected ")
+ + yystrlen (yytname[yytype]));
+ yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
+ if (yymsg != 0)
+ {
+ char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "syntax error, unexpected ");
+ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yytype]);
+
+ if (yycount < 5)
+ {
+ yyprefix = ", expecting ";
+ for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
+ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
+ {
+ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyprefix);
+ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
+ yyprefix = " or ";
+ }
+ }
+ yyerror (yymsg);
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+ }
+ else
+ yyerror ("syntax error; also virtual memory exhausted");
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+ yyerror ("syntax error");
+ }
+
+
+
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+ /* If just tried and failed to reuse look-ahead token after an
+ error, discard it. */
+
+ if (yychar <= YYEOF)
+ {
+ /* If at end of input, pop the error token,
+ then the rest of the stack, then return failure. */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ for (;;)
+ {
+
+ YYPOPSTACK;
+ if (yyssp == yyss)
+ YYABORT;
+ yydestruct ("Error: popping",
+ yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yydestruct ("Error: discarding", yytoken, &yylval);
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Else will try to reuse look-ahead token after shifting the error
+ token. */
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. |
+`---------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrorlab:
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ /* Pacify GCC when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the label
+ yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code. */
+ if (0)
+ goto yyerrorlab;
+#endif
+
+yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+ yystate = *yyssp;
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn != YYPACT_NINF)
+ {
+ yyn += YYTERROR;
+ if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR)
+ {
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (0 < yyn)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */
+ if (yyssp == yyss)
+ YYABORT;
+
+
+ yydestruct ("Error: popping", yystos[yystate], yyvsp);
+ YYPOPSTACK;
+ yystate = *yyssp;
+ YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+ }
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+
+
+ /* Shift the error token. */
+ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp);
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------.
+| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
+`-------------------------------------*/
+yyacceptlab:
+ yyresult = 0;
+ goto yyreturn;
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+yyabortlab:
+ yydestruct ("Error: discarding lookahead",
+ yytoken, &yylval);
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ yyresult = 1;
+ goto yyreturn;
+
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+/*----------------------------------------------.
+| yyoverflowlab -- parser overflow comes here. |
+`----------------------------------------------*/
+yyoverflowlab:
+ yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
+ yyresult = 2;
+ /* Fall through. */
+#endif
+
+yyreturn:
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+ if (yyss != yyssa)
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+#endif
+ return yyresult;
+}
+
+
+#line 231 "/usr/src/local/bash/bash-20080814/lib/intl/plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural.y b/lib/intl/plural.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b8cec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural.y
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+%{
+/* plural.y - Expression parsing for plural form selection. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 7
+
+%union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
+%right '?' /* ? */
+%left '|' /* || */
+%left '&' /* && */
+%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
+%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
+%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
+%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
+%right '!' /* ! */
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start: exp
+ {
+ if ($1 == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+ }
+ ;
+
+exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp EQUOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp CMPOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp ADDOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp MULOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | '!' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+ }
+ | 'n'
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ | NUMBER
+ {
+ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ $$->val.num = $1;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/ref-add.sin b/lib/intl/ref-add.sin
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6fd32ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ref-add.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ ta
+ :a
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+ tb
+ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+ :b
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/ref-del.sin b/lib/intl/ref-del.sin
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..65ce9af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ref-del.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/relocatable.c b/lib/intl/relocatable.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34b2b18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/relocatable.c
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/* relocatable.c - Provide relocatable packages. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include "relocatable.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+# define xmalloc malloc
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif
+
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+# include <libcharset.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
+#undef bool
+#undef false
+#undef true
+#define bool int
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Original installation prefix. */
+static char *orig_prefix;
+static size_t orig_prefix_len;
+/* Current installation prefix. */
+static char *curr_prefix;
+static size_t curr_prefix_len;
+/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
+ to them must start with a slash. */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+static void
+set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
+ const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+ if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
+ /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
+ relocation is a nop. */
+ && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Duplicate the argument strings. */
+ char *memory;
+
+ orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
+ curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
+ memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (memory != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
+ orig_prefix = memory;
+ memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
+ memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
+ curr_prefix = memory;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ orig_prefix = NULL;
+ curr_prefix = NULL;
+ /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
+ called once. */
+}
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+void
+set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+ set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+
+ /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+ libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
+ libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+ libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Convenience function:
+ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
+#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
+#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
+static
+#endif
+const char *
+compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+ const char *orig_installdir,
+ const char *curr_pathname)
+{
+ const char *curr_installdir;
+ const char *rel_installdir;
+
+ if (curr_pathname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
+ This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
+ orig_installdir. */
+ if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
+ != 0)
+ /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
+ return NULL;
+ rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
+
+ /* Determine the current installation directory. */
+ {
+ const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
+ const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
+ char *q;
+
+ while (p > p_base)
+ {
+ p--;
+ if (ISSLASH (*p))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (q == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#endif
+ memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
+ q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
+ curr_installdir = q;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
+ rel_installdir from it. */
+ {
+ const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
+ const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
+ const char *cp_base =
+ curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
+
+ while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
+ {
+ bool same = false;
+ const char *rpi = rp;
+ const char *cpi = cp;
+
+ while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
+ {
+ rpi--;
+ cpi--;
+ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
+ {
+ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
+ same = true;
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
+ if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
+ != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
+ break;
+#else
+ if (*rpi != *cpi)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ if (!same)
+ break;
+ /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
+ to the slash before it. */
+ rp = rpi;
+ cp = cpi;
+ }
+
+ if (rp > rel_installdir)
+ /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ {
+ size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
+ char *curr_prefix;
+
+ curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (curr_prefix == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#endif
+ memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
+ curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
+
+ return curr_prefix;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+
+/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
+static char *shared_library_fullname;
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+
+/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
+{
+ (void) reserved;
+
+ if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
+ {
+ /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
+ static char location[MAX_PATH];
+
+ if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
+ /* Shouldn't happen. */
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
+ /* Shouldn't happen. */
+ return FALSE;
+
+ shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#else /* Unix */
+
+static void
+find_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#ifdef __linux__
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
+ fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
+ if (fp)
+ {
+ unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ unsigned long start, end;
+ int c;
+
+ if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
+ break;
+ if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
+ {
+ /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
+ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '/')
+ {
+ size_t size;
+ int len;
+
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
+ len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
+ if (len >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
+ if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
+ shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
+ continue;
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
+ Return NULL if unknown.
+ Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
+static char *
+get_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+ static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
+ if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
+ {
+ find_shared_library_fullname ();
+ tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
+ }
+#endif
+ return shared_library_fullname;
+}
+
+#endif /* PIC */
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+ directory. */
+const char *
+relocate (const char *pathname)
+{
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+ static int initialized;
+
+ /* Initialization code for a shared library. */
+ if (!initialized)
+ {
+ /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
+ set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
+ function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
+ initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
+ better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
+ in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
+ to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
+ orig_prefix. */
+ const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
+ const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
+ const char *curr_prefix_better;
+
+ curr_prefix_better =
+ compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
+ get_shared_library_fullname ());
+ if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
+ curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
+
+ set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
+
+ initialized = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
+ even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
+ typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
+ from. */
+ if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
+ && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
+ {
+ if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
+ /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
+ return curr_prefix;
+ if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
+ {
+ /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
+ const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
+ char *result =
+ (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (result != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
+ strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
+ return result;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Nothing to relocate. */
+ return pathname;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/relocatable.h b/lib/intl/relocatable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de57f44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/relocatable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* relocatable.h - Provide relocatable packages. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
+#define _RELOCATABLE_H
+
+/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
+ this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
+ in any case. */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
+ set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
+ const char *curr_prefix);
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+ directory. */
+extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
+
+/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
+ a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
+ relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
+
+/* Convenience function:
+ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
+extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+ const char *orig_installdir,
+ const char *curr_pathname);
+
+#else
+
+/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
+#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
diff --git a/lib/intl/textdomain.c b/lib/intl/textdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bb0e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/textdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* textdomain.c - Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain. */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ char *new_domain;
+ char *old_domain;
+
+ /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
+ if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+ {
+ _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+ new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+ /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+ environment variable changed. */
+ new_domain = old_domain;
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+ will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
+ are out of core. */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+ }
+
+ /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+ since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+ to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ {
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ free (old_domain);
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/Makefile.in b/lib/malloc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ef3cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+# Skeleton Makefile for the GNU malloc code
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+LIBBUILD = ${BUILD_DIR}/lib
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INTL_LIBSRC = ${topdir}/lib/intl
+INTL_BUILDDIR = ${LIBBUILD}/intl
+INTL_INC = @INTL_INC@
+LIBINTL_H = @LIBINTL_H@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(topdir)/lib $(INTL_INC)
+
+CCFLAGS = ${PROFILE_FLAGS} ${INCLUDES} $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) \
+ $(CFLAGS) $(MALLOC_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
+
+.c.o:
+ $(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -c $<
+
+.s.o:
+ $(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -c $<
+
+MALLOC_SOURCE = malloc.c
+STUB_SOURCE = stub.c
+
+ALLOCA_SOURCE = alloca.c
+ALLOCA_OBJECT = alloca.o
+
+MALLOC_SRC = @MALLOC_SRC@
+MALLOC = @MALLOC@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+
+MALLOC_OBJS = malloc.o $(ALLOCA) trace.o stats.o table.o watch.o
+STUB_OBJS = $(ALLOCA) stub.o
+
+.PHONY: malloc stubmalloc
+
+all: malloc
+
+malloc: ${MALLOC_OBJS}
+ ${RM} libmalloc.a
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} libmalloc.a ${MALLOC_OBJS}
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) libmalloc.a
+
+stubmalloc: ${STUB_OBJS}
+ ${RM} libmalloc.a
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} libmalloc.a ${STUB_OBJS}
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) libmalloc.a
+
+alloca: ${ALLOCA}
+ ${RM} libmalloc.a
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} libmalloc.a ${ALLOCA}
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) libmalloc.a
+
+alloca.o: $(srcdir)/$(ALLOCA_SOURCE)
+ $(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -c $(srcdir)/$(ALLOCA_SOURCE)
+ @- if test "$(ALLOCA_OBJECT)" != alloca.o ; then \
+ mv $(ALLOCA_OBJECT) alloca.o >/dev/null 2>&1 ; \
+ fi
+
+mostlyclean clean:
+ $(RM) *.o libmalloc.a
+
+distclean realclean maintainer-clean: clean
+ $(RM) Makefile
+
+alloca.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+malloc.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h $(topdir)/bashtypes.h getpagesize.h
+xmalloc.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h
+trace.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+stats.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+table.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+watch.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+
+malloc.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/mstats.h
+malloc.o: ${srcdir}/table.h ${srcdir}/watch.h
+stats.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/mstats.h
+trace.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h
+table.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/table.h
+watch.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/watch.h
+
+malloc.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+stats.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+trace.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+table.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+watch.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+stub.o: stub.c
+malloc.o: malloc.c
+table.o: table.c
+trace.o: trace.c
+stats.o: stats.c
+watch.o: watch.c
diff --git a/lib/malloc/alloca.c b/lib/malloc/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26319c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+ (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+ This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+ which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+ that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+ was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+ J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+ There are some preprocessor constants that can
+ be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+ improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+ The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+ track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+ that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+ invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+ soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+ As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+ allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+ your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+#include <bashtypes.h> /* for size_t */
+
+/* If alloca is defined somewhere, this file is not needed. */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
+#ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+ -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+ in order to make unexec workable
+ */
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#endif /* static */
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+ provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#else
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#endif /* CRAY && CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+#if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#endif
+
+#define NULL 0
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+ malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+ ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
+ hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+ them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+ Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
+
+ Callers below should use malloc. */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+extern pointer xmalloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+ growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+ deduced at run-time.
+
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
+#endif
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
+
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
+
+static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
+#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+ static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
+ auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
+
+ if (addr == NULL)
+ { /* Initial entry. */
+ addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+ find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Second entry. */
+ if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+ stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
+ else
+ stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+ (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+ (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+ It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+ alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
+
+#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
+#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
+#endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+ char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
+ struct
+ {
+ union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
+ char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
+ } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+ which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+ the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
+ was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+ caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+ implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size)
+ size_t size;
+{
+ auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
+ register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+ if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
+ find_stack_direction ();
+#endif
+
+ /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+ was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+
+ {
+ register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
+
+ for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+ if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+ || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+ {
+ register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+ free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
+
+ hp = np; /* -> next header. */
+ }
+ else
+ break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
+
+ last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
+ }
+
+ if (size == 0)
+ return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
+
+ /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
+
+ {
+ register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+ /* Address of header. */
+
+ ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+ ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+ last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+ /* User storage begins just after header. */
+
+ return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+ {
+ long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
+ long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
+ long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
+ long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
+ };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+ the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
+ grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
+ part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+ 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
+ for the routine which overflows the stack. */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+ {
+ long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
+ long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
+ long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
+ long:32;
+ long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
+ segment of stack. */
+ long:32;
+ long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
+ long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
+ microtasking. */
+ long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
+ long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
+ long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
+ long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
+ long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
+ long ssa0;
+ long ssa1;
+ long ssa2;
+ long ssa3;
+ long ssa4;
+ long ssa5;
+ long ssa6;
+ long ssa7;
+ long sss0;
+ long sss1;
+ long sss2;
+ long sss3;
+ long sss4;
+ long sss5;
+ long sss6;
+ long sss7;
+ };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+ returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
+struct stk_stat
+ {
+ long now; /* Current total stack size. */
+ long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
+ be required to satisfy the maximum
+ stack demand to date. */
+ long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
+ long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
+ long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
+ long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
+ long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
+ long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
+ long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
+ long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
+ long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
+ long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
+ long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
+ long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
+ long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
+ number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+ include the fifteen word trailer area. */
+ long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
+ long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
+ };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+ any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+ out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+ {
+ long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
+ long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
+ this trailer). */
+ long unknown2;
+ long unknown3;
+ long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
+ segment. */
+ long unknown5;
+ long unknown6;
+ long unknown7;
+ long unknown8;
+ long unknown9;
+ long unknown10;
+ long unknown11;
+ long unknown12;
+ long unknown13;
+ long unknown14;
+ };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+ I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+ struct stk_stat status;
+ struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+ long *block, size;
+ long result = 0;
+
+ /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
+ step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
+ more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+ $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
+
+ STKSTAT (&status);
+
+ /* Set up the iteration. */
+
+ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ + status.current_size
+ - 15);
+
+ /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
+ a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
+
+ if (trailer == 0)
+ abort ();
+
+ /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
+
+ while (trailer != 0)
+ {
+ block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+ size = trailer->this_size;
+ if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+ abort ();
+ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+ if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+ of all predecessor segments. */
+
+ result = address - block;
+
+ if (trailer == 0)
+ {
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+ abort ();
+ result += trailer->this_size;
+ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+ }
+ while (trailer != 0);
+
+ /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+ not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+ from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
+ not what you want. */
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+ Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+ given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
+ routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+ for alloca. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+ long stkl = 0;
+
+ long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+ long result = 0;
+
+ struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+ /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+ current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
+ your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+ the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+ B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+ area, which is what we are really interested in. */
+
+ /* This might be _getb67() or GETB67 () or getb67 () */
+ stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+ ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+ /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+ one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+ If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+ nonzero. */
+
+ pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+ size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+ this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+ /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+ a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
+ contain the target address. */
+
+ while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+ fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+ if (pseg == 0)
+ break;
+ stkl = stkl - pseg;
+ ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+ size = ssptr->sssize;
+ pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+ this_segment = stkl - size;
+ }
+
+ result = address - this_segment;
+
+ /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+ you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+ This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+ a cycle somewhere. */
+
+ while (pseg != 0)
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+ fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+ stkl = stkl - pseg;
+ ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+ size = ssptr->sssize;
+ pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+ result += size;
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY && CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+#endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* !__GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2 */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/getpagesize.h b/lib/malloc/getpagesize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a59eabe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/getpagesize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Emulation of getpagesize() for systems that need it.
+ Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+# if defined (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# else
+# if defined (_SC_PAGE_SIZE)
+# define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE)
+# endif /* _SC_PAGE_SIZE */
+# endif /* _SC_PAGESIZE */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (getpagesize)
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+# if defined (PAGESIZE)
+# define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+# else /* !PAGESIZE */
+# if defined (EXEC_PAGESIZE)
+# define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# else /* !EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+# if defined (NBPG)
+# if !defined (CLSIZE)
+# define CLSIZE 1
+# endif /* !CLSIZE */
+# define getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+# else /* !NBPG */
+# if defined (NBPC)
+# define getpagesize() NBPC
+# endif /* NBPC */
+# endif /* !NBPG */
+# endif /* !EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+# endif /* !PAGESIZE */
+#endif /* !getpagesize */
+
+#if !defined (getpagesize)
+# define getpagesize() 4096 /* Just punt and use reasonable value */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s b/lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b2cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+ .file "alloca.s"
+ .text
+ .align 4
+ .def alloca; .val alloca; .scl 2; .type 044; .endef
+ .globl alloca
+alloca:
+ popl %edx
+ popl %eax
+ addl $3,%eax
+ andl $0xfffffffc,%eax
+ subl %eax,%esp
+ movl %esp,%eax
+ pushl %eax
+ pushl %edx
+ ret
+ .def alloca; .val .; .scl -1; .endef
diff --git a/lib/malloc/imalloc.h b/lib/malloc/imalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82b09eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/imalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* imalloc.h -- internal malloc definitions shared by source files. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Must be included *after* config.h */
+
+#ifndef _IMALLOC_H
+#define _IMALLOC_H
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+#define MALLOC_STATS
+#define MALLOC_TRACE
+#define MALLOC_REGISTER
+#define MALLOC_WATCH
+#endif
+
+#define MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS
+
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+# if defined (__STDC__)
+# define PTR_T void *
+# else
+# define PTR_T char *
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (CPP_STRING)
+# if defined (HAVE_STRINGIZE)
+# define CPP_STRING(x) #x
+# else
+# define CPP_STRING(x) "x"
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRINGIZE */
+#endif /* !__STRING */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1
+# define FASTCOPY(s, d, n) __builtin_memcpy (d, s, n)
+#else /* !__GNUC__ */
+# if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY)
+# if !defined (HAVE_MEMMOVE)
+# define FASTCOPY(s, d, n) memcpy (d, s, n)
+# else
+# define FASTCOPY(s, d, n) memmove (d, s, n)
+# endif /* !HAVE_MEMMOVE */
+# else /* HAVE_BCOPY */
+# define FASTCOPY(s, d, n) bcopy (s, d, n)
+# endif /* HAVE_BCOPY */
+#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+
+#if !defined (__P)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
+# define __P(protos) protos
+# else
+# define __P(protos) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use Duff's device for good zeroing/copying performance. DO NOT call the
+ Duff's device macros with NBYTES == 0. */
+
+#define MALLOC_BZERO(charp, nbytes) \
+do { \
+ if ((nbytes) <= 32) { \
+ size_t * mzp = (size_t *)(charp); \
+ unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes)/sizeof(size_t); \
+ long mcn; \
+ if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp &= 7; } \
+ switch (mctmp) { \
+ case 0: for(;;) { *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 7: *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 6: *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 5: *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 4: *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 3: *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 2: *mzp++ = 0; \
+ case 1: *mzp++ = 0; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; } \
+ } \
+ else \
+ memset ((charp), 0, (nbytes)); \
+} while(0)
+
+#define MALLOC_ZERO(charp, nbytes) \
+do { \
+ size_t mzsz = (nbytes); \
+ if (mzsz <= 9 * sizeof(mzsz) { \
+ size_t *mz = (size_t *)(charp); \
+ if(mzsz >= 5*sizeof(mzsz)) { *mz++ = 0; \
+ *mz++ = 0; \
+ if(mzsz >= 7*sizeof(mzsz)) { *mz++ = 0; \
+ *mz++ = 0; \
+ if(mzsz >= 9*sizeof(mzsz)) { *mz++ = 0; \
+ *mz++ = 0; }}} \
+ *mz++ = 0; \
+ *mz++ = 0; \
+ *mz = 0; \
+ } else \
+ memset ((charp), 0, mzsz); \
+} while (0)
+
+#define MALLOC_MEMSET(charp, xch, nbytes) \
+do { \
+ if ((nbytes) <= 32) { \
+ register char * mzp = (charp); \
+ unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes); \
+ register long mcn; \
+ if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp &= 7; } \
+ switch (mctmp) { \
+ case 0: for(;;) { *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 7: *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 6: *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 5: *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 4: *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 3: *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 2: *mzp++ = xch; \
+ case 1: *mzp++ = xch; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; } \
+ } \
+ } else \
+ memset ((charp), (xch), (nbytes)); \
+} while(0)
+
+#define MALLOC_MEMCPY(dest,src,nbytes) \
+do { \
+ if ((nbytes) <= 32) { \
+ size_t* mcsrc = (size_t*) src; \
+ size_t* mcdst = (size_t*) dest; \
+ unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes)/sizeof(size_t); \
+ long mcn; \
+ if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp &= 7; } \
+ switch (mctmp) { \
+ case 0: for(;;) { *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 7: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 6: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 5: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 4: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 3: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 2: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
+ case 1: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; } \
+ } else \
+ memcpy ((dest), (src), (nbytes)) \
+} while(0)
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+# include "bashintl.h"
+#else
+# define _(x) x
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+extern void _malloc_block_signals __P((sigset_t *, sigset_t *));
+extern void _malloc_unblock_signals __P((sigset_t *, sigset_t *));
+
+#endif /* _IMALLOC_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/malloc.c b/lib/malloc/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5621adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1422 @@
+/* malloc.c - dynamic memory allocation for bash. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1985-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * @(#)nmalloc.c 1 (Caltech) 2/21/82
+ *
+ * U of M Modified: 20 Jun 1983 ACT: strange hacks for Emacs
+ *
+ * Nov 1983, Mike@BRL, Added support for 4.1C/4.2 BSD.
+ *
+ * This is a very fast storage allocator. It allocates blocks of a small
+ * number of different sizes, and keeps free lists of each size. Blocks
+ * that don't exactly fit are passed up to the next larger size. In this
+ * implementation, the available sizes are (2^n)-4 (or -16) bytes long.
+ * This is designed for use in a program that uses vast quantities of
+ * memory, but bombs when it runs out. To make it a little better, it
+ * warns the user when he starts to get near the end.
+ *
+ * June 84, ACT: modified rcheck code to check the range given to malloc,
+ * rather than the range determined by the 2-power used.
+ *
+ * Jan 85, RMS: calls malloc_warning to issue warning on nearly full.
+ * No longer Emacs-specific; can serve as all-purpose malloc for GNU.
+ * You should call malloc_init to reinitialize after loading dumped Emacs.
+ * Call malloc_stats to get info on memory stats if MALLOC_STATS turned on.
+ * realloc knows how to return same block given, just changing its size,
+ * if the power of 2 is correct.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * nextf[i] is the pointer to the next free block of size 2^(i+3). The
+ * smallest allocatable block is 8 bytes. The overhead information will
+ * go in the first int of the block, and the returned pointer will point
+ * to the second.
+ */
+
+/* Define MEMSCRAMBLE to have free() write 0xcf into memory as it's freed, to
+ uncover callers that refer to freed memory, and to have malloc() write 0xdf
+ into memory as it's allocated to avoid referring to previous contents. */
+
+/* SCO 3.2v4 getcwd and possibly other libc routines fail with MEMSCRAMBLE;
+ handled by configure. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+# include "bashtypes.h"
+# include "stdc.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Determine which kind of system this is. */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_MMAP)
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Define getpagesize () if the system does not. */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+# include "getpagesize.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+# include "mstats.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+# include "table.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+# include "watch.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef powerof2
+# undef powerof2
+#endif
+/* Could also use (((x) & -(x)) == (x)) */
+#define powerof2(x) ((((x) - 1) & (x)) == 0)
+
+/* System-specific omissions. */
+#ifdef HPUX
+# define NO_VALLOC
+#endif
+
+/* SIZEOF_LONG * 4 - 2, usable bins from 1..NBUCKETS-1 */
+#define NBUCKETS 30
+
+#define ISALLOC ((char) 0xf7) /* magic byte that implies allocation */
+#define ISFREE ((char) 0x54) /* magic byte that implies free block */
+ /* this is for error checking only */
+#define ISMEMALIGN ((char) 0xd6) /* Stored before the value returned by
+ memalign, with the rest of the word
+ being the distance to the true
+ beginning of the block. */
+
+
+/* We have a flag indicating whether memory is allocated, an index in
+ nextf[], a size field, and a sentinel value to determine whether or
+ not a caller wrote before the start of allocated memory; to realloc()
+ memory we either copy mh_nbytes or just change mh_nbytes if there is
+ enough room in the block for the new size. Range checking is always
+ done. */
+union mhead {
+ bits64_t mh_align; /* 8 */
+ struct {
+ char mi_alloc; /* ISALLOC or ISFREE */ /* 1 */
+ char mi_index; /* index in nextf[] */ /* 1 */
+ /* Remainder are valid only when block is allocated */
+ u_bits16_t mi_magic2; /* should be == MAGIC2 */ /* 2 */
+ u_bits32_t mi_nbytes; /* # of bytes allocated */ /* 4 */
+ } minfo;
+};
+#define mh_alloc minfo.mi_alloc
+#define mh_index minfo.mi_index
+#define mh_nbytes minfo.mi_nbytes
+#define mh_magic2 minfo.mi_magic2
+
+#define MOVERHEAD sizeof(union mhead)
+#define MALIGN_MASK 7 /* one less than desired alignment */
+
+typedef union _malloc_guard {
+ char s[4];
+ u_bits32_t i;
+} mguard_t;
+
+/* Access free-list pointer of a block.
+ It is stored at block + sizeof (char *).
+ This is not a field in the minfo structure member of union mhead
+ because we want sizeof (union mhead)
+ to describe the overhead for when the block is in use,
+ and we do not want the free-list pointer to count in that. */
+
+#define CHAIN(a) \
+ (*(union mhead **) (sizeof (char *) + (char *) (a)))
+
+/* To implement range checking, we write magic values in at the beginning
+ and end of each allocated block, and make sure they are undisturbed
+ whenever a free or a realloc occurs. */
+
+/* Written in the 2 bytes before the block's real space (-4 bytes) */
+#define MAGIC2 0x5555
+#define MSLOP 4 /* 4 bytes extra for u_bits32_t size */
+
+/* How many bytes are actually allocated for a request of size N --
+ rounded up to nearest multiple of 8 after accounting for malloc
+ overhead. */
+#define ALLOCATED_BYTES(n) \
+ (((n) + MOVERHEAD + MSLOP + MALIGN_MASK) & ~MALIGN_MASK)
+
+#define ASSERT(p) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (!(p)) xbotch((PTR_T)0, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, CPP_STRING(p), file, line); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Minimum and maximum bucket indices for block splitting (and to bound
+ the search for a block to split). */
+#define SPLIT_MIN 2 /* XXX - was 3 */
+#define SPLIT_MID 11
+#define SPLIT_MAX 14
+
+/* Minimum and maximum bucket indices for block coalescing. */
+#define COMBINE_MIN 2
+#define COMBINE_MAX (pagebucket - 1) /* XXX */
+
+#define LESSCORE_MIN 10
+#define LESSCORE_FRC 13
+
+#define STARTBUCK 1
+
+/* Should we use mmap for large allocations? */
+#if defined (HAVE_MMAP)
+# if !defined (MAP_ANON) && defined (MAP_ANONYMOUS)
+# define MAP_ANON MAP_ANONYMOUS
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_MMAP) && defined (MAP_ANON)
+# define USE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#if defined (USE_MMAP)
+# define MMAP_THRESHOLD 14 /* must be >= SPLIT_MAX, COMBINE_MAX */
+#else
+# define MMAP_THRESHOLD (8 * SIZEOF_LONG)
+#endif
+
+/* Flags for the internal functions. */
+#define MALLOC_WRAPPER 0x01 /* wrapper function */
+#define MALLOC_INTERNAL 0x02 /* internal function calling another */
+#define MALLOC_NOTRACE 0x04 /* don't trace this allocation or free */
+#define MALLOC_NOREG 0x08 /* don't register this allocation or free */
+
+/* Future use. */
+#define ERR_DUPFREE 0x01
+#define ERR_UNALLOC 0x02
+#define ERR_UNDERFLOW 0x04
+#define ERR_ASSERT_FAILED 0x08
+
+/* Evaluates to true if NB is appropriate for bucket NU. NB is adjusted
+ appropriately by the caller to account for malloc overhead. This only
+ checks that the recorded size is not too big for the bucket. We
+ can't check whether or not it's in between NU and NU-1 because we
+ might have encountered a busy bucket when allocating and moved up to
+ the next size. */
+#define IN_BUCKET(nb, nu) ((nb) <= binsizes[(nu)])
+
+/* Use this when we want to be sure that NB is in bucket NU. */
+#define RIGHT_BUCKET(nb, nu) \
+ (((nb) > binsizes[(nu)-1]) && ((nb) <= binsizes[(nu)]))
+
+/* nextf[i] is free list of blocks of size 2**(i + 3) */
+
+static union mhead *nextf[NBUCKETS];
+
+/* busy[i] is nonzero while allocation or free of block size i is in progress. */
+
+static char busy[NBUCKETS];
+
+static int pagesz; /* system page size. */
+static int pagebucket; /* bucket for requests a page in size */
+static int maxbuck; /* highest bucket receiving allocation request. */
+
+static char *memtop; /* top of heap */
+
+static const unsigned long binsizes[NBUCKETS] = {
+ 8UL, 16UL, 32UL, 64UL, 128UL, 256UL, 512UL, 1024UL, 2048UL, 4096UL,
+ 8192UL, 16384UL, 32768UL, 65536UL, 131072UL, 262144UL, 524288UL,
+ 1048576UL, 2097152UL, 4194304UL, 8388608UL, 16777216UL, 33554432UL,
+ 67108864UL, 134217728UL, 268435456UL, 536870912UL, 1073741824UL,
+ 2147483648UL, 4294967295UL
+};
+
+/* binsizes[x] == (1 << ((x) + 3)) */
+#define binsize(x) binsizes[(x)]
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for internal functions */
+static PTR_T internal_malloc __P((size_t, const char *, int, int));
+static PTR_T internal_realloc __P((PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int, int));
+static void internal_free __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int));
+static PTR_T internal_memalign __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int, int));
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+static PTR_T internal_calloc __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int, int));
+static void internal_cfree __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int));
+#endif
+#ifndef NO_VALLOC
+static PTR_T internal_valloc __P((size_t, const char *, int, int));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (botch)
+extern void botch ();
+#else
+static void botch __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+#endif
+static void xbotch __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, const char *, int));
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_SBRK
+extern char *sbrk ();
+#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SBRK */
+
+#ifdef SHELL
+extern int interrupt_immediately, running_trap;
+extern int signal_is_trapped __P((int));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+struct _malstats _mstats;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+/* Debugging variables available to applications. */
+int malloc_flags = 0; /* future use */
+int malloc_trace = 0; /* trace allocations and frees to stderr */
+int malloc_register = 0; /* future use */
+
+/* Use a variable in case we want to dynamically adapt it in the future */
+int malloc_mmap_threshold = MMAP_THRESHOLD;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+char _malloc_trace_buckets[NBUCKETS];
+
+/* These should really go into a header file. */
+extern void mtrace_alloc __P((const char *, PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void mtrace_free __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (botch)
+static void
+botch (s, file, line)
+ const char *s;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: failed assertion: %s\n"), s);
+ (void)fflush (stderr);
+ abort ();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* print the file and line number that caused the assertion failure and
+ call botch() to do whatever the application wants with the information */
+static void
+xbotch (mem, e, s, file, line)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ int e;
+ const char *s;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\r\nmalloc: %s:%d: assertion botched\r\n"),
+ file ? file : _("unknown"), line);
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+ if (mem != NULL && malloc_register)
+ mregister_describe_mem (mem, stderr);
+#endif
+ (void)fflush (stderr);
+ botch(s, file, line);
+}
+
+/* Coalesce two adjacent free blocks off the free list for size NU - 1,
+ as long as we can find two adjacent free blocks. nextf[NU -1] is
+ assumed to not be busy; the caller (morecore()) checks for this.
+ BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */
+static void
+bcoalesce (nu)
+ register int nu;
+{
+ register union mhead *mp, *mp1, *mp2;
+ register int nbuck;
+ unsigned long siz;
+
+ nbuck = nu - 1;
+ if (nextf[nbuck] == 0 || busy[nbuck])
+ return;
+
+ busy[nbuck] = 1;
+ siz = binsize (nbuck);
+
+ mp2 = mp1 = nextf[nbuck];
+ mp = CHAIN (mp1);
+ while (mp && mp != (union mhead *)((char *)mp1 + siz))
+ {
+ mp2 = mp1;
+ mp1 = mp;
+ mp = CHAIN (mp);
+ }
+
+ if (mp == 0)
+ {
+ busy[nbuck] = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, now we have mp1 pointing to the block we want to add to nextf[NU].
+ CHAIN(mp2) must equal mp1. Check that mp1 and mp are adjacent. */
+ if (mp2 != mp1 && CHAIN(mp2) != mp1)
+ {
+ busy[nbuck] = 0;
+ xbotch ((PTR_T)0, 0, "bcoalesce: CHAIN(mp2) != mp1", (char *)NULL, 0);
+ }
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+ if (CHAIN (mp1) != (union mhead *)((char *)mp1 + siz))
+ {
+ busy[nbuck] = 0;
+ return; /* not adjacent */
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Since they are adjacent, remove them from the free list */
+ if (mp1 == nextf[nbuck])
+ nextf[nbuck] = CHAIN (mp);
+ else
+ CHAIN (mp2) = CHAIN (mp);
+ busy[nbuck] = 0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.tbcoalesce++;
+ _mstats.ncoalesce[nbuck]++;
+#endif
+
+ /* And add the combined two blocks to nextf[NU]. */
+ mp1->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ mp1->mh_index = nu;
+ CHAIN (mp1) = nextf[nu];
+ nextf[nu] = mp1;
+}
+
+/* Split a block at index > NU (but less than SPLIT_MAX) into a set of
+ blocks of the correct size, and attach them to nextf[NU]. nextf[NU]
+ is assumed to be empty. Must be called with signals blocked (e.g.,
+ by morecore()). BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */
+static void
+bsplit (nu)
+ register int nu;
+{
+ register union mhead *mp;
+ int nbuck, nblks, split_max;
+ unsigned long siz;
+
+ split_max = (maxbuck > SPLIT_MAX) ? maxbuck : SPLIT_MAX;
+
+ if (nu >= SPLIT_MID)
+ {
+ for (nbuck = split_max; nbuck > nu; nbuck--)
+ {
+ if (busy[nbuck] || nextf[nbuck] == 0)
+ continue;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (nbuck = nu + 1; nbuck <= split_max; nbuck++)
+ {
+ if (busy[nbuck] || nextf[nbuck] == 0)
+ continue;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (nbuck > split_max || nbuck <= nu)
+ return;
+
+ /* XXX might want to split only if nextf[nbuck] has >= 2 blocks free
+ and nbuck is below some threshold. */
+
+ /* Remove the block from the chain of larger blocks. */
+ busy[nbuck] = 1;
+ mp = nextf[nbuck];
+ nextf[nbuck] = CHAIN (mp);
+ busy[nbuck] = 0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.tbsplit++;
+ _mstats.nsplit[nbuck]++;
+#endif
+
+ /* Figure out how many blocks we'll get. */
+ siz = binsize (nu);
+ nblks = binsize (nbuck) / siz;
+
+ /* Split the block and put it on the requested chain. */
+ nextf[nu] = mp;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ mp->mh_index = nu;
+ if (--nblks <= 0) break;
+ CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+ mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+ }
+ CHAIN (mp) = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take the memory block MP and add it to a chain < NU. NU is the right bucket,
+ but is busy. This avoids memory orphaning. */
+static void
+xsplit (mp, nu)
+ union mhead *mp;
+ int nu;
+{
+ union mhead *nh;
+ int nbuck, nblks, split_max;
+ unsigned long siz;
+
+ nbuck = nu - 1;
+ while (nbuck >= SPLIT_MIN && busy[nbuck])
+ nbuck--;
+ if (nbuck < SPLIT_MIN)
+ return;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.tbsplit++;
+ _mstats.nsplit[nu]++;
+#endif
+
+ /* Figure out how many blocks we'll get. */
+ siz = binsize (nu); /* original block size */
+ nblks = siz / binsize (nbuck); /* should be 2 most of the time */
+
+ /* And add it to nextf[nbuck] */
+ siz = binsize (nbuck); /* XXX - resetting here */
+ nh = mp;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ mp->mh_index = nbuck;
+ if (--nblks <= 0) break;
+ CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+ mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+ }
+ busy[nbuck] = 1;
+ CHAIN (mp) = nextf[nbuck];
+ nextf[nbuck] = nh;
+ busy[nbuck] = 0;
+}
+
+void
+_malloc_block_signals (setp, osetp)
+ sigset_t *setp, *osetp;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS
+ sigfillset (setp);
+ sigemptyset (osetp);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, setp, osetp);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ *osetp = sigsetmask (-1);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+_malloc_unblock_signals (setp, osetp)
+ sigset_t *setp, *osetp;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS
+ sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, osetp, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ sigsetmask (*osetp);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return some memory to the system by reducing the break. This is only
+ called with NU > pagebucket, so we're always assured of giving back
+ more than one page of memory. */
+static void
+lesscore (nu) /* give system back some memory */
+ register int nu; /* size index we're discarding */
+{
+ long siz;
+
+ siz = binsize (nu);
+ /* Should check for errors here, I guess. */
+ sbrk (-siz);
+ memtop -= siz;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nsbrk++;
+ _mstats.tsbrk -= siz;
+ _mstats.nlesscore[nu]++;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Ask system for more memory; add to NEXTF[NU]. BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */
+static void
+morecore (nu)
+ register int nu; /* size index to get more of */
+{
+ register union mhead *mp;
+ register int nblks;
+ register long siz;
+ long sbrk_amt; /* amount to get via sbrk() */
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+ int blocked_sigs;
+
+ /* Block all signals in case we are executed from a signal handler. */
+ blocked_sigs = 0;
+#ifdef SHELL
+# if defined (SIGCHLD)
+ if (interrupt_immediately || running_trap || signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) || signal_is_trapped (SIGCHLD))
+# else
+ if (interrupt_immediately || running_trap || signal_is_trapped (SIGINT))
+# endif
+#endif
+ {
+ _malloc_block_signals (&set, &oset);
+ blocked_sigs = 1;
+ }
+
+ siz = binsize (nu); /* size of desired block for nextf[nu] */
+
+ if (siz < 0)
+ goto morecore_done; /* oops */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nmorecore[nu]++;
+#endif
+
+ /* Try to split a larger block here, if we're within the range of sizes
+ to split. */
+ if (nu >= SPLIT_MIN && nu <= malloc_mmap_threshold)
+ {
+ bsplit (nu);
+ if (nextf[nu] != 0)
+ goto morecore_done;
+ }
+
+ /* Try to coalesce two adjacent blocks from the free list on nextf[nu - 1],
+ if we can, and we're within the range of the block coalescing limits. */
+ if (nu >= COMBINE_MIN && nu < COMBINE_MAX && nu <= malloc_mmap_threshold && busy[nu - 1] == 0 && nextf[nu - 1])
+ {
+ bcoalesce (nu);
+ if (nextf[nu] != 0)
+ goto morecore_done;
+ }
+
+ /* Take at least a page, and figure out how many blocks of the requested
+ size we're getting. */
+ if (siz <= pagesz)
+ {
+ sbrk_amt = pagesz;
+ nblks = sbrk_amt / siz;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We always want to request an integral multiple of the page size
+ from the kernel, so let's compute whether or not `siz' is such
+ an amount. If it is, we can just request it. If not, we want
+ the smallest integral multiple of pagesize that is larger than
+ `siz' and will satisfy the request. */
+ sbrk_amt = siz & (pagesz - 1);
+ if (sbrk_amt == 0)
+ sbrk_amt = siz;
+ else
+ sbrk_amt = siz + pagesz - sbrk_amt;
+ nblks = 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (USE_MMAP)
+ if (nu > malloc_mmap_threshold)
+ {
+ mp = (union mhead *)mmap (0, sbrk_amt, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
+ if ((void *)mp == MAP_FAILED)
+ goto morecore_done;
+ nextf[nu] = mp;
+ mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ mp->mh_index = nu;
+ CHAIN (mp) = 0;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nmmap++;
+ _mstats.tmmap += sbrk_amt;
+#endif
+ goto morecore_done;
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nsbrk++;
+ _mstats.tsbrk += sbrk_amt;
+#endif
+
+ mp = (union mhead *) sbrk (sbrk_amt);
+
+ /* Totally out of memory. */
+ if ((long)mp == -1)
+ goto morecore_done;
+
+ memtop += sbrk_amt;
+
+ /* shouldn't happen, but just in case -- require 8-byte alignment */
+ if ((long)mp & MALIGN_MASK)
+ {
+ mp = (union mhead *) (((long)mp + MALIGN_MASK) & ~MALIGN_MASK);
+ nblks--;
+ }
+
+ /* save new header and link the nblks blocks together */
+ nextf[nu] = mp;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ mp->mh_index = nu;
+ if (--nblks <= 0) break;
+ CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+ mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+ }
+ CHAIN (mp) = 0;
+
+morecore_done:
+ if (blocked_sigs)
+ _malloc_unblock_signals (&set, &oset);
+}
+
+static void
+malloc_debug_dummy ()
+{
+ write (1, "malloc_debug_dummy\n", 19);
+}
+
+#define PREPOP_BIN 2
+#define PREPOP_SIZE 32
+
+static int
+pagealign ()
+{
+ register int nunits;
+ register union mhead *mp;
+ long sbrk_needed;
+ char *curbrk;
+
+ pagesz = getpagesize ();
+ if (pagesz < 1024)
+ pagesz = 1024;
+
+ /* OK, how much do we need to allocate to make things page-aligned?
+ Some of this partial page will be wasted space, but we'll use as
+ much as we can. Once we figure out how much to advance the break
+ pointer, go ahead and do it. */
+ memtop = curbrk = sbrk (0);
+ sbrk_needed = pagesz - ((long)curbrk & (pagesz - 1)); /* sbrk(0) % pagesz */
+ if (sbrk_needed < 0)
+ sbrk_needed += pagesz;
+
+ /* Now allocate the wasted space. */
+ if (sbrk_needed)
+ {
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nsbrk++;
+ _mstats.tsbrk += sbrk_needed;
+#endif
+ curbrk = sbrk (sbrk_needed);
+ if ((long)curbrk == -1)
+ return -1;
+ memtop += sbrk_needed;
+
+ /* Take the memory which would otherwise be wasted and populate the most
+ popular bin (2 == 32 bytes) with it. Add whatever we need to curbrk
+ to make things 32-byte aligned, compute how many 32-byte chunks we're
+ going to get, and set up the bin. */
+ curbrk += sbrk_needed & (PREPOP_SIZE - 1);
+ sbrk_needed -= sbrk_needed & (PREPOP_SIZE - 1);
+ nunits = sbrk_needed / PREPOP_SIZE;
+
+ if (nunits > 0)
+ {
+ mp = (union mhead *)curbrk;
+
+ nextf[PREPOP_BIN] = mp;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ mp->mh_index = PREPOP_BIN;
+ if (--nunits <= 0) break;
+ CHAIN(mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + PREPOP_SIZE);
+ mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + PREPOP_SIZE);
+ }
+ CHAIN(mp) = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* compute which bin corresponds to the page size. */
+ for (nunits = 7; nunits < NBUCKETS; nunits++)
+ if (pagesz <= binsize(nunits))
+ break;
+ pagebucket = nunits;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static PTR_T
+internal_malloc (n, file, line, flags) /* get a block */
+ size_t n;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ register union mhead *p;
+ register int nunits;
+ register char *m, *z;
+ long nbytes;
+ mguard_t mg;
+
+ /* Get the system page size and align break pointer so future sbrks will
+ be page-aligned. The page size must be at least 1K -- anything
+ smaller is increased. */
+ if (pagesz == 0)
+ if (pagealign () < 0)
+ return ((PTR_T)NULL);
+
+ /* Figure out how many bytes are required, rounding up to the nearest
+ multiple of 8, then figure out which nextf[] area to use. Try to
+ be smart about where to start searching -- if the number of bytes
+ needed is greater than the page size, we can start at pagebucket. */
+ nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(n);
+ nunits = (nbytes <= (pagesz >> 1)) ? STARTBUCK : pagebucket;
+ for ( ; nunits < NBUCKETS; nunits++)
+ if (nbytes <= binsize(nunits))
+ break;
+
+ /* Silently reject too-large requests. */
+ if (nunits >= NBUCKETS)
+ return ((PTR_T) NULL);
+
+ /* In case this is reentrant use of malloc from signal handler,
+ pick a block size that no other malloc level is currently
+ trying to allocate. That's the easiest harmless way not to
+ interfere with the other level of execution. */
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ if (busy[nunits]) _mstats.nrecurse++;
+#endif
+ while (busy[nunits]) nunits++;
+ busy[nunits] = 1;
+
+ if (nunits > maxbuck)
+ maxbuck = nunits;
+
+ /* If there are no blocks of the appropriate size, go get some */
+ if (nextf[nunits] == 0)
+ morecore (nunits);
+
+ /* Get one block off the list, and set the new list head */
+ if ((p = nextf[nunits]) == NULL)
+ {
+ busy[nunits] = 0;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ nextf[nunits] = CHAIN (p);
+ busy[nunits] = 0;
+
+ /* Check for free block clobbered */
+ /* If not for this check, we would gobble a clobbered free chain ptr
+ and bomb out on the NEXT allocate of this size block */
+ if (p->mh_alloc != ISFREE || p->mh_index != nunits)
+ xbotch ((PTR_T)(p+1), 0, _("malloc: block on free list clobbered"), file, line);
+
+ /* Fill in the info, and set up the magic numbers for range checking. */
+ p->mh_alloc = ISALLOC;
+ p->mh_magic2 = MAGIC2;
+ p->mh_nbytes = n;
+
+ /* End guard */
+ mg.i = n;
+ z = mg.s;
+ m = (char *) (p + 1) + n;
+ *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++;
+
+#ifdef MEMSCRAMBLE
+ if (n)
+ MALLOC_MEMSET ((char *)(p + 1), 0xdf, n); /* scramble previous contents */
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]++;
+ _mstats.tmalloc[nunits]++;
+ _mstats.nmal++;
+ _mstats.bytesreq += n;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+ if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0)
+ mtrace_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line);
+ else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits])
+ mtrace_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+ if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0)
+ mregister_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+ if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+ _malloc_ckwatch (p + 1, file, line, W_ALLOC, n);
+#endif
+
+ return (PTR_T) (p + 1);
+}
+
+static void
+internal_free (mem, file, line, flags)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ register union mhead *p;
+ register char *ap, *z;
+ register int nunits;
+ register unsigned int nbytes;
+ int ubytes; /* caller-requested size */
+ mguard_t mg;
+
+ if ((ap = (char *)mem) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ p = (union mhead *) ap - 1;
+
+ if (p->mh_alloc == ISMEMALIGN)
+ {
+ ap -= p->mh_nbytes;
+ p = (union mhead *) ap - 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_TRACE) || defined (MALLOC_REGISTER) || defined (MALLOC_WATCH)
+ if (malloc_trace || malloc_register || _malloc_nwatch > 0)
+ ubytes = p->mh_nbytes;
+#endif
+
+ if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC)
+ {
+ if (p->mh_alloc == ISFREE)
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_DUPFREE,
+ _("free: called with already freed block argument"), file, line);
+ else
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC,
+ _("free: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2);
+
+ nunits = p->mh_index;
+ nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes);
+ /* Since the sizeof(u_bits32_t) bytes before the memory handed to the user
+ are now used for the number of bytes allocated, a simple check of
+ mh_magic2 is no longer sufficient to catch things like p[-1] = 'x'.
+ We sanity-check the value of mh_nbytes against the size of the blocks
+ in the appropriate bucket before we use it. This can still cause problems
+ and obscure errors if mh_nbytes is wrong but still within range; the
+ checks against the size recorded at the end of the chunk will probably
+ fail then. Using MALLOC_REGISTER will help here, since it saves the
+ original number of bytes requested. */
+
+ if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0)
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW,
+ _("free: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line);
+
+ ap += p->mh_nbytes;
+ z = mg.s;
+ *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++;
+ if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes)
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("free: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line);
+
+#if defined (USE_MMAP)
+ if (nunits > malloc_mmap_threshold)
+ {
+ munmap (p, binsize (nunits));
+#if defined (MALLOC_STATS)
+ _mstats.nlesscore[nunits]++;
+#endif
+ goto free_return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if GLIBC21
+ if (nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN && ((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == sbrk (0)))
+#else
+ if (nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN && ((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == memtop))
+#endif
+ {
+ /* If above LESSCORE_FRC, give back unconditionally. This should be set
+ high enough to be infrequently encountered. If between LESSCORE_MIN
+ and LESSCORE_FRC, call lesscore if the bucket is marked as busy or if
+ there's already a block on the free list. */
+ if ((nunits >= LESSCORE_FRC) || busy[nunits] || nextf[nunits] != 0)
+ {
+ lesscore (nunits);
+ /* keeps the tracing and registering code in one place */
+ goto free_return;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef MEMSCRAMBLE
+ if (p->mh_nbytes)
+ MALLOC_MEMSET (mem, 0xcf, p->mh_nbytes);
+#endif
+
+ ASSERT (nunits < NBUCKETS);
+
+ if (busy[nunits] == 1)
+ {
+ xsplit (p, nunits); /* split block and add to different chain */
+ goto free_return;
+ }
+
+ p->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+ /* Protect against signal handlers calling malloc. */
+ busy[nunits] = 1;
+ /* Put this block on the free list. */
+ CHAIN (p) = nextf[nunits];
+ nextf[nunits] = p;
+ busy[nunits] = 0;
+
+free_return:
+ ; /* Empty statement in case this is the end of the function */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]--;
+ _mstats.nfre++;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+ if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0)
+ mtrace_free (mem, ubytes, file, line);
+ else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits])
+ mtrace_free (mem, ubytes, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+ if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0)
+ mregister_free (mem, ubytes, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+ if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+ _malloc_ckwatch (mem, file, line, W_FREE, ubytes);
+#endif
+}
+
+static PTR_T
+internal_realloc (mem, n, file, line, flags)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ register size_t n;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ register union mhead *p;
+ register u_bits32_t tocopy;
+ register unsigned int nbytes;
+ register int nunits;
+ register char *m, *z;
+ mguard_t mg;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nrealloc++;
+#endif
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ {
+ internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ if ((p = (union mhead *) mem) == 0)
+ return internal_malloc (n, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+
+ p--;
+ nunits = p->mh_index;
+ ASSERT (nunits < NBUCKETS);
+
+ if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC)
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC,
+ _("realloc: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line);
+
+ ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2);
+ nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes);
+ /* Since the sizeof(u_bits32_t) bytes before the memory handed to the user
+ are now used for the number of bytes allocated, a simple check of
+ mh_magic2 is no longer sufficient to catch things like p[-1] = 'x'.
+ We sanity-check the value of mh_nbytes against the size of the blocks
+ in the appropriate bucket before we use it. This can still cause problems
+ and obscure errors if mh_nbytes is wrong but still within range; the
+ checks against the size recorded at the end of the chunk will probably
+ fail then. Using MALLOC_REGISTER will help here, since it saves the
+ original number of bytes requested. */
+ if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0)
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW,
+ _("realloc: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line);
+
+ m = (char *)mem + (tocopy = p->mh_nbytes);
+ z = mg.s;
+ *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++;
+ if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes)
+ xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("realloc: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line);
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+ if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+ _malloc_ckwatch (p + 1, file, line, W_REALLOC, n);
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.bytesreq += (n < tocopy) ? 0 : n - tocopy;
+#endif
+
+ /* If we're reallocating to the same size as previously, return now */
+ if (n == p->mh_nbytes)
+ return mem;
+
+ /* See if desired size rounds to same power of 2 as actual size. */
+ nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(n);
+
+ /* If ok, use the same block, just marking its size as changed. */
+ if (RIGHT_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) || RIGHT_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits-1))
+ {
+ /* Compensate for increment above. */
+ m -= 4;
+
+ *m++ = 0; *m++ = 0; *m++ = 0; *m++ = 0;
+ m = (char *)mem + (p->mh_nbytes = n);
+
+ mg.i = n;
+ z = mg.s;
+ *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++;
+
+ return mem;
+ }
+
+ if (n < tocopy)
+ tocopy = n;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+ _mstats.nrcopy++;
+#endif
+
+ /* If we are using mmap and have mremap, we could use it here. */
+
+ if ((m = internal_malloc (n, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL|MALLOC_NOTRACE|MALLOC_NOREG)) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ FASTCOPY (mem, m, tocopy);
+ internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+ if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0)
+ mtrace_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line);
+ else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits])
+ mtrace_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+ if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0)
+ mregister_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+ if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+ _malloc_ckwatch (m, file, line, W_RESIZED, n);
+#endif
+
+ return m;
+}
+
+static PTR_T
+internal_memalign (alignment, size, file, line, flags)
+ size_t alignment;
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ register char *ptr;
+ register char *aligned;
+ register union mhead *p;
+
+ ptr = internal_malloc (size + alignment, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+
+ if (ptr == 0)
+ return 0;
+ /* If entire block has the desired alignment, just accept it. */
+ if (((long) ptr & (alignment - 1)) == 0)
+ return ptr;
+ /* Otherwise, get address of byte in the block that has that alignment. */
+ aligned = (char *) (((long) ptr + alignment - 1) & (~alignment + 1));
+
+ /* Store a suitable indication of how to free the block,
+ so that free can find the true beginning of it. */
+ p = (union mhead *) aligned - 1;
+ p->mh_nbytes = aligned - ptr;
+ p->mh_alloc = ISMEMALIGN;
+
+ return aligned;
+}
+
+int
+posix_memalign (memptr, alignment, size)
+ void **memptr;
+ size_t alignment, size;
+{
+ void *mem;
+
+ /* Perform posix-mandated error checking here */
+ if ((alignment % sizeof (void *) != 0) || alignment == 0)
+ return EINVAL;
+ else if (powerof2 (alignment) == 0)
+ return EINVAL;
+
+ mem = internal_memalign (alignment, size, (char *)0, 0, 0);
+ if (mem != 0)
+ {
+ *memptr = mem;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return ENOMEM;
+}
+
+size_t
+malloc_usable_size (mem)
+ void *mem;
+{
+ register union mhead *p;
+ register char *ap;
+ register int maxbytes;
+
+
+ if ((ap = (char *)mem) == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Find the true start of the memory block to discover which bin */
+ p = (union mhead *) ap - 1;
+ if (p->mh_alloc == ISMEMALIGN)
+ {
+ ap -= p->mh_nbytes;
+ p = (union mhead *) ap - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - should we return 0 if ISFREE? */
+ maxbytes = binsize(p->mh_index);
+
+ /* So the usable size is the maximum number of bytes in the bin less the
+ malloc overhead */
+ maxbytes -= MOVERHEAD + MSLOP;
+ return (maxbytes);
+}
+
+#if !defined (NO_VALLOC)
+/* This runs into trouble with getpagesize on HPUX, and Multimax machines.
+ Patching out seems cleaner than the ugly fix needed. */
+static PTR_T
+internal_valloc (size, file, line, flags)
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ return internal_memalign (getpagesize (), size, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_VALLOC */
+
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+static PTR_T
+internal_calloc (n, s, file, line, flags)
+ size_t n, s;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ size_t total;
+ PTR_T result;
+
+ total = n * s;
+ result = internal_malloc (total, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+ if (result)
+ memset (result, 0, total);
+ return result;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_cfree (p, file, line, flags)
+ PTR_T p;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, flags;
+{
+ internal_free (p, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_CALLOC */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+int
+malloc_free_blocks (size)
+ int size;
+{
+ int nfree;
+ register union mhead *p;
+
+ nfree = 0;
+ for (p = nextf[size]; p; p = CHAIN (p))
+ nfree++;
+
+ return nfree;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS)
+PTR_T
+sh_malloc (bytes, file, line)
+ size_t bytes;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ return internal_malloc (bytes, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+sh_realloc (ptr, size, file, line)
+ PTR_T ptr;
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ return internal_realloc (ptr, size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+void
+sh_free (mem, file, line)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+sh_memalign (alignment, size, file, line)
+ size_t alignment;
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ return internal_memalign (alignment, size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+PTR_T
+sh_calloc (n, s, file, line)
+ size_t n, s;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ return internal_calloc (n, s, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+void
+sh_cfree (mem, file, line)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ internal_cfree (mem, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_VALLOC
+PTR_T
+sh_valloc (size, file, line)
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ return internal_valloc (size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_VALLOC */
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS */
+
+/* Externally-available functions that call their internal counterparts. */
+
+PTR_T
+malloc (size)
+ size_t size;
+{
+ return internal_malloc (size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+realloc (mem, nbytes)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ size_t nbytes;
+{
+ return internal_realloc (mem, nbytes, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void
+free (mem)
+ PTR_T mem;
+{
+ internal_free (mem, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+memalign (alignment, size)
+ size_t alignment;
+ size_t size;
+{
+ return internal_memalign (alignment, size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_VALLOC
+PTR_T
+valloc (size)
+ size_t size;
+{
+ return internal_valloc (size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+PTR_T
+calloc (n, s)
+ size_t n, s;
+{
+ return internal_calloc (n, s, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void
+cfree (mem)
+ PTR_T mem;
+{
+ internal_cfree (mem, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/mstats.h b/lib/malloc/mstats.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dac0298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/mstats.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* mstats.h - definitions for malloc statistics */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _MSTATS_H
+#define _MSTATS_H
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+
+/* This needs to change if the definition in malloc.c changes */
+#ifndef NBUCKETS
+# define NBUCKETS 30
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * NMALLOC[i] is the difference between the number of mallocs and frees
+ * for a given block size. TMALLOC[i] is the total number of mallocs for
+ * a given block size. NMORECORE[i] is the total number of calls to
+ * morecore(i). NLESSCORE[i] is the total number of calls to lesscore(i).
+ *
+ * NMAL and NFRE are counts of the number of calls to malloc() and free(),
+ * respectively. NREALLOC is the total number of calls to realloc();
+ * NRCOPY is the number of times realloc() had to allocate new memory and
+ * copy to it. NRECURSE is a count of the number of recursive calls to
+ * malloc() for the same bucket size, which can be caused by calls to
+ * malloc() from a signal handler.
+ *
+ * NSBRK is the number of calls to sbrk() (whether by morecore() or for
+ * alignment); TSBRK is the total number of bytes requested from the kernel
+ * with sbrk().
+ *
+ * BYTESUSED is the total number of bytes consumed by blocks currently in
+ * use; BYTESFREE is the total number of bytes currently on all of the free
+ * lists. BYTESREQ is the total number of bytes requested by the caller
+ * via calls to malloc() and realloc().
+ *
+ * TBSPLIT is the number of times a larger block was split to satisfy a
+ * smaller request. NSPLIT[i] is the number of times a block of size I was
+ * split.
+ *
+ * TBCOALESCE is the number of times two adjacent smaller blocks off the free
+ * list were combined to satisfy a larger request.
+ */
+struct _malstats {
+ int nmalloc[NBUCKETS];
+ int tmalloc[NBUCKETS];
+ int nmorecore[NBUCKETS];
+ int nlesscore[NBUCKETS];
+ int nmal;
+ int nfre;
+ int nrealloc;
+ int nrcopy;
+ int nrecurse;
+ int nsbrk;
+ bits32_t tsbrk;
+ bits32_t bytesused;
+ bits32_t bytesfree;
+ u_bits32_t bytesreq;
+ int tbsplit;
+ int nsplit[NBUCKETS];
+ int tbcoalesce;
+ int ncoalesce[NBUCKETS];
+ int nmmap;
+ bits32_t tmmap;
+};
+
+/* Return statistics describing allocation of blocks of size BLOCKSIZE.
+ NFREE is the number of free blocks for this allocation size. NUSED
+ is the number of blocks in use. NMAL is the number of requests for
+ blocks of size BLOCKSIZE. NMORECORE is the number of times we had
+ to call MORECORE to repopulate the free list for this bucket.
+ NLESSCORE is the number of times we gave memory back to the system
+ from this bucket. NSPLIT is the number of times a block of this size
+ was split to satisfy a smaller request. NCOALESCE is the number of
+ times two blocks of this size were combined to satisfy a larger
+ request. */
+struct bucket_stats {
+ u_bits32_t blocksize;
+ int nfree;
+ int nused;
+ int nmal;
+ int nmorecore;
+ int nlesscore;
+ int nsplit;
+ int ncoalesce;
+ int nmmap; /* currently unused */
+};
+
+extern struct bucket_stats malloc_bucket_stats __P((int));
+extern struct _malstats malloc_stats __P((void));
+extern void print_malloc_stats __P((char *));
+extern void trace_malloc_stats __P((char *, char *));
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#endif /* _MSTATS_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/shmalloc.h b/lib/malloc/shmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dac615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/shmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Functions (currently) for use by the shell to do malloc debugging and
+ tracking. */
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SH_MALLOC_H
+#define _SH_MALLOC_H
+
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# define __P(protos) protos
+# else
+# define __P(protos) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+# define PTR_T void *
+#else
+# define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+
+extern PTR_T sh_malloc __P((size_t, const char *, int));
+extern PTR_T sh_realloc __P((PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void sh_free __P((PTR_T, const char *, int));
+
+extern PTR_T sh_memalign __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int));
+
+extern PTR_T sh_calloc __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void sh_cfree __P((PTR_T, const char *, int));
+
+extern PTR_T sh_valloc __P((size_t, const char *, int));
+
+/* trace.c */
+extern int malloc_set_trace __P((int));
+extern void malloc_set_tracefp (); /* full prototype requires stdio.h */
+extern void malloc_set_tracefn __P((char *, char *));
+
+/* table.c */
+extern void mregister_dump_table __P((void));
+extern void mregister_table_init __P((void));
+extern int malloc_set_register __P((int));
+
+/* stats.c */
+extern void print_malloc_stats __P((char *));
+extern void fprint_malloc_stats (); /* full prototype requires stdio.h */
+extern void trace_malloc_stats __P((char *, char *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/stats.c b/lib/malloc/stats.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0524797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/stats.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* stats.c - malloc statistics */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mstats.h"
+
+extern int malloc_free_blocks __P((int));
+
+extern int malloc_mmap_threshold;
+
+extern struct _malstats _mstats;
+
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
+struct bucket_stats
+malloc_bucket_stats (size)
+ int size;
+{
+ struct bucket_stats v;
+
+ v.nfree = 0;
+
+ if (size < 0 || size >= NBUCKETS)
+ {
+ v.blocksize = 0;
+ v.nused = v.nmal = v.nmorecore = v.nlesscore = v.nsplit = 0;
+ return v;
+ }
+
+ v.blocksize = 1 << (size + 3);
+ v.nused = _mstats.nmalloc[size];
+ v.nmal = _mstats.tmalloc[size];
+ v.nmorecore = _mstats.nmorecore[size];
+ v.nlesscore = _mstats.nlesscore[size];
+ v.nsplit = _mstats.nsplit[size];
+ v.ncoalesce = _mstats.ncoalesce[size];
+
+ v.nfree = malloc_free_blocks (size); /* call back to malloc.c */
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Return a copy of _MSTATS, with two additional fields filled in:
+ BYTESFREE is the total number of bytes on free lists. BYTESUSED
+ is the total number of bytes in use. These two fields are fairly
+ expensive to compute, so we do it only when asked to. */
+struct _malstats
+malloc_stats ()
+{
+ struct _malstats result;
+ struct bucket_stats v;
+ register int i;
+
+ result = _mstats;
+ result.bytesused = result.bytesfree = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++)
+ {
+ v = malloc_bucket_stats (i);
+ result.bytesfree += v.nfree * v.blocksize;
+ result.bytesused += v.nused * v.blocksize;
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static void
+_print_malloc_stats (s, fp)
+ char *s;
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ register int i;
+ unsigned long totused, totfree;
+ struct bucket_stats v;
+
+ fprintf (fp, "Memory allocation statistics: %s\n size\tfree\tin use\ttotal\tmorecore lesscore split\tcoalesce\n", s ? s : "");
+ for (i = totused = totfree = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++)
+ {
+ v = malloc_bucket_stats (i);
+ /* Show where the mmap threshold is; sizes greater than this use mmap to
+ allocate and munmap to free (munmap shows up as lesscore). */
+ if (i == malloc_mmap_threshold+1)
+ fprintf (fp, "--------\n");
+ if (v.nmal > 0)
+ fprintf (fp, "%8lu\t%4d\t%6d\t%5d\t%8d\t%8d %5d %8d\n", (unsigned long)v.blocksize, v.nfree, v.nused, v.nmal, v.nmorecore, v.nlesscore, v.nsplit, v.ncoalesce);
+ totfree += v.nfree * v.blocksize;
+ totused += v.nused * v.blocksize;
+ }
+ fprintf (fp, "\nTotal bytes in use: %lu, total bytes free: %lu\n",
+ totused, totfree);
+ fprintf (fp, "\nTotal bytes requested by application: %lu\n", (unsigned long)_mstats.bytesreq);
+ fprintf (fp, "Total mallocs: %d, total frees: %d, total reallocs: %d (%d copies)\n",
+ _mstats.nmal, _mstats.nfre, _mstats.nrealloc, _mstats.nrcopy);
+ fprintf (fp, "Total sbrks: %d, total bytes via sbrk: %d\n",
+ _mstats.nsbrk, _mstats.tsbrk);
+ fprintf (fp, "Total mmaps: %d, total bytes via mmap: %d\n",
+ _mstats.nmmap, _mstats.tmmap);
+ fprintf (fp, "Total blocks split: %d, total block coalesces: %d\n",
+ _mstats.tbsplit, _mstats.tbcoalesce);
+}
+
+void
+print_malloc_stats (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ _print_malloc_stats (s, stderr);
+}
+
+void
+fprint_malloc_stats (s, fp)
+ char *s;
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
+}
+
+#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/stats."
+
+void
+trace_malloc_stats (s, fn)
+ char *s, *fn;
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ char defname[sizeof (TRACEROOT) + 64];
+ static char mallbuf[1024];
+
+ fp = _imalloc_fopen (s, fn, TRACEROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+ if (fp)
+ {
+ setvbuf (fp, mallbuf, _IOFBF, sizeof (mallbuf));
+ _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
+ fflush(fp);
+ fclose(fp);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_STATS) || defined (MALLOC_TRACE)
+FILE *
+_imalloc_fopen (s, fn, def, defbuf, defsiz)
+ char *s;
+ char *fn;
+ char *def;
+ char *defbuf;
+ size_t defsiz;
+{
+ char fname[1024];
+ long l;
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ l = (long)getpid ();
+ if (fn == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (defbuf, "%s%ld", def, l);
+ fp = fopen(defbuf, "w");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *p, *q, *r;
+ char pidbuf[32];
+ int sp;
+
+ sprintf (pidbuf, "%ld", l);
+ if ((strlen (pidbuf) + strlen (fn) + 2) >= sizeof (fname))
+ return ((FILE *)0);
+ for (sp = 0, p = fname, q = fn; *q; )
+ {
+ if (sp == 0 && *q == '%' && q[1] == 'p')
+ {
+ sp = 1;
+ for (r = pidbuf; *r; )
+ *p++ = *r++;
+ q += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ *p++ = *q++;
+ }
+ *p = '\0';
+ fp = fopen (fname, "w");
+ }
+
+ return fp;
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS || MALLOC_TRACE */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/stub.c b/lib/malloc/stub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a60a624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/stub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+void
+bash_malloc_stub()
+{
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/table.c b/lib/malloc/table.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97946dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/table.c
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/* table.c - bookkeeping functions for allocated memory */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+#include "table.h"
+
+#ifdef SHELL
+extern int interrupt_immediately, running_trap;
+extern int signal_is_trapped __P((int));
+#endif
+
+extern int malloc_register;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
+#define FIND_ALLOC 0x01 /* find slot for new allocation */
+#define FIND_EXIST 0x02 /* find slot for existing entry for free() or search */
+
+static int table_count = 0;
+static int table_allocated = 0;
+static int table_bucket_index = REG_TABLE_SIZE-1;
+static mr_table_t mem_table[REG_TABLE_SIZE];
+static mr_table_t mem_overflow;
+
+#ifndef STREQ
+#define STREQ(a, b) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strcmp(a, b) == 0)
+#endif
+
+static int location_table_index = 0;
+static int location_table_count = 0;
+static ma_table_t mlocation_table[REG_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+/*
+ * NOTE: taken from dmalloc (http://dmalloc.com) and modified.
+ */
+static unsigned int
+mt_hash (key)
+ const PTR_T key;
+{
+ unsigned int a, b, c;
+ unsigned long x;
+
+ /* set up the internal state */
+ a = 0x9e3779b9; /* the golden ratio; an arbitrary value */
+ x = (unsigned long)key; /* truncation is OK */
+ b = x >> 8;
+ c = x >> 3; /* XXX - was >> 4 */
+
+ HASH_MIX(a, b, c);
+ return c;
+}
+
+#if 0
+static unsigned int
+which_bucket (mem)
+ PTR_T mem;
+{
+ return (mt_hash ((unsigned char *)mem) & (REG_TABLE_SIZE-1));
+}
+
+#else
+#define which_bucket(mem) (mt_hash ((unsigned char *)(mem)) & (REG_TABLE_SIZE-1));
+
+#define next_bucket() ((table_bucket_index + 1) & (REG_TABLE_SIZE-1))
+#define next_entry(mem) ((mem == mem_table + REG_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ? mem_table : ++mem)
+
+#define prev_bucket() (table_bucket_index == 0 ? REG_TABLE_SIZE-1 : table_bucket_index-1)
+#define prev_entry(mem) ((mem == mem_table) ? mem_table + REG_TABLE_SIZE - 1 : mem - 1)
+#endif
+
+static mr_table_t *
+find_entry (mem, flags)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ int flags;
+{
+ unsigned int bucket;
+ register mr_table_t *tp;
+ mr_table_t *endp;
+
+ if (mem_overflow.mem == mem)
+ return (&mem_overflow);
+
+ /* If we want to insert an allocation entry just use the next slot */
+ if (flags & FIND_ALLOC)
+ {
+ table_bucket_index = next_bucket();
+ table_count++;
+ tp = mem_table + table_bucket_index;
+ memset(tp, 0, sizeof (mr_table_t)); /* overwrite next existing entry */
+ return tp;
+ }
+
+ tp = endp = mem_table + table_bucket_index;
+
+ /* search for last allocation corresponding to MEM, return entry pointer */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (tp->mem == mem)
+ return (tp);
+
+ tp = prev_entry (tp);
+
+ /* if we went all the way around and didn't find it, return NULL */
+ if (tp == endp)
+ return ((mr_table_t *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ return (mr_table_t *)NULL;
+}
+
+mr_table_t *
+mr_table_entry (mem)
+ PTR_T mem;
+{
+ return (find_entry (mem, FIND_EXIST));
+}
+
+void
+mregister_describe_mem (mem, fp)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ mr_table_t *entry;
+
+ entry = find_entry (mem, FIND_EXIST);
+ if (entry == 0)
+ return;
+ fprintf (fp, "malloc: %p: %s: last %s from %s:%d\n",
+ mem,
+ (entry->flags & MT_ALLOC) ? "allocated" : "free",
+ (entry->flags & MT_ALLOC) ? "allocated" : "freed",
+ entry->file ? entry->file : "unknown",
+ entry->line);
+}
+
+void
+mregister_alloc (tag, mem, size, file, line)
+ const char *tag;
+ PTR_T mem;
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ mr_table_t *tentry;
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+ int blocked_sigs;
+
+ /* Block all signals in case we are executed from a signal handler. */
+ blocked_sigs = 0;
+#ifdef SHELL
+ if (interrupt_immediately || running_trap || signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) || signal_is_trapped (SIGCHLD))
+#endif
+ {
+ _malloc_block_signals (&set, &oset);
+ blocked_sigs = 1;
+ }
+
+ mlocation_register_alloc (file, line);
+
+ tentry = find_entry (mem, FIND_ALLOC);
+
+ if (tentry == 0)
+ {
+ /* oops. table is full. punt. */
+ fprintf (stderr, _("register_alloc: alloc table is full with FIND_ALLOC?\n"));
+ if (blocked_sigs)
+ _malloc_unblock_signals (&set, &oset);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (tentry->flags & MT_ALLOC)
+ {
+ /* oops. bad bookkeeping. ignore for now */
+ fprintf (stderr, _("register_alloc: %p already in table as allocated?\n"), mem);
+ }
+
+ tentry->mem = mem;
+ tentry->size = size;
+ tentry->func = tag;
+ tentry->flags = MT_ALLOC;
+ tentry->file = file;
+ tentry->line = line;
+ tentry->nalloc++;
+
+ if (tentry != &mem_overflow)
+ table_allocated++;
+
+ if (blocked_sigs)
+ _malloc_unblock_signals (&set, &oset);
+}
+
+void
+mregister_free (mem, size, file, line)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ int size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ mr_table_t *tentry;
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+ int blocked_sigs;
+
+ /* Block all signals in case we are executed from a signal handler. */
+ blocked_sigs = 0;
+#ifdef SHELL
+ if (interrupt_immediately || running_trap || signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) || signal_is_trapped (SIGCHLD))
+#endif
+ {
+ _malloc_block_signals (&set, &oset);
+ blocked_sigs = 1;
+ }
+
+ tentry = find_entry (mem, FIND_EXIST);
+ if (tentry == 0)
+ {
+ /* oops. not found. */
+#if 0
+ fprintf (stderr, "register_free: %p not in allocation table?\n", mem);
+#endif
+ if (blocked_sigs)
+ _malloc_unblock_signals (&set, &oset);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (tentry->flags & MT_FREE)
+ {
+ /* oops. bad bookkeeping. ignore for now */
+ fprintf (stderr, _("register_free: %p already in table as free?\n"), mem);
+ }
+
+ tentry->flags = MT_FREE;
+ tentry->func = "free";
+ tentry->file = file;
+ tentry->line = line;
+ tentry->nfree++;
+
+ if (tentry != &mem_overflow)
+ table_allocated--;
+
+ if (blocked_sigs)
+ _malloc_unblock_signals (&set, &oset);
+}
+
+/* If we ever add more flags, this will require changes. */
+static char *
+_entry_flags(x)
+ int x;
+{
+ if (x & MT_FREE)
+ return "free";
+ else if (x & MT_ALLOC)
+ return "allocated";
+ else
+ return "undetermined?";
+}
+
+static void
+_register_dump_table(fp)
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ register int i;
+ mr_table_t entry;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < REG_TABLE_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ entry = mem_table[i];
+ if (entry.mem)
+ fprintf (fp, "%s[%d] %p:%zu:%s:%s:%s:%d:%d:%d\n",
+ (i == table_bucket_index) ? "*" : "",
+ i,
+ entry.mem, entry.size,
+ _entry_flags(entry.flags),
+ entry.func ? entry.func : "unknown",
+ entry.file ? entry.file : "unknown",
+ entry.line,
+ entry.nalloc, entry.nfree);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+mregister_dump_table()
+{
+ _register_dump_table (stderr);
+}
+
+void
+mregister_table_init ()
+{
+ memset (mem_table, 0, sizeof(mr_table_t) * REG_TABLE_SIZE);
+ memset (&mem_overflow, 0, sizeof (mr_table_t));
+ table_count = 0;
+}
+
+/* Simple for now */
+
+static ma_table_t *
+find_location_entry (file, line)
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ register ma_table_t *tp, *endp;
+
+ endp = mlocation_table + location_table_count;
+ for (tp = mlocation_table; tp <= endp; tp++)
+ {
+ if (tp->line == line && STREQ (file, tp->file))
+ return tp;
+ }
+ return (ma_table_t *)NULL;
+}
+
+void
+mlocation_register_alloc (file, line)
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ ma_table_t *lentry;
+ const char *nfile;
+
+ if (file == 0)
+ {
+ mlocation_table[0].nalloc++;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ nfile = strrchr (file, '/');
+ if (nfile)
+ nfile++;
+ else
+ nfile = file;
+
+ lentry = find_location_entry (nfile, line);
+ if (lentry == 0)
+ {
+ location_table_index++;
+ if (location_table_index == REG_TABLE_SIZE)
+ location_table_index = 1; /* slot 0 reserved */
+ lentry = mlocation_table + location_table_index;
+ lentry->file = nfile;
+ lentry->line = line;
+ lentry->nalloc = 1;
+ if (location_table_count < REG_TABLE_SIZE)
+ location_table_count++; /* clamp at REG_TABLE_SIZE for now */
+ }
+ else
+ lentry->nalloc++;
+}
+
+static void
+_location_dump_table (fp)
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ register ma_table_t *tp, *endp;
+
+ endp = mlocation_table + location_table_count;
+ for (tp = mlocation_table; tp < endp; tp++)
+ fprintf (fp, "%s:%d\t%d\n", tp->file ? tp->file : "unknown",
+ tp->line ? tp->line : 0,
+ tp->nalloc);
+}
+
+void
+mlocation_dump_table ()
+{
+ _location_dump_table (stderr);
+}
+
+#define LOCROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/locations."
+
+void
+mlocation_write_table ()
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ char defname[sizeof (LOCROOT) + 64];
+
+ fp = _imalloc_fopen ((char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, LOCROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+ if (fp == 0)
+ return; /* XXX - no error message yet */
+ _location_dump_table (fp);
+ fclose (fp);
+}
+
+void
+mlocation_table_init ()
+{
+ memset (mlocation_table, 0, sizeof (ma_table_t) * REG_TABLE_SIZE);
+ mlocation_table[0].file = ""; /* reserve slot 0 for unknown locations */
+ mlocation_table[0].line = 0;
+ mlocation_table[0].nalloc = 0;
+ location_table_count = 1;
+}
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_REGISTER */
+
+int
+malloc_set_register(n)
+ int n;
+{
+ int old;
+
+ old = malloc_register;
+ malloc_register = n;
+ return old;
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/table.h b/lib/malloc/table.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7494f0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/table.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* table.h - definitions for tables for keeping track of allocated memory */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _MTABLE_H
+#define _MTABLE_H
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+
+/* values for flags byte. */
+#define MT_ALLOC 0x01
+#define MT_FREE 0x02
+
+/*
+ * Memory table entry.
+ *
+ * MEM is the address of the allocated pointer.
+ * SIZE is the requested allocation size.
+ * FLAGS includes either MT_ALLOC (MEM is allocated) or MT_FREE (MEM is
+ * not allocated). Other flags later.
+ * FUNC is set to the name of the function doing the allocation (from the
+ * `tag' argument to register_alloc().
+ * FILE and LINE are the filename and line number of the last allocation
+ * and free (depending on STATUS) of MEM.
+ * NALLOC and NFREE are incremented on each allocation that returns MEM or
+ * each free of MEM, respectively (way to keep track of memory reuse
+ * and how well the free lists are working).
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mr_table {
+ PTR_T mem;
+ size_t size;
+ char flags;
+ const char *func;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+ int nalloc, nfree;
+} mr_table_t;
+
+#define REG_TABLE_SIZE 8192
+
+extern mr_table_t *mr_table_entry __P((PTR_T));
+extern void mregister_alloc __P((const char *, PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void mregister_free __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, int));
+extern void mregister_describe_mem ();
+extern void mregister_dump_table __P((void));
+extern void mregister_table_init __P((void));
+
+typedef struct ma_table {
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+ int nalloc;
+} ma_table_t;
+
+extern void mlocation_register_alloc __P((const char *, int));
+extern void mlocation_table_init __P((void));
+extern void mlocation_dump_table __P((void));
+extern void mlocation_write_table __P((void));
+
+/* NOTE: HASH_MIX taken from dmalloc (http://dmalloc.com) */
+
+/*
+ * void HASH_MIX
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *
+ * Mix 3 32-bit values reversibly. For every delta with one or two
+ * bits set, and the deltas of all three high bits or all three low
+ * bits, whether the original value of a,b,c is almost all zero or is
+ * uniformly distributed.
+ *
+ * If HASH_MIX() is run forward or backward, at least 32 bits in a,b,c
+ * have at least 1/4 probability of changing. If mix() is run
+ * forward, every bit of c will change between 1/3 and 2/3 of the
+ * time. (Well, 22/100 and 78/100 for some 2-bit deltas.)
+ *
+ * HASH_MIX() takes 36 machine instructions, but only 18 cycles on a
+ * superscalar machine (like a Pentium or a Sparc). No faster mixer
+ * seems to work, that's the result of my brute-force search. There
+ * were about 2^68 hashes to choose from. I only tested about a
+ * billion of those.
+ */
+#define HASH_MIX(a, b, c) \
+ do { \
+ a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c >> 13); \
+ b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a << 8); \
+ c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b >> 13); \
+ a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c >> 12); \
+ b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a << 16); \
+ c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b >> 5); \
+ a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c >> 3); \
+ b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a << 10); \
+ c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b >> 15); \
+ } while(0)
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_REGISTER */
+
+#endif /* _MTABLE_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/trace.c b/lib/malloc/trace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95898b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/trace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* trace.c - tracing functions for malloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+extern int malloc_trace;
+
+static int _mtrace_verbose = 0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
+FILE *_mtrace_fp = NULL;
+extern char _malloc_trace_buckets[];
+
+void
+mtrace_alloc (tag, mem, size, file, line)
+ const char *tag;
+ PTR_T mem;
+ size_t size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ if (_mtrace_fp == NULL)
+ _mtrace_fp = stderr;
+
+ if (_mtrace_verbose)
+ fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "alloc: %s: %p (%zu bytes) from '%s:%d'\n",
+ tag, mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+ else
+ fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "alloc:%p:%zu:%s:%d\n",
+ mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+}
+
+void
+mtrace_free (mem, size, file, line)
+ PTR_T mem;
+ int size;
+ const char *file;
+ int line;
+{
+ if (_mtrace_fp == NULL)
+ _mtrace_fp = stderr;
+
+ if (_mtrace_verbose)
+ fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "free: %p (%d bytes) from '%s:%d'\n",
+ mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+ else
+ fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "free:%p:%d:%s:%d\n",
+ mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_TRACE */
+
+int
+malloc_set_trace (n)
+ int n;
+{
+ int old;
+
+ old = malloc_trace;
+ malloc_trace = n;
+ _mtrace_verbose = (n > 1);
+ return old;
+}
+
+void
+malloc_set_tracefp (fp)
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+ _mtrace_fp = fp ? fp : stderr;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+malloc_trace_bin (n)
+ int n;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+ _malloc_trace_buckets[n] = 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/trace."
+
+void
+malloc_set_tracefn (s, fn)
+ char *s;
+ char *fn;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+ FILE *fp;
+ char defname[sizeof (TRACEROOT) + 64];
+
+ fp = _imalloc_fopen (s, fn, TRACEROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+ if (fp)
+ malloc_set_tracefp (fp);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/watch.c b/lib/malloc/watch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00c8a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/watch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* watch.c - watchpoint functions for malloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+#include "watch.h"
+
+#define WATCH_MAX 32
+
+int _malloc_nwatch;
+static PTR_T _malloc_watch_list[WATCH_MAX];
+
+static void
+watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data)
+ PTR_T addr;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, type;
+ unsigned long data;
+{
+ char *tag;
+
+ if (type == W_ALLOC)
+ tag = "allocated";
+ else if (type == W_FREE)
+ tag = "freed";
+ else if (type == W_REALLOC)
+ tag = "requesting resize";
+ else if (type == W_RESIZED)
+ tag = "just resized";
+ else
+ tag = "bug: unknown operation";
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "malloc: watch alert: %p %s ", addr, tag);
+ if (data != (unsigned long)-1)
+ fprintf (stderr, "(size %lu) ", data);
+ fprintf (stderr, "from '%s:%d'\n", file ? file : "unknown", line);
+}
+
+void
+_malloc_ckwatch (addr, file, line, type, data)
+ PTR_T addr;
+ const char *file;
+ int line, type;
+ unsigned long data;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = _malloc_nwatch - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr)
+ {
+ watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_WATCH */
+
+PTR_T
+malloc_watch (addr)
+ PTR_T addr;
+{
+ register int i;
+ PTR_T ret;
+
+ if (addr == 0)
+ return addr;
+ ret = (PTR_T)0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+ for (i = _malloc_nwatch - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (i < 0)
+ {
+ if (_malloc_nwatch == WATCH_MAX) /* full, take out first */
+ {
+ ret = _malloc_watch_list[0];
+ _malloc_nwatch--;
+ for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+ _malloc_watch_list[i] = _malloc_watch_list[i+1];
+ }
+ _malloc_watch_list[_malloc_nwatch++] = addr;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Remove a watchpoint set on ADDR. If ADDR is NULL, remove all
+ watchpoints. Returns ADDR if everything went OK, NULL if ADDR was
+ not being watched. */
+PTR_T
+malloc_unwatch (addr)
+ PTR_T addr;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+ register int i;
+
+ if (addr == 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+ _malloc_watch_list[i] = (PTR_T)0;
+ _malloc_nwatch = 0;
+ return ((PTR_T)0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+ {
+ if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (i == _malloc_nwatch)
+ return ((PTR_T)0); /* not found */
+ /* shuffle everything from i+1 to end down 1 */
+ _malloc_nwatch--;
+ for ( ; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+ _malloc_watch_list[i] = _malloc_watch_list[i+1];
+ return addr;
+ }
+#else
+ return ((PTR_T)0);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/watch.h b/lib/malloc/watch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6782acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/watch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* watch.h - definitions for tables for keeping track of allocated memory */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne-Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _MWATCH_H
+#define _MWATCH_H
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+
+/* `Events' for watchpoints */
+
+#define W_ALLOC 0x01
+#define W_FREE 0x02
+#define W_REALLOC 0x04
+#define W_RESIZED 0x08
+
+extern int _malloc_nwatch;
+
+extern void _malloc_ckwatch __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int, unsigned long));
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_WATCH */
+
+#endif /* _MWATCH_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s b/lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..112d33c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+;; alloca386.s 1.2
+;; GNU-compatible stack allocation function for Xenix/386.
+;; Written by Chip Salzenberg at ComDev.
+;; Last modified 90/01/11
+;;> Is your alloca clearly better than the one in i386-alloca.s? I haven't
+;;> looked at either.
+;;
+;;They're different because Xenix/386 has a different assembler. SCO
+;;Xenix has the Microsoft C compiler and the Microsoft macro assembler,
+;;called "masm". MASM's assembler syntax is quite different from AT&T's
+;;in all sorts of ways. Xenix people can't use the AT&T version.
+;;--
+;;Chip Salzenberg at ComDev/TCT <chip@tct.uucp>, <uunet!ateng!tct!chip>
+
+ TITLE $alloca386
+
+ .386
+DGROUP GROUP CONST, _BSS, _DATA
+_DATA SEGMENT DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'DATA'
+_DATA ENDS
+_BSS SEGMENT DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'BSS'
+_BSS ENDS
+CONST SEGMENT DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'CONST'
+CONST ENDS
+_TEXT SEGMENT DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'CODE'
+ ASSUME CS: _TEXT, DS: DGROUP, SS: DGROUP, ES: DGROUP
+
+ PUBLIC _alloca
+_alloca PROC NEAR
+
+; Get argument.
+ pop edx ; edx -> return address
+ pop eax ; eax = amount to allocate
+
+; Validate allocation amount.
+ add eax,3
+ and eax,not 3
+ cmp eax,0
+ jg aa_size_ok
+ mov eax,4
+aa_size_ok:
+
+; Allocate stack space.
+ mov ecx,esp ; ecx -> old stack pointer
+ sub esp,eax ; perform allocation
+ mov eax,esp ; eax -> new stack pointer
+
+; Copy the three saved register variables from old stack top to new stack top.
+; They may not be there. So we waste twelve bytes. Big fat hairy deal.
+ push DWORD PTR 8[ecx]
+ push DWORD PTR 4[ecx]
+ push DWORD PTR 0[ecx]
+
+; Push something so the caller can pop it off.
+ push eax
+
+; Return to caller.
+ jmp edx
+
+_alloca ENDP
+
+_TEXT ENDS
+ END
diff --git a/lib/malloc/xleaktrace b/lib/malloc/xleaktrace
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d7e3cd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/xleaktrace
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#! /usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# xleaktrace - print unfreed memory using input generated by compact malloc
+# tracing (malloc_set_trace(1))
+#
+# NOTE: we ignore `realloc' tags because they're just extra information
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2001 Chester Ramey
+# Permission is hereby granted to deal in this Software without restriction.
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND.
+#
+# Chet Ramey
+# chet@po.cwru.edu
+#
+BEGIN {
+ FS=":";
+}
+
+$1 == "alloc" {
+ alloc[$2] = 1;
+
+ size[$2] = $3;
+ file[$2] = $4;
+ line[$2] = $5;
+
+# printf "allocated: %s %d %d %s %d\n", $2, alloc[$2], size[$2], file[$2], line[$2];
+ }
+
+$1 == "free" {
+ if ($2 in alloc) {
+ alloc[$2] = 0;
+# printf "freed: %s %d\n", $2, alloc[$2];
+ } else
+ printf "freeing unallocated pointer: %s\n", $2;
+
+ }
+
+END {
+ printf "unfreed memory\n";
+ for (ptr in alloc) {
+ if (alloc[ptr] == 1) {
+ printf "%s (%d) from %s:%d\n", ptr, size[ptr], file[ptr], line[ptr];
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
diff --git a/lib/malloc/xmalloc.c b/lib/malloc/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6dec67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+ of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+# define PTR_T void *
+#else
+# define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Memory Allocation and Deallocation. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort (fname)
+ char *fname;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: out of virtual memory\n", fname);
+ exit (2);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
+ to hold BYTES number of bytes. If the memory cannot be allocated,
+ print an error message and abort. */
+PTR_T
+xmalloc (bytes)
+ size_t bytes;
+{
+ PTR_T temp;
+
+ temp = malloc (bytes);
+ if (temp == 0)
+ memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+ PTR_T pointer;
+ size_t bytes;
+{
+ PTR_T temp;
+
+ temp = pointer ? realloc (pointer, bytes) : malloc (bytes);
+
+ if (temp == 0)
+ memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+void
+xfree (string)
+ PTR_T string;
+{
+ if (string)
+ free (string);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/COPYING b/lib/readline/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94a9ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/lib/readline/ChangeLog b/lib/readline/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cf0c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+Tue Mar 23 14:36:51 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@eos.crseo.ucsb.edu)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_copy): Changed name to rl_copy_text.
+
+Mon Mar 22 19:16:05 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@eos.crseo.ucsb.edu)
+
+ * dispose_cmd.c, several other files. Declare dispose_xxx () as
+ "void".
+
+ * builtins/hashcom.h: Make declarations of hashed_filenames be
+ "extern" to keep the SGI compiler happy.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_initialize_everything): Assign values to
+ out_stream and in_stream immediately, since
+ output_character_function () can be called before
+ readline_internal () is called.
+
+Tue Dec 8 09:30:56 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_init_terminal) Set PC from BC, not from *buffer.
+
+Mon Nov 30 09:35:47 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c (invoking_keyseqs_in_map, rl_parse_and_bind) Allow
+ backslash to quote characters, such as backslash, double quote,
+ and space. Backslash quotes all character indiscriminately.
+
+ * funmap.c (vi_keymap) Fix type in "vi-replace" declaration.
+
+Fri Nov 20 10:55:05 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c (init_terminal_io, rl_prep_terminal): FINALLY!
+ Declare and use termcap variable `ospeed' when setting up terminal
+ parameters.
+
+Thu Oct 8 08:53:07 1992 Brian J. Fox (bfox@helios)
+
+ * Makefile, this directory: Include (as links to the canonical
+ sources), tilde.c, tilde.h, posixstat.h and xmalloc.c.
+
+Tue Sep 29 13:07:21 1992 Brian J. Fox (bfox@helios)
+
+ * readline.c (init_terminal_io) Don't set arrow keys if the key
+ sequences that represent them are already set.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_function_of_keyseq) New function returns the first
+ function (or macro) found while searching a key sequence.
+
+Mon Sep 28 00:34:04 1992 Brian J. Fox (bfox@helios)
+
+ * readline.c (LibraryVersion) New static char * contains current
+ version number. Version is at 2.0.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_complete_internal): Incorporated clean changes
+ from gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) to support quoted substrings within
+ completion functions.
+
+ * readline.c (many locations) Added support for the _GO32_,
+ whatever that is. Patches supplied by Cygnus, typed in by hand,
+ with cleanups.
+
+Sun Aug 16 12:46:24 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c (init_terminal_io): Find out the values of the keypad
+ arrows and bind them to appropriate RL functions if present.
+
+Mon Aug 10 18:13:24 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * history.c (stifle_history): A negative argument to stifle
+ becomes zero.
+
+Tue Jul 28 09:28:41 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_variable_bind): New local structure describes
+ booleans by name and address; code in rl_variable_bind () looks at
+ structure to set simple variables.
+
+ * parens.c (rl_insert_close): New variable rl_blink_matching_paren
+ is non-zero if we want to blink the matching open when a close is
+ inserted. If FD_SET is defined, rl_blink_matching_paren defaults
+ to 1, else 0. If FD_SET is not defined, and
+ rl_blink_matching_paren is non-zero, the close character(s) are/is
+ simply inserted.
+
+Wed Jul 22 20:03:59 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * history.c, readline.c, vi_mode.c: Cause the functions strchr ()
+ and strrchr () to be used instead of index () and rindex ()
+ throughout the source.
+
+Mon Jul 13 11:34:07 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c: (rl_variable_bind) New variable "meta-flag" if "on"
+ means force the use of the 8th bit as Meta bit. Internal variable
+ is called meta_flag.
+
+Thu Jul 9 10:37:56 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * history.c (get_history_event) Change INDEX to LOCAL_INDEX. If
+ compiling for the shell, allow shell metacharacters to separate
+ history tokens as they would for shell tokens.
+
+Sat Jul 4 19:29:12 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * vi_keymap.c: According to Posix, TAB self-inserts instead of
+ doing completion.
+
+ * vi_mode.c: (rl_vi_yank_arg) Enter VI insert mode after yanking
+ an arg from the previous line.
+
+ * search.c: New file takes over vi style searching and implements
+ non-incremental searching the history.
+
+ Makefile: Add search.c and search.o.
+
+ funmap.c: Add names for non-incremental-forward-search-history and
+ non-incremental-reverse-search-history.
+
+ readline.h: Add extern definitions for non-incremental searching.
+
+ vi_mode.c: Remove old search code; add calls to code in search.c.
+
+Fri Jul 3 10:36:33 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_delete_horizontal_space); New function deletes
+ all whitespace surrounding point.
+
+ funmap.c: Add "delete-horizontal-space".
+ emacs_keymap.c: Put rl_delete_horizontal_space () on M-\.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_set_signals, rl_clear_signals); New function
+ rl_set_sighandler () is either defined in a Posix way (if
+ HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS is defined) or in a BSD way. Function is
+ called from rl_set_signals () and rl_clear_signals ().
+
+Fri May 8 12:50:15 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c: (readline_default_bindings) Do comparisons with
+ _POSIX_VDISABLE casted to `unsigned char'. Change tty characters
+ to be unsigned char.
+
+Thu Apr 30 12:36:35 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit)
+
+ * readline.c: (rl_getc) Handle "read would block" error on
+ non-blocking IO streams.
+
+ * readline.c: (rl_signal_handler): Unblock only the signal that we
+ have caught, not all signals.
+
+Sun Feb 23 03:33:09 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: Many functions. Use only the macros META_CHAR and
+ UNMETA to deal with meta characters. Prior to this, we used
+ numeric values and tests.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_complete_internal) Report exactly the number of
+ possible completions, not the number + 1.
+
+ * vi_mode.c (rl_do_move) Do not change the cursor position when
+ using `cw' or `cW'.
+
+ * vi_mode.c (rl_vi_complete) Enter insert mode after completing
+ with `*' or `\'.
+
+Fri Feb 21 05:58:18 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_dispatch) Increment rl_key_sequence_length for
+ meta characters that map onto ESC map.
+
+Mon Feb 10 01:41:35 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * history.c (history_do_write) Build a buffer of all of the lines
+ to write and write them in one fell swoop (lower overhead than
+ calling write () for each line). Suggested by Peter Ho.
+
+ * readline.c: Include hbullx20 as well as hpux for determining
+ USGr3ness.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_unix_word_rubout) As per the "Now REMEMBER"
+ comment, pass arguments to rl_kill_text () in the correct order to
+ preserve prepending and appending of killed text.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_search_history) malloc (), realloc (), and free
+ () SEARCH_STRING so that there are no static limits on searching.
+
+ * vi_mode.c (rl_vi_subst) Don't forget to end the undo group.
+
+Fri Jan 31 14:51:02 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_signal_handler): Zero the current history entry's
+ pointer after freeing the undo_list when SIGINT received.
+ Reformat a couple of functions.
+
+Sat Jan 25 13:47:35 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at bears)
+
+ * readline.c (parser_if): free () TNAME after use.
+
+Tue Jan 21 01:01:35 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_redisplay) and (rl_character_len): Display
+ Control characters as "^c" and Meta characters as "\234", instead
+ of "C-C" and "M-C".
+
+Sun Dec 29 10:59:00 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (init_terminal_io) Default to environment variables
+ LINES and COLUMNS before termcap entry values. If all else fails,
+ then assume 80x24 terminal.
+
+Sat Dec 28 16:33:11 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: If this machine is USG and it is hpux, then define
+ USGr3.
+
+ * history.c: Cosmetic fixes.
+
+Thu Nov 21 00:10:12 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * vi_mode.c: (rl_do_move) Place cursor at end of line, never at
+ next to last character.
+
+Thu Nov 14 05:08:01 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * history.c (get_history_event) Non-anchored searches can have a
+ return index of greater than zero from get_history_event ().
+
+Fri Nov 1 07:02:13 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_translate_keyseq) Make C-? translate to RUBOUT
+ unconditionally.
+
+Mon Oct 28 11:34:52 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c; Use Posix directory routines and macros.
+
+ * funmap.c; Add entry for call-last-kbd-macro.
+
+ * readline.c (rl_prep_term); Use system EOF character on POSIX
+ systems also.
+
+Thu Oct 3 16:19:53 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c; Make a distinction between having a TERMIOS tty
+ driver, and having POSIX signal handling. You might one without
+ the other. New defines used HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS, and
+ TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER.
+
+Tue Jul 30 22:37:26 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: rl_getc () If a call to read () returns without an
+ error, but with zero characters, the file is empty, so return EOF.
+
+Thu Jul 11 20:58:38 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: (rl_get_next_history, rl_get_previous_history)
+ Reallocate the buffer space if the line being moved to is longer
+ the the current space allocated. Amazing that no one has found
+ this bug until now.
+
+Sun Jul 7 02:37:05 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c:(rl_parse_and_bind) Allow leading whitespace.
+ Make sure TERMIO and TERMIOS systems treat CR and NL
+ disctinctly.
+
+Tue Jun 25 04:09:27 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: Rework parsing conditionals to pay attention to the
+ prior states of the conditional stack. This makes $if statements
+ work correctly.
+
+Mon Jun 24 20:45:59 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: support for displaying key binding information
+ includes the functions rl_list_funmap_names (),
+ invoking_keyseqs_in_map (), rl_invoking_keyseqs (),
+ rl_dump_functions (), and rl_function_dumper ().
+
+ funmap.c: support for same includes rl_funmap_names ().
+
+ readline.c, funmap.c: no longer define STATIC_MALLOC. However,
+ update both version of xrealloc () to handle a null pointer.
+
+Thu Apr 25 12:03:49 1991 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * vi_mode.c (rl_vi_fword, fWord, etc. All functions use
+ the macro `isident()'. Fixed movement bug which prevents
+ continious movement through the text.
+
+Fri Jul 27 16:47:01 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (parser_if) Allow "$if term=foo" construct.
+
+Wed May 23 16:10:33 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c (rl_dispatch) Correctly remember the last command
+ executed. Fixed typo in username_completion_function ().
+
+Mon Apr 9 19:55:48 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: username_completion_function (); For text passed in
+ with a leading `~', remember that this could be a filename (after
+ it is completed).
+
+Thu Apr 5 13:44:24 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: rl_search_history (): Correctly handle case of an
+ unfound search string, but a graceful exit (as with ESC).
+
+ * readline.c: rl_restart_output (); The Apollo passes the address
+ of the file descriptor to TIOCSTART, not the descriptor itself.
+
+Tue Mar 20 05:38:55 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * readline.c: rl_complete (); second call in a row causes possible
+ completions to be listed.
+
+ * readline.c: rl_redisplay (), added prompt_this_line variable
+ which is the first character character following \n in prompt.
+
+Sun Mar 11 04:32:03 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+ * Signals are now supposedly handled inside of SYSV compilation.
+
+Wed Jan 17 19:24:09 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at sbphy.ucsb.edu)
+
+ * history.c: history_expand (); fixed overwriting memory error,
+ added needed argument to call to get_history_event ().
+
+Thu Jan 11 10:54:04 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at sbphy.ucsb.edu)
+
+ * readline.c: added mark_modified_lines to control the
+ display of an asterisk on modified history lines. Also
+ added a user variable called mark-modified-lines to the
+ `set' command.
+
+Thu Jan 4 10:38:05 1990 Brian Fox (bfox at sbphy.ucsb.edu)
+
+ * readline.c: start_insert (). Only use IC if we don't have an im
+ capability.
+
+Fri Sep 8 09:00:45 1989 Brian Fox (bfox at aurel)
+
+ * readline.c: rl_prep_terminal (). Only turn on 8th bit
+ as meta-bit iff the terminal is not using parity.
+
+Sun Sep 3 08:57:40 1989 Brian Fox (bfox at aurel)
+
+ * readline.c: start_insert (). Uses multiple
+ insertion call in cases where that makes sense.
+
+ rl_insert (). Read type-ahead buffer for additional
+ keys that are bound to rl_insert, and insert them
+ all at once. Make insertion of single keys given
+ with an argument much more efficient.
+
+Tue Aug 8 18:13:57 1989 Brian Fox (bfox at aurel)
+
+ * readline.c: Changed handling of EOF. readline () returns
+ (char *)EOF or consed string. The EOF character is read from the
+ tty, or if the tty doesn't have one, defaults to C-d.
+
+ * readline.c: Added support for event driven programs.
+ rl_event_hook is the address of a function you want called
+ while Readline is waiting for input.
+
+ * readline.c: Cleanup time. Functions without type declarations
+ do not use return with a value.
+
+ * history.c: history_expand () has new variable which is the
+ characters to ignore immediately following history_expansion_char.
+
+Sun Jul 16 08:14:00 1989 Brian Fox (bfox at aurel)
+
+ * rl_prep_terminal ()
+ BSD version turns off C-s, C-q, C-y, C-v.
+
+ * readline.c -- rl_prep_terminal ()
+ SYSV version hacks readline_echoing_p.
+ BSD version turns on passing of the 8th bit for the duration
+ of reading the line.
+
+Tue Jul 11 06:25:01 1989 Brian Fox (bfox at aurel)
+
+ * readline.c: new variable rl_tilde_expander.
+ If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if
+ the standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is
+ called with the text sans tilde (as in "foo"), and returns a
+ malloc()'ed string which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if
+ there is no expansion.
+
+ * readline.h - new file chardefs.h
+ Separates things that only readline.c needs from the standard
+ header file publishing interesting things about readline.
+
+ * readline.c:
+ readline_default_bindings () now looks at terminal chararacters
+ and binds those as well.
+
+Wed Jun 28 20:20:51 1989 Brian Fox (bfox at aurel)
+
+ * Made readline and history into independent libraries.
+
diff --git a/lib/readline/Makefile.in b/lib/readline/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2358c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+## -*- text -*- #############################################################
+# #
+# Makefile for the Bash versions of the GNU Readline and History Libraries. #
+# #
+#############################################################################
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+# Programs to make tags files.
+ETAGS = etags -tw
+CTAGS = ctags -tw
+
+DEBUG = @DEBUG@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@ ${DEBUG}
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(BUILD_DIR) -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib
+
+CCFLAGS = $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(APP_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) ${INCLUDES} \
+ $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) ${ADDON_CFLAGS}
+
+.c.o:
+ ${RM} $@
+ $(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the main library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libreadline.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = $(srcdir)/readline.c $(srcdir)/funmap.c $(srcdir)/keymaps.c \
+ $(srcdir)/vi_mode.c $(srcdir)/parens.c $(srcdir)/rltty.c \
+ $(srcdir)/complete.c $(srcdir)/bind.c $(srcdir)/isearch.c \
+ $(srcdir)/display.c $(srcdir)/signals.c $(srcdir)/emacs_keymap.c \
+ $(srcdir)/vi_keymap.c $(srcdir)/util.c $(srcdir)/kill.c \
+ $(srcdir)/undo.c $(srcdir)/macro.c $(srcdir)/input.c \
+ $(srcdir)/callback.c $(srcdir)/terminal.c $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c \
+ $(srcdir)/history.c $(srcdir)/histsearch.c $(srcdir)/histexpand.c \
+ $(srcdir)/histfile.c $(srcdir)/nls.c $(srcdir)/search.c \
+ $(srcdir)/shell.c $(srcdir)/tilde.c $(srcdir)/savestring.c \
+ $(srcdir)/text.c $(srcdir)/misc.c $(srcdir)/compat.c \
+ $(srcdir)/colors.c $(srcdir)/parse-colors.c \
+ $(srcdir)/mbutil.c $(srcdir)/xfree.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = readline.h rldefs.h chardefs.h keymaps.h history.h histlib.h \
+ posixstat.h posixdir.h posixjmp.h tilde.h rlconf.h rltty.h \
+ ansi_stdlib.h rlstdc.h tcap.h xmalloc.h rlprivate.h rlshell.h \
+ rltypedefs.h rlmbutil.h colors.h parse-colors.h
+
+HISTOBJ = history.o histexpand.o histfile.o histsearch.o shell.o savestring.o \
+ mbutil.o
+TILDEOBJ = tilde.o
+COLORSOBJ = colors.o parse-colors.o
+OBJECTS = readline.o vi_mode.o funmap.o keymaps.o parens.o search.o \
+ rltty.o complete.o bind.o isearch.o display.o signals.o \
+ util.o kill.o undo.o macro.o input.o callback.o terminal.o \
+ text.o nls.o misc.o $(HISTOBJ) $(TILDEOBJ) $(COLORSOBJ) \
+ xmalloc.o xfree.o compat.o
+
+# The texinfo files which document this library.
+DOCSOURCE = doc/rlman.texinfo doc/rltech.texinfo doc/rluser.texinfo
+DOCOBJECT = doc/readline.dvi
+DOCSUPPORT = doc/Makefile
+DOCUMENTATION = $(DOCSOURCE) $(DOCOBJECT) $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile ChangeLog $(DOCSUPPORT) examples/[-a-z.]*
+
+SOURCES = $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES) $(DOCSOURCE)
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(SUPPORT)
+
+INSTALLED_HEADERS = readline.h chardefs.h keymaps.h history.h tilde.h \
+ rlstdc.h rlconf.h rltypedefs.h
+
+##########################################################################
+
+all: libreadline.a libhistory.a
+
+libreadline.a: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+libhistory.a: $(HISTOBJ) xmalloc.o xfree.o
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(HISTOBJ) xmalloc.o xfree.o
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+documentation: force
+ test -d doc || mkdir doc
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) )
+
+# Since tilde.c is shared between readline and bash, make sure we compile
+# it with the right flags when it's built as part of readline
+tilde.o: tilde.c
+ rm -f $@
+ $(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -DREADLINE_LIBRARY -c $(srcdir)/tilde.c
+
+force:
+
+install:
+ @echo "This version of the readline library should not be installed."
+
+uninstall:
+ @echo "This version of the readline library should not be installed."
+
+TAGS: force
+ $(ETAGS) $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES)
+
+tags: force
+ $(CTAGS) $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES)
+
+clean: force
+ $(RM) $(OBJECTS) *.a
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+ $(RM) Makefile
+ $(RM) TAGS tags
+
+# Dependencies
+bind.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixstat.h
+bind.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+bind.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+bind.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+callback.o: rlconf.h ansi_stdlib.h
+callback.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+callback.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+compat.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+compat.o: rlstdc.h rltypedefs.h
+complete.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixdir.h posixstat.h
+complete.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+complete.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+complete.o: colors.h
+display.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixstat.h
+display.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+display.o: tcap.h
+display.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+display.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+funmap.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+funmap.o: rlconf.h ansi_stdlib.h rlstdc.h
+funmap.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+histexpand.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+histexpand.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+histexpand.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+histfile.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+histfile.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+histfile.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+history.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+history.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+history.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+histsearch.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+histsearch.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+histsearch.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+input.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+input.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+input.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+isearch.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+isearch.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+isearch.o: ansi_stdlib.h history.h rlstdc.h
+keymaps.o: emacs_keymap.c vi_keymap.c
+keymaps.o: keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h rlconf.h ansi_stdlib.h
+keymaps.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+keymaps.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlstdc.h
+kill.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+kill.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+kill.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+kill.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+macro.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+macro.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+macro.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+macro.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+mbutil.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h rlmbutil.h
+mbutil.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h rlstdc.h
+misc.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+misc.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+misc.o: history.h rlstdc.h ansi_stdlib.h
+nls.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+nls.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+nls.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+nls.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+parens.o: rlconf.h
+parens.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+parens.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+readline.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+readline.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+readline.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+readline.o: posixstat.h ansi_stdlib.h posixjmp.h
+rltty.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+rltty.o: rltty.h
+rltty.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+savestring.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+search.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+search.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+search.o: ansi_stdlib.h history.h rlstdc.h
+shell.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ansi_stdlib.h
+signals.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+signals.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+signals.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+terminal.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+terminal.o: tcap.h
+terminal.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+terminal.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+text.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+text.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+text.o: history.h rlstdc.h ansi_stdlib.h
+rltty.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+tilde.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+tilde.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+tilde.o: tilde.h
+undo.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+undo.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+undo.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+undo.o: history.h rlstdc.h xmalloc.h
+util.o: posixjmp.h ansi_stdlib.h
+util.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+util.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+vi_mode.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+vi_mode.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+vi_mode.o: history.h ansi_stdlib.h rlstdc.h
+xmalloc.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ansi_stdlib.h
+xfree.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ansi_stdlib.h
+
+colors.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h colors.h
+colors.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+colors.o: rlconf.h
+colors.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixstat.h
+parse-colors.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h colors.h parse-colors.h
+parse-colors.o: rldefs.h rlconf.h
+parse-colors.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+
+bind.o: rlshell.h
+histfile.o: rlshell.h
+nls.o: rlshell.h
+readline.o: rlshell.h
+shell.o: rlshell.h
+terminal.o: rlshell.h
+histexpand.o: rlshell.h
+
+bind.o: rlprivate.h
+callback.o: rlprivate.h
+complete.o: rlprivate.h
+display.o: rlprivate.h
+input.o: rlprivate.h
+isearch.o: rlprivate.h
+kill.o: rlprivate.h
+macro.o: rlprivate.h
+mbutil.o: rlprivate.h
+misc.o: rlprivate.h
+nls.o: rlprivate.h
+parens.o: rlprivate.h
+readline.o: rlprivate.h
+rltty.o: rlprivate.h
+search.o: rlprivate.h
+signals.o: rlprivate.h
+terminal.o: rlprivate.h
+text.o: rlprivate.h
+undo.o: rlprivate.h
+util.o: rlprivate.h
+vi_mode.o: rlprivate.h
+colors.o: rlprivate.h
+parse-colors.o: rlprivate.h
+
+bind.o: xmalloc.h
+complete.o: xmalloc.h
+display.o: xmalloc.h
+funmap.o: xmalloc.h
+histexpand.o: xmalloc.h
+histfile.o: xmalloc.h
+history.o: xmalloc.h
+input.o: xmalloc.h
+isearch.o: xmalloc.h
+keymaps.o: xmalloc.h
+kill.o: xmalloc.h
+macro.o: xmalloc.h
+mbutil.o: xmalloc.h
+misc.o: xmalloc.h
+readline.o: xmalloc.h
+savestring.o: xmalloc.h
+search.o: xmalloc.h
+shell.o: xmalloc.h
+terminal.o: xmalloc.h
+text.o: xmalloc.h
+tilde.o: xmalloc.h
+undo.o: xmalloc.h
+util.o: xmalloc.h
+vi_mode.o: xmalloc.h
+xfree.o: xmalloc.h
+xmalloc.o: xmalloc.h
+colors.o: xmalloc.h
+parse-colors.o: xmalloc.h
+
+complete.o: rlmbutil.h
+display.o: rlmbutil.h
+histexpand.o: rlmbutil.h
+input.o: rlmbutil.h
+isearch.o: rlmbutil.h
+mbutil.o: rlmbutil.h
+misc.o: rlmbutil.h
+readline.o: rlmbutil.h
+search.o: rlmbutil.h
+text.o: rlmbutil.h
+vi_mode.o: rlmbutil.h
+colors.o: rlmbutil.h
+parse-colors.o: rlmbutil.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+bind.o: bind.c
+callback.o: callback.c
+compat.o: compat.c
+complete.o: complete.c
+display.o: display.c
+funmap.o: funmap.c
+input.o: input.c
+isearch.o: isearch.c
+keymaps.o: keymaps.c emacs_keymap.c vi_keymap.c
+kill.o: kill.c
+macro.o: macro.c
+mbutil.o: mbutil.c
+misc.o: misc.c
+nls.o: nls.c
+parens.o: parens.c
+readline.o: readline.c
+rltty.o: rltty.c
+savestring.o: savestring.c
+search.o: search.c
+shell.o: shell.c
+signals.o: signals.c
+terminal.o: terminal.c
+text.o: text.c
+tilde.o: tilde.c
+undo.o: undo.c
+util.o: util.c
+vi_mode.o: vi_mode.c
+xfree.o: xfree.c
+xmalloc.o: xmalloc.c
+
+colors.o: colors.c
+parse-colors.o: parse-colors.c
+
+histexpand.o: histexpand.c
+histfile.o: histfile.c
+history.o: history.c
+histsearch.o: histsearch.c
diff --git a/lib/readline/README b/lib/readline/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..131471c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/README
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+This is the distribution of the Gnu Readline library. See the file
+STANDALONE for a description of the #defines that can be passed via
+the makefile to build readline on different systems.
+
+The file rlconf.h contains defines that enable and disable certain
+readline features.
diff --git a/lib/readline/STANDALONE b/lib/readline/STANDALONE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6b5cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/STANDALONE
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This is not to be built as a standalone library to be installed in some
+public place; get the full readline distribution instead.
diff --git a/lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h b/lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dc2ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* ansi_stdlib.h -- An ANSI Standard stdlib.h. */
+/* A minimal stdlib.h containing extern declarations for those functions
+ that bash uses. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_STDLIB_H_)
+#define _STDLIB_H_ 1
+
+/* String conversion functions. */
+extern int atoi ();
+
+extern double atof ();
+extern double strtod ();
+
+/* Memory allocation functions. */
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+# define PTR_T void *
+#else
+# define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+extern PTR_T malloc ();
+extern PTR_T realloc ();
+extern void free ();
+
+/* Other miscellaneous functions. */
+extern void abort ();
+extern void exit ();
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern void qsort ();
+
+#endif /* _STDLIB_H */
diff --git a/lib/readline/bind.c b/lib/readline/bind.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57ae10f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/bind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2920 @@
+/* bind.c -- key binding and startup file support for the readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+# include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+/* Variables exported by this file. */
+Keymap rl_binding_keymap;
+
+static int _rl_skip_to_delim PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+static void _rl_init_file_error (const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+#else
+static void _rl_init_file_error ();
+#endif
+
+static rl_command_func_t *_rl_function_of_keyseq_internal PARAMS((const char *, size_t, Keymap, int *));
+
+static char *_rl_read_file PARAMS((char *, size_t *));
+static int _rl_read_init_file PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static int glean_key_from_name PARAMS((char *));
+
+static int find_boolean_var PARAMS((const char *));
+static int find_string_var PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static const char *boolean_varname PARAMS((int));
+static const char *string_varname PARAMS((int));
+
+static char *_rl_get_string_variable_value PARAMS((const char *));
+static int substring_member_of_array PARAMS((const char *, const char * const *));
+
+static int _rl_get_keymap_by_name PARAMS((const char *));
+static int _rl_get_keymap_by_map PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+static int currently_reading_init_file;
+
+/* used only in this file */
+static int _rl_prefer_visible_bell = 1;
+
+#define OP_EQ 1
+#define OP_NE 2
+#define OP_GT 3
+#define OP_GE 4
+#define OP_LT 5
+#define OP_LE 6
+
+#define OPSTART(c) ((c) == '=' || (c) == '!' || (c) == '<' || (c) == '>')
+#define CMPSTART(c) ((c) == '=' || (c) == '!')
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Binding keys */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* rl_add_defun (char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)
+ Add NAME to the list of named functions. Make FUNCTION be the function
+ that gets called. If KEY is not -1, then bind it. */
+int
+rl_add_defun (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)
+{
+ if (key != -1)
+ rl_bind_key (key, function);
+ rl_add_funmap_entry (name, function);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind KEY to FUNCTION. Returns non-zero if KEY is out of range. */
+int
+rl_bind_key (int key, rl_command_func_t *function)
+{
+ char keyseq[3];
+ int l;
+
+ if (key < 0)
+ return (key);
+
+ if (META_CHAR (key) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+ {
+ if (_rl_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ {
+ Keymap escmap;
+
+ escmap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (_rl_keymap, ESC);
+ key = UNMETA (key);
+ escmap[key].type = ISFUNC;
+ escmap[key].function = function;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (key);
+ }
+
+ /* If it's bound to a function or macro, just overwrite. Otherwise we have
+ to treat it as a key sequence so rl_generic_bind handles shadow keymaps
+ for us. If we are binding '\' make sure to escape it so it makes it
+ through the call to rl_translate_keyseq. */
+ if (_rl_keymap[key].type != ISKMAP)
+ {
+ _rl_keymap[key].type = ISFUNC;
+ _rl_keymap[key].function = function;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ l = 0;
+ if (key == '\\')
+ keyseq[l++] = '\\';
+ keyseq[l++] = key;
+ keyseq[l] = '\0';
+ rl_bind_keyseq (keyseq, function);
+ }
+ rl_binding_keymap = _rl_keymap;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Bind KEY to FUNCTION in MAP. Returns non-zero in case of invalid
+ KEY. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+{
+ int result;
+ Keymap oldmap;
+
+ oldmap = _rl_keymap;
+ _rl_keymap = map;
+ result = rl_bind_key (key, function);
+ _rl_keymap = oldmap;
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound. Right
+ now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *default_func, Keymap kmap)
+{
+ char *keyseq;
+
+ keyseq = rl_untranslate_keyseq ((unsigned char)key);
+ return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound (int key, rl_command_func_t *default_func)
+{
+ char *keyseq;
+
+ keyseq = rl_untranslate_keyseq ((unsigned char)key);
+ return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Make KEY do nothing in the currently selected keymap.
+ Returns non-zero in case of error. This is not the same as self-insert;
+ this makes it a dead key. */
+int
+rl_unbind_key (int key)
+{
+ return (rl_bind_key (key, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL));
+}
+
+/* Make KEY do nothing in MAP. Returns non-zero in case of error. */
+int
+rl_unbind_key_in_map (int key, Keymap map)
+{
+ return (rl_bind_key_in_map (key, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL, map));
+}
+
+/* Unbind all keys bound to FUNCTION in MAP. */
+int
+rl_unbind_function_in_map (rl_command_func_t *func, Keymap map)
+{
+ register int i, rval;
+
+ for (i = rval = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ if (map[i].type == ISFUNC && map[i].function == func)
+ {
+ map[i].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+ rval = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/* Unbind all keys bound to COMMAND, which is a bindable command name, in MAP */
+int
+rl_unbind_command_in_map (const char *command, Keymap map)
+{
+ rl_command_func_t *func;
+
+ func = rl_named_function (command);
+ if (func == 0)
+ return 0;
+ return (rl_unbind_function_in_map (func, map));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+ FUNCTION, starting in the current keymap. This makes new
+ keymaps as necessary. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
+{
+ return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+ FUNCTION. This makes new keymaps as necessary. The initial
+ place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+{
+ return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility; equivalent to rl_bind_keyseq_in_map() */
+int
+rl_set_key (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+{
+ return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound. Right
+ now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+ check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *default_func, Keymap kmap)
+{
+ rl_command_func_t *func;
+ char *keys;
+ int keys_len;
+
+ if (keyseq)
+ {
+ /* Handle key sequences that require translations and `raw' ones that
+ don't. This might be a problem with backslashes. */
+ keys = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (2 * strlen (keyseq)));
+ if (rl_translate_keyseq (keyseq, keys, &keys_len))
+ {
+ xfree (keys);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ func = rl_function_of_keyseq_len (keys, keys_len, kmap, (int *)NULL);
+ xfree (keys);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version || func == rl_vi_movement_mode)
+#else
+ if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+#endif
+ return (rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+ else
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *default_func)
+{
+ return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+ the string of characters MACRO. This makes new keymaps as
+ necessary. The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_macro_bind (const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)
+{
+ char *macro_keys;
+ int macro_keys_len;
+
+ macro_keys = (char *)xmalloc ((2 * strlen (macro)) + 1);
+
+ if (rl_translate_keyseq (macro, macro_keys, &macro_keys_len))
+ {
+ xfree (macro_keys);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ rl_generic_bind (ISMACR, keyseq, macro_keys, map);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+ the arbitrary pointer DATA. TYPE says what kind of data is
+ pointed to by DATA, right now this can be a function (ISFUNC),
+ a macro (ISMACR), or a keymap (ISKMAP). This makes new keymaps
+ as necessary. The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_generic_bind (int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)
+{
+ char *keys;
+ int keys_len, prevkey;
+ register int i;
+ KEYMAP_ENTRY k;
+ Keymap prevmap;
+
+ k.function = 0;
+
+ /* If no keys to bind to, exit right away. */
+ if (keyseq == 0 || *keyseq == 0)
+ {
+ if (type == ISMACR)
+ xfree (data);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ keys = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (2 * strlen (keyseq)));
+
+ /* Translate the ASCII representation of KEYSEQ into an array of
+ characters. Stuff the characters into KEYS, and the length of
+ KEYS into KEYS_LEN. */
+ if (rl_translate_keyseq (keyseq, keys, &keys_len))
+ {
+ xfree (keys);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ prevmap = map;
+ prevkey = keys[0];
+
+ /* Bind keys, making new keymaps as necessary. */
+ for (i = 0; i < keys_len; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned char uc = keys[i];
+ int ic;
+
+ if (i > 0)
+ prevkey = ic;
+
+ ic = uc;
+ if (ic < 0 || ic >= KEYMAP_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfree (keys);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (META_CHAR (ic) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+ {
+ ic = UNMETA (ic);
+ if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ {
+ prevmap = map;
+ map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((i + 1) < keys_len)
+ {
+ if (map[ic].type != ISKMAP)
+ {
+ /* We allow subsequences of keys. If a keymap is being
+ created that will `shadow' an existing function or macro
+ key binding, we save that keybinding into the ANYOTHERKEY
+ index in the new map. The dispatch code will look there
+ to find the function to execute if the subsequence is not
+ matched. ANYOTHERKEY was chosen to be greater than
+ UCHAR_MAX. */
+ k = map[ic];
+
+ map[ic].type = ISKMAP;
+ map[ic].function = KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION (rl_make_bare_keymap());
+ }
+ prevmap = map;
+ map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+ /* The dispatch code will return this function if no matching
+ key sequence is found in the keymap. This (with a little
+ help from the dispatch code in readline.c) allows `a' to be
+ mapped to something, `abc' to be mapped to something else,
+ and the function bound to `a' to be executed when the user
+ types `abx', leaving `bx' in the input queue. */
+ if (k.function && ((k.type == ISFUNC && k.function != rl_do_lowercase_version) || k.type == ISMACR))
+ {
+ map[ANYOTHERKEY] = k;
+ k.function = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (map[ic].type == ISMACR)
+ xfree ((char *)map[ic].function);
+ else if (map[ic].type == ISKMAP)
+ {
+ prevmap = map;
+ map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+ ic = ANYOTHERKEY;
+ /* If we're trying to override a keymap with a null function
+ (e.g., trying to unbind it), we can't use a null pointer
+ here because that's indistinguishable from having not been
+ overridden. We use a special bindable function that does
+ nothing. */
+ if (type == ISFUNC && data == 0)
+ data = (char *)_rl_null_function;
+ }
+
+ map[ic].function = KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION (data);
+ map[ic].type = type;
+ }
+
+ rl_binding_keymap = map;
+
+ }
+
+ /* If we unbound a key (type == ISFUNC, data == 0), and the prev keymap
+ points to the keymap where we unbound the key (sanity check), and the
+ current binding keymap is empty (rl_empty_keymap() returns non-zero),
+ and the binding keymap has ANYOTHERKEY set with type == ISFUNC
+ (overridden function), delete the now-empty keymap, take the previously-
+ overridden function and remove the override. */
+ /* Right now, this only works one level back. */
+ if (type == ISFUNC && data == 0 &&
+ prevmap[prevkey].type == ISKMAP &&
+ (FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(prevmap, prevkey) == rl_binding_keymap) &&
+ rl_binding_keymap[ANYOTHERKEY].type == ISFUNC &&
+ rl_empty_keymap (rl_binding_keymap))
+ {
+ prevmap[prevkey].type = rl_binding_keymap[ANYOTHERKEY].type;
+ prevmap[prevkey].function = rl_binding_keymap[ANYOTHERKEY].function;
+ rl_discard_keymap (rl_binding_keymap);
+ rl_binding_keymap = prevmap;
+ }
+
+ xfree (keys);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Translate the ASCII representation of SEQ, stuffing the values into ARRAY,
+ an array of characters. LEN gets the final length of ARRAY. Return
+ non-zero if there was an error parsing SEQ. */
+int
+rl_translate_keyseq (const char *seq, char *array, int *len)
+{
+ register int i, c, l, temp;
+
+ for (i = l = 0; c = seq[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ c = seq[++i];
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ array[l++] = '\\'; /* preserve trailing backslash */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle \C- and \M- prefixes. */
+ if ((c == 'C' || c == 'M') && seq[i + 1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* Handle special case of backwards define. */
+ if (strncmp (&seq[i], "C-\\M-", 5) == 0)
+ {
+ array[l++] = ESC; /* ESC is meta-prefix */
+ i += 5;
+ array[l++] = CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+ }
+ else if (c == 'M')
+ {
+ i++; /* seq[i] == '-' */
+ /* XXX - obey convert-meta setting */
+ if (_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii && _rl_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ array[l++] = ESC; /* ESC is meta-prefix */
+ else if (seq[i+1] == '\\' && seq[i+2] == 'C' && seq[i+3] == '-')
+ {
+ i += 4;
+ temp = (seq[i] == '?') ? RUBOUT : CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+ array[l++] = META (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This doesn't yet handle things like \M-\a, which may
+ or may not have any reasonable meaning. You're
+ probably better off using straight octal or hex. */
+ i++;
+ array[l++] = META (seq[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (c == 'C')
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ /* Special hack for C-?... */
+ array[l++] = (seq[i] == '?') ? RUBOUT : CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+ }
+ if (seq[i] == '\0')
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Translate other backslash-escaped characters. These are the
+ same escape sequences that bash's `echo' and `printf' builtins
+ handle, with the addition of \d -> RUBOUT. A backslash
+ preceding a character that is not special is stripped. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'a':
+ array[l++] = '\007';
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ array[l++] = '\b';
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ array[l++] = RUBOUT; /* readline-specific */
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ array[l++] = ESC;
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ array[l++] = '\f';
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ array[l++] = NEWLINE;
+ break;
+ case 'r':
+ array[l++] = RETURN;
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ array[l++] = TAB;
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ array[l++] = 0x0B;
+ break;
+ case '\\':
+ array[l++] = '\\';
+ break;
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+ case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+ i++;
+ for (temp = 2, c -= '0'; ISOCTAL ((unsigned char)seq[i]) && temp--; i++)
+ c = (c * 8) + OCTVALUE (seq[i]);
+ i--; /* auto-increment in for loop */
+ array[l++] = c & largest_char;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ i++;
+ for (temp = 2, c = 0; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)seq[i]) && temp--; i++)
+ c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (seq[i]);
+ if (temp == 2)
+ c = 'x';
+ i--; /* auto-increment in for loop */
+ array[l++] = c & largest_char;
+ break;
+ default: /* backslashes before non-special chars just add the char */
+ array[l++] = c;
+ break; /* the backslash is stripped */
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ array[l++] = c;
+ }
+
+ *len = l;
+ array[l] = '\0';
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_isescape (int c)
+{
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\007':
+ case '\b':
+ case '\f':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ case TAB:
+ case 0x0b: return (1);
+ default: return (0);
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_escchar (int c)
+{
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\007': return ('a');
+ case '\b': return ('b');
+ case '\f': return ('f');
+ case '\n': return ('n');
+ case '\r': return ('r');
+ case TAB: return ('t');
+ case 0x0b: return ('v');
+ default: return (c);
+ }
+}
+
+char *
+rl_untranslate_keyseq (int seq)
+{
+ static char kseq[16];
+ int i, c;
+
+ i = 0;
+ c = seq;
+ if (META_CHAR (c))
+ {
+ kseq[i++] = '\\';
+ kseq[i++] = 'M';
+ kseq[i++] = '-';
+ c = UNMETA (c);
+ }
+ else if (c == ESC)
+ {
+ kseq[i++] = '\\';
+ c = 'e';
+ }
+ else if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+ {
+ kseq[i++] = '\\';
+ kseq[i++] = 'C';
+ kseq[i++] = '-';
+ c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+ }
+ else if (c == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ kseq[i++] = '\\';
+ kseq[i++] = 'C';
+ kseq[i++] = '-';
+ c = '?';
+ }
+
+ if (c == ESC)
+ {
+ kseq[i++] = '\\';
+ c = 'e';
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+ {
+ kseq[i++] = '\\';
+ }
+
+ kseq[i++] = (unsigned char) c;
+ kseq[i] = '\0';
+ return kseq;
+}
+
+char *
+_rl_untranslate_macro_value (char *seq, int use_escapes)
+{
+ char *ret, *r, *s;
+ int c;
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (7 * strlen (seq) + 1);
+ for (s = seq; *s; s++)
+ {
+ c = *s;
+ if (META_CHAR (c))
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = 'M';
+ *r++ = '-';
+ c = UNMETA (c);
+ }
+ else if (c == ESC)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ c = 'e';
+ }
+ else if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ if (use_escapes && _rl_isescape (c))
+ c = _rl_escchar (c);
+ else
+ {
+ *r++ = 'C';
+ *r++ = '-';
+ c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+ }
+ }
+ else if (c == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = 'C';
+ *r++ = '-';
+ c = '?';
+ }
+
+ if (c == ESC)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ c = 'e';
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+ *r++ = '\\';
+
+ *r++ = (unsigned char)c;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the function that STRING represents.
+ If STRING doesn't have a matching function, then a NULL pointer
+ is returned. */
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_named_function (const char *string)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+ for (i = 0; funmap[i]; i++)
+ if (_rl_stricmp (funmap[i]->name, string) == 0)
+ return (funmap[i]->function);
+ return ((rl_command_func_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return the function (or macro) definition which would be invoked via
+ KEYSEQ if executed in MAP. If MAP is NULL, then the current keymap is
+ used. TYPE, if non-NULL, is a pointer to an int which will receive the
+ type of the object pointed to. One of ISFUNC (function), ISKMAP (keymap),
+ or ISMACR (macro). */
+static rl_command_func_t *
+_rl_function_of_keyseq_internal (const char *keyseq, size_t len, Keymap map, int *type)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (map == 0)
+ map = _rl_keymap;
+
+ for (i = 0; keyseq && i < len; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned char ic = keyseq[i];
+
+ if (META_CHAR (ic) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+ {
+ if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ {
+ map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+ ic = UNMETA (ic);
+ }
+ /* XXX - should we just return NULL here, since this obviously
+ doesn't match? */
+ else
+ {
+ if (type)
+ *type = map[ESC].type;
+
+ return (map[ESC].function);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (map[ic].type == ISKMAP)
+ {
+ /* If this is the last key in the key sequence, return the
+ map. */
+ if (keyseq[i + 1] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (type)
+ *type = ISKMAP;
+
+ return (map[ic].function);
+ }
+ else
+ map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+ }
+ /* If we're not at the end of the key sequence, and the current key
+ is bound to something other than a keymap, then the entire key
+ sequence is not bound. */
+ else if (map[ic].type != ISKMAP && keyseq[i+1])
+ return ((rl_command_func_t *)NULL);
+ else /* map[ic].type != ISKMAP && keyseq[i+1] == 0 */
+ {
+ if (type)
+ *type = map[ic].type;
+
+ return (map[ic].function);
+ }
+ }
+ return ((rl_command_func_t *) NULL);
+}
+
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_function_of_keyseq (const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)
+{
+ return _rl_function_of_keyseq_internal (keyseq, strlen (keyseq), map, type);
+}
+
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_function_of_keyseq_len (const char *keyseq, size_t len, Keymap map, int *type)
+{
+ return _rl_function_of_keyseq_internal (keyseq, len, map, type);
+}
+
+/* The last key bindings file read. */
+static char *last_readline_init_file = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The file we're currently reading key bindings from. */
+static const char *current_readline_init_file;
+static int current_readline_init_include_level;
+static int current_readline_init_lineno;
+
+/* Read FILENAME into a locally-allocated buffer and return the buffer.
+ The size of the buffer is returned in *SIZEP. Returns NULL if any
+ errors were encountered. */
+static char *
+_rl_read_file (char *filename, size_t *sizep)
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+ size_t file_size;
+ char *buffer;
+ int i, file;
+
+ file = -1;
+ if (((file = open (filename, O_RDONLY, 0666)) < 0) || (fstat (file, &finfo) < 0))
+ {
+ if (file >= 0)
+ close (file);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+ /* check for overflow on very large files */
+ if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+ {
+ if (file >= 0)
+ close (file);
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+ errno = EFBIG;
+#endif
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Read the file into BUFFER. */
+ buffer = (char *)xmalloc (file_size + 1);
+ i = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+ close (file);
+
+ if (i < 0)
+ {
+ xfree (buffer);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+ buffer[i] = '\0';
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = i;
+
+ return (buffer);
+}
+
+/* Re-read the current keybindings file. */
+int
+rl_re_read_init_file (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int r;
+ r = rl_read_init_file ((const char *)NULL);
+ rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ();
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Do key bindings from a file. If FILENAME is NULL it defaults
+ to the first non-null filename from this list:
+ 1. the filename used for the previous call
+ 2. the value of the shell variable `INPUTRC'
+ 3. ~/.inputrc
+ 4. /etc/inputrc
+ If the file existed and could be opened and read, 0 is returned,
+ otherwise errno is returned. */
+int
+rl_read_init_file (const char *filename)
+{
+ /* Default the filename. */
+ if (filename == 0)
+ filename = last_readline_init_file;
+ if (filename == 0)
+ filename = sh_get_env_value ("INPUTRC");
+ if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
+ {
+ filename = DEFAULT_INPUTRC;
+ /* Try to read DEFAULT_INPUTRC; fall back to SYS_INPUTRC on failure */
+ if (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ filename = SYS_INPUTRC;
+ }
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ if (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ filename = "~/_inputrc";
+#endif
+ return (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_read_init_file (const char *filename, int include_level)
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *buffer, *openname, *line, *end;
+ size_t file_size;
+
+ current_readline_init_file = filename;
+ current_readline_init_include_level = include_level;
+
+ openname = tilde_expand (filename);
+ buffer = _rl_read_file (openname, &file_size);
+ xfree (openname);
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (buffer == 0)
+ return (errno);
+
+ if (include_level == 0 && filename != last_readline_init_file)
+ {
+ FREE (last_readline_init_file);
+ last_readline_init_file = savestring (filename);
+ }
+
+ currently_reading_init_file = 1;
+
+ /* Loop over the lines in the file. Lines that start with `#' are
+ comments; all other lines are commands for readline initialization. */
+ current_readline_init_lineno = 1;
+ line = buffer;
+ end = buffer + file_size;
+ while (line < end)
+ {
+ /* Find the end of this line. */
+ for (i = 0; line + i != end && line[i] != '\n'; i++);
+
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ /* ``Be liberal in what you accept.'' */
+ if (line[i] == '\n' && line[i-1] == '\r')
+ line[i - 1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ /* Mark end of line. */
+ line[i] = '\0';
+
+ /* Skip leading whitespace. */
+ while (*line && whitespace (*line))
+ {
+ line++;
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the line is not a comment, then parse it. */
+ if (*line && *line != '#')
+ rl_parse_and_bind (line);
+
+ /* Move to the next line. */
+ line += i + 1;
+ current_readline_init_lineno++;
+ }
+
+ xfree (buffer);
+ currently_reading_init_file = 0;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+_rl_init_file_error (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+_rl_init_file_error (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+ char *format;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+ va_start (args, format);
+#else
+ va_start (args);
+ format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: ");
+ if (currently_reading_init_file)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: line %d: ", current_readline_init_file,
+ current_readline_init_lineno);
+
+ vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ va_end (args);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Parser Helper Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static int
+parse_comparison_op (s, indp)
+ const char *s;
+ int *indp;
+{
+ int i, peekc, op;
+
+ if (OPSTART (s[*indp]) == 0)
+ return -1;
+ i = *indp;
+ peekc = s[i] ? s[i+1] : 0;
+ op = -1;
+
+ if (s[i] == '=')
+ {
+ op = OP_EQ;
+ if (peekc == '=')
+ i++;
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (s[i] == '!' && peekc == '=')
+ {
+ op = OP_NE;
+ i += 2;
+ }
+ else if (s[i] == '<' && peekc == '=')
+ {
+ op = OP_LE;
+ i += 2;
+ }
+ else if (s[i] == '>' && peekc == '=')
+ {
+ op = OP_GE;
+ i += 2;
+ }
+ else if (s[i] == '<')
+ {
+ op = OP_LT;
+ i += 1;
+ }
+ else if (s[i] == '>')
+ {
+ op = OP_GT;
+ i += 1;
+ }
+
+ *indp = i;
+ return op;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Parser Directives */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+typedef int _rl_parser_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Things that mean `Control'. */
+const char * const _rl_possible_control_prefixes[] = {
+ "Control-", "C-", "CTRL-", (const char *)NULL
+};
+
+const char * const _rl_possible_meta_prefixes[] = {
+ "Meta", "M-", (const char *)NULL
+};
+
+/* Conditionals. */
+
+/* Calling programs set this to have their argv[0]. */
+const char *rl_readline_name = "other";
+
+/* Stack of previous values of parsing_conditionalized_out. */
+static unsigned char *if_stack = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+static int if_stack_depth;
+static int if_stack_size;
+
+/* Push _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out, and set parser state based
+ on ARGS. */
+static int
+parser_if (char *args)
+{
+ int i, llen, boolvar, strvar;
+
+ boolvar = strvar = -1;
+
+ /* Push parser state. */
+ if (if_stack_depth + 1 >= if_stack_size)
+ {
+ if (!if_stack)
+ if_stack = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (if_stack_size = 20);
+ else
+ if_stack = (unsigned char *)xrealloc (if_stack, if_stack_size += 20);
+ }
+ if_stack[if_stack_depth++] = _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+
+ /* If parsing is turned off, then nothing can turn it back on except
+ for finding the matching endif. In that case, return right now. */
+ if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+ return 0;
+
+ llen = strlen (args);
+
+ /* Isolate first argument. */
+ for (i = 0; args[i] && !whitespace (args[i]); i++);
+
+ if (args[i])
+ args[i++] = '\0';
+
+ /* Handle "$if term=foo" and "$if mode=emacs" constructs. If this
+ isn't term=foo, or mode=emacs, then check to see if the first
+ word in ARGS is the same as the value stored in rl_readline_name. */
+ if (rl_terminal_name && _rl_strnicmp (args, "term=", 5) == 0)
+ {
+ char *tem, *tname;
+
+ /* Terminals like "aaa-60" are equivalent to "aaa". */
+ tname = savestring (rl_terminal_name);
+ tem = strchr (tname, '-');
+ if (tem)
+ *tem = '\0';
+
+ /* Test the `long' and `short' forms of the terminal name so that
+ if someone has a `sun-cmd' and does not want to have bindings
+ that will be executed if the terminal is a `sun', they can put
+ `$if term=sun-cmd' into their .inputrc. */
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = _rl_stricmp (args + 5, tname) &&
+ _rl_stricmp (args + 5, rl_terminal_name);
+ xfree (tname);
+ }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ else if (_rl_strnicmp (args, "mode=", 5) == 0)
+ {
+ int mode;
+
+ if (_rl_stricmp (args + 5, "emacs") == 0)
+ mode = emacs_mode;
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (args + 5, "vi") == 0)
+ mode = vi_mode;
+ else
+ mode = no_mode;
+
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = mode != rl_editing_mode;
+ }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+ else if (_rl_strnicmp (args, "version", 7) == 0)
+ {
+ int rlversion, versionarg, op, previ, major, minor;
+
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 1;
+ rlversion = RL_VERSION_MAJOR*10 + RL_VERSION_MINOR;
+ /* if "version" is separated from the operator by whitespace, or the
+ operand is separated from the operator by whitespace, restore it.
+ We're more liberal with allowed whitespace for this variable. */
+ if (i > 0 && i <= llen && args[i-1] == '\0')
+ args[i-1] = ' ';
+ args[llen] = '\0'; /* just in case */
+ for (i = 7; whitespace (args[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (OPSTART(args[i]) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("comparison operator expected, found `%s'", args[i] ? args + i : "end-of-line");
+ return 0;
+ }
+ previ = i;
+ op = parse_comparison_op (args, &i);
+ if (op <= 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("comparison operator expected, found `%s'", args+previ);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for ( ; args[i] && whitespace (args[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (args[i] == 0 || _rl_digit_p (args[i]) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("numeric argument expected, found `%s'", args+i);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ major = minor = 0;
+ previ = i;
+ for ( ; args[i] && _rl_digit_p (args[i]); i++)
+ major = major*10 + _rl_digit_value (args[i]);
+ if (args[i] == '.')
+ {
+ if (args[i + 1] && _rl_digit_p (args [i + 1]) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("numeric argument expected, found `%s'", args+previ);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for (++i; args[i] && _rl_digit_p (args[i]); i++)
+ minor = minor*10 + _rl_digit_value (args[i]);
+ }
+ /* optional - check for trailing garbage on the line, allow whitespace
+ and a trailing comment */
+ previ = i;
+ for ( ; args[i] && whitespace (args[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (args[i] && args[i] != '#')
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("trailing garbage on line: `%s'", args+previ);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ versionarg = major*10 + minor;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case OP_EQ:
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = rlversion == versionarg;
+ break;
+ case OP_NE:
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = rlversion != versionarg;
+ break;
+ case OP_GT:
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = rlversion > versionarg;
+ break;
+ case OP_GE:
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = rlversion >= versionarg;
+ break;
+ case OP_LT:
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = rlversion < versionarg;
+ break;
+ case OP_LE:
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = rlversion <= versionarg;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check to see if the first word in ARGS is the same as the
+ value stored in rl_readline_name. */
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (args, rl_readline_name) == 0)
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+ else if ((boolvar = find_boolean_var (args)) >= 0 || (strvar = find_string_var (args)) >= 0)
+ {
+ int op, previ;
+ size_t vlen;
+ const char *vname;
+ char *valuearg, *vval, prevc;
+
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 1;
+ vname = (boolvar >= 0) ? boolean_varname (boolvar) : string_varname (strvar);
+ vlen = strlen (vname);
+ if (i > 0 && i <= llen && args[i-1] == '\0')
+ args[i-1] = ' ';
+ args[llen] = '\0'; /* just in case */
+ for (i = vlen; whitespace (args[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (CMPSTART(args[i]) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("equality comparison operator expected, found `%s'", args[i] ? args + i : "end-of-line");
+ return 0;
+ }
+ previ = i;
+ op = parse_comparison_op (args, &i);
+ if (op != OP_EQ && op != OP_NE)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("equality comparison operator expected, found `%s'", args+previ);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for ( ; args[i] && whitespace (args[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (args[i] == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("argument expected, found `%s'", args+i);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ previ = i;
+ valuearg = args + i;
+ for ( ; args[i] && whitespace (args[i]) == 0; i++)
+ ;
+ prevc = args[i];
+ args[i] = '\0'; /* null-terminate valuearg */
+ vval = rl_variable_value (vname);
+ if (op == OP_EQ)
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = _rl_stricmp (vval, valuearg) != 0;
+ else if (op == OP_NE)
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = _rl_stricmp (vval, valuearg) == 0;
+ args[i] = prevc;
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Invert the current parser state if there is anything on the stack. */
+static int
+parser_else (char *args)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (if_stack_depth == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("$else found without matching $if");
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /* Check the previous (n - 1) levels of the stack to make sure that
+ we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+ for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth - 1; i++)
+#else
+ /* Check the previous (n) levels of the stack to make sure that
+ we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+ for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth; i++)
+#endif
+ if (if_stack[i] == 1)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Invert the state of parsing if at top level. */
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = !_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Terminate a conditional, popping the value of
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out from the stack. */
+static int
+parser_endif (char *args)
+{
+ if (if_stack_depth)
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = if_stack[--if_stack_depth];
+ else
+ _rl_init_file_error ("$endif without matching $if");
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+parser_include (char *args)
+{
+ const char *old_init_file;
+ char *e;
+ int old_line_number, old_include_level, r;
+
+ if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+ return (0);
+
+ old_init_file = current_readline_init_file;
+ old_line_number = current_readline_init_lineno;
+ old_include_level = current_readline_init_include_level;
+
+ e = strchr (args, '\n');
+ if (e)
+ *e = '\0';
+ r = _rl_read_init_file ((const char *)args, old_include_level + 1);
+
+ current_readline_init_file = old_init_file;
+ current_readline_init_lineno = old_line_number;
+ current_readline_init_include_level = old_include_level;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Associate textual names with actual functions. */
+static const struct {
+ const char * const name;
+ _rl_parser_func_t *function;
+} parser_directives [] = {
+ { "if", parser_if },
+ { "endif", parser_endif },
+ { "else", parser_else },
+ { "include", parser_include },
+ { (char *)0x0, (_rl_parser_func_t *)0x0 }
+};
+
+/* Handle a parser directive. STATEMENT is the line of the directive
+ without any leading `$'. */
+static int
+handle_parser_directive (char *statement)
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *directive, *args;
+
+ /* Isolate the actual directive. */
+
+ /* Skip whitespace. */
+ for (i = 0; whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+ directive = &statement[i];
+
+ for (; statement[i] && !whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+ if (statement[i])
+ statement[i++] = '\0';
+
+ for (; statement[i] && whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+ args = &statement[i];
+
+ /* Lookup the command, and act on it. */
+ for (i = 0; parser_directives[i].name; i++)
+ if (_rl_stricmp (directive, parser_directives[i].name) == 0)
+ {
+ (*parser_directives[i].function) (args);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* display an error message about the unknown parser directive */
+ _rl_init_file_error ("%s: unknown parser directive", directive);
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Start at STRING[START] and look for DELIM. Return I where STRING[I] ==
+ DELIM or STRING[I] == 0. DELIM is usually a double quote. */
+static int
+_rl_skip_to_delim (char *string, int start, int delim)
+{
+ int i, c, passc;
+
+ for (i = start,passc = 0; c = string[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (passc)
+ {
+ passc = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ passc = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == delim)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+/* Read the binding command from STRING and perform it.
+ A key binding command looks like: Keyname: function-name\0,
+ a variable binding command looks like: set variable value.
+ A new-style keybinding looks like "\C-x\C-x": exchange-point-and-mark. */
+int
+rl_parse_and_bind (char *string)
+{
+ char *funname, *kname;
+ register int c, i;
+ int key, equivalency, foundmod, foundsep;
+
+ while (string && whitespace (*string))
+ string++;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || *string == '#')
+ return 0;
+
+ /* If this is a parser directive, act on it. */
+ if (*string == '$')
+ {
+ handle_parser_directive (&string[1]);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we aren't supposed to be parsing right now, then we're done. */
+ if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+ return 0;
+
+ i = 0;
+ /* If this keyname is a complex key expression surrounded by quotes,
+ advance to after the matching close quote. This code allows the
+ backslash to quote characters in the key expression. */
+ if (*string == '"')
+ {
+ i = _rl_skip_to_delim (string, 1, '"');
+
+ /* If we didn't find a closing quote, abort the line. */
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("%s: no closing `\"' in key binding", string);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i++; /* skip past closing double quote */
+ }
+
+ /* Advance to the colon (:) or whitespace which separates the two objects. */
+ for (; (c = string[i]) && c != ':' && c != ' ' && c != '\t'; i++ );
+
+ if (i == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("`%s': invalid key binding: missing key sequence", string);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ equivalency = (c == ':' && string[i + 1] == '=');
+
+ foundsep = c != 0;
+
+ /* Mark the end of the command (or keyname). */
+ if (string[i])
+ string[i++] = '\0';
+
+ /* If doing assignment, skip the '=' sign as well. */
+ if (equivalency)
+ string[i++] = '\0';
+
+ /* If this is a command to set a variable, then do that. */
+ if (_rl_stricmp (string, "set") == 0)
+ {
+ char *var, *value, *e;
+ int s;
+
+ var = string + i;
+ /* Make VAR point to start of variable name. */
+ while (*var && whitespace (*var)) var++;
+
+ /* Make VALUE point to start of value string. */
+ value = var;
+ while (*value && whitespace (*value) == 0) value++;
+ if (*value)
+ *value++ = '\0';
+ while (*value && whitespace (*value)) value++;
+
+ /* Strip trailing whitespace from values of boolean variables. */
+ if (find_boolean_var (var) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* remove trailing whitespace */
+remove_trailing:
+ e = value + strlen (value) - 1;
+ while (e >= value && whitespace (*e))
+ e--;
+ e++; /* skip back to whitespace or EOS */
+
+ if (*e && e >= value)
+ *e = '\0';
+ }
+ else if ((i = find_string_var (var)) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Allow quoted strings in variable values */
+ if (*value == '"')
+ {
+ i = _rl_skip_to_delim (value, 1, *value);
+ value[i] = '\0';
+ value++; /* skip past the quote */
+ }
+ else
+ goto remove_trailing;
+ }
+
+ rl_variable_bind (var, value);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip any whitespace between keyname and funname. */
+ for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]); i++);
+ funname = &string[i];
+
+ /* Now isolate funname.
+ For straight function names just look for whitespace, since
+ that will signify the end of the string. But this could be a
+ macro definition. In that case, the string is quoted, so skip
+ to the matching delimiter. We allow the backslash to quote the
+ delimiter characters in the macro body. */
+ /* This code exists to allow whitespace in macro expansions, which
+ would otherwise be gobbled up by the next `for' loop.*/
+ /* XXX - it may be desirable to allow backslash quoting only if " is
+ the quoted string delimiter, like the shell. */
+ if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+ {
+ i = _rl_skip_to_delim (string, i+1, *funname);
+ if (string[i])
+ i++;
+ else
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("`%s': missing closing quote for macro", funname);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Advance to the end of the string. */
+ for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]) == 0; i++);
+
+ /* No extra whitespace at the end of the string. */
+ string[i] = '\0';
+
+ /* Handle equivalency bindings here. Make the left-hand side be exactly
+ whatever the right-hand evaluates to, including keymaps. */
+ if (equivalency)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (foundsep == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("%s: no key sequence terminator", string);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a new-style key-binding, then do the binding with
+ rl_bind_keyseq (). Otherwise, let the older code deal with it. */
+ if (*string == '"')
+ {
+ char *seq;
+ register int j, k, passc;
+
+ seq = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+ for (j = 1, k = passc = 0; string[j]; j++)
+ {
+ /* Allow backslash to quote characters, but leave them in place.
+ This allows a string to end with a backslash quoting another
+ backslash, or with a backslash quoting a double quote. The
+ backslashes are left in place for rl_translate_keyseq (). */
+ if (passc || (string[j] == '\\'))
+ {
+ seq[k++] = string[j];
+ passc = !passc;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (string[j] == '"')
+ break;
+
+ seq[k++] = string[j];
+ }
+ seq[k] = '\0';
+
+ /* Binding macro? */
+ if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+ {
+ j = strlen (funname);
+
+ /* Remove the delimiting quotes from each end of FUNNAME. */
+ if (j && funname[j - 1] == *funname)
+ funname[j - 1] = '\0';
+
+ rl_macro_bind (seq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
+ }
+ else
+ rl_bind_keyseq (seq, rl_named_function (funname));
+
+ xfree (seq);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the actual character we want to deal with. */
+ kname = strrchr (string, '-');
+ if (kname == 0)
+ kname = string;
+ else
+ kname++;
+
+ key = glean_key_from_name (kname);
+
+ /* Add in control and meta bits. */
+ foundmod = 0;
+ if (substring_member_of_array (string, _rl_possible_control_prefixes))
+ {
+ key = CTRL (_rl_to_upper (key));
+ foundmod = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (substring_member_of_array (string, _rl_possible_meta_prefixes))
+ {
+ key = META (key);
+ foundmod = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (foundmod == 0 && kname != string)
+ {
+ _rl_init_file_error ("%s: unknown key modifier", string);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Temporary. Handle old-style keyname with macro-binding. */
+ if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+ {
+ char useq[2];
+ int fl = strlen (funname);
+
+ useq[0] = key; useq[1] = '\0';
+ if (fl && funname[fl - 1] == *funname)
+ funname[fl - 1] = '\0';
+
+ rl_macro_bind (useq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
+ }
+#if defined (PREFIX_META_HACK)
+ /* Ugly, but working hack to keep prefix-meta around. */
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (funname, "prefix-meta") == 0)
+ {
+ char seq[2];
+
+ seq[0] = key;
+ seq[1] = '\0';
+ rl_generic_bind (ISKMAP, seq, (char *)emacs_meta_keymap, _rl_keymap);
+ }
+#endif /* PREFIX_META_HACK */
+ else
+ rl_bind_key (key, rl_named_function (funname));
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Simple structure for boolean readline variables (i.e., those that can
+ have one of two values; either "On" or 1 for truth, or "Off" or 0 for
+ false. */
+
+#define V_SPECIAL 0x1
+
+static const struct {
+ const char * const name;
+ int *value;
+ int flags;
+} boolean_varlist [] = {
+ { "bind-tty-special-chars", &_rl_bind_stty_chars, 0 },
+ { "blink-matching-paren", &rl_blink_matching_paren, V_SPECIAL },
+ { "byte-oriented", &rl_byte_oriented, 0 },
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ { "colored-completion-prefix",&_rl_colored_completion_prefix, 0 },
+ { "colored-stats", &_rl_colored_stats, 0 },
+#endif
+ { "completion-ignore-case", &_rl_completion_case_fold, 0 },
+ { "completion-map-case", &_rl_completion_case_map, 0 },
+ { "convert-meta", &_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii, 0 },
+ { "disable-completion", &rl_inhibit_completion, 0 },
+ { "echo-control-characters", &_rl_echo_control_chars, 0 },
+ { "enable-bracketed-paste", &_rl_enable_bracketed_paste, 0 },
+ { "enable-keypad", &_rl_enable_keypad, 0 },
+ { "enable-meta-key", &_rl_enable_meta, 0 },
+ { "expand-tilde", &rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion, 0 },
+ { "history-preserve-point", &_rl_history_preserve_point, 0 },
+ { "horizontal-scroll-mode", &_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode, 0 },
+ { "input-meta", &_rl_meta_flag, 0 },
+ { "mark-directories", &_rl_complete_mark_directories, 0 },
+ { "mark-modified-lines", &_rl_mark_modified_lines, 0 },
+ { "mark-symlinked-directories", &_rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, 0 },
+ { "match-hidden-files", &_rl_match_hidden_files, 0 },
+ { "menu-complete-display-prefix", &_rl_menu_complete_prefix_first, 0 },
+ { "meta-flag", &_rl_meta_flag, 0 },
+ { "output-meta", &_rl_output_meta_chars, 0 },
+ { "page-completions", &_rl_page_completions, 0 },
+ { "prefer-visible-bell", &_rl_prefer_visible_bell, V_SPECIAL },
+ { "print-completions-horizontally", &_rl_print_completions_horizontally, 0 },
+ { "revert-all-at-newline", &_rl_revert_all_at_newline, 0 },
+ { "show-all-if-ambiguous", &_rl_complete_show_all, 0 },
+ { "show-all-if-unmodified", &_rl_complete_show_unmodified, 0 },
+ { "show-mode-in-prompt", &_rl_show_mode_in_prompt, 0 },
+ { "skip-completed-text", &_rl_skip_completed_text, 0 },
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ { "visible-stats", &rl_visible_stats, 0 },
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+ { (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+static int
+find_boolean_var (const char *name)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; boolean_varlist[i].name; i++)
+ if (_rl_stricmp (name, boolean_varlist[i].name) == 0)
+ return i;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static const char *
+boolean_varname (int i)
+{
+ return ((i >= 0) ? boolean_varlist[i].name : (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Hooks for handling special boolean variables, where a
+ function needs to be called or another variable needs
+ to be changed when they're changed. */
+static void
+hack_special_boolean_var (int i)
+{
+ const char *name;
+
+ name = boolean_varlist[i].name;
+
+ if (_rl_stricmp (name, "blink-matching-paren") == 0)
+ _rl_enable_paren_matching (rl_blink_matching_paren);
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "prefer-visible-bell") == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_prefer_visible_bell)
+ _rl_bell_preference = VISIBLE_BELL;
+ else
+ _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "show-mode-in-prompt") == 0)
+ _rl_reset_prompt ();
+}
+
+typedef int _rl_sv_func_t PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* These *must* correspond to the array indices for the appropriate
+ string variable. (Though they're not used right now.) */
+#define V_BELLSTYLE 0
+#define V_COMBEGIN 1
+#define V_EDITMODE 2
+#define V_ISRCHTERM 3
+#define V_KEYMAP 4
+
+#define V_STRING 1
+#define V_INT 2
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+static int sv_bell_style PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_combegin PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_dispprefix PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_compquery PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_compwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_editmode PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_emacs_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_histsize PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_isrchterm PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_keymap PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_seqtimeout PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_viins_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_vicmd_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static const struct {
+ const char * const name;
+ int flags;
+ _rl_sv_func_t *set_func;
+} string_varlist[] = {
+ { "bell-style", V_STRING, sv_bell_style },
+ { "comment-begin", V_STRING, sv_combegin },
+ { "completion-display-width", V_INT, sv_compwidth },
+ { "completion-prefix-display-length", V_INT, sv_dispprefix },
+ { "completion-query-items", V_INT, sv_compquery },
+ { "editing-mode", V_STRING, sv_editmode },
+ { "emacs-mode-string", V_STRING, sv_emacs_modestr },
+ { "history-size", V_INT, sv_histsize },
+ { "isearch-terminators", V_STRING, sv_isrchterm },
+ { "keymap", V_STRING, sv_keymap },
+ { "keyseq-timeout", V_INT, sv_seqtimeout },
+ { "vi-cmd-mode-string", V_STRING, sv_vicmd_modestr },
+ { "vi-ins-mode-string", V_STRING, sv_viins_modestr },
+ { (char *)NULL, 0, (_rl_sv_func_t *)0 }
+};
+
+static int
+find_string_var (const char *name)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; string_varlist[i].name; i++)
+ if (_rl_stricmp (name, string_varlist[i].name) == 0)
+ return i;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static const char *
+string_varname (int i)
+{
+ return ((i >= 0) ? string_varlist[i].name : (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* A boolean value that can appear in a `set variable' command is true if
+ the value is null or empty, `on' (case-insensitive), or "1". Any other
+ values result in 0 (false). */
+static int
+bool_to_int (const char *value)
+{
+ return (value == 0 || *value == '\0' ||
+ (_rl_stricmp (value, "on") == 0) ||
+ (value[0] == '1' && value[1] == '\0'));
+}
+
+char *
+rl_variable_value (const char *name)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Check for simple variables first. */
+ i = find_boolean_var (name);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ return (*boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+
+ i = find_string_var (name);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ return (_rl_get_string_variable_value (string_varlist[i].name));
+
+ /* Unknown variable names return NULL. */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_variable_bind (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ register int i;
+ int v;
+
+ /* Check for simple variables first. */
+ i = find_boolean_var (name);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ {
+ *boolean_varlist[i].value = bool_to_int (value);
+ if (boolean_varlist[i].flags & V_SPECIAL)
+ hack_special_boolean_var (i);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ i = find_string_var (name);
+
+ /* For the time being, string names without a handler function are simply
+ ignored. */
+ if (i < 0 || string_varlist[i].set_func == 0)
+ {
+ if (i < 0)
+ _rl_init_file_error ("%s: unknown variable name", name);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ v = (*string_varlist[i].set_func) (value);
+ return v;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_editmode (const char *value)
+{
+ if (_rl_strnicmp (value, "vi", 2) == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+ rl_editing_mode = vi_mode;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_strnicmp (value, "emacs", 5) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+ rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_combegin (const char *value)
+{
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_comment_begin);
+ _rl_comment_begin = savestring (value);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_dispprefix (const char *value)
+{
+ int nval = 0;
+
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ nval = atoi (value);
+ if (nval < 0)
+ nval = 0;
+ }
+ _rl_completion_prefix_display_length = nval;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_compquery (const char *value)
+{
+ int nval = 100;
+
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ nval = atoi (value);
+ if (nval < 0)
+ nval = 0;
+ }
+ rl_completion_query_items = nval;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_compwidth (const char *value)
+{
+ int nval = -1;
+
+ if (value && *value)
+ nval = atoi (value);
+
+ _rl_completion_columns = nval;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_histsize (const char *value)
+{
+ int nval;
+
+ nval = 500;
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ nval = atoi (value);
+ if (nval < 0)
+ {
+ unstifle_history ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ stifle_history (nval);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_keymap (const char *value)
+{
+ Keymap kmap;
+
+ kmap = rl_get_keymap_by_name (value);
+ if (kmap)
+ {
+ rl_set_keymap (kmap);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_seqtimeout (const char *value)
+{
+ int nval;
+
+ nval = 0;
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ nval = atoi (value);
+ if (nval < 0)
+ nval = 0;
+ }
+ _rl_keyseq_timeout = nval;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_bell_style (const char *value)
+{
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0')
+ _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "none") == 0 || _rl_stricmp (value, "off") == 0)
+ _rl_bell_preference = NO_BELL;
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "audible") == 0 || _rl_stricmp (value, "on") == 0)
+ _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "visible") == 0)
+ _rl_bell_preference = VISIBLE_BELL;
+ else
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_isrchterm (const char *value)
+{
+ int beg, end, delim;
+ char *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ /* Isolate the value and translate it into a character string. */
+ v = savestring (value);
+ FREE (_rl_isearch_terminators);
+ if (v[0] == '"' || v[0] == '\'')
+ {
+ delim = v[0];
+ for (beg = end = 1; v[end] && v[end] != delim; end++)
+ ;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (beg = end = 0; v[end] && whitespace (v[end]) == 0; end++)
+ ;
+ }
+
+ v[end] = '\0';
+
+ /* The value starts at v + beg. Translate it into a character string. */
+ _rl_isearch_terminators = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (v) + 1);
+ rl_translate_keyseq (v + beg, _rl_isearch_terminators, &end);
+ _rl_isearch_terminators[end] = '\0';
+
+ xfree (v);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+extern char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+
+static int
+sv_emacs_modestr (const char *value)
+{
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+ _rl_emacs_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+ rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_emacs_mode_str, &_rl_emacs_modestr_len);
+ _rl_emacs_mode_str[_rl_emacs_modestr_len] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+ _rl_emacs_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ _rl_emacs_mode_str[_rl_emacs_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (value == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+ _rl_emacs_mode_str = 0; /* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+ _rl_emacs_modestr_len = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_viins_modestr (const char *value)
+{
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+ _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+ rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_vi_ins_mode_str, &_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len);
+ _rl_vi_ins_mode_str[_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+ _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ _rl_vi_ins_mode_str[_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (value == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+ _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = 0; /* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+ _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_vicmd_modestr (const char *value)
+{
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+ _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+ rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str, &_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len);
+ _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str[_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (value)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+ _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str[_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (value == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+ _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = 0; /* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+ _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return the character which matches NAME.
+ For example, `Space' returns ' '. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char * const name;
+ int value;
+} assoc_list;
+
+static const assoc_list name_key_alist[] = {
+ { "DEL", 0x7f },
+ { "ESC", '\033' },
+ { "Escape", '\033' },
+ { "LFD", '\n' },
+ { "Newline", '\n' },
+ { "RET", '\r' },
+ { "Return", '\r' },
+ { "Rubout", 0x7f },
+ { "SPC", ' ' },
+ { "Space", ' ' },
+ { "Tab", 0x09 },
+ { (char *)0x0, 0 }
+};
+
+static int
+glean_key_from_name (char *name)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; name_key_alist[i].name; i++)
+ if (_rl_stricmp (name, name_key_alist[i].name) == 0)
+ return (name_key_alist[i].value);
+
+ return (*(unsigned char *)name); /* XXX was return (*name) */
+}
+
+/* Auxiliary functions to manage keymaps. */
+struct name_and_keymap {
+ char *name;
+ Keymap map;
+};
+
+static struct name_and_keymap builtin_keymap_names[] = {
+ { "emacs", emacs_standard_keymap },
+ { "emacs-standard", emacs_standard_keymap },
+ { "emacs-meta", emacs_meta_keymap },
+ { "emacs-ctlx", emacs_ctlx_keymap },
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ { "vi", vi_movement_keymap },
+ { "vi-move", vi_movement_keymap },
+ { "vi-command", vi_movement_keymap },
+ { "vi-insert", vi_insertion_keymap },
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+ { (char *)0x0, (Keymap)0x0 }
+};
+
+/* -1 for NULL entry */
+#define NUM_BUILTIN_KEYMAPS (sizeof (builtin_keymap_names) / sizeof (builtin_keymap_names[0]) - 1)
+
+static struct name_and_keymap *keymap_names = builtin_keymap_names;
+
+static int
+_rl_get_keymap_by_name (const char *name)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+ if (_rl_stricmp (name, keymap_names[i].name) == 0)
+ return (i);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+Keymap
+rl_get_keymap_by_name (const char *name)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ i = _rl_get_keymap_by_name (name);
+ return ((i >= 0) ? keymap_names[i].map : (Keymap) NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_get_keymap_by_map (Keymap map)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+ if (map == keymap_names[i].map)
+ return (i);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_keymap_name (Keymap map)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ i = _rl_get_keymap_by_map (map);
+ return ((i >= 0) ? keymap_names[i].name : (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_keymap_name (const char *name, Keymap map)
+{
+ int i, ni, mi;
+
+ /* First check whether or not we're trying to rename a builtin keymap */
+ mi = _rl_get_keymap_by_map (map);
+ if (mi >= 0 && mi < NUM_BUILTIN_KEYMAPS)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Then reject attempts to set one of the builtin names to a new map */
+ ni = _rl_get_keymap_by_name (name);
+ if (ni >= 0 && ni < NUM_BUILTIN_KEYMAPS)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Renaming a keymap we already added */
+ if (mi >= 0) /* XXX - could be >= NUM_BUILTIN_KEYMAPS */
+ {
+ xfree (keymap_names[mi].name);
+ keymap_names[mi].name = savestring (name);
+ return mi;
+ }
+
+ /* Associating new keymap with existing name */
+ if (ni >= 0)
+ {
+ keymap_names[ni].map = map;
+ return ni;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+ ;
+
+ if (keymap_names == builtin_keymap_names)
+ {
+ keymap_names = xmalloc ((i + 2) * sizeof (struct name_and_keymap));
+ memcpy (keymap_names, builtin_keymap_names, i * sizeof (struct name_and_keymap));
+ }
+ else
+ keymap_names = xrealloc (keymap_names, (i + 2) * sizeof (struct name_and_keymap));
+
+ keymap_names[i].name = savestring (name);
+ keymap_names[i].map = map;
+
+ keymap_names[i+1].name = NULL;
+ keymap_names[i+1].map = NULL;
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_keymap (Keymap map)
+{
+ if (map)
+ _rl_keymap = map;
+}
+
+Keymap
+rl_get_keymap (void)
+{
+ return (_rl_keymap);
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode (void)
+{
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ else if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode (void)
+{
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ return "emacs";
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ else if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ return "vi";
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+ else
+ return "none";
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Key Binding and Function Information */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Each of the following functions produces information about the
+ state of keybindings and functions known to Readline. The info
+ is always printed to rl_outstream, and in such a way that it can
+ be read back in (i.e., passed to rl_parse_and_bind ()). */
+
+/* Print the names of functions known to Readline. */
+void
+rl_list_funmap_names (void)
+{
+ register int i;
+ const char **funmap_names;
+
+ funmap_names = rl_funmap_names ();
+
+ if (!funmap_names)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; funmap_names[i]; i++)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s\n", funmap_names[i]);
+
+ xfree (funmap_names);
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_keyname (int key)
+{
+ char *keyname;
+ int i, c;
+
+ keyname = (char *)xmalloc (8);
+
+ c = key;
+ /* Since this is going to be used to write out keysequence-function
+ pairs for possible inclusion in an inputrc file, we don't want to
+ do any special meta processing on KEY. */
+
+#if 1
+ /* XXX - Experimental */
+ /* We might want to do this, but the old version of the code did not. */
+
+ /* If this is an escape character, we don't want to do any more processing.
+ Just add the special ESC key sequence and return. */
+ if (c == ESC)
+ {
+ keyname[0] = '\\';
+ keyname[1] = 'e';
+ keyname[2] = '\0';
+ return keyname;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* RUBOUT is translated directly into \C-? */
+ if (key == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ keyname[0] = '\\';
+ keyname[1] = 'C';
+ keyname[2] = '-';
+ keyname[3] = '?';
+ keyname[4] = '\0';
+ return keyname;
+ }
+
+ i = 0;
+ /* Now add special prefixes needed for control characters. This can
+ potentially change C. */
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+ {
+ keyname[i++] = '\\';
+ keyname[i++] = 'C';
+ keyname[i++] = '-';
+ c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+ }
+
+ /* XXX experimental code. Turn the characters that are not ASCII or
+ ISO Latin 1 (128 - 159) into octal escape sequences (\200 - \237).
+ This changes C. */
+ if (c >= 128 && c <= 159)
+ {
+ keyname[i++] = '\\';
+ keyname[i++] = '2';
+ c -= 128;
+ keyname[i++] = (c / 8) + '0';
+ c = (c % 8) + '0';
+ }
+
+ /* Now, if the character needs to be quoted with a backslash, do that. */
+ if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+ keyname[i++] = '\\';
+
+ /* Now add the key, terminate the string, and return it. */
+ keyname[i++] = (char) c;
+ keyname[i] = '\0';
+
+ return keyname;
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of strings which represent the key
+ sequences that are used to invoke FUNCTION in MAP. */
+char **
+rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+{
+ register int key;
+ char **result;
+ int result_index, result_size;
+
+ result = (char **)NULL;
+ result_index = result_size = 0;
+
+ for (key = 0; key < KEYMAP_SIZE; key++)
+ {
+ switch (map[key].type)
+ {
+ case ISMACR:
+ /* Macros match, if, and only if, the pointers are identical.
+ Thus, they are treated exactly like functions in here. */
+ case ISFUNC:
+ /* If the function in the keymap is the one we are looking for,
+ then add the current KEY to the list of invoking keys. */
+ if (map[key].function == function)
+ {
+ char *keyname;
+
+ keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+
+ if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+ {
+ result_size += 10;
+ result = (char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+ }
+
+ result[result_index++] = keyname;
+ result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ISKMAP:
+ {
+ char **seqs;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Find the list of keyseqs in this map which have FUNCTION as
+ their target. Add the key sequences found to RESULT. */
+ if (map[key].function)
+ seqs =
+ rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key));
+ else
+ break;
+
+ if (seqs == 0)
+ break;
+
+ for (i = 0; seqs[i]; i++)
+ {
+ char *keyname = (char *)xmalloc (6 + strlen (seqs[i]));
+
+ if (key == ESC)
+ {
+ /* If ESC is the meta prefix and we're converting chars
+ with the eighth bit set to ESC-prefixed sequences, then
+ we can use \M-. Otherwise we need to use the sequence
+ for ESC. */
+ if (_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii && map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ sprintf (keyname, "\\M-");
+ else
+ sprintf (keyname, "\\e");
+ }
+ else if (CTRL_CHAR (key))
+ sprintf (keyname, "\\C-%c", _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (key)));
+ else if (key == RUBOUT)
+ sprintf (keyname, "\\C-?");
+ else if (key == '\\' || key == '"')
+ {
+ keyname[0] = '\\';
+ keyname[1] = (char) key;
+ keyname[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ keyname[0] = (char) key;
+ keyname[1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ strcat (keyname, seqs[i]);
+ xfree (seqs[i]);
+
+ if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+ {
+ result_size += 10;
+ result = (char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+ }
+
+ result[result_index++] = keyname;
+ result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ xfree (seqs);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of strings which represent the key
+ sequences that can be used to invoke FUNCTION using the current keymap. */
+char **
+rl_invoking_keyseqs (rl_command_func_t *function)
+{
+ return (rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Print all of the functions and their bindings to rl_outstream. If
+ PRINT_READABLY is non-zero, then print the output in such a way
+ that it can be read back in. */
+void
+rl_function_dumper (int print_readably)
+{
+ register int i;
+ const char **names;
+ const char *name;
+
+ names = rl_funmap_names ();
+
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\n");
+
+ for (i = 0; name = names[i]; i++)
+ {
+ rl_command_func_t *function;
+ char **invokers;
+
+ function = rl_named_function (name);
+ invokers = rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, _rl_keymap);
+
+ if (print_readably)
+ {
+ if (!invokers)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "# %s (not bound)\n", name);
+ else
+ {
+ register int j;
+
+ for (j = 0; invokers[j]; j++)
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s\": %s\n",
+ invokers[j], name);
+ xfree (invokers[j]);
+ }
+
+ xfree (invokers);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!invokers)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is not bound to any keys\n",
+ name);
+ else
+ {
+ register int j;
+
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s can be found on ", name);
+
+ for (j = 0; invokers[j] && j < 5; j++)
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s\"%s", invokers[j],
+ invokers[j + 1] ? ", " : ".\n");
+ }
+
+ if (j == 5 && invokers[j])
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "...\n");
+
+ for (j = 0; invokers[j]; j++)
+ xfree (invokers[j]);
+
+ xfree (invokers);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ xfree (names);
+}
+
+/* Print all of the current functions and their bindings to
+ rl_outstream. If an explicit argument is given, then print
+ the output in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+int
+rl_dump_functions (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_dispatching)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+ rl_function_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_macro_dumper_internal (int print_readably, Keymap map, char *prefix)
+{
+ register int key;
+ char *keyname, *out;
+ int prefix_len;
+
+ for (key = 0; key < KEYMAP_SIZE; key++)
+ {
+ switch (map[key].type)
+ {
+ case ISMACR:
+ keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+ out = _rl_untranslate_macro_value ((char *)map[key].function, 0);
+
+ if (print_readably)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s%s\": \"%s\"\n", prefix ? prefix : "",
+ keyname,
+ out ? out : "");
+ else
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s%s outputs %s\n", prefix ? prefix : "",
+ keyname,
+ out ? out : "");
+ xfree (keyname);
+ xfree (out);
+ break;
+ case ISFUNC:
+ break;
+ case ISKMAP:
+ prefix_len = prefix ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+ if (key == ESC)
+ {
+ keyname = (char *)xmalloc (3 + prefix_len);
+ if (prefix)
+ strcpy (keyname, prefix);
+ keyname[prefix_len] = '\\';
+ keyname[prefix_len + 1] = 'e';
+ keyname[prefix_len + 2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+ if (prefix)
+ {
+ out = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (keyname) + prefix_len + 1);
+ strcpy (out, prefix);
+ strcpy (out + prefix_len, keyname);
+ xfree (keyname);
+ keyname = out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ _rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key), keyname);
+ xfree (keyname);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+rl_macro_dumper (int print_readably)
+{
+ _rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, _rl_keymap, (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+rl_dump_macros (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_dispatching)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+ rl_macro_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_string_variable_value (const char *name)
+{
+ static char numbuf[32];
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (_rl_stricmp (name, "bell-style") == 0)
+ {
+ switch (_rl_bell_preference)
+ {
+ case NO_BELL:
+ return "none";
+ case VISIBLE_BELL:
+ return "visible";
+ case AUDIBLE_BELL:
+ default:
+ return "audible";
+ }
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "comment-begin") == 0)
+ return (_rl_comment_begin ? _rl_comment_begin : RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT);
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-display-width") == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_completion_columns);
+ return (numbuf);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-prefix-display-length") == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_completion_prefix_display_length);
+ return (numbuf);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-query-items") == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (numbuf, "%d", rl_completion_query_items);
+ return (numbuf);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "editing-mode") == 0)
+ return (rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ());
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "history-size") == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (numbuf, "%d", history_is_stifled() ? history_max_entries : 0);
+ return (numbuf);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "isearch-terminators") == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_isearch_terminators == 0)
+ return 0;
+ ret = _rl_untranslate_macro_value (_rl_isearch_terminators, 0);
+ if (ret)
+ {
+ strncpy (numbuf, ret, sizeof (numbuf) - 1);
+ xfree (ret);
+ numbuf[sizeof(numbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ numbuf[0] = '\0';
+ return numbuf;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "keymap") == 0)
+ {
+ ret = rl_get_keymap_name (_rl_keymap);
+ if (ret == 0)
+ ret = rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ();
+ return (ret ? ret : "none");
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "keyseq-timeout") == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_keyseq_timeout);
+ return (numbuf);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "emacs-mode-string") == 0)
+ return (_rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT);
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "vi-cmd-mode-string") == 0)
+ return (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT);
+ else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "vi-ins-mode-string") == 0)
+ return (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_mode_str : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT);
+ else
+ return (0);
+}
+
+void
+rl_variable_dumper (int print_readably)
+{
+ int i;
+ char *v;
+
+ for (i = 0; boolean_varlist[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ if (print_readably)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "set %s %s\n", boolean_varlist[i].name,
+ *boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+ else
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is set to `%s'\n", boolean_varlist[i].name,
+ *boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; string_varlist[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ v = _rl_get_string_variable_value (string_varlist[i].name);
+ if (v == 0) /* _rl_isearch_terminators can be NULL */
+ continue;
+ if (print_readably)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "set %s %s\n", string_varlist[i].name, v);
+ else
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is set to `%s'\n", string_varlist[i].name, v);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print all of the current variables and their values to
+ rl_outstream. If an explicit argument is given, then print
+ the output in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+int
+rl_dump_variables (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_dispatching)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+ rl_variable_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if any members of ARRAY are a substring in STRING. */
+static int
+substring_member_of_array (const char *string, const char * const *array)
+{
+ while (*array)
+ {
+ if (_rl_strindex (string, *array))
+ return (1);
+ array++;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/callback.c b/lib/readline/callback.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a466cf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/callback.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/* callback.c -- functions to use readline as an X `callback' mechanism. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Private data for callback registration functions. See comments in
+ rl_callback_read_char for more details. */
+_rl_callback_func_t *_rl_callback_func = 0;
+_rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data = 0;
+
+/* Applications can set this to non-zero to have readline's signal handlers
+ installed during the entire duration of reading a complete line, as in
+ readline-6.2. This should be used with care, because it can result in
+ readline receiving signals and not handling them until it's called again
+ via rl_callback_read_char, thereby stealing them from the application.
+ By default, signal handlers are only active while readline is active. */
+int rl_persistent_signal_handlers = 0;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Callback Readline Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Allow using readline in situations where a program may have multiple
+ things to handle at once, and dispatches them via select(). Call
+ rl_callback_handler_install() with the prompt and a function to call
+ whenever a complete line of input is ready. The user must then
+ call rl_callback_read_char() every time some input is available, and
+ rl_callback_read_char() will call the user's function with the complete
+ text read in at each end of line. The terminal is kept prepped
+ all the time, except during calls to the user's function. Signal
+ handlers are only installed when the application calls back into
+ readline, so readline doesn't `steal' signals from the application. */
+
+rl_vcpfunc_t *rl_linefunc; /* user callback function */
+static int in_handler; /* terminal_prepped and signals set? */
+
+/* Make sure the terminal is set up, initialize readline, and prompt. */
+static void
+_rl_callback_newline (void)
+{
+ rl_initialize ();
+
+ if (in_handler == 0)
+ {
+ in_handler = 1;
+
+ if (rl_prep_term_function)
+ (*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ if (rl_persistent_signal_handlers)
+ rl_set_signals ();
+#endif
+ }
+
+ readline_internal_setup ();
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+}
+
+/* Install a readline handler, set up the terminal, and issue the prompt. */
+void
+rl_callback_handler_install (const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *linefunc)
+{
+ rl_set_prompt (prompt);
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK);
+ rl_linefunc = linefunc;
+ _rl_callback_newline ();
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+#define CALLBACK_READ_RETURN() \
+ do { \
+ if (rl_persistent_signal_handlers == 0) \
+ rl_clear_signals (); \
+ return; \
+ } while (0)
+#else
+#define CALLBACK_READ_RETURN() return
+#endif
+
+/* Read one character, and dispatch to the handler if it ends the line. */
+void
+rl_callback_read_char (void)
+{
+ char *line;
+ int eof, jcode;
+ static procenv_t olevel;
+
+ if (rl_linefunc == NULL)
+ {
+ _rl_errmsg ("readline_callback_read_char() called with no handler!");
+ abort ();
+ }
+
+ memcpy ((void *)olevel, (void *)_rl_top_level, sizeof (procenv_t));
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP)
+ jcode = sigsetjmp (_rl_top_level, 0);
+#else
+ jcode = setjmp (_rl_top_level);
+#endif
+ if (jcode)
+ {
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+ memcpy ((void *)_rl_top_level, (void *)olevel, sizeof (procenv_t));
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ /* Install signal handlers only when readline has control. */
+ if (rl_persistent_signal_handlers == 0)
+ rl_set_signals ();
+#endif
+
+ do
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_ISEARCH))
+ {
+ eof = _rl_isearch_callback (_rl_iscxt);
+ if (eof == 0 && (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_ISEARCH) == 0) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING))
+ rl_callback_read_char ();
+
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+ }
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH))
+ {
+ eof = _rl_nsearch_callback (_rl_nscxt);
+
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+ }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* States that can occur while in state VIMOTION have to be checked
+ before RL_STATE_VIMOTION */
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH))
+ {
+ int k;
+
+ k = _rl_callback_data->i2;
+
+ eof = (*_rl_callback_func) (_rl_callback_data);
+ /* If the function `deregisters' itself, make sure the data is
+ cleaned up. */
+ if (_rl_callback_func == 0) /* XXX - just sanity check */
+ {
+ if (_rl_callback_data)
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data_dispose (_rl_callback_data);
+ _rl_callback_data = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Messy case where vi motion command can be char search */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION))
+ {
+ _rl_vi_domove_motion_cleanup (k, _rl_vimvcxt);
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+ }
+
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+ }
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION))
+ {
+ eof = _rl_vi_domove_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ /* Should handle everything, including cleanup, numeric arguments,
+ and turning off RL_STATE_VIMOTION */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0)
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG))
+ {
+ eof = _rl_arg_callback (_rl_argcxt);
+ if (eof == 0 && (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING))
+ rl_callback_read_char ();
+ /* XXX - this should handle _rl_last_command_was_kill better */
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0)
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+ }
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY))
+ {
+ eof = _rl_dispatch_callback (_rl_kscxt); /* For now */
+ while ((eof == -1 || eof == -2) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) && _rl_kscxt && (_rl_kscxt->flags & KSEQ_DISPATCHED))
+ eof = _rl_dispatch_callback (_rl_kscxt);
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (_rl_callback_func)
+ {
+ /* This allows functions that simply need to read an additional
+ character (like quoted-insert) to register a function to be
+ called when input is available. _rl_callback_data is a
+ pointer to a struct that has the argument count originally
+ passed to the registering function and space for any additional
+ parameters. */
+ eof = (*_rl_callback_func) (_rl_callback_data);
+ /* If the function `deregisters' itself, make sure the data is
+ cleaned up. */
+ if (_rl_callback_func == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_callback_data)
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data_dispose (_rl_callback_data);
+ _rl_callback_data = 0;
+ }
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ eof = readline_internal_char ();
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (rl_done == 0 && _rl_want_redisplay)
+ {
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_done)
+ {
+ line = readline_internal_teardown (eof);
+
+ if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+ (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ rl_clear_signals ();
+#endif
+ in_handler = 0;
+ (*rl_linefunc) (line);
+
+ /* If the user did not clear out the line, do it for him. */
+ if (rl_line_buffer[0])
+ _rl_init_line_state ();
+
+ /* Redisplay the prompt if readline_handler_{install,remove}
+ not called. */
+ if (in_handler == 0 && rl_linefunc)
+ _rl_callback_newline ();
+ }
+ }
+ while (rl_pending_input || _rl_pushed_input_available () || RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT));
+
+ CALLBACK_READ_RETURN ();
+}
+
+/* Remove the handler, and make sure the terminal is in its normal state. */
+void
+rl_callback_handler_remove (void)
+{
+ rl_linefunc = NULL;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK);
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (in_handler)
+ {
+ in_handler = 0;
+ if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+ (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ rl_clear_signals ();
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+_rl_callback_generic_arg *
+_rl_callback_data_alloc (int count)
+{
+ _rl_callback_generic_arg *arg;
+
+ arg = (_rl_callback_generic_arg *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_callback_generic_arg));
+ arg->count = count;
+
+ arg->i1 = arg->i2 = 0;
+
+ return arg;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_callback_data_dispose (_rl_callback_generic_arg *arg)
+{
+ xfree (arg);
+}
+
+/* Make sure that this agrees with cases in rl_callback_read_char */
+void
+rl_callback_sigcleanup (void)
+{
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_ISEARCH))
+ _rl_isearch_cleanup (_rl_iscxt, 0);
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH))
+ _rl_nsearch_cleanup (_rl_nscxt, 0);
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION))
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG))
+ {
+ _rl_argcxt = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ }
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY))
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH))
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH);
+
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/chardefs.h b/lib/readline/chardefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cf1326
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/chardefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* chardefs.h -- Character definitions for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CHARDEFS_H_
+#define _CHARDEFS_H_
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# if ! defined (STDC_HEADERS) && defined (HAVE_MEMORY_H)
+# include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */
+# if defined (HAVE_STRINGS_H)
+# include <strings.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_STRINGS_H */
+#else
+# include <string.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#ifndef whitespace
+#define whitespace(c) (((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t'))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CTRL
+# undef CTRL
+#endif
+#ifdef UNCTRL
+# undef UNCTRL
+#endif
+
+/* Some character stuff. */
+#define control_character_threshold 0x020 /* Smaller than this is control. */
+#define control_character_mask 0x1f /* 0x20 - 1 */
+#define meta_character_threshold 0x07f /* Larger than this is Meta. */
+#define control_character_bit 0x40 /* 0x000000, must be off. */
+#define meta_character_bit 0x080 /* x0000000, must be on. */
+#define largest_char 255 /* Largest character value. */
+
+#define CTRL_CHAR(c) ((c) < control_character_threshold && (((c) & 0x80) == 0))
+#define META_CHAR(c) ((c) > meta_character_threshold && (c) <= largest_char)
+
+#define CTRL(c) ((c) & control_character_mask)
+#define META(c) ((c) | meta_character_bit)
+
+#define UNMETA(c) ((c) & (~meta_character_bit))
+#define UNCTRL(c) _rl_to_upper(((c)|control_character_bit))
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (isxdigit) && !defined (HAVE_ISXDIGIT) && !defined (__cplusplus)
+# define isxdigit(c) (isdigit((unsigned char)(c)) || ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'f') || ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'F'))
+#endif
+
+#if defined (CTYPE_NON_ASCII)
+# define NON_NEGATIVE(c) 1
+#else
+# define NON_NEGATIVE(c) ((unsigned char)(c) == (c))
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems define these; we want our definitions. */
+#undef ISPRINT
+
+/* Beware: these only work with single-byte ASCII characters. */
+
+#define ISALNUM(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum ((unsigned char)c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha ((unsigned char)c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit ((unsigned char)c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower ((unsigned char)c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint ((unsigned char)c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper ((unsigned char)c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isxdigit ((unsigned char)c))
+
+#define _rl_lowercase_p(c) (NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISLOWER(c))
+#define _rl_uppercase_p(c) (NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISUPPER(c))
+#define _rl_digit_p(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
+
+#define _rl_pure_alphabetic(c) (NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISALPHA(c))
+#define ALPHABETIC(c) (NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISALNUM(c))
+
+#ifndef _rl_to_upper
+# define _rl_to_upper(c) (_rl_lowercase_p(c) ? toupper((unsigned char)c) : (c))
+# define _rl_to_lower(c) (_rl_uppercase_p(c) ? tolower((unsigned char)c) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_digit_value
+# define _rl_digit_value(x) ((x) - '0')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_isident
+# define _rl_isident(c) (ISALNUM(c) || (c) == '_')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISOCTAL
+# define ISOCTAL(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7')
+#endif
+#define OCTVALUE(c) ((c) - '0')
+
+#define HEXVALUE(c) \
+ (((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'f') \
+ ? (c)-'a'+10 \
+ : (c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'F' ? (c)-'A'+10 : (c)-'0')
+
+#ifndef NEWLINE
+#define NEWLINE '\n'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RETURN
+#define RETURN CTRL('M')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RUBOUT
+#define RUBOUT 0x7f
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TAB
+#define TAB '\t'
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ABORT_CHAR
+#undef ABORT_CHAR
+#endif
+#define ABORT_CHAR CTRL('G')
+
+#ifdef PAGE
+#undef PAGE
+#endif
+#define PAGE CTRL('L')
+
+#ifdef SPACE
+#undef SPACE
+#endif
+#define SPACE ' ' /* XXX - was 0x20 */
+
+#ifdef ESC
+#undef ESC
+#endif
+#define ESC CTRL('[')
+
+#endif /* _CHARDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/colors.c b/lib/readline/colors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53758e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/colors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
+
+ Modified by Chet Ramey for Readline.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1990-1991, 1995-2010, 2012, 2015, 2017
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie. */
+
+/* Color support by Peter Anvin <Peter.Anvin@linux.org> and Dennis
+ Flaherty <dennisf@denix.elk.miles.com> based on original patches by
+ Greg Lee <lee@uhunix.uhcc.hawaii.edu>. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "posixstat.h" // stat related macros (S_ISREG, ...)
+#include <fcntl.h> // S_ISUID
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+// strlen()
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+// abort()
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#ifdef COLOR_SUPPORT
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "colors.h"
+
+static bool is_colored (enum indicator_no type);
+static void restore_default_color (void);
+
+COLOR_EXT_TYPE *_rl_color_ext_list = 0;
+
+/* Output a color indicator (which may contain nulls). */
+void
+_rl_put_indicator (const struct bin_str *ind)
+{
+ fwrite (ind->string, ind->len, 1, rl_outstream);
+}
+
+static bool
+is_colored (enum indicator_no colored_filetype)
+{
+ size_t len = _rl_color_indicator[colored_filetype].len;
+ char const *s = _rl_color_indicator[colored_filetype].string;
+ return ! (len == 0
+ || (len == 1 && strncmp (s, "0", 1) == 0)
+ || (len == 2 && strncmp (s, "00", 2) == 0));
+}
+
+static void
+restore_default_color (void)
+{
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_normal_color (void)
+{
+ if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+ {
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_NORM]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+ }
+}
+
+bool
+_rl_print_prefix_color (void)
+{
+ struct bin_str *s;
+
+ /* What do we want to use for the prefix? Let's try cyan first, see colors.h */
+ s = &_rl_color_indicator[C_PREFIX];
+ if (s->string != NULL)
+ {
+ if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+ restore_default_color ();
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (s);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Returns whether any color sequence was printed. */
+bool
+_rl_print_color_indicator (const char *f)
+{
+ enum indicator_no colored_filetype;
+ COLOR_EXT_TYPE *ext; /* Color extension */
+ size_t len; /* Length of name */
+
+ const char* name;
+ char *filename;
+ struct stat astat, linkstat;
+ mode_t mode;
+ int linkok; /* 1 == ok, 0 == dangling symlink, -1 == missing */
+ int stat_ok;
+
+ name = f;
+
+ /* This should already have undergone tilde expansion */
+ filename = 0;
+ if (rl_filename_stat_hook)
+ {
+ filename = savestring (f);
+ (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&filename);
+ name = filename;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+ stat_ok = lstat(name, &astat);
+#else
+ stat_ok = stat(name, &astat);
+#endif
+ if (stat_ok == 0)
+ {
+ mode = astat.st_mode;
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+ if (S_ISLNK (mode))
+ {
+ linkok = stat (name, &linkstat) == 0;
+ if (linkok && strncmp (_rl_color_indicator[C_LINK].string, "target", 6) == 0)
+ mode = linkstat.st_mode;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ linkok = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ linkok = -1;
+
+ /* Is this a nonexistent file? If so, linkok == -1. */
+
+ if (linkok == -1 && _rl_color_indicator[C_MISSING].string != NULL)
+ colored_filetype = C_MISSING;
+ else if (linkok == 0 && S_ISLNK(mode) && _rl_color_indicator[C_ORPHAN].string != NULL)
+ colored_filetype = C_ORPHAN; /* dangling symlink */
+ else if(stat_ok != 0)
+ {
+ static enum indicator_no filetype_indicator[] = FILETYPE_INDICATORS;
+ colored_filetype = filetype_indicator[normal]; //f->filetype];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (S_ISREG (mode))
+ {
+ colored_filetype = C_FILE;
+
+#if defined (S_ISUID)
+ if ((mode & S_ISUID) != 0 && is_colored (C_SETUID))
+ colored_filetype = C_SETUID;
+ else
+#endif
+#if defined (S_ISGID)
+ if ((mode & S_ISGID) != 0 && is_colored (C_SETGID))
+ colored_filetype = C_SETGID;
+ else
+#endif
+ if (is_colored (C_CAP) && 0) //f->has_capability)
+ colored_filetype = C_CAP;
+ else if ((mode & S_IXUGO) != 0 && is_colored (C_EXEC))
+ colored_filetype = C_EXEC;
+ else if ((1 < astat.st_nlink) && is_colored (C_MULTIHARDLINK))
+ colored_filetype = C_MULTIHARDLINK;
+ }
+ else if (S_ISDIR (mode))
+ {
+ colored_filetype = C_DIR;
+
+#if defined (S_ISVTX)
+ if ((mode & S_ISVTX) && (mode & S_IWOTH)
+ && is_colored (C_STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE))
+ colored_filetype = C_STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE;
+ else
+#endif
+ if ((mode & S_IWOTH) != 0 && is_colored (C_OTHER_WRITABLE))
+ colored_filetype = C_OTHER_WRITABLE;
+#if defined (S_ISVTX)
+ else if ((mode & S_ISVTX) != 0 && is_colored (C_STICKY))
+ colored_filetype = C_STICKY;
+#endif
+ }
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+ else if (S_ISLNK (mode))
+ colored_filetype = C_LINK;
+#endif
+ else if (S_ISFIFO (mode))
+ colored_filetype = C_FIFO;
+#if defined (S_ISSOCK)
+ else if (S_ISSOCK (mode))
+ colored_filetype = C_SOCK;
+#endif
+ else if (S_ISBLK (mode))
+ colored_filetype = C_BLK;
+ else if (S_ISCHR (mode))
+ colored_filetype = C_CHR;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Classify a file of some other type as C_ORPHAN. */
+ colored_filetype = C_ORPHAN;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check the file's suffix only if still classified as C_FILE. */
+ ext = NULL;
+ if (colored_filetype == C_FILE)
+ {
+ /* Test if NAME has a recognized suffix. */
+ len = strlen (name);
+ name += len; /* Pointer to final \0. */
+ for (ext = _rl_color_ext_list; ext != NULL; ext = ext->next)
+ {
+ if (ext->ext.len <= len
+ && strncmp (name - ext->ext.len, ext->ext.string,
+ ext->ext.len) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (filename); /* NULL or savestring return value */
+
+ {
+ const struct bin_str *const s
+ = ext ? &(ext->seq) : &_rl_color_indicator[colored_filetype];
+ if (s->string != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Need to reset so not dealing with attribute combinations */
+ if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+ restore_default_color ();
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (s);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+_rl_prep_non_filename_text (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_color_indicator[C_END].string != NULL)
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_END]);
+ else
+ {
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RESET]);
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* COLOR_SUPPORT */
diff --git a/lib/readline/colors.h b/lib/readline/colors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6561ad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/colors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
+
+ Modified by Chet Ramey for Readline.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1990-1991, 1995-2010, 2012, 2015
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie. */
+
+/* Color support by Peter Anvin <Peter.Anvin@linux.org> and Dennis
+ Flaherty <dennisf@denix.elk.miles.com> based on original patches by
+ Greg Lee <lee@uhunix.uhcc.hawaii.edu>. */
+
+#ifndef _COLORS_H_
+#define _COLORS_H_
+
+#include <stdio.h> // size_t
+
+#if defined(__TANDEM) && defined(HAVE_STDBOOL_H) && (__STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L)
+typedef int _Bool;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDBOOL_H)
+# include <stdbool.h> // bool
+#else
+typedef int _rl_bool_t;
+
+#ifdef bool
+# undef bool
+#endif
+#define bool _rl_bool_t
+
+#ifndef true
+# define true 1
+# define false 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STDBOOL_H */
+
+/* Null is a valid character in a color indicator (think about Epson
+ printers, for example) so we have to use a length/buffer string
+ type. */
+struct bin_str
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ const char *string;
+ };
+
+/* file type indicators (dir, sock, fifo, ...)
+ Default value is initialized in parse-colors.c.
+ It is then modified from the values of $LS_COLORS. */
+extern struct bin_str _rl_color_indicator[];
+
+/* The LS_COLORS variable is in a termcap-like format. */
+typedef struct _color_ext_type
+ {
+ struct bin_str ext; /* The extension we're looking for */
+ struct bin_str seq; /* The sequence to output when we do */
+ struct _color_ext_type *next; /* Next in list */
+ } COLOR_EXT_TYPE;
+
+/* file extensions indicators (.txt, .log, .jpg, ...)
+ Values are taken from $LS_COLORS in rl_parse_colors(). */
+extern COLOR_EXT_TYPE *_rl_color_ext_list;
+
+#define FILETYPE_INDICATORS \
+ { \
+ C_ORPHAN, C_FIFO, C_CHR, C_DIR, C_BLK, C_FILE, \
+ C_LINK, C_SOCK, C_FILE, C_DIR \
+ }
+
+/* Whether we used any colors in the output so far. If so, we will
+ need to restore the default color later. If not, we will need to
+ call prep_non_filename_text before using color for the first time. */
+
+enum indicator_no
+ {
+ C_LEFT, C_RIGHT, C_END, C_RESET, C_NORM, C_FILE, C_DIR, C_LINK,
+ C_FIFO, C_SOCK,
+ C_BLK, C_CHR, C_MISSING, C_ORPHAN, C_EXEC, C_DOOR, C_SETUID, C_SETGID,
+ C_STICKY, C_OTHER_WRITABLE, C_STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE, C_CAP, C_MULTIHARDLINK,
+ C_CLR_TO_EOL
+ };
+
+
+#if !S_IXUGO
+# define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+
+enum filetype
+ {
+ unknown,
+ fifo,
+ chardev,
+ directory,
+ blockdev,
+ normal,
+ symbolic_link,
+ sock,
+ whiteout,
+ arg_directory
+ };
+
+/* Prefix color, currently same as socket */
+#define C_PREFIX C_SOCK
+
+extern void _rl_put_indicator (const struct bin_str *ind);
+extern void _rl_set_normal_color (void);
+extern bool _rl_print_prefix_color (void);
+extern bool _rl_print_color_indicator (const char *f);
+extern void _rl_prep_non_filename_text (void);
+
+#endif /* !_COLORS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/compat.c b/lib/readline/compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ade362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* compat.c -- backwards compatibility functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "rltypedefs.h"
+
+extern void rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int rl_crlf PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+
+extern char **rl_completion_matches PARAMS((const char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *rl_username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *rl_filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* Provide backwards-compatible entry points for old function names. */
+
+void
+free_undo_list (void)
+{
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+}
+
+int
+maybe_replace_line (void)
+{
+ return rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+}
+
+int
+maybe_save_line (void)
+{
+ return rl_maybe_save_line ();
+}
+
+int
+maybe_unsave_line (void)
+{
+ return rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+}
+
+int
+ding (void)
+{
+ return rl_ding ();
+}
+
+int
+crlf (void)
+{
+ return rl_crlf ();
+}
+
+int
+alphabetic (int c)
+{
+ return rl_alphabetic (c);
+}
+
+char **
+completion_matches (const char *s, rl_compentry_func_t *f)
+{
+ return rl_completion_matches (s, f);
+}
+
+char *
+username_completion_function (const char *s, int i)
+{
+ return rl_username_completion_function (s, i);
+}
+
+char *
+filename_completion_function (const char *s, int i)
+{
+ return rl_filename_completion_function (s, i);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/complete.c b/lib/readline/complete.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adce0d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/complete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2958 @@
+/* complete.c -- filename completion for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+# include "colors.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+# define LSTAT lstat
+#else
+# define LSTAT stat
+#endif
+
+/* Unix version of a hidden file. Could be different on other systems. */
+#define HIDDEN_FILE(fname) ((fname)[0] == '.')
+
+/* Most systems don't declare getpwent in <pwd.h> if _POSIX_SOURCE is
+ defined. */
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT) && (!defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS) || defined (_POSIX_SOURCE))
+extern struct passwd *getpwent PARAMS((void));
+#endif /* HAVE_GETPWENT && (!HAVE_GETPW_DECLS || _POSIX_SOURCE) */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+ This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+ It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+ where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+ number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+ longest string in that array. */
+rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook = (rl_compdisp_func_t *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS) || defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+# if !defined (X_OK)
+# define X_OK 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+static int stat_char PARAMS((char *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+static int colored_stat_start PARAMS((const char *));
+static void colored_stat_end PARAMS((void));
+static int colored_prefix_start PARAMS((void));
+static void colored_prefix_end PARAMS((void));
+#endif
+
+static int path_isdir PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *rl_quote_filename PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+static void _rl_complete_sigcleanup PARAMS((int, void *));
+
+static void set_completion_defaults PARAMS((int));
+static int get_y_or_n PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_internal_pager PARAMS((int));
+static char *printable_part PARAMS((char *));
+static int fnwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int fnprint PARAMS((const char *, int, const char *));
+static int print_filename PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+
+static char **gen_completion_matches PARAMS((char *, int, int, rl_compentry_func_t *, int, int));
+
+static char **remove_duplicate_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static void insert_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *));
+static int append_to_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+static void insert_all_matches PARAMS((char **, int, char *));
+static int complete_fncmp PARAMS((const char *, int, const char *, int));
+static void display_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static int compute_lcd_of_matches PARAMS((char **, int, const char *));
+static int postprocess_matches PARAMS((char ***, int));
+static int complete_get_screenwidth PARAMS((void));
+
+static char *make_quoted_replacement PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Completion matching, from readline's point of view. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Variables known only to the readline library. */
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions always show the list of matches. */
+int _rl_complete_show_all = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions show the list of matches, unless it
+ is not possible to do partial completion and modify the line. */
+int _rl_complete_show_unmodified = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completed directory names have a slash appended. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_directories = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, the symlinked directory completion behavior introduced in
+ readline-4.2a is disabled, and symlinks that point to directories have
+ a slash appended (subject to the value of _rl_complete_mark_directories).
+ This is user-settable via the mark-symlinked-directories variable. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completions are printed horizontally in alphabetical order,
+ like `ls -x'. */
+int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+
+/* Non-zero means that case is not significant in filename completion. */
+#if (defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__DJGPP__)) || (defined (_WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN__))
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 1;
+#else
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* Non-zero means that `-' and `_' are equivalent when comparing filenames
+ for completion. */
+int _rl_completion_case_map = 0;
+
+/* If zero, don't match hidden files (filenames beginning with a `.' on
+ Unix) when doing filename completion. */
+int _rl_match_hidden_files = 1;
+
+/* Length in characters of a common prefix replaced with an ellipsis (`...')
+ when displaying completion matches. Matches whose printable portion has
+ more than this number of displaying characters in common will have the common
+ display prefix replaced with an ellipsis. */
+int _rl_completion_prefix_display_length = 0;
+
+/* The readline-private number of screen columns to use when displaying
+ matches. If < 0 or > _rl_screenwidth, it is ignored. */
+int _rl_completion_columns = -1;
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+/* Non-zero means to use colors to indicate file type when listing possible
+ completions. The colors used are taken from $LS_COLORS, if set. */
+int _rl_colored_stats = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to use a color (currently magenta) to indicate the common
+ prefix of a set of possible word completions. */
+int _rl_colored_completion_prefix = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* If non-zero, when completing in the middle of a word, don't insert
+ characters from the match that match characters following point in
+ the word. This means, for instance, completing when the cursor is
+ after the `e' in `Makefile' won't result in `Makefilefile'. */
+int _rl_skip_completed_text = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, menu completion displays the common prefix first in the
+ cycle of possible completions instead of the last. */
+int _rl_menu_complete_prefix_first = 0;
+
+/* Global variables available to applications using readline. */
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Non-zero means add an additional character to each filename displayed
+ during listing completion iff rl_filename_completion_desired which helps
+ to indicate the type of file being listed. */
+int rl_visible_stats = 0;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing on a directory name. The function is called with
+ the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg. */
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_filename_stat_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when reading
+ directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
+ them to the partial word to be completed. The function should
+ either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place) or
+ newly-allocated memory. This can, for instance, convert filenames
+ between character sets for comparison against what's typed at the
+ keyboard. The returned value is what is added to the list of
+ matches. The second argument is the length of the filename to be
+ converted. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_rewrite_hook = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means readline completion functions perform tilde expansion. */
+int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+ NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default filename
+ completer. */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to generator function for rl_menu_complete (). NULL means to use
+ *rl_completion_entry_function (see above). */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_menu_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+ Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+ START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+ of TEXT are.
+ If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+ rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+ array of strings returned. */
+rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+ user-specified completion function has been called. */
+int rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+
+/* Set to a character indicating the type of completion being performed
+ by rl_complete_internal, available for use by application completion
+ functions. */
+int rl_completion_type = 0;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+ possible-completions call. After that, we ask the user if
+ she is sure she wants to see them all. A negative value means
+ don't ask. */
+int rl_completion_query_items = 100;
+
+int _rl_page_completions = 1;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+ completer routine. The contents of this variable is what breaks words
+ in the shell, i.e. " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=" */
+const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("; /* }) */
+
+/* List of basic quoting characters. */
+const char *rl_basic_quote_characters = "\"'";
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+ rl_complete_internal. The default list is the contents of
+ rl_basic_word_break_characters. */
+/*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (/*const*/ char *)NULL;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+ break characters before readline breaks up the line. Allows
+ position-dependent word break characters. */
+rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook = (rl_cpvfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+ Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+ unless they also appear within this list. */
+const char *rl_completer_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that should be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+const char *rl_filename_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+ in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function. The shell uses
+ this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+const char *rl_special_prefixes = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+ as filenames. This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+ within a completion entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+ double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+ filename contains any characters in rl_filename_quote_chars. This is
+ ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+ entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+
+/* This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real
+ filename completion is done, after all the matching names have been
+ generated. It is passed a (char**) known as matches in the code below.
+ It consists of a NULL-terminated array of pointers to potential
+ matching strings. The 1st element (matches[0]) is the maximal
+ substring that is common to all matches. This function can re-arrange
+ the list of matches as required, but all elements of the array must be
+ free()'d if they are deleted. The main intent of this function is
+ to implement FIGNORE a la SunOS csh. */
+rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function = (rl_compignore_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+ Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+ and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+ reset if desired. */
+rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function = rl_quote_filename;
+
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename. Called
+ before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+ with matching names in the file system. Readline doesn't do anything
+ with this; it's set only by applications. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+ quoted. If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+ completer. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p = (rl_linebuf_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append anything except a
+ possible closing quote. This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and
+ may be changed by an application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line. The
+ default is a space. */
+int rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+ This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+ application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+ completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+ be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+ symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+ mark-directories variable (which is user-settable). This exists so
+ that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+ (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+ It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+ rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+ function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+ preferences are honored. */
+int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, inhibit completion (temporarily). */
+int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Set to the last key used to invoke one of the completion functions */
+int rl_completion_invoking_key;
+
+/* If non-zero, sort the completion matches. On by default. */
+int rl_sort_completion_matches = 1;
+
+/* Variables local to this file. */
+
+/* Local variable states what happened during the last completion attempt. */
+static int completion_changed_buffer;
+
+/* The result of the query to the user about displaying completion matches */
+static int completion_y_or_n;
+
+static int _rl_complete_display_matches_interrupt = 0;
+
+/*************************************/
+/* */
+/* Bindable completion functions */
+/* */
+/*************************************/
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+ that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+ rl_completion_matches ()). The default is to do filename completion. */
+int
+rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+{
+ rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+
+ if (rl_inhibit_completion)
+ return (_rl_insert_char (ignore, invoking_key));
+ else if (rl_last_func == rl_complete && !completion_changed_buffer)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('!'));
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('@'));
+ else
+ return (rl_complete_internal (TAB));
+}
+
+/* List the possible completions. See description of rl_complete (). */
+int
+rl_possible_completions (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+{
+ rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_completions (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+{
+ rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('*'));
+}
+
+/* Return the correct value to pass to rl_complete_internal performing
+ the same tests as rl_complete. This allows consecutive calls to an
+ application's completion function to list possible completions and for
+ an application-specific completion function to honor the
+ show-all-if-ambiguous readline variable. */
+int
+rl_completion_mode (rl_command_func_t *cfunc)
+{
+ if (rl_last_func == cfunc && !completion_changed_buffer)
+ return '?';
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+ return '!';
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+ return '@';
+ else
+ return TAB;
+}
+
+/************************************/
+/* */
+/* Completion utility functions */
+/* */
+/************************************/
+
+/* Reset readline state on a signal or other event. */
+void
+_rl_reset_completion_state (void)
+{
+ rl_completion_found_quote = 0;
+ rl_completion_quote_character = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_complete_sigcleanup (int sig, void *ptr)
+{
+ if (sig == SIGINT) /* XXX - for now */
+ {
+ _rl_free_match_list ((char **)ptr);
+ _rl_complete_display_matches_interrupt = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Set default values for readline word completion. These are the variables
+ that application completion functions can change or inspect. */
+static void
+set_completion_defaults (int what_to_do)
+{
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+ rl_completion_type = what_to_do;
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+ rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+ /* The completion entry function may optionally change this. */
+ rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs = _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+ /* Reset private state. */
+ _rl_complete_display_matches_interrupt = 0;
+}
+
+/* The user must press "y" or "n". Non-zero return means "y" pressed. */
+static int
+get_y_or_n (int for_pager)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ /* For now, disable pager in callback mode, until we later convert to state
+ driven functions. Have to wait until next major version to add new
+ state definition, since it will change value of RL_STATE_DONE. */
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ return 1;
+#endif
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y' || c == ' ')
+ return (1);
+ if (c == 'n' || c == 'N' || c == RUBOUT)
+ return (0);
+ if (c == ABORT_CHAR || c < 0)
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ if (for_pager && (c == NEWLINE || c == RETURN))
+ return (2);
+ if (for_pager && (c == 'q' || c == 'Q'))
+ return (0);
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_internal_pager (int lines)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "--More--");
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ i = get_y_or_n (1);
+ _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ else if (i == 2)
+ return (lines - 1);
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+path_isdir (const char *filename)
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ return (stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode));
+}
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Return the character which best describes FILENAME.
+ `@' for symbolic links
+ `/' for directories
+ `*' for executables
+ `=' for sockets
+ `|' for FIFOs
+ `%' for character special devices
+ `#' for block special devices */
+static int
+stat_char (char *filename)
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+ int character, r;
+ char *f;
+ const char *fn;
+
+ /* Short-circuit a //server on cygwin, since that will always behave as
+ a directory. */
+#if __CYGWIN__
+ if (filename[0] == '/' && filename[1] == '/' && strchr (filename+2, '/') == 0)
+ return '/';
+#endif
+
+ f = 0;
+ if (rl_filename_stat_hook)
+ {
+ f = savestring (filename);
+ (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&f);
+ fn = f;
+ }
+ else
+ fn = filename;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT) && defined (S_ISLNK)
+ r = lstat (fn, &finfo);
+#else
+ r = stat (fn, &finfo);
+#endif
+
+ if (r == -1)
+ {
+ xfree (f);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ character = 0;
+ if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '/';
+#if defined (S_ISCHR)
+ else if (S_ISCHR (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '%';
+#endif /* S_ISCHR */
+#if defined (S_ISBLK)
+ else if (S_ISBLK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '#';
+#endif /* S_ISBLK */
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+ else if (S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '@';
+#endif /* S_ISLNK */
+#if defined (S_ISSOCK)
+ else if (S_ISSOCK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '=';
+#endif /* S_ISSOCK */
+#if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+ else if (S_ISFIFO (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '|';
+#endif
+ else if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))
+ {
+#if defined (_WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ char *ext;
+
+ /* Windows doesn't do access and X_OK; check file extension instead */
+ ext = strrchr (fn, '.');
+ if (ext && (_rl_stricmp (ext, ".exe") == 0 ||
+ _rl_stricmp (ext, ".cmd") == 0 ||
+ _rl_stricmp (ext, ".bat") == 0 ||
+ _rl_stricmp (ext, ".com") == 0))
+ character = '*';
+#else
+ if (access (filename, X_OK) == 0)
+ character = '*';
+#endif
+ }
+
+ xfree (f);
+ return (character);
+}
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+static int
+colored_stat_start (const char *filename)
+{
+ _rl_set_normal_color ();
+ return (_rl_print_color_indicator (filename));
+}
+
+static void
+colored_stat_end (void)
+{
+ _rl_prep_non_filename_text ();
+ _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_CLR_TO_EOL]);
+}
+
+static int
+colored_prefix_start (void)
+{
+ _rl_set_normal_color ();
+ return (_rl_print_prefix_color ());
+}
+
+static void
+colored_prefix_end (void)
+{
+ colored_stat_end (); /* for now */
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return the portion of PATHNAME that should be output when listing
+ possible completions. If we are hacking filename completion, we
+ are only interested in the basename, the portion following the
+ final slash. Otherwise, we return what we were passed. Since
+ printing empty strings is not very informative, if we're doing
+ filename completion, and the basename is the empty string, we look
+ for the previous slash and return the portion following that. If
+ there's no previous slash, we just return what we were passed. */
+static char *
+printable_part (char *pathname)
+{
+ char *temp, *x;
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired == 0) /* don't need to do anything */
+ return (pathname);
+
+ temp = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (_WIN32)
+ if (temp == 0 && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)pathname[0]) && pathname[1] == ':')
+ temp = pathname + 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ return (pathname);
+ else if (temp[1] == 0 && temp == pathname)
+ return (pathname);
+ /* If the basename is NULL, we might have a pathname like '/usr/src/'.
+ Look for a previous slash and, if one is found, return the portion
+ following that slash. If there's no previous slash, just return the
+ pathname we were passed. */
+ else if (temp[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ for (x = temp - 1; x > pathname; x--)
+ if (*x == '/')
+ break;
+ return ((*x == '/') ? x + 1 : pathname);
+ }
+ else
+ return ++temp;
+}
+
+/* Compute width of STRING when displayed on screen by print_filename */
+static int
+fnwidth (const char *string)
+{
+ int width, pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int left, w;
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ left = strlen (string) + 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ width = pos = 0;
+ while (string[pos])
+ {
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (string[pos]) || string[pos] == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ width += 2;
+ pos++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = mbrtowc (&wc, string + pos, left - pos, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (clen))
+ {
+ width++;
+ pos++;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (clen))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ pos += clen;
+ w = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ width += (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+ }
+#else
+ width++;
+ pos++;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ return width;
+}
+
+#define ELLIPSIS_LEN 3
+
+static int
+fnprint (const char *to_print, int prefix_bytes, const char *real_pathname)
+{
+ int printed_len, w;
+ const char *s;
+ int common_prefix_len, print_len;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ const char *end;
+ size_t tlen;
+ int width;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ print_len = strlen (to_print);
+ end = to_print + print_len + 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#else
+ print_len = strlen (to_print);
+#endif
+
+ printed_len = common_prefix_len = 0;
+
+ /* Don't print only the ellipsis if the common prefix is one of the
+ possible completions. Only cut off prefix_bytes if we're going to be
+ printing the ellipsis, which takes precedence over coloring the
+ completion prefix (see print_filename() below). */
+ if (_rl_completion_prefix_display_length > 0 && prefix_bytes >= print_len)
+ prefix_bytes = 0;
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ if (_rl_colored_stats && (prefix_bytes == 0 || _rl_colored_completion_prefix <= 0))
+ colored_stat_start (real_pathname);
+#endif
+
+ if (prefix_bytes && _rl_completion_prefix_display_length > 0)
+ {
+ char ellipsis;
+
+ ellipsis = (to_print[prefix_bytes] == '.') ? '_' : '.';
+ for (w = 0; w < ELLIPSIS_LEN; w++)
+ putc (ellipsis, rl_outstream);
+ printed_len = ELLIPSIS_LEN;
+ }
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ else if (prefix_bytes && _rl_colored_completion_prefix > 0)
+ {
+ common_prefix_len = prefix_bytes;
+ prefix_bytes = 0;
+ /* XXX - print color indicator start here */
+ colored_prefix_start ();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ s = to_print + prefix_bytes;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (*s))
+ {
+ putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+ putc (UNCTRL (*s), rl_outstream);
+ printed_len += 2;
+ s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (*s == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+ putc ('?', rl_outstream);
+ printed_len += 2;
+ s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ tlen = mbrtowc (&wc, s, end - s, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (tlen))
+ {
+ tlen = 1;
+ width = 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tlen))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ w = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ width = (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+ }
+ fwrite (s, 1, tlen, rl_outstream);
+ s += tlen;
+ printed_len += width;
+#else
+ putc (*s, rl_outstream);
+ s++;
+ printed_len++;
+#endif
+ }
+ if (common_prefix_len > 0 && (s - to_print) >= common_prefix_len)
+ {
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ /* printed bytes = s - to_print */
+ /* printed bytes should never be > but check for paranoia's sake */
+ colored_prefix_end ();
+ if (_rl_colored_stats)
+ colored_stat_start (real_pathname); /* XXX - experiment */
+#endif
+ common_prefix_len = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ /* XXX - unconditional for now */
+ if (_rl_colored_stats)
+ colored_stat_end ();
+#endif
+
+ return printed_len;
+}
+
+/* Output TO_PRINT to rl_outstream. If VISIBLE_STATS is defined and we
+ are using it, check for and output a single character for `special'
+ filenames. Return the number of characters we output. */
+
+static int
+print_filename (char *to_print, char *full_pathname, int prefix_bytes)
+{
+ int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
+ char *s, c, *new_full_pathname, *dn;
+
+ extension_char = 0;
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ /* Defer printing if we want to prefix with a color indicator */
+ if (_rl_colored_stats == 0 || rl_filename_completion_desired == 0)
+#endif
+ printed_len = fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes, to_print);
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && (
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ rl_visible_stats ||
+#endif
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ _rl_colored_stats ||
+#endif
+ _rl_complete_mark_directories))
+ {
+ /* If to_print != full_pathname, to_print is the basename of the
+ path passed. In this case, we try to expand the directory
+ name before checking for the stat character. */
+ if (to_print != full_pathname)
+ {
+ /* Terminate the directory name. */
+ c = to_print[-1];
+ to_print[-1] = '\0';
+
+ /* If setting the last slash in full_pathname to a NUL results in
+ full_pathname being the empty string, we are trying to complete
+ files in the root directory. If we pass a null string to the
+ bash directory completion hook, for example, it will expand it
+ to the current directory. We just want the `/'. */
+ if (full_pathname == 0 || *full_pathname == 0)
+ dn = "/";
+ else if (full_pathname[0] != '/')
+ dn = full_pathname;
+ else if (full_pathname[1] == 0)
+ dn = "//"; /* restore trailing slash to `//' */
+ else if (full_pathname[1] == '/' && full_pathname[2] == 0)
+ dn = "/"; /* don't turn /// into // */
+ else
+ dn = full_pathname;
+ s = tilde_expand (dn);
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&s);
+
+ slen = strlen (s);
+ tlen = strlen (to_print);
+ new_full_pathname = (char *)xmalloc (slen + tlen + 2);
+ strcpy (new_full_pathname, s);
+ if (s[slen - 1] == '/')
+ slen--;
+ else
+ new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+ strcpy (new_full_pathname + slen + 1, to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_visible_stats)
+ extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (_rl_complete_mark_directories)
+ {
+ dn = 0;
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook == 0 && rl_filename_stat_hook)
+ {
+ dn = savestring (new_full_pathname);
+ (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&dn);
+ xfree (new_full_pathname);
+ new_full_pathname = dn;
+ }
+ if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+ extension_char = '/';
+ }
+
+ /* Move colored-stats code inside fnprint() */
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ if (_rl_colored_stats)
+ printed_len = fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes, new_full_pathname);
+#endif
+
+ xfree (new_full_pathname);
+ to_print[-1] = c;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s = tilde_expand (full_pathname);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_visible_stats)
+ extension_char = stat_char (s);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (_rl_complete_mark_directories && path_isdir (s))
+ extension_char = '/';
+
+ /* Move colored-stats code inside fnprint() */
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ if (_rl_colored_stats)
+ printed_len = fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes, s);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ xfree (s);
+ if (extension_char)
+ {
+ putc (extension_char, rl_outstream);
+ printed_len++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return printed_len;
+}
+
+static char *
+rl_quote_filename (char *s, int rtype, char *qcp)
+{
+ char *r;
+
+ r = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
+ *r = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+ strcpy (r + 1, s);
+ if (qcp)
+ *qcp = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Find the bounds of the current word for completion purposes, and leave
+ rl_point set to the end of the word. This function skips quoted
+ substrings (characters between matched pairs of characters in
+ rl_completer_quote_characters). First we try to find an unclosed
+ quoted substring on which to do matching. If one is not found, we use
+ the word break characters to find the boundaries of the current word.
+ We call an application-specific function to decide whether or not a
+ particular word break character is quoted; if that function returns a
+ non-zero result, the character does not break a word. This function
+ returns the opening quote character if we found an unclosed quoted
+ substring, '\0' otherwise. FP, if non-null, is set to a value saying
+ which (shell-like) quote characters we found (single quote, double
+ quote, or backslash) anywhere in the string. DP, if non-null, is set to
+ the value of the delimiter character that caused a word break. */
+
+char
+_rl_find_completion_word (int *fp, int *dp)
+{
+ int scan, end, found_quote, delimiter, pass_next, isbrk;
+ char quote_char, *brkchars;
+
+ end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ brkchars = 0;
+ if (rl_completion_word_break_hook)
+ brkchars = (*rl_completion_word_break_hook) ();
+ if (brkchars == 0)
+ brkchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+ if (rl_completer_quote_characters)
+ {
+ /* We have a list of characters which can be used in pairs to
+ quote substrings for the completer. Try to find the start
+ of an unclosed quoted substring. */
+ /* FOUND_QUOTE is set so we know what kind of quotes we found. */
+ for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end; scan = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, scan, 1, MB_FIND_ANY))
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Shell-like semantics for single quotes -- don't allow backslash
+ to quote anything in single quotes, especially not the closing
+ quote. If you don't like this, take out the check on the value
+ of quote_char. */
+ if (quote_char != '\'' && rl_line_buffer[scan] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_BACKSLASH;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (quote_char != '\0')
+ {
+ /* Ignore everything until the matching close quote char. */
+ if (rl_line_buffer[scan] == quote_char)
+ {
+ /* Found matching close. Abandon this substring. */
+ quote_char = '\0';
+ rl_point = end;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, rl_line_buffer[scan]))
+ {
+ /* Found start of a quoted substring. */
+ quote_char = rl_line_buffer[scan];
+ rl_point = scan + 1;
+ /* Shell-like quoting conventions. */
+ if (quote_char == '\'')
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE;
+ else if (quote_char == '"')
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE;
+ else
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rl_point == end && quote_char == '\0')
+ {
+ /* We didn't find an unclosed quoted substring upon which to do
+ completion, so use the word break characters to find the
+ substring on which to complete. */
+ while (rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_ANY))
+ {
+ scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+ if (strchr (brkchars, scan) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Call the application-specific function to tell us whether
+ this word break character is quoted and should be skipped. */
+ if (rl_char_is_quoted_p && found_quote &&
+ (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Convoluted code, but it avoids an n^2 algorithm with calls
+ to char_is_quoted. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we are at an unquoted word break, then advance past it. */
+ scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+ /* If there is an application-specific function to say whether or not
+ a character is quoted and we found a quote character, let that
+ function decide whether or not a character is a word break, even
+ if it is found in rl_completer_word_break_characters. Don't bother
+ if we're at the end of the line, though. */
+ if (scan)
+ {
+ if (rl_char_is_quoted_p)
+ isbrk = (found_quote == 0 ||
+ (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point) == 0) &&
+ strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+ else
+ isbrk = strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+
+ if (isbrk)
+ {
+ /* If the character that caused the word break was a quoting
+ character, then remember it as the delimiter. */
+ if (rl_basic_quote_characters &&
+ strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, scan) &&
+ (end - rl_point) > 1)
+ delimiter = scan;
+
+ /* If the character isn't needed to determine something special
+ about what kind of completion to perform, then advance past it. */
+ if (rl_special_prefixes == 0 || strchr (rl_special_prefixes, scan) == 0)
+ rl_point++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (fp)
+ *fp = found_quote;
+ if (dp)
+ *dp = delimiter;
+
+ return (quote_char);
+}
+
+static char **
+gen_completion_matches (char *text, int start, int end, rl_compentry_func_t *our_func, int found_quote, int quote_char)
+{
+ char **matches;
+
+ rl_completion_found_quote = found_quote;
+ rl_completion_quote_character = quote_char;
+
+ /* If the user wants to TRY to complete, but then wants to give
+ up and use the default completion function, they set the
+ variable rl_attempted_completion_function. */
+ if (rl_attempted_completion_function)
+ {
+ matches = (*rl_attempted_completion_function) (text, start, end);
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED())
+ {
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+ matches = 0;
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ }
+
+ if (matches || rl_attempted_completion_over)
+ {
+ rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+ return (matches);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* XXX -- filename dequoting moved into rl_filename_completion_function */
+
+ /* rl_completion_matches will check for signals as well to avoid a long
+ delay while reading a directory. */
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, our_func);
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED())
+ {
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+ matches = 0;
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ }
+ return matches;
+}
+
+/* Filter out duplicates in MATCHES. This frees up the strings in
+ MATCHES. */
+static char **
+remove_duplicate_matches (char **matches)
+{
+ char *lowest_common;
+ int i, j, newlen;
+ char dead_slot;
+ char **temp_array;
+
+ /* Sort the items. */
+ for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Sort the array without matches[0], since we need it to
+ stay in place no matter what. */
+ if (i && rl_sort_completion_matches)
+ qsort (matches+1, i-1, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ /* Remember the lowest common denominator for it may be unique. */
+ lowest_common = savestring (matches[0]);
+
+ for (i = newlen = 0; matches[i + 1]; i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (matches[i], matches[i + 1]) == 0)
+ {
+ xfree (matches[i]);
+ matches[i] = (char *)&dead_slot;
+ }
+ else
+ newlen++;
+ }
+
+ /* We have marked all the dead slots with (char *)&dead_slot.
+ Copy all the non-dead entries into a new array. */
+ temp_array = (char **)xmalloc ((3 + newlen) * sizeof (char *));
+ for (i = j = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (matches[i] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+ temp_array[j++] = matches[i];
+ }
+ temp_array[j] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (matches[0] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+ xfree (matches[0]);
+
+ /* Place the lowest common denominator back in [0]. */
+ temp_array[0] = lowest_common;
+
+ /* If there is one string left, and it is identical to the
+ lowest common denominator, then the LCD is the string to
+ insert. */
+ if (j == 2 && strcmp (temp_array[0], temp_array[1]) == 0)
+ {
+ xfree (temp_array[1]);
+ temp_array[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp_array);
+}
+
+/* Find the common prefix of the list of matches, and put it into
+ matches[0]. */
+static int
+compute_lcd_of_matches (char **match_list, int matches, const char *text)
+{
+ register int i, c1, c2, si;
+ int low; /* Count of max-matched characters. */
+ int lx;
+ char *dtext; /* dequoted TEXT, if needed */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int v;
+ size_t v1, v2;
+ mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+ wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+ /* If only one match, just use that. Otherwise, compare each
+ member of the list with the next, finding out where they
+ stop matching. */
+ if (matches == 1)
+ {
+ match_list[0] = match_list[1];
+ match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 1, low = 100000; i < matches; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+#endif
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ for (si = 0;
+ (c1 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i][si])) &&
+ (c2 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i + 1][si]));
+ si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ v1 = mbrtowc(&wc1, match_list[i]+si, strlen (match_list[i]+si), &ps1);
+ v2 = mbrtowc (&wc2, match_list[i+1]+si, strlen (match_list[i+1]+si), &ps2);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (v1) || MB_INVALIDCH (v2))
+ {
+ if (c1 != c2) /* do byte comparison */
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+ wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+ if (wc1 != wc2)
+ break;
+ else if (v1 > 1)
+ si += v1 - 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (si = 0;
+ (c1 = match_list[i][si]) &&
+ (c2 = match_list[i + 1][si]);
+ si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ mbstate_t ps_back;
+ ps_back = ps1;
+ if (!_rl_compare_chars (match_list[i], si, &ps1, match_list[i+1], si, &ps2))
+ break;
+ else if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (&match_list[i][si], &ps_back)) > 1)
+ si += v - 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (low > si)
+ low = si;
+ }
+
+ /* If there were multiple matches, but none matched up to even the
+ first character, and the user typed something, use that as the
+ value of matches[0]. */
+ if (low == 0 && text && *text)
+ {
+ match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (text) + 1);
+ strcpy (match_list[0], text);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (low + 1);
+
+ /* XXX - this might need changes in the presence of multibyte chars */
+
+ /* If we are ignoring case, try to preserve the case of the string
+ the user typed in the face of multiple matches differing in case. */
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ /* We're making an assumption here:
+ IF we're completing filenames AND
+ the application has defined a filename dequoting function AND
+ we found a quote character AND
+ the application has requested filename quoting
+ THEN
+ we assume that TEXT was dequoted before checking against
+ the file system and needs to be dequoted here before we
+ check against the list of matches
+ FI */
+ dtext = (char *)NULL;
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+ rl_filename_dequoting_function &&
+ rl_completion_found_quote &&
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired)
+ {
+ dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) ((char *)text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ text = dtext;
+ }
+
+ /* sort the list to get consistent answers. */
+ if (rl_sort_completion_matches)
+ qsort (match_list+1, matches, sizeof(char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ si = strlen (text);
+ lx = (si <= low) ? si : low; /* check shorter of text and matches */
+ /* Try to preserve the case of what the user typed in the presence of
+ multiple matches: check each match for something that matches
+ what the user typed taking case into account; use it up to common
+ length of matches if one is found. If not, just use first match. */
+ for (i = 1; i <= matches; i++)
+ if (strncmp (match_list[i], text, lx) == 0)
+ {
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[i], low);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* no casematch, use first entry */
+ if (i > matches)
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+ FREE (dtext);
+ }
+ else
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+ match_list[0][low] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return matches;
+}
+
+static int
+postprocess_matches (char ***matchesp, int matching_filenames)
+{
+ char *t, **matches, **temp_matches;
+ int nmatch, i;
+
+ matches = *matchesp;
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* It seems to me that in all the cases we handle we would like
+ to ignore duplicate possibilities. Scan for the text to
+ insert being identical to the other completions. */
+ if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates)
+ {
+ temp_matches = remove_duplicate_matches (matches);
+ xfree (matches);
+ matches = temp_matches;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, then here is our chance to
+ do clever processing by re-examining the list. Call the
+ ignore function with the array as a parameter. It can
+ munge the array, deleting matches as it desires. */
+ if (rl_ignore_some_completions_function && matching_filenames)
+ {
+ for (nmatch = 1; matches[nmatch]; nmatch++)
+ ;
+ (void)(*rl_ignore_some_completions_function) (matches);
+ if (matches == 0 || matches[0] == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (matches);
+ *matchesp = (char **)0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If we removed some matches, recompute the common prefix. */
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ if (i > 1 && i < nmatch)
+ {
+ t = matches[0];
+ compute_lcd_of_matches (matches, i - 1, t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *matchesp = matches;
+ return (1);
+}
+
+static int
+complete_get_screenwidth (void)
+{
+ int cols;
+ char *envcols;
+
+ cols = _rl_completion_columns;
+ if (cols >= 0 && cols <= _rl_screenwidth)
+ return cols;
+ envcols = getenv ("COLUMNS");
+ if (envcols && *envcols)
+ cols = atoi (envcols);
+ if (cols >= 0 && cols <= _rl_screenwidth)
+ return cols;
+ return _rl_screenwidth;
+}
+
+/* A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+ columnar format on readline's output stream. MATCHES is the list
+ of strings, in argv format, LEN is the number of strings in MATCHES,
+ and MAX is the length of the longest string in MATCHES. */
+void
+rl_display_match_list (char **matches, int len, int max)
+{
+ int count, limit, printed_len, lines, cols;
+ int i, j, k, l, common_length, sind;
+ char *temp, *t;
+
+ /* Find the length of the prefix common to all items: length as displayed
+ characters (common_length) and as a byte index into the matches (sind) */
+ common_length = sind = 0;
+ if (_rl_completion_prefix_display_length > 0)
+ {
+ t = printable_part (matches[0]);
+ /* check again in case of /usr/src/ */
+ temp = rl_filename_completion_desired ? strrchr (t, '/') : 0;
+ common_length = temp ? fnwidth (temp) : fnwidth (t);
+ sind = temp ? strlen (temp) : strlen (t);
+ if (common_length > max || sind > max)
+ common_length = sind = 0;
+
+ if (common_length > _rl_completion_prefix_display_length && common_length > ELLIPSIS_LEN)
+ max -= common_length - ELLIPSIS_LEN;
+ else
+ common_length = sind = 0;
+ }
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ else if (_rl_colored_completion_prefix > 0)
+ {
+ t = printable_part (matches[0]);
+ temp = rl_filename_completion_desired ? strrchr (t, '/') : 0;
+ common_length = temp ? fnwidth (temp) : fnwidth (t);
+ sind = temp ? RL_STRLEN (temp+1) : RL_STRLEN (t); /* want portion after final slash */
+ if (common_length > max || sind > max)
+ common_length = sind = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* How many items of MAX length can we fit in the screen window? */
+ cols = complete_get_screenwidth ();
+ max += 2;
+ limit = cols / max;
+ if (limit != 1 && (limit * max == cols))
+ limit--;
+
+ /* If cols == 0, limit will end up -1 */
+ if (cols < _rl_screenwidth && limit < 0)
+ limit = 1;
+
+ /* Avoid a possible floating exception. If max > cols,
+ limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */
+ if (limit == 0)
+ limit = 1;
+
+ /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */
+ count = (len + (limit - 1)) / limit;
+
+ /* Watch out for special case. If LEN is less than LIMIT, then
+ just do the inner printing loop.
+ 0 < len <= limit implies count = 1. */
+
+ /* Sort the items if they are not already sorted. */
+ if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates == 0 && rl_sort_completion_matches)
+ qsort (matches + 1, len, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ lines = 0;
+ if (_rl_print_completions_horizontally == 0)
+ {
+ /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically, like ls. */
+ for (i = 1; i <= count; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++)
+ {
+ if (l > len || matches[l] == 0)
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[l]);
+ printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[l], sind);
+
+ if (j + 1 < limit)
+ {
+ if (max <= printed_len)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ else
+ for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ }
+ }
+ l += count;
+ }
+ rl_crlf ();
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED () && RL_SIGWINCH_RECEIVED() == 0)
+#else
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED ())
+#endif
+ return;
+ lines++;
+ if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= (_rl_screenheight - 1) && i < count)
+ {
+ lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+ if (lines < 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Print the sorted items, across alphabetically, like ls -x. */
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+ printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[i], sind);
+ /* Have we reached the end of this line? */
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED () && RL_SIGWINCH_RECEIVED() == 0)
+#else
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED ())
+#endif
+ return;
+ if (matches[i+1])
+ {
+ if (limit == 1 || (i && (limit > 1) && (i % limit) == 0))
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ lines++;
+ if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= _rl_screenheight - 1)
+ {
+ lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+ if (lines < 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (max <= printed_len)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ else
+ for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ }
+ }
+ rl_crlf ();
+ }
+}
+
+/* Display MATCHES, a list of matching filenames in argv format. This
+ handles the simple case -- a single match -- first. If there is more
+ than one match, we compute the number of strings in the list and the
+ length of the longest string, which will be needed by the display
+ function. If the application wants to handle displaying the list of
+ matches itself, it sets RL_COMPLETION_DISPLAY_MATCHES_HOOK to the
+ address of a function, and we just call it. If we're handling the
+ display ourselves, we just call rl_display_match_list. We also check
+ that the list of matches doesn't exceed the user-settable threshold,
+ and ask the user if he wants to see the list if there are more matches
+ than RL_COMPLETION_QUERY_ITEMS. */
+static void
+display_matches (char **matches)
+{
+ int len, max, i;
+ char *temp;
+
+ /* Move to the last visible line of a possibly-multiple-line command. */
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+ /* Handle simple case first. What if there is only one answer? */
+ if (matches[1] == 0)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[0]);
+ rl_crlf ();
+ print_filename (temp, matches[0], 0);
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* There is more than one answer. Find out how many there are,
+ and find the maximum printed length of a single entry. */
+ for (max = 0, i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+ len = fnwidth (temp);
+
+ if (len > max)
+ max = len;
+ }
+
+ len = i - 1;
+
+ /* If the caller has defined a display hook, then call that now. */
+ if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook)
+ {
+ (*rl_completion_display_matches_hook) (matches, len, max);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* If there are many items, then ask the user if she really wants to
+ see them all. */
+ if (rl_completion_query_items > 0 && len >= rl_completion_query_items)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "Display all %d possibilities? (y or n)", len);
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ if ((completion_y_or_n = get_y_or_n (0)) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max);
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+}
+
+/* qc == pointer to quoting character, if any */
+static char *
+make_quoted_replacement (char *match, int mtype, char *qc)
+{
+ int should_quote, do_replace;
+ char *replacement;
+
+ /* If we are doing completion on quoted substrings, and any matches
+ contain any of the completer_word_break_characters, then auto-
+ matically prepend the substring with a quote character (just pick
+ the first one from the list of such) if it does not already begin
+ with a quote string. FIXME: Need to remove any such automatically
+ inserted quote character when it no longer is necessary, such as
+ if we change the string we are completing on and the new set of
+ matches don't require a quoted substring. */
+ replacement = match;
+
+ should_quote = match && rl_completer_quote_characters &&
+ rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+ if (should_quote)
+ should_quote = should_quote && (!qc || !*qc ||
+ (rl_completer_quote_characters && strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, *qc)));
+
+ if (should_quote)
+ {
+ /* If there is a single match, see if we need to quote it.
+ This also checks whether the common prefix of several
+ matches needs to be quoted. */
+ should_quote = rl_filename_quote_characters
+ ? (_rl_strpbrk (match, rl_filename_quote_characters) != 0)
+ : 0;
+
+ do_replace = should_quote ? mtype : NO_MATCH;
+ /* Quote the replacement, since we found an embedded
+ word break character in a potential match. */
+ if (do_replace != NO_MATCH && rl_filename_quoting_function)
+ replacement = (*rl_filename_quoting_function) (match, do_replace, qc);
+ }
+ return (replacement);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_match (char *match, int start, int mtype, char *qc)
+{
+ char *replacement, *r;
+ char oqc;
+ int end, rlen;
+
+ oqc = qc ? *qc : '\0';
+ replacement = make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc);
+
+ /* Now insert the match. */
+ if (replacement)
+ {
+ rlen = strlen (replacement);
+ /* Don't double an opening quote character. */
+ if (qc && *qc && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == *qc &&
+ replacement[0] == *qc)
+ start--;
+ /* If make_quoted_replacement changed the quoting character, remove
+ the opening quote and insert the (fully-quoted) replacement. */
+ else if (qc && (*qc != oqc) && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == oqc &&
+ replacement[0] != oqc)
+ start--;
+ end = rl_point - 1;
+ /* Don't double a closing quote character */
+ if (qc && *qc && end && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == *qc && replacement[rlen - 1] == *qc)
+ end++;
+ if (_rl_skip_completed_text)
+ {
+ r = replacement;
+ while (start < rl_end && *r && rl_line_buffer[start] == *r)
+ {
+ start++;
+ r++;
+ }
+ if (start <= end || *r)
+ _rl_replace_text (r, start, end);
+ rl_point = start + strlen (r);
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_replace_text (replacement, start, end);
+ if (replacement != match)
+ xfree (replacement);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Append any necessary closing quote and a separator character to the
+ just-inserted match. If the user has specified that directories
+ should be marked by a trailing `/', append one of those instead. The
+ default trailing character is a space. Returns the number of characters
+ appended. If NONTRIVIAL_MATCH is set, we test for a symlink (if the OS
+ has them) and don't add a suffix for a symlink to a directory. A
+ nontrivial match is one that actually adds to the word being completed.
+ The variable rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs controls this behavior
+ (it's initially set to the what the user has chosen, indicated by the
+ value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, but may be modified by an
+ application's completion function). */
+static int
+append_to_match (char *text, int delimiter, int quote_char, int nontrivial_match)
+{
+ char temp_string[4], *filename, *fn;
+ int temp_string_index, s;
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ temp_string_index = 0;
+ if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_completion_suppress_quote == 0 &&
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = quote_char;
+
+ if (delimiter)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = delimiter;
+ else if (rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 && rl_completion_append_character)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = rl_completion_append_character;
+
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired)
+ {
+ filename = tilde_expand (text);
+ if (rl_filename_stat_hook)
+ {
+ fn = savestring (filename);
+ (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&fn);
+ xfree (filename);
+ filename = fn;
+ }
+ s = (nontrivial_match && rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs == 0)
+ ? LSTAT (filename, &finfo)
+ : stat (filename, &finfo);
+ if (s == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ {
+ if (_rl_complete_mark_directories /* && rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 */)
+ {
+ /* This is clumsy. Avoid putting in a double slash if point
+ is at the end of the line and the previous character is a
+ slash. */
+ if (rl_point && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '\0' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == '/')
+ ;
+ else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != '/')
+ rl_insert_text ("/");
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+ /* Don't add anything if the filename is a symlink and resolves to a
+ directory. */
+ else if (s == 0 && S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode) && path_isdir (filename))
+ ;
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+ rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+ }
+ xfree (filename);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+ rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+ }
+
+ return (temp_string_index);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_all_matches (char **matches, int point, char *qc)
+{
+ int i;
+ char *rp;
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ /* remove any opening quote character; make_quoted_replacement will add
+ it back. */
+ if (qc && *qc && point && rl_line_buffer[point - 1] == *qc)
+ point--;
+ rl_delete_text (point, rl_point);
+ rl_point = point;
+
+ if (matches[1])
+ {
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[i], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+ rl_insert_text (rp);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ if (rp != matches[i])
+ xfree (rp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[0], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+ rl_insert_text (rp);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ if (rp != matches[0])
+ xfree (rp);
+ }
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_free_match_list (char **matches)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+ xfree (matches[i]);
+ xfree (matches);
+}
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.
+ WHAT_TO_DO says what to do with the completion.
+ `?' means list the possible completions.
+ TAB means do standard completion.
+ `*' means insert all of the possible completions.
+ `!' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+ there is more than one.
+ `@' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+ there is more than one and partial completion is not possible. */
+int
+rl_complete_internal (int what_to_do)
+{
+ char **matches;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int start, end, delimiter, found_quote, i, nontrivial_lcd;
+ char *text, *saved_line_buffer;
+ char quote_char;
+ int tlen, mlen;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ set_completion_defaults (what_to_do);
+
+ saved_line_buffer = rl_line_buffer ? savestring (rl_line_buffer) : (char *)NULL;
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = end;
+
+ text = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+ /* nontrivial_lcd is set if the common prefix adds something to the word
+ being completed. */
+ nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (text, matches[0]) != 0;
+ if (what_to_do == '!' || what_to_do == '@')
+ tlen = strlen (text);
+ xfree (text);
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ i = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (postprocess_matches (&matches, i) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ switch (what_to_do)
+ {
+ case TAB:
+ case '!':
+ case '@':
+ /* Insert the first match with proper quoting. */
+ if (what_to_do == TAB)
+ {
+ if (*matches[0])
+ insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ }
+ else if (*matches[0] && matches[1] == 0)
+ /* should we perform the check only if there are multiple matches? */
+ insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ else if (*matches[0]) /* what_to_do != TAB && multiple matches */
+ {
+ mlen = *matches[0] ? strlen (matches[0]) : 0;
+ if (mlen >= tlen)
+ insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ }
+
+ /* If there are more matches, ring the bell to indicate.
+ If we are in vi mode, Posix.2 says to not ring the bell.
+ If the `show-all-if-ambiguous' variable is set, display
+ all the matches immediately. Otherwise, if this was the
+ only match, and we are hacking files, check the file to
+ see if it was a directory. If so, and the `mark-directories'
+ variable is set, add a '/' to the name. If not, and we
+ are at the end of the line, then add a space. */
+ if (matches[1])
+ {
+ if (what_to_do == '!')
+ {
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (what_to_do == '@')
+ {
+ if (nontrivial_lcd == 0)
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+ rl_ding (); /* There are other matches remaining. */
+ }
+ else
+ append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ insert_all_matches (matches, start, &quote_char);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_sigcleanup = _rl_complete_sigcleanup;
+ _rl_sigcleanarg = matches;
+ _rl_complete_display_matches_interrupt = 0;
+ }
+ display_matches (matches);
+ if (_rl_complete_display_matches_interrupt)
+ {
+ matches = 0; /* already freed by rl_complete_sigcleanup */
+ _rl_complete_display_matches_interrupt = 0;
+ if (rl_signal_event_hook)
+ (*rl_signal_event_hook) (); /* XXX */
+ }
+ _rl_sigcleanup = 0;
+ _rl_sigcleanarg = 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ _rl_ttymsg ("bad value %d for what_to_do in rl_complete", what_to_do);
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+ _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ /* Check to see if the line has changed through all of this manipulation. */
+ if (saved_line_buffer)
+ {
+ completion_changed_buffer = strcmp (rl_line_buffer, saved_line_buffer) != 0;
+ xfree (saved_line_buffer);
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Application-callable completion match generator functions */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************/
+
+/* Return an array of (char *) which is a list of completions for TEXT.
+ If there are no completions, return a NULL pointer.
+ The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for TEXT.
+ The remaining entries are the possible completions.
+ The array is terminated with a NULL pointer.
+
+ ENTRY_FUNCTION is a function of two args, and returns a (char *).
+ The first argument is TEXT.
+ The second is a state argument; it should be zero on the first call, and
+ non-zero on subsequent calls. It returns a NULL pointer to the caller
+ when there are no more matches.
+ */
+char **
+rl_completion_matches (const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_function)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Number of slots in match_list. */
+ int match_list_size;
+
+ /* The list of matches. */
+ char **match_list;
+
+ /* Number of matches actually found. */
+ int matches;
+
+ /* Temporary string binder. */
+ char *string;
+
+ matches = 0;
+ match_list_size = 10;
+ match_list = (char **)xmalloc ((match_list_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ while (string = (*entry_function) (text, matches))
+ {
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED ())
+ {
+ /* Start at 1 because we don't set matches[0] in this function.
+ Only free the list members if we're building match list from
+ rl_filename_completion_function, since we know that doesn't
+ free the strings it returns. */
+ if (entry_function == rl_filename_completion_function)
+ {
+ for (i = 1; match_list[i]; i++)
+ xfree (match_list[i]);
+ }
+ xfree (match_list);
+ match_list = 0;
+ match_list_size = 0;
+ matches = 0;
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ }
+
+ if (matches + 1 >= match_list_size)
+ match_list = (char **)xrealloc
+ (match_list, ((match_list_size += 10) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+
+ if (match_list == 0)
+ return (match_list);
+
+ match_list[++matches] = string;
+ match_list[matches + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If there were any matches, then look through them finding out the
+ lowest common denominator. That then becomes match_list[0]. */
+ if (matches)
+ compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text);
+ else /* There were no matches. */
+ {
+ xfree (match_list);
+ match_list = (char **)NULL;
+ }
+ return (match_list);
+}
+
+/* A completion function for usernames.
+ TEXT contains a partial username preceded by a random
+ character (usually `~'). */
+char *
+rl_username_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+#else /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT) */
+ static char *username = (char *)NULL;
+ static struct passwd *entry;
+ static int namelen, first_char, first_char_loc;
+ char *value;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (username);
+
+ first_char = *text;
+ first_char_loc = first_char == '~';
+
+ username = savestring (&text[first_char_loc]);
+ namelen = strlen (username);
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ setpwent ();
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ while (entry = getpwent ())
+ {
+ /* Null usernames should result in all users as possible completions. */
+ if (namelen == 0 || (STREQN (username, entry->pw_name, namelen)))
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ endpwent ();
+#endif
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (entry->pw_name));
+
+ *value = *text;
+
+ strcpy (value + first_char_loc, entry->pw_name);
+
+ if (first_char == '~')
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+
+ return (value);
+ }
+#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT */
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if CONVFN matches FILENAME up to the length of FILENAME
+ (FILENAME_LEN). If _rl_completion_case_fold is set, compare without
+ regard to the alphabetic case of characters. If
+ _rl_completion_case_map is set, make `-' and `_' equivalent. CONVFN is
+ the possibly-converted directory entry; FILENAME is what the user typed. */
+static int
+complete_fncmp (const char *convfn, int convlen, const char *filename, int filename_len)
+{
+ register char *s1, *s2;
+ int d, len;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t v1, v2;
+ mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+ wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ if (filename_len == 0)
+ return 1;
+ if (convlen < filename_len)
+ return 0;
+
+ len = filename_len;
+ s1 = (char *)convfn;
+ s2 = (char *)filename;
+
+ /* Otherwise, if these match up to the length of filename, then
+ it is a match. */
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold && _rl_completion_case_map)
+ {
+ /* Case-insensitive comparison treating _ and - as equivalent */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ v1 = mbrtowc (&wc1, s1, convlen, &ps1);
+ v2 = mbrtowc (&wc2, s2, filename_len, &ps2);
+ if (v1 == 0 && v2 == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (MB_INVALIDCH (v1) || MB_INVALIDCH (v2))
+ {
+ if (*s1 != *s2) /* do byte comparison */
+ return 0;
+ else if ((*s1 == '-' || *s1 == '_') && (*s2 == '-' || *s2 == '_'))
+ return 0;
+ s1++; s2++; len--;
+ continue;
+ }
+ wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+ wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+ s1 += v1;
+ s2 += v1;
+ len -= v1;
+ if ((wc1 == L'-' || wc1 == L'_') && (wc2 == L'-' || wc2 == L'_'))
+ continue;
+ if (wc1 != wc2)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ while (len != 0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ d = _rl_to_lower (*s1) - _rl_to_lower (*s2);
+ /* *s1 == [-_] && *s2 == [-_] */
+ if ((*s1 == '-' || *s1 == '_') && (*s2 == '-' || *s2 == '_'))
+ d = 0;
+ if (d != 0)
+ return 0;
+ s1++; s2++; /* already checked convlen >= filename_len */
+ }
+ while (--len != 0);
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ v1 = mbrtowc (&wc1, s1, convlen, &ps1);
+ v2 = mbrtowc (&wc2, s2, filename_len, &ps2);
+ if (v1 == 0 && v2 == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (MB_INVALIDCH (v1) || MB_INVALIDCH (v2))
+ {
+ if (*s1 != *s2) /* do byte comparison */
+ return 0;
+ s1++; s2++; len--;
+ continue;
+ }
+ wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+ wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+ if (wc1 != wc2)
+ return 0;
+ s1 += v1;
+ s2 += v1;
+ len -= v1;
+ }
+ while (len != 0);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if ((_rl_to_lower (convfn[0]) == _rl_to_lower (filename[0])) &&
+ (convlen >= filename_len) &&
+ (_rl_strnicmp (filename, convfn, filename_len) == 0))
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((convfn[0] == filename[0]) &&
+ (convlen >= filename_len) &&
+ (strncmp (filename, convfn, filename_len) == 0))
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Okay, now we write the entry_function for filename completion. In the
+ general case. Note that completion in the shell is a little different
+ because of all the pathnames that must be followed when looking up the
+ completion for a command. */
+char *
+rl_filename_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
+{
+ static DIR *directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ static char *filename = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ static int filename_len;
+ char *temp, *dentry, *convfn;
+ int dirlen, dentlen, convlen;
+ int tilde_dirname;
+ struct dirent *entry;
+
+ /* If we don't have any state, then do some initialization. */
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ /* If we were interrupted before closing the directory or reading
+ all of its contents, close it. */
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ closedir (directory);
+ directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ }
+ FREE (dirname);
+ FREE (filename);
+ FREE (users_dirname);
+
+ filename = savestring (text);
+ if (*text == 0)
+ text = ".";
+ dirname = savestring (text);
+
+ temp = strrchr (dirname, '/');
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (_WIN32)
+ /* special hack for //X/... */
+ if (dirname[0] == '/' && dirname[1] == '/' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[2]) && dirname[3] == '/')
+ temp = strrchr (dirname + 3, '/');
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (filename, ++temp);
+ *temp = '\0';
+ }
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) || (defined (_WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN__))
+ /* searches from current directory on the drive */
+ else if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[0]) && dirname[1] == ':')
+ {
+ strcpy (filename, dirname + 2);
+ dirname[2] = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ dirname[0] = '.';
+ dirname[1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* We aren't done yet. We also support the "~user" syntax. */
+
+ /* Save the version of the directory that the user typed, dequoting
+ it if necessary. */
+ if (rl_completion_found_quote && rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+ users_dirname = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (dirname, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ else
+ users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+
+ tilde_dirname = 0;
+ if (*dirname == '~')
+ {
+ temp = tilde_expand (dirname);
+ xfree (dirname);
+ dirname = temp;
+ tilde_dirname = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* We have saved the possibly-dequoted version of the directory name
+ the user typed. Now transform the directory name we're going to
+ pass to opendir(2). The directory rewrite hook modifies only the
+ directory name; the directory completion hook modifies both the
+ directory name passed to opendir(2) and the version the user
+ typed. Both the directory completion and rewrite hooks should perform
+ any necessary dequoting. The hook functions return 1 if they modify
+ the directory name argument. If either hook returns 0, it should
+ not modify the directory name pointer passed as an argument. */
+ if (rl_directory_rewrite_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&dirname);
+ else if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&dirname))
+ {
+ xfree (users_dirname);
+ users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+ }
+ else if (tilde_dirname == 0 && rl_completion_found_quote && rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+ {
+ /* delete single and double quotes */
+ xfree (dirname);
+ dirname = savestring (users_dirname);
+ }
+ directory = opendir (dirname);
+
+ /* Now dequote a non-null filename. FILENAME will not be NULL, but may
+ be empty. */
+ if (*filename && rl_completion_found_quote && rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+ {
+ /* delete single and double quotes */
+ temp = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (filename, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ xfree (filename);
+ filename = temp;
+ }
+ filename_len = strlen (filename);
+
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* At this point we should entertain the possibility of hacking wildcarded
+ filenames, like /usr/man/man<WILD>/te<TAB>. If the directory name
+ contains globbing characters, then build an array of directories, and
+ then map over that list while completing. */
+ /* *** UNIMPLEMENTED *** */
+
+ /* Now that we have some state, we can read the directory. */
+
+ entry = (struct dirent *)NULL;
+ while (directory && (entry = readdir (directory)))
+ {
+ convfn = dentry = entry->d_name;
+ convlen = dentlen = D_NAMLEN (entry);
+
+ if (rl_filename_rewrite_hook)
+ {
+ convfn = (*rl_filename_rewrite_hook) (dentry, dentlen);
+ convlen = (convfn == dentry) ? dentlen : strlen (convfn);
+ }
+
+ /* Special case for no filename. If the user has disabled the
+ `match-hidden-files' variable, skip filenames beginning with `.'.
+ All other entries except "." and ".." match. */
+ if (filename_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_match_hidden_files == 0 && HIDDEN_FILE (convfn))
+ continue;
+
+ if (convfn[0] != '.' ||
+ (convfn[1] && (convfn[1] != '.' || convfn[2])))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (complete_fncmp (convfn, convlen, filename, filename_len))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ closedir (directory);
+ directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (dirname)
+ {
+ xfree (dirname);
+ dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (filename)
+ {
+ xfree (filename);
+ filename = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (users_dirname)
+ {
+ xfree (users_dirname);
+ users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* dirname && (strcmp (dirname, ".") != 0) */
+ if (dirname && (dirname[0] != '.' || dirname[1]))
+ {
+ if (rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion && *users_dirname == '~')
+ {
+ dirlen = strlen (dirname);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+ strcpy (temp, dirname);
+ /* Canonicalization cuts off any final slash present. We
+ may need to add it back. */
+ if (dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+ {
+ temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+ temp[dirlen] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dirlen = strlen (users_dirname);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+ strcpy (temp, users_dirname);
+ /* Make sure that temp has a trailing slash here. */
+ if (users_dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+ temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+ }
+
+ strcpy (temp + dirlen, convfn);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = savestring (convfn);
+
+ if (convfn != dentry)
+ xfree (convfn);
+
+ return (temp);
+ }
+}
+
+/* An initial implementation of a menu completion function a la tcsh. The
+ first time (if the last readline command was not rl_old_menu_complete), we
+ generate the list of matches. This code is very similar to the code in
+ rl_complete_internal -- there should be a way to combine the two. Then,
+ for each item in the list of matches, we insert the match in an undoable
+ fashion, with the appropriate character appended (this happens on the
+ second and subsequent consecutive calls to rl_old_menu_complete). When we
+ hit the end of the match list, we restore the original unmatched text,
+ ring the bell, and reset the counter to zero. */
+int
+rl_old_menu_complete (int count, int invoking_key)
+{
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+ static char *orig_text;
+ static char **matches = (char **)0;
+ static int match_list_index = 0;
+ static int match_list_size = 0;
+ static int orig_start, orig_end;
+ static char quote_char;
+ static int delimiter;
+
+ /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+ up to insert them. */
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_old_menu_complete)
+ {
+ /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ if (matches)
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+ our_func = rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+ if (our_func == 0)
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ orig_end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ orig_start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = orig_end;
+
+ orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+ our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ orig_text = (char *)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+ ;
+ /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+ code below should take care of it. */
+
+ if (match_list_size > 1 && _rl_complete_show_all)
+ display_matches (matches);
+ }
+
+ /* Now we have the list of matches. Replace the text between
+ rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+ matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+ if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ match_list_index += count;
+ if (match_list_index < 0)
+ {
+ while (match_list_index < 0)
+ match_list_index += match_list_size;
+ }
+ else
+ match_list_index %= match_list_size;
+
+ if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ insert_match (orig_text, orig_start, MULT_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+ strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+ }
+
+ completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* The current version of menu completion.
+ The differences between this function and the original are:
+
+1. It honors the maximum number of completions variable (completion-query-items)
+2. It appends to the word as usual if there is only one match
+3. It displays the common prefix if there is one, and makes it the first menu
+ choice if the menu-complete-display-prefix option is enabled
+*/
+
+int
+rl_menu_complete (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+ static char *orig_text;
+ static char **matches = (char **)0;
+ static int match_list_index = 0;
+ static int match_list_size = 0;
+ static int nontrivial_lcd = 0;
+ static int full_completion = 0; /* set to 1 if menu completion should reinitialize on next call */
+ static int orig_start, orig_end;
+ static char quote_char;
+ static int delimiter, cstate;
+
+ /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+ up to insert them. */
+ if ((rl_last_func != rl_menu_complete && rl_last_func != rl_backward_menu_complete) || full_completion)
+ {
+ /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ if (matches)
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ full_completion = 0;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+ our_func = rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+ if (our_func == 0)
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ orig_end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ orig_start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = orig_end;
+
+ orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+ our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+ nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (orig_text, matches[0]) != 0;
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ orig_text = (char *)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+ ;
+
+ if (match_list_size == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ match_list_index = 0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+ code below should take care of it. */
+ if (*matches[0])
+ {
+ insert_match (matches[0], orig_start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ orig_end = orig_start + strlen (matches[0]);
+ completion_changed_buffer = STREQ (orig_text, matches[0]) == 0;
+ }
+
+ if (match_list_size > 1 && _rl_complete_show_all)
+ {
+ display_matches (matches);
+ /* If there are so many matches that the user has to be asked
+ whether or not he wants to see the matches, menu completion
+ is unwieldy. */
+ if (rl_completion_query_items > 0 && match_list_size >= rl_completion_query_items)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ full_completion = 1;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_menu_complete_prefix_first)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (match_list_size <= 1)
+ {
+ append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+ full_completion = 1;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_menu_complete_prefix_first && match_list_size > 1)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now we have the list of matches. Replace the text between
+ rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+ matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+ if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ match_list_index += count;
+ if (match_list_index < 0)
+ {
+ while (match_list_index < 0)
+ match_list_index += match_list_size;
+ }
+ else
+ match_list_index %= match_list_size;
+
+ if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ insert_match (matches[0], orig_start, MULT_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+ append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+ strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+ }
+
+ completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_backward_menu_complete (int count, int key)
+{
+ /* Positive arguments to backward-menu-complete translate into negative
+ arguments for menu-complete, and vice versa. */
+ return (rl_menu_complete (-count, key));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/display.c b/lib/readline/display.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c6cc00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/display.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3243 @@
+/* display.c -- readline redisplay facility. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+# include <pc.h>
+#endif
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Termcap library stuff. */
+#include "tcap.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+static void update_line PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int));
+static void space_to_eol PARAMS((int));
+static void delete_chars PARAMS((int));
+static void insert_some_chars PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static void open_some_spaces PARAMS((int));
+static void cr PARAMS((void));
+static void redraw_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Values for FLAGS */
+#define PMT_MULTILINE 0x01
+
+static char *expand_prompt PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *));
+
+/* State of visible and invisible lines. */
+struct line_state
+ {
+ char *line;
+ int *lbreaks;
+ int lbsize;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int wbsize;
+ int *wrapped_line;
+#endif
+ };
+
+/* The line display buffers. One is the line currently displayed on
+ the screen. The other is the line about to be displayed. */
+static struct line_state line_state_array[2];
+static struct line_state *line_state_visible = &line_state_array[0];
+static struct line_state *line_state_invisible = &line_state_array[1];
+static int line_structures_initialized = 0;
+
+/* Backwards-compatible names. */
+#define inv_lbreaks (line_state_invisible->lbreaks)
+#define inv_lbsize (line_state_invisible->lbsize)
+#define vis_lbreaks (line_state_visible->lbreaks)
+#define vis_lbsize (line_state_visible->lbsize)
+
+#define visible_line (line_state_visible->line)
+#define invisible_line (line_state_invisible->line)
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int _rl_col_width PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int));
+#else
+# define _rl_col_width(l, s, e, f) (((e) <= (s)) ? 0 : (e) - (s))
+#endif
+
+/* Heuristic used to decide whether it is faster to move from CUR to NEW
+ by backing up or outputting a carriage return and moving forward. CUR
+ and NEW are either both buffer positions or absolute screen positions. */
+#define CR_FASTER(new, cur) (((new) + 1) < ((cur) - (new)))
+
+/* _rl_last_c_pos is an absolute cursor position in multibyte locales and a
+ buffer index in others. This macro is used when deciding whether the
+ current cursor position is in the middle of a prompt string containing
+ invisible characters. XXX - might need to take `modmark' into account. */
+/* XXX - only valid when tested against _rl_last_c_pos; buffer indices need
+ to use prompt_last_invisible directly. */
+#define PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX \
+ ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) ? prompt_physical_chars : prompt_last_invisible+1)
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Display stuff */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* This is the stuff that is hard for me. I never seem to write good
+ display routines in C. Let's see how I do this time. */
+
+/* (PWP) Well... Good for a simple line updater, but totally ignores
+ the problems of input lines longer than the screen width.
+
+ update_line and the code that calls it makes a multiple line,
+ automatically wrapping line update. Careful attention needs
+ to be paid to the vertical position variables. */
+
+/* Keep two buffers; one which reflects the current contents of the
+ screen, and the other to draw what we think the new contents should
+ be. Then compare the buffers, and make whatever changes to the
+ screen itself that we should. Finally, make the buffer that we
+ just drew into be the one which reflects the current contents of the
+ screen, and place the cursor where it belongs.
+
+ Commands that want to can fix the display themselves, and then let
+ this function know that the display has been fixed by setting the
+ RL_DISPLAY_FIXED variable. This is good for efficiency. */
+
+/* Application-specific redisplay function. */
+rl_voidfunc_t *rl_redisplay_function = rl_redisplay;
+
+/* Global variables declared here. */
+/* What YOU turn on when you have handled all redisplay yourself. */
+int rl_display_fixed = 0;
+
+/* The stuff that gets printed out before the actual text of the line.
+ This is usually pointing to rl_prompt. */
+char *rl_display_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Variables used to include the editing mode in the prompt. */
+char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+int _rl_emacs_modestr_len;
+
+char *_rl_vi_ins_mode_str;
+int _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len;
+
+char *_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str;
+int _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len;
+
+/* Pseudo-global variables declared here. */
+
+/* Hints for other parts of readline to give to the display engine. */
+int _rl_suppress_redisplay = 0;
+int _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+
+/* The visible cursor position. If you print some text, adjust this. */
+/* NOTE: _rl_last_c_pos is used as a buffer index when not in a locale
+ supporting multibyte characters, and an absolute cursor position when
+ in such a locale. This is an artifact of the donated multibyte support.
+ Care must be taken when modifying its value. */
+int _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+int _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+
+/* Number of physical lines consumed by the current line buffer currently
+ on screen minus 1. */
+int _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+
+/* This is a hint update_line gives to rl_redisplay that it has adjusted the
+ value of _rl_last_c_pos *and* taken the presence of any invisible chars in
+ the prompt into account. rl_redisplay notes this and does not do the
+ adjustment itself. */
+static int cpos_adjusted;
+
+/* The index into the line buffer corresponding to the cursor position */
+static int cpos_buffer_position;
+
+/* A flag to note when we're displaying the first line of the prompt */
+static int displaying_prompt_first_line;
+/* The number of multibyte characters in the prompt, if any */
+static int prompt_multibyte_chars;
+
+static int _rl_inv_botlin = 0;
+
+/* Variables used only in this file. */
+/* The last left edge of text that was displayed. This is used when
+ doing horizontal scrolling. It shifts in thirds of a screenwidth. */
+static int last_lmargin;
+
+/* A buffer for `modeline' messages. */
+static char *msg_buf = 0;
+static int msg_bufsiz = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero forces the redisplay even if we thought it was unnecessary. */
+static int forced_display;
+
+/* Default and initial buffer size. Can grow. */
+static int line_size = 1024;
+
+/* Variables to keep track of the expanded prompt string, which may
+ include invisible characters. */
+
+static char *local_prompt, *local_prompt_prefix;
+static int local_prompt_len;
+static int prompt_prefix_length;
+/* Number of chars in the buffer that contribute to visible chars on the screen.
+ This might be different from the number of physical chars in the presence
+ of multibyte characters */
+static int prompt_visible_length;
+
+/* The number of invisible characters in the line currently being
+ displayed on the screen. */
+static int visible_wrap_offset;
+
+/* The number of invisible characters in the prompt string. Static so it
+ can be shared between rl_redisplay and update_line */
+static int wrap_offset;
+
+/* The index of the last invisible character in the prompt string. */
+static int prompt_last_invisible;
+
+/* The length (buffer offset) of the first line of the last (possibly
+ multi-line) buffer displayed on the screen. */
+static int visible_first_line_len;
+
+/* Number of invisible characters on the first physical line of the prompt.
+ Only valid when the number of physical characters in the prompt exceeds
+ (or is equal to) _rl_screenwidth. */
+static int prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+
+static int prompt_last_screen_line;
+
+static int prompt_physical_chars;
+
+/* An array of indexes into the prompt string where we will break physical
+ screen lines. It's easier to compute in expand_prompt and use later in
+ rl_redisplay instead of having rl_redisplay try to guess about invisible
+ characters in the prompt or use heuristics about where they are. */
+static int *local_prompt_newlines;
+
+/* set to a non-zero value by rl_redisplay if we are marking modified history
+ lines and the current line is so marked. */
+static int modmark;
+
+static int line_totbytes;
+
+/* Variables to save and restore prompt and display information. */
+
+/* These are getting numerous enough that it's time to create a struct. */
+
+static char *saved_local_prompt;
+static char *saved_local_prefix;
+static int *saved_local_prompt_newlines;
+
+static int saved_last_invisible;
+static int saved_visible_length;
+static int saved_prefix_length;
+static int saved_local_length;
+static int saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+static int saved_physical_chars;
+
+/* Return a string indicating the editing mode, for use in the prompt. */
+
+static char *
+prompt_modestr (int *lenp)
+{
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ {
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = _rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_modestr_len : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+ return _rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_keymap == vi_insertion_keymap)
+ {
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = _rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+ return _rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_mode_str : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT; /* vi insert mode */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+ return _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT; /* vi command mode */
+ }
+}
+
+/* Expand the prompt string S and return the number of visible
+ characters in *LP, if LP is not null. This is currently more-or-less
+ a placeholder for expansion. LIP, if non-null is a place to store the
+ index of the last invisible character in the returned string. NIFLP,
+ if non-zero, is a place to store the number of invisible characters in
+ the first prompt line. The previous are used as byte counts -- indexes
+ into a character buffer. *VLP gets the number of physical characters in
+ the expanded prompt (visible length) */
+
+/* Current implementation:
+ \001 (^A) start non-visible characters
+ \002 (^B) end non-visible characters
+ all characters except \001 and \002 (following a \001) are copied to
+ the returned string; all characters except those between \001 and
+ \002 are assumed to be `visible'. */
+
+/* Possible values for FLAGS:
+ PMT_MULTILINE caller indicates that this is part of a multiline prompt
+*/
+
+/* This approximates the number of lines the prompt will take when displayed */
+#define APPROX_DIV(n, d) (((n) < (d)) ? 1 : ((n) / (d)) + 1)
+
+static char *
+expand_prompt (char *pmt, int flags, int *lp, int *lip, int *niflp, int *vlp)
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *p, *igstart, *nprompt, *ms;
+ int l, rl, last, ignoring, ninvis, invfl, invflset, ind, pind, physchars;
+ int mlen, newlines, newlines_guess, bound;
+ int mb_cur_max;
+
+ /* We only expand the mode string for the last line of a multiline prompt
+ (a prompt with embedded newlines). */
+ ms = (((pmt == rl_prompt) ^ (flags & PMT_MULTILINE)) && _rl_show_mode_in_prompt) ? prompt_modestr (&mlen) : 0;
+ if (ms)
+ {
+ l = strlen (pmt);
+ nprompt = (char *)xmalloc (l + mlen + 1);
+ memcpy (nprompt, ms, mlen);
+ strcpy (nprompt + mlen, pmt);
+ }
+ else
+ nprompt = pmt;
+
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+
+ if (_rl_screenwidth == 0)
+ _rl_get_screen_size (0, 0); /* avoid division by zero */
+
+ /* Short-circuit if we can. We can do this if we are treating the prompt as
+ a sequence of bytes and there are no invisible characters in the prompt
+ to deal with. Since we populate local_prompt_newlines, we have to run
+ through the rest of the function if this prompt looks like it's going to
+ be longer than one screen line. */
+ if ((mb_cur_max <= 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && strchr (nprompt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
+ {
+ l = strlen (nprompt);
+ if (l < (_rl_screenwidth > 0 ? _rl_screenwidth : 80))
+ {
+ r = (nprompt == pmt) ? savestring (pmt) : nprompt;
+ if (lp)
+ *lp = l;
+ if (lip)
+ *lip = 0;
+ if (niflp)
+ *niflp = 0;
+ if (vlp)
+ *vlp = l;
+
+ local_prompt_newlines = (int *) xrealloc (local_prompt_newlines, sizeof (int) * 2);
+ local_prompt_newlines[0] = 0;
+ local_prompt_newlines[1] = -1;
+
+ return r;
+ }
+ }
+
+ l = strlen (nprompt); /* XXX */
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (l + 1);
+
+ /* Guess at how many screen lines the prompt will take to size the array that
+ keeps track of where the line wraps happen */
+ newlines_guess = (_rl_screenwidth > 0) ? APPROX_DIV(l, _rl_screenwidth) : APPROX_DIV(l, 80);
+ local_prompt_newlines = (int *) xrealloc (local_prompt_newlines, sizeof (int) * (newlines_guess + 1));
+ local_prompt_newlines[newlines = 0] = 0;
+ for (rl = 1; rl <= newlines_guess; rl++)
+ local_prompt_newlines[rl] = -1;
+
+ rl = physchars = 0; /* mode string now part of nprompt */
+ invfl = 0; /* invisible chars in first line of prompt */
+ invflset = 0; /* we only want to set invfl once */
+ igstart = 0; /* we're not ignoring any characters yet */
+
+ for (ignoring = last = ninvis = 0, p = nprompt; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ /* This code strips the invisible character string markers
+ RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE */
+ if (ignoring == 0 && *p == RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) /* XXX - check ignoring? */
+ {
+ ignoring = 1;
+ igstart = p;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (ignoring && *p == RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE)
+ {
+ ignoring = 0;
+ if (p != (igstart + 1))
+ last = r - ret - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ pind = p - nprompt;
+ ind = _rl_find_next_mbchar (nprompt, pind, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ l = ind - pind;
+ while (l--)
+ *r++ = *p++;
+ if (!ignoring)
+ {
+ /* rl ends up being assigned to prompt_visible_length,
+ which is the number of characters in the buffer that
+ contribute to characters on the screen, which might
+ not be the same as the number of physical characters
+ on the screen in the presence of multibyte characters */
+ rl += ind - pind;
+ physchars += _rl_col_width (nprompt, pind, ind, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ ninvis += ind - pind;
+ p--; /* compensate for later increment */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ *r++ = *p;
+ if (!ignoring)
+ {
+ rl++; /* visible length byte counter */
+ physchars++;
+ }
+ else
+ ninvis++; /* invisible chars byte counter */
+ }
+
+ if (invflset == 0 && physchars >= _rl_screenwidth)
+ {
+ invfl = ninvis;
+ invflset = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (physchars >= (bound = (newlines + 1) * _rl_screenwidth) && local_prompt_newlines[newlines+1] == -1)
+ {
+ int new;
+ if (physchars > bound) /* should rarely happen */
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ *r = '\0'; /* need null-termination for strlen */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ new = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (ret, r - ret, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ else
+#endif
+ new = r - ret - (physchars - bound); /* XXX */
+ }
+ else
+ new = r - ret;
+ local_prompt_newlines[++newlines] = new;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rl < _rl_screenwidth)
+ invfl = ninvis;
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ if (lp)
+ *lp = rl;
+ if (lip)
+ *lip = last;
+ if (niflp)
+ *niflp = invfl;
+ if (vlp)
+ *vlp = physchars;
+
+ if (nprompt != pmt)
+ free (nprompt);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Just strip out RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE from
+ PMT and return the rest of PMT. */
+char *
+_rl_strip_prompt (char *pmt)
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ ret = expand_prompt (pmt, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_reset_prompt (void)
+{
+ rl_visible_prompt_length = rl_expand_prompt (rl_prompt);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand the prompt string into the various display components, if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * local_prompt = expanded last line of string in rl_display_prompt
+ * (portion after the final newline)
+ * local_prompt_prefix = portion before last newline of rl_display_prompt,
+ * expanded via expand_prompt
+ * prompt_visible_length = number of visible characters in local_prompt
+ * prompt_prefix_length = number of visible characters in local_prompt_prefix
+ *
+ * It also tries to keep track of the number of invisible characters in the
+ * prompt string, and where they are.
+ *
+ * This function is called once per call to readline(). It may also be
+ * called arbitrarily to expand the primary prompt.
+ *
+ * The return value is the number of visible characters on the last line
+ * of the (possibly multi-line) prompt. In this case, multi-line means
+ * there are embedded newlines in the prompt string itself, not that the
+ * number of physical characters exceeds the screen width and the prompt
+ * wraps.
+ */
+int
+rl_expand_prompt (char *prompt)
+{
+ char *p, *t;
+ int c;
+
+ /* Clear out any saved values. */
+ FREE (local_prompt);
+ FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+
+ local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+ local_prompt_len = 0;
+ prompt_last_invisible = prompt_invis_chars_first_line = 0;
+ prompt_visible_length = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
+
+ if (prompt == 0 || *prompt == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ p = strrchr (prompt, '\n');
+ if (p == 0)
+ {
+ /* The prompt is only one logical line, though it might wrap. */
+ local_prompt = expand_prompt (prompt, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+ &prompt_last_invisible,
+ &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+ &prompt_physical_chars);
+ local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+ local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+ return (prompt_visible_length);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The prompt spans multiple lines. */
+ t = ++p;
+ local_prompt = expand_prompt (p, PMT_MULTILINE,
+ &prompt_visible_length,
+ &prompt_last_invisible,
+ &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+ &prompt_physical_chars);
+ c = *t; *t = '\0';
+ /* The portion of the prompt string up to and including the
+ final newline is now null-terminated. */
+ local_prompt_prefix = expand_prompt (prompt, PMT_MULTILINE,
+ &prompt_prefix_length,
+ (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL);
+ *t = c;
+ local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+ return (prompt_prefix_length);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Initialize the VISIBLE_LINE and INVISIBLE_LINE arrays, and their associated
+ arrays of line break markers. MINSIZE is the minimum size of VISIBLE_LINE
+ and INVISIBLE_LINE; if it is greater than LINE_SIZE, LINE_SIZE is
+ increased. If the lines have already been allocated, this ensures that
+ they can hold at least MINSIZE characters. */
+static void
+init_line_structures (int minsize)
+{
+ register int n;
+
+ if (invisible_line == 0) /* initialize it */
+ {
+ if (line_size < minsize)
+ line_size = minsize;
+ visible_line = (char *)xmalloc (line_size);
+ invisible_line = (char *)xmalloc (line_size);
+ }
+ else if (line_size < minsize) /* ensure it can hold MINSIZE chars */
+ {
+ line_size *= 2;
+ if (line_size < minsize)
+ line_size = minsize;
+ visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+ invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+ }
+
+ for (n = minsize; n < line_size; n++)
+ {
+ visible_line[n] = 0;
+ invisible_line[n] = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (vis_lbreaks == 0)
+ {
+ /* should be enough. */
+ inv_lbsize = vis_lbsize = 256;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ line_state_visible->wbsize = vis_lbsize;
+ line_state_visible->wrapped_line = (int *)xmalloc (line_state_visible->wbsize * sizeof (int));
+
+ line_state_invisible->wbsize = inv_lbsize;
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line = (int *)xmalloc (line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof (int));
+#endif
+
+ inv_lbreaks = (int *)xmalloc (inv_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+ vis_lbreaks = (int *)xmalloc (vis_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+ inv_lbreaks[0] = vis_lbreaks[0] = 0;
+ }
+
+ line_structures_initialized = 1;
+}
+
+/* Basic redisplay algorithm. See comments inline. */
+void
+rl_redisplay (void)
+{
+ register int in, out, c, linenum, cursor_linenum;
+ register char *line;
+ int inv_botlin, lb_botlin, lb_linenum, o_cpos;
+ int newlines, lpos, temp, n0, num, prompt_lines_estimate;
+ char *prompt_this_line;
+ int mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t wc;
+ size_t wc_bytes;
+ int wc_width;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int _rl_wrapped_multicolumn = 0;
+#endif
+
+ if (_rl_echoing_p == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Block keyboard interrupts because this function manipulates global
+ data structures. */
+ _rl_block_sigint ();
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING);
+
+ if (!rl_display_prompt)
+ rl_display_prompt = "";
+
+ if (line_structures_initialized == 0)
+ {
+ init_line_structures (0);
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ }
+
+ /* Draw the line into the buffer. */
+ cpos_buffer_position = -1;
+
+ prompt_multibyte_chars = prompt_visible_length - prompt_physical_chars;
+
+ line = invisible_line;
+ out = inv_botlin = 0;
+
+ /* Mark the line as modified or not. We only do this for history
+ lines. */
+ modmark = 0;
+ if (_rl_mark_modified_lines && current_history () && rl_undo_list)
+ {
+ line[out++] = '*';
+ line[out] = '\0';
+ modmark = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* If someone thought that the redisplay was handled, but the currently
+ visible line has a different modification state than the one about
+ to become visible, then correct the caller's misconception. */
+ if (visible_line[0] != invisible_line[0])
+ rl_display_fixed = 0;
+
+ /* If the prompt to be displayed is the `primary' readline prompt (the
+ one passed to readline()), use the values we have already expanded.
+ If not, use what's already in rl_display_prompt. WRAP_OFFSET is the
+ number of non-visible characters in the prompt string. */
+ /* This is where we output the characters in the prompt before the last
+ newline, if any. If there aren't any embedded newlines, we don't
+ write anything. Copy the last line of the prompt string into the line in
+ any case */
+ if (rl_display_prompt == rl_prompt || local_prompt)
+ {
+ if (local_prompt_prefix && forced_display)
+ _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt_prefix, strlen (local_prompt_prefix));
+
+ if (local_prompt_len > 0)
+ {
+ temp = local_prompt_len + out + 2;
+ if (temp >= line_size)
+ {
+ line_size = (temp + 1024) - (temp % 1024);
+ visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+ line = invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+ }
+ strncpy (line + out, local_prompt, local_prompt_len);
+ out += local_prompt_len;
+ }
+ line[out] = '\0';
+ wrap_offset = local_prompt_len - prompt_visible_length;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int pmtlen;
+ prompt_this_line = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+ if (!prompt_this_line)
+ prompt_this_line = rl_display_prompt;
+ else
+ {
+ prompt_this_line++;
+ pmtlen = prompt_this_line - rl_display_prompt; /* temp var */
+ if (forced_display)
+ {
+ _rl_output_some_chars (rl_display_prompt, pmtlen);
+ /* Make sure we are at column zero even after a newline,
+ regardless of the state of terminal output processing. */
+ if (pmtlen < 2 || prompt_this_line[-2] != '\r')
+ cr ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ prompt_physical_chars = pmtlen = strlen (prompt_this_line);
+ temp = pmtlen + out + 2;
+ if (temp >= line_size)
+ {
+ line_size = (temp + 1024) - (temp % 1024);
+ visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+ line = invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+ }
+ strncpy (line + out, prompt_this_line, pmtlen);
+ out += pmtlen;
+ line[out] = '\0';
+ wrap_offset = prompt_invis_chars_first_line = 0;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define CHECK_INV_LBREAKS() \
+ do { \
+ if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+ { \
+ inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+ inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+ } \
+ if (newlines >= (line_state_invisible->wbsize - 2)) \
+ { \
+ line_state_invisible->wbsize *= 2; \
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line = (int *)xrealloc (line_state_invisible->wrapped_line, line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof(int)); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+#else
+#define CHECK_INV_LBREAKS() \
+ do { \
+ if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+ { \
+ inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+ inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define CHECK_LPOS() \
+ do { \
+ lpos++; \
+ if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth) \
+ { \
+ if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+ { \
+ inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+ inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+ } \
+ inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out; \
+ if (newlines >= (line_state_invisible->wbsize - 2)) \
+ { \
+ line_state_invisible->wbsize *= 2; \
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line = (int *)xrealloc (line_state_invisible->wrapped_line, line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof(int)); \
+ } \
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[newlines] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn; \
+ lpos = 0; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+#else
+#define CHECK_LPOS() \
+ do { \
+ lpos++; \
+ if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth) \
+ { \
+ if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+ { \
+ inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+ inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+ } \
+ inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out; \
+ lpos = 0; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+#endif
+
+ /* inv_lbreaks[i] is where line i starts in the buffer. */
+ inv_lbreaks[newlines = 0] = 0;
+ /* lpos is a physical cursor position, so it needs to be adjusted by the
+ number of invisible characters in the prompt, per line. We compute
+ the line breaks in the prompt string in expand_prompt, taking invisible
+ characters into account, and if lpos exceeds the screen width, we copy
+ the data in the loop below. */
+ lpos = prompt_physical_chars + modmark;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (line_state_invisible->wrapped_line, 0, line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof (int));
+ num = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* prompt_invis_chars_first_line is the number of invisible characters in
+ the first physical line of the prompt.
+ wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line is usually the number of
+ invis chars on the second (or, more generally, last) line. */
+
+ /* This is zero-based, used to set the newlines */
+ prompt_lines_estimate = lpos / _rl_screenwidth;
+
+ /* what if lpos is already >= _rl_screenwidth before we start drawing the
+ contents of the command line? */
+ if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth)
+ {
+ temp = 0;
+
+ /* first copy the linebreaks array we computed in expand_prompt */
+ while (local_prompt_newlines[newlines+1] != -1)
+ {
+ temp = local_prompt_newlines[newlines+1];
+ inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = temp;
+ }
+
+ /* Now set lpos from the last newline */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 && prompt_multibyte_chars > 0)
+ lpos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, temp, local_prompt_len, 1) - (wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+ else
+ lpos -= (_rl_screenwidth * newlines);
+ }
+
+ prompt_last_screen_line = newlines;
+
+ /* Draw the rest of the line (after the prompt) into invisible_line, keeping
+ track of where the cursor is (cpos_buffer_position), the number of the
+ line containing the cursor (lb_linenum), the last line number (lb_botlin
+ and inv_botlin).
+ It maintains an array of line breaks for display (inv_lbreaks).
+ This handles expanding tabs for display and displaying meta characters. */
+ lb_linenum = 0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ in = 0;
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(rl_line_buffer[0]))
+ {
+ wc = (wchar_t)rl_line_buffer[0];
+ wc_bytes = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ wc_bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer, rl_end, &ps);
+ }
+ else
+ wc_bytes = 1;
+ while (in < rl_end)
+#else
+ for (in = 0; in < rl_end; in++)
+#endif
+ {
+ c = (unsigned char)rl_line_buffer[in];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (wc_bytes))
+ {
+ /* Byte sequence is invalid or shortened. Assume that the
+ first byte represents a character. */
+ wc_bytes = 1;
+ /* Assume that a character occupies a single column. */
+ wc_width = 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (wc_bytes))
+ break; /* Found '\0' */
+ else
+ {
+ temp = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ wc_width = (temp >= 0) ? temp : 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (out + 8 >= line_size) /* XXX - 8 for \t */
+ {
+ line_size *= 2;
+ visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+ invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+ line = invisible_line;
+ }
+
+ if (in == rl_point)
+ {
+ cpos_buffer_position = out;
+ lb_linenum = newlines;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (META_CHAR (c) && _rl_output_meta_chars == 0) /* XXX - clean up */
+#else
+ if (META_CHAR (c))
+#endif
+ {
+ if (_rl_output_meta_chars == 0)
+ {
+ sprintf (line + out, "\\%o", c);
+
+ if (lpos + 4 >= _rl_screenwidth)
+ {
+ temp = _rl_screenwidth - lpos;
+ CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+ inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out + temp;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[newlines] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn;
+#endif
+ lpos = 4 - temp;
+ }
+ else
+ lpos += 4;
+
+ out += 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ line[out++] = c;
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+ }
+ }
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+ else if (c == '\t')
+ {
+ register int newout;
+
+#if 0
+ newout = (out | (int)7) + 1;
+#else
+ newout = out + 8 - lpos % 8;
+#endif
+ temp = newout - out;
+ if (lpos + temp >= _rl_screenwidth)
+ {
+ register int temp2;
+ temp2 = _rl_screenwidth - lpos;
+ CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+ inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out + temp2;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[newlines] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn;
+#endif
+ lpos = temp - temp2;
+ while (out < newout)
+ line[out++] = ' ';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (out < newout)
+ line[out++] = ' ';
+ lpos += temp;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (c == '\n' && _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0 && _rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+ {
+ line[out++] = '\0'; /* XXX - sentinel */
+ CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+ inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[newlines] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn;
+#endif
+ lpos = 0;
+ }
+ else if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ line[out++] = '^';
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+ line[out++] = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ register int i;
+
+ _rl_wrapped_multicolumn = 0;
+
+ if (_rl_screenwidth < lpos + wc_width)
+ for (i = lpos; i < _rl_screenwidth; i++)
+ {
+ /* The space will be removed in update_line() */
+ line[out++] = ' ';
+ _rl_wrapped_multicolumn++;
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+ }
+ if (in == rl_point)
+ {
+ cpos_buffer_position = out;
+ lb_linenum = newlines;
+ }
+ for (i = in; i < in+wc_bytes; i++)
+ line[out++] = rl_line_buffer[i];
+ for (i = 0; i < wc_width; i++)
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ line[out++] = c;
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+ }
+#else
+ line[out++] = c;
+ CHECK_LPOS();
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ in += wc_bytes;
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(rl_line_buffer[in]))
+ {
+ wc = (wchar_t)rl_line_buffer[in];
+ wc_bytes = 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t)); /* re-init state */
+ }
+ else
+ wc_bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + in, rl_end - in, &ps);
+ }
+ else
+ in++;
+#endif
+ }
+ line[out] = '\0';
+ line_totbytes = out;
+ if (cpos_buffer_position < 0)
+ {
+ cpos_buffer_position = out;
+ lb_linenum = newlines;
+ }
+
+ inv_botlin = lb_botlin = _rl_inv_botlin = newlines;
+ CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+ inv_lbreaks[newlines+1] = out;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* This should be 0 anyway */
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[newlines+1] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn;
+#endif
+ cursor_linenum = lb_linenum;
+
+ /* CPOS_BUFFER_POSITION == position in buffer where cursor should be placed.
+ CURSOR_LINENUM == line number where the cursor should be placed. */
+
+ /* PWP: now is when things get a bit hairy. The visible and invisible
+ line buffers are really multiple lines, which would wrap every
+ (screenwidth - 1) characters. Go through each in turn, finding
+ the changed region and updating it. The line order is top to bottom. */
+
+ /* If we can move the cursor up and down, then use multiple lines,
+ otherwise, let long lines display in a single terminal line, and
+ horizontally scroll it. */
+ displaying_prompt_first_line = 1;
+ if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0 && _rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+ {
+ int nleft, pos, changed_screen_line, tx;
+
+ if (!rl_display_fixed || forced_display)
+ {
+ forced_display = 0;
+
+ /* If we have more than a screenful of material to display, then
+ only display a screenful. We should display the last screen,
+ not the first. */
+ if (out >= _rl_screenchars)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ out = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (line, _rl_screenchars, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ else
+#endif
+ out = _rl_screenchars - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* The first line is at character position 0 in the buffer. The
+ second and subsequent lines start at inv_lbreaks[N], offset by
+ OFFSET (which has already been calculated above). */
+
+#define INVIS_FIRST() (prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line : wrap_offset)
+#define WRAP_OFFSET(line, offset) ((line == 0) \
+ ? (offset ? INVIS_FIRST() : 0) \
+ : ((line == prompt_last_screen_line) ? wrap_offset-prompt_invis_chars_first_line : 0))
+#define W_OFFSET(line, offset) ((line) == 0 ? offset : 0)
+#define VIS_LLEN(l) ((l) > _rl_vis_botlin ? 0 : (vis_lbreaks[l+1] - vis_lbreaks[l]))
+#define INV_LLEN(l) (inv_lbreaks[l+1] - inv_lbreaks[l])
+#define VIS_CHARS(line) (visible_line + vis_lbreaks[line])
+#define VIS_LINE(line) ((line) > _rl_vis_botlin) ? "" : VIS_CHARS(line)
+#define INV_LINE(line) (invisible_line + inv_lbreaks[line])
+
+#define OLD_CPOS_IN_PROMPT() (cpos_adjusted == 0 && \
+ _rl_last_c_pos != o_cpos && \
+ _rl_last_c_pos > wrap_offset && \
+ o_cpos < prompt_last_invisible)
+
+ /* For each line in the buffer, do the updating display. */
+ for (linenum = 0; linenum <= inv_botlin; linenum++)
+ {
+ /* This can lead us astray if we execute a program that changes
+ the locale from a non-multibyte to a multibyte one. */
+ o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+ cpos_adjusted = 0;
+ update_line (VIS_LINE(linenum), INV_LINE(linenum), linenum,
+ VIS_LLEN(linenum), INV_LLEN(linenum), inv_botlin);
+
+ /* update_line potentially changes _rl_last_c_pos, but doesn't
+ take invisible characters into account, since _rl_last_c_pos
+ is an absolute cursor position in a multibyte locale. We
+ choose to (mostly) compensate for that here, rather than
+ change update_line itself. There are several cases in which
+ update_line adjusts _rl_last_c_pos itself (so it can pass
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative accurate values); it communicates
+ this back by setting cpos_adjusted. If we assume that
+ _rl_last_c_pos is correct (an absolute cursor position) each
+ time update_line is called, then we can assume in our
+ calculations that o_cpos does not need to be adjusted by
+ wrap_offset. */
+ if (linenum == 0 && (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) && OLD_CPOS_IN_PROMPT())
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= prompt_invis_chars_first_line; /* XXX - was wrap_offset */
+ else if (cpos_adjusted == 0 &&
+ linenum == prompt_last_screen_line &&
+ prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth &&
+ (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos != o_cpos &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos > (prompt_last_invisible - _rl_screenwidth - prompt_invis_chars_first_line)) /* XXX - rethink this last one */
+ /* This assumes that all the invisible characters are split
+ between the first and last lines of the prompt, if the
+ prompt consumes more than two lines. It's usually right */
+ /* XXX - not sure this is ever executed */
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= (wrap_offset-prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+
+ /* If this is the line with the prompt, we might need to
+ compensate for invisible characters in the new line. Do
+ this only if there is not more than one new line (which
+ implies that we completely overwrite the old visible line)
+ and the new line is shorter than the old. Make sure we are
+ at the end of the new line before clearing. */
+ if (linenum == 0 &&
+ inv_botlin == 0 && _rl_last_c_pos == out &&
+ (wrap_offset > visible_wrap_offset) &&
+ (_rl_last_c_pos < visible_first_line_len))
+ {
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ nleft = _rl_screenwidth - _rl_last_c_pos;
+ else
+ nleft = _rl_screenwidth + wrap_offset - _rl_last_c_pos;
+ if (nleft)
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (nleft);
+ }
+#if 0
+ /* This segment is intended to handle the case where the prompt
+ has invisible characters on the second line and the new line
+ to be displayed needs to clear the rest of the old characters
+ out (e.g., when printing the i-search prompt). In general,
+ the case of the new line being shorter than the old.
+ Incomplete */
+ else if (linenum == prompt_last_screen_line &&
+ prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth &&
+ wrap_offset != prompt_invis_chars_first_line &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos == out &&
+#endif
+
+
+ /* Since the new first line is now visible, save its length. */
+ if (linenum == 0)
+ visible_first_line_len = (inv_botlin > 0) ? inv_lbreaks[1] : out - wrap_offset;
+ }
+
+ /* We may have deleted some lines. If so, clear the left over
+ blank ones at the bottom out. */
+ if (_rl_vis_botlin > inv_botlin)
+ {
+ char *tt;
+ for (; linenum <= _rl_vis_botlin; linenum++)
+ {
+ tt = VIS_CHARS (linenum);
+ _rl_move_vert (linenum);
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (0, tt);
+ _rl_clear_to_eol
+ ((linenum == _rl_vis_botlin) ? strlen (tt) : _rl_screenwidth);
+ }
+ }
+ _rl_vis_botlin = inv_botlin;
+
+ /* CHANGED_SCREEN_LINE is set to 1 if we have moved to a
+ different screen line during this redisplay. */
+ changed_screen_line = _rl_last_v_pos != cursor_linenum;
+ if (changed_screen_line)
+ {
+ _rl_move_vert (cursor_linenum);
+ /* If we moved up to the line with the prompt using _rl_term_up,
+ the physical cursor position on the screen stays the same,
+ but the buffer position needs to be adjusted to account
+ for invisible characters. */
+ if ((mb_cur_max == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && cursor_linenum == 0 && wrap_offset)
+ _rl_last_c_pos += wrap_offset;
+ }
+
+ /* Now we move the cursor to where it needs to be. First, make
+ sure we are on the correct line (cursor_linenum). */
+
+ /* We have to reprint the prompt if it contains invisible
+ characters, since it's not generally OK to just reprint
+ the characters from the current cursor position. But we
+ only need to reprint it if the cursor is before the last
+ invisible character in the prompt string. */
+ nleft = prompt_visible_length + wrap_offset;
+ if (cursor_linenum == 0 && wrap_offset > 0 && _rl_last_c_pos > 0 &&
+#if 0
+ _rl_last_c_pos <= PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX && local_prompt)
+#else
+ _rl_last_c_pos < PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX && local_prompt)
+#endif
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ if (_rl_term_cr)
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ if (modmark)
+ _rl_output_some_chars ("*", 1);
+
+ _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, nleft);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, nleft, 1) - wrap_offset + modmark;
+ else
+ _rl_last_c_pos = nleft + modmark;
+ }
+
+ /* Where on that line? And where does that line start
+ in the buffer? */
+ pos = inv_lbreaks[cursor_linenum];
+ /* nleft == number of characters in the line buffer between the
+ start of the line and the desired cursor position. */
+ nleft = cpos_buffer_position - pos;
+
+ /* NLEFT is now a number of characters in a buffer. When in a
+ multibyte locale, however, _rl_last_c_pos is an absolute cursor
+ position that doesn't take invisible characters in the prompt
+ into account. We use a fudge factor to compensate. */
+
+ /* Since _rl_backspace() doesn't know about invisible characters in
+ the prompt, and there's no good way to tell it, we compensate for
+ those characters here and call _rl_backspace() directly if
+ necessary */
+ if (wrap_offset && cursor_linenum == 0 && nleft < _rl_last_c_pos)
+ {
+ /* TX == new physical cursor position in multibyte locale. */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ tx = _rl_col_width (&visible_line[pos], 0, nleft, 1) - visible_wrap_offset;
+ else
+ tx = nleft;
+ if (tx >= 0 && _rl_last_c_pos > tx)
+ {
+ _rl_backspace (_rl_last_c_pos - tx); /* XXX */
+ _rl_last_c_pos = tx;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We need to note that in a multibyte locale we are dealing with
+ _rl_last_c_pos as an absolute cursor position, but moving to a
+ point specified by a buffer position (NLEFT) that doesn't take
+ invisible characters into account. */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (nleft, &invisible_line[pos]);
+ else if (nleft != _rl_last_c_pos)
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (nleft, &invisible_line[pos]);
+ }
+ }
+ else /* Do horizontal scrolling. Much simpler */
+ {
+#define M_OFFSET(margin, offset) ((margin) == 0 ? offset : 0)
+ int lmargin, ndisp, nleft, phys_c_pos, t;
+
+ /* Always at top line. */
+ _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+
+ /* Compute where in the buffer the displayed line should start. This
+ will be LMARGIN. */
+
+ /* The number of characters that will be displayed before the cursor. */
+ ndisp = cpos_buffer_position - wrap_offset;
+ nleft = prompt_visible_length + wrap_offset;
+ /* Where the new cursor position will be on the screen. This can be
+ longer than SCREENWIDTH; if it is, lmargin will be adjusted. */
+ phys_c_pos = cpos_buffer_position - (last_lmargin ? last_lmargin : wrap_offset);
+ t = _rl_screenwidth / 3;
+
+ /* If the number of characters had already exceeded the screenwidth,
+ last_lmargin will be > 0. */
+
+ /* If the number of characters to be displayed is more than the screen
+ width, compute the starting offset so that the cursor is about
+ two-thirds of the way across the screen. */
+ if (phys_c_pos > _rl_screenwidth - 2)
+ {
+ lmargin = cpos_buffer_position - (2 * t);
+ if (lmargin < 0)
+ lmargin = 0;
+ /* If the left margin would be in the middle of a prompt with
+ invisible characters, don't display the prompt at all. */
+ if (wrap_offset && lmargin > 0 && lmargin < nleft)
+ lmargin = nleft;
+ }
+ else if (ndisp < _rl_screenwidth - 2) /* XXX - was -1 */
+ lmargin = 0;
+ else if (phys_c_pos < 1)
+ {
+ /* If we are moving back towards the beginning of the line and
+ the last margin is no longer correct, compute a new one. */
+ lmargin = ((cpos_buffer_position - 1) / t) * t; /* XXX */
+ if (wrap_offset && lmargin > 0 && lmargin < nleft)
+ lmargin = nleft;
+ }
+ else
+ lmargin = last_lmargin;
+
+ displaying_prompt_first_line = lmargin < nleft;
+
+ /* If the first character on the screen isn't the first character
+ in the display line, indicate this with a special character. */
+ if (lmargin > 0)
+ line[lmargin] = '<';
+
+ /* If SCREENWIDTH characters starting at LMARGIN do not encompass
+ the whole line, indicate that with a special character at the
+ right edge of the screen. If LMARGIN is 0, we need to take the
+ wrap offset into account. */
+ t = lmargin + M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset) + _rl_screenwidth;
+ if (t > 0 && t < out)
+ line[t - 1] = '>';
+
+ if (rl_display_fixed == 0 || forced_display || lmargin != last_lmargin)
+ {
+ forced_display = 0;
+ o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+ cpos_adjusted = 0;
+ update_line (&visible_line[last_lmargin],
+ &invisible_line[lmargin],
+ 0,
+ _rl_screenwidth + visible_wrap_offset,
+ _rl_screenwidth + (lmargin ? 0 : wrap_offset),
+ 0);
+
+ if ((mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+ displaying_prompt_first_line && OLD_CPOS_IN_PROMPT())
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= prompt_invis_chars_first_line; /* XXX - was wrap_offset */
+
+ /* If the visible new line is shorter than the old, but the number
+ of invisible characters is greater, and we are at the end of
+ the new line, we need to clear to eol. */
+ t = _rl_last_c_pos - M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset);
+ if ((M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset) > visible_wrap_offset) &&
+ (_rl_last_c_pos == out) && displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+ t < visible_first_line_len)
+ {
+ nleft = _rl_screenwidth - t;
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (nleft);
+ }
+ visible_first_line_len = out - lmargin - M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset);
+ if (visible_first_line_len > _rl_screenwidth)
+ visible_first_line_len = _rl_screenwidth;
+
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (cpos_buffer_position - lmargin, &invisible_line[lmargin]);
+ last_lmargin = lmargin;
+ }
+ }
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+
+ /* Swap visible and non-visible lines. */
+ {
+ struct line_state *vtemp = line_state_visible;
+
+ line_state_visible = line_state_invisible;
+ line_state_invisible = vtemp;
+
+ rl_display_fixed = 0;
+ /* If we are displaying on a single line, and last_lmargin is > 0, we
+ are not displaying any invisible characters, so set visible_wrap_offset
+ to 0. */
+ if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && last_lmargin)
+ visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+ else
+ visible_wrap_offset = wrap_offset;
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING);
+ _rl_release_sigint ();
+}
+
+/* PWP: update_line() is based on finding the middle difference of each
+ line on the screen; vis:
+
+ /old first difference
+ /beginning of line | /old last same /old EOL
+ v v v v
+old: eddie> Oh, my little gruntle-buggy is to me, as lurgid as
+new: eddie> Oh, my little buggy says to me, as lurgid as
+ ^ ^ ^ ^
+ \beginning of line | \new last same \new end of line
+ \new first difference
+
+ All are character pointers for the sake of speed. Special cases for
+ no differences, as well as for end of line additions must be handled.
+
+ Could be made even smarter, but this works well enough */
+static void
+update_line (char *old, char *new, int current_line, int omax, int nmax, int inv_botlin)
+{
+ register char *ofd, *ols, *oe, *nfd, *nls, *ne;
+ int temp, lendiff, wsatend, od, nd, twidth, o_cpos;
+ int current_invis_chars;
+ int col_lendiff, col_temp;
+ int bytes_to_insert;
+ int mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps_new, ps_old;
+ int new_offset, old_offset;
+#endif
+
+ /* If we're at the right edge of a terminal that supports xn, we're
+ ready to wrap around, so do so. This fixes problems with knowing
+ the exact cursor position and cut-and-paste with certain terminal
+ emulators. In this calculation, TEMP is the physical screen
+ position of the cursor. */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ temp = _rl_last_c_pos;
+ else
+ temp = _rl_last_c_pos - WRAP_OFFSET (_rl_last_v_pos, visible_wrap_offset);
+ if (temp == _rl_screenwidth && _rl_term_autowrap && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode
+ && _rl_last_v_pos == current_line - 1)
+ {
+ /* We're going to wrap around by writing the first character of NEW to
+ the screen and dealing with changes to what's visible by modifying
+ OLD to match it. Complicated by the presence of multi-width
+ characters at the end of the line or beginning of the new one. */
+ /* old is always somewhere in visible_line; new is always somewhere in
+ invisible_line. These should always be null-terminated. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int oldwidth, newwidth;
+ int oldbytes, newbytes;
+ size_t ret;
+
+ /* This fixes only double-column characters, but if the wrapped
+ character consumes more than three columns, spaces will be
+ inserted in the string buffer. */
+ /* XXX remember that we are working on the invisible line right now;
+ we don't swap visible and invisible until just before rl_redisplay
+ returns */
+ /* This will remove the extra placeholder space we added with
+ _rl_wrapped_multicolumn */
+ if (current_line < line_state_invisible->wbsize && line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[current_line] > 0)
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[current_line]);
+
+ /* 1. how many screen positions does first char in old consume? */
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ ret = mbrtowc (&wc, old, mb_cur_max, &ps);
+ oldbytes = ret;
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+ {
+ oldwidth = 1;
+ oldbytes = 1;
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
+ oldwidth = 0;
+ else
+ oldwidth = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ if (oldwidth < 0)
+ oldwidth = 1;
+
+ /* 2. how many screen positions does the first char in new consume? */
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ ret = mbrtowc (&wc, new, mb_cur_max, &ps);
+ newbytes = ret;
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+ {
+ newwidth = 1;
+ newbytes = 1;
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
+ newwidth = 0;
+ else
+ newwidth = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ if (newwidth < 0)
+ newwidth = 1;
+
+ /* 3. if the new width is less than the old width, we need to keep
+ going in new until we have consumed at least that many screen
+ positions, and figure out how many bytes that will take */
+ while (newbytes < nmax && newwidth < oldwidth)
+ {
+ int t;
+
+ ret = mbrtowc (&wc, new+newbytes, mb_cur_max, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+ {
+ newwidth += 1;
+ newbytes += 1;
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ t = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ newwidth += (t >= 0) ? t : 1;
+ newbytes += ret;
+ }
+ }
+ /* 4. If the new width is more than the old width, keep going in old
+ until we have consumed exactly that many screen positions, and
+ figure out how many bytes that will take. This is an optimization */
+ while (oldbytes < omax && oldwidth < newwidth)
+ {
+ int t;
+
+ ret = mbrtowc (&wc, old+oldbytes, mb_cur_max, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+ {
+ oldwidth += 1;
+ oldbytes += 1;
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ t = WCWIDTH (wc);
+ oldwidth += (t >= 0) ? t : 1;
+ oldbytes += ret;
+ }
+ }
+ /* 5. write the first newbytes of new, which takes newwidth. This is
+ where the screen wrapping takes place, and we are now writing
+ characters onto the new line. We need to fix up old so it
+ accurately reflects what is on the screen after the
+ _rl_output_some_chars below. */
+ if (newwidth > 0)
+ {
+ int count, i, j;
+ char *optr;
+
+ _rl_output_some_chars (new, newbytes);
+ _rl_last_c_pos = newwidth;
+ _rl_last_v_pos++;
+
+ /* 5a. If the number of screen positions doesn't match, punt
+ and do a dumb update. */
+ if (newwidth != oldwidth)
+ {
+ ne = new + nmax;
+ nd = newbytes;
+ nfd = new + nd;
+ goto dumb_update;
+ }
+ if (oldbytes != 0 && newbytes != 0)
+ {
+ /* We have written as many bytes from new as we need to
+ consume the first character of old. Fix up `old' so it
+ reflects the new screen contents. We use +1 in the
+ memmove call to copy the trailing NUL. */
+ memmove (old+newbytes, old+oldbytes, strlen (old+oldbytes) + 1);
+ memcpy (old, new, newbytes);
+ j = newbytes - oldbytes;
+
+ omax += j;
+ /* Fix up indices if we copy data from one line to another */
+ for (i = current_line+1; i <= inv_botlin+1; i++)
+ vis_lbreaks[i] += j;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ _rl_last_c_pos = 1;
+ _rl_last_v_pos++;
+ if (old[0] && new[0])
+ old[0] = new[0];
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (new[0])
+ putc (new[0], rl_outstream);
+ else
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ _rl_last_c_pos = 1;
+ _rl_last_v_pos++;
+ if (old[0] && new[0])
+ old[0] = new[0];
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Find first difference. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ /* See if the old line is a subset of the new line, so that the
+ only change is adding characters. */
+ temp = (omax < nmax) ? omax : nmax;
+ if (memcmp (old, new, temp) == 0) /* adding at the end */
+ {
+ new_offset = old_offset = temp;
+ ofd = old + temp;
+ nfd = new + temp;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+
+ /* Are the old and new lines the same? */
+ if (omax == nmax && STREQN (new, old, omax))
+ {
+ old_offset = omax;
+ new_offset = nmax;
+ ofd = old + omax;
+ nfd = new + nmax;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Go through the line from the beginning and find the first
+ difference. */
+ new_offset = old_offset = 0;
+ for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+ (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd &&
+ _rl_compare_chars(old, old_offset, &ps_old, new, new_offset, &ps_new); )
+ {
+ old_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, old_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ new_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, new_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+
+ ofd = old + old_offset;
+ nfd = new + new_offset;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+ (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd && (*ofd == *nfd);
+ ofd++, nfd++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Move to the end of the screen line. ND and OD are used to keep track
+ of the distance between ne and new and oe and old, respectively, to
+ move a subtraction out of each loop. */
+ for (od = ofd - old, oe = ofd; od < omax && *oe; oe++, od++);
+ for (nd = nfd - new, ne = nfd; nd < nmax && *ne; ne++, nd++);
+
+ /* If no difference, continue to next line. */
+ if (ofd == oe && nfd == ne)
+ return;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 && _rl_utf8locale)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mbstate_t ps = { 0 };
+ int t;
+
+ /* If the first character in the difference is a zero-width character,
+ assume it's a combining character and back one up so the two base
+ characters no longer compare equivalently. */
+ t = mbrtowc (&wc, ofd, mb_cur_max, &ps);
+ if (t > 0 && UNICODE_COMBINING_CHAR (wc) && WCWIDTH (wc) == 0)
+ {
+ old_offset = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, ofd - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ new_offset = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, nfd - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ ofd = old + old_offset; /* equal by definition */
+ nfd = new + new_offset;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ wsatend = 1; /* flag for trailing whitespace */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* Find the last character that is the same between the two lines. This
+ bounds the region that needs to change. */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ ols = old + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, oe - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ nls = new + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, ne - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+
+ while ((ols > ofd) && (nls > nfd))
+ {
+ memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+#if 0
+ /* On advice from jir@yamato.ibm.com */
+ _rl_adjust_point (old, ols - old, &ps_old);
+ _rl_adjust_point (new, nls - new, &ps_new);
+#endif
+
+ if (_rl_compare_chars (old, ols - old, &ps_old, new, nls - new, &ps_new) == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (*ols == ' ')
+ wsatend = 0;
+
+ ols = old + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, ols - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ nls = new + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, nls - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ ols = oe - 1; /* find last same */
+ nls = ne - 1;
+ while ((ols > ofd) && (nls > nfd) && (*ols == *nls))
+ {
+ if (*ols != ' ')
+ wsatend = 0;
+ ols--;
+ nls--;
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (wsatend)
+ {
+ ols = oe;
+ nls = ne;
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* This may not work for stateful encoding, but who cares? To handle
+ stateful encoding properly, we have to scan each string from the
+ beginning and compare. */
+ else if (_rl_compare_chars (ols, 0, NULL, nls, 0, NULL) == 0)
+#else
+ else if (*ols != *nls)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (*ols) /* don't step past the NUL */
+ {
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ ols = old + _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, ols - old, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ else
+ ols++;
+ }
+ if (*nls)
+ {
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ nls = new + _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, nls - new, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ else
+ nls++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* count of invisible characters in the current invisible line. */
+ current_invis_chars = W_OFFSET (current_line, wrap_offset);
+ if (_rl_last_v_pos != current_line)
+ {
+ _rl_move_vert (current_line);
+ /* We have moved up to a new screen line. This line may or may not have
+ invisible characters on it, but we do our best to recalculate
+ visible_wrap_offset based on what we know. */
+ if (current_line == 0)
+ visible_wrap_offset = prompt_invis_chars_first_line; /* XXX */
+ if ((mb_cur_max == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && current_line == 0 && visible_wrap_offset)
+ _rl_last_c_pos += visible_wrap_offset;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is the first line and there are invisible characters in the
+ prompt string, and the prompt string has not changed, and the current
+ cursor position is before the last invisible character in the prompt,
+ and the index of the character to move to is past the end of the prompt
+ string, then redraw the entire prompt string. We can only do this
+ reliably if the terminal supports a `cr' capability.
+
+ This can also happen if the prompt string has changed, and the first
+ difference in the line is in the middle of the prompt string, after a
+ sequence of invisible characters (worst case) and before the end of
+ the prompt. In this case, we have to redraw the entire prompt string
+ so that the entire sequence of invisible characters is drawn. We need
+ to handle the worst case, when the difference is after (or in the middle
+ of) a sequence of invisible characters that changes the text color and
+ before the sequence that restores the text color to normal. Then we have
+ to make sure that the lines still differ -- if they don't, we can
+ return immediately.
+
+ This is not an efficiency hack -- there is a problem with redrawing
+ portions of the prompt string if they contain terminal escape
+ sequences (like drawing the `unbold' sequence without a corresponding
+ `bold') that manifests itself on certain terminals. */
+
+ lendiff = local_prompt_len;
+ if (lendiff > nmax)
+ lendiff = nmax;
+ od = ofd - old; /* index of first difference in visible line */
+ nd = nfd - new; /* nd, od are buffer indexes */
+ if (current_line == 0 && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode &&
+ _rl_term_cr && lendiff > prompt_visible_length && _rl_last_c_pos > 0 &&
+ (((od > 0 || nd > 0) && (od <= prompt_last_invisible || nd <= prompt_last_invisible)) ||
+ ((od >= lendiff) && _rl_last_c_pos < PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX)))
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ if (modmark)
+ _rl_output_some_chars ("*", 1);
+ _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, lendiff);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ /* We take wrap_offset into account here so we can pass correct
+ information to _rl_move_cursor_relative. */
+ _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, lendiff, 1) - wrap_offset + modmark;
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_last_c_pos = lendiff + modmark;
+
+ /* Now if we have printed the prompt string because the first difference
+ was within the prompt, see if we need to recompute where the lines
+ differ. Check whether where we are now is past the last place where
+ the old and new lines are the same and short-circuit now if we are. */
+ if ((od <= prompt_last_invisible || nd <= prompt_last_invisible) &&
+ omax == nmax &&
+ lendiff > (ols-old) && lendiff > (nls-new))
+ return;
+
+ /* XXX - we need to fix up our calculations if we are now past the
+ old ofd/nfd and the prompt length (or line length) has changed.
+ We punt on the problem and do a dumb update. We'd like to be able
+ to just output the prompt from the beginning of the line up to the
+ first difference, but you don't know the number of invisible
+ characters in that case.
+ This needs a lot of work to be efficient. */
+ if ((od <= prompt_last_invisible || nd <= prompt_last_invisible))
+ {
+ nfd = new + lendiff; /* number of characters we output above */
+ nd = lendiff;
+
+ /* Do a dumb update and return */
+dumb_update:
+ temp = ne - nfd;
+ if (temp > 0)
+ {
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (new, nd, ne - new, 1);
+ /* Need to adjust here based on wrap_offset. Guess that if
+ this is the line containing the last line of the prompt
+ we need to adjust by
+ wrap_offset-prompt_invis_chars_first_line
+ on the assumption that this is the number of invisible
+ characters in the last line of the prompt. */
+ if (wrap_offset > prompt_invis_chars_first_line &&
+ current_line == prompt_last_screen_line &&
+ prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth &&
+ _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_last_c_pos += temp;
+ }
+ if (nmax < omax)
+ goto clear_rest_of_line; /* XXX */
+ else
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+
+ /* When this function returns, _rl_last_c_pos is correct, and an absolute
+ cursor position in multibyte mode, but a buffer index when not in a
+ multibyte locale. */
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (od, old);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* We need to indicate that the cursor position is correct in the presence of
+ invisible characters in the prompt string. Let's see if setting this when
+ we make sure we're at the end of the drawn prompt string works. */
+ if (current_line == 0 && mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 &&
+ (_rl_last_c_pos > 0 || o_cpos > 0) &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos == prompt_physical_chars)
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+#endif
+
+ /* if (len (new) > len (old))
+ lendiff == difference in buffer (bytes)
+ col_lendiff == difference on screen (columns)
+ When not using multibyte characters, these are equal */
+ lendiff = (nls - nfd) - (ols - ofd);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ col_lendiff = _rl_col_width (new, nfd - new, nls - new, 1) - _rl_col_width (old, ofd - old, ols - old, 1);
+ else
+ col_lendiff = lendiff;
+
+ /* If we are changing the number of invisible characters in a line, and
+ the spot of first difference is before the end of the invisible chars,
+ lendiff needs to be adjusted. */
+ if (current_line == 0 && /* !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && */
+ current_invis_chars != visible_wrap_offset)
+ {
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+ col_lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+ col_lendiff = lendiff;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We use temp as a count of the number of bytes from the first difference
+ to the end of the new line. col_temp is the corresponding number of
+ screen columns. A `dumb' update moves to the spot of first difference
+ and writes TEMP bytes. */
+ /* Insert (diff (len (old), len (new)) ch. */
+ temp = ne - nfd;
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ col_temp = _rl_col_width (new, nfd - new, ne - new, 1);
+ else
+ col_temp = temp;
+
+ /* how many bytes from the new line buffer to write to the display */
+ bytes_to_insert = nls - nfd;
+
+ /* col_lendiff > 0 if we are adding characters to the line */
+ if (col_lendiff > 0) /* XXX - was lendiff */
+ {
+ /* Non-zero if we're increasing the number of lines. */
+ int gl = current_line >= _rl_vis_botlin && inv_botlin > _rl_vis_botlin;
+
+ /* If col_lendiff is > 0, implying that the new string takes up more
+ screen real estate than the old, but lendiff is < 0, meaning that it
+ takes fewer bytes, we need to just output the characters starting
+ from the first difference. These will overwrite what is on the
+ display, so there's no reason to do a smart update. This can really
+ only happen in a multibyte environment. */
+ if (lendiff < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+ _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp; /* XXX - was _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, temp, 1); */
+ /* If nfd begins before any invisible characters in the prompt,
+ adjust _rl_last_c_pos to account for wrap_offset and set
+ cpos_adjusted to let the caller know. */
+ if (current_line == 0 && displaying_prompt_first_line && wrap_offset && ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset; /* XXX - prompt_invis_chars_first_line? */
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ /* Sometimes it is cheaper to print the characters rather than
+ use the terminal's capabilities. If we're growing the number
+ of lines, make sure we actually cause the new line to wrap
+ around on auto-wrapping terminals. */
+ else if (_rl_terminal_can_insert && ((2 * col_temp) >= col_lendiff || _rl_term_IC) && (!_rl_term_autowrap || !gl))
+ {
+ /* If lendiff > prompt_visible_length and _rl_last_c_pos == 0 and
+ _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 1, inserting the characters with
+ _rl_term_IC or _rl_term_ic will screw up the screen because of the
+ invisible characters. We need to just draw them. */
+ /* The same thing happens if we're trying to draw before the last
+ invisible character in the prompt string or we're increasing the
+ number of invisible characters in the line and we're not drawing
+ the entire prompt string. */
+ if (*ols && ((_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+ lendiff > prompt_visible_length &&
+ current_invis_chars > 0) == 0) &&
+ (((mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+ current_line == 0 && wrap_offset &&
+ ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible) &&
+ (col_lendiff < prompt_visible_length)) == 0) &&
+ (visible_wrap_offset >= current_invis_chars))
+ {
+ open_some_spaces (col_lendiff);
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, bytes_to_insert);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, bytes_to_insert, 1);
+ else
+ _rl_last_c_pos += bytes_to_insert;
+ }
+ else if ((mb_cur_max == 1 || rl_byte_oriented != 0) && *ols == 0 && lendiff > 0)
+ {
+ /* At the end of a line the characters do not have to
+ be "inserted". They can just be placed on the screen. */
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+ _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+ return;
+ }
+ else /* just write from first difference to end of new line */
+ {
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+ _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+ /* If nfd begins before the last invisible character in the
+ prompt, adjust _rl_last_c_pos to account for wrap_offset
+ and set cpos_adjusted to let the caller know. */
+ if ((mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) && current_line == 0 && displaying_prompt_first_line && wrap_offset && ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset; /* XXX - prompt_invis_chars_first_line? */
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (bytes_to_insert > lendiff)
+ {
+ /* If nfd begins before the last invisible character in the
+ prompt, adjust _rl_last_c_pos to account for wrap_offset
+ and set cpos_adjusted to let the caller know. */
+ if ((mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) && current_line == 0 && displaying_prompt_first_line && wrap_offset && ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset; /* XXX - prompt_invis_chars_first_line? */
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* cannot insert chars, write to EOL */
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+ _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+ /* If we're in a multibyte locale and were before the last invisible
+ char in the current line (which implies we just output some invisible
+ characters) we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos, since it represents
+ a physical character position. */
+ /* The current_line*rl_screenwidth+prompt_invis_chars_first_line is a
+ crude attempt to compute how far into the new line buffer we are.
+ It doesn't work well in the face of multibyte characters and needs
+ to be rethought. XXX */
+ if ((mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+ current_line == prompt_last_screen_line && wrap_offset &&
+ displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+ wrap_offset != prompt_invis_chars_first_line &&
+ ((nfd-new) < (prompt_last_invisible-(current_line*_rl_screenwidth+prompt_invis_chars_first_line))))
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else /* Delete characters from line. */
+ {
+ /* If possible and inexpensive to use terminal deletion, then do so. */
+ if (_rl_term_dc && (2 * col_temp) >= -col_lendiff)
+ {
+ /* If all we're doing is erasing the invisible characters in the
+ prompt string, don't bother. It screws up the assumptions
+ about what's on the screen. */
+ if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+ displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+ -lendiff == visible_wrap_offset)
+ col_lendiff = 0;
+
+ /* If we have moved lmargin and we're shrinking the line, we've
+ already moved the cursor to the first character of the new line,
+ so deleting -col_lendiff characters will mess up the cursor
+ position calculation */
+ if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && displaying_prompt_first_line == 0 &&
+ col_lendiff && _rl_last_c_pos < -col_lendiff)
+ col_lendiff = 0;
+
+ if (col_lendiff)
+ delete_chars (-col_lendiff); /* delete (diff) characters */
+
+ /* Copy (new) chars to screen from first diff to last match,
+ overwriting what is there. */
+ if (bytes_to_insert > 0)
+ {
+ /* If nfd begins at the prompt, or before the invisible
+ characters in the prompt, we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos
+ in a multibyte locale to account for the wrap offset and
+ set cpos_adjusted accordingly. */
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, bytes_to_insert);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, bytes_to_insert, 1);
+ if (current_line == 0 && wrap_offset &&
+ displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos >= wrap_offset && /* XXX was > */
+ ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset; /* XXX - prompt_invis_chars_first_line? */
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+
+#if 1
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ /* If we write a non-space into the last screen column,
+ remove the note that we added a space to compensate for
+ a multibyte double-width character that didn't fit, since
+ it's only valid for what was previously there. */
+ /* XXX - watch this */
+ if (_rl_last_c_pos == _rl_screenwidth &&
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[current_line+1] &&
+ nfd[bytes_to_insert-1] != ' ')
+ line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[current_line+1] = 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_last_c_pos += bytes_to_insert;
+
+ /* XXX - we only want to do this if we are at the end of the line
+ so we move there with _rl_move_cursor_relative */
+ if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && ((oe-old) > (ne-new)))
+ {
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (ne-new, new);
+ goto clear_rest_of_line;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Otherwise, print over the existing material. */
+ else
+ {
+ if (temp > 0)
+ {
+ /* If nfd begins at the prompt, or before the invisible
+ characters in the prompt, we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos
+ in a multibyte locale to account for the wrap offset and
+ set cpos_adjusted accordingly. */
+ _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+ _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp; /* XXX */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ if (current_line == 0 && wrap_offset &&
+ displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+ _rl_last_c_pos > wrap_offset &&
+ ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+ {
+ _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset; /* XXX - prompt_invis_chars_first_line? */
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+clear_rest_of_line:
+ lendiff = (oe - old) - (ne - new);
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ col_lendiff = _rl_col_width (old, 0, oe - old, 1) - _rl_col_width (new, 0, ne - new, 1);
+ else
+ col_lendiff = lendiff;
+
+ /* If we've already printed over the entire width of the screen,
+ including the old material, then col_lendiff doesn't matter and
+ space_to_eol will insert too many spaces. XXX - maybe we should
+ adjust col_lendiff based on the difference between _rl_last_c_pos
+ and _rl_screenwidth */
+ if (col_lendiff && ((mb_cur_max == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) || (_rl_last_c_pos < _rl_screenwidth)))
+ {
+ if (_rl_term_autowrap && current_line < inv_botlin)
+ space_to_eol (col_lendiff);
+ else
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (col_lendiff);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new (empty) line. */
+int
+rl_on_new_line (void)
+{
+ if (visible_line)
+ visible_line[0] = '\0';
+
+ _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+ _rl_vis_botlin = last_lmargin = 0;
+ if (vis_lbreaks)
+ vis_lbreaks[0] = vis_lbreaks[1] = 0;
+ visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clear all screen lines occupied by the current readline line buffer
+ (visible line) */
+int
+rl_clear_visible_line (void)
+{
+ int curr_line;
+
+ /* Make sure we move to column 0 so we clear the entire line */
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+
+ /* Move to the last screen line of the current visible line */
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+ /* And erase screen lines going up to line 0 (first visible line) */
+ for (curr_line = _rl_last_v_pos; curr_line >= 0; curr_line--)
+ {
+ _rl_move_vert (curr_line);
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new line with the
+ prompt already displayed. Code originally from the version of readline
+ distributed with CLISP. rl_expand_prompt must have already been called
+ (explicitly or implicitly). This still doesn't work exactly right; it
+ should use expand_prompt() */
+int
+rl_on_new_line_with_prompt (void)
+{
+ int prompt_size, i, l, real_screenwidth, newlines;
+ char *prompt_last_line, *lprompt;
+
+ /* Initialize visible_line and invisible_line to ensure that they can hold
+ the already-displayed prompt. */
+ prompt_size = strlen (rl_prompt) + 1;
+ init_line_structures (prompt_size);
+
+ /* Make sure the line structures hold the already-displayed prompt for
+ redisplay. */
+ lprompt = local_prompt ? local_prompt : rl_prompt;
+ strcpy (visible_line, lprompt);
+ strcpy (invisible_line, lprompt);
+
+ /* If the prompt contains newlines, take the last tail. */
+ prompt_last_line = strrchr (rl_prompt, '\n');
+ if (!prompt_last_line)
+ prompt_last_line = rl_prompt;
+
+ l = strlen (prompt_last_line);
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (prompt_last_line, 0, l, 1); /* XXX */
+ else
+ _rl_last_c_pos = l;
+
+ /* Dissect prompt_last_line into screen lines. Note that here we have
+ to use the real screenwidth. Readline's notion of screenwidth might be
+ one less, see terminal.c. */
+ real_screenwidth = _rl_screenwidth + (_rl_term_autowrap ? 0 : 1);
+ _rl_last_v_pos = l / real_screenwidth;
+ /* If the prompt length is a multiple of real_screenwidth, we don't know
+ whether the cursor is at the end of the last line, or already at the
+ beginning of the next line. Output a newline just to be safe. */
+ if (l > 0 && (l % real_screenwidth) == 0)
+ _rl_output_some_chars ("\n", 1);
+ last_lmargin = 0;
+
+ newlines = 0; i = 0;
+ while (i <= l)
+ {
+ _rl_vis_botlin = newlines;
+ vis_lbreaks[newlines++] = i;
+ i += real_screenwidth;
+ }
+ vis_lbreaks[newlines] = l;
+ visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+
+ rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt; /* XXX - make sure it's set */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Actually update the display, period. */
+int
+rl_forced_update_display (void)
+{
+ register char *temp;
+
+ if (visible_line)
+ {
+ temp = visible_line;
+ while (*temp)
+ *temp++ = '\0';
+ }
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ forced_display++;
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Redraw only the last line of a multi-line prompt. */
+void
+rl_redraw_prompt_last_line (void)
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ t = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+ if (t)
+ redraw_prompt (++t);
+ else
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor from _rl_last_c_pos to NEW, which are buffer indices.
+ (Well, when we don't have multibyte characters, _rl_last_c_pos is a
+ buffer index.)
+ DATA is the contents of the screen line of interest; i.e., where
+ the movement is being done.
+ DATA is always the visible line or the invisible line */
+void
+_rl_move_cursor_relative (int new, const char *data)
+{
+ register int i;
+ int woff; /* number of invisible chars on current line */
+ int cpos, dpos; /* current and desired cursor positions */
+ int adjust;
+ int in_invisline;
+ int mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+
+ woff = WRAP_OFFSET (_rl_last_v_pos, wrap_offset);
+ cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+
+ if (cpos == 0 && cpos == new)
+ return;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* If we have multibyte characters, NEW is indexed by the buffer point in
+ a multibyte string, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display position. In
+ this case, NEW's display position is not obvious and must be
+ calculated. We need to account for invisible characters in this line,
+ as long as we are past them and they are counted by _rl_col_width. */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ adjust = 1;
+ /* Try to short-circuit common cases and eliminate a bunch of multibyte
+ character function calls. */
+ /* 1. prompt string */
+ if (new == local_prompt_len && memcmp (data, local_prompt, new) == 0)
+ {
+ dpos = prompt_physical_chars;
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ adjust = 0;
+ }
+ /* 2. prompt_string + line contents */
+ else if (new > local_prompt_len && local_prompt && memcmp (data, local_prompt, local_prompt_len) == 0)
+ {
+ dpos = prompt_physical_chars + _rl_col_width (data, local_prompt_len, new, 1);
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ adjust = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ dpos = _rl_col_width (data, 0, new, 1);
+
+ if (displaying_prompt_first_line == 0)
+ adjust = 0;
+
+ /* yet another special case: printing the last line of a prompt with
+ multibyte characters and invisible characters whose printable length
+ exceeds the screen width with the last invisible character
+ (prompt_last_invisible) in the last line. IN_INVISLINE is the
+ offset of DATA in invisible_line */
+ in_invisline = 0;
+ if (data > invisible_line && data < invisible_line+inv_lbreaks[_rl_inv_botlin+1])
+ in_invisline = data - invisible_line;
+
+ /* Use NEW when comparing against the last invisible character in the
+ prompt string, since they're both buffer indices and DPOS is a
+ desired display position. */
+ /* NEW is relative to the current displayed line, while
+ PROMPT_LAST_INVISIBLE is relative to the entire (wrapped) line.
+ Need a way to reconcile these two variables by turning NEW into a
+ buffer position relative to the start of the line */
+ if (adjust && ((new > prompt_last_invisible) || /* XXX - don't use woff here */
+ (new+in_invisline > prompt_last_invisible) || /* invisible line */
+ (prompt_physical_chars >= _rl_screenwidth && /* visible line */
+ _rl_last_v_pos == prompt_last_screen_line &&
+ wrap_offset >= woff && dpos >= woff &&
+ new > (prompt_last_invisible-(vis_lbreaks[_rl_last_v_pos])-wrap_offset))))
+ /* XXX last comparison might need to be >= */
+ {
+ dpos -= woff;
+ /* Since this will be assigned to _rl_last_c_pos at the end (more
+ precisely, _rl_last_c_pos == dpos when this function returns),
+ let the caller know. */
+ cpos_adjusted = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ dpos = new;
+
+ /* If we don't have to do anything, then return. */
+ if (cpos == dpos)
+ return;
+
+ /* It may be faster to output a CR, and then move forwards instead
+ of moving backwards. */
+ /* i == current physical cursor position. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ i = _rl_last_c_pos;
+ else
+#endif
+ i = _rl_last_c_pos - woff;
+ if (dpos == 0 || CR_FASTER (dpos, _rl_last_c_pos) ||
+ (_rl_term_autowrap && i == _rl_screenwidth))
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
+ cpos = _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (cpos < dpos)
+ {
+ /* Move the cursor forward. We do it by printing the command
+ to move the cursor forward if there is one, else print that
+ portion of the output buffer again. Which is cheaper? */
+
+ /* The above comment is left here for posterity. It is faster
+ to print one character (non-control) than to print a control
+ sequence telling the terminal to move forward one character.
+ That kind of control is for people who don't know what the
+ data is underneath the cursor. */
+
+ /* However, we need a handle on where the current display position is
+ in the buffer for the immediately preceding comment to be true.
+ In multibyte locales, we don't currently have that info available.
+ Without it, we don't know where the data we have to display begins
+ in the buffer and we have to go back to the beginning of the screen
+ line. In this case, we can use the terminal sequence to move forward
+ if it's available. */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_term_forward_char)
+ {
+ for (i = cpos; i < dpos; i++)
+ tputs (_rl_term_forward_char, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ for (i = 0; i < new; i++)
+ putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ for (i = cpos; i < new; i++)
+ putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* NEW points to the buffer point, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display point.
+ The byte length of the string is probably bigger than the column width
+ of the string, which means that if NEW == _rl_last_c_pos, then NEW's
+ display point is less than _rl_last_c_pos. */
+#endif
+ else if (cpos > dpos)
+ _rl_backspace (cpos - dpos);
+
+ _rl_last_c_pos = dpos;
+}
+
+/* PWP: move the cursor up or down. */
+void
+_rl_move_vert (int to)
+{
+ register int delta, i;
+
+ if (_rl_last_v_pos == to || to > _rl_screenheight)
+ return;
+
+ if ((delta = to - _rl_last_v_pos) > 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < delta; i++)
+ putc ('\n', rl_outstream);
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* delta < 0 */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+ int row, col;
+
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ ScreenGetCursor (&row, &col);
+ ScreenSetCursor (row + delta, col);
+ i = -delta;
+#else
+ if (_rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+ for (i = 0; i < -delta; i++)
+ tputs (_rl_term_up, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* !__DJGPP__ */
+ }
+
+ _rl_last_v_pos = to; /* Now TO is here */
+}
+
+/* Physically print C on rl_outstream. This is for functions which know
+ how to optimize the display. Return the number of characters output. */
+int
+rl_show_char (int c)
+{
+ int n = 1;
+ if (META_CHAR (c) && (_rl_output_meta_chars == 0))
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "M-");
+ n += 2;
+ c = UNMETA (c);
+ }
+
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+ if ((CTRL_CHAR (c) && c != '\t') || c == RUBOUT)
+#else
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+#endif /* !DISPLAY_TABS */
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "C-");
+ n += 2;
+ c = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+ }
+
+ putc (c, rl_outstream);
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ return n;
+}
+
+int
+rl_character_len (int c, int pos)
+{
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ uc = (unsigned char)c;
+
+ if (META_CHAR (uc))
+ return ((_rl_output_meta_chars == 0) ? 4 : 1);
+
+ if (uc == '\t')
+ {
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+ return (((pos | 7) + 1) - pos);
+#else
+ return (2);
+#endif /* !DISPLAY_TABS */
+ }
+
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+ return (2);
+
+ return ((ISPRINT (uc)) ? 1 : 2);
+}
+/* How to print things in the "echo-area". The prompt is treated as a
+ mini-modeline. */
+static int msg_saved_prompt = 0;
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS)
+int
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+rl_message (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+rl_message (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+ char *format;
+#endif
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+ int bneed;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+ va_start (args, format);
+#else
+ va_start (args);
+ format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+ if (msg_buf == 0)
+ msg_buf = xmalloc (msg_bufsiz = 128);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+ bneed = vsnprintf (msg_buf, msg_bufsiz, format, args);
+ if (bneed >= msg_bufsiz - 1)
+ {
+ msg_bufsiz = bneed + 1;
+ msg_buf = xrealloc (msg_buf, msg_bufsiz);
+ va_end (args);
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+ va_start (args, format);
+#else
+ va_start (args);
+ format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+ vsnprintf (msg_buf, msg_bufsiz - 1, format, args);
+ }
+#else
+ vsprintf (msg_buf, format, args);
+ msg_buf[msg_bufsiz - 1] = '\0'; /* overflow? */
+#endif
+ va_end (args);
+
+ if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+ {
+ rl_save_prompt ();
+ msg_saved_prompt = 1;
+ }
+ else if (local_prompt != saved_local_prompt)
+ {
+ FREE (local_prompt);
+ FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+ local_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
+ local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+ &prompt_last_invisible,
+ &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+ &prompt_physical_chars);
+ local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+ local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#else /* !USE_VARARGS */
+int
+rl_message (format, arg1, arg2)
+ char *format;
+{
+ if (msg_buf == 0)
+ msg_buf = xmalloc (msg_bufsiz = 128);
+
+ sprintf (msg_buf, format, arg1, arg2);
+ msg_buf[msg_bufsiz - 1] = '\0'; /* overflow? */
+
+ rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
+ if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+ {
+ rl_save_prompt ();
+ msg_saved_prompt = 1;
+ }
+ else if (local_prompt != saved_local_prompt)
+ {
+ FREE (local_prompt);
+ FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+ local_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+ &prompt_last_invisible,
+ &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+ &prompt_physical_chars);
+ local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+ local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* !USE_VARARGS */
+
+/* How to clear things from the "echo-area". */
+int
+rl_clear_message (void)
+{
+ rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt;
+ if (msg_saved_prompt)
+ {
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ msg_saved_prompt = 0;
+ }
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_reset_line_state (void)
+{
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+
+ rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt ? rl_prompt : "";
+ forced_display = 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Save all of the variables associated with the prompt and its display. Most
+ of the complexity is dealing with the invisible characters in the prompt
+ string and where they are. There are enough of these that I should consider
+ a struct. */
+void
+rl_save_prompt (void)
+{
+ saved_local_prompt = local_prompt;
+ saved_local_prefix = local_prompt_prefix;
+ saved_prefix_length = prompt_prefix_length;
+ saved_local_length = local_prompt_len;
+ saved_last_invisible = prompt_last_invisible;
+ saved_visible_length = prompt_visible_length;
+ saved_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+ saved_physical_chars = prompt_physical_chars;
+ saved_local_prompt_newlines = local_prompt_newlines;
+
+ local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+ local_prompt_len = 0;
+ local_prompt_newlines = (int *)0;
+
+ prompt_last_invisible = prompt_visible_length = prompt_prefix_length = 0;
+ prompt_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_restore_prompt (void)
+{
+ FREE (local_prompt);
+ FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+ FREE (local_prompt_newlines);
+
+ local_prompt = saved_local_prompt;
+ local_prompt_prefix = saved_local_prefix;
+ local_prompt_len = saved_local_length;
+ local_prompt_newlines = saved_local_prompt_newlines;
+
+ prompt_prefix_length = saved_prefix_length;
+ prompt_last_invisible = saved_last_invisible;
+ prompt_visible_length = saved_visible_length;
+ prompt_invis_chars_first_line = saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+ prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars;
+
+ /* can test saved_local_prompt to see if prompt info has been saved. */
+ saved_local_prompt = saved_local_prefix = (char *)0;
+ saved_local_length = 0;
+ saved_last_invisible = saved_visible_length = saved_prefix_length = 0;
+ saved_invis_chars_first_line = saved_physical_chars = 0;
+ saved_local_prompt_newlines = 0;
+}
+
+char *
+_rl_make_prompt_for_search (int pchar)
+{
+ int len;
+ char *pmt, *p;
+
+ rl_save_prompt ();
+
+ /* We've saved the prompt, and can do anything with the various prompt
+ strings we need before they're restored. We want the unexpanded
+ portion of the prompt string after any final newline. */
+ p = rl_prompt ? strrchr (rl_prompt, '\n') : 0;
+ if (p == 0)
+ {
+ len = (rl_prompt && *rl_prompt) ? strlen (rl_prompt) : 0;
+ pmt = (char *)xmalloc (len + 2);
+ if (len)
+ strcpy (pmt, rl_prompt);
+ pmt[len] = pchar;
+ pmt[len+1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p++;
+ len = strlen (p);
+ pmt = (char *)xmalloc (len + 2);
+ if (len)
+ strcpy (pmt, p);
+ pmt[len] = pchar;
+ pmt[len+1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* will be overwritten by expand_prompt, called from rl_message */
+ prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars + 1;
+ return pmt;
+}
+
+/* Quick redisplay hack when erasing characters at the end of the line. */
+void
+_rl_erase_at_end_of_line (int l)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ _rl_backspace (l);
+ for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ _rl_backspace (l);
+ for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
+ visible_line[--_rl_last_c_pos] = '\0';
+ rl_display_fixed++;
+}
+
+/* Clear to the end of the line. COUNT is the minimum
+ number of character spaces to clear, but we use a terminal escape
+ sequence if available. */
+void
+_rl_clear_to_eol (int count)
+{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+ if (_rl_term_clreol)
+ tputs (_rl_term_clreol, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (count)
+ space_to_eol (count);
+}
+
+/* Clear to the end of the line using spaces. COUNT is the minimum
+ number of character spaces to clear, */
+static void
+space_to_eol (int count)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+
+ _rl_last_c_pos += count;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_clear_screen (void)
+{
+#if defined (__DJGPP__)
+ ScreenClear ();
+ ScreenSetCursor (0, 0);
+#else
+ if (_rl_term_clrpag)
+ tputs (_rl_term_clrpag, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+ rl_crlf ();
+#endif /* __DJGPP__ */
+}
+
+/* Insert COUNT characters from STRING to the output stream at column COL. */
+static void
+insert_some_chars (char *string, int count, int col)
+{
+ open_some_spaces (col);
+ _rl_output_some_chars (string, count);
+}
+
+/* Insert COL spaces, keeping the cursor at the same position. We follow the
+ ncurses documentation and use either im/ei with explicit spaces, or IC/ic
+ by itself. We assume there will either be ei or we don't need to use it. */
+static void
+open_some_spaces (int col)
+{
+#if !defined (__MSDOS__) && (!defined (__MINGW32__) || defined (NCURSES_VERSION))
+ char *buffer;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* If IC is defined, then we do not have to "enter" insert mode. */
+ if (_rl_term_IC)
+ {
+ buffer = tgoto (_rl_term_IC, 0, col);
+ tputs (buffer, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_term_im && *_rl_term_im)
+ {
+ tputs (_rl_term_im, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ /* just output the desired number of spaces */
+ for (i = col; i--; )
+ _rl_output_character_function (' ');
+ /* If there is a string to turn off insert mode, use it now. */
+ if (_rl_term_ei && *_rl_term_ei)
+ tputs (_rl_term_ei, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ /* and move back the right number of spaces */
+ _rl_backspace (col);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_term_ic && *_rl_term_ic)
+ {
+ /* If there is a special command for inserting characters, then
+ use that first to open up the space. */
+ for (i = col; i--; )
+ tputs (_rl_term_ic, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ && (!__MINGW32__ || NCURSES_VERSION)*/
+}
+
+/* Delete COUNT characters from the display line. */
+static void
+delete_chars (int count)
+{
+ if (count > _rl_screenwidth) /* XXX */
+ return;
+
+#if !defined (__MSDOS__) && (!defined (__MINGW32__) || defined (NCURSES_VERSION))
+ if (_rl_term_DC && *_rl_term_DC)
+ {
+ char *buffer;
+ buffer = tgoto (_rl_term_DC, count, count);
+ tputs (buffer, count, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (_rl_term_dc && *_rl_term_dc)
+ while (count--)
+ tputs (_rl_term_dc, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ && (!__MINGW32__ || NCURSES_VERSION)*/
+}
+
+void
+_rl_update_final (void)
+{
+ int full_lines, woff, botline_length;
+
+ full_lines = 0;
+ /* If the cursor is the only thing on an otherwise-blank last line,
+ compensate so we don't print an extra CRLF. */
+ if (_rl_vis_botlin && _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+ visible_line[vis_lbreaks[_rl_vis_botlin]] == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_vis_botlin--;
+ full_lines = 1;
+ }
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+ woff = W_OFFSET(_rl_vis_botlin, wrap_offset);
+ botline_length = VIS_LLEN(_rl_vis_botlin) - woff;
+ /* If we've wrapped lines, remove the final xterm line-wrap flag. */
+ if (full_lines && _rl_term_autowrap && botline_length == _rl_screenwidth)
+ {
+ char *last_line;
+
+ /* LAST_LINE includes invisible characters, so if you want to get the
+ last character of the first line, you have to take WOFF into account.
+ This needs to be done for both calls to _rl_move_cursor_relative,
+ which takes a buffer position as the first argument, and any direct
+ subscripts of LAST_LINE. */
+ last_line = &visible_line[vis_lbreaks[_rl_vis_botlin]]; /* = VIS_CHARS(_rl_vis_botlin); */
+ cpos_buffer_position = -1; /* don't know where we are in buffer */
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (_rl_screenwidth - 1 + woff, last_line); /* XXX */
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+ putc (last_line[_rl_screenwidth - 1 + woff], rl_outstream);
+ }
+ _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+ if (botline_length > 0 || _rl_last_c_pos > 0)
+ rl_crlf ();
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ rl_display_fixed++;
+}
+
+/* Move to the start of the current line. */
+static void
+cr (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_term_cr)
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Redraw the last line of a multi-line prompt that may possibly contain
+ terminal escape sequences. Called with the cursor at column 0 of the
+ line to draw the prompt on. */
+static void
+redraw_prompt (char *t)
+{
+ char *oldp;
+
+ oldp = rl_display_prompt;
+ rl_save_prompt ();
+
+ rl_display_prompt = t;
+ local_prompt = expand_prompt (t, PMT_MULTILINE,
+ &prompt_visible_length,
+ &prompt_last_invisible,
+ &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+ &prompt_physical_chars);
+ local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+ local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+
+ rl_display_prompt = oldp;
+ rl_restore_prompt();
+}
+
+/* Redisplay the current line after a SIGWINCH is received. */
+void
+_rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch (void)
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ /* Clear the last line (assuming that the screen size change will result in
+ either more or fewer characters on that line only) and put the cursor at
+ column 0. Make sure the right thing happens if we have wrapped to a new
+ screen line. */
+ if (_rl_term_cr)
+ {
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ space_to_eol (_rl_screenwidth);
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+ if (_rl_term_clreol)
+ tputs (_rl_term_clreol, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+ {
+ space_to_eol (_rl_screenwidth);
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (_rl_last_v_pos > 0)
+ _rl_move_vert (0);
+ }
+ else
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ /* Redraw only the last line of a multi-line prompt. */
+ t = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+ if (t)
+ redraw_prompt (++t);
+ else
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_clean_up_for_exit (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_echoing_p)
+ {
+ if (_rl_vis_botlin > 0) /* minor optimization plus bug fix */
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+ _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ rl_restart_output (1, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+_rl_erase_entire_line (void)
+{
+ cr ();
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+ cr ();
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_ttyflush (void)
+{
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+}
+
+/* return the `current display line' of the cursor -- the number of lines to
+ move up to get to the first screen line of the current readline line. */
+int
+_rl_current_display_line (void)
+{
+ int ret, nleft;
+
+ /* Find out whether or not there might be invisible characters in the
+ editing buffer. */
+ if (rl_display_prompt == rl_prompt)
+ nleft = _rl_last_c_pos - _rl_screenwidth - rl_visible_prompt_length;
+ else
+ nleft = _rl_last_c_pos - _rl_screenwidth;
+
+ if (nleft > 0)
+ ret = 1 + nleft / _rl_screenwidth;
+ else
+ ret = 0;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Calculate the number of screen columns occupied by STR from START to END.
+ In the case of multibyte characters with stateful encoding, we have to
+ scan from the beginning of the string to take the state into account. */
+static int
+_rl_col_width (const char *str, int start, int end, int flags)
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int tmp, point, width, max;
+
+ if (end <= start)
+ return 0;
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ /* this can happen in some cases where it's inconvenient to check */
+ return (end - start);
+
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+ point = 0;
+ max = end;
+
+ /* Try to short-circuit common cases. The adjustment to remove wrap_offset
+ is done by the caller. */
+ /* 1. prompt string */
+ if (flags && start == 0 && end == local_prompt_len && memcmp (str, local_prompt, local_prompt_len) == 0)
+ return (prompt_physical_chars + wrap_offset);
+ /* 2. prompt string + line contents */
+ else if (flags && start == 0 && local_prompt_len > 0 && end > local_prompt_len && local_prompt && memcmp (str, local_prompt, local_prompt_len) == 0)
+ {
+ tmp = prompt_physical_chars + wrap_offset;
+ /* XXX - try to call ourselves recursively with non-prompt portion */
+ tmp += _rl_col_width (str, local_prompt_len, end, flags);
+ return (tmp);
+ }
+
+ while (point < start)
+ {
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(str[point]))
+ {
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ tmp = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ tmp = mbrlen (str + point, max, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+ {
+ /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
+ multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
+ a single character. */
+ point++;
+ max--;
+
+ /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+ effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ break; /* Found '\0' */
+ else
+ {
+ point += tmp;
+ max -= tmp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If START is not a byte that starts a character, then POINT will be
+ greater than START. In this case, assume that (POINT - START) gives
+ a byte count that is the number of columns of difference. */
+ width = point - start;
+
+ while (point < end)
+ {
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(str[point]))
+ {
+ tmp = 1;
+ wc = (wchar_t) str[point];
+ }
+ else
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, str + point, max, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+ {
+ /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
+ multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
+ a single character. */
+ point++;
+ max--;
+
+ /* and assume that the byte occupies a single column. */
+ width++;
+
+ /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+ effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ break; /* Found '\0' */
+ else
+ {
+ point += tmp;
+ max -= tmp;
+ tmp = WCWIDTH(wc);
+ width += (tmp >= 0) ? tmp : 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ width += point - end;
+
+ return width;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/Makefile b/lib/readline/doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af5ee3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+# Derived by hand from the generated readline-src/doc/Makefile
+# This makefile for Readline library documentation is in -*- text -*- mode.
+# Emacs likes it that way.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+
+topdir = .
+srcdir = .
+VPATH = .
+
+prefix = /usr/local
+infodir = ${prefix}/info
+
+mandir = ${prefix}/man
+manpfx = man
+
+man1ext = 1
+man1dir = $(mandir)/$(manpfx)$(man1ext)
+man3ext = 3
+man3dir = $(mandir)/$(manpfx)$(man3ext)
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+RM = rm -f
+
+INSTALL = /usr/bin/install -c
+INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
+
+BUILD_DIR = .
+TEXINPUTDIR = $(srcdir)
+
+MAKEINFO = LANGUAGE= makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = $(srcdir)/texi2dvi
+TEXI2HTML = $(srcdir)/texi2html
+QUIETPS = #set this to -q to shut up dvips
+PSDPI = 300 # I don't have any 600-dpi printers
+DVIPS = dvips -D ${PSDPI} $(QUIETPS) -o $@ # tricky
+
+RLSRC = $(srcdir)/rlman.texi $(srcdir)/rluser.texi \
+ $(srcdir)/rltech.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+ $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+HISTSRC = $(srcdir)/history.texi $(srcdir)/hsuser.texi \
+ $(srcdir)/hstech.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+
+# This should be a program that converts troff to an ascii-readable format
+NROFF = groff -Tascii
+
+# This should be a program that converts troff to postscript
+GROFF = groff
+
+DVIOBJ = readline.dvi history.dvi rluserman.dvi
+INFOOBJ = readline.info history.info rluserman.info
+PSOBJ = readline.ps history.ps rluserman.ps
+HTMLOBJ = readline.html history.html rluserman.html
+
+INTERMEDIATE_OBJ = rlman.dvi
+
+CREATED_DOCS = $(DVIOBJ) $(INFOOBJ) $(PSOBJ) $(HTMLOBJ)
+
+.SUFFIXES: .ps .txt .dvi
+
+all: info dvi html ps
+nodvi: info html
+
+readline.dvi: $(RLSRC)
+ TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
+ mv rlman.dvi readline.dvi
+
+readline.info: $(RLSRC)
+ $(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
+
+rluserman.dvi: $(RLSRC)
+ TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+
+rluserman.info: $(RLSRC)
+ $(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+
+history.dvi: ${HISTSRC}
+ TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/history.texi
+
+history.info: ${HISTSRC}
+ $(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/history.texi
+
+readline.ps: readline.dvi
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(DVIPS) readline.dvi
+
+rluserman.ps: rluserman.dvi
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(DVIPS) rluserman.dvi
+
+history.ps: history.dvi
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(DVIPS) history.dvi
+
+readline.html: ${RLSRC}
+ $(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
+ sed -e 's:rlman.html:readline.html:' rlman.html > readline.html
+ $(RM) rlman.html
+
+rluserman.html: ${RLSRC}
+ $(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+
+history.html: ${HISTSRC}
+ $(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/history.texi
+
+info: $(INFOOBJ)
+dvi: $(DVIOBJ)
+ps: $(PSOBJ)
+html: $(HTMLOBJ)
+
+clean:
+ $(RM) *.aux *.cp *.fn *.ky *.log *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr *.cps *.pgs \
+ *.fns *.kys *.tps *.vrs *.o core
+
+distclean: clean
+ $(RM) $(CREATED_DOCS)
+ $(RM) $(INTERMEDIATE_OBJ)
+ $(RM) Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+maintainer-clean: clean
+ $(RM) $(CREATED_DOCS)
+ $(RM) $(INTERMEDIATE_OBJ)
+ $(RM) Makefile
+
+install:
+ @echo "This documentation should not be installed."
+
+uninstall:
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi b/lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8805f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
+@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
+@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
+@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@uref{http://fsf.org/}
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
+of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
+@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
+@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
+of the Document to the public.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
+sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
+will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
+from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
+unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
+terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
+fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
+60 days after the cessation.
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
+not give you any rights to use it.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
+specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
+License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
+version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
+Document.
+
+@item
+RELICENSING
+
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
+World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
+site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+site.
+
+``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+published by that same organization.
+
+``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+in part, as part of another Document.
+
+An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
+License, and if all works that were first published under this License
+somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
+or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
+and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
+
+The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
+under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
+provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being @var{list}.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:
+
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/history.texi b/lib/readline/doc/history.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98e2233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/history.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename history.info
+@settitle GNU History Library
+@include version.texi
+
+@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@copying
+This document describes the GNU History library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
+a programming tool that provides a consistent user interface for
+recalling lines of previously typed input.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988--2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* History: (history). The GNU history library API.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU History Library
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{History Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU History Library
+
+This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that
+provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously
+typed input.
+
+@menu
+* Using History Interactively:: GNU History User's Manual.
+* Programming with GNU History:: GNU History Programmer's Manual.
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+* Concept Index:: Index of concepts described in this manual.
+* Function and Variable Index:: Index of externally visible functions
+ and variables.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@syncodeindex fn vr
+
+@include hsuser.texi
+@include hstech.texi
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Concept Index
+@appendix Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Function and Variable Index
+@appendix Function and Variable Index
+@printindex vr
+
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi b/lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbc21c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+@ignore
+This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@node Programming with GNU History
+@chapter Programming with GNU History
+
+This chapter describes how to interface programs that you write
+with the @sc{gnu} History Library.
+It should be considered a technical guide.
+For information on the interactive use of @sc{gnu} History, @pxref{Using
+History Interactively}.
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to History:: What is the GNU History library for?
+* History Storage:: How information is stored.
+* History Functions:: Functions that you can use.
+* History Variables:: Variables that control behaviour.
+* History Programming Example:: Example of using the GNU History Library.
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction to History
+@section Introduction to History
+
+Many programs read input from the user a line at a time. The @sc{gnu}
+History library is able to keep track of those lines, associate arbitrary
+data with each line, and utilize information from previous lines in
+composing new ones.
+
+The programmer using the History library has available functions
+for remembering lines on a history list, associating arbitrary data
+with a line, removing lines from the list, searching through the list
+for a line containing an arbitrary text string, and referencing any line
+in the list directly. In addition, a history @dfn{expansion} function
+is available which provides for a consistent user interface across
+different programs.
+
+The user using programs written with the History library has the
+benefit of a consistent user interface with a set of well-known
+commands for manipulating the text of previous lines and using that text
+in new commands. The basic history manipulation commands are similar to
+the history substitution provided by @code{csh}.
+
+If the programmer desires, he can use the Readline library, which
+includes some history manipulation by default, and has the added
+advantage of command line editing.
+
+Before declaring any functions using any functionality the History
+library provides in other code, an application writer should include
+the file @code{<readline/history.h>} in any file that uses the
+History library's features. It supplies extern declarations for all
+of the library's public functions and variables, and declares all of
+the public data structures.
+
+@node History Storage
+@section History Storage
+
+The history list is an array of history entries. A history entry is
+declared as follows:
+
+@example
+typedef void *histdata_t;
+
+typedef struct _hist_entry @{
+ char *line;
+ char *timestamp;
+ histdata_t data;
+@} HIST_ENTRY;
+@end example
+
+The history list itself might therefore be declared as
+
+@example
+HIST_ENTRY **the_history_list;
+@end example
+
+The state of the History library is encapsulated into a single structure:
+
+@example
+/*
+ * A structure used to pass around the current state of the history.
+ */
+typedef struct _hist_state @{
+ HIST_ENTRY **entries; /* Pointer to the entries themselves. */
+ int offset; /* The location pointer within this array. */
+ int length; /* Number of elements within this array. */
+ int size; /* Number of slots allocated to this array. */
+ int flags;
+@} HISTORY_STATE;
+@end example
+
+If the flags member includes @code{HS_STIFLED}, the history has been
+stifled.
+
+@node History Functions
+@section History Functions
+
+This section describes the calling sequence for the various functions
+exported by the @sc{gnu} History library.
+
+@menu
+* Initializing History and State Management:: Functions to call when you
+ want to use history in a
+ program.
+* History List Management:: Functions used to manage the list
+ of history entries.
+* Information About the History List:: Functions returning information about
+ the history list.
+* Moving Around the History List:: Functions used to change the position
+ in the history list.
+* Searching the History List:: Functions to search the history list
+ for entries containing a string.
+* Managing the History File:: Functions that read and write a file
+ containing the history list.
+* History Expansion:: Functions to perform csh-like history
+ expansion.
+@end menu
+
+@node Initializing History and State Management
+@subsection Initializing History and State Management
+
+This section describes functions used to initialize and manage
+the state of the History library when you want to use the history
+functions in your program.
+
+@deftypefun void using_history (void)
+Begin a session in which the history functions might be used. This
+initializes the interactive variables.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HISTORY_STATE *} history_get_history_state (void)
+Return a structure describing the current state of the input history.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void history_set_history_state (HISTORY_STATE *state)
+Set the state of the history list according to @var{state}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node History List Management
+@subsection History List Management
+
+These functions manage individual entries on the history list, or set
+parameters managing the list itself.
+
+@deftypefun void add_history (const char *string)
+Place @var{string} at the end of the history list. The associated data
+field (if any) is set to @code{NULL}.
+If the maximum number of history entries has been set using
+@code{stifle_history()}, and the new number of history entries would exceed
+that maximum, the oldest history entry is removed.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void add_history_time (const char *string)
+Change the time stamp associated with the most recent history entry to
+@var{string}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} remove_history (int which)
+Remove history entry at offset @var{which} from the history. The
+removed element is returned so you can free the line, data,
+and containing structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {histdata_t} free_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *histent)
+Free the history entry @var{histent} and any history library private
+data associated with it. Returns the application-specific data
+so the caller can dispose of it.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} replace_history_entry (int which, const char *line, histdata_t data)
+Make the history entry at offset @var{which} have @var{line} and @var{data}.
+This returns the old entry so the caller can dispose of any
+application-specific data. In the case
+of an invalid @var{which}, a @code{NULL} pointer is returned.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void clear_history (void)
+Clear the history list by deleting all the entries.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void stifle_history (int max)
+Stifle the history list, remembering only the last @var{max} entries.
+The history list will contain only @var{max} entries at a time.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int unstifle_history (void)
+Stop stifling the history. This returns the previously-set
+maximum number of history entries (as set by @code{stifle_history()}).
+The value is positive if the history was
+stifled, negative if it wasn't.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_is_stifled (void)
+Returns non-zero if the history is stifled, zero if it is not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Information About the History List
+@subsection Information About the History List
+
+These functions return information about the entire history list or
+individual list entries.
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY **} history_list (void)
+Return a @code{NULL} terminated array of @code{HIST_ENTRY *} which is the
+current input history. Element 0 of this list is the beginning of time.
+If there is no history, return @code{NULL}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int where_history (void)
+Returns the offset of the current history element.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} current_history (void)
+Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+@code{where_history()}. If there is no entry there, return a @code{NULL}
+pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} history_get (int offset)
+Return the history entry at position @var{offset}.
+The range of valid
+values of @var{offset} starts at @code{history_base} and ends at
+@var{history_length} - 1 (@pxref{History Variables}).
+If there is no entry there, or if @var{offset} is outside the valid
+range, return a @code{NULL} pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun time_t history_get_time (HIST_ENTRY *entry)
+Return the time stamp associated with the history entry @var{entry}.
+If the timestamp is missing or invalid, return 0.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_total_bytes (void)
+Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+This function returns the sum of the lengths of all the lines in the
+history.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Moving Around the History List
+@subsection Moving Around the History List
+
+These functions allow the current index into the history list to be
+set or changed.
+
+@deftypefun int history_set_pos (int pos)
+Set the current history offset to @var{pos}, an absolute index
+into the list.
+Returns 1 on success, 0 if @var{pos} is less than zero or greater
+than the number of history entries.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} previous_history (void)
+Back up the current history offset to the previous history entry, and
+return a pointer to that entry. If there is no previous entry, return
+a @code{NULL} pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} next_history (void)
+If the current history offset refers to a valid history entry,
+increment the current history offset.
+If the possibly-incremented history offset refers to a valid history
+entry, return a pointer to that entry;
+otherwise, return a @code{BNULL} pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Searching the History List
+@subsection Searching the History List
+@cindex History Searching
+
+These functions allow searching of the history list for entries containing
+a specific string. Searching may be performed both forward and backward
+from the current history position. The search may be @dfn{anchored},
+meaning that the string must match at the beginning of the history entry.
+@cindex anchored search
+
+@deftypefun int history_search (const char *string, int direction)
+Search the history for @var{string}, starting at the current history offset.
+If @var{direction} is less than 0, then the search is through
+previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries.
+If @var{string} is found, then
+the current history index is set to that history entry, and the value
+returned is the offset in the line of the entry where
+@var{string} was found. Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is
+returned.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_search_prefix (const char *string, int direction)
+Search the history for @var{string}, starting at the current history
+offset. The search is anchored: matching lines must begin with
+@var{string}. If @var{direction} is less than 0, then the search is
+through previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries.
+If @var{string} is found, then the
+current history index is set to that entry, and the return value is 0.
+Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is returned.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_search_pos (const char *string, int direction, int pos)
+Search for @var{string} in the history list, starting at @var{pos}, an
+absolute index into the list. If @var{direction} is negative, the search
+proceeds backward from @var{pos}, otherwise forward. Returns the absolute
+index of the history element where @var{string} was found, or -1 otherwise.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Managing the History File
+@subsection Managing the History File
+
+The History library can read the history from and write it to a file.
+This section documents the functions for managing a history file.
+
+@deftypefun int read_history (const char *filename)
+Add the contents of @var{filename} to the history list, a line at a time.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then read from @file{~/.history}.
+Returns 0 if successful, or @code{errno} if not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int read_history_range (const char *filename, int from, int to)
+Read a range of lines from @var{filename}, adding them to the history list.
+Start reading at line @var{from} and end at @var{to}.
+If @var{from} is zero, start at the beginning. If @var{to} is less than
+@var{from}, then read until the end of the file. If @var{filename} is
+@code{NULL}, then read from @file{~/.history}. Returns 0 if successful,
+or @code{errno} if not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int write_history (const char *filename)
+Write the current history to @var{filename}, overwriting @var{filename}
+if necessary.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then write the history list to
+@file{~/.history}.
+Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on a read or write error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int append_history (int nelements, const char *filename)
+Append the last @var{nelements} of the history list to @var{filename}.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then append to @file{~/.history}.
+Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on a read or write error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_truncate_file (const char *filename, int nlines)
+Truncate the history file @var{filename}, leaving only the last
+@var{nlines} lines.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then @file{~/.history} is truncated.
+Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on failure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node History Expansion
+@subsection History Expansion
+
+These functions implement history expansion.
+
+@deftypefun int history_expand (char *string, char **output)
+Expand @var{string}, placing the result into @var{output}, a pointer
+to a string (@pxref{History Interaction}). Returns:
+@table @code
+@item 0
+If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in
+the text was the removal of escape characters preceding the history expansion
+character);
+@item 1
+if expansions did take place;
+@item -1
+if there was an error in expansion;
+@item 2
+if the returned line should be displayed, but not executed,
+as with the @code{:p} modifier (@pxref{Modifiers}).
+@end table
+
+If an error occurred in expansion, then @var{output} contains a descriptive
+error message.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} get_history_event (const char *string, int *cindex, int qchar)
+Returns the text of the history event beginning at @var{string} +
+@var{*cindex}. @var{*cindex} is modified to point to after the event
+specifier. At function entry, @var{cindex} points to the index into
+@var{string} where the history event specification begins. @var{qchar}
+is a character that is allowed to end the event specification in addition
+to the ``normal'' terminating characters.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} history_tokenize (const char *string)
+Return an array of tokens parsed out of @var{string}, much as the
+shell might. The tokens are split on the characters in the
+@var{history_word_delimiters} variable,
+and shell quoting conventions are obeyed as described below.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} history_arg_extract (int first, int last, const char *string)
+Extract a string segment consisting of the @var{first} through @var{last}
+arguments present in @var{string}. Arguments are split using
+@code{history_tokenize}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node History Variables
+@section History Variables
+
+This section describes the externally-visible variables exported by
+the @sc{gnu} History Library.
+
+@deftypevar int history_base
+The logical offset of the first entry in the history list.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_length
+The number of entries currently stored in the history list.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_max_entries
+The maximum number of history entries. This must be changed using
+@code{stifle_history()}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_write_timestamps
+If non-zero, timestamps are written to the history file, so they can be
+preserved between sessions. The default value is 0, meaning that
+timestamps are not saved.
+
+The current timestamp format uses the value of @var{history_comment_char}
+to delimit timestamp entries in the history file. If that variable does
+not have a value (the default), timestamps will not be written.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar char history_expansion_char
+The character that introduces a history event. The default is @samp{!}.
+Setting this to 0 inhibits history expansion.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar char history_subst_char
+The character that invokes word substitution if found at the start of
+a line. The default is @samp{^}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar char history_comment_char
+During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character
+of a word, then it and all subsequent characters up to a newline are
+ignored, suppressing history expansion for the remainder of the line.
+This is disabled by default.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} history_word_delimiters
+The characters that separate tokens for @code{history_tokenize()}.
+The default value is @code{" \t\n()<>;&|"}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} history_search_delimiter_chars
+The list of additional characters which can delimit a history search
+string, in addition to space, TAB, @samp{:} and @samp{?} in the case of
+a substring search. The default is empty.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} history_no_expand_chars
+The list of characters which inhibit history expansion if found immediately
+following @var{history_expansion_char}. The default is space, tab, newline,
+carriage return, and @samp{=}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion
+If non-zero, the history expansion code implements shell-like quoting:
+single-quoted words are not scanned for the history expansion
+character or the history comment character, and double-quoted words may
+have history expansion performed, since single quotes are not special
+within double quotes.
+The default value is 0.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_quoting_state
+An application may set this variable to indicate that the current line
+being expanded is subject to existing quoting. If set to @samp{'}, the
+history expansion function will assume that the line is single-quoted and
+inhibit expansion until it reads an unquoted closing single quote; if set
+to @samp{"}, history expansion will assume the line is double quoted until
+it reads an unquoted closing double quote. If set to zero, the default,
+the history expansion function will assume the line is not quoted and
+treat quote characters within the line as described above.
+This is only effective if @var{history_quotes_inhibit_expansion} is set.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_linebuf_func_t *} history_inhibit_expansion_function
+This should be set to the address of a function that takes two arguments:
+a @code{char *} (@var{string})
+and an @code{int} index into that string (@var{i}).
+It should return a non-zero value if the history expansion starting at
+@var{string[i]} should not be performed; zero if the expansion should
+be done.
+It is intended for use by applications like Bash that use the history
+expansion character for additional purposes.
+By default, this variable is set to @code{NULL}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@node History Programming Example
+@section History Programming Example
+
+The following program demonstrates simple use of the @sc{gnu} History Library.
+
+@smallexample
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <readline/history.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+@{
+ char line[1024], *t;
+ int len, done = 0;
+
+ line[0] = 0;
+
+ using_history ();
+ while (!done)
+ @{
+ printf ("history$ ");
+ fflush (stdout);
+ t = fgets (line, sizeof (line) - 1, stdin);
+ if (t && *t)
+ @{
+ len = strlen (t);
+ if (t[len - 1] == '\n')
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ @}
+
+ if (!t)
+ strcpy (line, "quit");
+
+ if (line[0])
+ @{
+ char *expansion;
+ int result;
+
+ result = history_expand (line, &expansion);
+ if (result)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion);
+
+ if (result < 0 || result == 2)
+ @{
+ free (expansion);
+ continue;
+ @}
+
+ add_history (expansion);
+ strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1);
+ free (expansion);
+ @}
+
+ if (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0)
+ done = 1;
+ else if (strcmp (line, "save") == 0)
+ write_history ("history_file");
+ else if (strcmp (line, "read") == 0)
+ read_history ("history_file");
+ else if (strcmp (line, "list") == 0)
+ @{
+ register HIST_ENTRY **the_list;
+ register int i;
+
+ the_list = history_list ();
+ if (the_list)
+ for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++)
+ printf ("%d: %s\n", i + history_base, the_list[i]->line);
+ @}
+ else if (strncmp (line, "delete", 6) == 0)
+ @{
+ int which;
+ if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1)
+ @{
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which);
+ if (!entry)
+ fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which);
+ else
+ @{
+ free (entry->line);
+ free (entry);
+ @}
+ @}
+ else
+ @{
+ fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n");
+ @}
+ @}
+ @}
+@}
+@end smallexample
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi b/lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..521ccc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+@ignore
+This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988--2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@node Using History Interactively
+@chapter Using History Interactively
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@defcodeindex bt
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library
+interactively, from a user's standpoint.
+It should be considered a user's guide.
+For information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in other programs,
+see the @sc{gnu} Readline Library Manual.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library interactively,
+from a user's standpoint. It should be considered a user's guide. For
+information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in your own programs,
+@pxref{Programming with GNU History}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@menu
+* Bash History Facilities:: How Bash lets you manipulate your command
+ history.
+* Bash History Builtins:: The Bash builtin commands that manipulate
+ the command history.
+* History Interaction:: What it feels like using History as a user.
+@end menu
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@menu
+* History Interaction:: What it feels like using History as a user.
+@end menu
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@node Bash History Facilities
+@section Bash History Facilities
+@cindex command history
+@cindex history list
+
+When the @option{-o history} option to the @code{set} builtin
+is enabled (@pxref{The Set Builtin}),
+the shell provides access to the @dfn{command history},
+the list of commands previously typed.
+The value of the @env{HISTSIZE} shell variable is used as the
+number of commands to save in a history list.
+The text of the last @env{$HISTSIZE}
+commands (default 500) is saved.
+The shell stores each command in the history list prior to
+parameter and variable expansion
+but after history expansion is performed, subject to the
+values of the shell variables
+@env{HISTIGNORE} and @env{HISTCONTROL}.
+
+When the shell starts up, the history is initialized from the
+file named by the @env{HISTFILE} variable (default @file{~/.bash_history}).
+The file named by the value of @env{HISTFILE} is truncated, if
+necessary, to contain no more than the number of lines specified by
+the value of the @env{HISTFILESIZE} variable.
+When a shell with history enabled exits, the last
+@env{$HISTSIZE} lines are copied from the history list to the file
+named by @env{$HISTFILE}.
+If the @code{histappend} shell option is set (@pxref{Bash Builtins}),
+the lines are appended to the history file,
+otherwise the history file is overwritten.
+If @env{HISTFILE}
+is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is not saved.
+After saving the history, the history file is truncated
+to contain no more than @env{$HISTFILESIZE} lines.
+If @env{HISTFILESIZE} is unset, or set to null, a non-numeric value, or
+a numeric value less than zero, the history file is not truncated.
+
+If the @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set, the time stamp information
+associated with each history entry is written to the history file,
+marked with the history comment character.
+When the history file is read, lines beginning with the history
+comment character followed immediately by a digit are interpreted
+as timestamps for the following history entry.
+
+The builtin command @code{fc} may be used to list or edit and re-execute
+a portion of the history list.
+The @code{history} builtin may be used to display or modify the history
+list and manipulate the history file.
+When using command-line editing, search commands
+are available in each editing mode that provide access to the
+history list (@pxref{Commands For History}).
+
+The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history
+list. The @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE}
+variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the
+commands entered.
+The @code{cmdhist}
+shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each
+line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding
+semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness.
+The @code{lithist}
+shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines
+instead of semicolons.
+The @code{shopt} builtin is used to set these options.
+@xref{The Shopt Builtin}, for a description of @code{shopt}.
+
+@node Bash History Builtins
+@section Bash History Builtins
+@cindex history builtins
+
+Bash provides two builtin commands which manipulate the
+history list and history file.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item fc
+@btindex fc
+@example
+@code{fc [-e @var{ename}] [-lnr] [@var{first}] [@var{last}]}
+@code{fc -s [@var{pat}=@var{rep}] [@var{command}]}
+@end example
+
+The first form selects a range of commands from @var{first} to
+@var{last} from the history list and displays or edits and re-executes
+them.
+Both @var{first} and
+@var{last} may be specified as a string (to locate the most recent
+command beginning with that string) or as a number (an index into the
+history list, where a negative number is used as an offset from the
+current command number). If @var{last} is not specified, it is set to
+@var{first}. If @var{first} is not specified, it is set to the previous
+command for editing and @minus{}16 for listing. If the @option{-l} flag is
+given, the commands are listed on standard output. The @option{-n} flag
+suppresses the command numbers when listing. The @option{-r} flag
+reverses the order of the listing. Otherwise, the editor given by
+@var{ename} is invoked on a file containing those commands. If
+@var{ename} is not given, the value of the following variable expansion
+is used: @code{$@{FCEDIT:-$@{EDITOR:-vi@}@}}. This says to use the
+value of the @env{FCEDIT} variable if set, or the value of the
+@env{EDITOR} variable if that is set, or @code{vi} if neither is set.
+When editing is complete, the edited commands are echoed and executed.
+
+In the second form, @var{command} is re-executed after each instance
+of @var{pat} in the selected command is replaced by @var{rep}.
+@var{command} is intepreted the same as @var{first} above.
+
+A useful alias to use with the @code{fc} command is @code{r='fc -s'}, so
+that typing @samp{r cc} runs the last command beginning with @code{cc}
+and typing @samp{r} re-executes the last command (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item history
+@btindex history
+@example
+history [@var{n}]
+history -c
+history -d @var{offset}
+history -d @var{start}-@var{end}
+history [-anrw] [@var{filename}]
+history -ps @var{arg}
+@end example
+
+With no options, display the history list with line numbers.
+Lines prefixed with a @samp{*} have been modified.
+An argument of @var{n} lists only the last @var{n} lines.
+If the shell variable @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set and not null,
+it is used as a format string for @var{strftime} to display
+the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry.
+No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp
+and the history line.
+
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -c
+Clear the history list. This may be combined
+with the other options to replace the history list completely.
+
+@item -d @var{offset}
+Delete the history entry at position @var{offset}.
+If @var{offset} is positive, it should be specified as it appears when
+the history is displayed.
+If @var{offset} is negative, it is interpreted as relative to one greater
+than the last history position, so negative indices count back from the
+end of the history, and an index of @samp{-1} refers to the current
+@code{history -d} command.
+
+@item -d @var{start}-@var{end}
+Delete the history entries between positions @var{start} and @var{end},
+inclusive. Positive and negative values for @var{start} and @var{end}
+are interpreted as described above.
+
+@item -a
+Append the new history lines to the history file.
+These are history lines entered since the beginning of the current
+Bash session, but not already appended to the history file.
+
+@item -n
+Append the history lines not already read from the history file
+to the current history list. These are lines appended to the history
+file since the beginning of the current Bash session.
+
+@item -r
+Read the history file and append its contents to
+the history list.
+
+@item -w
+Write out the current history list to the history file.
+
+@item -p
+Perform history substitution on the @var{arg}s and display the result
+on the standard output, without storing the results in the history list.
+
+@item -s
+The @var{arg}s are added to the end of
+the history list as a single entry.
+
+@end table
+
+When any of the @option{-w}, @option{-r}, @option{-a}, or @option{-n} options is
+used, if @var{filename}
+is given, then it is used as the history file. If not, then
+the value of the @env{HISTFILE} variable is used.
+
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@node History Interaction
+@section History Expansion
+@cindex history expansion
+
+The History library provides a history expansion feature that is similar
+to the history expansion provided by @code{csh}. This section
+describes the syntax used to manipulate the history information.
+
+History expansions introduce words from the history list into
+the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the
+arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or
+fix errors in previous commands quickly.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+History expansion is performed immediately after a complete line
+is read, before the shell breaks it into words, and is performed
+on each line individually. Bash attempts to inform the history
+expansion functions about quoting still in effect from previous lines.
+@end ifset
+
+History expansion takes place in two parts. The first is to determine
+which line from the history list should be used during substitution.
+The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into the
+current one. The line selected from the history is called the
+@dfn{event}, and the portions of that line that are acted upon are
+called @dfn{words}. Various @dfn{modifiers} are available to manipulate
+the selected words. The line is broken into words in the same fashion
+that Bash does, so that several words
+surrounded by quotes are considered one word.
+History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the
+history expansion character, which is @samp{!} by default.
+
+History expansion implements shell-like quoting conventions:
+a backslash can be used to remove the special handling for the next character;
+single quotes enclose verbatim sequences of characters, and can be used to
+inhibit history expansion;
+and characters enclosed within double quotes may be subject to history
+expansion, since backslash can escape the history expansion character,
+but single quotes may not, since they are not treated specially within
+double quotes.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+When using the shell, only @samp{\} and @samp{'} may be used to escape the
+history expansion character, but the history expansion character is
+also treated as quoted if it immediately precedes the closing double quote
+in a double-quoted string.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Several shell options settable with the @code{shopt}
+builtin (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}) may be used to tailor
+the behavior of history expansion. If the
+@code{histverify} shell option is enabled, and Readline
+is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to
+the shell parser.
+Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the Readline
+editing buffer for further modification.
+If Readline is being used, and the @code{histreedit}
+shell option is enabled, a failed history expansion will be
+reloaded into the Readline editing buffer for correction.
+The @option{-p} option to the @code{history} builtin command
+may be used to see what a history expansion will do before using it.
+The @option{-s} option to the @code{history} builtin may be used to
+add commands to the end of the history list without actually executing
+them, so that they are available for subsequent recall.
+This is most useful in conjunction with Readline.
+
+The shell allows control of the various characters used by the
+history expansion mechanism with the @code{histchars} variable,
+as explained above (@pxref{Bash Variables}). The shell uses
+the history comment character to mark history timestamps when
+writing the history file.
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Event Designators:: How to specify which history line to use.
+* Word Designators:: Specifying which words are of interest.
+* Modifiers:: Modifying the results of substitution.
+@end menu
+
+@node Event Designators
+@subsection Event Designators
+@cindex event designators
+
+An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the
+history list.
+Unless the reference is absolute, events are relative to the current
+position in the history list.
+@cindex history events
+
+@table @asis
+
+@item @code{!}
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
+the end of the line, @samp{=} or @samp{(} (when the
+@code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
+the end of the line, or @samp{=}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item @code{!@var{n}}
+Refer to command line @var{n}.
+
+@item @code{!-@var{n}}
+Refer to the command @var{n} lines back.
+
+@item @code{!!}
+Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for @samp{!-1}.
+
+@item @code{!@var{string}}
+Refer to the most recent command
+preceding the current position in the history list
+starting with @var{string}.
+
+@item @code{!?@var{string}[?]}
+Refer to the most recent command
+preceding the current position in the history list
+containing @var{string}.
+The trailing
+@samp{?} may be omitted if the @var{string} is followed immediately by
+a newline.
+
+@item @code{^@var{string1}^@var{string2}^}
+Quick Substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing @var{string1}
+with @var{string2}. Equivalent to
+@code{!!:s/@var{string1}/@var{string2}/}.
+
+@item @code{!#}
+The entire command line typed so far.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Word Designators
+@subsection Word Designators
+
+Word designators are used to select desired words from the event.
+A @samp{:} separates the event specification from the word designator. It
+may be omitted if the word designator begins with a @samp{^}, @samp{$},
+@samp{*}, @samp{-}, or @samp{%}. Words are numbered from the beginning
+of the line, with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). Words are
+inserted into the current line separated by single spaces.
+
+@need 0.75
+For example,
+
+@table @code
+@item !!
+designates the preceding command. When you type this, the preceding
+command is repeated in toto.
+
+@item !!:$
+designates the last argument of the preceding command. This may be
+shortened to @code{!$}.
+
+@item !fi:2
+designates the second argument of the most recent command starting with
+the letters @code{fi}.
+@end table
+
+@need 0.75
+Here are the word designators:
+
+@table @code
+
+@item 0 (zero)
+The @code{0}th word. For many applications, this is the command word.
+
+@item @var{n}
+The @var{n}th word.
+
+@item ^
+The first argument; that is, word 1.
+
+@item $
+The last argument.
+
+@item %
+The word matched by the most recent @samp{?@var{string}?} search.
+
+@item @var{x}-@var{y}
+A range of words; @samp{-@var{y}} abbreviates @samp{0-@var{y}}.
+
+@item *
+All of the words, except the @code{0}th. This is a synonym for @samp{1-$}.
+It is not an error to use @samp{*} if there is just one word in the event;
+the empty string is returned in that case.
+
+@item @var{x}*
+Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$}
+
+@item @var{x}-
+Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$} like @samp{@var{x}*}, but omits the last word.
+
+@end table
+
+If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the
+previous command is used as the event.
+
+@node Modifiers
+@subsection Modifiers
+
+After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or more
+of the following modifiers, each preceded by a @samp{:}.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item h
+Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving only the head.
+
+@item t
+Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail.
+
+@item r
+Remove a trailing suffix of the form @samp{.@var{suffix}}, leaving
+the basename.
+
+@item e
+Remove all but the trailing suffix.
+
+@item p
+Print the new command but do not execute it.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item q
+Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions.
+
+@item x
+Quote the substituted words as with @samp{q},
+but break into words at spaces, tabs, and newlines.
+@end ifset
+
+@item s/@var{old}/@var{new}/
+Substitute @var{new} for the first occurrence of @var{old} in the
+event line. Any delimiter may be used in place of @samp{/}.
+The delimiter may be quoted in @var{old} and @var{new}
+with a single backslash. If @samp{&} appears in @var{new},
+it is replaced by @var{old}. A single backslash will quote
+the @samp{&}. The final delimiter is optional if it is the last
+character on the input line.
+
+@item &
+Repeat the previous substitution.
+
+@item g
+@itemx a
+Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. Used in
+conjunction with @samp{s}, as in @code{gs/@var{old}/@var{new}/},
+or with @samp{&}.
+
+@item G
+Apply the following @samp{s} modifier once to each word in the event.
+
+@end table
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..737f971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename readline.info
+@settitle GNU Readline Library
+@include version.texi
+
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@synindex vr fn
+
+@copying
+This manual describes the GNU Readline Library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the
+consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide
+a command line interface.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988--2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* Readline: (readline). The GNU readline library API.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Readline Library
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU Readline Library
+
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
+provide a command line interface.
+The Readline home page is @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/}.
+
+@menu
+* Command Line Editing:: GNU Readline User's Manual.
+* Programming with GNU Readline:: GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+* Concept Index:: Index of concepts described in this manual.
+* Function and Variable Index:: Index of externally visible functions
+ and variables.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@include rluser.texi
+@include rltech.texi
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Concept Index
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Function and Variable Index
+@unnumbered Function and Variable Index
+@printindex fn
+
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28a02d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2731 @@
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rltech.info
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@ifinfo
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
+to provide a command line interface.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988--2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+pare preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Programming with GNU Readline
+@chapter Programming with GNU Readline
+
+This chapter describes the interface between the @sc{gnu} Readline Library and
+other programs. If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
+features found in @sc{gnu} Readline
+such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
+in your own programs, this section is for you.
+
+@menu
+* Basic Behavior:: Using the default behavior of Readline.
+* Custom Functions:: Adding your own functions to Readline.
+* Readline Variables:: Variables accessible to custom
+ functions.
+* Readline Convenience Functions:: Functions which Readline supplies to
+ aid in writing your own custom
+ functions.
+* Readline Signal Handling:: How Readline behaves when it receives signals.
+* Custom Completers:: Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
+ completion functions.
+@end menu
+
+@node Basic Behavior
+@section Basic Behavior
+
+Many programs provide a command line interface, such as @code{mail},
+@code{ftp}, and @code{sh}. For such programs, the default behaviour of
+Readline is sufficient. This section describes how to use Readline in
+the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
+@code{gets()} or @code{fgets()}.
+
+@findex readline
+@cindex readline, function
+
+The function @code{readline()} prints a prompt @var{prompt}
+and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
+If @var{prompt} is @code{NULL} or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
+The line @code{readline} returns is allocated with @code{malloc()};
+the caller should @code{free()} the line when it has finished with it.
+The declaration for @code{readline} in ANSI C is
+
+@example
+@code{char *readline (const char *@var{prompt});}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+So, one might say
+@example
+@code{char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");}
+@end example
+@noindent
+in order to read a line of text from the user.
+The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
+text remains.
+
+If @code{readline} encounters an @code{EOF} while reading the line, and the
+line is empty at that point, then @code{(char *)NULL} is returned.
+Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
+
+Readline performs some expansion on the @var{prompt} before it is
+displayed on the screen. See the description of @code{rl_expand_prompt}
+(@pxref{Redisplay}) for additional details, especially if @var{prompt}
+will contain characters that do not consume physical screen space when
+displayed.
+
+If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
+@key{C-p} for example), you must call @code{add_history()} to save the
+line away in a @dfn{history} list of such lines.
+
+@example
+@code{add_history (line)};
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
+
+It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
+users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line. Here is
+a function which usefully replaces the standard @code{gets()} library
+function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
+
+@example
+/* A static variable for holding the line. */
+static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
+ Returns NULL on EOF. */
+char *
+rl_gets ()
+@{
+ /* If the buffer has already been allocated,
+ return the memory to the free pool. */
+ if (line_read)
+ @{
+ free (line_read);
+ line_read = (char *)NULL;
+ @}
+
+ /* Get a line from the user. */
+ line_read = readline ("");
+
+ /* If the line has any text in it,
+ save it on the history. */
+ if (line_read && *line_read)
+ add_history (line_read);
+
+ return (line_read);
+@}
+@end example
+
+This function gives the user the default behaviour of @key{TAB}
+completion: completion on file names. If you do not want Readline to
+complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the @key{TAB} key
+with @code{rl_bind_key()}.
+
+@example
+@code{int rl_bind_key (int @var{key}, rl_command_func_t *@var{function});}
+@end example
+
+@code{rl_bind_key()} takes two arguments: @var{key} is the character that
+you want to bind, and @var{function} is the address of the function to
+call when @var{key} is pressed. Binding @key{TAB} to @code{rl_insert()}
+makes @key{TAB} insert itself.
+@code{rl_bind_key()} returns non-zero if @var{key} is not a valid
+ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
+
+Thus, to disable the default @key{TAB} behavior, the following suffices:
+@example
+@code{rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);}
+@end example
+
+This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
+might write a function called @code{initialize_readline()} which
+performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
+custom completers (@pxref{Custom Completers}).
+
+@node Custom Functions
+@section Custom Functions
+
+Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
+the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
+programs. This section describes the various functions and variables
+defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
+customized functionality to Readline.
+
+Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
+using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
+application writer should include the file @code{<readline/readline.h>}
+in any file that uses Readline's features. Since some of the definitions
+in @code{readline.h} use the @code{stdio} library, the file
+@code{<stdio.h>} should be included before @code{readline.h}.
+
+@code{readline.h} defines a C preprocessor variable that should
+be treated as an integer, @code{RL_READLINE_VERSION}, which may
+be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
+the installed Readline version. The value is a hexadecimal
+encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
+of the form 0x@var{MMmm}. @var{MM} is the two-digit major
+version number; @var{mm} is the two-digit minor version number.
+For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
+@code{RL_READLINE_VERSION} would be @code{0x0402}.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Typedefs:: C declarations to make code readable.
+* Function Writing:: Variables and calling conventions.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Typedefs
+@subsection Readline Typedefs
+
+For readability, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
+to functions.
+
+The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
+code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
+arguments and return values.
+
+For instance, say we want to declare a variable @var{func} as a pointer
+to a function which takes two @code{int} arguments and returns an
+@code{int} (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
+Instead of the classic C declaration
+
+@code{int (*func)();}
+
+@noindent
+or the ANSI-C style declaration
+
+@code{int (*func)(int, int);}
+
+@noindent
+we may write
+
+@code{rl_command_func_t *func;}
+
+The full list of function pointer types available is
+
+@table @code
+@item typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);
+
+@item typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);
+
+@item typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);
+
+@item typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);
+
+@item typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);
+
+@item typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);
+
+@item typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);
+
+@item typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);
+
+@item typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);
+
+@item typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);
+
+@item typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);
+@item #define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t
+@item typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);
+@item typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);
+
+@item typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);
+@item typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);
+@item typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);
+@item typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);
+
+@end table
+
+@node Function Writing
+@subsection Writing a New Function
+
+In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
+calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
+variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
+
+The calling sequence for a command @code{foo} looks like
+
+@example
+@code{int foo (int count, int key)}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+where @var{count} is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
+@var{key} is the key that invoked this function.
+
+It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
+numeric argument. Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
+as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
+line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example). Some choose to
+ignore it. In general, if a
+function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
+to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
+At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
+negative argument.
+
+A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
+and a value greater than zero if some error occurs.
+This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
+command functions.
+
+@node Readline Variables
+@section Readline Variables
+
+These variables are available to function writers.
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_line_buffer
+This is the line gathered so far. You are welcome to modify the
+contents of the line, but see @ref{Allowing Undoing}. The
+function @code{rl_extend_line_buffer} is available to increase
+the memory allocated to @code{rl_line_buffer}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_point
+The offset of the current cursor position in @code{rl_line_buffer}
+(the @emph{point}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_end
+The number of characters present in @code{rl_line_buffer}. When
+@code{rl_point} is at the end of the line, @code{rl_point} and
+@code{rl_end} are equal.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_mark
+The @var{mark} (saved position) in the current line. If set, the mark
+and point define a @emph{region}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_done
+Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
+line immediately.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_num_chars_to_read
+Setting this to a positive value before calling @code{readline()} causes
+Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
+than reading up to a character bound to @code{accept-line}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_pending_input
+Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read. This is a
+way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_dispatching
+Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
+zero otherwise. Application functions can test this to discover whether
+they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_erase_empty_line
+Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
+the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
+the only character on an otherwise-empty line. The cursor is moved to
+the beginning of the newly-blank line.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_prompt
+The prompt Readline uses. This is set from the argument to
+@code{readline()}, and should not be assigned to directly.
+The @code{rl_set_prompt()} function (@pxref{Redisplay}) may
+be used to modify the prompt string after calling @code{readline()}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_display_prompt
+The string displayed as the prompt. This is usually identical to
+@var{rl_prompt}, but may be changed temporarily by functions that
+use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_already_prompted
+If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
+Readline do it the first time @code{readline()} is called, it should set
+this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
+The prompt must also be passed as the argument to @code{readline()} so
+the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
+The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
+never sets it.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_library_version
+The version number of this revision of the library.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_readline_version
+An integer encoding the current version of the library. The encoding is
+of the form 0x@var{MMmm}, where @var{MM} is the two-digit major version
+number, and @var{mm} is the two-digit minor version number.
+For example, for Readline-4.2, @code{rl_readline_version} would have the
+value 0x0402.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_gnu_readline_p
+Always set to 1, denoting that this is @sc{gnu} readline rather than some
+emulation.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_terminal_name
+The terminal type, used for initialization. If not set by the application,
+Readline sets this to the value of the @env{TERM} environment variable
+the first time it is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_readline_name
+This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
+The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
+(@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {FILE *} rl_instream
+The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
+If @code{NULL}, Readline defaults to @var{stdin}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {FILE *} rl_outstream
+The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
+If @code{NULL}, Readline defaults to @var{stdout}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_prefer_env_winsize
+If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the @env{LINES} and
+@env{COLUMNS} environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
+from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_command_func_t *} rl_last_func
+The address of the last command function Readline executed. May be used to
+test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
+example.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_startup_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
+before @code{readline} prints the first prompt.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_pre_input_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
+the first prompt has been printed and just before @code{readline}
+starts reading input characters.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_event_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
+when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
+By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
+is no keyboard input.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_getc_func_t *} rl_getc_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to get a character from the input stream. By default, it is set to
+@code{rl_getc}, the default Readline character input function
+(@pxref{Character Input}).
+In general, an application that sets @var{rl_getc_function} should consider
+setting @var{rl_input_available_hook} as well.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_signal_event_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call if a read system
+call is interrupted when Readline is reading terminal input.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_input_available_hook
+If non-zero, Readline will use this function's return value when it needs
+to determine whether or not there is available input on the current input
+source.
+The default hook checks @code{rl_instream}; if an application is using a
+different input source, it should set the hook appropriately.
+Readline queries for available input when implementing intra-key-sequence
+timeouts during input and incremental searches.
+This may use an application-specific timeout before returning a value;
+Readline uses the value passed to @code{rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout()}
+or the value of the user-settable @var{keyseq-timeout} variable.
+This is designed for use by applications using Readline's callback interface
+(@pxref{Alternate Interface}), which may not use the traditional
+@code{read(2)} and file descriptor interface, or other applications using
+a different input mechanism.
+If an application uses an input mechanism or hook that can potentially exceed
+the value of @var{keyseq-timeout}, it should increase the timeout or set
+this hook appropriately even when not using the callback interface.
+In general, an application that sets @var{rl_getc_function} should consider
+setting @var{rl_input_available_hook} as well.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_voidfunc_t *} rl_redisplay_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
+By default, it is set to @code{rl_redisplay}, the default Readline
+redisplay function (@pxref{Redisplay}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_vintfunc_t *} rl_prep_term_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to initialize the terminal. The function takes a single argument, an
+@code{int} flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
+By default, this is set to @code{rl_prep_terminal}
+(@pxref{Terminal Management}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_voidfunc_t *} rl_deprep_term_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to reset the terminal. This function should undo the effects of
+@code{rl_prep_term_function}.
+By default, this is set to @code{rl_deprep_terminal}
+(@pxref{Terminal Management}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {Keymap} rl_executing_keymap
+This variable is set to the keymap (@pxref{Keymaps}) in which the
+currently executing readline function was found.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {Keymap} rl_binding_keymap
+This variable is set to the keymap (@pxref{Keymaps}) in which the
+last key binding occurred.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_executing_macro
+This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_executing_key
+The key that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing Readline function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_executing_keyseq
+The full key sequence that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing
+Readline function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_key_sequence_length
+The number of characters in @var{rl_executing_keyseq}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_readline_state
+A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
+A bit is set with the @code{RL_SETSTATE} macro, and unset with the
+@code{RL_UNSETSTATE} macro. Use the @code{RL_ISSTATE} macro to test
+whether a particular state bit is set. Current state bits include:
+
+@table @code
+@item RL_STATE_NONE
+Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to initialize.
+@item RL_STATE_INITIALIZING
+Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
+@item RL_STATE_INITIALIZED
+Readline has completed its initialization.
+@item RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED
+Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
+@item RL_STATE_READCMD
+Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
+@item RL_STATE_METANEXT
+Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
+@item RL_STATE_DISPATCHING
+Readline is dispatching to a command.
+@item RL_STATE_MOREINPUT
+Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
+@item RL_STATE_ISEARCH
+Readline is performing an incremental history search.
+@item RL_STATE_NSEARCH
+Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
+@item RL_STATE_SEARCH
+Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
+@item RL_STATE_NUMERICARG
+Readline is reading a numeric argument.
+@item RL_STATE_MACROINPUT
+Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
+macro.
+@item RL_STATE_MACRODEF
+Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
+@item RL_STATE_OVERWRITE
+Readline is in overwrite mode.
+@item RL_STATE_COMPLETING
+Readline is performing word completion.
+@item RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER
+Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
+@item RL_STATE_UNDOING
+Readline is performing an undo.
+@item RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING
+Readline has input pending due to a call to @code{rl_execute_next()}.
+@item RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED
+Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters.
+@item RL_STATE_CALLBACK
+Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface
+(@pxref{Alternate Interface}).
+@item RL_STATE_VIMOTION
+Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command.
+@item RL_STATE_MULTIKEY
+Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command.
+@item RL_STATE_VICMDONCE
+Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during
+the current call to @code{readline()}.
+@item RL_STATE_DONE
+Readline has read a key sequence bound to @code{accept-line}
+and is about to return the line to the caller.
+@end table
+
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_explicit_arg
+Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
+the user. Only valid in a bindable command function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_numeric_arg
+Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
+before executing the current Readline function. Only valid in a bindable
+command function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_editing_mode
+Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode. A value of
+@var{1} means Readline is currently in emacs mode; @var{0}
+means that vi mode is active.
+@end deftypevar
+
+
+@node Readline Convenience Functions
+@section Readline Convenience Functions
+
+@menu
+* Function Naming:: How to give a function you write a name.
+* Keymaps:: Making keymaps.
+* Binding Keys:: Changing Keymaps.
+* Associating Function Names and Bindings:: Translate function names to
+ key sequences.
+* Allowing Undoing:: How to make your functions undoable.
+* Redisplay:: Functions to control line display.
+* Modifying Text:: Functions to modify @code{rl_line_buffer}.
+* Character Input:: Functions to read keyboard input.
+* Terminal Management:: Functions to manage terminal settings.
+* Utility Functions:: Generally useful functions and hooks.
+* Miscellaneous Functions:: Functions that don't fall into any category.
+* Alternate Interface:: Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.
+* A Readline Example:: An example Readline function.
+* Alternate Interface Example:: An example program using the alternate interface.
+@end menu
+
+@node Function Naming
+@subsection Naming a Function
+
+The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
+Readline. This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
+name. The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
+the function. Thus, in an init file, one might find
+
+@example
+Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+@end example
+
+This binds the keystroke @key{Meta-Rubout} to the function
+@emph{descriptively} named @code{backward-kill-word}. You, as the
+programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
+well. Readline provides a function for doing that:
+
+@deftypefun int rl_add_defun (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)
+Add @var{name} to the list of named functions. Make @var{function} be
+the function that gets called. If @var{key} is not -1, then bind it to
+@var{function} using @code{rl_bind_key()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
+It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
+functions that Readline has built in.
+If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
+you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
+
+@node Keymaps
+@subsection Selecting a Keymap
+
+Key bindings take place on a @dfn{keymap}. The keymap is the
+association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
+get run. You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
+Readline which keymap to use.
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap (void)
+Returns a new, empty keymap. The space for the keymap is allocated with
+@code{malloc()}; the caller should free it by calling
+@code{rl_free_keymap()} when done.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_copy_keymap (Keymap map)
+Return a new keymap which is a copy of @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_make_keymap (void)
+Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
+the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_discard_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+Free the storage associated with the data in @var{keymap}.
+The caller should free @var{keymap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_free_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+Free all storage associated with @var{keymap}. This calls
+@code{rl_discard_keymap} to free subordindate keymaps and macros.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_empty_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+Return non-zero if there are no keys bound to functions in @var{keymap};
+zero if there are any keys bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+Readline has several internal keymaps. These functions allow you to
+change which keymap is active.
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_get_keymap (void)
+Returns the currently active keymap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_set_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+Makes @var{keymap} the currently active keymap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name (const char *name)
+Return the keymap matching @var{name}. @var{name} is one which would
+be supplied in a @code{set keymap} inputrc line (@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_get_keymap_name (Keymap keymap)
+Return the name matching @var{keymap}. @var{name} is one which would
+be supplied in a @code{set keymap} inputrc line (@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_keymap_name (const char *name, Keymap keymap)
+Set the name of @var{keymap}. This name will then be "registered" and
+available for use in a @code{set keymap} inputrc directive
+@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+The @var{name} may not be one of Readline's builtin keymap names;
+you may not add a different name for one of Readline's builtin keymaps.
+You may replace the name associated with a given keymap by calling this
+function more than once with the same @var{keymap} argument.
+You may associate a registered @var{name} with a new keymap by calling this
+function more than once with the same @var{name} argument.
+There is no way to remove a named keymap once the name has been
+registered.
+Readline will make a copy of @var{name}.
+The return value is greater than zero unless @var{name} is one of
+Readline's builtin keymap names or @var{keymap} is one of Readline's
+builtin keymaps.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Binding Keys
+@subsection Binding Keys
+
+Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
+Readline has several internal keymaps: @code{emacs_standard_keymap},
+@code{emacs_meta_keymap}, @code{emacs_ctlx_keymap},
+@code{vi_movement_keymap}, and @code{vi_insertion_keymap}.
+@code{emacs_standard_keymap} is the default, and the examples in
+this manual assume that.
+
+Since @code{readline()} installs a set of default key bindings the first
+time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
+installed before the first call to @code{readline()} will be overridden.
+An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
+initialization function assigned to the @code{rl_startup_hook} variable
+(@pxref{Readline Variables}).
+
+These functions manage key bindings.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key (int key, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} in the currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Bind @var{key} to @var{function} in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound (int key, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_key (int key)
+Bind @var{key} to the null function in the currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in case of error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_key_in_map (int key, Keymap map)
+Bind @var{key} to the null function in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in case of error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_function_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Unbind all keys that execute @var{function} in @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_command_in_map (const char *command, Keymap map)
+Unbind all keys that are bound to @var{command} in @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function
+@var{function}, beginning in the current keymap.
+This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function
+@var{function}. This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+Initial bindings are performed in @var{map}.
+The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_key (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Equivalent to @code{rl_bind_keyseq_in_map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_generic_bind (int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the arbitrary
+pointer @var{data}. @var{type} says what kind of data is pointed to by
+@var{data}; this can be a function (@code{ISFUNC}), a macro
+(@code{ISMACR}), or a keymap (@code{ISKMAP}). This makes new keymaps as
+necessary. The initial keymap in which to do bindings is @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_parse_and_bind (char *line)
+Parse @var{line} as if it had been read from the @code{inputrc} file and
+perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_read_init_file (const char *filename)
+Read keybindings and variable assignments from @var{filename}
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Associating Function Names and Bindings
+@subsection Associating Function Names and Bindings
+
+These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
+and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence. You may also
+associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
+
+@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_named_function (const char *name)
+Return the function with name @var{name}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_function_of_keyseq (const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)
+Return the function invoked by @var{keyseq} in keymap @var{map}.
+If @var{map} is @code{NULL}, the current keymap is used. If @var{type} is
+not @code{NULL}, the type of the object is returned in the @code{int} variable
+it points to (one of @code{ISFUNC}, @code{ISKMAP}, or @code{ISMACR}).
+It takes a "translated" key sequence and should not be used if the key sequence
+can include NUL.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_function_of_keyseq_len (const char *keyseq, size_t len, Keymap map, int *type)
+Return the function invoked by @var{keyseq} of length @var{len}
+in keymap @var{map}. Equivalent to @code{rl_function_of_keyseq} with the
+addition of the @var{len} parameter.
+It takes a "translated" key sequence and should be used if the key sequence
+can include NUL.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} rl_invoking_keyseqs (rl_command_func_t *function)
+Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
+invoke @var{function} in the current keymap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
+invoke @var{function} in the keymap @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_function_dumper (int readable)
+Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
+bound to them to @code{rl_outstream}. If @var{readable} is non-zero,
+the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
+@code{inputrc} file and re-read.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_list_funmap_names (void)
+Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to @code{rl_outstream}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {const char **} rl_funmap_names (void)
+Return a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array is
+sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside. You
+should free the array, but not the pointers, using @code{free} or
+@code{rl_free} when you are done.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_add_funmap_entry (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Add @var{name} to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
+@var{function} the function to be called when @var{name} is invoked.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Allowing Undoing
+@subsection Allowing Undoing
+
+Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
+functions much more useful. It is certainly easy to try
+something if you know you can undo it.
+
+If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
+uses @code{rl_insert_text()} or @code{rl_delete_text()} to do it, then
+undoing is already done for you automatically.
+
+If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
+of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
+This is done with @code{rl_begin_undo_group()} and
+@code{rl_end_undo_group()}.
+
+The types of events that can be undone are:
+
+@smallexample
+enum undo_code @{ UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END @};
+@end smallexample
+
+Notice that @code{UNDO_DELETE} means to insert some text, and
+@code{UNDO_INSERT} means to delete some text. That is, the undo code
+tells what to undo, not how to undo it. @code{UNDO_BEGIN} and
+@code{UNDO_END} are tags added by @code{rl_begin_undo_group()} and
+@code{rl_end_undo_group()}.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_begin_undo_group (void)
+Begins saving undo information in a group construct. The undo
+information usually comes from calls to @code{rl_insert_text()} and
+@code{rl_delete_text()}, but could be the result of calls to
+@code{rl_add_undo()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_end_undo_group (void)
+Closes the current undo group started with @code{rl_begin_undo_group
+()}. There should be one call to @code{rl_end_undo_group()}
+for each call to @code{rl_begin_undo_group()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_add_undo (enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)
+Remember how to undo an event (according to @var{what}). The affected
+text runs from @var{start} to @var{end}, and encompasses @var{text}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_free_undo_list (void)
+Free the existing undo list.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_do_undo (void)
+Undo the first thing on the undo list. Returns @code{0} if there was
+nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
+@end deftypefun
+
+Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
+existing text (e.g., change its case), call @code{rl_modifying()}
+once, just before you modify the text. You must supply the indices of
+the text range that you are going to modify.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_modifying (int start, int end)
+Tell Readline to save the text between @var{start} and @var{end} as a
+single undo unit. It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
+that text.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Redisplay
+@subsection Redisplay
+
+@deftypefun void rl_redisplay (void)
+Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
+of @code{rl_line_buffer}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_forced_update_display (void)
+Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
+Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_on_new_line (void)
+Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
+usually after outputting a newline.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_on_new_line_with_prompt (void)
+Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
+@var{rl_prompt} already displayed.
+This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
+themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
+redisplay.
+It should be used after setting @var{rl_already_prompted}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_visible_line (void)
+Clear the screen lines corresponding to the current line's contents.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_reset_line_state (void)
+Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
+starting on a new line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_crlf (void)
+Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_show_char (int c)
+Display character @var{c} on @code{rl_outstream}.
+If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
+will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
+This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
+redisplay.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_message (const char *, @dots{})
+The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to @code{printf},
+possibly containing conversion specifications such as @samp{%d}, and
+any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
+The resulting string is displayed in the @dfn{echo area}. The echo area
+is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
+You should call @code{rl_save_prompt} to save the prompt information
+before calling this function.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_message (void)
+Clear the message in the echo area. If the prompt was saved with a call to
+@code{rl_save_prompt} before the last call to @code{rl_message},
+call @code{rl_restore_prompt} before calling this function.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_save_prompt (void)
+Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
+displaying a new message in the message area with @code{rl_message()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_restore_prompt (void)
+Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
+recent call to @code{rl_save_prompt}.
+if @code{rl_save_prompt} was called to save the prompt before a call
+to @code{rl_message}, this function should be called before the
+corresponding call to @code{rl_clear_message}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_expand_prompt (char *prompt)
+Expand any special character sequences in @var{prompt} and set up the
+local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
+This function is called by @code{readline()}. It may also be called to
+expand the primary prompt if the @code{rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()}
+function or @code{rl_already_prompted} variable is used.
+It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
+(possibly multi-line) prompt.
+Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
+up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
+such characters with the special markers @code{RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE}
+and @code{RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE} (declared in @file{readline.h}). This may
+be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_prompt (const char *prompt)
+Make Readline use @var{prompt} for subsequent redisplay. This calls
+@code{rl_expand_prompt()} to expand the prompt and sets @code{rl_prompt}
+to the result.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Modifying Text
+@subsection Modifying Text
+
+@deftypefun int rl_insert_text (const char *text)
+Insert @var{text} into the line at the current cursor position.
+Returns the number of characters inserted.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_delete_text (int start, int end)
+Delete the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in the current line.
+Returns the number of characters deleted.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_copy_text (int start, int end)
+Return a copy of the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in
+the current line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_kill_text (int start, int end)
+Copy the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in the current line
+to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
+last command was a kill command. The text is deleted.
+If @var{start} is less than @var{end},
+the text is appended, otherwise prepended. If the last command was
+not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_push_macro_input (char *macro)
+Cause @var{macro} to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
+by a key bound to a macro. Not especially useful; use
+@code{rl_insert_text()} instead.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Character Input
+@subsection Character Input
+
+@deftypefun int rl_read_key (void)
+Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
+This handles input inserted into
+the input stream via @var{rl_pending_input} (@pxref{Readline Variables})
+and @code{rl_stuff_char()}, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
+While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
+the @code{rl_event_hook} variable.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_getc (FILE *stream)
+Return the next character available from @var{stream}, which is assumed to
+be the keyboard.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_stuff_char (int c)
+Insert @var{c} into the Readline input stream. It will be "read"
+before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
+@code{rl_read_key()}. Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
+@code{rl_stuff_char} returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
+0 otherwise.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_execute_next (int c)
+Make @var{c} be the next command to be executed when @code{rl_read_key()}
+is called. This sets @var{rl_pending_input}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_pending_input (void)
+Unset @var{rl_pending_input}, effectively negating the effect of any
+previous call to @code{rl_execute_next()}. This works only if the
+pending input has not already been read with @code{rl_read_key()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (int u)
+While waiting for keyboard input in @code{rl_read_key()}, Readline will
+wait for @var{u} microseconds for input before calling any function
+assigned to @code{rl_event_hook}. @var{u} must be greater than or equal
+to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll).
+The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second.
+Returns the old timeout value.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Terminal Management
+@subsection Terminal Management
+
+@deftypefun void rl_prep_terminal (int meta_flag)
+Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so @code{readline()}
+can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
+The @var{meta_flag} argument should be non-zero if Readline should
+read eight-bit input.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_deprep_terminal (void)
+Undo the effects of @code{rl_prep_terminal()}, leaving the terminal in
+the state in which it was before the most recent call to
+@code{rl_prep_terminal()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_tty_set_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
+displayed by @code{stty}) to their Readline equivalents.
+The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+Reset the bindings manipulated by @code{rl_tty_set_default_bindings} so
+that the terminal editing characters are bound to @code{rl_insert}.
+The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_tty_set_echoing (int value)
+Set Readline's idea of whether or not it is echoing output to its output
+stream (@var{rl_outstream}). If @var{value} is 0, Readline does not display
+output to @var{rl_outstream}; any other value enables output. The initial
+value is set when Readline initializes the terminal settings.
+This function returns the previous value.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_reset_terminal (const char *terminal_name)
+Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
+@var{terminal_name} as the terminal type (e.g., @code{vt100}).
+If @var{terminal_name} is @code{NULL}, the value of the @code{TERM}
+environment variable is used.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Utility Functions
+@subsection Utility Functions
+
+@deftypefun int rl_save_state (struct readline_state *sp)
+Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to @var{sp}.
+The contents of the @var{readline_state} structure are documented
+in @file{readline.h}.
+The caller is responsible for allocating the structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_restore_state (struct readline_state *sp)
+Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in @var{sp}, which must
+have been saved by a call to @code{rl_save_state}.
+The contents of the @var{readline_state} structure are documented
+in @file{readline.h}.
+The caller is responsible for freeing the structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_free (void *mem)
+Deallocate the memory pointed to by @var{mem}. @var{mem} must have been
+allocated by @code{malloc}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_replace_line (const char *text, int clear_undo)
+Replace the contents of @code{rl_line_buffer} with @var{text}.
+The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
+If @var{clear_undo} is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
+current line is cleared.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_extend_line_buffer (int len)
+Ensure that @code{rl_line_buffer} has enough space to hold @var{len}
+characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_initialize (void)
+Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
+It's not strictly necessary to call this; @code{readline()} calls it before
+reading any input.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_ding (void)
+Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of @code{bell-style}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_alphabetic (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is an alphabetic character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_display_match_list (char **matches, int len, int max)
+A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+columnar format on Readline's output stream. @code{matches} is the list
+of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
+@code{len} is the number of strings in @code{matches}, and @code{max}
+is the length of the longest string in @code{matches}. This function uses
+the setting of @code{print-completions-horizontally} to select how the
+matches are displayed (@pxref{Readline Init File Syntax}).
+When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used
+for display to the value of @code{completion-display-width}, the value of
+the environment variable @env{COLUMNS}, or the screen width, in that order.
+@end deftypefun
+
+The following are implemented as macros, defined in @code{chardefs.h}.
+Applications should refrain from using them.
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_uppercase_p (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is an uppercase alphabetic character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_lowercase_p (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is a lowercase alphabetic character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_digit_p (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is a numeric character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_to_upper (int c)
+If @var{c} is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
+uppercase character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_to_lower (int c)
+If @var{c} is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
+lowercase character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_digit_value (int c)
+If @var{c} is a number, return the value it represents.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Miscellaneous Functions
+@subsection Miscellaneous Functions
+
+@deftypefun int rl_macro_bind (const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence @var{keyseq} to invoke the macro @var{macro}.
+The binding is performed in @var{map}. When @var{keyseq} is invoked, the
+@var{macro} will be inserted into the line. This function is deprecated;
+use @code{rl_generic_bind()} instead.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_macro_dumper (int readable)
+Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
+the current keymap, to @code{rl_outstream}.
+If @var{readable} is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
+that it can be made part of an @code{inputrc} file and re-read.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_variable_bind (const char *variable, const char *value)
+Make the Readline variable @var{variable} have @var{value}.
+This behaves as if the readline command
+@samp{set @var{variable} @var{value}} had been executed in an @code{inputrc}
+file (@pxref{Readline Init File Syntax}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_variable_value (const char *variable)
+Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable @var{variable}.
+For boolean variables, this string is either @samp{on} or @samp{off}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_variable_dumper (int readable)
+Print the readline variable names and their current values
+to @code{rl_outstream}.
+If @var{readable} is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
+that it can be made part of an @code{inputrc} file and re-read.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_paren_blink_timeout (int u)
+Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
+a balancing character when @code{blink-matching-paren} has been enabled.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_get_termcap (const char *cap)
+Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability @var{cap}.
+Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
+uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
+terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line. Readline does not
+use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
+values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {void} rl_clear_history (void)
+Clear the history list by deleting all of the entries, in the same manner
+as the History library's @code{clear_history()} function.
+This differs from @code{clear_history} because it frees private data
+Readline saves in the history list.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Alternate Interface
+@subsection Alternate Interface
+
+An alternate interface is available to plain @code{readline()}. Some
+applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
+window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to @code{select()}
+on various file descriptors. To accommodate this need, readline can
+also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop. There
+are functions available to make this easy.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_handler_install (const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)
+Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
+expanded value of @var{prompt}. Save the value of @var{lhandler} to
+use as a handler function to call when a complete line of input has been
+entered.
+The handler function receives the text of the line as an argument.
+As with @code{readline()}, the handler function should @code{free} the
+line when it it finished with it.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_read_char (void)
+Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
+should call @code{rl_callback_read_char()}, which will read the next
+character from the current input source.
+If that character completes the line, @code{rl_callback_read_char} will
+invoke the @var{lhandler} function installed by
+@code{rl_callback_handler_install} to process the line.
+Before calling the @var{lhandler} function, the terminal settings are
+reset to the values they had before calling
+@code{rl_callback_handler_install}.
+If the @var{lhandler} function returns,
+and the line handler remains installed,
+the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
+@code{EOF} is indicated by calling @var{lhandler} with a
+@code{NULL} line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_sigcleanup (void)
+Clean up any internal state the callback interface uses to maintain state
+between calls to rl_callback_read_char (e.g., the state of any active
+incremental searches). This is intended to be used by applications that
+wish to perform their own signal handling; Readline's internal signal handler
+calls this when appropriate.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_handler_remove (void)
+Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
+You may call this function from within a callback as well as independently.
+If the @var{lhandler} installed by @code{rl_callback_handler_install}
+does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
+to by the value of @code{rl_deprep_term_function} should be called before
+the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node A Readline Example
+@subsection A Readline Example
+
+Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
+equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase. If
+this function was bound to @samp{M-c}, then typing @samp{M-c} would
+change the case of the character under point. Typing @samp{M-1 0 M-c}
+would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
+the last character changed.
+
+@example
+/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
+int
+invert_case_line (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+@{
+ register int start, end, i;
+
+ start = rl_point;
+
+ if (rl_point >= rl_end)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ @{
+ direction = -1;
+ count = -count;
+ @}
+ else
+ direction = 1;
+
+ /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
+ end = start + (count * direction);
+
+ /* Force it to be within range. */
+ if (end > rl_end)
+ end = rl_end;
+ else if (end < 0)
+ end = 0;
+
+ if (start == end)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (start > end)
+ @{
+ int temp = start;
+ start = end;
+ end = temp;
+ @}
+
+ /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
+ so it will save the undo information. */
+ rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+ for (i = start; i != end; i++)
+ @{
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
+ rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
+ else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
+ rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
+ @}
+ /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
+ rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
+ return (0);
+@}
+@end example
+
+@node Alternate Interface Example
+@subsection Alternate Interface Example
+
+Here is a complete program that illustrates Readline's alternate interface.
+It reads lines from the terminal and displays them, providing the
+standard history and TAB completion functions.
+It understands the EOF character or "exit" to exit the program.
+
+@example
+/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* Used for select(2) */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Standard readline include files. */
+#include <readline/readline.h>
+#include <readline/history.h>
+
+static void cb_linehandler (char *);
+static void sighandler (int);
+
+int running;
+int sigwinch_received;
+const char *prompt = "rltest$ ";
+
+/* Handle SIGWINCH and window size changes when readline is not active and
+ reading a character. */
+static void
+sighandler (int sig)
+@{
+ sigwinch_received = 1;
+@}
+
+/* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF
+ seen, or EOF character read. This sets a flag and returns; it could
+ also call exit(3). */
+static void
+cb_linehandler (char *line)
+@{
+ /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */
+ if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)
+ @{
+ if (line == 0)
+ printf ("\n");
+ printf ("exit\n");
+ /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings,
+ and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from
+ being displayed. */
+ rl_callback_handler_remove ();
+
+ running = 0;
+ @}
+ else
+ @{
+ if (*line)
+ add_history (line);
+ printf ("input line: %s\n", line);
+ free (line);
+ @}
+@}
+
+int
+main (int c, char **v)
+@{
+ fd_set fds;
+ int r;
+
+ /* Set the default locale values according to environment variables. */
+ setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+ /* Handle window size changes when readline is not active and reading
+ characters. */
+ signal (SIGWINCH, sighandler);
+
+ /* Install the line handler. */
+ rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler);
+
+ /* Enter a simple event loop. This waits until something is available
+ to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and
+ calls the builtin character read callback to read it. It does not
+ have to modify the user's terminal settings. */
+ running = 1;
+ while (running)
+ @{
+ FD_ZERO (&fds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &fds);
+
+ r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ if (r < 0 && errno != EINTR)
+ @{
+ perror ("rltest: select");
+ rl_callback_handler_remove ();
+ break;
+ @}
+ if (sigwinch_received)
+ @{
+ rl_resize_terminal ();
+ sigwinch_received = 0;
+ @}
+ if (r < 0)
+ continue;
+
+ if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &fds))
+ rl_callback_read_char ();
+ @}
+
+ printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n");
+ return 0;
+@}
+@end example
+
+@node Readline Signal Handling
+@section Readline Signal Handling
+
+Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
+sometimes on behalf of another process. They are intended to indicate
+exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
+or a network connection being broken. There is a class of signals that can
+be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard. Since
+Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
+perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
+restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
+functions to do so manually.
+
+Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
+number of signals (@code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGTERM},
+@code{SIGHUP},
+@code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, and @code{SIGTTOU}).
+When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
+will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
+@code{readline()} was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
+before @code{readline()} was called, and resend the signal to the calling
+application.
+If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
+will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
+When a @code{SIGINT} is received, the Readline signal handler performs
+some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
+aborted (see the description of @code{rl_free_line_state()} below).
+
+There is an additional Readline signal handler, for @code{SIGWINCH}, which
+the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
+example, if a user resizes an @code{xterm}). The Readline @code{SIGWINCH}
+handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
+any @code{SIGWINCH} signal handler the calling application has installed.
+Readline calls the application's @code{SIGWINCH} signal handler without
+resetting the terminal to its original state. If the application's signal
+handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
+example, a @code{longjmp} back to a main processing loop), it @emph{must}
+call @code{rl_cleanup_after_signal()} (described below), to restore the
+terminal state.
+
+When an application is using the callback interface
+(@pxref{Alternate Interface}), Readline installs signal handlers only for
+the duration of the call to @code{rl_callback_read_char}. Applications
+using the callback interface should be prepared to clean up Readline's
+state if they wish to handle the signal before the line handler completes
+and restores the terminal state.
+
+If an application using the callback interface wishes to have Readline
+install its signal handlers at the time the application calls
+@code{rl_callback_handler_install} and remove them only when a complete
+line of input has been read, it should set the
+@code{rl_persistent_signal_handlers} variable to a non-zero value.
+This allows an application to defer all of the handling of the signals
+Readline catches to Readline.
+Applications should use this variable with care; it can result in Readline
+catching signals and not acting on them (or allowing the application to react
+to them) until the application calls @code{rl_callback_read_char}. This
+can result in an application becoming less responsive to keyboard signals
+like SIGINT.
+If an application does not want or need to perform any signal handling, or
+does not need to do any processing between calls to @code{rl_callback_read_char},
+setting this variable may be desirable.
+
+Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
+control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
+when they are received. It is important that applications change the
+values of these variables only when calling @code{readline()}, not in
+a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
+
+@deftypevar int rl_catch_signals
+If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
+@code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGTERM}, @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGALRM},
+@code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, and @code{SIGTTOU}.
+
+The default value of @code{rl_catch_signals} is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_catch_sigwinch
+If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
+Readline will install a signal handler for @code{SIGWINCH}.
+
+The default value of @code{rl_catch_sigwinch} is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_persistent_signal_handlers
+If an application using the callback interface wishes Readline's signal
+handlers to be installed and active during the set of calls to
+@code{rl_callback_read_char} that constitutes an entire single line,
+it should set this variable to a non-zero value.
+
+The default value of @code{rl_persistent_signal_handlers} is 0.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_change_environment
+If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
+and Readline is handling @code{SIGWINCH}, Readline will modify the
+@var{LINES} and @var{COLUMNS} environment variables upon receipt of a
+@code{SIGWINCH}
+
+The default value of @code{rl_change_environment} is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
+to handle signals other than those Readline catches (@code{SIGHUP},
+for example),
+Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
+and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_pending_signal (void)
+Return the signal number of the most recent signal Readline received but
+has not yet handled, or 0 if there is no pending signal.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_cleanup_after_signal (void)
+This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
+@code{readline()} was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
+all signals, depending on the values of @code{rl_catch_signals} and
+@code{rl_catch_sigwinch}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_free_line_state (void)
+This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
+(undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
+keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument). This
+should be called before @code{rl_cleanup_after_signal()}. The
+Readline signal handler for @code{SIGINT} calls this to abort the
+current input line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_reset_after_signal (void)
+This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
+handlers, depending on the values of @code{rl_catch_signals} and
+@code{rl_catch_sigwinch}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+If an application wants to force Readline to handle any signals that
+have arrived while it has been executing, @code{rl_check_signals()}
+will call Readline's internal signal handler if there are any pending
+signals. This is primarily intended for those applications that use
+a custom @code{rl_getc_function} (@pxref{Readline Variables}) and wish
+to handle signals received while waiting for input.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_check_signals (void)
+If there are any pending signals, call Readline's internal signal handling
+functions to process them. @code{rl_pending_signal()} can be used independently
+to determine whether or not there are any pending signals.
+@end deftypefun
+
+If an application does not wish Readline to catch @code{SIGWINCH}, it may
+call @code{rl_resize_terminal()} or @code{rl_set_screen_size()} to force
+Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when a @code{SIGWINCH}
+is received.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_echo_signal_char (int sig)
+If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still
+have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this
+function with @var{sig} set to @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, or
+@code{SIGTSTP} will display the character generating that signal.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_resize_terminal (void)
+Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_set_screen_size (int rows, int cols)
+Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to @var{rows} rows and
+@var{cols} columns. If either @var{rows} or @var{columns} is less than
+or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
+@end deftypefun
+
+If an application does not want to install a @code{SIGWINCH} handler, but
+is still interested in the screen dimensions, Readline's idea of the screen
+size may be queried.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_get_screen_size (int *rows, int *cols)
+Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
+variables pointed to by the arguments.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_reset_screen_size (void)
+Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
+@end deftypefun
+
+The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_signals (void)
+Install Readline's signal handler for @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT},
+@code{SIGTERM}, @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN},
+@code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGWINCH}, depending on the values of
+@code{rl_catch_signals} and @code{rl_catch_sigwinch}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_signals (void)
+Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
+@code{rl_set_signals()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Custom Completers
+@section Custom Completers
+@cindex application-specific completion functions
+
+Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
+disambiguating commands and data. If your program is one of these, then
+it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
+The following sections describe how your program and Readline
+cooperate to provide this service.
+
+@menu
+* How Completing Works:: The logic used to do completion.
+* Completion Functions:: Functions provided by Readline.
+* Completion Variables:: Variables which control completion.
+* A Short Completion Example:: An example of writing completer subroutines.
+@end menu
+
+@node How Completing Works
+@subsection How Completing Works
+
+In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
+must be available. That is, it is not possible to accurately
+expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
+which make sense in that context. The Readline library provides
+the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
+completion functions: filename and username. For completing other types
+of text, you must write your own completion function. This section
+describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
+
+There are three major functions used to perform completion:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+The user-interface function @code{rl_complete()}. This function is
+called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
+@var{count} and @var{invoking_key}.
+It isolates the word to be completed and calls
+@code{rl_completion_matches()} to generate a list of possible completions.
+It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
+completions, or actually performs the
+completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
+
+@item
+The internal function @code{rl_completion_matches()} uses an
+application-supplied @dfn{generator} function to generate the list of
+possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
+The caller should place the address of its generator function in
+@code{rl_completion_entry_function}.
+
+@item
+The generator function is called repeatedly from
+@code{rl_completion_matches()}, returning a string each time. The
+arguments to the generator function are @var{text} and @var{state}.
+@var{text} is the partial word to be completed. @var{state} is zero the
+first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
+any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
+each subsequent call. The generator function returns
+@code{(char *)NULL} to inform @code{rl_completion_matches()} that there are
+no more possibilities left. Usually the generator function computes the
+list of possible completions when @var{state} is zero, and returns them
+one at a time on subsequent calls. Each string the generator function
+returns as a match must be allocated with @code{malloc()}; Readline
+frees the strings when it has finished with them.
+Such a generator function is referred to as an
+@dfn{application-specific completion function}.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+@code{rl_completion_matches()}). The default is to do filename completion.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function
+This is a pointer to the generator function for
+@code{rl_completion_matches()}.
+If the value of @code{rl_completion_entry_function} is
+@code{NULL} then the default filename generator
+function, @code{rl_filename_completion_function()}, is used.
+An @dfn{application-specific completion function} is a function whose
+address is assigned to @code{rl_completion_entry_function} and whose
+return values are used to generate possible completions.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@node Completion Functions
+@subsection Completion Functions
+
+Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
+Readline.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_complete_internal (int what_to_do)
+Complete the word at or before point. @var{what_to_do} says what to do
+with the completion. A value of @samp{?} means list the possible
+completions. @samp{TAB} means do standard completion. @samp{*} means
+insert all of the possible completions. @samp{!} means to display
+all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
+performing partial completion. @samp{@@} is similar to @samp{!}, but
+possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
+a common prefix.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+@code{rl_completion_matches()} and @code{rl_completion_entry_function}).
+The default is to do filename
+completion. This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an
+argument depending on @var{invoking_key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_possible_completions (int count, int invoking_key)
+List the possible completions. See description of @code{rl_complete
+()}. This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of
+@samp{?}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_insert_completions (int count, int invoking_key)
+Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
+partially-completed word. See description of @code{rl_complete()}.
+This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of @samp{*}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_completion_mode (rl_command_func_t *cfunc)
+Returns the appropriate value to pass to @code{rl_complete_internal()}
+depending on whether @var{cfunc} was called twice in succession and
+the values of the @code{show-all-if-ambiguous} and
+@code{show-all-if-unmodified} variables.
+Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
+the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} rl_completion_matches (const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)
+Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
+@var{text}. If there are no completions, returns @code{NULL}.
+The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for @var{text}.
+The remaining entries are the possible completions. The array is
+terminated with a @code{NULL} pointer.
+
+@var{entry_func} is a function of two args, and returns a
+@code{char *}. The first argument is @var{text}. The second is a
+state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
+calls. @var{entry_func} returns a @code{NULL} pointer to the caller
+when there are no more matches.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_filename_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
+A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
+@var{text} is a partial filename.
+The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
+completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
+Readline functions).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_username_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
+A completion generator for usernames. @var{text} contains a partial
+username preceded by a random character (usually @samp{~}). As with all
+completion generators, @var{state} is zero on the first call and non-zero
+for subsequent calls.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Completion Variables
+@subsection Completion Variables
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function
+A pointer to the generator function for @code{rl_completion_matches()}.
+@code{NULL} means to use @code{rl_filename_completion_function()},
+the default filename completer.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_completion_func_t *} rl_attempted_completion_function
+A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
+The function is called with @var{text}, @var{start}, and @var{end}.
+@var{start} and @var{end} are indices in @code{rl_line_buffer} defining
+the boundaries of @var{text}, which is a character string.
+If this function exists and returns @code{NULL}, or if this variable is
+set to @code{NULL}, then @code{rl_complete()} will call the value of
+@code{rl_completion_entry_function} to generate matches, otherwise the
+array of strings returned will be used.
+If this function sets the @code{rl_attempted_completion_over}
+variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
+completion even if this function returns no matches.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_quote_func_t *} rl_filename_quoting_function
+A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
+application-specific fashion. This is called if filename completion is being
+attempted and one of the characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters}
+appears in a completed filename. The function is called with
+@var{text}, @var{match_type}, and @var{quote_pointer}. The @var{text}
+is the filename to be quoted. The @var{match_type} is either
+@code{SINGLE_MATCH}, if there is only one completion match, or
+@code{MULT_MATCH}. Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
+insert a closing quote character. The @var{quote_pointer} is a pointer
+to any opening quote character the user typed. Some functions choose
+to reset this character.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_dequote_func_t *} rl_filename_dequoting_function
+A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
+characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
+characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
+the filesystem. It is called with @var{text}, the text of the word
+to be dequoted, and @var{quote_char}, which is the quoting character
+that delimits the filename (usually @samp{'} or @samp{"}). If
+@var{quote_char} is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_linebuf_func_t *} rl_char_is_quoted_p
+A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
+character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
+mechanism the program calling Readline uses. The function is called with
+two arguments: @var{text}, the text of the line, and @var{index}, the
+index of the character in the line. It is used to decide whether a
+character found in @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} should be
+used to break words for the completer.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compignore_func_t *} rl_ignore_some_completions_function
+This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
+completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
+It is passed a @code{NULL} terminated array of matches.
+The first element (@code{matches[0]}) is the
+maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
+re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
+from the array must be freed.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_icppfunc_t *} rl_directory_completion_hook
+This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
+of filenames Readline completes.
+It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
+It is called with the address of a string (the current directory name) as an
+argument, and may modify that string.
+If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
+Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
+The modified value will be used as part of the completion, replacing
+the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
+At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
+remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
+be passed directly to @code{opendir()}.
+
+The directory completion hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
+the function modifies its directory argument.
+The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_icppfunc_t *} rl_directory_rewrite_hook;
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
+a directory name. This function takes the address of the directory name
+to be modified as an argument. Unlike @code{rl_directory_completion_hook},
+it only modifies the directory name used in @code{opendir}, not what is
+displayed when the possible completions are printed or inserted. It is
+called before rl_directory_completion_hook.
+At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
+remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
+be passed directly to @code{opendir()}.
+
+The directory rewrite hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
+the function modfies its directory argument.
+The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_icppfunc_t *} rl_filename_stat_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to
+call before deciding which character to append to a completed name.
+This function modifies its filename name argument, and the modified value
+is passed to @code{stat()} to determine the file's type and characteristics.
+This function does not need to remove quote characters from the filename.
+
+The stat hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
+the function modfies its directory argument.
+The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_dequote_func_t *} rl_filename_rewrite_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading
+directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
+them to the partial word to be completed. The function should
+perform any necessary application or system-specific conversion on
+the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting
+from a filesystem format to a character input format.
+The function takes two arguments: @var{fname}, the filename to be converted,
+and @var{fnlen}, its length in bytes.
+It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place)
+or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory. The converted
+form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it
+matches, is added to the list of matches. Readline will free the
+allocated string.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compdisp_func_t *} rl_completion_display_matches_hook
+If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
+It takes three arguments:
+(@code{char **}@var{matches}, @code{int} @var{num_matches}, @code{int} @var{max_length})
+where @var{matches} is the array of matching strings,
+@var{num_matches} is the number of strings in that array, and
+@var{max_length} is the length of the longest string in that array.
+Readline provides a convenience function, @code{rl_display_match_list},
+that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream.
+You may call that function from this hook.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_basic_word_break_characters
+The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+completer routine. The default value of this variable is the characters
+which break words for completion in Bash:
+@code{" \t\n\"\\'`@@$><=;|&@{("}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_basic_quote_characters
+A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_word_break_characters
+The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+@code{rl_complete_internal()}. The default list is the value of
+@code{rl_basic_word_break_characters}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_cpvfunc_t *} rl_completion_word_break_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
+deciding where to separate words for word completion. It should return
+a character string like @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} to be
+used to perform the current completion. The function may choose to set
+@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} itself. If the function
+returns @code{NULL}, @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} is used.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_quote_characters
+A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} are treated as any other character,
+unless they also appear within this list.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_filename_quote_characters
+A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
+when they appear in a completed filename. The default is the null string.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_special_prefixes
+The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
+left in @var{text} when it is passed to the completion function.
+Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
+For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@@" so that it can complete
+shell variables and hostnames.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_query_items
+Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+possible-completions call. After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
+she wants to see them all. The default value is 100. A negative value
+indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_completion_append_character
+When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
+line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text. The
+default is a space character (@samp{ }). Setting this to the null
+character (@samp{\0}) prevents anything being appended automatically.
+This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
+provide the ``most sensible word separator character'' according to
+an application-specific command line syntax specification.
+It is set to the default before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_append
+If non-zero, @var{rl_completion_append_character} is not appended to
+matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_quote_character
+When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
+characters in @var{rl_completer_quote_characters}, it sets this variable
+to the quoting character found.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_quote
+If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
+performing completion on a quoted string.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_found_quote
+When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
+to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
+by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs
+If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+user-settable @var{mark-directories} variable.
+This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
+can override the user's global preference (set via the
+@var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable) if appropriate.
+This variable is set to the user's preference before any
+application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
+function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates
+If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
+The default is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_filename_completion_desired
+Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
+filenames. This is @emph{always} zero when completion is attempted,
+and can only be changed
+within an application-specific completion function. If it is set to a
+non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
+and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
+characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters} and
+@code{rl_filename_quoting_desired} is set to a non-zero value.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_filename_quoting_desired
+Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+completed filename contains any characters in
+@code{rl_filename_quote_chars}. This is @emph{always} non-zero
+when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
+application-specific completion function.
+The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
+by @code{rl_filename_quoting_function}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_attempted_completion_over
+If an application-specific completion function assigned to
+@code{rl_attempted_completion_function} sets this variable to a non-zero
+value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
+if the application's completion function returns no matches.
+It should be set only by an application's completion function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_sort_completion_matches
+If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the
+list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate
+completions). The default value is 1, which means that Readline will
+sort the completions and, depending on the value of
+@code{rl_ignore_completion_duplicates}, will attempt to remove duplicate
+matches.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_type
+Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
+attempting; see the description of @code{rl_complete_internal()}
+(@pxref{Completion Functions}) for the list of characters.
+This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
+completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
+the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_invoking_key
+Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the
+completion functions that call @code{rl_complete_internal()}. This is
+set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion
+function is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_inhibit_completion
+If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited. The completion
+character will be inserted as any other bound to @code{self-insert}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@node A Short Completion Example
+@subsection A Short Completion Example
+
+Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
+library. It is called @code{fileman}, and the source code resides in
+@file{examples/fileman.c}. This sample application provides
+completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
+history list.
+
+@page
+@smallexample
+/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
+ GNU Readline library. This application interactively allows users
+ to manipulate files and their modes. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <readline/readline.h>
+#include <readline/history.h>
+
+extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
+
+/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
+int com_list PARAMS((char *));
+int com_view PARAMS((char *));
+int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
+int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
+int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
+int com_help PARAMS((char *));
+int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
+ can understand. */
+
+typedef struct @{
+ char *name; /* User printable name of the function. */
+ rl_icpfunc_t *func; /* Function to call to do the job. */
+ char *doc; /* Documentation for this function. */
+@} COMMAND;
+
+COMMAND commands[] = @{
+ @{ "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" @},
+ @{ "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" @},
+ @{ "help", com_help, "Display this text" @},
+ @{ "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" @},
+ @{ "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" @},
+ @{ "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" @},
+ @{ "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" @},
+ @{ "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" @},
+ @{ "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" @},
+ @{ "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" @},
+ @{ "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" @},
+ @{ (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL @}
+@};
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+char *stripwhite ();
+COMMAND *find_command ();
+
+/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
+char *progname;
+
+/* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
+int done;
+
+char *
+dupstr (s)
+ char *s;
+@{
+ char *r;
+
+ r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+ strcpy (r, s);
+ return (r);
+@}
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+@{
+ char *line, *s;
+
+ progname = argv[0];
+
+ initialize_readline (); /* Bind our completer. */
+
+ /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
+ for ( ; done == 0; )
+ @{
+ line = readline ("FileMan: ");
+
+ if (!line)
+ break;
+
+ /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
+ Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
+ and execute it. */
+ s = stripwhite (line);
+
+ if (*s)
+ @{
+ add_history (s);
+ execute_line (s);
+ @}
+
+ free (line);
+ @}
+ exit (0);
+@}
+
+/* Execute a command line. */
+int
+execute_line (line)
+ char *line;
+@{
+ register int i;
+ COMMAND *command;
+ char *word;
+
+ /* Isolate the command word. */
+ i = 0;
+ while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+ word = line + i;
+
+ while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+
+ if (line[i])
+ line[i++] = '\0';
+
+ command = find_command (word);
+
+ if (!command)
+ @{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
+ return (-1);
+ @}
+
+ /* Get argument to command, if any. */
+ while (whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+
+ word = line + i;
+
+ /* Call the function. */
+ return ((*(command->func)) (word));
+@}
+
+/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
+ command. Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
+COMMAND *
+find_command (name)
+ char *name;
+@{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
+ return (&commands[i]);
+
+ return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
+@}
+
+/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING. Return a pointer
+ into STRING. */
+char *
+stripwhite (string)
+ char *string;
+@{
+ register char *s, *t;
+
+ for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
+ ;
+
+ if (*s == 0)
+ return (s);
+
+ t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
+ while (t > s && whitespace (*t))
+ t--;
+ *++t = '\0';
+
+ return s;
+@}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Interface to Readline Completion */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
+char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete. We want to try to complete
+ on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
+ if not. */
+initialize_readline ()
+@{
+ /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
+ rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
+
+ /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
+@}
+
+/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT. START and END bound the
+ region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete. TEXT is
+ the word to complete. We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
+ in case we want to do some simple parsing. Return the array of matches,
+ or NULL if there aren't any. */
+char **
+fileman_completion (text, start, end)
+ const char *text;
+ int start, end;
+@{
+ char **matches;
+
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
+ to complete. Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
+ directory. */
+ if (start == 0)
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
+
+ return (matches);
+@}
+
+/* Generator function for command completion. STATE lets us know whether
+ to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
+ start at the top of the list. */
+char *
+command_generator (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+@{
+ static int list_index, len;
+ char *name;
+
+ /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now. This includes
+ saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
+ variable to 0. */
+ if (!state)
+ @{
+ list_index = 0;
+ len = strlen (text);
+ @}
+
+ /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
+ while (name = commands[list_index].name)
+ @{
+ list_index++;
+
+ if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
+ return (dupstr(name));
+ @}
+
+ /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+@}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* FileMan Commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* String to pass to system (). This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
+ commands. */
+static char syscom[1024];
+
+/* List the file(s) named in arg. */
+com_list (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ if (!arg)
+ arg = "";
+
+ sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
+ return (system (syscom));
+@}
+
+com_view (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
+ return 1;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
+ sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
+#else
+ sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
+#endif
+ return (system (syscom));
+@}
+
+com_rename (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ too_dangerous ("rename");
+ return (1);
+@}
+
+com_stat (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
+ return (1);
+
+ if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1)
+ @{
+ perror (arg);
+ return (1);
+ @}
+
+ printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
+
+ printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
+ arg,
+ finfo.st_nlink,
+ (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
+ finfo.st_size,
+ (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
+ printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime));
+ printf (" Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime));
+ printf (" Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime));
+ return (0);
+@}
+
+com_delete (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ too_dangerous ("delete");
+ return (1);
+@}
+
+/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
+ not present. */
+com_help (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ register int i;
+ int printed = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ @{
+ if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
+ @{
+ printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
+ printed++;
+ @}
+ @}
+
+ if (!printed)
+ @{
+ printf ("No commands match `%s'. Possibilties are:\n", arg);
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ @{
+ /* Print in six columns. */
+ if (printed == 6)
+ @{
+ printed = 0;
+ printf ("\n");
+ @}
+
+ printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
+ printed++;
+ @}
+
+ if (printed)
+ printf ("\n");
+ @}
+ return (0);
+@}
+
+/* Change to the directory ARG. */
+com_cd (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ if (chdir (arg) == -1)
+ @{
+ perror (arg);
+ return 1;
+ @}
+
+ com_pwd ("");
+ return (0);
+@}
+
+/* Print out the current working directory. */
+com_pwd (ignore)
+ char *ignore;
+@{
+ char dir[1024], *s;
+
+ s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
+ if (s == 0)
+ @{
+ printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
+ return 1;
+ @}
+
+ printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
+ return 0;
+@}
+
+/* The user wishes to quit using this program. Just set DONE non-zero. */
+com_quit (arg)
+ char *arg;
+@{
+ done = 1;
+ return (0);
+@}
+
+/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
+too_dangerous (caller)
+ char *caller;
+@{
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute. Write it yourself.\n",
+ caller);
+@}
+
+/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
+ an error message and return zero. */
+int
+valid_argument (caller, arg)
+ char *caller, *arg;
+@{
+ if (!arg || !*arg)
+ @{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
+ return (0);
+ @}
+
+ return (1);
+@}
+@end smallexample
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a59bd14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2389 @@
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rluser.info
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@ignore
+This file documents the end user interface to the GNU command line
+editing features. It is to be an appendix to manuals for programs which
+use these features. There is a document entitled "readline.texinfo"
+which contains both end-user and programmer documentation for the
+GNU Readline Library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988--2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@comment If you are including this manual as an appendix, then set the
+@comment variable readline-appendix.
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@defcodeindex bt
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Command Line Editing
+@chapter Command Line Editing
+
+This chapter describes the basic features of the @sc{gnu}
+command line editing interface.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Command line editing is provided by the Readline library, which is
+used by several different programs, including Bash.
+Command line editing is enabled by default when using an interactive shell,
+unless the @option{--noediting} option is supplied at shell invocation.
+Line editing is also used when using the @option{-e} option to the
+@code{read} builtin command (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of Emacs.
+A vi-style line editing interface is also available.
+Line editing can be enabled at any time using the @option{-o emacs} or
+@option{-o vi} options to the @code{set} builtin command
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}), or disabled using the @option{+o emacs} or
+@option{+o vi} options to @code{set}.
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Introduction and Notation:: Notation used in this text.
+* Readline Interaction:: The minimum set of commands for editing a line.
+* Readline Init File:: Customizing Readline from a user's view.
+* Bindable Readline Commands:: A description of most of the Readline commands
+ available for binding
+* Readline vi Mode:: A short description of how to make Readline
+ behave like the vi editor.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+* Programmable Completion:: How to specify the possible completions for
+ a specific command.
+* Programmable Completion Builtins:: Builtin commands to specify how to
+ complete arguments for a particular command.
+* A Programmable Completion Example:: An example shell function for
+ generating possible completions.
+@end ifset
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction and Notation
+@section Introduction to Line Editing
+
+The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
+keystrokes.
+
+The text @kbd{C-k} is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
+produced when the @key{k} key is pressed while the Control key
+is depressed.
+
+The text @kbd{M-k} is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
+produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the @key{k}
+key is pressed.
+The Meta key is labeled @key{ALT} on many keyboards.
+On keyboards with two keys labeled @key{ALT} (usually to either side of
+the space bar), the @key{ALT} on the left side is generally set to
+work as a Meta key.
+The @key{ALT} key on the right may also be configured to work as a
+Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
+Compose key for typing accented characters.
+
+If you do not have a Meta or @key{ALT} key, or another key working as
+a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing @key{ESC}
+@emph{first}, and then typing @key{k}.
+Either process is known as @dfn{metafying} the @key{k} key.
+
+The text @kbd{M-C-k} is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
+character produced by @dfn{metafying} @kbd{C-k}.
+
+In addition, several keys have their own names. Specifically,
+@key{DEL}, @key{ESC}, @key{LFD}, @key{SPC}, @key{RET}, and @key{TAB} all
+stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+If your keyboard lacks a @key{LFD} key, typing @key{C-j} will
+produce the desired character.
+The @key{RET} key may be labeled @key{Return} or @key{Enter} on
+some keyboards.
+
+@node Readline Interaction
+@section Readline Interaction
+@cindex interaction, readline
+
+Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
+only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled. The
+Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
+as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
+you to retype the majority of the line. Using these editing commands,
+you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
+insert the text of the corrections. Then, when you are satisfied with
+the line, you simply press @key{RET}. You do not have to be at the
+end of the line to press @key{RET}; the entire line is accepted
+regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Bare Essentials:: The least you need to know about Readline.
+* Readline Movement Commands:: Moving about the input line.
+* Readline Killing Commands:: How to delete text, and how to get it back!
+* Readline Arguments:: Giving numeric arguments to commands.
+* Searching:: Searching through previous lines.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Bare Essentials
+@subsection Readline Bare Essentials
+@cindex notation, readline
+@cindex command editing
+@cindex editing command lines
+
+In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them. The typed
+character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
+space to the right. If you mistype a character, you can use your
+erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
+
+Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
+not notice the error until you have typed several other characters. In
+that case, you can type @kbd{C-b} to move the cursor to the left, and then
+correct your mistake. Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
+with @kbd{C-f}.
+
+When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
+to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
+that you have inserted. Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
+characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
+blank space created by the removal of the text. A list of the bare
+essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-b}
+Move back one character.
+@item @kbd{C-f}
+Move forward one character.
+@item @key{DEL} or @key{Backspace}
+Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
+@item @kbd{C-d}
+Delete the character underneath the cursor.
+@item @w{Printing characters}
+Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
+@item @kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x C-u}
+Undo the last editing command. You can undo all the way back to an
+empty line.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+(Depending on your configuration, the @key{Backspace} key be set to
+delete the character to the left of the cursor and the @key{DEL} key set
+to delete the character underneath the cursor, like @kbd{C-d}, rather
+than the character to the left of the cursor.)
+
+@node Readline Movement Commands
+@subsection Readline Movement Commands
+
+
+The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
+in order to do editing of the input line. For your convenience, many
+other commands have been added in addition to @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-f},
+@kbd{C-d}, and @key{DEL}. Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
+about the line.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-a
+Move to the start of the line.
+@item C-e
+Move to the end of the line.
+@item M-f
+Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
+@item M-b
+Move backward a word.
+@item C-l
+Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
+@end table
+
+Notice how @kbd{C-f} moves forward a character, while @kbd{M-f} moves
+forward a word. It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
+operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
+
+@node Readline Killing Commands
+@subsection Readline Killing Commands
+
+@cindex killing text
+@cindex yanking text
+
+@dfn{Killing} text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
+it away for later use, usually by @dfn{yanking} (re-inserting)
+it back into the line.
+(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
+
+If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
+be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
+place later.
+
+When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a @dfn{kill-ring}.
+Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
+that when you yank it back, you get it all. The kill
+ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
+typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
+another line.
+@cindex kill ring
+
+Here is the list of commands for killing text.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-k
+Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
+
+@item M-d
+Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-f}.
+
+@item M-@key{DEL}
+Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the start of the previous word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-b}.
+
+@item C-w
+Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace. This is different than
+@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} because the word boundaries differ.
+
+@end table
+
+Here is how to @dfn{yank} the text back into the line. Yanking
+means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-y
+Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
+
+@item M-y
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if
+the prior command is @kbd{C-y} or @kbd{M-y}.
+@end table
+
+@node Readline Arguments
+@subsection Readline Arguments
+
+You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands. Sometimes the
+argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the @i{sign} of the
+argument that is significant. If you pass a negative argument to a
+command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
+act in a backward direction. For example, to kill text back to the
+start of the line, you might type @samp{M-- C-k}.
+
+The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
+digits before the command. If the first `digit' typed is a minus
+sign (@samp{-}), then the sign of the argument will be negative. Once
+you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
+the remainder of the digits, and then the command. For example, to give
+the @kbd{C-d} command an argument of 10, you could type @samp{M-1 0 C-d},
+which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
+
+@node Searching
+@subsection Searching for Commands in the History
+
+Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
+@ifset BashFeatures
+(@pxref{Bash History Facilities})
+@end ifset
+for lines containing a specified string.
+There are two search modes: @dfn{incremental} and @dfn{non-incremental}.
+
+Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
+search string.
+As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
+the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
+An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
+find the desired history entry.
+To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
+@kbd{C-r}. Typing @kbd{C-s} searches forward through the history.
+The characters present in the value of the @code{isearch-terminators} variable
+are used to terminate an incremental search.
+If that variable has not been assigned a value, the @key{ESC} and
+@kbd{C-J} characters will terminate an incremental search.
+@kbd{C-g} will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
+When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
+search string becomes the current line.
+
+To find other matching entries in the history list, type @kbd{C-r} or
+@kbd{C-s} as appropriate.
+This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
+entry matching the search string typed so far.
+Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
+the search and execute that command.
+For instance, a @key{RET} will terminate the search and accept
+the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
+A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
+the current line, and begin editing.
+
+Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two
+@kbd{C-r}s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
+search string, any remembered search string is used.
+
+Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
+to search for matching history lines. The search string may be
+typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
+
+@node Readline Init File
+@section Readline Init File
+@cindex initialization file, readline
+
+Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
+keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
+of keybindings.
+Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
+commands in an @dfn{inputrc} file, conventionally in his home directory.
+The name of this
+@ifset BashFeatures
+file is taken from the value of the shell variable @env{INPUTRC}. If
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+file is taken from the value of the environment variable @env{INPUTRC}. If
+@end ifclear
+that variable is unset, the default is @file{~/.inputrc}. If that
+file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
+@file{/etc/inputrc}.
+
+When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
+init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
+
+In addition, the @code{C-x C-r} command re-reads this init file, thus
+incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Init File Syntax:: Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.
+
+* Conditional Init Constructs:: Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.
+
+* Sample Init File:: An example inputrc file.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Init File Syntax
+@subsection Readline Init File Syntax
+
+There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
+Readline init file. Blank lines are ignored.
+Lines beginning with a @samp{#} are comments.
+Lines beginning with a @samp{$} indicate conditional
+constructs (@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}). Other lines
+denote variable settings and key bindings.
+
+@table @asis
+@item Variable Settings
+You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
+altering the values of variables in Readline
+using the @code{set} command within the init file.
+The syntax is simple:
+
+@example
+set @var{variable} @var{value}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Here, for example, is how to
+change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
+@code{vi} line editing commands:
+
+@example
+set editing-mode vi
+@end example
+
+Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
+to case. Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
+
+Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
+the value is null or empty, @var{on} (case-insensitive), or 1. Any other
+value results in the variable being set to off.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The @w{@code{bind -V}} command lists the current Readline variable names
+and values. @xref{Bash Builtins}.
+@end ifset
+
+A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
+variables.
+
+@cindex variables, readline
+@table @code
+
+@item bell-style
+@vindex bell-style
+Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
+If set to @samp{none}, Readline never rings the bell. If set to
+@samp{visible}, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
+If set to @samp{audible} (the default), Readline attempts to ring
+the terminal's bell.
+
+@item bind-tty-special-chars
+@vindex bind-tty-special-chars
+If set to @samp{on} (the default), Readline attempts to bind the control
+characters treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their
+Readline equivalents.
+
+@item blink-matching-paren
+@vindex blink-matching-paren
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an
+opening parenthesis when a closing parenthesis is inserted. The default
+is @samp{off}.
+
+@item colored-completion-prefix
+@vindex colored-completion-prefix
+If set to @samp{on}, when listing completions, Readline displays the
+common prefix of the set of possible completions using a different color.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the @env{LS_COLORS}
+environment variable.
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item colored-stats
+@vindex colored-stats
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline displays possible completions using different
+colors to indicate their file type.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the @env{LS_COLORS}
+environment variable.
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item comment-begin
+@vindex comment-begin
+The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
+@code{insert-comment} command is executed. The default value
+is @code{"#"}.
+
+@item completion-display-width
+@vindex completion-display-width
+The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
+when performing completion.
+The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
+screen width.
+A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
+The default value is -1.
+
+@item completion-ignore-case
+@vindex completion-ignore-case
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline performs filename matching and completion
+in a case-insensitive fashion.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item completion-map-case
+@vindex completion-map-case
+If set to @samp{on}, and @var{completion-ignore-case} is enabled, Readline
+treats hyphens (@samp{-}) and underscores (@samp{_}) as equivalent when
+performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item completion-prefix-display-length
+@vindex completion-prefix-display-length
+The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
+completions that is displayed without modification. When set to a
+value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
+replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
+
+@item completion-query-items
+@vindex completion-query-items
+The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
+asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
+If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
+Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
+them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
+This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
+A negative value means Readline should never ask.
+The default limit is @code{100}.
+
+@item convert-meta
+@vindex convert-meta
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will convert characters with the
+eighth bit set to an @sc{ascii} key sequence by stripping the eighth
+bit and prefixing an @key{ESC} character, converting them to a
+meta-prefixed key sequence. The default value is @samp{on}, but
+will be set to @samp{off} if the locale is one that contains
+eight-bit characters.
+
+@item disable-completion
+@vindex disable-completion
+If set to @samp{On}, Readline will inhibit word completion.
+Completion characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
+been mapped to @code{self-insert}. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item echo-control-characters
+@vindex echo-control-characters
+When set to @samp{on}, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
+readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
+keyboard. The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item editing-mode
+@vindex editing-mode
+The @code{editing-mode} variable controls which default set of
+key bindings is used. By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
+mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs. This variable can be
+set to either @samp{emacs} or @samp{vi}.
+
+@item emacs-mode-string
+@vindex emacs-mode-string
+If the @var{show-mode-in-prompt} variable is enabled,
+this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when emacs editing mode is active. The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the @samp{\1} and @samp{\2} escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is @samp{@@}.
+
+@item enable-bracketed-paste
+@vindex enable-bracketed-paste
+When set to @samp{On}, Readline will configure the terminal in a way
+that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a
+single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if
+it had been read from the keyboard. This can prevent pasted characters
+from being interpreted as editing commands. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item enable-keypad
+@vindex enable-keypad
+When set to @samp{on}, Readline will try to enable the application
+keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the
+arrow keys. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item enable-meta-key
+When set to @samp{on}, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
+key the terminal claims to support when it is called. On many terminals,
+the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
+The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item expand-tilde
+@vindex expand-tilde
+If set to @samp{on}, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
+attempts word completion. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item history-preserve-point
+@vindex history-preserve-point
+If set to @samp{on}, the history code attempts to place the point (the
+current cursor position) at the
+same location on each history line retrieved with @code{previous-history}
+or @code{next-history}. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item history-size
+@vindex history-size
+Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
+If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
+are saved.
+If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
+limited.
+By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
+If an attempt is made to set @var{history-size} to a non-numeric value,
+the maximum number of history entries will be set to 500.
+
+@item horizontal-scroll-mode
+@vindex horizontal-scroll-mode
+This variable can be set to either @samp{on} or @samp{off}. Setting it
+to @samp{on} means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
+horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
+of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line. By default,
+this variable is set to @samp{off}.
+
+@item input-meta
+@vindex input-meta
+@vindex meta-flag
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
+will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
+regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The
+default value is @samp{off}, but Readline will set it to @samp{on} if the
+locale contains eight-bit characters.
+The name @code{meta-flag} is a synonym for this variable.
+
+@item isearch-terminators
+@vindex isearch-terminators
+The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
+subsequently executing the character as a command (@pxref{Searching}).
+If this variable has not been given a value, the characters @key{ESC} and
+@kbd{C-J} will terminate an incremental search.
+
+@item keymap
+@vindex keymap
+Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
+Built-in @code{keymap} names are
+@code{emacs},
+@code{emacs-standard},
+@code{emacs-meta},
+@code{emacs-ctlx},
+@code{vi},
+@code{vi-move},
+@code{vi-command}, and
+@code{vi-insert}.
+@code{vi} is equivalent to @code{vi-command} (@code{vi-move} is also a
+synonym); @code{emacs} is equivalent to @code{emacs-standard}.
+Applications may add additional names.
+The default value is @code{emacs}.
+The value of the @code{editing-mode} variable also affects the
+default keymap.
+
+@item keyseq-timeout
+Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an
+ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
+the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
+key sequence).
+If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter
+but complete key sequence.
+Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is
+available on the current input source (@code{rl_instream} by default).
+The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
+Readline will wait one second for additional input.
+If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
+non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to
+decide which key sequence to complete.
+The default value is @code{500}.
+
+@item mark-directories
+If set to @samp{on}, completed directory names have a slash
+appended. The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item mark-modified-lines
+@vindex mark-modified-lines
+This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to display an
+asterisk (@samp{*}) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
+This variable is @samp{off} by default.
+
+@item mark-symlinked-directories
+@vindex mark-symlinked-directories
+If set to @samp{on}, completed names which are symbolic links
+to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
+@code{mark-directories}).
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item match-hidden-files
+@vindex match-hidden-files
+This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to match files whose
+names begin with a @samp{.} (hidden files) when performing filename
+completion.
+If set to @samp{off}, the leading @samp{.} must be
+supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
+This variable is @samp{on} by default.
+
+@item menu-complete-display-prefix
+@vindex menu-complete-display-prefix
+If set to @samp{on}, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
+list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
+the list. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item output-meta
+@vindex output-meta
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display characters with the
+eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
+sequence.
+The default is @samp{off}, but Readline will set it to @samp{on} if the
+locale contains eight-bit characters.
+
+@item page-completions
+@vindex page-completions
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline uses an internal @code{more}-like pager
+to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
+This variable is @samp{on} by default.
+
+@item print-completions-horizontally
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display completions with matches
+sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item revert-all-at-newline
+@vindex revert-all-at-newline
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
+before returning when @code{accept-line} is executed. By default,
+history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
+calls to @code{readline}. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-all-if-ambiguous
+@vindex show-all-if-ambiguous
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If
+set to @samp{on},
+words which have more than one possible completion cause the
+matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-all-if-unmodified
+@vindex show-all-if-unmodified
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
+a fashion similar to @var{show-all-if-ambiguous}.
+If set to @samp{on},
+words which have more than one possible completion without any
+possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
+a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
+of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-mode-in-prompt
+@vindex show-mode-in-prompt
+If set to @samp{on}, add a string to the beginning of the prompt
+indicating the editing mode: emacs, vi command, or vi insertion.
+The mode strings are user-settable (e.g., @var{emacs-mode-string}).
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item skip-completed-text
+@vindex skip-completed-text
+If set to @samp{on}, this alters the default completion behavior when
+inserting a single match into the line. It's only active when
+performing completion in the middle of a word. If enabled, readline
+does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
+after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
+following the cursor are not duplicated.
+For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
+is after the @samp{e} in @samp{Makefile} will result in @samp{Makefile}
+rather than @samp{Makefilefile}, assuming there is a single possible
+completion.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item vi-cmd-mode-string
+@vindex vi-cmd-mode-string
+If the @var{show-mode-in-prompt} variable is enabled,
+this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the @samp{\1} and @samp{\2} escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is @samp{(cmd)}.
+
+@item vi-ins-mode-string
+@vindex vi-ins-mode-string
+If the @var{show-mode-in-prompt} variable is enabled,
+this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the @samp{\1} and @samp{\2} escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is @samp{(ins)}.
+
+@item visible-stats
+@vindex visible-stats
+If set to @samp{on}, a character denoting a file's type
+is appended to the filename when listing possible
+completions. The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@end table
+
+@item Key Bindings
+The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
+simple. First you need to find the name of the command that you
+want to change. The following sections contain tables of the command
+name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
+the command does.
+
+Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
+in the init file the name of the key
+you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
+command.
+There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
+interpreted as part of the key name.
+The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
+what you find most comfortable.
+
+In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
+to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a @var{macro}).
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The @w{@code{bind -p}} command displays Readline function names and
+bindings in a format that can put directly into an initialization file.
+@xref{Bash Builtins}.
+@end ifset
+
+@table @asis
+@item @w{@var{keyname}: @var{function-name} or @var{macro}}
+@var{keyname} is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example:
+@example
+Control-u: universal-argument
+Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+Control-o: "> output"
+@end example
+
+In the example above, @kbd{C-u} is bound to the function
+@code{universal-argument},
+@kbd{M-DEL} is bound to the function @code{backward-kill-word}, and
+@kbd{C-o} is bound to run the macro
+expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
+@samp{> output} into the line).
+
+A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
+processing this key binding syntax:
+@var{DEL},
+@var{ESC},
+@var{ESCAPE},
+@var{LFD},
+@var{NEWLINE},
+@var{RET},
+@var{RETURN},
+@var{RUBOUT},
+@var{SPACE},
+@var{SPC},
+and
+@var{TAB}.
+
+@item @w{"@var{keyseq}": @var{function-name} or @var{macro}}
+@var{keyseq} differs from @var{keyname} above in that strings
+denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
+the key sequence in double quotes. Some @sc{gnu} Emacs style key
+escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
+special character names are not recognized.
+
+@example
+"\C-u": universal-argument
+"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
+"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
+@end example
+
+In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is again bound to the function
+@code{universal-argument} (just as it was in the first example),
+@samp{@kbd{C-x} @kbd{C-r}} is bound to the function @code{re-read-init-file},
+and @samp{@key{ESC} @key{[} @key{1} @key{1} @key{~}} is bound to insert
+the text @samp{Function Key 1}.
+
+@end table
+
+The following @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences are available when
+specifying key sequences:
+
+@table @code
+@item @kbd{\C-}
+control prefix
+@item @kbd{\M-}
+meta prefix
+@item @kbd{\e}
+an escape character
+@item @kbd{\\}
+backslash
+@item @kbd{\"}
+@key{"}, a double quotation mark
+@item @kbd{\'}
+@key{'}, a single quote or apostrophe
+@end table
+
+In addition to the @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences, a second
+set of backslash escapes is available:
+
+@table @code
+@item \a
+alert (bell)
+@item \b
+backspace
+@item \d
+delete
+@item \f
+form feed
+@item \n
+newline
+@item \r
+carriage return
+@item \t
+horizontal tab
+@item \v
+vertical tab
+@item \@var{nnn}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn}
+(one to three digits)
+@item \x@var{HH}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH}
+(one or two hex digits)
+@end table
+
+When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
+be used to indicate a macro definition.
+Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
+In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
+Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
+including @samp{"} and @samp{'}.
+For example, the following binding will make @samp{@kbd{C-x} \}
+insert a single @samp{\} into the line:
+@example
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+@end example
+
+@end table
+
+@node Conditional Init Constructs
+@subsection Conditional Init Constructs
+
+Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
+compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
+bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
+of tests. There are four parser directives used.
+
+@table @code
+@item $if
+The @code{$if} construct allows bindings to be made based on the
+editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
+Readline. The text of the test, after any comparison operator,
+extends to the end of the line;
+unless otherwise noted, no characters are required to isolate it.
+
+@table @code
+@item mode
+The @code{mode=} form of the @code{$if} directive is used to test
+whether Readline is in @code{emacs} or @code{vi} mode.
+This may be used in conjunction
+with the @samp{set keymap} command, for instance, to set bindings in
+the @code{emacs-standard} and @code{emacs-ctlx} keymaps only if
+Readline is starting out in @code{emacs} mode.
+
+@item term
+The @code{term=} form may be used to include terminal-specific
+key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
+terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the
+@samp{=} is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
+the portion of the terminal name before the first @samp{-}. This
+allows @code{sun} to match both @code{sun} and @code{sun-cmd},
+for instance.
+
+@item version
+The @code{version} test may be used to perform comparisons against
+specific Readline versions.
+The @code{version} expands to the current Readline version.
+The set of comparison operators includes
+@samp{=} (and @samp{==}), @samp{!=}, @samp{<=}, @samp{>=}, @samp{<},
+and @samp{>}.
+The version number supplied on the right side of the operator consists
+of a major version number, an optional decimal point, and an optional
+minor version (e.g., @samp{7.1}). If the minor version is omitted, it
+is assumed to be @samp{0}.
+The operator may be separated from the string @code{version} and
+from the version number argument by whitespace.
+The following example sets a variable if the Readline version being used
+is 7.0 or newer:
+@example
+$if version >= 7.0
+set show-mode-in-prompt on
+$endif
+@end example
+
+@item application
+The @var{application} construct is used to include
+application-specific settings. Each program using the Readline
+library sets the @var{application name}, and you can test for
+a particular value.
+This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
+a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a
+key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
+@example
+$if Bash
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+$endif
+@end example
+
+@item variable
+The @var{variable} construct provides simple equality tests for Readline
+variables and values.
+The permitted comparison operators are @samp{=}, @samp{==}, and @samp{!=}.
+The variable name must be separated from the comparison operator by
+whitespace; the operator may be separated from the value on the right hand
+side by whitespace.
+Both string and boolean variables may be tested. Boolean variables must be
+tested against the values @var{on} and @var{off}.
+The following example is equivalent to the @code{mode=emacs} test described
+above:
+@example
+$if editing-mode == emacs
+set show-mode-in-prompt on
+$endif
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@item $endif
+This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
+@code{$if} command.
+
+@item $else
+Commands in this branch of the @code{$if} directive are executed if
+the test fails.
+
+@item $include
+This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
+and bindings from that file.
+For example, the following directive reads from @file{/etc/inputrc}:
+@example
+$include /etc/inputrc
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Sample Init File
+@subsection Sample Init File
+
+Here is an example of an @var{inputrc} file. This illustrates key
+binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
+
+@example
+@page
+# This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
+# programs that use the GNU Readline library. Existing
+# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
+#
+# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
+# Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
+#
+# First, include any system-wide bindings and variable
+# assignments from /etc/Inputrc
+$include /etc/Inputrc
+
+#
+# Set various bindings for emacs mode.
+
+set editing-mode emacs
+
+$if mode=emacs
+
+Meta-Control-h: backward-kill-word Text after the function name is ignored
+
+#
+# Arrow keys in keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-OD": backward-char
+#"\M-OC": forward-char
+#"\M-OA": previous-history
+#"\M-OB": next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in ANSI mode
+#
+"\M-[D": backward-char
+"\M-[C": forward-char
+"\M-[A": previous-history
+"\M-[B": next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-OD": backward-char
+#"\M-\C-OC": forward-char
+#"\M-\C-OA": previous-history
+#"\M-\C-OB": next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-[D": backward-char
+#"\M-\C-[C": forward-char
+#"\M-\C-[A": previous-history
+#"\M-\C-[B": next-history
+
+C-q: quoted-insert
+
+$endif
+
+# An old-style binding. This happens to be the default.
+TAB: complete
+
+# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
+$if Bash
+# edit the path
+"\C-xp": "PATH=$@{PATH@}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
+# prepare to type a quoted word --
+# insert open and close double quotes
+# and move to just after the open quote
+"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
+# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
+# in sequences and macros)
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
+"\C-xr": redraw-current-line
+# Edit variable on current line.
+"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
+$endif
+
+# use a visible bell if one is available
+set bell-style visible
+
+# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
+set input-meta on
+
+# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
+# than converted to prefix-meta sequences
+set convert-meta off
+
+# display characters with the eighth bit set directly
+# rather than as meta-prefixed characters
+set output-meta on
+
+# if there are more than 150 possible completions for
+# a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
+set completion-query-items 150
+
+# For FTP
+$if Ftp
+"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
+"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
+"\M-.": yank-last-arg
+$endif
+@end example
+
+@node Bindable Readline Commands
+@section Bindable Readline Commands
+
+@menu
+* Commands For Moving:: Moving about the line.
+* Commands For History:: Getting at previous lines.
+* Commands For Text:: Commands for changing text.
+* Commands For Killing:: Commands for killing and yanking.
+* Numeric Arguments:: Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.
+* Commands For Completion:: Getting Readline to do the typing for you.
+* Keyboard Macros:: Saving and re-executing typed characters
+* Miscellaneous Commands:: Other miscellaneous commands.
+@end menu
+
+This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
+sequences.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+You can list your key bindings by executing
+@w{@code{bind -P}} or, for a more terse format, suitable for an
+@var{inputrc} file, @w{@code{bind -p}}. (@xref{Bash Builtins}.)
+@end ifset
+Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
+
+In the following descriptions, @dfn{point} refers to the current cursor
+position, and @dfn{mark} refers to a cursor position saved by the
+@code{set-mark} command.
+The text between the point and mark is referred to as the @dfn{region}.
+
+@node Commands For Moving
+@subsection Commands For Moving
+@ftable @code
+@item beginning-of-line (C-a)
+Move to the start of the current line.
+
+@item end-of-line (C-e)
+Move to the end of the line.
+
+@item forward-char (C-f)
+Move forward a character.
+
+@item backward-char (C-b)
+Move back a character.
+
+@item forward-word (M-f)
+Move forward to the end of the next word.
+Words are composed of letters and digits.
+
+@item backward-word (M-b)
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are composed of letters and digits.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item shell-forward-word ()
+Move forward to the end of the next word.
+Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
+
+@item shell-backward-word ()
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
+@end ifset
+
+@item previous-screen-line ()
+Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the previous
+physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current
+Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if point is not
+greater than the length of the prompt plus the screen width.
+
+@item next-screen-line ()
+Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the next
+physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current
+Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if the length
+of the current Readline line is not greater than the length of the prompt
+plus the screen width.
+
+@item clear-screen (C-l)
+Clear the screen and redraw the current line,
+leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
+
+@item redraw-current-line ()
+Refresh the current line. By default, this is unbound.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For History
+@subsection Commands For Manipulating The History
+
+@ftable @code
+@item accept-line (Newline or Return)
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, add it to the history list according to the setting of
+the @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE} variables.
+If this line is a modified history line, then restore the history line
+to its original state.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
+@code{add_history()}.
+If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
+to its original state.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item previous-history (C-p)
+Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
+
+@item next-history (C-n)
+Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
+
+@item beginning-of-history (M-<)
+Move to the first line in the history.
+
+@item end-of-history (M->)
+Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
+being entered.
+
+@item reverse-search-history (C-r)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
+the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
+
+@item forward-search-history (C-s)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
+the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
+
+@item non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+
+@item non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+
+@item history-search-forward ()
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-search-backward ()
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-substring-search-forward ()
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-substring-search-backward ()
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)
+Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
+the second word on the previous line) at point.
+With an argument @var{n},
+insert the @var{n}th word from the previous command (the words
+in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument
+inserts the @var{n}th word from the end of the previous command.
+Once the argument @var{n} is computed, the argument is extracted
+as if the @samp{!@var{n}} history expansion had been specified.
+
+@item yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)
+Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
+previous history entry).
+With a numeric argument, behave exactly like @code{yank-nth-arg}.
+Successive calls to @code{yank-last-arg} move back through the history
+list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
+the first call) of each line in turn.
+Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
+the direction to move through the history. A negative argument switches
+the direction through the history (back or forward).
+The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
+as if the @samp{!$} history expansion had been specified.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Text
+@subsection Commands For Changing Text
+
+@ftable @code
+
+@item @i{end-of-file} (usually C-d)
+The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
+@code{stty}. If this character is read when there are no characters
+on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
+interprets it as the end of input and returns @sc{eof}.
+
+@item delete-char (C-d)
+Delete the character at point. If this function is bound to the
+same character as the tty @sc{eof} character, as @kbd{C-d}
+commonly is, see above for the effects.
+
+@item backward-delete-char (Rubout)
+Delete the character behind the cursor. A numeric argument means
+to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
+
+@item forward-backward-delete-char ()
+Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
+end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
+deleted. By default, this is not bound to a key.
+
+@item quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)
+Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is
+how to insert key sequences like @kbd{C-q}, for example.
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item tab-insert (M-@key{TAB})
+Insert a tab character.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, @dots{})
+Insert yourself.
+
+@item bracketed-paste-begin ()
+This function is intended to be bound to the "bracketed paste" escape
+sequence sent by some terminals, and such a binding is assigned by default.
+It allows Readline to insert the pasted text as a single unit without treating
+each character as if it had been read from the keyboard. The characters
+are inserted as if each one was bound to @code{self-insert} instead of
+executing any editing commands.
+
+@item transpose-chars (C-t)
+Drag the character before the cursor forward over
+the character at the cursor, moving the
+cursor forward as well. If the insertion point
+is at the end of the line, then this
+transposes the last two characters of the line.
+Negative arguments have no effect.
+
+@item transpose-words (M-t)
+Drag the word before point past the word after point,
+moving point past that word as well.
+If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
+the last two words on the line.
+
+@item upcase-word (M-u)
+Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item downcase-word (M-l)
+Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item capitalize-word (M-c)
+Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item overwrite-mode ()
+Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument,
+switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric
+argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only
+@code{emacs} mode; @code{vi} mode does overwrite differently.
+Each call to @code{readline()} starts in insert mode.
+
+In overwrite mode, characters bound to @code{self-insert} replace
+the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
+Characters bound to @code{backward-delete-char} replace the character
+before point with a space.
+
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Killing
+@subsection Killing And Yanking
+
+@ftable @code
+
+@item kill-line (C-k)
+Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
+
+@item backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+
+@item unix-line-discard (C-u)
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+
+@item kill-whole-line ()
+Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
+By default, this is unbound.
+
+@item kill-word (M-d)
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}.
+
+@item backward-kill-word (M-@key{DEL})
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item shell-kill-word ()
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{shell-forward-word}.
+
+@item shell-backward-kill-word ()
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{shell-backward-word}.
+@end ifset
+
+@item unix-word-rubout (C-w)
+Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
+@item unix-filename-rubout ()
+Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
+as the word boundaries.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
+@item delete-horizontal-space ()
+Delete all spaces and tabs around point. By default, this is unbound.
+
+@item kill-region ()
+Kill the text in the current region.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-region-as-kill ()
+Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
+right away. By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-backward-word ()
+Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-forward-word ()
+Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item yank (C-y)
+Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
+
+@item yank-pop (M-y)
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if
+the prior command is @code{yank} or @code{yank-pop}.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Numeric Arguments
+@subsection Specifying Numeric Arguments
+@ftable @code
+
+@item digit-argument (@kbd{M-0}, @kbd{M-1}, @dots{} @kbd{M--})
+Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
+argument. @kbd{M--} starts a negative argument.
+
+@item universal-argument ()
+This is another way to specify an argument.
+If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
+leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
+If the command is followed by digits, executing @code{universal-argument}
+again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
+As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
+character that is neither a digit nor minus sign, the argument count
+for the next command is multiplied by four.
+The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
+first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
+argument count sixteen, and so on.
+By default, this is not bound to a key.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Completion
+@subsection Letting Readline Type For You
+
+@ftable @code
+@item complete (@key{TAB})
+Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
+The actual completion performed is application-specific.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Bash attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the
+text begins with @samp{$}), username (if the text begins with
+@samp{~}), hostname (if the text begins with @samp{@@}), or
+command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none
+of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+The default is filename completion.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item possible-completions (M-?)
+List the possible completions of the text before point.
+When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
+for display to the value of @code{completion-display-width}, the value of
+the environment variable @env{COLUMNS}, or the screen width, in that order.
+
+@item insert-completions (M-*)
+Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
+been generated by @code{possible-completions}.
+
+@item menu-complete ()
+Similar to @code{complete}, but replaces the word to be completed
+with a single match from the list of possible completions.
+Repeated execution of @code{menu-complete} steps through the list
+of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
+At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
+(subject to the setting of @code{bell-style})
+and the original text is restored.
+An argument of @var{n} moves @var{n} positions forward in the list
+of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
+through the list.
+This command is intended to be bound to @key{TAB}, but is unbound
+by default.
+
+@item menu-complete-backward ()
+Identical to @code{menu-complete}, but moves backward through the list
+of possible completions, as if @code{menu-complete} had been given a
+negative argument.
+
+@item delete-char-or-list ()
+Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
+end of the line (like @code{delete-char}).
+If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
+@code{possible-completions}.
+This command is unbound by default.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item complete-filename (M-/)
+Attempt filename completion on the text before point.
+
+@item possible-filename-completions (C-x /)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a filename.
+
+@item complete-username (M-~)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a username.
+
+@item possible-username-completions (C-x ~)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a username.
+
+@item complete-variable (M-$)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a shell variable.
+
+@item possible-variable-completions (C-x $)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a shell variable.
+
+@item complete-hostname (M-@@)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a hostname.
+
+@item possible-hostname-completions (C-x @@)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a hostname.
+
+@item complete-command (M-!)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a command name. Command completion attempts to
+match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell
+functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames,
+in that order.
+
+@item possible-command-completions (C-x !)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a command name.
+
+@item dynamic-complete-history (M-@key{TAB})
+Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+
+@item dabbrev-expand ()
+Attempt menu completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+
+@item complete-into-braces (M-@{)
+Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions
+enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell
+(@pxref{Brace Expansion}).
+
+@end ifset
+@end ftable
+
+@node Keyboard Macros
+@subsection Keyboard Macros
+@ftable @code
+
+@item start-kbd-macro (C-x ()
+Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
+
+@item end-kbd-macro (C-x ))
+Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
+and save the definition.
+
+@item call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)
+Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
+in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
+
+@item print-last-kbd-macro ()
+Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
+@var{inputrc} file.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Miscellaneous Commands
+@subsection Some Miscellaneous Commands
+@ftable @code
+
+@item re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)
+Read in the contents of the @var{inputrc} file, and incorporate
+any bindings or variable assignments found there.
+
+@item abort (C-g)
+Abort the current editing command and
+ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
+@code{bell-style}).
+
+@item do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-@var{x}, @dots{})
+If the metafied character @var{x} is upper case, run the command
+that is bound to the corresponding metafied lower case character.
+The behavior is undefined if @var{x} is already lower case.
+
+@item prefix-meta (@key{ESC})
+Metafy the next character typed. This is for keyboards
+without a meta key. Typing @samp{@key{ESC} f} is equivalent to typing
+@kbd{M-f}.
+
+@item undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)
+Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
+
+@item revert-line (M-r)
+Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the @code{undo}
+command enough times to get back to the beginning.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item tilde-expand (M-&)
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item tilde-expand (M-~)
+@end ifclear
+Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
+
+@item set-mark (C-@@)
+Set the mark to the point. If a
+numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
+
+@item exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)
+Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to
+the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
+
+@item character-search (C-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
+character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
+
+@item character-search-backward (M-C-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
+of that character. A negative count searches for subsequent
+occurrences.
+
+@item skip-csi-sequence ()
+Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
+defined for keys like Home and End. Such sequences begin with a
+Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[. If this sequence is
+bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
+unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
+stray characters into the editing buffer. This is unbound by default,
+but usually bound to ESC-[.
+
+@item insert-comment (M-#)
+Without a numeric argument, the value of the @code{comment-begin}
+variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if
+the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
+of @code{comment-begin}, the value is inserted, otherwise
+the characters in @code{comment-begin} are deleted from the beginning of
+the line.
+In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The default value of @code{comment-begin} causes this command
+to make the current line a shell comment.
+If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line
+will be executed by the shell.
+@end ifset
+
+@item dump-functions ()
+Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
+Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file. This command is unbound by default.
+
+@item dump-variables ()
+Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
+Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file. This command is unbound by default.
+
+@item dump-macros ()
+Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
+strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file. This command is unbound by default.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item glob-complete-word (M-g)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to
+generate a list of matching file names for possible completions.
+
+@item glob-expand-word (C-x *)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+
+@item glob-list-expansions (C-x g)
+The list of expansions that would have been generated by
+@code{glob-expand-word} is displayed, and the line is redrawn.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+
+@item display-shell-version (C-x C-v)
+Display version information about the current instance of Bash.
+
+@item shell-expand-line (M-C-e)
+Expand the line as the shell does.
+This performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell
+word expansions (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+
+@item history-expand-line (M-^)
+Perform history expansion on the current line.
+
+@item magic-space ()
+Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space
+(@pxref{History Interaction}).
+
+@item alias-expand-line ()
+Perform alias expansion on the current line (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item history-and-alias-expand-line ()
+Perform history and alias expansion on the current line.
+
+@item insert-last-argument (M-. or M-_)
+A synonym for @code{yank-last-arg}.
+
+@item operate-and-get-next (C-o)
+Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line
+relative to the current line from the history for editing.
+A numeric argument, if supplied, specifies the history entry to use instead
+of the current line.
+
+@item edit-and-execute-command (C-x C-e)
+Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell
+commands.
+Bash attempts to invoke
+@code{$VISUAL}, @code{$EDITOR}, and @code{emacs}
+as the editor, in that order.
+
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item emacs-editing-mode (C-e)
+When in @code{vi} command mode, this causes a switch to @code{emacs}
+editing mode.
+
+@item vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)
+When in @code{emacs} editing mode, this causes a switch to @code{vi}
+editing mode.
+
+@end ifclear
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Readline vi Mode
+@section Readline vi Mode
+
+While the Readline library does not have a full set of @code{vi}
+editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
+of the line. The Readline @code{vi} mode behaves as specified in
+the @sc{posix} standard.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi}
+editing modes, use the @samp{set -o emacs} and @samp{set -o vi}
+commands (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi}
+editing modes, use the command @kbd{M-C-j} (bound to emacs-editing-mode
+when in @code{vi} mode and to vi-editing-mode in @code{emacs} mode).
+@end ifclear
+The Readline default is @code{emacs} mode.
+
+When you enter a line in @code{vi} mode, you are already placed in
+`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an @samp{i}. Pressing @key{ESC}
+switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
+line with the standard @code{vi} movement keys, move to previous
+history lines with @samp{k} and subsequent lines with @samp{j}, and
+so forth.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@node Programmable Completion
+@section Programmable Completion
+@cindex programmable completion
+
+When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for
+which a completion specification (a @var{compspec}) has been defined
+using the @code{complete} builtin (@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}),
+the programmable completion facilities are invoked.
+
+First, the command name is identified.
+If a compspec has been defined for that command, the
+compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word.
+If the command word is the empty string (completion attempted at the
+beginning of an empty line), any compspec defined with
+the @option{-E} option to @code{complete} is used.
+If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full
+pathname is searched for first.
+If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to
+find a compspec for the portion following the final slash.
+If those searches do not result in a compspec, any compspec defined with
+the @option{-D} option to @code{complete} is used as the default.
+If there is no default compspec, Bash attempts alias expansion
+on the command word as a final resort, and attempts to find a compspec
+for the command word from any successful expansion
+
+Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of
+matching words.
+If a compspec is not found, the default Bash completion
+described above (@pxref{Commands For Completion}) is performed.
+
+First, the actions specified by the compspec are used.
+Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are
+returned.
+When the @option{-f} or @option{-d} option is used for filename or
+directory name completion, the shell variable @env{FIGNORE} is
+used to filter the matches.
+@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of @env{FIGNORE}.
+
+Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the
+@option{-G} option are generated next.
+The words generated by the pattern need not match the word being completed.
+The @env{GLOBIGNORE} shell variable is not used to filter the matches,
+but the @env{FIGNORE} shell variable is used.
+
+Next, the string specified as the argument to the @option{-W} option
+is considered.
+The string is first split using the characters in the @env{IFS}
+special variable as delimiters.
+Shell quoting is honored within the string, in order to provide a
+mechanism for the words to contain shell metacharacters or characters
+in the value of @env{IFS}.
+Each word is then expanded using
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
+as described above (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+The results are split using the rules described above
+(@pxref{Word Splitting}).
+The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being
+completed, and the matching words become the possible completions.
+
+After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command
+specified with the @option{-F} and @option{-C} options is invoked.
+When the command or function is invoked, the @env{COMP_LINE},
+@env{COMP_POINT}, @env{COMP_KEY}, and @env{COMP_TYPE} variables are
+assigned values as described above (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+If a shell function is being invoked, the @env{COMP_WORDS} and
+@env{COMP_CWORD} variables are also set.
+When the function or command is invoked, the first argument ($1) is the
+name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the
+second argument ($2) is the word being completed, and the third argument
+($3) is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command
+line.
+No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed
+is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating
+the matches.
+
+Any function specified with @option{-F} is invoked first.
+The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the
+@code{compgen} and @code{compopt} builtins described below
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}), to generate the matches.
+It must put the possible completions in the @env{COMPREPLY} array
+variable, one per array element.
+
+Next, any command specified with the @option{-C} option is invoked
+in an environment equivalent to command substitution.
+It should print a list of completions, one per line, to
+the standard output.
+Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary.
+
+After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter
+specified with the @option{-X} option is applied to the list.
+The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a @samp{&}
+in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed.
+A literal @samp{&} may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash
+is removed before attempting a match.
+Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list.
+A leading @samp{!} negates the pattern; in this case any completion
+not matching the pattern will be removed.
+If the @code{nocasematch} shell option
+(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{The Shopt Builtin})
+is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+
+Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the @option{-P} and @option{-S}
+options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is
+returned to the Readline completion code as the list of possible
+completions.
+
+If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the
+@option{-o dirnames} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
+compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted.
+
+If the @option{-o plusdirs} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
+By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned to
+the completion code as the full set of possible completions.
+The default Bash completions are not attempted, and the Readline default
+of filename completion is disabled.
+If the @option{-o bashdefault} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, the default Bash completions are attempted
+if the compspec generates no matches.
+If the @option{-o default} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
+compspec was defined, Readline's default completion will be performed
+if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default Bash completions)
+generate no matches.
+
+When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired,
+the programmable completion functions force Readline to append a slash
+to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to
+the value of the @var{mark-directories} Readline variable, regardless
+of the setting of the @var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable.
+
+There is some support for dynamically modifying completions. This is
+most useful when used in combination with a default completion specified
+with @option{-D}. It's possible for shell functions executed as completion
+handlers to indicate that completion should be retried by returning an
+exit status of 124. If a shell function returns 124, and changes
+the compspec associated with the command on which completion is being
+attempted (supplied as the first argument when the function is executed),
+programmable completion restarts from the beginning, with an
+attempt to find a new compspec for that command. This allows a set of
+completions to be built dynamically as completion is attempted, rather than
+being loaded all at once.
+
+For instance, assuming that there is a library of compspecs, each kept in a
+file corresponding to the name of the command, the following default
+completion function would load completions dynamically:
+
+@example
+_completion_loader()
+@{
+ . "/etc/bash_completion.d/$1.sh" >/dev/null 2>&1 && return 124
+@}
+complete -D -F _completion_loader -o bashdefault -o default
+@end example
+
+@node Programmable Completion Builtins
+@section Programmable Completion Builtins
+@cindex completion builtins
+
+Three builtin commands are available to manipulate the programmable completion
+facilities: one to specify how the arguments to a particular command are to
+be completed, and two to modify the completion as it is happening.
+
+@table @code
+@item compgen
+@btindex compgen
+@example
+@code{compgen [@var{option}] [@var{word}]}
+@end example
+
+Generate possible completion matches for @var{word} according to
+the @var{option}s, which may be any option accepted by the
+@code{complete}
+builtin with the exception of @option{-p} and @option{-r}, and write
+the matches to the standard output.
+When using the @option{-F} or @option{-C} options, the various shell variables
+set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not
+have useful values.
+
+The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable
+completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification
+with the same flags.
+If @var{word} is specified, only those completions matching @var{word}
+will be displayed.
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no
+matches were generated.
+
+@item complete
+@btindex complete
+@example
+@code{complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o @var{comp-option}] [-DEI] [-A @var{action}] [-G @var{globpat}]
+[-W @var{wordlist}] [-F @var{function}] [-C @var{command}] [-X @var{filterpat}]
+[-P @var{prefix}] [-S @var{suffix}] @var{name} [@var{name} @dots{}]}
+@code{complete -pr [-DEI] [@var{name} @dots{}]}
+@end example
+
+Specify how arguments to each @var{name} should be completed.
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, existing
+completion specifications are printed in a way that allows them to be
+reused as input.
+The @option{-r} option removes a completion specification for
+each @var{name}, or, if no @var{name}s are supplied, all
+completion specifications.
+The @option{-D} option indicates that other supplied options and actions should
+apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted
+on a command for which no completion has previously been defined.
+The @option{-E} option indicates that other supplied options and actions should
+apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a
+blank line.
+The @option{-I} option indicates that other supplied options and actions should
+apply to completion on the inital non-assignment word on the line, or after a
+command delimiter such as @samp{;} or @samp{|}, which is usually command
+name completion.
+If multiple options are supplied, the @option{-D} option takes precedence
+over @option{-E}, and both take precedence over @option{-I}.
+If any of @option{-D}, @option{-E}, or @option{-I} are supplied, any other
+@var{name} arguments are ignored; these completions only apply to the case
+specified by the option.
+
+The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion
+is attempted is described above (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+Other options, if specified, have the following meanings.
+The arguments to the @option{-G}, @option{-W}, and @option{-X} options
+(and, if necessary, the @option{-P} and @option{-S} options)
+should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the
+@code{complete} builtin is invoked.
+
+
+@table @code
+@item -o @var{comp-option}
+The @var{comp-option} controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior
+beyond the simple generation of completions.
+@var{comp-option} may be one of:
+
+@table @code
+
+@item bashdefault
+Perform the rest of the default Bash completions if the compspec
+generates no matches.
+
+@item default
+Use Readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates
+no matches.
+
+@item dirnames
+Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches.
+
+@item filenames
+Tell Readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any
+filename-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names,
+quoting special characters, or suppressing trailing spaces).
+This option is intended to be used with shell functions specified
+with @option{-F}.
+
+@item noquote
+Tell Readline not to quote the completed words if they are filenames
+(quoting filenames is the default).
+
+@item nosort
+Tell Readline not to sort the list of possible completions alphabetically.
+
+@item nospace
+Tell Readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at
+the end of the line.
+
+@item plusdirs
+After any matches defined by the compspec are generated,
+directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
+@end table
+
+@item -A @var{action}
+The @var{action} may be one of the following to generate a list of possible
+completions:
+
+@table @code
+@item alias
+Alias names. May also be specified as @option{-a}.
+
+@item arrayvar
+Array variable names.
+
+@item binding
+Readline key binding names (@pxref{Bindable Readline Commands}).
+
+@item builtin
+Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as @option{-b}.
+
+@item command
+Command names. May also be specified as @option{-c}.
+
+@item directory
+Directory names. May also be specified as @option{-d}.
+
+@item disabled
+Names of disabled shell builtins.
+
+@item enabled
+Names of enabled shell builtins.
+
+@item export
+Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as @option{-e}.
+
+@item file
+File names. May also be specified as @option{-f}.
+
+@item function
+Names of shell functions.
+
+@item group
+Group names. May also be specified as @option{-g}.
+
+@item helptopic
+Help topics as accepted by the @code{help} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item hostname
+Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the
+@env{HOSTFILE} shell variable (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@item job
+Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as @option{-j}.
+
+@item keyword
+Shell reserved words. May also be specified as @option{-k}.
+
+@item running
+Names of running jobs, if job control is active.
+
+@item service
+Service names. May also be specified as @option{-s}.
+
+@item setopt
+Valid arguments for the @option{-o} option to the @code{set} builtin
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item shopt
+Shell option names as accepted by the @code{shopt} builtin
+(@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item signal
+Signal names.
+
+@item stopped
+Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active.
+
+@item user
+User names. May also be specified as @option{-u}.
+
+@item variable
+Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as @option{-v}.
+@end table
+
+@item -C @var{command}
+@var{command} is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is
+used as the possible completions.
+
+@item -F @var{function}
+The shell function @var{function} is executed in the current shell
+environment.
+When it is executed, $1 is the name of the command whose arguments are
+being completed, $2 is the word being completed, and $3 is the word
+preceding the word being completed, as described above
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value
+of the @env{COMPREPLY} array variable.
+
+@item -G @var{globpat}
+The filename expansion pattern @var{globpat} is expanded to generate
+the possible completions.
+
+@item -P @var{prefix}
+@var{prefix} is added at the beginning of each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+
+@item -S @var{suffix}
+@var{suffix} is appended to each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+
+@item -W @var{wordlist}
+The @var{wordlist} is split using the characters in the
+@env{IFS} special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word
+is expanded.
+The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which
+match the word being completed.
+
+@item -X @var{filterpat}
+@var{filterpat} is a pattern as used for filename expansion.
+It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the
+preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching
+@var{filterpat} is removed from the list.
+A leading @samp{!} in @var{filterpat} negates the pattern; in this
+case, any completion not matching @var{filterpat} is removed.
+@end table
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option
+other than @option{-p} or @option{-r} is supplied without a @var{name}
+argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for
+a @var{name} for which no specification exists, or
+an error occurs adding a completion specification.
+
+@item compopt
+@btindex compopt
+@example
+@code{compopt} [-o @var{option}] [-DEI] [+o @var{option}] [@var{name}]
+@end example
+Modify completion options for each @var{name} according to the
+@var{option}s, or for the currently-executing completion if no @var{name}s
+are supplied.
+If no @var{option}s are given, display the completion options for each
+@var{name} or the current completion.
+The possible values of @var{option} are those valid for the @code{complete}
+builtin described above.
+The @option{-D} option indicates that other supplied options should
+apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted
+on a command for which no completion has previously been defined.
+The @option{-E} option indicates that other supplied options should
+apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a
+blank line.
+The @option{-I} option indicates that other supplied options should
+apply to completion on the inital non-assignment word on the line, or after a
+command delimiter such as @samp{;} or @samp{|}, which is usually command
+name completion.
+
+If multiple options are supplied, the @option{-D} option takes precedence
+over @option{-E}, and both take precedence over @option{-I}
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an attempt
+is made to modify the options for a @var{name} for which no completion
+specification exists, or an output error occurs.
+
+@end table
+
+@node A Programmable Completion Example
+@section A Programmable Completion Example
+
+The most common way to obtain additional completion functionality beyond
+the default actions @code{complete} and @code{compgen} provide is to use
+a shell function and bind it to a particular command using @code{complete -F}.
+
+The following function provides completions for the @code{cd} builtin.
+It is a reasonably good example of what shell functions must do when
+used for completion. This function uses the word passed as @code{$2}
+to determine the directory name to complete. You can also use the
+@code{COMP_WORDS} array variable; the current word is indexed by the
+@code{COMP_CWORD} variable.
+
+The function relies on the @code{complete} and @code{compgen} builtins
+to do much of the work, adding only the things that the Bash @code{cd}
+does beyond accepting basic directory names:
+tilde expansion (@pxref{Tilde Expansion}),
+searching directories in @var{$CDPATH}, which is described above
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}),
+and basic support for the @code{cdable_vars} shell option
+(@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}).
+@code{_comp_cd} modifies the value of @var{IFS} so that it contains only
+a newline to accommodate file names containing spaces and tabs --
+@code{compgen} prints the possible completions it generates one per line.
+
+Possible completions go into the @var{COMPREPLY} array variable, one
+completion per array element. The programmable completion system retrieves
+the completions from there when the function returns.
+
+@example
+# A completion function for the cd builtin
+# based on the cd completion function from the bash_completion package
+_comp_cd()
+@{
+ local IFS=$' \t\n' # normalize IFS
+ local cur _skipdot _cdpath
+ local i j k
+
+ # Tilde expansion, which also expands tilde to full pathname
+ case "$2" in
+ \~*) eval cur="$2" ;;
+ *) cur=$2 ;;
+ esac
+
+ # no cdpath or absolute pathname -- straight directory completion
+ if [[ -z "$@{CDPATH:-@}" ]] || [[ "$cur" == @@(./*|../*|/*) ]]; then
+ # compgen prints paths one per line; could also use while loop
+ IFS=$'\n'
+ COMPREPLY=( $(compgen -d -- "$cur") )
+ IFS=$' \t\n'
+ # CDPATH+directories in the current directory if not in CDPATH
+ else
+ IFS=$'\n'
+ _skipdot=false
+ # preprocess CDPATH to convert null directory names to .
+ _cdpath=$@{CDPATH/#:/.:@}
+ _cdpath=$@{_cdpath//::/:.:@}
+ _cdpath=$@{_cdpath/%:/:.@}
+ for i in $@{_cdpath//:/$'\n'@}; do
+ if [[ $i -ef . ]]; then _skipdot=true; fi
+ k="$@{#COMPREPLY[@@]@}"
+ for j in $( compgen -d -- "$i/$cur" ); do
+ COMPREPLY[k++]=$@{j#$i/@} # cut off directory
+ done
+ done
+ $_skipdot || COMPREPLY+=( $(compgen -d -- "$cur") )
+ IFS=$' \t\n'
+ fi
+
+ # variable names if appropriate shell option set and no completions
+ if shopt -q cdable_vars && [[ $@{#COMPREPLY[@@]@} -eq 0 ]]; then
+ COMPREPLY=( $(compgen -v -- "$cur") )
+ fi
+
+ return 0
+@}
+@end example
+
+We install the completion function using the @option{-F} option to
+@code{complete}:
+
+@example
+# Tell readline to quote appropriate and append slashes to directories;
+# use the bash default completion for other arguments
+complete -o filenames -o nospace -o bashdefault -F _comp_cd cd
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Since we'd like Bash and Readline to take care of some
+of the other details for us, we use several other options to tell Bash
+and Readline what to do. The @option{-o filenames} option tells Readline
+that the possible completions should be treated as filenames, and quoted
+appropriately. That option will also cause Readline to append a slash to
+filenames it can determine are directories (which is why we might want to
+extend @code{_comp_cd} to append a slash if we're using directories found
+via @var{CDPATH}: Readline can't tell those completions are directories).
+The @option{-o nospace} option tells Readline to not append a space
+character to the directory name, in case we want to append to it.
+The @option{-o bashdefault} option brings in the rest of the "Bash default"
+completions -- possible completion that Bash adds to the default Readline
+set. These include things like command name completion, variable completion
+for words beginning with @samp{@{}, completions containing pathname
+expansion patterns (@pxref{Filename Expansion}), and so on.
+
+Once installed using @code{complete}, @code{_comp_cd} will be called every
+time we attempt word completion for a @code{cd} command.
+
+Many more examples -- an extensive collection of completions for most of
+the common GNU, Unix, and Linux commands -- are available as part of the
+bash_completion project. This is installed by default on many GNU/Linux
+distributions. Originally written by Ian Macdonald, the project now lives
+at @url{http://bash-completion.alioth.debian.org/}. There are ports for
+other systems such as Solaris and Mac OS X.
+
+An older version of the bash_completion package is distributed with bash
+in the @file{examples/complete} subdirectory.
+
+@end ifset
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b575438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rluserman.info
+@settitle GNU Readline Library
+@include version.texi
+
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@copying
+This manual describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the
+consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide
+a command line interface.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988--2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* RLuserman: (rluserman). The GNU readline library User's Manual.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Readline Library User Interface
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU Readline Library
+
+This document describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library,
+a utility which aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete
+programs which provide a command line interface.
+The Readline home page is @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/}.
+
+@menu
+* Command Line Editing:: GNU Readline User's Manual.
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@include rluser.texi
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/version.texi b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..576c35c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+@ignore
+Copyright (C) 1988-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@end ignore
+
+@set EDITION 8.0
+@set VERSION 8.0
+@set UPDATED 30 November 2018
+@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2018
+
+@set LASTCHANGE Fri Nov 30 22:50:53 EST 2018
diff --git a/lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c b/lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5e53f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,872 @@
+/* emacs_keymap.c -- the keymap for emacs_mode in readline (). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (BUFSIZ)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* !BUFSIZ */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+
+/* An array of function pointers, one for each possible key.
+ If the type byte is ISKMAP, then the pointer is the address of
+ a keymap. */
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_standard_keymap = {
+
+ /* Control keys. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_set_mark }, /* Control-@ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_beg_of_line }, /* Control-a */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char }, /* Control-b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_delete }, /* Control-d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_end_of_line }, /* Control-e */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_char }, /* Control-f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_abort }, /* Control-g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_rubout }, /* Control-h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_complete }, /* Control-i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_newline }, /* Control-j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_kill_line }, /* Control-k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_clear_screen }, /* Control-l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_newline }, /* Control-m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history }, /* Control-n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-o */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history }, /* Control-p */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert }, /* Control-q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_reverse_search_history }, /* Control-r */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_search_history }, /* Control-s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_chars }, /* Control-t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_unix_line_discard }, /* Control-u */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert }, /* Control-v */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_unix_word_rubout }, /* Control-w */
+ { ISKMAP, (rl_command_func_t *)emacs_ctlx_keymap }, /* Control-x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank }, /* Control-y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-z */
+ { ISKMAP, (rl_command_func_t *)emacs_meta_keymap }, /* Control-[ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_char_search }, /* Control-] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_undo_command }, /* Control-_ */
+
+ /* The start of printing characters. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* SPACE */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ! */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* " */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* # */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* $ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* % */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* & */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ' */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ( */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* * */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* + */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* , */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* - */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* . */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* / */
+
+ /* Regular digits. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 0 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 1 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 2 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 3 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 4 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 5 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 6 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 7 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 8 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 9 */
+
+ /* A little more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* : */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ; */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* < */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* = */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* > */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* @ */
+
+ /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* A */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* B */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* C */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* D */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* E */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* F */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* G */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* H */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* I */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* J */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* K */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* L */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* M */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* N */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* O */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* P */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* R */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* S */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* T */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* U */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* V */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* W */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* X */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Z */
+
+ /* Some more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* [ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* \ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ] */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* _ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ` */
+
+ /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* a */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* b */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* e */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* n */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* o */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* p */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* r */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* u */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* v */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* w */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* z */
+
+ /* Final punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* { */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* | */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* } */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ~ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_rubout }, /* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Pure 8-bit characters (128 - 159).
+ These might be used in some
+ character sets. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+
+ /* ISO Latin-1 characters (160 - 255) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* No-break space */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Inverted exclamation mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Cent sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Pound sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Currency sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Yen sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Broken bar */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Section sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Copyright sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Feminine ordinal indicator */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Left pointing double angle quotation mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Not sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Soft hyphen */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Registered sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Macron */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Degree sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Plus-minus sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Superscript two */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Superscript three */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Acute accent */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Micro sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Pilcrow sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Middle dot */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Cedilla */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Superscript one */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Masculine ordinal indicator */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Right pointing double angle quotation mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Vulgar fraction one quarter */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Vulgar fraction one half */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Vulgar fraction three quarters */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Inverted questionk mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with ring above */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter ae */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter c with cedilla */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter eth (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter n with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Multiplication sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with stroke */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter Y with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter sharp s (German) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with ring above */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter ae */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter c with cedilla */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter eth (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter n with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Division sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with stroke */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter y with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert } /* Latin small letter y with diaeresis */
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_meta_keymap = {
+
+ /* Meta keys. Just like above, but the high bit is set. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-@ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-a */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-c */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-d */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-e */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_abort }, /* Meta-Control-g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_word }, /* Meta-Control-h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_tab_insert }, /* Meta-Control-i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_editing_mode }, /* Meta-Control-j */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-k */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_editing_mode }, /* Meta-Control-m */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-o */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_revert_line }, /* Meta-Control-r */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-s */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-t */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-v */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-w */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank_nth_arg }, /* Meta-Control-y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-z */
+
+ { ISFUNC, rl_complete }, /* Meta-Control-[ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char_search }, /* Meta-Control-] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-Control-_ */
+
+ /* The start of printing characters. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_set_mark }, /* Meta-SPACE */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-! */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-" */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert_comment }, /* Meta-# */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-$ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-% */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_tilde_expand }, /* Meta-& */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-' */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-( */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert_completions }, /* Meta-* */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-+ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-, */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-- */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank_last_arg}, /* Meta-. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-/ */
+
+ /* Regular digits. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-0 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-1 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-2 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-3 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-4 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-5 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-6 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-7 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-8 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, /* Meta-9 */
+
+ /* A little more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-: */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-; */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_beginning_of_history }, /* Meta-< */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_possible_completions }, /* Meta-= */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_end_of_history }, /* Meta-> */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_possible_completions }, /* Meta-? */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-@ */
+
+ /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-A */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-B */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-C */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-D */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-E */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-F */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-G */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-H */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-I */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-J */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-K */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-L */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-M */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-N */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-O */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-P */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-Q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-R */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-S */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-T */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-U */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-V */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-W */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-X */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-Y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Meta-Z */
+
+ /* Some more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-[ */ /* was rl_arrow_keys */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_delete_horizontal_space }, /* Meta-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank_last_arg }, /* Meta-_ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-` */
+
+ /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-a */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_word }, /* Meta-b */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_capitalize_word }, /* Meta-c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_kill_word }, /* Meta-d */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-e */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_word }, /* Meta-f */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-g */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-h */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-i */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-j */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_downcase_word }, /* Meta-l */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_noninc_forward_search }, /* Meta-n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-o */ /* was rl_arrow_keys */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_noninc_reverse_search }, /* Meta-p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_revert_line }, /* Meta-r */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_words }, /* Meta-t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_upcase_word }, /* Meta-u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-v */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-w */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank_pop }, /* Meta-y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-z */
+
+ /* Final punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-{ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-| */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Meta-} */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_tilde_expand }, /* Meta-~ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_word }, /* Meta-rubout */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Undefined keys. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_ctlx_keymap = {
+
+ /* Control keys. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-@ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-a */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-c */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-d */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-e */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_abort }, /* Control-g */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-h */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-i */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-j */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-k */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-l */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-m */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-o */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_re_read_init_file }, /* Control-r */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-s */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_undo_command }, /* Control-u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-v */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-w */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_exchange_point_and_mark }, /* Control-x */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-z */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-[ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-_ */
+
+ /* The start of printing characters. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* SPACE */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ! */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* " */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* # */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* $ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* % */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* & */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ' */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_start_kbd_macro }, /* ( */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_end_kbd_macro }, /* ) */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* * */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* + */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* , */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* - */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* . */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* / */
+
+ /* Regular digits. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 0 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 1 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 2 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 3 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 4 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 5 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 6 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 7 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 8 */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* 9 */
+
+ /* A little more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* : */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ; */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* < */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* = */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* > */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* @ */
+
+ /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* A */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* B */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* C */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* D */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* E */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* F */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* G */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* H */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* I */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* J */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* K */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* L */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* M */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* N */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* O */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* P */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* R */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* S */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* T */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* U */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* V */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* W */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* X */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Z */
+
+ /* Some more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* [ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* \ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ^ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* _ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ` */
+
+ /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* a */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* c */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_call_last_kbd_macro }, /* e */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* f */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* g */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* h */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* i */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* j */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* k */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* l */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* m */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* o */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* q */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* r */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* s */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* t */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* v */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* w */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* x */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* z */
+
+ /* Final punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* { */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* | */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* } */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ~ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_line }, /* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Undefined keys. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/Inputrc b/lib/readline/examples/Inputrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a358bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/Inputrc
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# My ~/.inputrc file is in -*- text -*- for easy editing with Emacs.
+#
+# Notice the various bindings which are conditionalized depending
+# on which program is running, or what terminal is active.
+#
+
+# Copyright (C) 1989-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+# In all programs, all terminals, make sure this is bound.
+"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
+
+# Hp terminals (and some others) have ugly default behaviour for C-h.
+"\C-h": backward-delete-char
+"\e\C-h": backward-kill-word
+"\C-xd": dump-functions
+
+# In xterm windows, make the arrow keys do the right thing.
+$if TERM=xterm
+"\e[A": previous-history
+"\e[B": next-history
+"\e[C": forward-char
+"\e[D": backward-char
+
+# alternate arrow key prefix
+"\eOA": previous-history
+"\eOB": next-history
+"\eOC": forward-char
+"\eOD": backward-char
+
+# Under Xterm in Bash, we bind local Function keys to do something useful.
+$if Bash
+"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
+"\e[12~": "Function Key 2"
+"\e[13~": "Function Key 3"
+"\e[14~": "Function Key 4"
+"\e[15~": "Function Key 5"
+
+# I know the following escape sequence numbers are 1 greater than
+# the function key. Don't ask me why, I didn't design the xterm terminal.
+"\e[17~": "Function Key 6"
+"\e[18~": "Function Key 7"
+"\e[19~": "Function Key 8"
+"\e[20~": "Function Key 9"
+"\e[21~": "Function Key 10"
+$endif
+$endif
+
+# For Bash, all terminals, add some Bash specific hacks.
+$if Bash
+"\C-xv": show-bash-version
+"\C-x\C-e": shell-expand-line
+
+# Here is one for editing my path.
+"\C-xp": "$PATH\C-x\C-e\C-e\"\C-aPATH=\":\C-b"
+
+# Make C-x r read my mail in emacs.
+# "\C-xr": "emacs -f rmail\C-j"
+$endif
+
+# For FTP, different hacks:
+$if Ftp
+"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
+"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
+"\M-.": yank-last-arg
+$endif
+
+" ": self-insert
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/Makefile b/lib/readline/examples/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2df2240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# This is the Makefile for the examples subdirectory of readline. -*- text -*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+EXECUTABLES = fileman rltest rl
+CFLAGS = -g -I../.. -I.. -DREADLINE_LIBRARY
+LDFLAGS = -g -L..
+
+.c.o:
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
+
+all: $(EXECUTABLES)
+
+
+rl: rl.o
+ $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ rl.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+fileman: fileman.o
+ $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ fileman.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+rltest: rltest.o
+ $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ rltest.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+rlcat: rlcat.o
+ $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ rlcat.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+fileman.o: fileman.c
+rltest.o: rltest.c
+rl.o: rl.c
+rlcat.o: rlcat.c
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/excallback.c b/lib/readline/examples/excallback.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4206acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/excallback.c
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/*
+From: Jeff Solomon <jsolomon@stanford.edu>
+Date: Fri, 9 Apr 1999 10:13:27 -0700 (PDT)
+To: chet@po.cwru.edu
+Subject: new readline example
+Message-ID: <14094.12094.527305.199695@mrclean.Stanford.EDU>
+
+Chet,
+
+I've been using readline 4.0. Specifically, I've been using the perl
+version Term::ReadLine::Gnu. It works great.
+
+Anyway, I've been playing around the alternate interface and I wanted
+to contribute a little C program, callback.c, to you that you could
+use as an example of the alternate interface in the /examples
+directory of the readline distribution.
+
+My example shows how, using the alternate interface, you can
+interactively change the prompt (which is very nice imo). Also, I
+point out that you must roll your own terminal setting when using the
+alternate interface because readline depreps (using your parlance) the
+terminal while in the user callback. I try to demostrate what I mean
+with an example. I've included the program below.
+
+To compile, I just put the program in the examples directory and made
+the appropriate changes to the EXECUTABLES and OBJECTS line and added
+an additional target 'callback'.
+
+I compiled on my Sun Solaris2.6 box using Sun's cc.
+
+Let me know what you think.
+
+Jeff
+*/
+/*
+Copyright (C) 1999 Jeff Solomon
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <termios.h> /* xxx - should make this more general */
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+# include "readline.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+
+/* This little examples demonstrates the alternate interface to using readline.
+ * In the alternate interface, the user maintains control over program flow and
+ * only calls readline when STDIN is readable. Using the alternate interface,
+ * you can do anything else while still using readline (like talking to a
+ * network or another program) without blocking.
+ *
+ * Specifically, this program highlights two importants features of the
+ * alternate interface. The first is the ability to interactively change the
+ * prompt, which can't be done using the regular interface since rl_prompt is
+ * read-only.
+ *
+ * The second feature really highlights a subtle point when using the alternate
+ * interface. That is, readline will not alter the terminal when inside your
+ * callback handler. So let's so, your callback executes a user command that
+ * takes a non-trivial amount of time to complete (seconds). While your
+ * executing the command, the user continues to type keystrokes and expects them
+ * to be re-echoed on the new prompt when it returns. Unfortunately, the default
+ * terminal configuration doesn't do this. After the prompt returns, the user
+ * must hit one additional keystroke and then will see all of his previous
+ * keystrokes. To illustrate this, compile and run this program. Type "sleep" at
+ * the prompt and then type "bar" before the prompt returns (you have 3
+ * seconds). Notice how "bar" is re-echoed on the prompt after the prompt
+ * returns? This is what you expect to happen. Now comment out the 4 lines below
+ * the line that says COMMENT LINE BELOW. Recompile and rerun the program and do
+ * the same thing. When the prompt returns, you should not see "bar". Now type
+ * "f", see how "barf" magically appears? This behavior is un-expected and not
+ * desired.
+ */
+
+void process_line(char *line);
+int change_prompt(void);
+char *get_prompt(void);
+
+int prompt = 1;
+char prompt_buf[40], line_buf[256];
+tcflag_t old_lflag;
+cc_t old_vtime;
+struct termios term;
+
+int
+main()
+{
+ fd_set fds;
+
+ /* Adjust the terminal slightly before the handler is installed. Disable
+ * canonical mode processing and set the input character time flag to be
+ * non-blocking.
+ */
+ if( tcgetattr(STDIN_FILENO, &term) < 0 ) {
+ perror("tcgetattr");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ old_lflag = term.c_lflag;
+ old_vtime = term.c_cc[VTIME];
+ term.c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+ term.c_cc[VTIME] = 1;
+ /* COMMENT LINE BELOW - see above */
+ if( tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &term) < 0 ) {
+ perror("tcsetattr");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ rl_add_defun("change-prompt", change_prompt, CTRL('t'));
+ rl_callback_handler_install(get_prompt(), process_line);
+
+ while(1) {
+ FD_ZERO(&fds);
+ FD_SET(fileno(stdin), &fds);
+
+ if( select(FD_SETSIZE, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 0) {
+ perror("select");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if( FD_ISSET(fileno(stdin), &fds) ) {
+ rl_callback_read_char();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+process_line(char *line)
+{
+ if( line == NULL ) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n", line);
+
+ /* reset the old terminal setting before exiting */
+ term.c_lflag = old_lflag;
+ term.c_cc[VTIME] = old_vtime;
+ if( tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &term) < 0 ) {
+ perror("tcsetattr");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ exit(0);
+ }
+
+ if( strcmp(line, "sleep") == 0 ) {
+ sleep(3);
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "|%s|\n", line);
+ }
+
+ free (line);
+}
+
+int
+change_prompt(void)
+{
+ /* toggle the prompt variable */
+ prompt = !prompt;
+
+ /* save away the current contents of the line */
+ strcpy(line_buf, rl_line_buffer);
+
+ /* install a new handler which will change the prompt and erase the current line */
+ rl_callback_handler_install(get_prompt(), process_line);
+
+ /* insert the old text on the new line */
+ rl_insert_text(line_buf);
+
+ /* redraw the current line - this is an undocumented function. It invokes the
+ * redraw-current-line command.
+ */
+ rl_refresh_line(0, 0);
+}
+
+char *
+get_prompt(void)
+{
+ /* The prompts can even be different lengths! */
+ sprintf(prompt_buf, "%s",
+ prompt ? "Hit ctrl-t to toggle prompt> " : "Pretty cool huh?> ");
+ return prompt_buf;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/fileman.c b/lib/readline/examples/fileman.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c821df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/fileman.c
@@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
+/* fileman.c - file manager example for readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
+ GNU Readline library. This application interactively allows users
+ to manipulate files and their modes. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+# include "readline.h"
+# include "history.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
+
+void initialize_readline PARAMS((void));
+void too_dangerous PARAMS((char *));
+
+int execute_line PARAMS((char *));
+int valid_argument PARAMS((char *, char *));
+
+/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
+int com_list PARAMS((char *));
+int com_view PARAMS((char *));
+int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
+int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
+int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
+int com_help PARAMS((char *));
+int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
+ can understand. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *name; /* User printable name of the function. */
+ rl_icpfunc_t *func; /* Function to call to do the job. */
+ char *doc; /* Documentation for this function. */
+} COMMAND;
+
+COMMAND commands[] = {
+ { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
+ { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
+ { "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
+ { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
+ { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
+ { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
+ { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
+ { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
+ { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
+ { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
+ { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
+ { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+char *stripwhite ();
+COMMAND *find_command ();
+
+/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
+char *progname;
+
+/* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
+int done;
+
+char *
+dupstr (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ char *r;
+
+ r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+ strcpy (r, s);
+ return (r);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *line, *s;
+
+ progname = argv[0];
+
+ initialize_readline (); /* Bind our completer. */
+
+ /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
+ for ( ; done == 0; )
+ {
+ line = readline ("FileMan: ");
+
+ if (!line)
+ break;
+
+ /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
+ Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
+ and execute it. */
+ s = stripwhite (line);
+
+ if (*s)
+ {
+ add_history (s);
+ execute_line (s);
+ }
+
+ free (line);
+ }
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+/* Execute a command line. */
+int
+execute_line (line)
+ char *line;
+{
+ register int i;
+ COMMAND *command;
+ char *word;
+
+ /* Isolate the command word. */
+ i = 0;
+ while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+ word = line + i;
+
+ while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+
+ if (line[i])
+ line[i++] = '\0';
+
+ command = find_command (word);
+
+ if (!command)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* Get argument to command, if any. */
+ while (whitespace (line[i]))
+ i++;
+
+ word = line + i;
+
+ /* Call the function. */
+ return ((*(command->func)) (word));
+}
+
+/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
+ command. Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
+COMMAND *
+find_command (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
+ return (&commands[i]);
+
+ return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING. Return a pointer
+ into STRING. */
+char *
+stripwhite (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+
+ for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
+ ;
+
+ if (*s == 0)
+ return (s);
+
+ t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
+ while (t > s && whitespace (*t))
+ t--;
+ *++t = '\0';
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Interface to Readline Completion */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
+char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete. We want to try to complete
+ on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
+ if not. */
+void
+initialize_readline ()
+{
+ /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
+ rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
+
+ /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT. START and END bound the
+ region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete. TEXT is
+ the word to complete. We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
+ in case we want to do some simple parsing. Return the array of matches,
+ or NULL if there aren't any. */
+char **
+fileman_completion (text, start, end)
+ const char *text;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ char **matches;
+
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
+ to complete. Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
+ directory. */
+ if (start == 0)
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
+
+ return (matches);
+}
+
+/* Generator function for command completion. STATE lets us know whether
+ to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
+ start at the top of the list. */
+char *
+command_generator (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static int list_index, len;
+ char *name;
+
+ /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now. This includes
+ saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
+ variable to 0. */
+ if (!state)
+ {
+ list_index = 0;
+ len = strlen (text);
+ }
+
+ /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
+ while (name = commands[list_index].name)
+ {
+ list_index++;
+
+ if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
+ return (dupstr(name));
+ }
+
+ /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* FileMan Commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* String to pass to system (). This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
+ commands. */
+static char syscom[1024];
+
+/* List the file(s) named in arg. */
+int
+com_list (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ if (!arg)
+ arg = "";
+
+ sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
+ return (system (syscom));
+}
+
+int
+com_view (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
+ return 1;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
+ sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
+#else
+ sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
+#endif
+ return (system (syscom));
+}
+
+int
+com_rename (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ too_dangerous ("rename");
+ return (1);
+}
+
+int
+com_stat (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
+ return (1);
+
+ if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1)
+ {
+ perror (arg);
+ return (1);
+ }
+
+ printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
+
+ printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
+ arg,
+ finfo.st_nlink,
+ (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
+ finfo.st_size,
+ (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
+ printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime));
+ printf (" Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime));
+ printf (" Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime));
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+com_delete (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ too_dangerous ("delete");
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
+ not present. */
+int
+com_help (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int printed = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
+ {
+ printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
+ printed++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!printed)
+ {
+ printf ("No commands match `%s'. Possibilties are:\n", arg);
+
+ for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ /* Print in six columns. */
+ if (printed == 6)
+ {
+ printed = 0;
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
+ printed++;
+ }
+
+ if (printed)
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Change to the directory ARG. */
+int
+com_cd (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ if (chdir (arg) == -1)
+ {
+ perror (arg);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ com_pwd ("");
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Print out the current working directory. */
+int
+com_pwd (ignore)
+ char *ignore;
+{
+ char dir[1024], *s;
+
+ s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
+ if (s == 0)
+ {
+ printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* The user wishes to quit using this program. Just set DONE non-zero. */
+int
+com_quit (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ done = 1;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
+void
+too_dangerous (caller)
+ char *caller;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute. Write it yourself.\n",
+ caller);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
+ an error message and return zero. */
+int
+valid_argument (caller, arg)
+ char *caller, *arg;
+{
+ if (!arg || !*arg)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c b/lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b43674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* histexamp.c - history library example program. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+# include "history.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char line[1024], *t;
+ int len, done;
+
+ line[0] = 0;
+ done = 0;
+
+ using_history ();
+ while (!done)
+ {
+ printf ("history$ ");
+ fflush (stdout);
+ t = fgets (line, sizeof (line) - 1, stdin);
+ if (t && *t)
+ {
+ len = strlen (t);
+ if (t[len - 1] == '\n')
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (!t)
+ strcpy (line, "quit");
+
+ if (line[0])
+ {
+ char *expansion;
+ int result;
+
+ using_history ();
+
+ result = history_expand (line, &expansion);
+ if (result)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion);
+
+ if (result < 0 || result == 2)
+ {
+ free (expansion);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ add_history (expansion);
+ strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1);
+ free (expansion);
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0)
+ done = 1;
+ else if (strcmp (line, "save") == 0)
+ write_history ("history_file");
+ else if (strcmp (line, "read") == 0)
+ read_history ("history_file");
+ else if (strcmp (line, "list") == 0)
+ {
+ register HIST_ENTRY **the_list;
+ register int i;
+ time_t tt;
+ char timestr[128];
+
+ the_list = history_list ();
+ if (the_list)
+ for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++)
+ {
+ tt = history_get_time (the_list[i]);
+ if (tt)
+ strftime (timestr, sizeof (timestr), "%a %R", localtime(&tt));
+ else
+ strcpy (timestr, "??");
+ printf ("%d: %s: %s\n", i + history_base, timestr, the_list[i]->line);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strncmp (line, "delete", 6) == 0)
+ {
+ int which;
+ if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1)
+ {
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which);
+ if (!entry)
+ fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which);
+ else
+ {
+ free (entry->line);
+ free (entry);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c b/lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..351c628
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* manexamp.c -- The examples which appear in the documentation are here. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <readline/readline.h>
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* How to Emulate gets () */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* A static variable for holding the line. */
+static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it. Returns NULL on EOF. */
+char *
+rl_gets ()
+{
+ /* If the buffer has already been allocated, return the memory
+ to the free pool. */
+ if (line_read)
+ {
+ free (line_read);
+ line_read = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Get a line from the user. */
+ line_read = readline ("");
+
+ /* If the line has any text in it, save it on the history. */
+ if (line_read && *line_read)
+ add_history (line_read);
+
+ return (line_read);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Writing a Function to be Called by Readline. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
+invert_case_line (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ register int start, end;
+
+ start = rl_point;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ {
+ direction = -1;
+ count = -count;
+ }
+ else
+ direction = 1;
+
+ /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
+ end = start + (count * direction);
+
+ /* Force it to be within range. */
+ if (end > rl_end)
+ end = rl_end;
+ else if (end < 0)
+ end = -1;
+
+ if (start > end)
+ {
+ int temp = start;
+ start = end;
+ end = temp;
+ }
+
+ if (start == end)
+ return;
+
+ /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line, so save the undo
+ information. */
+ rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+ for (; start != end; start += direction)
+ {
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[start]))
+ rl_line_buffer[start] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[start]);
+ else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[start]))
+ rl_line_buffer[start] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[start]);
+ }
+
+ /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
+ rl_point = end - direction;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rl-callbacktest.c b/lib/readline/examples/rl-callbacktest.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f00e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rl-callbacktest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Used for select(2) */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Standard readline include files. */
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+# include "readline.h"
+# include "history.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern int errno;
+
+static void cb_linehandler (char *);
+
+int running;
+const char *prompt = "rltest$ ";
+
+/* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF
+ seen, or EOF character read. This sets a flag and returns; it could
+ also call exit(3). */
+static void
+cb_linehandler (char *line)
+{
+ /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */
+ if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)
+ {
+ if (line == 0)
+ printf ("\n");
+ printf ("exit\n");
+ /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings,
+ and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from
+ being displayed. */
+ rl_callback_handler_remove ();
+
+ running = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*line)
+ add_history (line);
+ printf ("input line: %s\n", line);
+ free (line);
+ }
+}
+
+int
+main (int c, char **v)
+{
+ fd_set fds;
+ int r;
+
+ /* Install the line handler. */
+ rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler);
+
+ /* Enter a simple event loop. This waits until something is available
+ to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and
+ calls the builtin character read callback to read it. It does not
+ have to modify the user's terminal settings. */
+ running = 1;
+ while (running)
+ {
+ FD_ZERO (&fds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &fds);
+
+ r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ if (r < 0 && errno != EINTR)
+ {
+ perror ("rltest: select");
+ rl_callback_handler_remove ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &fds))
+ rl_callback_read_char ();
+ }
+
+ printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n");
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rl.c b/lib/readline/examples/rl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5cf276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+ * rl - command-line interface to read a line from the standard input
+ * (or another fd) using readline.
+ *
+ * usage: rl [-p prompt] [-u unit] [-d default] [-n nchars]
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern void exit();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+# include "posixstat.h"
+# include "readline.h"
+# include "history.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern int optind;
+extern char *optarg;
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strrchr();
+#endif
+
+static char *progname;
+static char *deftext;
+
+static int
+set_deftext ()
+{
+ if (deftext)
+ {
+ rl_insert_text (deftext);
+ deftext = (char *)NULL;
+ rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+usage()
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: usage: %s [-p prompt] [-u unit] [-d default] [-n nchars]\n",
+ progname, progname);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *temp, *prompt;
+ struct stat sb;
+ int opt, fd, nch;
+ FILE *ifp;
+
+ progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+ if (progname == 0)
+ progname = argv[0];
+ else
+ progname++;
+
+ /* defaults */
+ prompt = "readline$ ";
+ fd = nch = 0;
+ deftext = (char *)0;
+
+ while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "p:u:d:n:")) != EOF)
+ {
+ switch (opt)
+ {
+ case 'p':
+ prompt = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ fd = atoi(optarg);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: bad file descriptor `%s'\n", progname, optarg);
+ exit (2);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ deftext = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ nch = atoi(optarg);
+ if (nch < 0)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: bad value for -n: `%s'\n", progname, optarg);
+ exit (2);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage ();
+ exit (2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (fd != 0)
+ {
+ if (fstat (fd, &sb) < 0)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: %d: bad file descriptor\n", progname, fd);
+ exit (1);
+ }
+ ifp = fdopen (fd, "r");
+ rl_instream = ifp;
+ }
+
+ if (deftext && *deftext)
+ rl_startup_hook = set_deftext;
+
+ if (nch > 0)
+ rl_num_chars_to_read = nch;
+
+ temp = readline (prompt);
+
+ /* Test for EOF. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ exit (1);
+
+ printf ("%s\n", temp);
+ exit (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c b/lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b494241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ * rlcat - cat(1) using readline
+ *
+ * usage: rlcat
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern void exit();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+# include "readline.h"
+# include "history.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern int optind;
+extern char *optarg;
+
+static int stdcat();
+
+static char *progname;
+static int vflag;
+
+static void
+usage()
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: usage: %s [-vEVN] [filename]\n", progname, progname);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ int opt, Vflag, Nflag;
+
+ progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+ if (progname == 0)
+ progname = argv[0];
+ else
+ progname++;
+
+ vflag = Vflag = Nflag = 0;
+ while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "vEVN")) != EOF)
+ {
+ switch (opt)
+ {
+ case 'v':
+ vflag = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'V':
+ Vflag = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'E':
+ Vflag = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'N':
+ Nflag = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage ();
+ exit (2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ argc -= optind;
+ argv += optind;
+
+ if (isatty(0) == 0 || argc || Nflag)
+ return stdcat(argc, argv);
+
+ rl_variable_bind ("editing-mode", Vflag ? "vi" : "emacs");
+ while (temp = readline (""))
+ {
+ if (*temp)
+ add_history (temp);
+ printf ("%s\n", temp);
+ }
+
+ return (ferror (stdout));
+}
+
+static int
+fcopy(fp)
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ int c;
+ char *x;
+
+ while ((c = getc(fp)) != EOF)
+ {
+ if (vflag && isascii ((unsigned char)c) && isprint((unsigned char)c) == 0)
+ {
+ x = rl_untranslate_keyseq (c);
+ if (fputs (x, stdout) == EOF)
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (putchar (c) == EOF)
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return (ferror (stdout));
+}
+
+int
+stdcat (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int i, fd, r;
+ char *s;
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ if (argc == 0)
+ return (fcopy(stdin));
+
+ for (i = 0, r = 1; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ if (*argv[i] == '-' && argv[i][1] == 0)
+ fp = stdin;
+ else
+ {
+ fp = fopen (argv[i], "r");
+ if (fp == 0)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: cannot open: %s\n", progname, argv[i], strerror(errno));
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ r = fcopy (fp);
+ if (fp != stdin)
+ fclose(fp);
+ }
+ return r;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rltest.c b/lib/readline/examples/rltest.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78e2608
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rltest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Testing Readline */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern void exit();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+# include "readline.h"
+# include "history.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern HIST_ENTRY **history_list ();
+
+main ()
+{
+ char *temp, *prompt;
+ int done;
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ prompt = "readline$ ";
+ done = 0;
+
+ while (!done)
+ {
+ temp = readline (prompt);
+
+ /* Test for EOF. */
+ if (!temp)
+ exit (1);
+
+ /* If there is anything on the line, print it and remember it. */
+ if (*temp)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s\r\n", temp);
+ add_history (temp);
+ }
+
+ /* Check for `command' that we handle. */
+ if (strcmp (temp, "quit") == 0)
+ done = 1;
+
+ if (strcmp (temp, "list") == 0)
+ {
+ HIST_ENTRY **list;
+ register int i;
+
+ list = history_list ();
+ if (list)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; list[i]; i++)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%d: %s\r\n", i, list[i]->line);
+ }
+ }
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ exit (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/funmap.c b/lib/readline/funmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaf144d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/funmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* funmap.c -- attach names to functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (BUFSIZ)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* BUFSIZ */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+extern int _rl_qsort_string_compare PARAMS((char **, char **));
+
+FUNMAP **funmap;
+static int funmap_size;
+static int funmap_entry;
+
+/* After initializing the function map, this is the index of the first
+ program specific function. */
+int funmap_program_specific_entry_start;
+
+static const FUNMAP default_funmap[] = {
+ { "abort", rl_abort },
+ { "accept-line", rl_newline },
+ { "arrow-key-prefix", rl_arrow_keys },
+ { "backward-byte", rl_backward_byte },
+ { "backward-char", rl_backward_char },
+ { "backward-delete-char", rl_rubout },
+ { "backward-kill-line", rl_backward_kill_line },
+ { "backward-kill-word", rl_backward_kill_word },
+ { "backward-word", rl_backward_word },
+ { "beginning-of-history", rl_beginning_of_history },
+ { "beginning-of-line", rl_beg_of_line },
+ { "bracketed-paste-begin", rl_bracketed_paste_begin },
+ { "call-last-kbd-macro", rl_call_last_kbd_macro },
+ { "capitalize-word", rl_capitalize_word },
+ { "character-search", rl_char_search },
+ { "character-search-backward", rl_backward_char_search },
+ { "clear-screen", rl_clear_screen },
+ { "complete", rl_complete },
+ { "copy-backward-word", rl_copy_backward_word },
+ { "copy-forward-word", rl_copy_forward_word },
+ { "copy-region-as-kill", rl_copy_region_to_kill },
+ { "delete-char", rl_delete },
+ { "delete-char-or-list", rl_delete_or_show_completions },
+ { "delete-horizontal-space", rl_delete_horizontal_space },
+ { "digit-argument", rl_digit_argument },
+ { "do-lowercase-version", rl_do_lowercase_version },
+ { "downcase-word", rl_downcase_word },
+ { "dump-functions", rl_dump_functions },
+ { "dump-macros", rl_dump_macros },
+ { "dump-variables", rl_dump_variables },
+ { "emacs-editing-mode", rl_emacs_editing_mode },
+ { "end-kbd-macro", rl_end_kbd_macro },
+ { "end-of-history", rl_end_of_history },
+ { "end-of-line", rl_end_of_line },
+ { "exchange-point-and-mark", rl_exchange_point_and_mark },
+ { "forward-backward-delete-char", rl_rubout_or_delete },
+ { "forward-byte", rl_forward_byte },
+ { "forward-char", rl_forward_char },
+ { "forward-search-history", rl_forward_search_history },
+ { "forward-word", rl_forward_word },
+ { "history-search-backward", rl_history_search_backward },
+ { "history-search-forward", rl_history_search_forward },
+ { "history-substring-search-backward", rl_history_substr_search_backward },
+ { "history-substring-search-forward", rl_history_substr_search_forward },
+ { "insert-comment", rl_insert_comment },
+ { "insert-completions", rl_insert_completions },
+ { "kill-whole-line", rl_kill_full_line },
+ { "kill-line", rl_kill_line },
+ { "kill-region", rl_kill_region },
+ { "kill-word", rl_kill_word },
+ { "menu-complete", rl_menu_complete },
+ { "menu-complete-backward", rl_backward_menu_complete },
+ { "next-history", rl_get_next_history },
+ { "next-screen-line", rl_next_screen_line },
+ { "non-incremental-forward-search-history", rl_noninc_forward_search },
+ { "non-incremental-reverse-search-history", rl_noninc_reverse_search },
+ { "non-incremental-forward-search-history-again", rl_noninc_forward_search_again },
+ { "non-incremental-reverse-search-history-again", rl_noninc_reverse_search_again },
+ { "old-menu-complete", rl_old_menu_complete },
+ { "overwrite-mode", rl_overwrite_mode },
+#if defined (_WIN32)
+ { "paste-from-clipboard", rl_paste_from_clipboard },
+#endif
+ { "possible-completions", rl_possible_completions },
+ { "previous-history", rl_get_previous_history },
+ { "previous-screen-line", rl_previous_screen_line },
+ { "print-last-kbd-macro", rl_print_last_kbd_macro },
+ { "quoted-insert", rl_quoted_insert },
+ { "re-read-init-file", rl_re_read_init_file },
+ { "redraw-current-line", rl_refresh_line},
+ { "reverse-search-history", rl_reverse_search_history },
+ { "revert-line", rl_revert_line },
+ { "self-insert", rl_insert },
+ { "set-mark", rl_set_mark },
+ { "skip-csi-sequence", rl_skip_csi_sequence },
+ { "start-kbd-macro", rl_start_kbd_macro },
+ { "tab-insert", rl_tab_insert },
+ { "tilde-expand", rl_tilde_expand },
+ { "transpose-chars", rl_transpose_chars },
+ { "transpose-words", rl_transpose_words },
+ { "tty-status", rl_tty_status },
+ { "undo", rl_undo_command },
+ { "universal-argument", rl_universal_argument },
+ { "unix-filename-rubout", rl_unix_filename_rubout },
+ { "unix-line-discard", rl_unix_line_discard },
+ { "unix-word-rubout", rl_unix_word_rubout },
+ { "upcase-word", rl_upcase_word },
+ { "yank", rl_yank },
+ { "yank-last-arg", rl_yank_last_arg },
+ { "yank-nth-arg", rl_yank_nth_arg },
+ { "yank-pop", rl_yank_pop },
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ { "vi-append-eol", rl_vi_append_eol },
+ { "vi-append-mode", rl_vi_append_mode },
+ { "vi-arg-digit", rl_vi_arg_digit },
+ { "vi-back-to-indent", rl_vi_back_to_indent },
+ { "vi-backward-bigword", rl_vi_bWord },
+ { "vi-backward-word", rl_vi_bword },
+ { "vi-bWord", rl_vi_bWord },
+ { "vi-bword", rl_vi_bword },
+ { "vi-change-case", rl_vi_change_case },
+ { "vi-change-char", rl_vi_change_char },
+ { "vi-change-to", rl_vi_change_to },
+ { "vi-char-search", rl_vi_char_search },
+ { "vi-column", rl_vi_column },
+ { "vi-complete", rl_vi_complete },
+ { "vi-delete", rl_vi_delete },
+ { "vi-delete-to", rl_vi_delete_to },
+ { "vi-eWord", rl_vi_eWord },
+ { "vi-editing-mode", rl_vi_editing_mode },
+ { "vi-end-bigword", rl_vi_eWord },
+ { "vi-end-word", rl_vi_end_word },
+ { "vi-eof-maybe", rl_vi_eof_maybe },
+ { "vi-eword", rl_vi_eword },
+ { "vi-fWord", rl_vi_fWord },
+ { "vi-fetch-history", rl_vi_fetch_history },
+ { "vi-first-print", rl_vi_first_print },
+ { "vi-forward-bigword", rl_vi_fWord },
+ { "vi-forward-word", rl_vi_fword },
+ { "vi-fword", rl_vi_fword },
+ { "vi-goto-mark", rl_vi_goto_mark },
+ { "vi-insert-beg", rl_vi_insert_beg },
+ { "vi-insertion-mode", rl_vi_insert_mode },
+ { "vi-match", rl_vi_match },
+ { "vi-movement-mode", rl_vi_movement_mode },
+ { "vi-next-word", rl_vi_next_word },
+ { "vi-overstrike", rl_vi_overstrike },
+ { "vi-overstrike-delete", rl_vi_overstrike_delete },
+ { "vi-prev-word", rl_vi_prev_word },
+ { "vi-put", rl_vi_put },
+ { "vi-redo", rl_vi_redo },
+ { "vi-replace", rl_vi_replace },
+ { "vi-rubout", rl_vi_rubout },
+ { "vi-search", rl_vi_search },
+ { "vi-search-again", rl_vi_search_again },
+ { "vi-set-mark", rl_vi_set_mark },
+ { "vi-subst", rl_vi_subst },
+ { "vi-tilde-expand", rl_vi_tilde_expand },
+ { "vi-unix-word-rubout", rl_vi_unix_word_rubout },
+ { "vi-yank-arg", rl_vi_yank_arg },
+ { "vi-yank-pop", rl_vi_yank_pop },
+ { "vi-yank-to", rl_vi_yank_to },
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ {(char *)NULL, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL }
+};
+
+int
+rl_add_funmap_entry (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)
+{
+ if (funmap_entry + 2 >= funmap_size)
+ {
+ funmap_size += 64;
+ funmap = (FUNMAP **)xrealloc (funmap, funmap_size * sizeof (FUNMAP *));
+ }
+
+ funmap[funmap_entry] = (FUNMAP *)xmalloc (sizeof (FUNMAP));
+ funmap[funmap_entry]->name = name;
+ funmap[funmap_entry]->function = function;
+
+ funmap[++funmap_entry] = (FUNMAP *)NULL;
+ return funmap_entry;
+}
+
+static int funmap_initialized;
+
+/* Make the funmap contain all of the default entries. */
+void
+rl_initialize_funmap (void)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (funmap_initialized)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; default_funmap[i].name; i++)
+ rl_add_funmap_entry (default_funmap[i].name, default_funmap[i].function);
+
+ funmap_initialized = 1;
+ funmap_program_specific_entry_start = i;
+}
+
+/* Produce a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array
+ is sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside.
+ You should free () the array when you done, but not the pointers. */
+const char **
+rl_funmap_names (void)
+{
+ const char **result;
+ int result_size, result_index;
+
+ /* Make sure that the function map has been initialized. */
+ rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+ for (result_index = result_size = 0, result = (const char **)NULL; funmap[result_index]; result_index++)
+ {
+ if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+ {
+ result_size += 20;
+ result = (const char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+ }
+
+ result[result_index] = funmap[result_index]->name;
+ result[result_index + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ qsort (result, result_index, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+ return (result);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/histexpand.c b/lib/readline/histexpand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adcf5dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histexpand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1685 @@
+/* histexpand.c -- history expansion. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+ routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+ History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with History. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifndef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+#include "chardefs.h"
+
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#define HISTORY_WORD_DELIMITERS " \t\n;&()|<>"
+#define HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS "\"'`"
+#define HISTORY_EVENT_DELIMITERS "^$*%-"
+
+#define slashify_in_quotes "\\`\"$"
+
+#define fielddelim(c) (whitespace(c) || (c) == '\n')
+
+typedef int _hist_search_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+static char error_pointer;
+
+static char *subst_lhs;
+static char *subst_rhs;
+static int subst_lhs_len;
+static int subst_rhs_len;
+
+/* Characters that delimit history event specifications and separate event
+ specifications from word designators. Static for now */
+static char *history_event_delimiter_chars = HISTORY_EVENT_DELIMITERS;
+
+static char *get_history_word_specifier PARAMS((char *, char *, int *));
+static int history_tokenize_word PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static char **history_tokenize_internal PARAMS((const char *, int, int *));
+static char *history_substring PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+static void freewords PARAMS((char **, int));
+static char *history_find_word PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+static char *quote_breaks PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Variables exported by this file. */
+/* The character that represents the start of a history expansion
+ request. This is usually `!'. */
+char history_expansion_char = '!';
+
+/* The character that invokes word substitution if found at the start of
+ a line. This is usually `^'. */
+char history_subst_char = '^';
+
+/* During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character
+ of a word, then it, and all subsequent characters upto a newline are
+ ignored. For a Bourne shell, this should be '#'. Bash special cases
+ the interactive comment character to not be a comment delimiter. */
+char history_comment_char = '\0';
+
+/* The list of characters which inhibit the expansion of text if found
+ immediately following history_expansion_char. */
+char *history_no_expand_chars = " \t\n\r=";
+
+/* If set to a non-zero value, single quotes inhibit history expansion.
+ The default is 0. */
+int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Used to split words by history_tokenize_internal. */
+char *history_word_delimiters = HISTORY_WORD_DELIMITERS;
+
+/* If set, this points to a function that is called to verify that a
+ particular history expansion should be performed. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *history_inhibit_expansion_function;
+
+int history_quoting_state = 0;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* History Expansion */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Hairy history expansion on text, not tokens. This is of general
+ use, and thus belongs in this library. */
+
+/* The last string searched for by a !?string? search. */
+static char *search_string;
+/* The last string matched by a !?string? search. */
+static char *search_match;
+
+/* Return the event specified at TEXT + OFFSET modifying OFFSET to
+ point to after the event specifier. Just a pointer to the history
+ line is returned; NULL is returned in the event of a bad specifier.
+ You pass STRING with *INDEX equal to the history_expansion_char that
+ begins this specification.
+ DELIMITING_QUOTE is a character that is allowed to end the string
+ specification for what to search for in addition to the normal
+ characters `:', ` ', `\t', `\n', and sometimes `?'.
+ So you might call this function like:
+ line = get_history_event ("!echo:p", &index, 0); */
+char *
+get_history_event (const char *string, int *caller_index, int delimiting_quote)
+{
+ register int i;
+ register char c;
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+ int which, sign, local_index, substring_okay;
+ _hist_search_func_t *search_func;
+ char *temp;
+
+ /* The event can be specified in a number of ways.
+
+ !! the previous command
+ !n command line N
+ !-n current command-line minus N
+ !str the most recent command starting with STR
+ !?str[?]
+ the most recent command containing STR
+
+ All values N are determined via HISTORY_BASE. */
+
+ i = *caller_index;
+
+ if (string[i] != history_expansion_char)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* Move on to the specification. */
+ i++;
+
+ sign = 1;
+ substring_okay = 0;
+
+#define RETURN_ENTRY(e, w) \
+ return ((e = history_get (w)) ? e->line : (char *)NULL)
+
+ /* Handle !! case. */
+ if (string[i] == history_expansion_char)
+ {
+ i++;
+ which = history_base + (history_length - 1);
+ *caller_index = i;
+ RETURN_ENTRY (entry, which);
+ }
+
+ /* Hack case of numeric line specification. */
+ if (string[i] == '-')
+ {
+ sign = -1;
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_digit_p (string[i]))
+ {
+ /* Get the extent of the digits and compute the value. */
+ for (which = 0; _rl_digit_p (string[i]); i++)
+ which = (which * 10) + _rl_digit_value (string[i]);
+
+ *caller_index = i;
+
+ if (sign < 0)
+ which = (history_length + history_base) - which;
+
+ RETURN_ENTRY (entry, which);
+ }
+
+ /* This must be something to search for. If the spec begins with
+ a '?', then the string may be anywhere on the line. Otherwise,
+ the string must be found at the start of a line. */
+ if (string[i] == '?')
+ {
+ substring_okay++;
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* Only a closing `?' or a newline delimit a substring search string. */
+ for (local_index = i; c = string[i]; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ int v;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ /* These produce warnings because we're passing a const string to a
+ function that takes a non-const string. */
+ _rl_adjust_point ((char *)string, i, &ps);
+ if ((v = _rl_get_char_len ((char *)string + i, &ps)) > 1)
+ {
+ i += v - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ if ((!substring_okay && (whitespace (c) || c == ':' ||
+ (history_event_delimiter_chars && member (c, history_event_delimiter_chars)) ||
+ (history_search_delimiter_chars && member (c, history_search_delimiter_chars)) ||
+ string[i] == delimiting_quote)) ||
+ string[i] == '\n' ||
+ (substring_okay && string[i] == '?'))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ which = i - local_index;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + which);
+ if (which)
+ strncpy (temp, string + local_index, which);
+ temp[which] = '\0';
+
+ if (substring_okay && string[i] == '?')
+ i++;
+
+ *caller_index = i;
+
+#define FAIL_SEARCH() \
+ do { \
+ history_offset = history_length; xfree (temp) ; return (char *)NULL; \
+ } while (0)
+
+ /* If there is no search string, try to use the previous search string,
+ if one exists. If not, fail immediately. */
+ if (*temp == '\0' && substring_okay)
+ {
+ if (search_string)
+ {
+ xfree (temp);
+ temp = savestring (search_string);
+ }
+ else
+ FAIL_SEARCH ();
+ }
+
+ search_func = substring_okay ? history_search : history_search_prefix;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ local_index = (*search_func) (temp, -1);
+
+ if (local_index < 0)
+ FAIL_SEARCH ();
+
+ if (local_index == 0 || substring_okay)
+ {
+ entry = current_history ();
+ if (entry == 0)
+ FAIL_SEARCH ();
+ history_offset = history_length;
+
+ /* If this was a substring search, then remember the
+ string that we matched for word substitution. */
+ if (substring_okay)
+ {
+ FREE (search_string);
+ search_string = temp;
+
+ FREE (search_match);
+ search_match = history_find_word (entry->line, local_index);
+ }
+ else
+ xfree (temp);
+
+ return (entry->line);
+ }
+
+ if (history_offset)
+ history_offset--;
+ else
+ FAIL_SEARCH ();
+ }
+#undef FAIL_SEARCH
+#undef RETURN_ENTRY
+}
+
+/* Function for extracting single-quoted strings. Used for inhibiting
+ history expansion within single quotes. */
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing
+ to the closing single quote. FLAGS currently used to allow backslash
+ to escape a single quote (e.g., for bash $'...'). */
+static void
+hist_string_extract_single_quoted (char *string, int *sindex, int flags)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = *sindex; string[i] && string[i] != '\''; i++)
+ {
+ if ((flags & 1) && string[i] == '\\' && string[i+1])
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ *sindex = i;
+}
+
+static char *
+quote_breaks (char *s)
+{
+ register char *p, *r;
+ char *ret;
+ int len = 3;
+
+ for (p = s; p && *p; p++, len++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\'')
+ len += 3;
+ else if (whitespace (*p) || *p == '\n')
+ len += 2;
+ }
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (len);
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ for (p = s; p && *p; )
+ {
+ if (*p == '\'')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (whitespace (*p) || *p == '\n')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = *p++;
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ }
+ else
+ *r++ = *p++;
+ }
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+hist_error(char *s, int start, int current, int errtype)
+{
+ char *temp;
+ const char *emsg;
+ int ll, elen;
+
+ ll = current - start;
+
+ switch (errtype)
+ {
+ case EVENT_NOT_FOUND:
+ emsg = "event not found";
+ elen = 15;
+ break;
+ case BAD_WORD_SPEC:
+ emsg = "bad word specifier";
+ elen = 18;
+ break;
+ case SUBST_FAILED:
+ emsg = "substitution failed";
+ elen = 19;
+ break;
+ case BAD_MODIFIER:
+ emsg = "unrecognized history modifier";
+ elen = 29;
+ break;
+ case NO_PREV_SUBST:
+ emsg = "no previous substitution";
+ elen = 24;
+ break;
+ default:
+ emsg = "unknown expansion error";
+ elen = 23;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (ll + elen + 3);
+ strncpy (temp, s + start, ll);
+ temp[ll] = ':';
+ temp[ll + 1] = ' ';
+ strcpy (temp + ll + 2, emsg);
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Get a history substitution string from STR starting at *IPTR
+ and return it. The length is returned in LENPTR.
+
+ A backslash can quote the delimiter. If the string is the
+ empty string, the previous pattern is used. If there is
+ no previous pattern for the lhs, the last history search
+ string is used.
+
+ If IS_RHS is 1, we ignore empty strings and set the pattern
+ to "" anyway. subst_lhs is not changed if the lhs is empty;
+ subst_rhs is allowed to be set to the empty string. */
+
+static char *
+get_subst_pattern (char *str, int *iptr, int delimiter, int is_rhs, int *lenptr)
+{
+ register int si, i, j, k;
+ char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+#endif
+
+ s = (char *)NULL;
+ i = *iptr;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ _rl_adjust_point (str, i, &ps);
+#endif
+
+ for (si = i; str[si] && str[si] != delimiter; si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ int v;
+ if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (str + si, &ps)) > 1)
+ si += v - 1;
+ else if (str[si] == '\\' && str[si + 1] == delimiter)
+ si++;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ if (str[si] == '\\' && str[si + 1] == delimiter)
+ si++;
+
+ if (si > i || is_rhs)
+ {
+ s = (char *)xmalloc (si - i + 1);
+ for (j = 0, k = i; k < si; j++, k++)
+ {
+ /* Remove a backslash quoting the search string delimiter. */
+ if (str[k] == '\\' && str[k + 1] == delimiter)
+ k++;
+ s[j] = str[k];
+ }
+ s[j] = '\0';
+ if (lenptr)
+ *lenptr = j;
+ }
+
+ i = si;
+ if (str[i])
+ i++;
+ *iptr = i;
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+static void
+postproc_subst_rhs (void)
+{
+ char *new;
+ int i, j, new_size;
+
+ new = (char *)xmalloc (new_size = subst_rhs_len + subst_lhs_len);
+ for (i = j = 0; i < subst_rhs_len; i++)
+ {
+ if (subst_rhs[i] == '&')
+ {
+ if (j + subst_lhs_len >= new_size)
+ new = (char *)xrealloc (new, (new_size = new_size * 2 + subst_lhs_len));
+ strcpy (new + j, subst_lhs);
+ j += subst_lhs_len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* a single backslash protects the `&' from lhs interpolation */
+ if (subst_rhs[i] == '\\' && subst_rhs[i + 1] == '&')
+ i++;
+ if (j >= new_size)
+ new = (char *)xrealloc (new, new_size *= 2);
+ new[j++] = subst_rhs[i];
+ }
+ }
+ new[j] = '\0';
+ xfree (subst_rhs);
+ subst_rhs = new;
+ subst_rhs_len = j;
+}
+
+/* Expand the bulk of a history specifier starting at STRING[START].
+ Returns 0 if everything is OK, -1 if an error occurred, and 1
+ if the `p' modifier was supplied and the caller should just print
+ the returned string. Returns the new index into string in
+ *END_INDEX_PTR, and the expanded specifier in *RET_STRING. */
+/* need current line for !# */
+static int
+history_expand_internal (char *string, int start, int qc, int *end_index_ptr, char **ret_string, char *current_line)
+{
+ int i, n, starting_index;
+ int substitute_globally, subst_bywords, want_quotes, print_only;
+ char *event, *temp, *result, *tstr, *t, c, *word_spec;
+ int result_len;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_len = 128);
+
+ i = start;
+
+ /* If it is followed by something that starts a word specifier,
+ then !! is implied as the event specifier. */
+
+ if (member (string[i + 1], ":$*%^"))
+ {
+ char fake_s[3];
+ int fake_i = 0;
+ i++;
+ fake_s[0] = fake_s[1] = history_expansion_char;
+ fake_s[2] = '\0';
+ event = get_history_event (fake_s, &fake_i, 0);
+ }
+ else if (string[i + 1] == '#')
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ event = current_line;
+ }
+ else
+ event = get_history_event (string, &i, qc);
+
+ if (event == 0)
+ {
+ *ret_string = hist_error (string, start, i, EVENT_NOT_FOUND);
+ xfree (result);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* If a word specifier is found, then do what that requires. */
+ starting_index = i;
+ word_spec = get_history_word_specifier (string, event, &i);
+
+ /* There is no such thing as a `malformed word specifier'. However,
+ it is possible for a specifier that has no match. In that case,
+ we complain. */
+ if (word_spec == (char *)&error_pointer)
+ {
+ *ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, BAD_WORD_SPEC);
+ xfree (result);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* If no word specifier, than the thing of interest was the event. */
+ temp = word_spec ? savestring (word_spec) : savestring (event);
+ FREE (word_spec);
+
+ /* Perhaps there are other modifiers involved. Do what they say. */
+ want_quotes = substitute_globally = subst_bywords = print_only = 0;
+ starting_index = i;
+
+ while (string[i] == ':')
+ {
+ c = string[i + 1];
+
+ if (c == 'g' || c == 'a')
+ {
+ substitute_globally = 1;
+ i++;
+ c = string[i + 1];
+ }
+ else if (c == 'G')
+ {
+ subst_bywords = 1;
+ i++;
+ c = string[i + 1];
+ }
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ *ret_string = hist_error (string, i+1, i+2, BAD_MODIFIER);
+ xfree (result);
+ xfree (temp);
+ return -1;
+
+ case 'q':
+ want_quotes = 'q';
+ break;
+
+ case 'x':
+ want_quotes = 'x';
+ break;
+
+ /* :p means make this the last executed line. So we
+ return an error state after adding this line to the
+ history. */
+ case 'p':
+ print_only++;
+ break;
+
+ /* :t discards all but the last part of the pathname. */
+ case 't':
+ tstr = strrchr (temp, '/');
+ if (tstr)
+ {
+ tstr++;
+ t = savestring (tstr);
+ xfree (temp);
+ temp = t;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* :h discards the last part of a pathname. */
+ case 'h':
+ tstr = strrchr (temp, '/');
+ if (tstr)
+ *tstr = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ /* :r discards the suffix. */
+ case 'r':
+ tstr = strrchr (temp, '.');
+ if (tstr)
+ *tstr = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ /* :e discards everything but the suffix. */
+ case 'e':
+ tstr = strrchr (temp, '.');
+ if (tstr)
+ {
+ t = savestring (tstr);
+ xfree (temp);
+ temp = t;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* :s/this/that substitutes `that' for the first
+ occurrence of `this'. :gs/this/that substitutes `that'
+ for each occurrence of `this'. :& repeats the last
+ substitution. :g& repeats the last substitution
+ globally. */
+
+ case '&':
+ case 's':
+ {
+ char *new_event;
+ int delimiter, failed, si, l_temp, ws, we;
+
+ if (c == 's')
+ {
+ if (i + 2 < (int)strlen (string))
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_adjust_point (string, i + 2, &ps);
+ if (_rl_get_char_len (string + i + 2, &ps) > 1)
+ delimiter = 0;
+ else
+ delimiter = string[i + 2];
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ delimiter = string[i + 2];
+ }
+ else
+ break; /* no search delimiter */
+
+ i += 3;
+
+ t = get_subst_pattern (string, &i, delimiter, 0, &subst_lhs_len);
+ /* An empty substitution lhs with no previous substitution
+ uses the last search string as the lhs. */
+ if (t)
+ {
+ FREE (subst_lhs);
+ subst_lhs = t;
+ }
+ else if (!subst_lhs)
+ {
+ if (search_string && *search_string)
+ {
+ subst_lhs = savestring (search_string);
+ subst_lhs_len = strlen (subst_lhs);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ subst_lhs = (char *) NULL;
+ subst_lhs_len = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ FREE (subst_rhs);
+ subst_rhs = get_subst_pattern (string, &i, delimiter, 1, &subst_rhs_len);
+
+ /* If `&' appears in the rhs, it's supposed to be replaced
+ with the lhs. */
+ if (member ('&', subst_rhs))
+ postproc_subst_rhs ();
+ }
+ else
+ i += 2;
+
+ /* If there is no lhs, the substitution can't succeed. */
+ if (subst_lhs_len == 0)
+ {
+ *ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, NO_PREV_SUBST);
+ xfree (result);
+ xfree (temp);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ l_temp = strlen (temp);
+ /* Ignore impossible cases. */
+ if (subst_lhs_len > l_temp)
+ {
+ *ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, SUBST_FAILED);
+ xfree (result);
+ xfree (temp);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* Find the first occurrence of THIS in TEMP. */
+ /* Substitute SUBST_RHS for SUBST_LHS in TEMP. There are three
+ cases to consider:
+
+ 1. substitute_globally == subst_bywords == 0
+ 2. substitute_globally == 1 && subst_bywords == 0
+ 3. substitute_globally == 0 && subst_bywords == 1
+
+ In the first case, we substitute for the first occurrence only.
+ In the second case, we substitute for every occurrence.
+ In the third case, we tokenize into words and substitute the
+ first occurrence of each word. */
+
+ si = we = 0;
+ for (failed = 1; (si + subst_lhs_len) <= l_temp; si++)
+ {
+ /* First skip whitespace and find word boundaries if
+ we're past the end of the word boundary we found
+ the last time. */
+ if (subst_bywords && si > we)
+ {
+ for (; temp[si] && fielddelim (temp[si]); si++)
+ ;
+ ws = si;
+ we = history_tokenize_word (temp, si);
+ }
+
+ if (STREQN (temp+si, subst_lhs, subst_lhs_len))
+ {
+ int len = subst_rhs_len - subst_lhs_len + l_temp;
+ new_event = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
+ strncpy (new_event, temp, si);
+ strncpy (new_event + si, subst_rhs, subst_rhs_len);
+ strncpy (new_event + si + subst_rhs_len,
+ temp + si + subst_lhs_len,
+ l_temp - (si + subst_lhs_len));
+ new_event[len] = '\0';
+ xfree (temp);
+ temp = new_event;
+
+ failed = 0;
+
+ if (substitute_globally)
+ {
+ /* Reported to fix a bug that causes it to skip every
+ other match when matching a single character. Was
+ si += subst_rhs_len previously. */
+ si += subst_rhs_len - 1;
+ l_temp = strlen (temp);
+ substitute_globally++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (subst_bywords)
+ {
+ si = we;
+ l_temp = strlen (temp);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (substitute_globally > 1)
+ {
+ substitute_globally = 0;
+ continue; /* don't want to increment i */
+ }
+
+ if (failed == 0)
+ continue; /* don't want to increment i */
+
+ *ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, SUBST_FAILED);
+ xfree (result);
+ xfree (temp);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ }
+ i += 2;
+ }
+ /* Done with modifiers. */
+ /* Believe it or not, we have to back the pointer up by one. */
+ --i;
+
+ if (want_quotes)
+ {
+ char *x;
+
+ if (want_quotes == 'q')
+ x = sh_single_quote (temp);
+ else if (want_quotes == 'x')
+ x = quote_breaks (temp);
+ else
+ x = savestring (temp);
+
+ xfree (temp);
+ temp = x;
+ }
+
+ n = strlen (temp);
+ if (n >= result_len)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, n + 2);
+ strcpy (result, temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+
+ *end_index_ptr = i;
+ *ret_string = result;
+ return (print_only);
+}
+
+/* Expand the string STRING, placing the result into OUTPUT, a pointer
+ to a string. Returns:
+
+ -1) If there was an error in expansion.
+ 0) If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in
+ the text was the de-slashifying of the history expansion
+ character)
+ 1) If expansions did take place
+ 2) If the `p' modifier was given and the caller should print the result
+
+ If an error occurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
+ error message. */
+
+#define ADD_STRING(s) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ int sl = strlen (s); \
+ j += sl; \
+ if (j >= result_len) \
+ { \
+ while (j >= result_len) \
+ result_len += 128; \
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, result_len); \
+ } \
+ strcpy (result + j - sl, s); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#define ADD_CHAR(c) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (j >= result_len - 1) \
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, result_len += 64); \
+ result[j++] = c; \
+ result[j] = '\0'; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+int
+history_expand (char *hstring, char **output)
+{
+ register int j;
+ int i, r, l, passc, cc, modified, eindex, only_printing, dquote, squote, flag;
+ char *string;
+
+ /* The output string, and its length. */
+ int result_len;
+ char *result;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+ mbstate_t ps;
+#endif
+
+ /* Used when adding the string. */
+ char *temp;
+
+ if (output == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Setting the history expansion character to 0 inhibits all
+ history expansion. */
+ if (history_expansion_char == 0)
+ {
+ *output = savestring (hstring);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* Prepare the buffer for printing error messages. */
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_len = 256);
+ result[0] = '\0';
+
+ only_printing = modified = 0;
+ l = strlen (hstring);
+
+ /* Grovel the string. Only backslash and single quotes can quote the
+ history escape character. We also handle arg specifiers. */
+
+ /* Before we grovel forever, see if the history_expansion_char appears
+ anywhere within the text. */
+
+ /* The quick substitution character is a history expansion all right. That
+ is to say, "^this^that^" is equivalent to "!!:s^this^that^", and in fact,
+ that is the substitution that we do. */
+ if (hstring[0] == history_subst_char)
+ {
+ string = (char *)xmalloc (l + 5);
+
+ string[0] = string[1] = history_expansion_char;
+ string[2] = ':';
+ string[3] = 's';
+ strcpy (string + 4, hstring);
+ l += 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ string = hstring;
+ /* If not quick substitution, still maybe have to do expansion. */
+
+ /* `!' followed by one of the characters in history_no_expand_chars
+ is NOT an expansion. */
+ dquote = history_quoting_state == '"';
+ squote = history_quoting_state == '\'';
+
+ /* If the calling application tells us we are already reading a
+ single-quoted string, consume the rest of the string right now
+ and then go on. */
+ i = 0;
+ if (squote && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion)
+ {
+ hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, &i, 0);
+ squote = 0;
+ if (string[i])
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ for ( ; string[i]; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ int v;
+ v = _rl_get_char_len (string + i, &ps);
+ if (v > 1)
+ {
+ i += v - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+ cc = string[i + 1];
+ /* The history_comment_char, if set, appearing at the beginning
+ of a word signifies that the rest of the line should not have
+ history expansion performed on it.
+ Skip the rest of the line and break out of the loop. */
+ if (history_comment_char && string[i] == history_comment_char &&
+ dquote == 0 &&
+ (i == 0 || member (string[i - 1], history_word_delimiters)))
+ {
+ while (string[i])
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == history_expansion_char)
+ {
+ if (cc == 0 || member (cc, history_no_expand_chars))
+ continue;
+ /* DQUOTE won't be set unless history_quotes_inhibit_expansion
+ is set. The idea here is to treat double-quoted strings the
+ same as the word outside double quotes; in effect making the
+ double quote part of history_no_expand_chars when DQUOTE is
+ set. */
+ else if (dquote && cc == '"')
+ continue;
+ /* If the calling application has set
+ history_inhibit_expansion_function to a function that checks
+ for special cases that should not be history expanded,
+ call the function and skip the expansion if it returns a
+ non-zero value. */
+ else if (history_inhibit_expansion_function &&
+ (*history_inhibit_expansion_function) (string, i))
+ continue;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Shell-like quoting: allow backslashes to quote double quotes
+ inside a double-quoted string. */
+ else if (dquote && string[i] == '\\' && cc == '"')
+ i++;
+ /* More shell-like quoting: if we're paying attention to single
+ quotes and letting them quote the history expansion character,
+ then we need to pay attention to double quotes, because single
+ quotes are not special inside double-quoted strings. */
+ else if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '"')
+ {
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ }
+ else if (dquote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '\'')
+ {
+ /* If this is bash, single quotes inhibit history expansion. */
+ flag = (i > 0 && string[i - 1] == '$');
+ i++;
+ hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, &i, flag);
+ }
+ else if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ /* If this is bash, allow backslashes to quote single
+ quotes and the history expansion character. */
+ if (cc == '\'' || cc == history_expansion_char)
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if (string[i] != history_expansion_char)
+ {
+ xfree (result);
+ *output = savestring (string);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Extract and perform the substitution. */
+ dquote = history_quoting_state == '"';
+ squote = history_quoting_state == '\'';
+
+ /* If the calling application tells us we are already reading a
+ single-quoted string, consume the rest of the string right now
+ and then go on. */
+ i = j = 0;
+ if (squote && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion)
+ {
+ int c;
+
+ hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, &i, 0);
+ squote = 0;
+ for (c = 0; c < i; c++)
+ ADD_CHAR (string[c]);
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (passc = 0; i < l; i++)
+ {
+ int qc, tchar = string[i];
+
+ if (passc)
+ {
+ passc = 0;
+ ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ int k, c;
+
+ c = tchar;
+ memset (mb, 0, sizeof (mb));
+ for (k = 0; k < MB_LEN_MAX; k++)
+ {
+ mb[k] = (char)c;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ if (_rl_get_char_len (mb, &ps) == -2)
+ c = string[++i];
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ if (strlen (mb) > 1)
+ {
+ ADD_STRING (mb);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+ if (tchar == history_expansion_char)
+ tchar = -3;
+ else if (tchar == history_comment_char)
+ tchar = -2;
+
+ switch (tchar)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ passc++;
+ ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ {
+ /* If history_quotes_inhibit_expansion is set, single quotes
+ inhibit history expansion, otherwise they are treated like
+ double quotes. */
+ if (squote)
+ {
+ squote = 0;
+ ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+ }
+ else if (dquote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion)
+ {
+ int quote, slen;
+
+ flag = (i > 0 && string[i - 1] == '$');
+ quote = i++;
+ hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, &i, flag);
+
+ slen = i - quote + 2;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (slen);
+ strncpy (temp, string + quote, slen);
+ temp[slen - 1] = '\0';
+ ADD_STRING (temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ }
+ else if (dquote == 0 && squote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion == 0)
+ {
+ squote = 1;
+ ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+ }
+ else
+ ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case -2: /* history_comment_char */
+ if ((dquote == 0 || history_quotes_inhibit_expansion == 0) &&
+ (i == 0 || member (string[i - 1], history_word_delimiters)))
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (l - i + 1);
+ strcpy (temp, string + i);
+ ADD_STRING (temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ i = l;
+ }
+ else
+ ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+ break;
+
+ case -3: /* history_expansion_char */
+ cc = string[i + 1];
+
+ /* If the history_expansion_char is followed by one of the
+ characters in history_no_expand_chars, then it is not a
+ candidate for expansion of any kind. */
+ if (cc == 0 || member (cc, history_no_expand_chars) ||
+ (dquote && cc == '"') ||
+ (history_inhibit_expansion_function && (*history_inhibit_expansion_function) (string, i)))
+ {
+ ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined (NO_BANG_HASH_MODIFIERS)
+ /* There is something that is listed as a `word specifier' in csh
+ documentation which means `the expanded text to this point'.
+ That is not a word specifier, it is an event specifier. If we
+ don't want to allow modifiers with `!#', just stick the current
+ output line in again. */
+ if (cc == '#')
+ {
+ if (result)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (result));
+ strcpy (temp, result);
+ ADD_STRING (temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ }
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ qc = squote ? '\'' : (dquote ? '"' : 0);
+ r = history_expand_internal (string, i, qc, &eindex, &temp, result);
+ if (r < 0)
+ {
+ *output = temp;
+ xfree (result);
+ if (string != hstring)
+ xfree (string);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ modified++;
+ if (*temp)
+ ADD_STRING (temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ }
+ only_printing += r == 1;
+ i = eindex;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *output = result;
+ if (string != hstring)
+ xfree (string);
+
+ if (only_printing)
+ {
+#if 0
+ add_history (result);
+#endif
+ return (2);
+ }
+
+ return (modified != 0);
+}
+
+/* Return a consed string which is the word specified in SPEC, and found
+ in FROM. NULL is returned if there is no spec. The address of
+ ERROR_POINTER is returned if the word specified cannot be found.
+ CALLER_INDEX is the offset in SPEC to start looking; it is updated
+ to point to just after the last character parsed. */
+static char *
+get_history_word_specifier (char *spec, char *from, int *caller_index)
+{
+ register int i = *caller_index;
+ int first, last;
+ int expecting_word_spec = 0;
+ char *result;
+
+ /* The range of words to return doesn't exist yet. */
+ first = last = 0;
+ result = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If we found a colon, then this *must* be a word specification. If
+ it isn't, then it is an error. */
+ if (spec[i] == ':')
+ {
+ i++;
+ expecting_word_spec++;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle special cases first. */
+
+ /* `%' is the word last searched for. */
+ if (spec[i] == '%')
+ {
+ *caller_index = i + 1;
+ return (search_match ? savestring (search_match) : savestring (""));
+ }
+
+ /* `*' matches all of the arguments, but not the command. */
+ if (spec[i] == '*')
+ {
+ *caller_index = i + 1;
+ result = history_arg_extract (1, '$', from);
+ return (result ? result : savestring (""));
+ }
+
+ /* `$' is last arg. */
+ if (spec[i] == '$')
+ {
+ *caller_index = i + 1;
+ return (history_arg_extract ('$', '$', from));
+ }
+
+ /* Try to get FIRST and LAST figured out. */
+
+ if (spec[i] == '-')
+ first = 0;
+ else if (spec[i] == '^')
+ {
+ first = 1;
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_digit_p (spec[i]) && expecting_word_spec)
+ {
+ for (first = 0; _rl_digit_p (spec[i]); i++)
+ first = (first * 10) + _rl_digit_value (spec[i]);
+ }
+ else
+ return ((char *)NULL); /* no valid `first' for word specifier */
+
+ if (spec[i] == '^' || spec[i] == '*')
+ {
+ last = (spec[i] == '^') ? 1 : '$'; /* x* abbreviates x-$ */
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (spec[i] != '-')
+ last = first;
+ else
+ {
+ i++;
+
+ if (_rl_digit_p (spec[i]))
+ {
+ for (last = 0; _rl_digit_p (spec[i]); i++)
+ last = (last * 10) + _rl_digit_value (spec[i]);
+ }
+ else if (spec[i] == '$')
+ {
+ i++;
+ last = '$';
+ }
+#if 0
+ else if (!spec[i] || spec[i] == ':')
+ /* check against `:' because there could be a modifier separator */
+#else
+ else
+ /* csh seems to allow anything to terminate the word spec here,
+ leaving it as an abbreviation. */
+#endif
+ last = -1; /* x- abbreviates x-$ omitting word `$' */
+ }
+
+ *caller_index = i;
+
+ if (last >= first || last == '$' || last < 0)
+ result = history_arg_extract (first, last, from);
+
+ return (result ? result : (char *)&error_pointer);
+}
+
+/* Extract the args specified, starting at FIRST, and ending at LAST.
+ The args are taken from STRING. If either FIRST or LAST is < 0,
+ then make that arg count from the right (subtract from the number of
+ tokens, so that FIRST = -1 means the next to last token on the line).
+ If LAST is `$' the last arg from STRING is used. */
+char *
+history_arg_extract (int first, int last, const char *string)
+{
+ register int i, len;
+ char *result;
+ int size, offset;
+ char **list;
+
+ /* XXX - think about making history_tokenize return a struct array,
+ each struct in array being a string and a length to avoid the
+ calls to strlen below. */
+ if ((list = history_tokenize (string)) == NULL)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for (len = 0; list[len]; len++)
+ ;
+
+ if (last < 0)
+ last = len + last - 1;
+
+ if (first < 0)
+ first = len + first - 1;
+
+ if (last == '$')
+ last = len - 1;
+
+ if (first == '$')
+ first = len - 1;
+
+ last++;
+
+ if (first >= len || last > len || first < 0 || last < 0 || first > last)
+ result = ((char *)NULL);
+ else
+ {
+ for (size = 0, i = first; i < last; i++)
+ size += strlen (list[i]) + 1;
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (size + 1);
+ result[0] = '\0';
+
+ for (i = first, offset = 0; i < last; i++)
+ {
+ strcpy (result + offset, list[i]);
+ offset += strlen (list[i]);
+ if (i + 1 < last)
+ {
+ result[offset++] = ' ';
+ result[offset] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ xfree (list[i]);
+ xfree (list);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+history_tokenize_word (const char *string, int ind)
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ int delimiter, nestdelim, delimopen;
+
+ i = ind;
+ delimiter = nestdelim = 0;
+
+ if (member (string[i], "()\n")) /* XXX - included \n, but why? been here forever */
+ {
+ i++;
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ if (ISDIGIT (string[i]))
+ {
+ j = i;
+ while (string[j] && ISDIGIT (string[j]))
+ j++;
+ if (string[j] == 0)
+ return (j);
+ if (string[j] == '<' || string[j] == '>')
+ i = j; /* digit sequence is a file descriptor */
+ else
+ {
+ i = j;
+ goto get_word; /* digit sequence is part of a word */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (member (string[i], "<>;&|"))
+ {
+ int peek = string[i + 1];
+
+ if (peek == string[i])
+ {
+ if (peek == '<' && string[i + 2] == '-')
+ i++;
+ else if (peek == '<' && string[i + 2] == '<')
+ i++;
+ i += 2;
+ return i;
+ }
+ else if (peek == '&' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<'))
+ {
+ j = i + 2;
+ while (string[j] && ISDIGIT (string[j])) /* file descriptor */
+ j++;
+ if (string[j] =='-') /* <&[digits]-, >&[digits]- */
+ j++;
+ return j;
+ }
+ else if ((peek == '>' && string[i] == '&') || (peek == '|' && string[i] == '>'))
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ return i;
+ }
+ /* XXX - process substitution -- separated out for later -- bash-4.2 */
+ else if (peek == '(' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<')) /*)*/
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ delimopen = '(';
+ delimiter = ')';
+ nestdelim = 1;
+ goto get_word;
+ }
+
+ i++;
+ return i;
+ }
+
+get_word:
+ /* Get word from string + i; */
+
+ if (delimiter == 0 && member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
+ delimiter = string[i++];
+
+ for (; string[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && delimiter != '\'' &&
+ (delimiter != '"' || member (string[i], slashify_in_quotes)))
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* delimiter must be set and set to something other than a quote if
+ nestdelim is set, so these tests are safe. */
+ if (nestdelim && string[i] == delimopen)
+ {
+ nestdelim++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nestdelim && string[i] == delimiter)
+ {
+ nestdelim--;
+ if (nestdelim == 0)
+ delimiter = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (delimiter && string[i] == delimiter)
+ {
+ delimiter = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Command and process substitution; shell extended globbing patterns */
+ if (nestdelim == 0 && delimiter == 0 && member (string[i], "<>$!@?+*") && string[i+1] == '(') /*)*/
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ delimopen = '(';
+ delimiter = ')';
+ nestdelim = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (delimiter == 0 && (member (string[i], history_word_delimiters)))
+ break;
+
+ if (delimiter == 0 && member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
+ delimiter = string[i];
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+static char *
+history_substring (const char *string, int start, int end)
+{
+ register int len;
+ register char *result;
+
+ len = end - start;
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+ strncpy (result, string + start, len);
+ result[len] = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Parse STRING into tokens and return an array of strings. If WIND is
+ not -1 and INDP is not null, we also want the word surrounding index
+ WIND. The position in the returned array of strings is returned in
+ *INDP. */
+static char **
+history_tokenize_internal (const char *string, int wind, int *indp)
+{
+ char **result;
+ register int i, start, result_index, size;
+
+ /* If we're searching for a string that's not part of a word (e.g., " "),
+ make sure we set *INDP to a reasonable value. */
+ if (indp && wind != -1)
+ *indp = -1;
+
+ /* Get a token, and stuff it into RESULT. The tokens are split
+ exactly where the shell would split them. */
+ for (i = result_index = size = 0, result = (char **)NULL; string[i]; )
+ {
+ /* Skip leading whitespace. */
+ for (; string[i] && fielddelim (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (string[i] == 0 || string[i] == history_comment_char)
+ return (result);
+
+ start = i;
+
+ i = history_tokenize_word (string, start);
+
+ /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character (which would not be
+ skipped by the loop above), use it and any adjacent delimiters to
+ make a separate field. Any adjacent white space will be skipped the
+ next time through the loop. */
+ if (i == start && history_word_delimiters)
+ {
+ i++;
+ while (string[i] && member (string[i], history_word_delimiters))
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are looking for the word in which the character at a
+ particular index falls, remember it. */
+ if (indp && wind != -1 && wind >= start && wind < i)
+ *indp = result_index;
+
+ if (result_index + 2 >= size)
+ result = (char **)xrealloc (result, ((size += 10) * sizeof (char *)));
+
+ result[result_index++] = history_substring (string, start, i);
+ result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return an array of tokens, much as the shell might. The tokens are
+ parsed out of STRING. */
+char **
+history_tokenize (const char *string)
+{
+ return (history_tokenize_internal (string, -1, (int *)NULL));
+}
+
+/* Free members of WORDS from START to an empty string */
+static void
+freewords (char **words, int start)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = start; words[i]; i++)
+ xfree (words[i]);
+}
+
+/* Find and return the word which contains the character at index IND
+ in the history line LINE. Used to save the word matched by the
+ last history !?string? search. */
+static char *
+history_find_word (char *line, int ind)
+{
+ char **words, *s;
+ int i, wind;
+
+ words = history_tokenize_internal (line, ind, &wind);
+ if (wind == -1 || words == 0)
+ {
+ if (words)
+ freewords (words, 0);
+ FREE (words);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ s = words[wind];
+ for (i = 0; i < wind; i++)
+ xfree (words[i]);
+ freewords (words, wind + 1);
+ xfree (words);
+ return s;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/histfile.c b/lib/readline/histfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc64bde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
+/* histfile.c - functions to manipulate the history file. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+ routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+ History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with History. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you
+ don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions
+ you can call. I think I have done that. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+# include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if ! defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+
+# ifdef MAP_FILE
+# define MAP_RFLAGS (MAP_FILE|MAP_PRIVATE)
+# define MAP_WFLAGS (MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED)
+# else
+# define MAP_RFLAGS MAP_PRIVATE
+# define MAP_WFLAGS MAP_SHARED
+# endif
+
+# ifndef MAP_FAILED
+# define MAP_FAILED ((void *)-1)
+# endif
+
+#endif /* HISTORY_USE_MMAP */
+
+/* If we're compiling for __EMX__ (OS/2) or __CYGWIN__ (cygwin32 environment
+ on win 95/98/nt), we want to open files with O_BINARY mode so that there
+ is no \n -> \r\n conversion performed. On other systems, we don't want to
+ mess around with O_BINARY at all, so we ensure that it's defined to 0. */
+#if defined (__EMX__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
+# ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+# endif
+#else /* !__EMX__ && !__CYGWIN__ */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif /* !__EMX__ && !__CYGWIN__ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (PATH_MAX)
+# define PATH_MAX 1024 /* default */
+#endif
+
+extern void _hs_append_history_line PARAMS((int, const char *));
+
+/* history file version; currently unused */
+int history_file_version = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, we write timestamps to the history file in history_do_write() */
+int history_write_timestamps = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, we assume that a history file that starts with a timestamp
+ uses timestamp-delimited entries and can include multi-line history
+ entries. Used by read_history_range */
+int history_multiline_entries = 0;
+
+/* Immediately after a call to read_history() or read_history_range(), this
+ will return the number of lines just read from the history file in that
+ call. */
+int history_lines_read_from_file = 0;
+
+/* Immediately after a call to write_history() or history_do_write(), this
+ will return the number of lines just written to the history file in that
+ call. This also works with history_truncate_file. */
+int history_lines_written_to_file = 0;
+
+/* Does S look like the beginning of a history timestamp entry? Placeholder
+ for more extensive tests. */
+#define HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(s) (*(s) == history_comment_char && isdigit ((unsigned char)(s)[1]) )
+
+static char *history_backupfile PARAMS((const char *));
+static char *history_tempfile PARAMS((const char *));
+static int histfile_backup PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+static int histfile_restore PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+
+/* Return the string that should be used in the place of this
+ filename. This only matters when you don't specify the
+ filename to read_history (), or write_history (). */
+static char *
+history_filename (const char *filename)
+{
+ char *return_val;
+ const char *home;
+ int home_len;
+
+ return_val = filename ? savestring (filename) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (return_val)
+ return (return_val);
+
+ home = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+#if defined (_WIN32)
+ if (home == 0)
+ home = sh_get_env_value ("APPDATA");
+#endif
+
+ if (home == 0)
+ return (NULL);
+ else
+ home_len = strlen (home);
+
+ return_val = (char *)xmalloc (2 + home_len + 8); /* strlen(".history") == 8 */
+ strcpy (return_val, home);
+ return_val[home_len] = '/';
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ strcpy (return_val + home_len + 1, "_history");
+#else
+ strcpy (return_val + home_len + 1, ".history");
+#endif
+
+ return (return_val);
+}
+
+static char *
+history_backupfile (const char *filename)
+{
+ const char *fn;
+ char *ret, linkbuf[PATH_MAX+1];
+ size_t len;
+ ssize_t n;
+ struct stat fs;
+
+ fn = filename;
+#if defined (HAVE_READLINK)
+ /* Follow symlink to avoid backing up symlink itself; call will fail if
+ not a symlink */
+ if ((n = readlink (filename, linkbuf, sizeof (linkbuf) - 1)) > 0)
+ {
+ linkbuf[n] = '\0';
+ fn = linkbuf;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ len = strlen (fn);
+ ret = xmalloc (len + 2);
+ strcpy (ret, fn);
+ ret[len] = '-';
+ ret[len+1] = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+history_tempfile (const char *filename)
+{
+ const char *fn;
+ char *ret, linkbuf[PATH_MAX+1];
+ size_t len;
+ ssize_t n;
+ struct stat fs;
+ int pid;
+
+ fn = filename;
+#if defined (HAVE_READLINK)
+ /* Follow symlink so tempfile created in the same directory as any symlinked
+ history file; call will fail if not a symlink */
+ if ((n = readlink (filename, linkbuf, sizeof (linkbuf) - 1)) > 0)
+ {
+ linkbuf[n] = '\0';
+ fn = linkbuf;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ len = strlen (fn);
+ ret = xmalloc (len + 11);
+ strcpy (ret, fn);
+
+ pid = (int)getpid ();
+
+ /* filename-PID.tmp */
+ ret[len] = '-';
+ ret[len+1] = (pid / 10000 % 10) + '0';
+ ret[len+2] = (pid / 1000 % 10) + '0';
+ ret[len+3] = (pid / 100 % 10) + '0';
+ ret[len+4] = (pid / 10 % 10) + '0';
+ ret[len+5] = (pid % 10) + '0';
+ strcpy (ret + len + 6, ".tmp");
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Add the contents of FILENAME to the history list, a line at a time.
+ If FILENAME is NULL, then read from ~/.history. Returns 0 if
+ successful, or errno if not. */
+int
+read_history (const char *filename)
+{
+ return (read_history_range (filename, 0, -1));
+}
+
+/* Read a range of lines from FILENAME, adding them to the history list.
+ Start reading at the FROM'th line and end at the TO'th. If FROM
+ is zero, start at the beginning. If TO is less than FROM, read
+ until the end of the file. If FILENAME is NULL, then read from
+ ~/.history. Returns 0 if successful, or errno if not. */
+int
+read_history_range (const char *filename, int from, int to)
+{
+ register char *line_start, *line_end, *p;
+ char *input, *buffer, *bufend, *last_ts;
+ int file, current_line, chars_read, has_timestamps, reset_comment_char;
+ struct stat finfo;
+ size_t file_size;
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+ int overflow_errno = EFBIG;
+#elif defined (EOVERFLOW)
+ int overflow_errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#else
+ int overflow_errno = EIO;
+#endif
+
+ history_lines_read_from_file = 0;
+
+ buffer = last_ts = (char *)NULL;
+ input = history_filename (filename);
+ file = input ? open (input, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0666) : -1;
+
+ if ((file < 0) || (fstat (file, &finfo) == -1))
+ goto error_and_exit;
+
+ if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode) == 0)
+ {
+#ifdef EFTYPE
+ errno = EFTYPE;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+ goto error_and_exit;
+ }
+
+ file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+ /* check for overflow on very large files */
+ if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+ {
+ errno = overflow_errno;
+ goto error_and_exit;
+ }
+
+ if (file_size == 0)
+ {
+ free (input);
+ return 0; /* don't waste time if we don't have to */
+ }
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ /* We map read/write and private so we can change newlines to NULs without
+ affecting the underlying object. */
+ buffer = (char *)mmap (0, file_size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_RFLAGS, file, 0);
+ if ((void *)buffer == MAP_FAILED)
+ {
+ errno = overflow_errno;
+ goto error_and_exit;
+ }
+ chars_read = file_size;
+#else
+ buffer = (char *)malloc (file_size + 1);
+ if (buffer == 0)
+ {
+ errno = overflow_errno;
+ goto error_and_exit;
+ }
+
+ chars_read = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+#endif
+ if (chars_read < 0)
+ {
+ error_and_exit:
+ if (errno != 0)
+ chars_read = errno;
+ else
+ chars_read = EIO;
+ if (file >= 0)
+ close (file);
+
+ FREE (input);
+#ifndef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ FREE (buffer);
+#endif
+
+ return (chars_read);
+ }
+
+ close (file);
+
+ /* Set TO to larger than end of file if negative. */
+ if (to < 0)
+ to = chars_read;
+
+ /* Start at beginning of file, work to end. */
+ bufend = buffer + chars_read;
+ *bufend = '\0'; /* null-terminate buffer for timestamp checks */
+ current_line = 0;
+
+ /* Heuristic: the history comment character rarely changes, so assume we
+ have timestamps if the buffer starts with `#[:digit:]' and temporarily
+ set history_comment_char so timestamp parsing works right */
+ reset_comment_char = 0;
+ if (history_comment_char == '\0' && buffer[0] == '#' && isdigit ((unsigned char)buffer[1]))
+ {
+ history_comment_char = '#';
+ reset_comment_char = 1;
+ }
+
+ has_timestamps = HIST_TIMESTAMP_START (buffer);
+ history_multiline_entries += has_timestamps && history_write_timestamps;
+
+ /* Skip lines until we are at FROM. */
+ for (line_start = line_end = buffer; line_end < bufend && current_line < from; line_end++)
+ if (*line_end == '\n')
+ {
+ p = line_end + 1;
+ /* If we see something we think is a timestamp, continue with this
+ line. We should check more extensively here... */
+ if (HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(p) == 0)
+ current_line++;
+ line_start = p;
+ }
+
+ /* If there are lines left to gobble, then gobble them now. */
+ for (line_end = line_start; line_end < bufend; line_end++)
+ if (*line_end == '\n')
+ {
+ /* Change to allow Windows-like \r\n end of line delimiter. */
+ if (line_end > line_start && line_end[-1] == '\r')
+ line_end[-1] = '\0';
+ else
+ *line_end = '\0';
+
+ if (*line_start)
+ {
+ if (HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(line_start) == 0)
+ {
+ if (last_ts == NULL && history_length > 0 && history_multiline_entries)
+ _hs_append_history_line (history_length - 1, line_start);
+ else
+ add_history (line_start);
+ if (last_ts)
+ {
+ add_history_time (last_ts);
+ last_ts = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ last_ts = line_start;
+ current_line--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ current_line++;
+
+ if (current_line >= to)
+ break;
+
+ line_start = line_end + 1;
+ }
+
+ history_lines_read_from_file = current_line;
+ if (reset_comment_char)
+ history_comment_char = '\0';
+
+ FREE (input);
+#ifndef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ FREE (buffer);
+#else
+ munmap (buffer, file_size);
+#endif
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Save FILENAME to BACK, handling case where FILENAME is a symlink
+ (e.g., ~/.bash_history -> .histfiles/.bash_history.$HOSTNAME) */
+static int
+histfile_backup (const char *filename, const char *back)
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_READLINK)
+ char linkbuf[PATH_MAX+1];
+ ssize_t n;
+
+ /* Follow to target of symlink to avoid renaming symlink itself */
+ if ((n = readlink (filename, linkbuf, sizeof (linkbuf) - 1)) > 0)
+ {
+ linkbuf[n] = '\0';
+ return (rename (linkbuf, back));
+ }
+#endif
+ return (rename (filename, back));
+}
+
+/* Restore ORIG from BACKUP handling case where ORIG is a symlink
+ (e.g., ~/.bash_history -> .histfiles/.bash_history.$HOSTNAME) */
+static int
+histfile_restore (const char *backup, const char *orig)
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_READLINK)
+ char linkbuf[PATH_MAX+1];
+ ssize_t n;
+
+ /* Follow to target of symlink to avoid renaming symlink itself */
+ if ((n = readlink (orig, linkbuf, sizeof (linkbuf) - 1)) > 0)
+ {
+ linkbuf[n] = '\0';
+ return (rename (backup, linkbuf));
+ }
+#endif
+ return (rename (backup, orig));
+}
+
+/* Truncate the history file FNAME, leaving only LINES trailing lines.
+ If FNAME is NULL, then use ~/.history. Writes a new file and renames
+ it to the original name. Returns 0 on success, errno on failure. */
+int
+history_truncate_file (const char *fname, int lines)
+{
+ char *buffer, *filename, *tempname, *bp, *bp1; /* bp1 == bp+1 */
+ int file, chars_read, rv, orig_lines, exists, r;
+ struct stat finfo;
+ size_t file_size;
+
+ history_lines_written_to_file = 0;
+
+ buffer = (char *)NULL;
+ filename = history_filename (fname);
+ tempname = 0;
+ file = filename ? open (filename, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0666) : -1;
+ rv = exists = 0;
+
+ /* Don't try to truncate non-regular files. */
+ if (file == -1 || fstat (file, &finfo) == -1)
+ {
+ rv = errno;
+ if (file != -1)
+ close (file);
+ goto truncate_exit;
+ }
+ exists = 1;
+
+ if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode) == 0)
+ {
+ close (file);
+#ifdef EFTYPE
+ rv = EFTYPE;
+#else
+ rv = EINVAL;
+#endif
+ goto truncate_exit;
+ }
+
+ file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+ /* check for overflow on very large files */
+ if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+ {
+ close (file);
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+ rv = errno = EFBIG;
+#elif defined (EOVERFLOW)
+ rv = errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#else
+ rv = errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+ goto truncate_exit;
+ }
+
+ buffer = (char *)malloc (file_size + 1);
+ if (buffer == 0)
+ {
+ rv = errno;
+ close (file);
+ goto truncate_exit;
+ }
+
+ chars_read = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+ close (file);
+
+ if (chars_read <= 0)
+ {
+ rv = (chars_read < 0) ? errno : 0;
+ goto truncate_exit;
+ }
+
+ orig_lines = lines;
+ /* Count backwards from the end of buffer until we have passed
+ LINES lines. bp1 is set funny initially. But since bp[1] can't
+ be a comment character (since it's off the end) and *bp can't be
+ both a newline and the history comment character, it should be OK. */
+ for (bp1 = bp = buffer + chars_read - 1; lines && bp > buffer; bp--)
+ {
+ if (*bp == '\n' && HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(bp1) == 0)
+ lines--;
+ bp1 = bp;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is the first line, then the file contains exactly the
+ number of lines we want to truncate to, so we don't need to do
+ anything. It's the first line if we don't find a newline between
+ the current value of i and 0. Otherwise, write from the start of
+ this line until the end of the buffer. */
+ for ( ; bp > buffer; bp--)
+ {
+ if (*bp == '\n' && HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(bp1) == 0)
+ {
+ bp++;
+ break;
+ }
+ bp1 = bp;
+ }
+
+ /* Write only if there are more lines in the file than we want to
+ truncate to. */
+ if (bp <= buffer)
+ {
+ rv = 0;
+ /* No-op if LINES == 0 at this point */
+ history_lines_written_to_file = orig_lines - lines;
+ goto truncate_exit;
+ }
+
+ tempname = history_tempfile (filename);
+
+ if ((file = open (tempname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY, 0600)) != -1)
+ {
+ if (write (file, bp, chars_read - (bp - buffer)) < 0)
+ rv = errno;
+
+ if (close (file) < 0 && rv == 0)
+ rv = errno;
+ }
+ else
+ rv = errno;
+
+ truncate_exit:
+ FREE (buffer);
+
+ history_lines_written_to_file = orig_lines - lines;
+
+ if (rv == 0 && filename && tempname)
+ rv = histfile_restore (tempname, filename);
+
+ if (rv != 0)
+ {
+ if (tempname)
+ unlink (tempname);
+ history_lines_written_to_file = 0;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CHOWN)
+ /* Make sure the new filename is owned by the same user as the old. If one
+ user is running this, it's a no-op. If the shell is running after sudo
+ with a shared history file, we don't want to leave the history file
+ owned by root. */
+ if (rv == 0 && exists)
+ r = chown (filename, finfo.st_uid, finfo.st_gid);
+#endif
+
+ xfree (filename);
+ FREE (tempname);
+
+ return rv;
+}
+
+/* Workhorse function for writing history. Writes the last NELEMENT entries
+ from the history list to FILENAME. OVERWRITE is non-zero if you
+ wish to replace FILENAME with the entries. */
+static int
+history_do_write (const char *filename, int nelements, int overwrite)
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *output, *tempname, *histname;
+ int file, mode, rv, exists;
+ struct stat finfo;
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ size_t cursize;
+
+ history_lines_written_to_file = 0;
+
+ mode = overwrite ? O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY : O_RDWR|O_APPEND|O_BINARY;
+#else
+ mode = overwrite ? O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY : O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_BINARY;
+#endif
+ histname = history_filename (filename);
+ exists = histname ? (stat (histname, &finfo) == 0) : 0;
+
+ tempname = (overwrite && exists && S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode)) ? history_tempfile (histname) : 0;
+ output = tempname ? tempname : histname;
+
+ file = output ? open (output, mode, 0600) : -1;
+ rv = 0;
+
+ if (file == -1)
+ {
+ rv = errno;
+ FREE (histname);
+ FREE (tempname);
+ return (rv);
+ }
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ cursize = overwrite ? 0 : lseek (file, 0, SEEK_END);
+#endif
+
+ if (nelements > history_length)
+ nelements = history_length;
+
+ /* Build a buffer of all the lines to write, and write them in one syscall.
+ Suggested by Peter Ho (peter@robosts.oxford.ac.uk). */
+ {
+ HIST_ENTRY **the_history; /* local */
+ register int j;
+ int buffer_size;
+ char *buffer;
+
+ the_history = history_list ();
+ /* Calculate the total number of bytes to write. */
+ for (buffer_size = 0, i = history_length - nelements; i < history_length; i++)
+#if 0
+ buffer_size += 2 + HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
+#else
+ {
+ if (history_write_timestamps && the_history[i]->timestamp && the_history[i]->timestamp[0])
+ buffer_size += strlen (the_history[i]->timestamp) + 1;
+ buffer_size += strlen (the_history[i]->line) + 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Allocate the buffer, and fill it. */
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ if (ftruncate (file, buffer_size+cursize) == -1)
+ goto mmap_error;
+ buffer = (char *)mmap (0, buffer_size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_WFLAGS, file, cursize);
+ if ((void *)buffer == MAP_FAILED)
+ {
+mmap_error:
+ rv = errno;
+ close (file);
+ if (tempname)
+ unlink (tempname);
+ FREE (histname);
+ FREE (tempname);
+ return rv;
+ }
+#else
+ buffer = (char *)malloc (buffer_size);
+ if (buffer == 0)
+ {
+ rv = errno;
+ close (file);
+ if (tempname)
+ unlink (tempname);
+ FREE (histname);
+ FREE (tempname);
+ return rv;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (j = 0, i = history_length - nelements; i < history_length; i++)
+ {
+ if (history_write_timestamps && the_history[i]->timestamp && the_history[i]->timestamp[0])
+ {
+ strcpy (buffer + j, the_history[i]->timestamp);
+ j += strlen (the_history[i]->timestamp);
+ buffer[j++] = '\n';
+ }
+ strcpy (buffer + j, the_history[i]->line);
+ j += strlen (the_history[i]->line);
+ buffer[j++] = '\n';
+ }
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+ if (msync (buffer, buffer_size, MS_ASYNC) != 0 || munmap (buffer, buffer_size) != 0)
+ rv = errno;
+#else
+ if (write (file, buffer, buffer_size) < 0)
+ rv = errno;
+ xfree (buffer);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ history_lines_written_to_file = nelements;
+
+ if (close (file) < 0 && rv == 0)
+ rv = errno;
+
+ if (rv == 0 && histname && tempname)
+ rv = histfile_restore (tempname, histname);
+
+ if (rv != 0)
+ {
+ if (tempname)
+ unlink (tempname);
+ history_lines_written_to_file = 0;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CHOWN)
+ /* Make sure the new filename is owned by the same user as the old. If one
+ user is running this, it's a no-op. If the shell is running after sudo
+ with a shared history file, we don't want to leave the history file
+ owned by root. */
+ if (rv == 0 && exists)
+ mode = chown (histname, finfo.st_uid, finfo.st_gid);
+#endif
+
+ FREE (histname);
+ FREE (tempname);
+
+ return (rv);
+}
+
+/* Append NELEMENT entries to FILENAME. The entries appended are from
+ the end of the list minus NELEMENTs up to the end of the list. */
+int
+append_history (int nelements, const char *filename)
+{
+ return (history_do_write (filename, nelements, HISTORY_APPEND));
+}
+
+/* Overwrite FILENAME with the current history. If FILENAME is NULL,
+ then write the history list to ~/.history. Values returned
+ are as in read_history ().*/
+int
+write_history (const char *filename)
+{
+ return (history_do_write (filename, history_length, HISTORY_OVERWRITE));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/histlib.h b/lib/readline/histlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9627b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* histlib.h -- internal definitions for the history library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+ routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+ History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with History. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_HISTLIB_H_)
+#define _HISTLIB_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if !defined (STREQ)
+#define STREQ(a, b) (((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0))
+#define STREQN(a, b, n) (((n) == 0) ? (1) \
+ : ((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strncmp ((a), (b), (n)) == 0))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef savestring
+#define savestring(x) strcpy (xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef whitespace
+#define whitespace(c) (((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t'))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_digit_p
+#define _rl_digit_p(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_digit_value
+#define _rl_digit_value(c) ((c) - '0')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef member
+# if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr ();
+# endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+#define member(c, s) ((c) ? ((char *)strchr ((s), (c)) != (char *)NULL) : 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+# define FREE(x) if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Possible history errors passed to hist_error. */
+#define EVENT_NOT_FOUND 0
+#define BAD_WORD_SPEC 1
+#define SUBST_FAILED 2
+#define BAD_MODIFIER 3
+#define NO_PREV_SUBST 4
+
+/* Possible definitions for history starting point specification. */
+#define NON_ANCHORED_SEARCH 0
+#define ANCHORED_SEARCH 0x01
+#define PATTERN_SEARCH 0x02
+
+/* Possible definitions for what style of writing the history file we want. */
+#define HISTORY_APPEND 0
+#define HISTORY_OVERWRITE 1
+
+/* internal extern function declarations used by other parts of the library */
+
+/* histsearch.c */
+extern int _hs_history_patsearch PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+#endif /* !_HISTLIB_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/history.c b/lib/readline/history.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67158b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/history.c
@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
+/* history.c -- standalone history library */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+ routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+ History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with History. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you
+ don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions
+ you can call. I think I have done that. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* How big to make the_history when we first allocate it. */
+#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE 502
+
+#define MAX_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE 8192
+
+/* The number of slots to increase the_history by. */
+#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE 50
+
+static char *hist_inittime PARAMS((void));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* History Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* An array of HIST_ENTRY. This is where we store the history. */
+static HIST_ENTRY **the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means that we have enforced a limit on the amount of
+ history that we save. */
+static int history_stifled;
+
+/* The current number of slots allocated to the input_history. */
+static int history_size;
+
+/* If HISTORY_STIFLED is non-zero, then this is the maximum number of
+ entries to remember. */
+int history_max_entries;
+int max_input_history; /* backwards compatibility */
+
+/* The current location of the interactive history pointer. Just makes
+ life easier for outside callers. */
+int history_offset;
+
+/* The number of strings currently stored in the history list. */
+int history_length;
+
+/* The logical `base' of the history array. It defaults to 1. */
+int history_base = 1;
+
+/* Return the current HISTORY_STATE of the history. */
+HISTORY_STATE *
+history_get_history_state (void)
+{
+ HISTORY_STATE *state;
+
+ state = (HISTORY_STATE *)xmalloc (sizeof (HISTORY_STATE));
+ state->entries = the_history;
+ state->offset = history_offset;
+ state->length = history_length;
+ state->size = history_size;
+ state->flags = 0;
+ if (history_stifled)
+ state->flags |= HS_STIFLED;
+
+ return (state);
+}
+
+/* Set the state of the current history array to STATE. */
+void
+history_set_history_state (HISTORY_STATE *state)
+{
+ the_history = state->entries;
+ history_offset = state->offset;
+ history_length = state->length;
+ history_size = state->size;
+ if (state->flags & HS_STIFLED)
+ history_stifled = 1;
+}
+
+/* Begin a session in which the history functions might be used. This
+ initializes interactive variables. */
+void
+using_history (void)
+{
+ history_offset = history_length;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+ This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines and the associated
+ timestamps. */
+int
+history_total_bytes (void)
+{
+ register int i, result;
+
+ for (i = result = 0; the_history && the_history[i]; i++)
+ result += HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Returns the magic number which says what history element we are
+ looking at now. In this implementation, it returns history_offset. */
+int
+where_history (void)
+{
+ return (history_offset);
+}
+
+/* Make the current history item be the one at POS, an absolute index.
+ Returns zero if POS is out of range, else non-zero. */
+int
+history_set_pos (int pos)
+{
+ if (pos > history_length || pos < 0 || !the_history)
+ return (0);
+ history_offset = pos;
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Return the current history array. The caller has to be careful, since this
+ is the actual array of data, and could be bashed or made corrupt easily.
+ The array is terminated with a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY **
+history_list (void)
+{
+ return (the_history);
+}
+
+/* Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+ history_offset. If there is no entry there, return a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+current_history (void)
+{
+ return ((history_offset == history_length) || the_history == 0)
+ ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL
+ : the_history[history_offset];
+}
+
+/* Back up history_offset to the previous history entry, and return
+ a pointer to that entry. If there is no previous entry then return
+ a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+previous_history (void)
+{
+ return history_offset ? the_history[--history_offset] : (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Move history_offset forward to the next history entry, and return
+ a pointer to that entry. If there is no next entry then return a
+ NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+next_history (void)
+{
+ return (history_offset == history_length) ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL : the_history[++history_offset];
+}
+
+/* Return the history entry which is logically at OFFSET in the history array.
+ OFFSET is relative to history_base. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+history_get (int offset)
+{
+ int local_index;
+
+ local_index = offset - history_base;
+ return (local_index >= history_length || local_index < 0 || the_history == 0)
+ ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL
+ : the_history[local_index];
+}
+
+HIST_ENTRY *
+alloc_history_entry (char *string, char *ts)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+ temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+
+ temp->line = string ? savestring (string) : string;
+ temp->data = (char *)NULL;
+ temp->timestamp = ts;
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+time_t
+history_get_time (HIST_ENTRY *hist)
+{
+ char *ts;
+ time_t t;
+
+ if (hist == 0 || hist->timestamp == 0)
+ return 0;
+ ts = hist->timestamp;
+ if (ts[0] != history_comment_char)
+ return 0;
+ errno = 0;
+ t = (time_t) strtol (ts + 1, (char **)NULL, 10); /* XXX - should use strtol() here */
+ if (errno == ERANGE)
+ return (time_t)0;
+ return t;
+}
+
+static char *
+hist_inittime (void)
+{
+ time_t t;
+ char ts[64], *ret;
+
+ t = (time_t) time ((time_t *)0);
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF) /* assume snprintf if vsnprintf exists */
+ snprintf (ts, sizeof (ts) - 1, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#else
+ sprintf (ts, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#endif
+ ret = savestring (ts);
+ ret[0] = history_comment_char;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Place STRING at the end of the history list. The data field
+ is set to NULL. */
+void
+add_history (const char *string)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+ int new_length;
+
+ if (history_stifled && (history_length == history_max_entries))
+ {
+ register int i;
+
+ /* If the history is stifled, and history_length is zero,
+ and it equals history_max_entries, we don't save items. */
+ if (history_length == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* If there is something in the slot, then remove it. */
+ if (the_history[0])
+ (void) free_history_entry (the_history[0]);
+
+ /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot. Copy includes
+ trailing NULL. */
+ memmove (the_history, the_history + 1, history_length * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+ new_length = history_length;
+ history_base++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (history_size == 0)
+ {
+ if (history_stifled && history_max_entries > 0)
+ history_size = (history_max_entries > MAX_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE)
+ ? MAX_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE
+ : history_max_entries + 2;
+ else
+ history_size = DEFAULT_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE;
+ the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)xmalloc (history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+ new_length = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (history_length == (history_size - 1))
+ {
+ history_size += DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE;
+ the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)
+ xrealloc (the_history, history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+ }
+ new_length = history_length + 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ temp = alloc_history_entry ((char *)string, hist_inittime ());
+
+ the_history[new_length] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ the_history[new_length - 1] = temp;
+ history_length = new_length;
+}
+
+/* Change the time stamp of the most recent history entry to STRING. */
+void
+add_history_time (const char *string)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *hs;
+
+ if (string == 0 || history_length < 1)
+ return;
+ hs = the_history[history_length - 1];
+ FREE (hs->timestamp);
+ hs->timestamp = savestring (string);
+}
+
+/* Free HIST and return the data so the calling application can free it
+ if necessary and desired. */
+histdata_t
+free_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *hist)
+{
+ histdata_t x;
+
+ if (hist == 0)
+ return ((histdata_t) 0);
+ FREE (hist->line);
+ FREE (hist->timestamp);
+ x = hist->data;
+ xfree (hist);
+ return (x);
+}
+
+HIST_ENTRY *
+copy_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *hist)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *ret;
+ char *ts;
+
+ if (hist == 0)
+ return hist;
+
+ ret = alloc_history_entry (hist->line, (char *)NULL);
+
+ ts = hist->timestamp ? savestring (hist->timestamp) : hist->timestamp;
+ ret->timestamp = ts;
+
+ ret->data = hist->data;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA. This returns
+ the old entry so you can dispose of the data. In the case of an
+ invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+replace_history_entry (int which, const char *line, histdata_t data)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *temp, *old_value;
+
+ if (which < 0 || which >= history_length)
+ return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL);
+
+ temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+ old_value = the_history[which];
+
+ temp->line = savestring (line);
+ temp->data = data;
+ temp->timestamp = savestring (old_value->timestamp);
+ the_history[which] = temp;
+
+ return (old_value);
+}
+
+/* Append LINE to the history line at offset WHICH, adding a newline to the
+ end of the current line first. This can be used to construct multi-line
+ history entries while reading lines from the history file. */
+void
+_hs_append_history_line (int which, const char *line)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *hent;
+ size_t newlen, curlen, minlen;
+ char *newline;
+
+ hent = the_history[which];
+ curlen = strlen (hent->line);
+ minlen = curlen + strlen (line) + 2; /* min space needed */
+ if (curlen > 256) /* XXX - for now */
+ {
+ newlen = 512; /* now realloc in powers of 2 */
+ /* we recalcluate every time; the operations are cheap */
+ while (newlen < minlen)
+ newlen <<= 1;
+ }
+ else
+ newlen = minlen;
+ /* Assume that realloc returns the same pointer and doesn't try a new
+ alloc/copy if the new size is the same as the one last passed. */
+ newline = realloc (hent->line, newlen);
+ if (newline)
+ {
+ hent->line = newline;
+ hent->line[curlen++] = '\n';
+ strcpy (hent->line + curlen, line);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Replace the DATA in the specified history entries, replacing OLD with
+ NEW. WHICH says which one(s) to replace: WHICH == -1 means to replace
+ all of the history entries where entry->data == OLD; WHICH == -2 means
+ to replace the `newest' history entry where entry->data == OLD; and
+ WHICH >= 0 means to replace that particular history entry's data, as
+ long as it matches OLD. */
+void
+_hs_replace_history_data (int which, histdata_t *old, histdata_t *new)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+ register int i, last;
+
+ if (which < -2 || which >= history_length || history_length == 0 || the_history == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (which >= 0)
+ {
+ entry = the_history[which];
+ if (entry && entry->data == old)
+ entry->data = new;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ last = -1;
+ for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+ {
+ entry = the_history[i];
+ if (entry == 0)
+ continue;
+ if (entry->data == old)
+ {
+ last = i;
+ if (which == -1)
+ entry->data = new;
+ }
+ }
+ if (which == -2 && last >= 0)
+ {
+ entry = the_history[last];
+ entry->data = new; /* XXX - we don't check entry->old */
+ }
+}
+
+/* Remove history element WHICH from the history. The removed
+ element is returned to you so you can free the line, data,
+ and containing structure. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+remove_history (int which)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *return_value;
+ register int i;
+#if 1
+ int nentries;
+ HIST_ENTRY **start, **end;
+#endif
+
+ if (which < 0 || which >= history_length || history_length == 0 || the_history == 0)
+ return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL);
+
+ return_value = the_history[which];
+
+#if 1
+ /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot. Copy includes
+ trailing NULL. */
+ nentries = history_length - which;
+ start = the_history + which;
+ end = start + 1;
+ memmove (start, end, nentries * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+#else
+ for (i = which; i < history_length; i++)
+ the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1];
+#endif
+
+ history_length--;
+
+ return (return_value);
+}
+
+HIST_ENTRY **
+remove_history_range (int first, int last)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY **return_value;
+ register int i;
+ int nentries;
+ HIST_ENTRY **start, **end;
+
+ if (the_history == 0 || history_length == 0)
+ return ((HIST_ENTRY **)NULL);
+ if (first < 0 || first >= history_length || last < 0 || last >= history_length)
+ return ((HIST_ENTRY **)NULL);
+ if (first > last)
+ return (HIST_ENTRY **)NULL;
+
+ nentries = last - first + 1;
+ return_value = (HIST_ENTRY **)malloc ((nentries + 1) * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+ if (return_value == 0)
+ return return_value;
+
+ /* Return all the deleted entries in a list */
+ for (i = first ; i <= last; i++)
+ return_value[i - first] = the_history[i];
+ return_value[i - first] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+
+ /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down NENTRIES slots. Copy includes
+ trailing NULL. */
+ start = the_history + first;
+ end = the_history + last + 1;
+ memmove (start, end, (history_length - last) * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+ history_length -= nentries;
+
+ return (return_value);
+}
+
+/* Stifle the history list, remembering only MAX number of lines. */
+void
+stifle_history (int max)
+{
+ register int i, j;
+
+ if (max < 0)
+ max = 0;
+
+ if (history_length > max)
+ {
+ /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
+ for (i = 0, j = history_length - max; i < j; i++)
+ free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
+
+ history_base = i;
+ for (j = 0, i = history_length - max; j < max; i++, j++)
+ the_history[j] = the_history[i];
+ the_history[j] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ history_length = j;
+ }
+
+ history_stifled = 1;
+ max_input_history = history_max_entries = max;
+}
+
+/* Stop stifling the history. This returns the previous maximum
+ number of history entries. The value is positive if the history
+ was stifled, negative if it wasn't. */
+int
+unstifle_history (void)
+{
+ if (history_stifled)
+ {
+ history_stifled = 0;
+ return (history_max_entries);
+ }
+ else
+ return (-history_max_entries);
+}
+
+int
+history_is_stifled (void)
+{
+ return (history_stifled);
+}
+
+void
+clear_history (void)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
+ for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+ {
+ free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
+ the_history[i] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ history_offset = history_length = 0;
+ history_base = 1; /* reset history base to default */
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/history.h b/lib/readline/history.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc3de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/history.h
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* history.h -- the names of functions that you can call in history. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+ routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+ History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with History. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _HISTORY_H_
+#define _HISTORY_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h> /* XXX - for history timestamp code */
+
+#if defined READLINE_LIBRARY
+# include "rlstdc.h"
+# include "rltypedefs.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+# include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef void *histdata_t;
+#else
+typedef char *histdata_t;
+#endif
+
+/* The structure used to store a history entry. */
+typedef struct _hist_entry {
+ char *line;
+ char *timestamp; /* char * rather than time_t for read/write */
+ histdata_t data;
+} HIST_ENTRY;
+
+/* Size of the history-library-managed space in history entry HS. */
+#define HISTENT_BYTES(hs) (strlen ((hs)->line) + strlen ((hs)->timestamp))
+
+/* A structure used to pass the current state of the history stuff around. */
+typedef struct _hist_state {
+ HIST_ENTRY **entries; /* Pointer to the entries themselves. */
+ int offset; /* The location pointer within this array. */
+ int length; /* Number of elements within this array. */
+ int size; /* Number of slots allocated to this array. */
+ int flags;
+} HISTORY_STATE;
+
+/* Flag values for the `flags' member of HISTORY_STATE. */
+#define HS_STIFLED 0x01
+
+/* Initialization and state management. */
+
+/* Begin a session in which the history functions might be used. This
+ just initializes the interactive variables. */
+extern void using_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return the current HISTORY_STATE of the history. */
+extern HISTORY_STATE *history_get_history_state PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Set the state of the current history array to STATE. */
+extern void history_set_history_state PARAMS((HISTORY_STATE *));
+
+/* Manage the history list. */
+
+/* Place STRING at the end of the history list.
+ The associated data field (if any) is set to NULL. */
+extern void add_history PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Change the timestamp associated with the most recent history entry to
+ STRING. */
+extern void add_history_time PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Remove an entry from the history list. WHICH is the magic number that
+ tells us which element to delete. The elements are numbered from 0. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *remove_history PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Remove a set of entries from the history list: FIRST to LAST, inclusive */
+extern HIST_ENTRY **remove_history_range PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Allocate a history entry consisting of STRING and TIMESTAMP and return
+ a pointer to it. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *alloc_history_entry PARAMS((char *, char *));
+
+/* Copy the history entry H, but not the (opaque) data pointer */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *copy_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* Free the history entry H and return any application-specific data
+ associated with it. */
+extern histdata_t free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA. This returns
+ the old entry so you can dispose of the data. In the case of an
+ invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *replace_history_entry PARAMS((int, const char *, histdata_t));
+
+/* Clear the history list and start over. */
+extern void clear_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Stifle the history list, remembering only MAX number of entries. */
+extern void stifle_history PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Stop stifling the history. This returns the previous amount the
+ history was stifled by. The value is positive if the history was
+ stifled, negative if it wasn't. */
+extern int unstifle_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return 1 if the history is stifled, 0 if it is not. */
+extern int history_is_stifled PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Information about the history list. */
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of HIST_ENTRY which is the current input
+ history. Element 0 of this list is the beginning of time. If there
+ is no history, return NULL. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY **history_list PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Returns the number which says what history element we are now
+ looking at. */
+extern int where_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+ history_offset. If there is no entry there, return a NULL pointer. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *current_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return the history entry which is logically at OFFSET in the history
+ array. OFFSET is relative to history_base. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *history_get PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Return the timestamp associated with the HIST_ENTRY * passed as an
+ argument */
+extern time_t history_get_time PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+ This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines. */
+extern int history_total_bytes PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Moving around the history list. */
+
+/* Set the position in the history list to POS. */
+extern int history_set_pos PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Back up history_offset to the previous history entry, and return
+ a pointer to that entry. If there is no previous entry, return
+ a NULL pointer. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *previous_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Move history_offset forward to the next item in the input_history,
+ and return the a pointer to that entry. If there is no next entry,
+ return a NULL pointer. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *next_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Searching the history list. */
+
+/* Search the history for STRING, starting at history_offset.
+ If DIRECTION < 0, then the search is through previous entries,
+ else through subsequent. If the string is found, then
+ current_history () is the history entry, and the value of this function
+ is the offset in the line of that history entry that the string was
+ found in. Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is returned. */
+extern int history_search PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* Search the history for STRING, starting at history_offset.
+ The search is anchored: matching lines must begin with string.
+ DIRECTION is as in history_search(). */
+extern int history_search_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* Search for STRING in the history list, starting at POS, an
+ absolute index into the list. DIR, if negative, says to search
+ backwards from POS, else forwards.
+ Returns the absolute index of the history element where STRING
+ was found, or -1 otherwise. */
+extern int history_search_pos PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Managing the history file. */
+
+/* Add the contents of FILENAME to the history list, a line at a time.
+ If FILENAME is NULL, then read from ~/.history. Returns 0 if
+ successful, or errno if not. */
+extern int read_history PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Read a range of lines from FILENAME, adding them to the history list.
+ Start reading at the FROM'th line and end at the TO'th. If FROM
+ is zero, start at the beginning. If TO is less than FROM, read
+ until the end of the file. If FILENAME is NULL, then read from
+ ~/.history. Returns 0 if successful, or errno if not. */
+extern int read_history_range PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Write the current history to FILENAME. If FILENAME is NULL,
+ then write the history list to ~/.history. Values returned
+ are as in read_history (). */
+extern int write_history PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Append NELEMENT entries to FILENAME. The entries appended are from
+ the end of the list minus NELEMENTs up to the end of the list. */
+extern int append_history PARAMS((int, const char *));
+
+/* Truncate the history file, leaving only the last NLINES lines. */
+extern int history_truncate_file PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* History expansion. */
+
+/* Expand the string STRING, placing the result into OUTPUT, a pointer
+ to a string. Returns:
+
+ 0) If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in
+ the text was the de-slashifying of the history expansion
+ character)
+ 1) If expansions did take place
+ -1) If there was an error in expansion.
+ 2) If the returned line should just be printed.
+
+ If an error occurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
+ error message. */
+extern int history_expand PARAMS((char *, char **));
+
+/* Extract a string segment consisting of the FIRST through LAST
+ arguments present in STRING. Arguments are broken up as in
+ the shell. */
+extern char *history_arg_extract PARAMS((int, int, const char *));
+
+/* Return the text of the history event beginning at the current
+ offset into STRING. Pass STRING with *INDEX equal to the
+ history_expansion_char that begins this specification.
+ DELIMITING_QUOTE is a character that is allowed to end the string
+ specification for what to search for in addition to the normal
+ characters `:', ` ', `\t', `\n', and sometimes `?'. */
+extern char *get_history_event PARAMS((const char *, int *, int));
+
+/* Return an array of tokens, much as the shell might. The tokens are
+ parsed out of STRING. */
+extern char **history_tokenize PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Exported history variables. */
+extern int history_base;
+extern int history_length;
+extern int history_max_entries;
+extern int history_offset;
+
+extern int history_lines_read_from_file;
+extern int history_lines_written_to_file;
+
+extern char history_expansion_char;
+extern char history_subst_char;
+extern char *history_word_delimiters;
+extern char history_comment_char;
+extern char *history_no_expand_chars;
+extern char *history_search_delimiter_chars;
+
+extern int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion;
+extern int history_quoting_state;
+
+extern int history_write_timestamps;
+
+/* These two are undocumented; the second is reserved for future use */
+extern int history_multiline_entries;
+extern int history_file_version;
+
+/* Backwards compatibility */
+extern int max_input_history;
+
+/* If set, this function is called to decide whether or not a particular
+ history expansion should be treated as a special case for the calling
+ application and not expanded. */
+extern rl_linebuf_func_t *history_inhibit_expansion_function;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_HISTORY_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/histsearch.c b/lib/readline/histsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a426c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/* histsearch.c -- searching the history list. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2009,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+ routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+ History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with History. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_FNMATCH)
+# include <fnmatch.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* The list of alternate characters that can delimit a history search
+ string. */
+char *history_search_delimiter_chars = (char *)NULL;
+
+static int history_search_internal PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Search the history for STRING, starting at history_offset.
+ If DIRECTION < 0, then the search is through previous entries, else
+ through subsequent. If ANCHORED is non-zero, the string must
+ appear at the beginning of a history line, otherwise, the string
+ may appear anywhere in the line. If the string is found, then
+ current_history () is the history entry, and the value of this
+ function is the offset in the line of that history entry that the
+ string was found in. Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is
+ returned. */
+
+static int
+history_search_internal (const char *string, int direction, int flags)
+{
+ register int i, reverse;
+ register char *line;
+ register int line_index;
+ int string_len, anchored, patsearch;
+ HIST_ENTRY **the_history; /* local */
+
+ i = history_offset;
+ reverse = (direction < 0);
+ anchored = (flags & ANCHORED_SEARCH);
+#if defined (HAVE_FNMATCH)
+ patsearch = (flags & PATTERN_SEARCH);
+#else
+ patsearch = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Take care of trivial cases first. */
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return (-1);
+
+ if (!history_length || ((i >= history_length) && !reverse))
+ return (-1);
+
+ if (reverse && (i >= history_length))
+ i = history_length - 1;
+
+#define NEXT_LINE() do { if (reverse) i--; else i++; } while (0)
+
+ the_history = history_list ();
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Search each line in the history list for STRING. */
+
+ /* At limit for direction? */
+ if ((reverse && i < 0) || (!reverse && i == history_length))
+ return (-1);
+
+ line = the_history[i]->line;
+ line_index = strlen (line);
+
+ /* If STRING is longer than line, no match. */
+ if (patsearch == 0 && (string_len > line_index))
+ {
+ NEXT_LINE ();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle anchored searches first. */
+ if (anchored == ANCHORED_SEARCH)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_FNMATCH)
+ if (patsearch)
+ {
+ if (fnmatch (string, line, 0) == 0)
+ {
+ history_offset = i;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (STREQN (string, line, string_len))
+ {
+ history_offset = i;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ NEXT_LINE ();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Do substring search. */
+ if (reverse)
+ {
+ line_index -= (patsearch == 0) ? string_len : 1;
+
+ while (line_index >= 0)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_FNMATCH)
+ if (patsearch)
+ {
+ if (fnmatch (string, line + line_index, 0) == 0)
+ {
+ history_offset = i;
+ return (line_index);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (STREQN (string, line + line_index, string_len))
+ {
+ history_offset = i;
+ return (line_index);
+ }
+ line_index--;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ register int limit;
+
+ limit = line_index - string_len + 1;
+ line_index = 0;
+
+ while (line_index < limit)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_FNMATCH)
+ if (patsearch)
+ {
+ if (fnmatch (string, line + line_index, 0) == 0)
+ {
+ history_offset = i;
+ return (line_index);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (STREQN (string, line + line_index, string_len))
+ {
+ history_offset = i;
+ return (line_index);
+ }
+ line_index++;
+ }
+ }
+ NEXT_LINE ();
+ }
+}
+
+int
+_hs_history_patsearch (const char *string, int direction, int flags)
+{
+ char *pat;
+ size_t len, start;
+ int ret, unescaped_backslash;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_FNMATCH)
+ /* Assume that the string passed does not have a leading `^' and any
+ anchored search request is captured in FLAGS */
+ len = strlen (string);
+ ret = len - 1;
+ /* fnmatch is required to reject a pattern that ends with an unescaped
+ backslash */
+ if (unescaped_backslash = (string[ret] == '\\'))
+ {
+ while (ret > 0 && string[--ret] == '\\')
+ unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash;
+ }
+ if (unescaped_backslash)
+ return -1;
+ pat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3);
+ /* If the search string is not anchored, we'll be calling fnmatch (assuming
+ we have it). Prefix a `*' to the front of the search string so we search
+ anywhere in the line. */
+ if ((flags & ANCHORED_SEARCH) == 0 && string[0] != '*')
+ {
+ pat[0] = '*';
+ start = 1;
+ len++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ start = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Attempt to reduce the number of searches by tacking a `*' onto the end
+ of a pattern that doesn't have one. Assume a pattern that ends in a
+ backslash contains an even number of trailing backslashes; we check
+ above */
+ strcpy (pat + start, string);
+ if (pat[len - 1] != '*')
+ {
+ pat[len] = '*'; /* XXX */
+ pat[len+1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ pat = string;
+#endif
+
+ ret = history_search_internal (pat, direction, flags|PATTERN_SEARCH);
+
+ if (pat != string)
+ free (pat);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do a non-anchored search for STRING through the history in DIRECTION. */
+int
+history_search (const char *string, int direction)
+{
+ return (history_search_internal (string, direction, NON_ANCHORED_SEARCH));
+}
+
+/* Do an anchored search for string through the history in DIRECTION. */
+int
+history_search_prefix (const char *string, int direction)
+{
+ return (history_search_internal (string, direction, ANCHORED_SEARCH));
+}
+
+/* Search for STRING in the history list. DIR is < 0 for searching
+ backwards. POS is an absolute index into the history list at
+ which point to begin searching. */
+int
+history_search_pos (const char *string, int dir, int pos)
+{
+ int ret, old;
+
+ old = where_history ();
+ history_set_pos (pos);
+ if (history_search (string, dir) == -1)
+ {
+ history_set_pos (old);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ ret = where_history ();
+ history_set_pos (old);
+ return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/input.c b/lib/readline/input.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4d57a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/input.c
@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/* input.c -- character input functions for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+# include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include "posixselect.h"
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* What kind of non-blocking I/O do we have? */
+#if !defined (O_NDELAY) && defined (O_NONBLOCK)
+# define O_NDELAY O_NONBLOCK /* Posix style */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+extern sigset_t _rl_orig_sigset;
+#endif
+
+/* Non-null means it is a pointer to a function to run while waiting for
+ character input. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_event_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* A function to call if a read(2) is interrupted by a signal. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_signal_event_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* A function to replace _rl_input_available for applications using the
+ callback interface. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_input_available_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_getc_func_t *rl_getc_function = rl_getc;
+
+static int _keyboard_input_timeout = 100000; /* 0.1 seconds; it's in usec */
+
+static int ibuffer_space PARAMS((void));
+static int rl_get_char PARAMS((int *));
+static int rl_gather_tyi PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Windows isatty returns true for every character device, including the null
+ device, so we need to perform additional checks. */
+#if defined (_WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#include <io.h>
+#include <conio.h>
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#include <windows.h>
+
+int
+win32_isatty (int fd)
+{
+ if (_isatty(fd))
+ {
+ HANDLE h;
+ DWORD ignored;
+
+ if ((h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd)) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+ {
+ errno = EBADF;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (GetConsoleMode (h, &ignored) != 0)
+ return 1;
+ }
+ errno = ENOTTY;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#define isatty(x) win32_isatty(x)
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Character Input Buffering */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static int pop_index, push_index;
+static unsigned char ibuffer[512];
+static int ibuffer_len = sizeof (ibuffer) - 1;
+
+#define any_typein (push_index != pop_index)
+
+int
+_rl_any_typein (void)
+{
+ return any_typein;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_pushed_input_available (void)
+{
+ return (push_index != pop_index);
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of space available in the buffer for stuffing
+ characters. */
+static int
+ibuffer_space (void)
+{
+ if (pop_index > push_index)
+ return (pop_index - push_index - 1);
+ else
+ return (ibuffer_len - (push_index - pop_index));
+}
+
+/* Get a key from the buffer of characters to be read.
+ Return the key in KEY.
+ Result is non-zero if there was a key, or 0 if there wasn't. */
+static int
+rl_get_char (int *key)
+{
+ if (push_index == pop_index)
+ return (0);
+
+ *key = ibuffer[pop_index++];
+#if 0
+ if (pop_index >= ibuffer_len)
+#else
+ if (pop_index > ibuffer_len)
+#endif
+ pop_index = 0;
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Stuff KEY into the *front* of the input buffer.
+ Returns non-zero if successful, zero if there is
+ no space left in the buffer. */
+int
+_rl_unget_char (int key)
+{
+ if (ibuffer_space ())
+ {
+ pop_index--;
+ if (pop_index < 0)
+ pop_index = ibuffer_len;
+ ibuffer[pop_index] = key;
+ return (1);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* If a character is available to be read, then read it and stuff it into
+ IBUFFER. Otherwise, just return. Returns number of characters read
+ (0 if none available) and -1 on error (EIO). */
+static int
+rl_gather_tyi (void)
+{
+ int tty;
+ register int tem, result;
+ int chars_avail, k;
+ char input;
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+ fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+ struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+
+ chars_avail = 0;
+ input = 0;
+ tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &readfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &exceptfds);
+ USEC_TO_TIMEVAL (_keyboard_input_timeout, timeout);
+ result = select (tty + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout);
+ if (result <= 0)
+ return 0; /* Nothing to read. */
+#endif
+
+ result = -1;
+ errno = 0;
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+ result = ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail);
+ if (result == -1 && errno == EIO)
+ return -1;
+ if (result == -1)
+ chars_avail = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (O_NDELAY)
+ if (result == -1)
+ {
+ tem = fcntl (tty, F_GETFL, 0);
+
+ fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, (tem | O_NDELAY));
+ chars_avail = read (tty, &input, 1);
+
+ fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, tem);
+ if (chars_avail == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+ return 0;
+ if (chars_avail == -1 && errno == EIO)
+ return -1;
+ if (chars_avail == 0) /* EOF */
+ {
+ rl_stuff_char (EOF);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* O_NDELAY */
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ /* Use getch/_kbhit to check for available console input, in the same way
+ that we read it normally. */
+ chars_avail = isatty (tty) ? _kbhit () : 0;
+ result = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* If there's nothing available, don't waste time trying to read
+ something. */
+ if (chars_avail <= 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ tem = ibuffer_space ();
+
+ if (chars_avail > tem)
+ chars_avail = tem;
+
+ /* One cannot read all of the available input. I can only read a single
+ character at a time, or else programs which require input can be
+ thwarted. If the buffer is larger than one character, I lose.
+ Damn! */
+ if (tem < ibuffer_len)
+ chars_avail = 0;
+
+ if (result != -1)
+ {
+ while (chars_avail--)
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ k = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+ if (rl_stuff_char (k) == 0)
+ break; /* some problem; no more room */
+ if (k == NEWLINE || k == RETURN)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (chars_avail)
+ rl_stuff_char (input);
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (int u)
+{
+ int o;
+
+ o = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+ if (u >= 0)
+ _keyboard_input_timeout = u;
+ return (o);
+}
+
+/* Is there input available to be read on the readline input file
+ descriptor? Only works if the system has select(2) or FIONREAD.
+ Uses the value of _keyboard_input_timeout as the timeout; if another
+ readline function wants to specify a timeout and not leave it up to
+ the user, it should use _rl_input_queued(timeout_value_in_microseconds)
+ instead. */
+int
+_rl_input_available (void)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+ fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+ struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+#if !defined (HAVE_SELECT) && defined(FIONREAD)
+ int chars_avail;
+#endif
+ int tty;
+
+ if (rl_input_available_hook)
+ return (*rl_input_available_hook) ();
+
+ tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &readfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &exceptfds);
+ timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+ timeout.tv_usec = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+ return (select (tty + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout) > 0);
+#else
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+ if (ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail) == 0)
+ return (chars_avail);
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ if (isatty (tty))
+ return (_kbhit ());
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_input_queued (int t)
+{
+ int old_timeout, r;
+
+ old_timeout = rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (t);
+ r = _rl_input_available ();
+ rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (old_timeout);
+ return r;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_insert_typein (int c)
+{
+ int key, t, i;
+ char *string;
+
+ i = key = 0;
+ string = (char *)xmalloc (ibuffer_len + 1);
+ string[i++] = (char) c;
+
+ while ((t = rl_get_char (&key)) &&
+ _rl_keymap[key].type == ISFUNC &&
+ _rl_keymap[key].function == rl_insert)
+ string[i++] = key;
+
+ if (t)
+ _rl_unget_char (key);
+
+ string[i] = '\0';
+ rl_insert_text (string);
+ xfree (string);
+}
+
+/* Add KEY to the buffer of characters to be read. Returns 1 if the
+ character was stuffed correctly; 0 otherwise. */
+int
+rl_stuff_char (int key)
+{
+ if (ibuffer_space () == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (key == EOF)
+ {
+ key = NEWLINE;
+ rl_pending_input = EOF;
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+ }
+ ibuffer[push_index++] = key;
+#if 0
+ if (push_index >= ibuffer_len)
+#else
+ if (push_index > ibuffer_len)
+#endif
+ push_index = 0;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Make C be the next command to be executed. */
+int
+rl_execute_next (int c)
+{
+ rl_pending_input = c;
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clear any pending input pushed with rl_execute_next() */
+int
+rl_clear_pending_input (void)
+{
+ rl_pending_input = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Character Input */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Read a key, including pending input. */
+int
+rl_read_key (void)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ if (rl_pending_input)
+ {
+ c = rl_pending_input; /* XXX - cast to unsigned char if > 0? */
+ rl_clear_pending_input ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If input is coming from a macro, then use that. */
+ if (c = _rl_next_macro_key ())
+ return ((unsigned char)c);
+
+ /* If the user has an event function, then call it periodically. */
+ if (rl_event_hook)
+ {
+ while (rl_event_hook)
+ {
+ if (rl_get_char (&c) != 0)
+ break;
+
+ if ((r = rl_gather_tyi ()) < 0) /* XXX - EIO */
+ {
+ rl_done = 1;
+ return (errno == EIO ? (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF) : '\n');
+ }
+ else if (r > 0) /* read something */
+ continue;
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (rl_done) /* XXX - experimental */
+ return ('\n');
+ (*rl_event_hook) ();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_get_char (&c) == 0)
+ c = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+/* fprintf(stderr, "rl_read_key: calling RL_CHECK_SIGNALS: _rl_caught_signal = %d", _rl_caught_signal); */
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (c);
+}
+
+int
+rl_getc (FILE *stream)
+{
+ int result;
+ unsigned char c;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ sigset_t empty_set;
+ fd_set readfds;
+#endif
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+ /* We know at this point that _rl_caught_signal == 0 */
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ if (isatty (fileno (stream)))
+ return (_getch ()); /* "There is no error return." */
+#endif
+ result = 0;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (stream), &readfds);
+# if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ result = pselect (fileno (stream) + 1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, NULL, &_rl_orig_sigset);
+# else
+ sigemptyset (&empty_set);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, (sigset_t *)NULL, &empty_set);
+ result = pselect (fileno (stream) + 1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, NULL, &empty_set);
+# endif /* HANDLE_SIGNALS */
+#endif
+ if (result >= 0)
+ result = read (fileno (stream), &c, sizeof (unsigned char));
+
+ if (result == sizeof (unsigned char))
+ return (c);
+
+ /* If zero characters are returned, then the file that we are
+ reading from is empty! Return EOF in that case. */
+ if (result == 0)
+ return (EOF);
+
+#if defined (__BEOS__)
+ if (errno == EINTR)
+ continue;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)
+# define X_EWOULDBLOCK EWOULDBLOCK
+#else
+# define X_EWOULDBLOCK -99
+#endif
+
+#if defined (EAGAIN)
+# define X_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#else
+# define X_EAGAIN -99
+#endif
+
+ if (errno == X_EWOULDBLOCK || errno == X_EAGAIN)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fileno (stream)) < 0)
+ return (EOF);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#undef X_EWOULDBLOCK
+#undef X_EAGAIN
+
+/* fprintf(stderr, "rl_getc: result = %d errno = %d\n", result, errno); */
+
+handle_error:
+ /* If the error that we received was EINTR, then try again,
+ this is simply an interrupted system call to read (). We allow
+ the read to be interrupted if we caught SIGHUP, SIGTERM, or any
+ of the other signals readline treats specially. If the
+ application sets an event hook, call it for other signals.
+ Otherwise (not EINTR), some error occurred, also signifying EOF. */
+ if (errno != EINTR)
+ return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
+ /* fatal signals of interest */
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGHUP || _rl_caught_signal == SIGTERM)
+#else
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGTERM)
+#endif
+ return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
+ /* keyboard-generated signals of interest */
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGINT || _rl_caught_signal == SIGQUIT)
+#else
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGINT)
+#endif
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ /* non-keyboard-generated signals of interest */
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGWINCH)
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+#endif /* SIGWINCH */
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGALRM
+# if defined (SIGVTALRM)
+ || _rl_caught_signal == SIGVTALRM
+# endif
+ )
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+#endif /* SIGALRM */
+
+ if (rl_signal_event_hook)
+ (*rl_signal_event_hook) ();
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* read multibyte char */
+int
+_rl_read_mbchar (char *mbchar, int size)
+{
+ int mb_len, c;
+ size_t mbchar_bytes_length;
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mbstate_t ps, ps_back;
+
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset(&ps_back, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+ mb_len = 0;
+ while (mb_len < size)
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ break;
+
+ mbchar[mb_len++] = c;
+
+ mbchar_bytes_length = mbrtowc (&wc, mbchar, mb_len, &ps);
+ if (mbchar_bytes_length == (size_t)(-1))
+ break; /* invalid byte sequence for the current locale */
+ else if (mbchar_bytes_length == (size_t)(-2))
+ {
+ /* shorted bytes */
+ ps = ps_back;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (mbchar_bytes_length == 0)
+ {
+ mbchar[0] = '\0'; /* null wide character */
+ mb_len = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (mbchar_bytes_length > (size_t)(0))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return mb_len;
+}
+
+/* Read a multibyte-character string whose first character is FIRST into
+ the buffer MB of length MLEN. Returns the last character read, which
+ may be FIRST. Used by the search functions, among others. Very similar
+ to _rl_read_mbchar. */
+int
+_rl_read_mbstring (int first, char *mb, int mlen)
+{
+ int i, c, n;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ c = first;
+ memset (mb, 0, mlen);
+ for (i = 0; c >= 0 && i < mlen; i++)
+ {
+ mb[i] = (char)c;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ n = _rl_get_char_len (mb, &ps);
+ if (n == -2)
+ {
+ /* Read more for multibyte character */
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ return c;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/isearch.c b/lib/readline/isearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6c5904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/isearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
+/* isearch.c - incremental searching */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* I-Search and Searching */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Variables exported to other files in the readline library. */
+char *_rl_isearch_terminators = (char *)NULL;
+
+_rl_search_cxt *_rl_iscxt = 0;
+
+/* Variables imported from other files in the readline library. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history;
+
+static int rl_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *_rl_isearch_init PARAMS((int));
+static void _rl_isearch_fini PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+/* Last line found by the current incremental search, so we don't `find'
+ identical lines many times in a row. Now part of isearch context. */
+/* static char *prev_line_found; */
+
+/* Last search string and its length. */
+static char *last_isearch_string;
+static int last_isearch_string_len;
+
+static char * const default_isearch_terminators = "\033\012";
+
+_rl_search_cxt *
+_rl_scxt_alloc (int type, int flags)
+{
+ _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+
+ cxt = (_rl_search_cxt *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_search_cxt));
+
+ cxt->type = type;
+ cxt->sflags = flags;
+
+ cxt->search_string = 0;
+ cxt->search_string_size = cxt->search_string_index = 0;
+
+ cxt->lines = 0;
+ cxt->allocated_line = 0;
+ cxt->hlen = cxt->hindex = 0;
+
+ cxt->save_point = rl_point;
+ cxt->save_mark = rl_mark;
+ cxt->save_line = where_history ();
+ cxt->last_found_line = cxt->save_line;
+ cxt->prev_line_found = 0;
+
+ cxt->save_undo_list = 0;
+
+ cxt->keymap = _rl_keymap;
+ cxt->okeymap = _rl_keymap;
+
+ cxt->history_pos = 0;
+ cxt->direction = 0;
+
+ cxt->prevc = cxt->lastc = 0;
+
+ cxt->sline = 0;
+ cxt->sline_len = cxt->sline_index = 0;
+
+ cxt->search_terminators = 0;
+
+ return cxt;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_scxt_dispose (_rl_search_cxt *cxt, int flags)
+{
+ FREE (cxt->search_string);
+ FREE (cxt->allocated_line);
+ FREE (cxt->lines);
+
+ xfree (cxt);
+}
+
+/* Search backwards through the history looking for a string which is typed
+ interactively. Start with the current line. */
+int
+rl_reverse_search_history (int sign, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_search_history (-sign, key));
+}
+
+/* Search forwards through the history looking for a string which is typed
+ interactively. Start with the current line. */
+int
+rl_forward_search_history (int sign, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_search_history (sign, key));
+}
+
+/* Display the current state of the search in the echo-area.
+ SEARCH_STRING contains the string that is being searched for,
+ DIRECTION is zero for forward, or non-zero for reverse,
+ WHERE is the history list number of the current line. If it is
+ -1, then this line is the starting one. */
+static void
+rl_display_search (char *search_string, int flags, int where)
+{
+ char *message;
+ int msglen, searchlen;
+
+ searchlen = (search_string && *search_string) ? strlen (search_string) : 0;
+
+ message = (char *)xmalloc (searchlen + 64);
+ msglen = 0;
+
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+ if (where != -1)
+ {
+ sprintf (message, "[%d]", where + history_base);
+ msglen = strlen (message);
+ }
+#endif /* NOTDEF */
+
+ message[msglen++] = '(';
+
+ if (flags & SF_FAILED)
+ {
+ strcpy (message + msglen, "failed ");
+ msglen += 7;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & SF_REVERSE)
+ {
+ strcpy (message + msglen, "reverse-");
+ msglen += 8;
+ }
+
+ strcpy (message + msglen, "i-search)`");
+ msglen += 10;
+
+ if (search_string)
+ {
+ strcpy (message + msglen, search_string);
+ msglen += searchlen;
+ }
+
+ strcpy (message + msglen, "': ");
+
+ rl_message ("%s", message);
+ xfree (message);
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+}
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *
+_rl_isearch_init (int direction)
+{
+ _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+ register int i;
+ HIST_ENTRY **hlist;
+
+ cxt = _rl_scxt_alloc (RL_SEARCH_ISEARCH, 0);
+ if (direction < 0)
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_REVERSE;
+
+ cxt->search_terminators = _rl_isearch_terminators ? _rl_isearch_terminators
+ : default_isearch_terminators;
+
+ /* Create an array of pointers to the lines that we want to search. */
+ hlist = history_list ();
+ rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+ i = 0;
+ if (hlist)
+ for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++);
+
+ /* Allocate space for this many lines, +1 for the current input line,
+ and remember those lines. */
+ cxt->lines = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + (cxt->hlen = i)) * sizeof (char *));
+ for (i = 0; i < cxt->hlen; i++)
+ cxt->lines[i] = hlist[i]->line;
+
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+ cxt->lines[i] = _rl_saved_line_for_history->line;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Keep track of this so we can free it. */
+ cxt->allocated_line = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (rl_line_buffer));
+ strcpy (cxt->allocated_line, &rl_line_buffer[0]);
+ cxt->lines[i] = cxt->allocated_line;
+ }
+
+ cxt->hlen++;
+
+ /* The line where we start the search. */
+ cxt->history_pos = cxt->save_line;
+
+ rl_save_prompt ();
+
+ /* Initialize search parameters. */
+ cxt->search_string = (char *)xmalloc (cxt->search_string_size = 128);
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index = 0] = '\0';
+
+ /* Normalize DIRECTION into 1 or -1. */
+ cxt->direction = (direction >= 0) ? 1 : -1;
+
+ cxt->sline = rl_line_buffer;
+ cxt->sline_len = strlen (cxt->sline);
+ cxt->sline_index = rl_point;
+
+ _rl_iscxt = cxt; /* save globally */
+
+ return cxt;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_isearch_fini (_rl_search_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ /* First put back the original state. */
+ rl_replace_line (cxt->lines[cxt->save_line], 0);
+
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+
+ /* Save the search string for possible later use. */
+ FREE (last_isearch_string);
+ last_isearch_string = cxt->search_string;
+ last_isearch_string_len = cxt->search_string_index;
+ cxt->search_string = 0;
+
+ if (cxt->last_found_line < cxt->save_line)
+ rl_get_previous_history (cxt->save_line - cxt->last_found_line, 0);
+ else
+ rl_get_next_history (cxt->last_found_line - cxt->save_line, 0);
+
+ /* If the string was not found, put point at the end of the last matching
+ line. If last_found_line == orig_line, we didn't find any matching
+ history lines at all, so put point back in its original position. */
+ if (cxt->sline_index < 0)
+ {
+ if (cxt->last_found_line == cxt->save_line)
+ cxt->sline_index = cxt->save_point;
+ else
+ cxt->sline_index = strlen (rl_line_buffer);
+ rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+ }
+
+ rl_point = cxt->sline_index;
+ /* Don't worry about where to put the mark here; rl_get_previous_history
+ and rl_get_next_history take care of it. */
+ _rl_fix_point (0);
+
+ rl_clear_message ();
+}
+
+int
+_rl_search_getchar (_rl_search_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ /* Read a key and decide how to proceed. */
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = cxt->lastc = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* This ends up with C (and LASTC) being set to the last byte of the
+ multibyte character. In most cases c == lastc == mb[0] */
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ c = cxt->lastc = _rl_read_mbstring (cxt->lastc, cxt->mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#endif
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ return c;
+}
+
+#define ENDSRCH_CHAR(c) \
+ ((CTRL_CHAR (c) || META_CHAR (c) || (c) == RUBOUT) && ((c) != CTRL ('G')))
+
+/* Process just-read character C according to isearch context CXT. Return
+ -1 if the caller should just free the context and return, 0 if we should
+ break out of the loop, and 1 if we should continue to read characters. */
+int
+_rl_isearch_dispatch (_rl_search_cxt *cxt, int c)
+{
+ int n, wstart, wlen, limit, cval, incr;
+ char *paste;
+ size_t pastelen;
+ int j;
+ rl_command_func_t *f;
+
+ f = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ {
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_FAILED;
+ cxt->history_pos = cxt->last_found_line;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are moving into a new keymap, modify cxt->keymap and go on.
+ This can be a problem if c == ESC and we want to terminate the
+ incremental search, so we check */
+ if (c >= 0 && cxt->keymap[c].type == ISKMAP && strchr (cxt->search_terminators, cxt->lastc) == 0)
+ {
+ /* _rl_keyseq_timeout specified in milliseconds; _rl_input_queued
+ takes microseconds, so multiply by 1000. If we don't get any
+ additional input and this keymap shadows another function, process
+ that key as if it was all we read. */
+ if (_rl_keyseq_timeout > 0 &&
+ RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) == 0 &&
+ RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING) == 0 &&
+ _rl_pushed_input_available () == 0 &&
+ ((Keymap)(cxt->keymap[c].function))[ANYOTHERKEY].function &&
+ _rl_input_queued (_rl_keyseq_timeout*1000) == 0)
+ goto add_character;
+
+ cxt->okeymap = cxt->keymap;
+ cxt->keymap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (cxt->keymap, c);
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_CHGKMAP;
+ /* XXX - we should probably save this sequence, so we can do
+ something useful if this doesn't end up mapping to a command we
+ interpret here. Right now we just save the most recent character
+ that caused the index into a new keymap. */
+ cxt->prevc = c;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ if (cxt->mb[1] == 0)
+ {
+ cxt->pmb[0] = c; /* XXX should be == cxt->mb[0] */
+ cxt->pmb[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (cxt->pmb, cxt->mb, sizeof (cxt->pmb));
+ }
+#endif
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+add_character:
+
+ /* Translate the keys we do something with to opcodes. */
+ if (c >= 0 && cxt->keymap[c].type == ISFUNC)
+ {
+ f = cxt->keymap[c].function;
+
+ if (f == rl_reverse_search_history)
+ cxt->lastc = (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? -1 : -2;
+ else if (f == rl_forward_search_history)
+ cxt->lastc = (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? -2 : -1;
+ else if (f == rl_rubout)
+ cxt->lastc = -3;
+ else if (c == CTRL ('G') || f == rl_abort)
+ cxt->lastc = -4;
+ else if (c == CTRL ('W') || f == rl_unix_word_rubout) /* XXX */
+ cxt->lastc = -5;
+ else if (c == CTRL ('Y') || f == rl_yank) /* XXX */
+ cxt->lastc = -6;
+ else if (f == rl_bracketed_paste_begin)
+ cxt->lastc = -7;
+ }
+
+ /* If we changed the keymap earlier while translating a key sequence into
+ a command, restore it now that we've succeeded. */
+ if (cxt->sflags & SF_CHGKMAP)
+ {
+ cxt->keymap = cxt->okeymap;
+ cxt->sflags &= ~SF_CHGKMAP;
+ /* If we indexed into a new keymap, but didn't map to a command that
+ affects the search (lastc > 0), and the character that mapped to a
+ new keymap would have ended the search (ENDSRCH_CHAR(cxt->prevc)),
+ handle that now as if the previous char would have ended the search
+ and we would have read the current character. */
+ /* XXX - should we check cxt->mb? */
+ if (cxt->lastc > 0 && ENDSRCH_CHAR (cxt->prevc))
+ {
+ rl_stuff_char (cxt->lastc);
+ rl_execute_next (cxt->prevc);
+ /* XXX - do we insert everything in cxt->pmb? */
+ return (0);
+ }
+ /* Otherwise, if the current character is mapped to self-insert or
+ nothing (i.e., not an editing command), and the previous character
+ was a keymap index, then we need to insert both the previous
+ character and the current character into the search string. */
+ else if (cxt->lastc > 0 && cxt->prevc > 0 &&
+ cxt->keymap[cxt->prevc].type == ISKMAP &&
+ (f == 0 || f == rl_insert))
+ {
+ /* Make lastc be the next character read */
+ /* XXX - do we insert everything in cxt->mb? */
+ rl_execute_next (cxt->lastc);
+ /* Dispatch on the previous character (insert into search string) */
+ cxt->lastc = cxt->prevc;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* Have to overwrite cxt->mb here because dispatch uses it below */
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ if (cxt->pmb[1] == 0)
+ {
+ cxt->mb[0] = cxt->lastc; /* == cxt->prevc */
+ cxt->mb[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (cxt->mb, cxt->pmb, sizeof (cxt->mb));
+ }
+#endif
+ cxt->prevc = 0;
+ }
+ else if (cxt->lastc > 0 && cxt->prevc > 0 && f && f != rl_insert)
+ {
+ rl_stuff_char (cxt->lastc);
+ rl_execute_next (cxt->prevc);
+ /* XXX - do we insert everything in cxt->pmb? */
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The characters in isearch_terminators (set from the user-settable
+ variable isearch-terminators) are used to terminate the search but
+ not subsequently execute the character as a command. The default
+ value is "\033\012" (ESC and C-J). */
+ if (cxt->lastc > 0 && strchr (cxt->search_terminators, cxt->lastc))
+ {
+ /* ESC still terminates the search, but if there is pending
+ input or if input arrives within 0.1 seconds (on systems
+ with select(2)) it is used as a prefix character
+ with rl_execute_next. WATCH OUT FOR THIS! This is intended
+ to allow the arrow keys to be used like ^F and ^B are used
+ to terminate the search and execute the movement command.
+ XXX - since _rl_input_available depends on the application-
+ settable keyboard timeout value, this could alternatively
+ use _rl_input_queued(100000) */
+ if (cxt->lastc == ESC && (_rl_pushed_input_available () || _rl_input_available ()))
+ rl_execute_next (ESC);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ if (cxt->lastc >= 0 && (cxt->mb[0] && cxt->mb[1] == '\0') && ENDSRCH_CHAR (cxt->lastc))
+ {
+ /* This sets rl_pending_input to LASTC; it will be picked up the next
+ time rl_read_key is called. */
+ rl_execute_next (cxt->lastc);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (cxt->lastc >= 0 && ENDSRCH_CHAR (cxt->lastc))
+ {
+ /* This sets rl_pending_input to LASTC; it will be picked up the next
+ time rl_read_key is called. */
+ rl_execute_next (cxt->lastc);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* Now dispatch on the character. `Opcodes' affect the search string or
+ state. Other characters are added to the string. */
+ switch (cxt->lastc)
+ {
+ /* search again */
+ case -1:
+ if (cxt->search_string_index == 0)
+ {
+ if (last_isearch_string)
+ {
+ cxt->search_string_size = 64 + last_isearch_string_len;
+ cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+ strcpy (cxt->search_string, last_isearch_string);
+ cxt->search_string_index = last_isearch_string_len;
+ rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, cxt->sflags, -1);
+ break;
+ }
+ return (1);
+ }
+ else if ((cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) && cxt->sline_index >= 0)
+ cxt->sline_index--;
+ else if (cxt->sline_index != cxt->sline_len)
+ cxt->sline_index++;
+ else
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+
+ /* switch directions */
+ case -2:
+ cxt->direction = -cxt->direction;
+ if (cxt->direction < 0)
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_REVERSE;
+ else
+ cxt->sflags &= ~SF_REVERSE;
+ break;
+
+ /* delete character from search string. */
+ case -3: /* C-H, DEL */
+ /* This is tricky. To do this right, we need to keep a
+ stack of search positions for the current search, with
+ sentinels marking the beginning and end. But this will
+ do until we have a real isearch-undo. */
+ if (cxt->search_string_index == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ cxt->search_string[--cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+ else
+ {
+ wstart = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_index, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ if (wstart >= 0)
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index = wstart] = '\0';
+ else
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index = 0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (cxt->search_string_index == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+
+ break;
+
+ case -4: /* C-G, abort */
+ rl_replace_line (cxt->lines[cxt->save_line], 0);
+ rl_point = cxt->save_point;
+ rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+ rl_restore_prompt();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+
+ return -1;
+
+ case -5: /* C-W */
+ /* skip over portion of line we already matched and yank word */
+ wstart = rl_point + cxt->search_string_index;
+ if (wstart >= rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* if not in a word, move to one. */
+ cval = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, wstart);
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (cval) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+ n = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, wstart, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);;
+ while (n < rl_end)
+ {
+ cval = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, n);
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (cval) == 0)
+ break;
+ n = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, n, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);;
+ }
+ wlen = n - wstart + 1;
+ if (cxt->search_string_index + wlen + 1 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+ {
+ cxt->search_string_size += wlen + 1;
+ cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+ }
+ for (; wstart < n; wstart++)
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = rl_line_buffer[wstart];
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case -6: /* C-Y */
+ /* skip over portion of line we already matched and yank rest */
+ wstart = rl_point + cxt->search_string_index;
+ if (wstart >= rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+ n = rl_end - wstart + 1;
+ if (cxt->search_string_index + n + 1 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+ {
+ cxt->search_string_size += n + 1;
+ cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+ }
+ for (n = wstart; n < rl_end; n++)
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = rl_line_buffer[n];
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case -7: /* bracketed paste */
+ paste = _rl_bracketed_text (&pastelen);
+ if (paste == 0 || *paste == 0)
+ {
+ free (paste);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (cxt->search_string_index + pastelen + 1 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+ {
+ cxt->search_string_size += pastelen + 2;
+ cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+ }
+ strcpy (cxt->search_string + cxt->search_string_index, paste);
+ cxt->search_string_index += pastelen;
+ free (paste);
+ break;
+
+ /* Add character to search string and continue search. */
+ default:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wlen = (cxt->mb[0] == 0 || cxt->mb[1] == 0) ? 1 : RL_STRLEN (cxt->mb);
+#else
+ wlen = 1;
+#endif
+ if (cxt->search_string_index + wlen + 1 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+ {
+ cxt->search_string_size += 128; /* 128 much greater than MB_CUR_MAX */
+ cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ int j;
+
+ if (cxt->mb[0] == 0 || cxt->mb[1] == 0)
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = cxt->mb[0];
+ else
+ for (j = 0; j < wlen; )
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = cxt->mb[j++];
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = cxt->lastc; /* XXX - was c instead of lastc */
+ cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+
+ for (cxt->sflags &= ~(SF_FOUND|SF_FAILED);; )
+ {
+ if (cxt->search_string_index == 0)
+ {
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_FAILED;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ limit = cxt->sline_len - cxt->search_string_index + 1;
+
+ /* Search the current line. */
+ while ((cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? (cxt->sline_index >= 0) : (cxt->sline_index < limit))
+ {
+ if (STREQN (cxt->search_string, cxt->sline + cxt->sline_index, cxt->search_string_index))
+ {
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_FOUND;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ cxt->sline_index += cxt->direction;
+
+ if (cxt->sline_index < 0)
+ {
+ cxt->sline_index = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (cxt->sflags & SF_FOUND)
+ break;
+
+ /* Move to the next line, but skip new copies of the line
+ we just found and lines shorter than the string we're
+ searching for. */
+ do
+ {
+ /* Move to the next line. */
+ cxt->history_pos += cxt->direction;
+
+ /* At limit for direction? */
+ if ((cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? (cxt->history_pos < 0) : (cxt->history_pos == cxt->hlen))
+ {
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_FAILED;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* We will need these later. */
+ cxt->sline = cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos];
+ cxt->sline_len = strlen (cxt->sline);
+ }
+ while ((cxt->prev_line_found && STREQ (cxt->prev_line_found, cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos])) ||
+ (cxt->search_string_index > cxt->sline_len));
+
+ if (cxt->sflags & SF_FAILED)
+ {
+ /* XXX - reset sline_index if < 0 */
+ if (cxt->sline_index < 0)
+ cxt->sline_index = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Now set up the line for searching... */
+ cxt->sline_index = (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? cxt->sline_len - cxt->search_string_index : 0;
+ }
+
+ if (cxt->sflags & SF_FAILED)
+ {
+ /* We cannot find the search string. Ding the bell. */
+ rl_ding ();
+ cxt->history_pos = cxt->last_found_line;
+ rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, cxt->sflags, (cxt->history_pos == cxt->save_line) ? -1 : cxt->history_pos);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* We have found the search string. Just display it. But don't
+ actually move there in the history list until the user accepts
+ the location. */
+ if (cxt->sflags & SF_FOUND)
+ {
+ cxt->prev_line_found = cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos];
+ rl_replace_line (cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos], 0);
+ rl_point = cxt->sline_index;
+ cxt->last_found_line = cxt->history_pos;
+ rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, cxt->sflags, (cxt->history_pos == cxt->save_line) ? -1 : cxt->history_pos);
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_isearch_cleanup (_rl_search_cxt *cxt, int r)
+{
+ if (r >= 0)
+ _rl_isearch_fini (cxt);
+ _rl_scxt_dispose (cxt, 0);
+ _rl_iscxt = 0;
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_ISEARCH);
+
+ return (r != 0);
+}
+
+/* Search through the history looking for an interactively typed string.
+ This is analogous to i-search. We start the search in the current line.
+ DIRECTION is which direction to search; >= 0 means forward, < 0 means
+ backwards. */
+static int
+rl_search_history (int direction, int invoking_key)
+{
+ _rl_search_cxt *cxt; /* local for now, but saved globally */
+ int c, r;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_ISEARCH);
+ cxt = _rl_isearch_init (direction);
+
+ rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, cxt->sflags, -1);
+
+ /* If we are using the callback interface, all we do is set up here and
+ return. The key is that we leave RL_STATE_ISEARCH set. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ return (0);
+
+ r = -1;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+ /* We might want to handle EOF here (c == 0) */
+ r = _rl_isearch_dispatch (cxt, cxt->lastc);
+ if (r <= 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* The searching is over. The user may have found the string that she
+ was looking for, or else she may have exited a failing search. If
+ LINE_INDEX is -1, then that shows that the string searched for was
+ not found. We use this to determine where to place rl_point. */
+ return (_rl_isearch_cleanup (cxt, r));
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+/* Called from the callback functions when we are ready to read a key. The
+ callback functions know to call this because RL_ISSTATE(RL_STATE_ISEARCH).
+ If _rl_isearch_dispatch finishes searching, this function is responsible
+ for turning off RL_STATE_ISEARCH, which it does using _rl_isearch_cleanup. */
+int
+_rl_isearch_callback (_rl_search_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+ /* We might want to handle EOF here */
+ r = _rl_isearch_dispatch (cxt, cxt->lastc);
+
+ return (r <= 0) ? _rl_isearch_cleanup (cxt, r) : 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/keymaps.c b/lib/readline/keymaps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ade30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/keymaps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/* keymaps.c -- Functions and keymaps for the GNU Readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988,1989-2009,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h> /* for FILE * definition for readline.h */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#include "emacs_keymap.c"
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+#include "vi_keymap.c"
+#endif
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for manipulating Keymaps. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+
+/* Return a new, empty keymap.
+ Free it with free() when you are done. */
+Keymap
+rl_make_bare_keymap (void)
+{
+ register int i;
+ Keymap keymap;
+
+ keymap = (Keymap)xmalloc (KEYMAP_SIZE * sizeof (KEYMAP_ENTRY));
+ for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ keymap[i].type = ISFUNC;
+ keymap[i].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ for (i = 'A'; i < ('Z' + 1); i++)
+ {
+ keymap[i].type = ISFUNC;
+ keymap[i].function = rl_do_lowercase_version;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return (keymap);
+}
+
+/* A convenience function that returns 1 if there are no keys bound to
+ functions in KEYMAP */
+int
+rl_empty_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ANYOTHERKEY; i++)
+ {
+ if (keymap[i].type != ISFUNC || keymap[i].function)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. Just copies pointers, does
+ not copy text of macros or descend into child keymaps. */
+Keymap
+rl_copy_keymap (Keymap map)
+{
+ register int i;
+ Keymap temp;
+
+ temp = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+ for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ temp[i].type = map[i].type;
+ temp[i].function = map[i].function;
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+ the uppercase Meta characters bound to run their lowercase equivalents,
+ and the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments. */
+Keymap
+rl_make_keymap (void)
+{
+ register int i;
+ Keymap newmap;
+
+ newmap = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+
+ /* All ASCII printing characters are self-inserting. */
+ for (i = ' '; i < 127; i++)
+ newmap[i].function = rl_insert;
+
+ newmap[TAB].function = rl_insert;
+ newmap[RUBOUT].function = rl_rubout; /* RUBOUT == 127 */
+ newmap[CTRL('H')].function = rl_rubout;
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Printing characters in ISO Latin-1 and some 8-bit character sets. */
+ for (i = 128; i < 256; i++)
+ newmap[i].function = rl_insert;
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+
+ return (newmap);
+}
+
+/* Free the storage associated with MAP. */
+void
+rl_discard_keymap (Keymap map)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (map == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+ {
+ switch (map[i].type)
+ {
+ case ISFUNC:
+ break;
+
+ case ISKMAP:
+ rl_discard_keymap ((Keymap)map[i].function);
+ xfree ((char *)map[i].function);
+ break;
+
+ case ISMACR:
+ xfree ((char *)map[i].function);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Convenience function that discards, then frees, MAP. */
+void
+rl_free_keymap (Keymap map)
+{
+ rl_discard_keymap (map);
+ xfree ((char *)map);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/keymaps.h b/lib/readline/keymaps.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fa853d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/keymaps.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* keymaps.h -- Manipulation of readline keymaps. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYMAPS_H_
+#define _KEYMAPS_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+# include "rlstdc.h"
+# include "chardefs.h"
+# include "rltypedefs.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+# include <readline/chardefs.h>
+# include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+#endif
+
+/* A keymap contains one entry for each key in the ASCII set.
+ Each entry consists of a type and a pointer.
+ FUNCTION is the address of a function to run, or the
+ address of a keymap to indirect through.
+ TYPE says which kind of thing FUNCTION is. */
+typedef struct _keymap_entry {
+ char type;
+ rl_command_func_t *function;
+} KEYMAP_ENTRY;
+
+/* This must be large enough to hold bindings for all of the characters
+ in a desired character set (e.g, 128 for ASCII, 256 for ISO Latin-x,
+ and so on) plus one for subsequence matching. */
+#define KEYMAP_SIZE 257
+#define ANYOTHERKEY KEYMAP_SIZE-1
+
+typedef KEYMAP_ENTRY KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY[KEYMAP_SIZE];
+typedef KEYMAP_ENTRY *Keymap;
+
+/* The values that TYPE can have in a keymap entry. */
+#define ISFUNC 0
+#define ISKMAP 1
+#define ISMACR 2
+
+extern KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_standard_keymap, emacs_meta_keymap, emacs_ctlx_keymap;
+extern KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_insertion_keymap, vi_movement_keymap;
+
+/* Return a new, empty keymap.
+ Free it with free() when you are done. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. */
+extern Keymap rl_copy_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+ the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
+ the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Free the storage associated with a keymap. */
+extern void rl_discard_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* These functions actually appear in bind.c */
+
+/* Return the keymap corresponding to a given name. Names look like
+ `emacs' or `emacs-meta' or `vi-insert'. */
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Return the current keymap. */
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Set the current keymap to MAP. */
+extern void rl_set_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* Set the name of MAP to NAME */
+extern int rl_set_keymap_name PARAMS((const char *, Keymap));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _KEYMAPS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/kill.c b/lib/readline/kill.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf8ca93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/kill.c
@@ -0,0 +1,766 @@
+/* kill.c -- kill ring management. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h> /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Killing Mechanism */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* What we assume for a max number of kills. */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_KILLS 10
+
+/* The real variable to look at to find out when to flush kills. */
+static int rl_max_kills = DEFAULT_MAX_KILLS;
+
+/* Where to store killed text. */
+static char **rl_kill_ring = (char **)NULL;
+
+/* Where we are in the kill ring. */
+static int rl_kill_index;
+
+/* How many slots we have in the kill ring. */
+static int rl_kill_ring_length;
+
+static int _rl_copy_to_kill_ring PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int region_kill_internal PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_copy_word_as_kill PARAMS((int, int));
+static int rl_yank_nth_arg_internal PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* How to say that you only want to save a certain amount
+ of kill material. */
+int
+rl_set_retained_kills (int num)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Add TEXT to the kill ring, allocating a new kill ring slot as necessary.
+ This uses TEXT directly, so the caller must not free it. If APPEND is
+ non-zero, and the last command was a kill, the text is appended to the
+ current kill ring slot, otherwise prepended. */
+static int
+_rl_copy_to_kill_ring (char *text, int append)
+{
+ char *old, *new;
+ int slot;
+
+ /* First, find the slot to work with. */
+ if (_rl_last_command_was_kill == 0 || rl_kill_ring == 0)
+ {
+ /* Get a new slot. */
+ if (rl_kill_ring == 0)
+ {
+ /* If we don't have any defined, then make one. */
+ rl_kill_ring = (char **)
+ xmalloc (((rl_kill_ring_length = 1) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ rl_kill_ring[slot = 0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have to add a new slot on the end, unless we have
+ exceeded the max limit for remembering kills. */
+ slot = rl_kill_ring_length;
+ if (slot == rl_max_kills)
+ {
+ register int i;
+ xfree (rl_kill_ring[0]);
+ for (i = 0; i < slot; i++)
+ rl_kill_ring[i] = rl_kill_ring[i + 1];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ slot = rl_kill_ring_length += 1;
+ rl_kill_ring = (char **)xrealloc (rl_kill_ring, (slot + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ }
+ rl_kill_ring[--slot] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ slot = rl_kill_ring_length - 1;
+
+ /* If the last command was a kill, prepend or append. */
+ if (_rl_last_command_was_kill && rl_kill_ring[slot] && rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+ {
+ old = rl_kill_ring[slot];
+ new = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (old) + strlen (text));
+
+ if (append)
+ {
+ strcpy (new, old);
+ strcat (new, text);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (new, text);
+ strcat (new, old);
+ }
+ xfree (old);
+ xfree (text);
+ rl_kill_ring[slot] = new;
+ }
+ else
+ rl_kill_ring[slot] = text;
+
+ rl_kill_index = slot;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* The way to kill something. This appends or prepends to the last
+ kill, if the last command was a kill command. if FROM is less
+ than TO, then the text is appended, otherwise prepended. If the
+ last command was not a kill command, then a new slot is made for
+ this kill. */
+int
+rl_kill_text (int from, int to)
+{
+ char *text;
+
+ /* Is there anything to kill? */
+ if (from == to)
+ {
+ _rl_last_command_was_kill++;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ text = rl_copy_text (from, to);
+
+ /* Delete the copied text from the line. */
+ rl_delete_text (from, to);
+
+ _rl_copy_to_kill_ring (text, from < to);
+
+ _rl_last_command_was_kill++;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Now REMEMBER! In order to do prepending or appending correctly, kill
+ commands always make rl_point's original position be the FROM argument,
+ and rl_point's extent be the TO argument. */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Killing Commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Delete the word at point, saving the text in the kill ring. */
+int
+rl_kill_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_backward_kill_word (-count, key));
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ rl_forward_word (count, key);
+
+ if (rl_point != orig_point)
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+
+ rl_point = orig_point;
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Rubout the word before point, placing it on the kill ring. */
+int
+rl_backward_kill_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_kill_word (-count, key));
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ rl_backward_word (count, key);
+
+ if (rl_point != orig_point)
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Kill from here to the end of the line. If DIRECTION is negative, kill
+ back to the line start instead. */
+int
+rl_kill_line (int direction, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+
+ if (direction < 0)
+ return (rl_backward_kill_line (1, key));
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ rl_end_of_line (1, key);
+ if (orig_point != rl_point)
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+ rl_point = orig_point;
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Kill backwards to the start of the line. If DIRECTION is negative, kill
+ forwards to the line end instead. */
+int
+rl_backward_kill_line (int direction, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+
+ if (direction < 0)
+ return (rl_kill_line (1, key));
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ if (rl_point != orig_point)
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Kill the whole line, no matter where point is. */
+int
+rl_kill_full_line (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_end);
+ rl_mark = 0;
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* The next two functions mimic unix line editing behaviour, except they
+ save the deleted text on the kill ring. This is safer than not saving
+ it, and since we have a ring, nobody should get screwed. */
+
+/* This does what C-w does in Unix. We can't prevent people from
+ using behaviour that they expect. */
+int
+rl_unix_word_rubout (int count, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ if (count <= 0)
+ count = 1;
+
+ while (count--)
+ {
+ while (rl_point && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ rl_point--;
+
+ while (rl_point && (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]) == 0))
+ rl_point--; /* XXX - multibyte? */
+ }
+
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* This deletes one filename component in a Unix pathname. That is, it
+ deletes backward to directory separator (`/') or whitespace. */
+int
+rl_unix_filename_rubout (int count, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point, c;
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ if (count <= 0)
+ count = 1;
+
+ while (count--)
+ {
+ c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+ while (rl_point && (whitespace (c) || c == '/'))
+ {
+ rl_point--;
+ c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+ }
+
+ while (rl_point && (whitespace (c) == 0) && c != '/')
+ {
+ rl_point--; /* XXX - multibyte? */
+ c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+ }
+ }
+
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Here is C-u doing what Unix does. You don't *have* to use these
+ key-bindings. We have a choice of killing the entire line, or
+ killing from where we are to the start of the line. We choose the
+ latter, because if you are a Unix weenie, then you haven't backspaced
+ into the line at all, and if you aren't, then you know what you are
+ doing. */
+int
+rl_unix_line_discard (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else
+ {
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, 0);
+ rl_point = 0;
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the text in the `region' to the kill ring. If DELETE is non-zero,
+ delete the text from the line as well. */
+static int
+region_kill_internal (int delete)
+{
+ char *text;
+
+ if (rl_mark != rl_point)
+ {
+ text = rl_copy_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+ if (delete)
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+ _rl_copy_to_kill_ring (text, rl_point < rl_mark);
+ }
+
+ _rl_last_command_was_kill++;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the text in the region to the kill ring. */
+int
+rl_copy_region_to_kill (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (region_kill_internal (0));
+}
+
+/* Kill the text between the point and mark. */
+int
+rl_kill_region (int count, int key)
+{
+ int r, npoint;
+
+ npoint = (rl_point < rl_mark) ? rl_point : rl_mark;
+ r = region_kill_internal (1);
+ _rl_fix_point (1);
+ rl_point = npoint;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Copy COUNT words to the kill ring. DIR says which direction we look
+ to find the words. */
+static int
+_rl_copy_word_as_kill (int count, int dir)
+{
+ int om, op, r;
+
+ om = rl_mark;
+ op = rl_point;
+
+ if (dir > 0)
+ rl_forward_word (count, 0);
+ else
+ rl_backward_word (count, 0);
+
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+
+ if (dir > 0)
+ rl_backward_word (count, 0);
+ else
+ rl_forward_word (count, 0);
+
+ r = region_kill_internal (0);
+
+ rl_mark = om;
+ rl_point = op;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+int
+rl_copy_forward_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_copy_backward_word (-count, key));
+
+ return (_rl_copy_word_as_kill (count, 1));
+}
+
+int
+rl_copy_backward_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_copy_forward_word (-count, key));
+
+ return (_rl_copy_word_as_kill (count, -1));
+}
+
+/* Yank back the last killed text. This ignores arguments. */
+int
+rl_yank (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_kill_ring == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ _rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_point);
+ rl_insert_text (rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index]);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* If the last command was yank, or yank_pop, and the text just
+ before point is identical to the current kill item, then
+ delete that text from the line, rotate the index down, and
+ yank back some other text. */
+int
+rl_yank_pop (int count, int key)
+{
+ int l, n;
+
+ if (((rl_last_func != rl_yank_pop) && (rl_last_func != rl_yank)) ||
+ !rl_kill_ring)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ l = strlen (rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index]);
+ n = rl_point - l;
+ if (n >= 0 && STREQN (rl_line_buffer + n, rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index], l))
+ {
+ rl_delete_text (n, rl_point);
+ rl_point = n;
+ rl_kill_index--;
+ if (rl_kill_index < 0)
+ rl_kill_index = rl_kill_ring_length - 1;
+ rl_yank (1, 0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+int
+rl_vi_yank_pop (int count, int key)
+{
+ int l, n;
+
+ if (((rl_last_func != rl_vi_yank_pop) && (rl_last_func != rl_vi_put)) ||
+ !rl_kill_ring)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ l = strlen (rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index]);
+ n = rl_point - l;
+ if (n >= 0 && STREQN (rl_line_buffer + n, rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index], l))
+ {
+ rl_delete_text (n, rl_point);
+ rl_point = n;
+ rl_kill_index--;
+ if (rl_kill_index < 0)
+ rl_kill_index = rl_kill_ring_length - 1;
+ rl_vi_put (1, 'p');
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+/* Yank the COUNTh argument from the previous history line, skipping
+ HISTORY_SKIP lines before looking for the `previous line'. */
+static int
+rl_yank_nth_arg_internal (int count, int key, int history_skip)
+{
+ register HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+ char *arg;
+ int i, pos;
+
+ pos = where_history ();
+
+ if (history_skip)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < history_skip; i++)
+ entry = previous_history ();
+ }
+
+ entry = previous_history ();
+
+ history_set_pos (pos);
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ arg = history_arg_extract (count, count, entry->line);
+ if (!arg || !*arg)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (arg);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+ _rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_point);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* Vi mode always inserts a space before yanking the argument, and it
+ inserts it right *after* rl_point. */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ {
+ rl_vi_append_mode (1, key);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ rl_insert_text (arg);
+ xfree (arg);
+
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Yank the COUNTth argument from the previous history line. */
+int
+rl_yank_nth_arg (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_yank_nth_arg_internal (count, key, 0));
+}
+
+/* Yank the last argument from the previous history line. This `knows'
+ how rl_yank_nth_arg treats a count of `$'. With an argument, this
+ behaves the same as rl_yank_nth_arg. */
+int
+rl_yank_last_arg (int count, int key)
+{
+ static int history_skip = 0;
+ static int explicit_arg_p = 0;
+ static int count_passed = 1;
+ static int direction = 1;
+ static int undo_needed = 0;
+ int retval;
+
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_yank_last_arg)
+ {
+ history_skip = 0;
+ explicit_arg_p = rl_explicit_arg;
+ count_passed = count;
+ direction = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (undo_needed)
+ rl_do_undo ();
+ if (count < 0) /* XXX - was < 1 */
+ direction = -direction;
+ history_skip += direction;
+ if (history_skip < 0)
+ history_skip = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (explicit_arg_p)
+ retval = rl_yank_nth_arg_internal (count_passed, key, history_skip);
+ else
+ retval = rl_yank_nth_arg_internal ('$', key, history_skip);
+
+ undo_needed = retval == 0;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Having read the special escape sequence denoting the beginning of a
+ `bracketed paste' sequence, read the rest of the pasted input until the
+ closing sequence and insert the pasted text as a single unit without
+ interpretation. */
+char *
+_rl_bracketed_text (size_t *lenp)
+{
+ int c;
+ size_t len, cap;
+ char *buf;
+
+ len = 0;
+ buf = xmalloc (cap = 64);
+ buf[0] = '\0';
+
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ while ((c = rl_read_key ()) >= 0)
+ {
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+ _rl_add_macro_char (c);
+
+ if (c == '\r') /* XXX */
+ c = '\n';
+
+ if (len == cap)
+ buf = xrealloc (buf, cap *= 2);
+
+ buf[len++] = c;
+ if (len >= BRACK_PASTE_SLEN && c == BRACK_PASTE_LAST &&
+ STREQN (buf + len - BRACK_PASTE_SLEN, BRACK_PASTE_SUFF, BRACK_PASTE_SLEN))
+ {
+ len -= BRACK_PASTE_SLEN;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c >= 0)
+ {
+ if (len == cap)
+ buf = xrealloc (buf, cap + 1);
+ buf[len] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = len;
+ return (buf);
+}
+
+int
+rl_bracketed_paste_begin (int count, int key)
+{
+ int retval, c;
+ size_t len, cap;
+ char *buf;
+
+ buf = _rl_bracketed_text (&len);
+ retval = rl_insert_text (buf) == len ? 0 : 1;
+
+ xfree (buf);
+ return (retval);
+}
+
+/* A special paste command for Windows users. */
+#if defined (_WIN32)
+#include <windows.h>
+
+int
+rl_paste_from_clipboard (int count, int key)
+{
+ char *data, *ptr;
+ int len;
+
+ if (OpenClipboard (NULL) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ data = (char *)GetClipboardData (CF_TEXT);
+ if (data)
+ {
+ ptr = strchr (data, '\r');
+ if (ptr)
+ {
+ len = ptr - data;
+ ptr = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+ ptr[len] = '\0';
+ strncpy (ptr, data, len);
+ }
+ else
+ ptr = data;
+ _rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_point);
+ rl_insert_text (ptr);
+ if (ptr != data)
+ xfree (ptr);
+ CloseClipboard ();
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
diff --git a/lib/readline/macro.c b/lib/readline/macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92cc55c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/* macro.c -- keyboard macros for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994-2009,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h> /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#define MAX_MACRO_LEVEL 16
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Hacking Keyboard Macros */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The currently executing macro string. If this is non-zero,
+ then it is a malloc ()'ed string where input is coming from. */
+char *rl_executing_macro = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The offset in the above string to the next character to be read. */
+static int executing_macro_index;
+
+/* The current macro string being built. Characters get stuffed
+ in here by add_macro_char (). */
+static char *current_macro = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The size of the buffer allocated to current_macro. */
+static int current_macro_size;
+
+/* The index at which characters are being added to current_macro. */
+static int current_macro_index;
+
+/* A structure used to save nested macro strings.
+ It is a linked list of string/index for each saved macro. */
+struct saved_macro {
+ struct saved_macro *next;
+ char *string;
+ int sindex;
+};
+
+/* The list of saved macros. */
+static struct saved_macro *macro_list = (struct saved_macro *)NULL;
+
+static int macro_level = 0;
+
+/* Set up to read subsequent input from STRING.
+ STRING is free ()'ed when we are done with it. */
+void
+_rl_with_macro_input (char *string)
+{
+ if (macro_level > MAX_MACRO_LEVEL)
+ {
+ _rl_errmsg ("maximum macro execution nesting level exceeded");
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ if (rl_executing_macro) /* XXX - later */
+#endif
+ _rl_push_executing_macro ();
+ rl_executing_macro = string;
+ executing_macro_index = 0;
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACROINPUT);
+}
+
+/* Return the next character available from a macro, or 0 if
+ there are no macro characters. */
+int
+_rl_next_macro_key (void)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ if (rl_executing_macro == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index] == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_pop_executing_macro ();
+ return (_rl_next_macro_key ());
+ }
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ c = rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index++];
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD|RL_STATE_MOREINPUT) && rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index] == 0)
+ _rl_pop_executing_macro ();
+ return c;
+#else
+ /* XXX - consider doing the same as the callback code, just not testing
+ whether we're running in callback mode */
+ return (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index++]);
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+_rl_peek_macro_key (void)
+{
+ if (rl_executing_macro == 0)
+ return (0);
+ if (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index] == 0 && (macro_list == 0 || macro_list->string == 0))
+ return (0);
+ if (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index] == 0 && macro_list && macro_list->string)
+ return (macro_list->string[0]);
+ return (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index]);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_prev_macro_key (void)
+{
+ if (rl_executing_macro == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (executing_macro_index == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ executing_macro_index--;
+ return (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index]);
+}
+
+/* Save the currently executing macro on a stack of saved macros. */
+void
+_rl_push_executing_macro (void)
+{
+ struct saved_macro *saver;
+
+ saver = (struct saved_macro *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct saved_macro));
+ saver->next = macro_list;
+ saver->sindex = executing_macro_index;
+ saver->string = rl_executing_macro;
+
+ macro_list = saver;
+
+ macro_level++;
+}
+
+/* Discard the current macro, replacing it with the one
+ on the top of the stack of saved macros. */
+void
+_rl_pop_executing_macro (void)
+{
+ struct saved_macro *macro;
+
+ FREE (rl_executing_macro);
+ rl_executing_macro = (char *)NULL;
+ executing_macro_index = 0;
+
+ if (macro_list)
+ {
+ macro = macro_list;
+ rl_executing_macro = macro_list->string;
+ executing_macro_index = macro_list->sindex;
+ macro_list = macro_list->next;
+ xfree (macro);
+ }
+
+ macro_level--;
+
+ if (rl_executing_macro == 0)
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACROINPUT);
+}
+
+/* Add a character to the macro being built. */
+void
+_rl_add_macro_char (int c)
+{
+ if (current_macro_index + 1 >= current_macro_size)
+ {
+ if (current_macro == 0)
+ current_macro = (char *)xmalloc (current_macro_size = 25);
+ else
+ current_macro = (char *)xrealloc (current_macro, current_macro_size += 25);
+ }
+
+ current_macro[current_macro_index++] = c;
+ current_macro[current_macro_index] = '\0';
+}
+
+void
+_rl_kill_kbd_macro (void)
+{
+ if (current_macro)
+ {
+ xfree (current_macro);
+ current_macro = (char *) NULL;
+ }
+ current_macro_size = current_macro_index = 0;
+
+ FREE (rl_executing_macro);
+ rl_executing_macro = (char *) NULL;
+ executing_macro_index = 0;
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+}
+
+/* Begin defining a keyboard macro.
+ Keystrokes are recorded as they are executed.
+ End the definition with rl_end_kbd_macro ().
+ If a numeric argument was explicitly typed, then append this
+ definition to the end of the existing macro, and start by
+ re-executing the existing macro. */
+int
+rl_start_kbd_macro (int ignore1, int ignore2)
+{
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ if (current_macro)
+ _rl_with_macro_input (savestring (current_macro));
+ }
+ else
+ current_macro_index = 0;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Stop defining a keyboard macro.
+ A numeric argument says to execute the macro right now,
+ that many times, counting the definition as the first time. */
+int
+rl_end_kbd_macro (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ current_macro_index -= rl_key_sequence_length;
+ current_macro[current_macro_index] = '\0';
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+
+ return (rl_call_last_kbd_macro (--count, 0));
+}
+
+/* Execute the most recently defined keyboard macro.
+ COUNT says how many times to execute it. */
+int
+rl_call_last_kbd_macro (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ if (current_macro == 0)
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+ {
+ rl_ding (); /* no recursive macros */
+ current_macro[--current_macro_index] = '\0'; /* erase this char */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ while (count--)
+ _rl_with_macro_input (savestring (current_macro));
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_print_last_kbd_macro (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ char *m;
+
+ if (current_macro == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ m = _rl_untranslate_macro_value (current_macro, 1);
+ rl_crlf ();
+ printf ("%s", m);
+ fflush (stdout);
+ rl_crlf ();
+ FREE (m);
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_push_macro_input (char *macro)
+{
+ _rl_with_macro_input (macro);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/mbutil.c b/lib/readline/mbutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1771635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/mbutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/* mbutil.c -- readline multibyte character utility functions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "posixjmp.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h> /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Declared here so it can be shared between the readline and history
+ libraries. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int rl_byte_oriented = 0;
+#else
+int rl_byte_oriented = 1;
+#endif
+
+/* Ditto */
+int _rl_utf8locale = 0;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Multibyte Character Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined(HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* UTF-8 specific Character Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return the length in bytes of the possibly-multibyte character beginning
+ at S. Encoding is UTF-8. */
+static int
+_rl_utf8_mblen (const char *s, size_t n)
+{
+ unsigned char c, c1;
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ return (0); /* no shift states */
+ if (n <= 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ c = (unsigned char)*s;
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ return (c != 0);
+ if (c >= 0xc2)
+ {
+ c1 = (unsigned char)s[1];
+ if (c < 0xe0)
+ {
+ if (n >= 2 && (s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+ return 2;
+ }
+ else if (c < 0xf0)
+ {
+ if (n >= 3
+ && (s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40 && (s[2] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+ && (c >= 0xe1 || c1 >= 0xa0)
+ && (c != 0xed || c1 < 0xa0))
+ return 3;
+ }
+ else if (c < 0xf8)
+ {
+ if (n >= 4
+ && (s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40 && (s[2] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+ && (s[3] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+ && (c >= 0xf1 || c1 >= 0x90)
+ && (c < 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && c1 < 0x90)))
+ return 4;
+ }
+ }
+ /* invalid or incomplete multibyte character */
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_find_next_mbchar_internal (char *string, int seed, int count, int find_non_zero)
+{
+ size_t tmp, len;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int point;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ tmp = 0;
+
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ if (seed < 0)
+ seed = 0;
+ if (count <= 0)
+ return seed;
+
+ point = seed + _rl_adjust_point (string, seed, &ps);
+ /* if _rl_adjust_point returns -1, the character or string is invalid.
+ treat as a byte. */
+ if (point == seed - 1) /* invalid */
+ return seed + 1;
+
+ /* if this is true, means that seed was not pointing to a byte indicating
+ the beginning of a multibyte character. Correct the point and consume
+ one char. */
+ if (seed < point)
+ count--;
+
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ len = strlen (string + point);
+ if (len == 0)
+ break;
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(string[point]))
+ {
+ tmp = 1;
+ wc = (wchar_t) string[point];
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string+point, len, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+ {
+ /* invalid bytes. assume a byte represents a character */
+ point++;
+ count--;
+ /* reset states. */
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ break; /* found wide '\0' */
+ else
+ {
+ /* valid bytes */
+ point += tmp;
+ if (find_non_zero)
+ {
+ if (WCWIDTH (wc) == 0)
+ continue;
+ else
+ count--;
+ }
+ else
+ count--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (find_non_zero)
+ {
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, strlen (string + point), &ps);
+ while (MB_NULLWCH (tmp) == 0 && MB_INVALIDCH (tmp) == 0 && WCWIDTH (wc) == 0)
+ {
+ point += tmp;
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, strlen (string + point), &ps);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return point;
+}
+
+/*static*/ int
+_rl_find_prev_mbchar_internal (char *string, int seed, int find_non_zero)
+{
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int prev, non_zero_prev, point, length;
+ size_t tmp;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ length = strlen(string);
+
+ if (seed < 0)
+ return 0;
+ else if (length < seed)
+ return length;
+
+ prev = non_zero_prev = point = 0;
+ while (point < seed)
+ {
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(string[point]))
+ {
+ tmp = 1;
+ wc = (wchar_t) string[point];
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, length - point, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+ {
+ /* in this case, bytes are invalid or too short to compose
+ multibyte char, so assume that the first byte represents
+ a single character anyway. */
+ tmp = 1;
+ /* clear the state of the byte sequence, because
+ in this case effect of mbstate is undefined */
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+ /* Since we're assuming that this byte represents a single
+ non-zero-width character, don't forget about it. */
+ prev = point;
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ break; /* Found '\0' char. Can this happen? */
+ else
+ {
+ if (find_non_zero)
+ {
+ if (WCWIDTH (wc) != 0)
+ prev = point;
+ }
+ else
+ prev = point;
+ }
+
+ point += tmp;
+ }
+
+ return prev;
+}
+
+/* return the number of bytes parsed from the multibyte sequence starting
+ at src, if a non-L'\0' wide character was recognized. It returns 0,
+ if a L'\0' wide character was recognized. It returns (size_t)(-1),
+ if an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered. It returns (size_t)(-2)
+ if it couldn't parse a complete multibyte character. */
+int
+_rl_get_char_len (char *src, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+ size_t tmp, l;
+ int mb_cur_max;
+
+ /* Look at no more than MB_CUR_MAX characters */
+ l = (size_t)strlen (src);
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && l > 0 && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(*src))
+ tmp = (*src != 0) ? 1 : 0;
+ else
+ {
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ tmp = mbrlen((const char *)src, (l < mb_cur_max) ? l : mb_cur_max, ps);
+ }
+ if (tmp == (size_t)(-2))
+ {
+ /* too short to compose multibyte char */
+ if (ps)
+ memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ return -2;
+ }
+ else if (tmp == (size_t)(-1))
+ {
+ /* invalid to compose multibyte char */
+ /* initialize the conversion state */
+ if (ps)
+ memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else if (tmp == (size_t)0)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return (int)tmp;
+}
+
+/* compare the specified two characters. If the characters matched,
+ return 1. Otherwise return 0. */
+int
+_rl_compare_chars (char *buf1, int pos1, mbstate_t *ps1, char *buf2, int pos2, mbstate_t *ps2)
+{
+ int i, w1, w2;
+
+ if ((w1 = _rl_get_char_len (&buf1[pos1], ps1)) <= 0 ||
+ (w2 = _rl_get_char_len (&buf2[pos2], ps2)) <= 0 ||
+ (w1 != w2) ||
+ (buf1[pos1] != buf2[pos2]))
+ return 0;
+
+ for (i = 1; i < w1; i++)
+ if (buf1[pos1+i] != buf2[pos2+i])
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* adjust pointed byte and find mbstate of the point of string.
+ adjusted point will be point <= adjusted_point, and returns
+ differences of the byte(adjusted_point - point).
+ if point is invalid (point < 0 || more than string length),
+ it returns -1 */
+int
+_rl_adjust_point (char *string, int point, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+ size_t tmp;
+ int length, pos;
+
+ tmp = 0;
+ pos = 0;
+ length = strlen(string);
+ if (point < 0)
+ return -1;
+ if (length < point)
+ return -1;
+
+ while (pos < point)
+ {
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(string[pos]))
+ tmp = 1;
+ else
+ tmp = mbrlen (string + pos, length - pos, ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+ {
+ /* in this case, bytes are invalid or too short to compose
+ multibyte char, so assume that the first byte represents
+ a single character anyway. */
+ pos++;
+ /* clear the state of the byte sequence, because
+ in this case effect of mbstate is undefined */
+ if (ps)
+ memset (ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ pos++;
+ else
+ pos += tmp;
+ }
+
+ return (pos - point);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_is_mbchar_matched (char *string, int seed, int end, char *mbchar, int length)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if ((end - seed) < length)
+ return 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+ if (string[seed + i] != mbchar[i])
+ return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+wchar_t
+_rl_char_value (char *buf, int ind)
+{
+ size_t tmp;
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int l;
+
+ if (MB_LEN_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+ if (_rl_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(buf[ind]))
+ return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+ l = strlen (buf);
+ if (ind >= l - 1)
+ return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+ if (l < ind) /* Sanity check */
+ l = strlen (buf+ind);
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, buf + ind, l - ind, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (tmp) || MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+ return wc;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Find next `count' characters started byte point of the specified seed.
+ If flags is MB_FIND_NONZERO, we look for non-zero-width multibyte
+ characters. */
+#undef _rl_find_next_mbchar
+int
+_rl_find_next_mbchar (char *string, int seed, int count, int flags)
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ return _rl_find_next_mbchar_internal (string, seed, count, flags);
+#else
+ return (seed + count);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Find previous character started byte point of the specified seed.
+ Returned point will be point <= seed. If flags is MB_FIND_NONZERO,
+ we look for non-zero-width multibyte characters. */
+#undef _rl_find_prev_mbchar
+int
+_rl_find_prev_mbchar (char *string, int seed, int flags)
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ return _rl_find_prev_mbchar_internal (string, seed, flags);
+#else
+ return ((seed == 0) ? seed : seed - 1);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/misc.c b/lib/readline/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b1457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+/* misc.c -- miscellaneous bindable readline functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+static int rl_digit_loop PARAMS((void));
+static void _rl_history_set_point PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Forward declarations used in this file */
+void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* If non-zero, rl_get_previous_history and rl_get_next_history attempt
+ to preserve the value of rl_point from line to line. */
+int _rl_history_preserve_point = 0;
+
+_rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt;
+
+/* Saved target point for when _rl_history_preserve_point is set. Special
+ value of -1 means that point is at the end of the line. */
+int _rl_history_saved_point = -1;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Numeric Arguments */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+_rl_arg_overflow (void)
+{
+ if (rl_numeric_arg > 1000000)
+ {
+ _rl_argcxt = 0;
+ rl_explicit_arg = rl_numeric_arg = 0;
+ rl_ding ();
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_arg_init (void)
+{
+ rl_save_prompt ();
+ _rl_argcxt = 0;
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_arg_getchar (void)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg);
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ return c;
+}
+
+/* Process C as part of the current numeric argument. Return -1 if the
+ argument should be aborted, 0 if we should not read any more chars, and
+ 1 if we should continue to read chars. */
+int
+_rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_arg_cxt cxt, int c)
+{
+ int key, r;
+
+ key = c;
+
+ /* If we see a key bound to `universal-argument' after seeing digits,
+ it ends the argument but is otherwise ignored. */
+ if (c >= 0 && _rl_keymap[c].type == ISFUNC && _rl_keymap[c].function == rl_universal_argument)
+ {
+ if ((cxt & NUM_SAWDIGITS) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_numeric_arg *= 4;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_argcxt |= NUM_READONE;
+ return 0; /* XXX */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ key = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ if (key < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (_rl_dispatch (key, _rl_keymap));
+ }
+ }
+
+ c = UNMETA (c);
+
+ if (_rl_digit_p (c))
+ {
+ r = _rl_digit_value (c);
+ rl_numeric_arg = rl_explicit_arg ? (rl_numeric_arg * 10) + r : r;
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+ _rl_argcxt |= NUM_SAWDIGITS;
+ }
+ else if (c == '-' && rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+ {
+ rl_numeric_arg = 1;
+ _rl_argcxt |= NUM_SAWMINUS;
+ rl_arg_sign = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Make M-- command equivalent to M--1 command. */
+ if ((_rl_argcxt & NUM_SAWMINUS) && rl_numeric_arg == 1 && rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+
+ r = _rl_dispatch (key, _rl_keymap);
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ /* At worst, this will cause an extra redisplay. Otherwise,
+ we have to wait until the next character comes in. */
+ if (rl_done == 0)
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ r = 0;
+ }
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Handle C-u style numeric args, as well as M--, and M-digits. */
+static int
+rl_digit_loop (void)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (_rl_arg_overflow ())
+ return 1;
+
+ c = _rl_arg_getchar ();
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ r = _rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_argcxt, c);
+ if (r <= 0 || (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Create a default argument. */
+void
+_rl_reset_argument (void)
+{
+ rl_numeric_arg = rl_arg_sign = 1;
+ rl_explicit_arg = 0;
+ _rl_argcxt = 0;
+}
+
+/* Start a numeric argument with initial value KEY */
+int
+rl_digit_argument (int ignore, int key)
+{
+ _rl_arg_init ();
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_argcxt, key);
+ rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_execute_next (key);
+ return (rl_digit_loop ());
+ }
+}
+
+/* C-u, universal argument. Multiply the current argument by 4.
+ Read a key. If the key has nothing to do with arguments, then
+ dispatch on it. If the key is the abort character then abort. */
+int
+rl_universal_argument (int count, int key)
+{
+ _rl_arg_init ();
+ rl_numeric_arg *= 4;
+
+ return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) ? 0 : rl_digit_loop ());
+}
+
+int
+_rl_arg_callback (_rl_arg_cxt cxt)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ c = _rl_arg_getchar ();
+ if (c < 0)
+ return (1); /* EOF */
+
+ if (_rl_argcxt & NUM_READONE)
+ {
+ _rl_argcxt &= ~NUM_READONE;
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ rl_execute_next (c);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ r = _rl_arg_dispatch (cxt, c);
+ if (r > 0)
+ rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg);
+ return (r != 1);
+}
+
+/* What to do when you abort reading an argument. */
+int
+rl_discard_argument (void)
+{
+ rl_ding ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ _rl_reset_argument ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* History Utilities */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* We already have a history library, and that is what we use to control
+ the history features of readline. This is our local interface to
+ the history mechanism. */
+
+/* While we are editing the history, this is the saved
+ version of the original line. */
+HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+
+/* Set the history pointer back to the last entry in the history. */
+void
+_rl_start_using_history (void)
+{
+ using_history ();
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+ _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Free the contents (and containing structure) of a HIST_ENTRY. */
+void
+_rl_free_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *entry)
+{
+ if (entry == 0)
+ return;
+
+ FREE (entry->line);
+ FREE (entry->timestamp);
+
+ xfree (entry);
+}
+
+/* Perhaps put back the current line if it has changed. */
+int
+rl_maybe_replace_line (void)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+ temp = current_history ();
+ /* If the current line has changed, save the changes. */
+ if (temp && ((UNDO_LIST *)(temp->data) != rl_undo_list))
+ {
+ temp = replace_history_entry (where_history (), rl_line_buffer, (histdata_t)rl_undo_list);
+ xfree (temp->line);
+ FREE (temp->timestamp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Restore the _rl_saved_line_for_history if there is one. */
+int
+rl_maybe_unsave_line (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+ {
+ /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo
+ list from a history entry, as in rl_replace_from_history() below. */
+ rl_replace_line (_rl_saved_line_for_history->line, 0);
+ rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)_rl_saved_line_for_history->data;
+ _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ rl_point = rl_end; /* rl_replace_line sets rl_end */
+ }
+ else
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Save the current line in _rl_saved_line_for_history. */
+int
+rl_maybe_save_line (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history->timestamp = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history->data = (char *)rl_undo_list;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_free_saved_history_line (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+ {
+ _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_history_set_point (void)
+{
+ rl_point = (_rl_history_preserve_point && _rl_history_saved_point != -1)
+ ? _rl_history_saved_point
+ : rl_end;
+ if (rl_point > rl_end)
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap != vi_insertion_keymap)
+ rl_point = 0;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+ rl_mark = (rl_point == rl_end ? 0 : rl_end);
+}
+
+void
+rl_replace_from_history (HIST_ENTRY *entry, int flags)
+{
+ /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo list
+ from a history entry, just like we're setting up here. */
+ rl_replace_line (entry->line, 0);
+ rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data;
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ rl_mark = 0;
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ {
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Process and free undo lists attached to each history entry prior to the
+ current entry, inclusive, reverting each line to its saved state. This
+ is destructive, and state about the current line is lost. This is not
+ intended to be called while actively editing, and the current line is
+ not assumed to have been added to the history list. */
+void
+_rl_revert_all_lines (void)
+{
+ int hpos;
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+ UNDO_LIST *ul, *saved_undo_list;
+ char *lbuf;
+
+ lbuf = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+ saved_undo_list = rl_undo_list;
+ hpos = where_history ();
+
+ entry = (hpos == history_length) ? previous_history () : current_history ();
+ while (entry)
+ {
+ if (ul = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data)
+ {
+ if (ul == saved_undo_list)
+ saved_undo_list = 0;
+ /* Set up rl_line_buffer and other variables from history entry */
+ rl_replace_from_history (entry, 0); /* entry->line is now current */
+ entry->data = 0; /* entry->data is now current undo list */
+ /* Undo all changes to this history entry */
+ while (rl_undo_list)
+ rl_do_undo ();
+ /* And copy the reverted line back to the history entry, preserving
+ the timestamp. */
+ FREE (entry->line);
+ entry->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+ }
+ entry = previous_history ();
+ }
+
+ /* Restore history state */
+ rl_undo_list = saved_undo_list; /* may have been set to null */
+ history_set_pos (hpos);
+
+ /* reset the line buffer */
+ rl_replace_line (lbuf, 0);
+ _rl_set_the_line ();
+
+ /* and clean up */
+ xfree (lbuf);
+}
+
+/* Free the history list, including private readline data and take care
+ of pointer aliases to history data. Resets rl_undo_list if it points
+ to an UNDO_LIST * saved as some history entry's data member. This
+ should not be called while editing is active. */
+void
+rl_clear_history (void)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY **hlist, *hent;
+ register int i;
+ UNDO_LIST *ul, *saved_undo_list;
+
+ saved_undo_list = rl_undo_list;
+ hlist = history_list (); /* direct pointer, not copy */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+ {
+ hent = hlist[i];
+ if (ul = (UNDO_LIST *)hent->data)
+ {
+ if (ul == saved_undo_list)
+ saved_undo_list = 0;
+ _rl_free_undo_list (ul);
+ hent->data = 0;
+ }
+ _rl_free_history_entry (hent);
+ }
+
+ history_offset = history_length = 0;
+ rl_undo_list = saved_undo_list; /* should be NULL */
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* History Commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Meta-< goes to the start of the history. */
+int
+rl_beginning_of_history (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_get_previous_history (1 + where_history (), key));
+}
+
+/* Meta-> goes to the end of the history. (The current line). */
+int
+rl_end_of_history (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+ using_history ();
+ rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move down to the next history line. */
+int
+rl_get_next_history (int count, int key)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_get_previous_history (-count, key));
+
+ if (count == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+
+ /* either not saved by rl_newline or at end of line, so set appropriately. */
+ if (_rl_history_saved_point == -1 && (rl_point || rl_end))
+ _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point;
+
+ temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ while (count)
+ {
+ temp = next_history ();
+ if (!temp)
+ break;
+ --count;
+ }
+
+ if (temp == 0)
+ rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+ else
+ {
+ rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0);
+ _rl_history_set_point ();
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Get the previous item out of our interactive history, making it the current
+ line. If there is no previous history, just ding. */
+int
+rl_get_previous_history (int count, int key)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *old_temp, *temp;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_get_next_history (-count, key));
+
+ if (count == 0 || history_list () == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* either not saved by rl_newline or at end of line, so set appropriately. */
+ if (_rl_history_saved_point == -1 && (rl_point || rl_end))
+ _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point;
+
+ /* If we don't have a line saved, then save this one. */
+ rl_maybe_save_line ();
+
+ /* If the current line has changed, save the changes. */
+ rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+
+ temp = old_temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+ while (count)
+ {
+ temp = previous_history ();
+ if (temp == 0)
+ break;
+
+ old_temp = temp;
+ --count;
+ }
+
+ /* If there was a large argument, and we moved back to the start of the
+ history, that is not an error. So use the last value found. */
+ if (!temp && old_temp)
+ temp = old_temp;
+
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0);
+ _rl_history_set_point ();
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Editing Modes */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* How to toggle back and forth between editing modes. */
+int
+rl_vi_editing_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 1); /* vi mode ignores insert mode */
+ rl_editing_mode = vi_mode;
+ rl_vi_insert_mode (1, key);
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_emacs_editing_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 1); /* emacs mode default is insert mode */
+ _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+
+ if (_rl_show_mode_in_prompt)
+ _rl_reset_prompt ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Function for the rest of the library to use to set insert/overwrite mode. */
+void
+_rl_set_insert_mode (int im, int force)
+{
+#ifdef CURSOR_MODE
+ _rl_set_cursor (im, force);
+#endif
+
+ rl_insert_mode = im;
+}
+
+/* Toggle overwrite mode. A positive explicit argument selects overwrite
+ mode. A negative or zero explicit argument selects insert mode. */
+int
+rl_overwrite_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (rl_insert_mode ^ 1, 0);
+ else if (count > 0)
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_OVERWRITE, 0);
+ else
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 0);
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/nls.c b/lib/readline/nls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2f67e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/nls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+/* nls.c -- skeletal internationalization code. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET)
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+static int utf8locale PARAMS((char *));
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+/* A list of legal values for the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment variables.
+ If a locale name in this list is the value for the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE,
+ or LANG environment variable (using the first of those with a value),
+ readline eight-bit mode is enabled. */
+static char *legal_lang_values[] =
+{
+ "iso88591",
+ "iso88592",
+ "iso88593",
+ "iso88594",
+ "iso88595",
+ "iso88596",
+ "iso88597",
+ "iso88598",
+ "iso88599",
+ "iso885910",
+ "koi8r",
+ "utf8",
+ 0
+};
+
+static char *normalize_codeset PARAMS((char *));
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+
+static char *find_codeset PARAMS((char *, size_t *));
+
+static char *_rl_get_locale_var PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_locale_var (const char *v)
+{
+ char *lspec;
+
+ lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LC_ALL");
+ if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+ lspec = sh_get_env_value (v);
+ if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+ lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LANG");
+
+ return lspec;
+}
+
+static int
+utf8locale (char *lspec)
+{
+ char *cp;
+ size_t len;
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+ cp = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+ return (STREQ (cp, "UTF-8") || STREQ (cp, "utf8"));
+#else
+ cp = find_codeset (lspec, &len);
+
+ if (cp == 0 || len < 4 || len > 5)
+ return 0;
+ return ((len == 5) ? strncmp (cp, "UTF-8", len) == 0 : strncmp (cp, "utf8", 4) == 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Query the right environment variables and call setlocale() to initialize
+ the C library locale settings. */
+char *
+_rl_init_locale (void)
+{
+ char *ret, *lspec;
+
+ /* Set the LC_CTYPE locale category from environment variables. */
+ lspec = _rl_get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+ /* Since _rl_get_locale_var queries the right environment variables,
+ we query the current locale settings with setlocale(), and, if
+ that doesn't return anything, we set lspec to the empty string to
+ force the subsequent call to setlocale() to define the `native'
+ environment. */
+ if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+ lspec = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, (char *)NULL);
+ if (lspec == 0)
+ lspec = "";
+ ret = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, lspec); /* ok, since it does not change locale */
+
+ _rl_utf8locale = (ret && *ret) ? utf8locale (ret) : 0;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Check for LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG and use the first with a value
+ to decide the defaults for 8-bit character input and output. Returns
+ 1 if we set eight-bit mode. */
+int
+_rl_init_eightbit (void)
+{
+/* If we have setlocale(3), just check the current LC_CTYPE category
+ value, and go into eight-bit mode if it's not C or POSIX. */
+#if defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+ char *lspec, *t;
+
+ t = _rl_init_locale (); /* returns static pointer */
+
+ if (t && *t && (t[0] != 'C' || t[1]) && (STREQ (t, "POSIX") == 0))
+ {
+ _rl_meta_flag = 1;
+ _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 0;
+ _rl_output_meta_chars = 1;
+ return (1);
+ }
+ else
+ return (0);
+
+#else /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+ char *lspec, *t;
+ int i;
+
+ /* We don't have setlocale. Finesse it. Check the environment for the
+ appropriate variables and set eight-bit mode if they have the right
+ values. */
+ lspec = _rl_get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+
+ if (lspec == 0 || (t = normalize_codeset (lspec)) == 0)
+ return (0);
+ for (i = 0; t && legal_lang_values[i]; i++)
+ if (STREQ (t, legal_lang_values[i]))
+ {
+ _rl_meta_flag = 1;
+ _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 0;
+ _rl_output_meta_chars = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ _rl_utf8locale = *t ? STREQ (t, "utf8") : 0;
+
+ xfree (t);
+ return (legal_lang_values[i] ? 1 : 0);
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+}
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+static char *
+normalize_codeset (char *codeset)
+{
+ size_t namelen, i;
+ int len, all_digits;
+ char *wp, *retval;
+
+ codeset = find_codeset (codeset, &namelen);
+
+ if (codeset == 0)
+ return (codeset);
+
+ all_digits = 1;
+ for (len = 0, i = 0; i < namelen; i++)
+ {
+ if (ISALNUM ((unsigned char)codeset[i]))
+ {
+ len++;
+ all_digits &= _rl_digit_p (codeset[i]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ retval = (char *)malloc ((all_digits ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+ if (retval == 0)
+ return ((char *)0);
+
+ wp = retval;
+ /* Add `iso' to beginning of an all-digit codeset */
+ if (all_digits)
+ {
+ *wp++ = 'i';
+ *wp++ = 's';
+ *wp++ = 'o';
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < namelen; i++)
+ if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)codeset[i]))
+ *wp++ = _rl_to_lower (codeset[i]);
+ else if (_rl_digit_p (codeset[i]))
+ *wp++ = codeset[i];
+ *wp = '\0';
+
+ return retval;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+
+/* Isolate codeset portion of locale specification. */
+static char *
+find_codeset (char *name, size_t *lenp)
+{
+ char *cp, *language, *result;
+
+ cp = language = name;
+ result = (char *)0;
+
+ while (*cp && *cp != '_' && *cp != '@' && *cp != '+' && *cp != ',')
+ cp++;
+
+ /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. As
+ an exception we allow the variable to contain only the codeset
+ name. Perhaps there are funny codeset names. */
+ if (language == cp)
+ {
+ *lenp = strlen (language);
+ result = language;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Next is the territory. */
+ if (*cp == '_')
+ do
+ ++cp;
+ while (*cp && *cp != '.' && *cp != '@' && *cp != '+' && *cp != ',' && *cp != '_');
+
+ /* Now, finally, is the codeset. */
+ result = cp;
+ if (*cp == '.')
+ do
+ ++cp;
+ while (*cp && *cp != '@');
+
+ if (cp - result > 2)
+ {
+ result++;
+ *lenp = cp - result;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *lenp = strlen (language);
+ result = language;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/parens.c b/lib/readline/parens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af47977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/parens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* parens.c -- implementation of matching parentheses feature. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992-2015, 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+# include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixselect.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+static int find_matching_open PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+
+/* Non-zero means try to blink the matching open parenthesis when the
+ close parenthesis is inserted. */
+int rl_blink_matching_paren = 0;
+
+static int _paren_blink_usec = 500000;
+
+/* Change emacs_standard_keymap to have bindings for paren matching when
+ ON_OR_OFF is 1, change them back to self_insert when ON_OR_OFF == 0. */
+void
+_rl_enable_paren_matching (int on_or_off)
+{
+ if (on_or_off)
+ {
+ /* ([{ */
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (')', rl_insert_close, emacs_standard_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (']', rl_insert_close, emacs_standard_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('}', rl_insert_close, emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* ([{ */
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (')', rl_insert_close, vi_insertion_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (']', rl_insert_close, vi_insertion_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('}', rl_insert_close, vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ([{ */
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (')', rl_insert, emacs_standard_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (']', rl_insert, emacs_standard_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('}', rl_insert, emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* ([{ */
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (')', rl_insert, vi_insertion_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (']', rl_insert, vi_insertion_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('}', rl_insert, vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_paren_blink_timeout (int u)
+{
+ int o;
+
+ o = _paren_blink_usec;
+ if (u > 0)
+ _paren_blink_usec = u;
+ return (o);
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_close (int count, int invoking_key)
+{
+ if (rl_explicit_arg || !rl_blink_matching_paren)
+ _rl_insert_char (count, invoking_key);
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+ int orig_point, match_point, ready;
+ struct timeval timer;
+ fd_set readfds;
+
+ _rl_insert_char (1, invoking_key);
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ match_point =
+ find_matching_open (rl_line_buffer, rl_point - 2, invoking_key);
+
+ /* Emacs might message or ring the bell here, but I don't. */
+ if (match_point < 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &readfds);
+ USEC_TO_TIMEVAL (_paren_blink_usec, timer);
+
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ rl_point = match_point;
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ ready = select (1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, (fd_set *)NULL, &timer);
+ rl_point = orig_point;
+#else /* !HAVE_SELECT */
+ _rl_insert_char (count, invoking_key);
+#endif /* !HAVE_SELECT */
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+find_matching_open (char *string, int from, int closer)
+{
+ register int i;
+ int opener, level, delimiter;
+
+ switch (closer)
+ {
+ case ']': opener = '['; break;
+ case '}': opener = '{'; break;
+ case ')': opener = '('; break;
+ default:
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ level = 1; /* The closer passed in counts as 1. */
+ delimiter = 0; /* Delimited state unknown. */
+
+ for (i = from; i > -1; i--)
+ {
+ if (delimiter && (string[i] == delimiter))
+ delimiter = 0;
+ else if (rl_basic_quote_characters && strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, string[i]))
+ delimiter = string[i];
+ else if (!delimiter && (string[i] == closer))
+ level++;
+ else if (!delimiter && (string[i] == opener))
+ level--;
+
+ if (!level)
+ break;
+ }
+ return (i);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/parse-colors.c b/lib/readline/parse-colors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05ec9bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/parse-colors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
+
+ Modified by Chet Ramey for Readline.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1990-1991, 1995-2010, 2012, 2017
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie. */
+
+/* Color support by Peter Anvin <Peter.Anvin@linux.org> and Dennis
+ Flaherty <dennisf@denix.elk.miles.com> based on original patches by
+ Greg Lee <lee@uhunix.uhcc.hawaii.edu>. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// strdup() / strcpy()
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+// abort()
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "rldefs.h" // STREQ, savestring
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#include "colors.h"
+#include "parse-colors.h"
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+
+static bool get_funky_string (char **dest, const char **src, bool equals_end, size_t *output_count);
+
+struct bin_str _rl_color_indicator[] =
+ {
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("\033[") }, // lc: Left of color sequence
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("m") }, // rc: Right of color sequence
+ { 0, NULL }, // ec: End color (replaces lc+no+rc)
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("0") }, // rs: Reset to ordinary colors
+ { 0, NULL }, // no: Normal
+ { 0, NULL }, // fi: File: default
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;34") }, // di: Directory: bright blue
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;36") }, // ln: Symlink: bright cyan
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("33") }, // pi: Pipe: yellow/brown
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;35") }, // so: Socket: bright magenta
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;33") }, // bd: Block device: bright yellow
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;33") }, // cd: Char device: bright yellow
+ { 0, NULL }, // mi: Missing file: undefined
+ { 0, NULL }, // or: Orphaned symlink: undefined
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;32") }, // ex: Executable: bright green
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("01;35") }, // do: Door: bright magenta
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("37;41") }, // su: setuid: white on red
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("30;43") }, // sg: setgid: black on yellow
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("37;44") }, // st: sticky: black on blue
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("34;42") }, // ow: other-writable: blue on green
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("30;42") }, // tw: ow w/ sticky: black on green
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("30;41") }, // ca: black on red
+ { 0, NULL }, // mh: disabled by default
+ { LEN_STR_PAIR ("\033[K") }, // cl: clear to end of line
+ };
+
+/* Parse a string as part of the LS_COLORS variable; this may involve
+ decoding all kinds of escape characters. If equals_end is set an
+ unescaped equal sign ends the string, otherwise only a : or \0
+ does. Set *OUTPUT_COUNT to the number of bytes output. Return
+ true if successful.
+
+ The resulting string is *not* null-terminated, but may contain
+ embedded nulls.
+
+ Note that both dest and src are char **; on return they point to
+ the first free byte after the array and the character that ended
+ the input string, respectively. */
+
+static bool
+get_funky_string (char **dest, const char **src, bool equals_end, size_t *output_count) {
+ char num; /* For numerical codes */
+ size_t count; /* Something to count with */
+ enum {
+ ST_GND, ST_BACKSLASH, ST_OCTAL, ST_HEX, ST_CARET, ST_END, ST_ERROR
+ } state;
+ const char *p;
+ char *q;
+
+ p = *src; /* We don't want to double-indirect */
+ q = *dest; /* the whole darn time. */
+
+ count = 0; /* No characters counted in yet. */
+ num = 0;
+
+ state = ST_GND; /* Start in ground state. */
+ while (state < ST_END)
+ {
+ switch (state)
+ {
+ case ST_GND: /* Ground state (no escapes) */
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case ':':
+ case '\0':
+ state = ST_END; /* End of string */
+ break;
+ case '\\':
+ state = ST_BACKSLASH; /* Backslash scape sequence */
+ ++p;
+ break;
+ case '^':
+ state = ST_CARET; /* Caret escape */
+ ++p;
+ break;
+ case '=':
+ if (equals_end)
+ {
+ state = ST_END; /* End */
+ break;
+ }
+ /* else fall through */
+ default:
+ *(q++) = *(p++);
+ ++count;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ST_BACKSLASH: /* Backslash escaped character */
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ state = ST_OCTAL; /* Octal sequence */
+ num = *p - '0';
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ state = ST_HEX; /* Hex sequence */
+ num = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'a': /* Bell */
+ num = '\a';
+ break;
+ case 'b': /* Backspace */
+ num = '\b';
+ break;
+ case 'e': /* Escape */
+ num = 27;
+ break;
+ case 'f': /* Form feed */
+ num = '\f';
+ break;
+ case 'n': /* Newline */
+ num = '\n';
+ break;
+ case 'r': /* Carriage return */
+ num = '\r';
+ break;
+ case 't': /* Tab */
+ num = '\t';
+ break;
+ case 'v': /* Vtab */
+ num = '\v';
+ break;
+ case '?': /* Delete */
+ num = 127;
+ break;
+ case '_': /* Space */
+ num = ' ';
+ break;
+ case '\0': /* End of string */
+ state = ST_ERROR; /* Error! */
+ break;
+ default: /* Escaped character like \ ^ : = */
+ num = *p;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (state == ST_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ *(q++) = num;
+ ++count;
+ state = ST_GND;
+ }
+ ++p;
+ break;
+
+ case ST_OCTAL: /* Octal sequence */
+ if (*p < '0' || *p > '7')
+ {
+ *(q++) = num;
+ ++count;
+ state = ST_GND;
+ }
+ else
+ num = (num << 3) + (*(p++) - '0');
+ break;
+
+ case ST_HEX: /* Hex sequence */
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ num = (num << 4) + (*(p++) - '0');
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ case 'b':
+ case 'c':
+ case 'd':
+ case 'e':
+ case 'f':
+ num = (num << 4) + (*(p++) - 'a') + 10;
+ break;
+ case 'A':
+ case 'B':
+ case 'C':
+ case 'D':
+ case 'E':
+ case 'F':
+ num = (num << 4) + (*(p++) - 'A') + 10;
+ break;
+ default:
+ *(q++) = num;
+ ++count;
+ state = ST_GND;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ST_CARET: /* Caret escape */
+ state = ST_GND; /* Should be the next state... */
+ if (*p >= '@' && *p <= '~')
+ {
+ *(q++) = *(p++) & 037;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ else if (*p == '?')
+ {
+ *(q++) = 127;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ else
+ state = ST_ERROR;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* should we ? */
+ /* abort (); no, we should not */
+ state = ST_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *dest = q;
+ *src = p;
+ *output_count = count;
+
+ return state != ST_ERROR;
+}
+#endif /* COLOR_SUPPORT */
+
+void _rl_parse_colors(void)
+{
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ const char *p; /* Pointer to character being parsed */
+ char *buf; /* color_buf buffer pointer */
+ int state; /* State of parser */
+ int ind_no; /* Indicator number */
+ char label[3]; /* Indicator label */
+ COLOR_EXT_TYPE *ext; /* Extension we are working on */
+
+ p = sh_get_env_value ("LS_COLORS");
+ if (p == 0 || *p == '\0')
+ {
+ _rl_color_ext_list = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ext = NULL;
+ strcpy (label, "??");
+
+ /* This is an overly conservative estimate, but any possible
+ LS_COLORS string will *not* generate a color_buf longer than
+ itself, so it is a safe way of allocating a buffer in
+ advance. */
+ buf = color_buf = savestring (p);
+
+ state = 1;
+ while (state > 0)
+ {
+ switch (state)
+ {
+ case 1: /* First label character */
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case ':':
+ ++p;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ /* Allocate new extension block and add to head of
+ linked list (this way a later definition will
+ override an earlier one, which can be useful for
+ having terminal-specific defs override global). */
+
+ ext = (COLOR_EXT_TYPE *)xmalloc (sizeof *ext);
+ ext->next = _rl_color_ext_list;
+ _rl_color_ext_list = ext;
+
+ ++p;
+ ext->ext.string = buf;
+
+ state = (get_funky_string (&buf, &p, true, &ext->ext.len)
+ ? 4 : -1);
+ break;
+
+ case '\0':
+ state = 0; /* Done! */
+ break;
+
+ default: /* Assume it is file type label */
+ label[0] = *(p++);
+ state = 2;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 2: /* Second label character */
+ if (*p)
+ {
+ label[1] = *(p++);
+ state = 3;
+ }
+ else
+ state = -1; /* Error */
+ break;
+
+ case 3: /* Equal sign after indicator label */
+ state = -1; /* Assume failure... */
+ if (*(p++) == '=')/* It *should* be... */
+ {
+ for (ind_no = 0; indicator_name[ind_no] != NULL; ++ind_no)
+ {
+ if (STREQ (label, indicator_name[ind_no]))
+ {
+ _rl_color_indicator[ind_no].string = buf;
+ state = (get_funky_string (&buf, &p, false,
+ &_rl_color_indicator[ind_no].len)
+ ? 1 : -1);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (state == -1)
+ {
+ _rl_errmsg ("LS_COLORS: unrecognized prefix: %s", label);
+ /* recover from an unrecognized prefix */
+ while (p && *p && *p != ':')
+ p++;
+ if (p && *p == ':')
+ state = 1;
+ else if (p && *p == 0)
+ state = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 4: /* Equal sign after *.ext */
+ if (*(p++) == '=')
+ {
+ ext->seq.string = buf;
+ state = (get_funky_string (&buf, &p, false, &ext->seq.len)
+ ? 1 : -1);
+ }
+ else
+ state = -1;
+ /* XXX - recover here as with an unrecognized prefix? */
+ if (state == -1 && ext->ext.string)
+ _rl_errmsg ("LS_COLORS: syntax error: %s", ext->ext.string);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (state < 0)
+ {
+ COLOR_EXT_TYPE *e;
+ COLOR_EXT_TYPE *e2;
+
+ _rl_errmsg ("unparsable value for LS_COLORS environment variable");
+ free (color_buf);
+ for (e = _rl_color_ext_list; e != NULL; /* empty */)
+ {
+ e2 = e;
+ e = e->next;
+ free (e2);
+ }
+ _rl_color_ext_list = NULL;
+ _rl_colored_stats = 0; /* can't have colored stats without colors */
+ }
+#else /* !COLOR_SUPPORT */
+ ;
+#endif /* !COLOR_SUPPORT */
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/parse-colors.h b/lib/readline/parse-colors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aef86f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/parse-colors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
+
+ Modified by Chet Ramey for Readline.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1990-1991, 1995-2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie. */
+
+/* Color support by Peter Anvin <Peter.Anvin@linux.org> and Dennis
+ Flaherty <dennisf@denix.elk.miles.com> based on original patches by
+ Greg Lee <lee@uhunix.uhcc.hawaii.edu>. */
+
+#ifndef _PARSE_COLORS_H_
+#define _PARSE_COLORS_H_
+
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#define LEN_STR_PAIR(s) sizeof (s) - 1, s
+
+void _rl_parse_colors (void);
+
+static const char *const indicator_name[]=
+ {
+ "lc", "rc", "ec", "rs", "no", "fi", "di", "ln", "pi", "so",
+ "bd", "cd", "mi", "or", "ex", "do", "su", "sg", "st",
+ "ow", "tw", "ca", "mh", "cl", NULL
+ };
+
+/* Buffer for color sequences */
+static char *color_buf;
+
+#endif /* !_PARSE_COLORS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixdir.h b/lib/readline/posixdir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0921c5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixdir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* posixdir.h -- Posix directory reading includes and defines. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* This file should be included instead of <dirent.h> or <sys/dir.h>. */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIXDIR_H_)
+#define _POSIXDIR_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H)
+# include <dirent.h>
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN)
+# define D_NAMLEN(d) ((d)->d_namlen)
+# else
+# define D_NAMLEN(d) (strlen ((d)->d_name))
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN */
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H)
+# include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_DIR_H)
+# include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# if defined (HAVE_NDIR_H)
+# include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined (dirent)
+# define dirent direct
+# endif /* !dirent */
+# define D_NAMLEN(d) ((d)->d_namlen)
+#endif /* !HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+
+/* The bash code fairly consistenly uses d_fileno; make sure it's available */
+#if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) && !defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO)
+# define d_fileno d_ino
+#endif
+
+/* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
+ systems do not provide it. */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) || defined (BROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO)
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
+#else
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino != 0)
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) && !defined (BROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO)
+# define D_INO_AVAILABLE
+#endif
+
+/* Signal the rest of the code that it can safely use dirent.d_fileno */
+#if defined (D_INO_AVAILABLE) || defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO)
+# define D_FILENO_AVAILABLE 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_POSIXDIR_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixjmp.h b/lib/readline/posixjmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7e99e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixjmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* posixjmp.h -- wrapper for setjmp.h with changes for POSIX systems. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _POSIXJMP_H_
+#define _POSIXJMP_H_
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+/* This *must* be included *after* config.h */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP)
+# define procenv_t sigjmp_buf
+
+# define setjmp_nosigs(x) sigsetjmp((x), 0)
+# define setjmp_sigs(x) sigsetjmp((x), 1)
+
+# define _rl_longjmp(x, n) siglongjmp((x), (n))
+# define sh_longjmp(x, n) siglongjmp((x), (n))
+#else
+# define procenv_t jmp_buf
+
+# define setjmp_nosigs setjmp
+# define setjmp_sigs setjmp
+
+# define _rl_longjmp(x, n) longjmp((x), (n))
+# define sh_longjmp(x, n) longjmp((x), (n))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _POSIXJMP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixselect.h b/lib/readline/posixselect.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6a1ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixselect.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* posixselect.h -- wrapper for select(2) includes and definitions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _POSIXSELECT_H_
+#define _POSIXSELECT_H_
+
+#if defined (FD_SET) && !defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+# define HAVE_SELECT 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+# if !defined (HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H) || !defined (M_UNIX)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# endif
+#endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+# include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USEC_PER_SEC
+# define USEC_PER_SEC 1000000
+#endif
+
+#define USEC_TO_TIMEVAL(us, tv) \
+do { \
+ (tv).tv_sec = (us) / USEC_PER_SEC; \
+ (tv).tv_usec = (us) % USEC_PER_SEC; \
+} while (0)
+
+#endif /* _POSIXSELECT_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixstat.h b/lib/readline/posixstat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eb7f29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixstat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* posixstat.h -- Posix stat(2) definitions for systems that
+ don't have them. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* This file should be included instead of <sys/stat.h>.
+ It relies on the local sys/stat.h to work though. */
+#if !defined (_POSIXSTAT_H_)
+#define _POSIXSTAT_H_
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if defined (STAT_MACROS_BROKEN)
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISLNK
+#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* These are guaranteed to work only on isc386 */
+#if !defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+# define S_IFDIR 0040000
+#endif /* !S_IFDIR && !S_ISDIR */
+#if !defined (S_IFMT)
+# define S_IFMT 0170000
+#endif /* !S_IFMT */
+
+/* Posix 1003.1 5.6.1.1 <sys/stat.h> file types */
+
+/* Some Posix-wannabe systems define _S_IF* macros instead of S_IF*, but
+ do not provide the S_IS* macros that Posix requires. */
+
+#if defined (_S_IFMT) && !defined (S_IFMT)
+#define S_IFMT _S_IFMT
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFIFO) && !defined (S_IFIFO)
+#define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFCHR) && !defined (S_IFCHR)
+#define S_IFCHR _S_IFCHR
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_IFDIR)
+#define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFBLK) && !defined (S_IFBLK)
+#define S_IFBLK _S_IFBLK
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFREG) && !defined (S_IFREG)
+#define S_IFREG _S_IFREG
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFLNK) && !defined (S_IFLNK)
+#define S_IFLNK _S_IFLNK
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFSOCK) && !defined (S_IFSOCK)
+#define S_IFSOCK _S_IFSOCK
+#endif
+
+/* Test for each symbol individually and define the ones necessary (some
+ systems claiming Posix compatibility define some but not all). */
+
+#if defined (S_IFBLK) && !defined (S_ISBLK)
+#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) /* block device */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFCHR) && !defined (S_ISCHR)
+#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) /* character device */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) /* directory */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFREG) && !defined (S_ISREG)
+#define S_ISREG(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) /* file */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFIFO) && !defined (S_ISFIFO)
+#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) /* fifo - named pipe */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFLNK) && !defined (S_ISLNK)
+#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) /* symbolic link */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFSOCK) && !defined (S_ISSOCK)
+#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK) /* socket */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * POSIX 1003.1 5.6.1.2 <sys/stat.h> File Modes
+ */
+
+#if !defined (S_IRWXU)
+# if !defined (S_IREAD)
+# define S_IREAD 00400
+# define S_IWRITE 00200
+# define S_IEXEC 00100
+# endif /* S_IREAD */
+
+# if !defined (S_IRUSR)
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD /* read, owner */
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE /* write, owner */
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC /* execute, owner */
+
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IREAD >> 3) /* read, group */
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWRITE >> 3) /* write, group */
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IEXEC >> 3) /* execute, group */
+
+# define S_IROTH (S_IREAD >> 6) /* read, other */
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWRITE >> 6) /* write, other */
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IEXEC >> 6) /* execute, other */
+# endif /* !S_IRUSR */
+
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
+#endif /* !S_IRWXU */
+
+/* These are non-standard, but are used in builtins.c$symbolic_umask() */
+#define S_IRUGO (S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
+#define S_IWUGO (S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
+#define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+
+#endif /* _POSIXSTAT_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.c b/lib/readline/readline.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..678f989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/readline.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1450 @@
+/* readline.c -- a general facility for reading lines of input
+ with emacs style editing and completion. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "posixjmp.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef RL_LIBRARY_VERSION
+# define RL_LIBRARY_VERSION "5.1"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RL_READLINE_VERSION
+# define RL_READLINE_VERSION 0x0501
+#endif
+
+extern void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+extern void _rl_parse_colors PARAMS((void)); /* XXX */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Forward declarations used in this file. */
+static char *readline_internal PARAMS((void));
+static void readline_initialize_everything PARAMS((void));
+
+static void bind_arrow_keys_internal PARAMS((Keymap));
+static void bind_arrow_keys PARAMS((void));
+
+static void bind_bracketed_paste_prefix PARAMS((void));
+
+static void readline_default_bindings PARAMS((void));
+static void reset_default_bindings PARAMS((void));
+
+static int _rl_subseq_result PARAMS((int, Keymap, int, int));
+static int _rl_subseq_getchar PARAMS((int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Line editing input utility */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+const char *rl_library_version = RL_LIBRARY_VERSION;
+
+int rl_readline_version = RL_READLINE_VERSION;
+
+/* True if this is `real' readline as opposed to some stub substitute. */
+int rl_gnu_readline_p = 1;
+
+/* A pointer to the keymap that is currently in use.
+ By default, it is the standard emacs keymap. */
+Keymap _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+
+/* The current style of editing. */
+int rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+
+/* The current insert mode: input (the default) or overwrite */
+int rl_insert_mode = RL_IM_DEFAULT;
+
+/* Non-zero if we called this function from _rl_dispatch(). It's present
+ so functions can find out whether they were called from a key binding
+ or directly from an application. */
+int rl_dispatching;
+
+/* Non-zero if the previous command was a kill command. */
+int _rl_last_command_was_kill = 0;
+
+/* The current value of the numeric argument specified by the user. */
+int rl_numeric_arg = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero if an argument was typed. */
+int rl_explicit_arg = 0;
+
+/* Temporary value used while generating the argument. */
+int rl_arg_sign = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means we have been called at least once before. */
+static int rl_initialized;
+
+#if 0
+/* If non-zero, this program is running in an EMACS buffer. */
+static int running_in_emacs;
+#endif
+
+/* Flags word encapsulating the current readline state. */
+unsigned long rl_readline_state = RL_STATE_NONE;
+
+/* The current offset in the current input line. */
+int rl_point;
+
+/* Mark in the current input line. */
+int rl_mark;
+
+/* Length of the current input line. */
+int rl_end;
+
+/* Make this non-zero to return the current input_line. */
+int rl_done;
+
+/* The last function executed by readline. */
+rl_command_func_t *rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Top level environment for readline_internal (). */
+procenv_t _rl_top_level;
+
+/* The streams we interact with. */
+FILE *_rl_in_stream, *_rl_out_stream;
+
+/* The names of the streams that we do input and output to. */
+FILE *rl_instream = (FILE *)NULL;
+FILE *rl_outstream = (FILE *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means echo characters as they are read. Defaults to no echo;
+ set to 1 if there is a controlling terminal, we can get its attributes,
+ and the attributes include `echo'. Look at rltty.c:prepare_terminal_settings
+ for the code that sets it. */
+int _rl_echoing_p = 0;
+
+/* Current prompt. */
+char *rl_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+int rl_visible_prompt_length = 0;
+
+/* Set to non-zero by calling application if it has already printed rl_prompt
+ and does not want readline to do it the first time. */
+int rl_already_prompted = 0;
+
+/* The number of characters read in order to type this complete command. */
+int rl_key_sequence_length = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call just
+ before readline_internal_setup () prints the first prompt. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just before
+ readline_internal_setup () returns and readline_internal starts
+ reading input characters. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_pre_input_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* What we use internally. You should always refer to RL_LINE_BUFFER. */
+static char *the_line;
+
+/* The character that can generate an EOF. Really read from
+ the terminal driver... just defaulted here. */
+int _rl_eof_char = CTRL ('D');
+
+/* Non-zero makes this the next keystroke to read. */
+int rl_pending_input = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero when readline_internal returns, it means we found EOF */
+int _rl_eof_found = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to a useful terminal name. */
+const char *rl_terminal_name = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to always use horizontal scrolling in line display. */
+int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to display an asterisk at the starts of history lines
+ which have been modified. */
+int _rl_mark_modified_lines = 0;
+
+/* The style of `bell' notification preferred. This can be set to NO_BELL,
+ AUDIBLE_BELL, or VISIBLE_BELL. */
+int _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+
+/* String inserted into the line by rl_insert_comment (). */
+char *_rl_comment_begin;
+
+/* Keymap holding the function currently being executed. */
+Keymap rl_executing_keymap;
+
+/* Keymap we're currently using to dispatch. */
+Keymap _rl_dispatching_keymap;
+
+/* Non-zero means to erase entire line, including prompt, on empty input lines. */
+int rl_erase_empty_line = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to read only this many characters rather than up to a
+ character bound to accept-line. */
+int rl_num_chars_to_read = 0;
+
+/* Line buffer and maintenance. */
+char *rl_line_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+int rl_line_buffer_len = 0;
+
+/* Key sequence `contexts' */
+_rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt = 0;
+
+int rl_executing_key;
+char *rl_executing_keyseq = 0;
+int _rl_executing_keyseq_size = 0;
+
+/* Timeout (specified in milliseconds) when reading characters making up an
+ ambiguous multiple-key sequence */
+int _rl_keyseq_timeout = 500;
+
+#define RESIZE_KEYSEQ_BUFFER() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (rl_key_sequence_length + 2 >= _rl_executing_keyseq_size) \
+ { \
+ _rl_executing_keyseq_size += 16; \
+ rl_executing_keyseq = xrealloc (rl_executing_keyseq, _rl_executing_keyseq_size); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ while (0);
+
+/* Forward declarations used by the display, termcap, and history code. */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* `Forward' declarations */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Non-zero means do not parse any lines other than comments and
+ parser directives. */
+unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to convert characters with the meta bit set to
+ escape-prefixed characters so we can indirect through
+ emacs_meta_keymap or vi_escape_keymap. */
+int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means to output characters with the meta bit set directly
+ rather than as a meta-prefixed escape sequence. */
+int _rl_output_meta_chars = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to look at the termios special characters and bind
+ them to equivalent readline functions at startup. */
+int _rl_bind_stty_chars = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means to go through the history list at every newline (or
+ whenever rl_done is set and readline returns) and revert each line to
+ its initial state. */
+int _rl_revert_all_at_newline = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to honor the termios ECHOCTL bit and echo control
+ characters corresponding to keyboard-generated signals. */
+int _rl_echo_control_chars = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means to prefix the displayed prompt with a character indicating
+ the editing mode: @ for emacs, : for vi-command, + for vi-insert. */
+int _rl_show_mode_in_prompt = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to attempt to put the terminal in `bracketed paste mode',
+ where it will prefix pasted text with an escape sequence and send
+ another to mark the end of the paste. */
+int _rl_enable_bracketed_paste = 0;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Top Level Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Non-zero means treat 0200 bit in terminal input as Meta bit. */
+int _rl_meta_flag = 0; /* Forward declaration */
+
+/* Set up the prompt and expand it. Called from readline() and
+ rl_callback_handler_install (). */
+int
+rl_set_prompt (const char *prompt)
+{
+ FREE (rl_prompt);
+ rl_prompt = prompt ? savestring (prompt) : (char *)NULL;
+ rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt ? rl_prompt : "";
+
+ rl_visible_prompt_length = rl_expand_prompt (rl_prompt);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Read a line of input. Prompt with PROMPT. An empty PROMPT means
+ none. A return value of NULL means that EOF was encountered. */
+char *
+readline (const char *prompt)
+{
+ char *value;
+#if 0
+ int in_callback;
+#endif
+
+ /* If we are at EOF return a NULL string. */
+ if (rl_pending_input == EOF)
+ {
+ rl_clear_pending_input ();
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /* If readline() is called after installing a callback handler, temporarily
+ turn off the callback state to avoid ensuing messiness. Patch supplied
+ by the gdb folks. XXX -- disabled. This can be fooled and readline
+ left in a strange state by a poorly-timed longjmp. */
+ if (in_callback = RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK);
+#endif
+
+ rl_set_prompt (prompt);
+
+ rl_initialize ();
+ if (rl_prep_term_function)
+ (*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ rl_set_signals ();
+#endif
+
+ value = readline_internal ();
+ if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+ (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ rl_clear_signals ();
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+ if (in_callback)
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK);
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_AUDIT_USER_TTY && defined (HAVE_LIBAUDIT_H) && defined (ENABLE_TTY_AUDIT_SUPPORT)
+ if (value)
+ _rl_audit_tty (value);
+#endif
+
+ return (value);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+# define STATIC_CALLBACK
+#else
+# define STATIC_CALLBACK static
+#endif
+
+STATIC_CALLBACK void
+readline_internal_setup (void)
+{
+ char *nprompt;
+
+ _rl_in_stream = rl_instream;
+ _rl_out_stream = rl_outstream;
+
+ /* Enable the meta key only for the duration of readline(), if this
+ terminal has one and the terminal has been initialized */
+ if (_rl_enable_meta & RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED))
+ _rl_enable_meta_key ();
+
+ if (rl_startup_hook)
+ (*rl_startup_hook) ();
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, 'i'); /* don't want to reset last */
+ else
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+ if (_rl_show_mode_in_prompt)
+ _rl_reset_prompt ();
+
+ /* If we're not echoing, we still want to at least print a prompt, because
+ rl_redisplay will not do it for us. If the calling application has a
+ custom redisplay function, though, let that function handle it. */
+ if (_rl_echoing_p == 0 && rl_redisplay_function == rl_redisplay)
+ {
+ if (rl_prompt && rl_already_prompted == 0)
+ {
+ nprompt = _rl_strip_prompt (rl_prompt);
+ fprintf (_rl_out_stream, "%s", nprompt);
+ fflush (_rl_out_stream);
+ xfree (nprompt);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_prompt && rl_already_prompted)
+ rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ();
+ else
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ }
+
+ if (rl_pre_input_hook)
+ (*rl_pre_input_hook) ();
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+}
+
+STATIC_CALLBACK char *
+readline_internal_teardown (int eof)
+{
+ char *temp;
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+ /* Restore the original of this history line, iff the line that we
+ are editing was originally in the history, AND the line has changed. */
+ entry = current_history ();
+
+ if (entry && rl_undo_list)
+ {
+ temp = savestring (the_line);
+ rl_revert_line (1, 0);
+ entry = replace_history_entry (where_history (), the_line, (histdata_t)NULL);
+ _rl_free_history_entry (entry);
+
+ strcpy (the_line, temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_revert_all_at_newline)
+ _rl_revert_all_lines ();
+
+ /* At any rate, it is highly likely that this line has an undo list. Get
+ rid of it now. */
+ if (rl_undo_list)
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+ /* Disable the meta key, if this terminal has one and we were told to use it.
+ The check whether or not we sent the enable string is in
+ _rl_disable_meta_key(); the flag is set in _rl_enable_meta_key */
+ _rl_disable_meta_key ();
+
+ /* Restore normal cursor, if available. */
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 0);
+
+ return (eof ? (char *)NULL : savestring (the_line));
+}
+
+void
+_rl_internal_char_cleanup (void)
+{
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* In vi mode, when you exit insert mode, the cursor moves back
+ over the previous character. We explicitly check for that here. */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap)
+ rl_vi_check ();
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ if (rl_num_chars_to_read && rl_end >= rl_num_chars_to_read)
+ {
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+ rl_newline (1, '\n');
+ }
+
+ if (rl_done == 0)
+ {
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If the application writer has told us to erase the entire line if
+ the only character typed was something bound to rl_newline, do so. */
+ if (rl_erase_empty_line && rl_done && rl_last_func == rl_newline &&
+ rl_point == 0 && rl_end == 0)
+ _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+}
+
+STATIC_CALLBACK int
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+readline_internal_char (void)
+#else
+readline_internal_charloop (void)
+#endif
+{
+ static int lastc, eof_found;
+ int c, code, lk, r;
+
+ lastc = EOF;
+
+#if !defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ eof_found = 0;
+ while (rl_done == 0)
+ {
+#endif
+ lk = _rl_last_command_was_kill;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP)
+ code = sigsetjmp (_rl_top_level, 0);
+#else
+ code = setjmp (_rl_top_level);
+#endif
+
+ if (code)
+ {
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+ /* If we get here, we're not being called from something dispatched
+ from _rl_callback_read_char(), which sets up its own value of
+ _rl_top_level (saving and restoring the old, of course), so
+ we can just return here. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ if (rl_pending_input == 0)
+ {
+ /* Then initialize the argument and number of keys read. */
+ _rl_reset_argument ();
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length = 0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_READCMD);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_READCMD);
+
+ /* look at input.c:rl_getc() for the circumstances under which this will
+ be returned; punt immediately on read error without converting it to
+ a newline; assume that rl_read_key has already called the signal
+ handler. */
+ if (c == READERR)
+ {
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+ return (rl_done = 1);
+#else
+ eof_found = 1;
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* EOF typed to a non-blank line is ^D the first time, EOF the second
+ time in a row. This won't return any partial line read from the tty.
+ If we want to change this, to force any existing line to be returned
+ when read(2) reads EOF, for example, this is the place to change. */
+ if (c == EOF && rl_end)
+ {
+ if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED ())
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (rl_signal_event_hook)
+ (*rl_signal_event_hook) (); /* XXX */
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - reading two consecutive EOFs returns EOF */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED))
+ {
+ if (lastc == _rl_eof_char || lastc == EOF)
+ rl_end = 0;
+ else
+ c = _rl_eof_char;
+ }
+ else
+ c = NEWLINE;
+ }
+
+ /* The character _rl_eof_char typed to blank line, and not as the
+ previous character is interpreted as EOF. This doesn't work when
+ READLINE_CALLBACKS is defined, so hitting a series of ^Ds will
+ erase all the chars on the line and then return EOF. */
+ if (((c == _rl_eof_char && lastc != c) || c == EOF) && rl_end == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+ return (rl_done = 1);
+#else
+ eof_found = 1;
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ lastc = c;
+ r = _rl_dispatch ((unsigned char)c, _rl_keymap);
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+ /* If there was no change in _rl_last_command_was_kill, then no kill
+ has taken place. Note that if input is pending we are reading
+ a prefix command, so nothing has changed yet. */
+ if (rl_pending_input == 0 && lk == _rl_last_command_was_kill)
+ _rl_last_command_was_kill = 0;
+
+ _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ return 0;
+#else
+ }
+
+ return (eof_found);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+readline_internal_charloop (void)
+{
+ int eof = 1;
+
+ while (rl_done == 0)
+ eof = readline_internal_char ();
+ return (eof);
+}
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+
+/* Read a line of input from the global rl_instream, doing output on
+ the global rl_outstream.
+ If rl_prompt is non-null, then that is our prompt. */
+static char *
+readline_internal (void)
+{
+ readline_internal_setup ();
+ _rl_eof_found = readline_internal_charloop ();
+ return (readline_internal_teardown (_rl_eof_found));
+}
+
+void
+_rl_init_line_state (void)
+{
+ rl_point = rl_end = rl_mark = 0;
+ the_line = rl_line_buffer;
+ the_line[0] = 0;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_the_line (void)
+{
+ the_line = rl_line_buffer;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+_rl_keyseq_cxt *
+_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc (void)
+{
+ _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+
+ cxt = (_rl_keyseq_cxt *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_keyseq_cxt));
+
+ cxt->flags = cxt->subseq_arg = cxt->subseq_retval = 0;
+
+ cxt->okey = 0;
+ cxt->ocxt = _rl_kscxt;
+ cxt->childval = 42; /* sentinel value */
+
+ return cxt;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (_rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ xfree (cxt);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_keyseq_chain_dispose (void)
+{
+ _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+
+ while (_rl_kscxt)
+ {
+ cxt = _rl_kscxt;
+ _rl_kscxt = _rl_kscxt->ocxt;
+ _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+_rl_subseq_getchar (int key)
+{
+ int k;
+
+ if (key == ESC)
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_METANEXT);
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ k = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ if (key == ESC)
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_METANEXT);
+
+ return k;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+int
+_rl_dispatch_callback (_rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ int nkey, r;
+
+ /* For now */
+ /* The first time this context is used, we want to read input and dispatch
+ on it. When traversing the chain of contexts back `up', we want to use
+ the value from the next context down. We're simulating recursion using
+ a chain of contexts. */
+ if ((cxt->flags & KSEQ_DISPATCHED) == 0)
+ {
+ nkey = _rl_subseq_getchar (cxt->okey);
+ if (nkey < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return -1;
+ }
+ r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (nkey, cxt->dmap, cxt->subseq_arg);
+ cxt->flags |= KSEQ_DISPATCHED;
+ }
+ else
+ r = cxt->childval;
+
+ /* For now */
+ if (r != -3) /* don't do this if we indicate there will be other matches */
+ r = _rl_subseq_result (r, cxt->oldmap, cxt->okey, (cxt->flags & KSEQ_SUBSEQ));
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ /* We only treat values < 0 specially to simulate recursion. */
+ if (r >= 0 || (r == -1 && (cxt->flags & KSEQ_SUBSEQ) == 0)) /* success! or failure! */
+ {
+ _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ if (r != -3) /* magic value that says we added to the chain */
+ _rl_kscxt = cxt->ocxt;
+ if (_rl_kscxt)
+ _rl_kscxt->childval = r;
+ if (r != -3)
+ _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt);
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+
+/* Do the command associated with KEY in MAP.
+ If the associated command is really a keymap, then read
+ another key, and dispatch into that map. */
+int
+_rl_dispatch (register int key, Keymap map)
+{
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap = map;
+ return _rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_dispatch_subseq (register int key, Keymap map, int got_subseq)
+{
+ int r, newkey;
+ char *macro;
+ rl_command_func_t *func;
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+#endif
+
+ if (META_CHAR (key) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+ {
+ if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ {
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+ _rl_add_macro_char (ESC);
+ RESIZE_KEYSEQ_BUFFER ();
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length++] = ESC;
+ map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+ key = UNMETA (key);
+ return (_rl_dispatch (key, map));
+ }
+ else
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+ _rl_add_macro_char (key);
+
+ r = 0;
+ switch (map[key].type)
+ {
+ case ISFUNC:
+ func = map[key].function;
+ if (func)
+ {
+ /* Special case rl_do_lowercase_version (). */
+ if (func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+ /* Should we do anything special if key == ANYOTHERKEY? */
+ return (_rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower ((unsigned char)key), map));
+
+ rl_executing_keymap = map;
+ rl_executing_key = key;
+
+ RESIZE_KEYSEQ_BUFFER();
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length++] = key;
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length] = '\0';
+
+ rl_dispatching = 1;
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DISPATCHING);
+ r = (*func) (rl_numeric_arg * rl_arg_sign, key);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_DISPATCHING);
+ rl_dispatching = 0;
+
+ /* If we have input pending, then the last command was a prefix
+ command. Don't change the state of rl_last_func. Otherwise,
+ remember the last command executed in this variable. */
+ if (rl_pending_input == 0 && map[key].function != rl_digit_argument)
+ rl_last_func = map[key].function;
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ }
+ else if (map[ANYOTHERKEY].function)
+ {
+ /* OK, there's no function bound in this map, but there is a
+ shadow function that was overridden when the current keymap
+ was created. Return -2 to note that. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT))
+ _rl_prev_macro_key ();
+ else
+ _rl_unget_char (key);
+ return -2;
+ }
+ else if (got_subseq)
+ {
+ /* Return -1 to note that we're in a subsequence, but we don't
+ have a matching key, nor was one overridden. This means
+ we need to back up the recursion chain and find the last
+ subsequence that is bound to a function. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT))
+ _rl_prev_macro_key ();
+ else
+ _rl_unget_char (key);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+ _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose ();
+#endif
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return -1;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ISKMAP:
+ if (map[key].function != 0)
+ {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* The only way this test will be true is if a subsequence has been
+ bound starting with ESC, generally the arrow keys. What we do is
+ check whether there's input in the queue, which there generally
+ will be if an arrow key has been pressed, and, if there's not,
+ just dispatch to (what we assume is) rl_vi_movement_mode right
+ away. This is essentially an input test with a zero timeout (by
+ default) or a timeout determined by the value of `keyseq-timeout' */
+ /* _rl_keyseq_timeout specified in milliseconds; _rl_input_queued
+ takes microseconds, so multiply by 1000 */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && key == ESC && map == vi_insertion_keymap &&
+ (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING|RL_STATE_MACROINPUT) == 0) &&
+ _rl_pushed_input_available () == 0 &&
+ _rl_input_queued ((_rl_keyseq_timeout > 0) ? _rl_keyseq_timeout*1000 : 0) == 0)
+ return (_rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key)));
+ /* This is a very specific test. It can possibly be generalized in
+ the future, but for now it handles a specific case of ESC being
+ the last character in a keyboard macro. */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && key == ESC && map == vi_insertion_keymap &&
+ (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING) == 0) &&
+ (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT) && _rl_peek_macro_key () == 0) &&
+ _rl_pushed_input_available () == 0 &&
+ _rl_input_queued ((_rl_keyseq_timeout > 0) ? _rl_keyseq_timeout*1000 : 0) == 0)
+ return (_rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key)));
+#endif
+
+ RESIZE_KEYSEQ_BUFFER ();
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length++] = key;
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key);
+
+ /* Allocate new context here. Use linked contexts (linked through
+ cxt->ocxt) to simulate recursion */
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+# if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* If we're redoing a vi mode command and we know there is a shadowed
+ function corresponding to this key, just call it -- all the redoable
+ vi mode commands already have all the input they need, and rl_vi_redo
+ assumes that one call to rl_dispatch is sufficient to complete the
+ command. */
+ if (_rl_vi_redoing && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) &&
+ map[ANYOTHERKEY].function != 0)
+ return (_rl_subseq_result (-2, map, key, got_subseq));
+# endif
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ /* Return 0 only the first time, to indicate success to
+ _rl_callback_read_char. The rest of the time, we're called
+ from _rl_dispatch_callback, so we return -3 to indicate
+ special handling is necessary. */
+ r = RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) ? -3 : 0;
+ cxt = _rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc ();
+
+ if (got_subseq)
+ cxt->flags |= KSEQ_SUBSEQ;
+ cxt->okey = key;
+ cxt->oldmap = map;
+ cxt->dmap = _rl_dispatching_keymap;
+ cxt->subseq_arg = got_subseq || cxt->dmap[ANYOTHERKEY].function;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+ _rl_kscxt = cxt;
+
+ return r; /* don't indicate immediate success */
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Tentative inter-character timeout for potential multi-key
+ sequences? If no input within timeout, abort sequence and
+ act as if we got non-matching input. */
+ /* _rl_keyseq_timeout specified in milliseconds; _rl_input_queued
+ takes microseconds, so multiply by 1000 */
+ if (_rl_keyseq_timeout > 0 &&
+ (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING|RL_STATE_MACROINPUT) == 0) &&
+ _rl_pushed_input_available () == 0 &&
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap[ANYOTHERKEY].function &&
+ _rl_input_queued (_rl_keyseq_timeout*1000) == 0)
+ return (_rl_subseq_result (-2, map, key, got_subseq));
+
+ newkey = _rl_subseq_getchar (key);
+ if (newkey < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (newkey, _rl_dispatching_keymap, got_subseq || map[ANYOTHERKEY].function);
+ return _rl_subseq_result (r, map, key, got_subseq);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _rl_abort_internal (); /* XXX */
+ return -1;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ISMACR:
+ if (map[key].function != 0)
+ {
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length] = '\0';
+ macro = savestring ((char *)map[key].function);
+ _rl_with_macro_input (macro);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap &&
+ key != ANYOTHERKEY &&
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap == vi_movement_keymap &&
+ _rl_vi_textmod_command (key))
+ _rl_vi_set_last (key, rl_numeric_arg, rl_arg_sign);
+#endif
+
+ return (r);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_subseq_result (int r, Keymap map, int key, int got_subseq)
+{
+ Keymap m;
+ int type, nt;
+ rl_command_func_t *func, *nf;
+
+ if (r == -2)
+ /* We didn't match anything, and the keymap we're indexed into
+ shadowed a function previously bound to that prefix. Call
+ the function. The recursive call to _rl_dispatch_subseq has
+ already taken care of pushing any necessary input back onto
+ the input queue with _rl_unget_char. */
+ {
+ m = _rl_dispatching_keymap;
+ type = m[ANYOTHERKEY].type;
+ func = m[ANYOTHERKEY].function;
+ if (type == ISFUNC && func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+ r = _rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower ((unsigned char)key), map);
+ else if (type == ISFUNC)
+ {
+ /* If we shadowed a function, whatever it is, we somehow need a
+ keymap with map[key].func == shadowed-function.
+ Let's use this one. Then we can dispatch using the original
+ key, since there are commands (e.g., in vi mode) for which it
+ matters. */
+ nt = m[key].type;
+ nf = m[key].function;
+
+ m[key].type = type;
+ m[key].function = func;
+ /* Don't change _rl_dispatching_keymap, set it here */
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap = map; /* previous map */
+ r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (key, m, 0);
+ m[key].type = nt;
+ m[key].function = nf;
+ }
+ else
+ /* We probably shadowed a keymap, so keep going. */
+ r = _rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, m);
+ }
+ else if (r < 0 && map[ANYOTHERKEY].function)
+ {
+ /* We didn't match (r is probably -1), so return something to
+ tell the caller that it should try ANYOTHERKEY for an
+ overridden function. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT))
+ _rl_prev_macro_key ();
+ else
+ _rl_unget_char (key);
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap = map;
+ return -2;
+ }
+ else if (r < 0 && got_subseq) /* XXX */
+ {
+ /* OK, back up the chain. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT))
+ _rl_prev_macro_key ();
+ else
+ _rl_unget_char (key);
+ _rl_dispatching_keymap = map;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Initializations */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Initialize readline (and terminal if not already). */
+int
+rl_initialize (void)
+{
+ /* If we have never been called before, initialize the
+ terminal and data structures. */
+ if (rl_initialized == 0)
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZING);
+ readline_initialize_everything ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZING);
+ rl_initialized++;
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZED);
+ }
+ else
+ (void)_rl_init_locale (); /* check current locale */
+
+ /* Initialize the current line information. */
+ _rl_init_line_state ();
+
+ /* We aren't done yet. We haven't even gotten started yet! */
+ rl_done = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+
+ /* Tell the history routines what is going on. */
+ _rl_start_using_history ();
+
+ /* Make the display buffer match the state of the line. */
+ rl_reset_line_state ();
+
+ /* No such function typed yet. */
+ rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+
+ /* Parsing of key-bindings begins in an enabled state. */
+ _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ _rl_vi_initialize_line ();
+#endif
+
+ /* Each line starts in insert mode (the default). */
+ _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_DEFAULT, 1);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+static void
+_emx_build_environ (void)
+{
+ TIB *tibp;
+ PIB *pibp;
+ char *t, **tp;
+ int c;
+
+ DosGetInfoBlocks (&tibp, &pibp);
+ t = pibp->pib_pchenv;
+ for (c = 1; *t; c++)
+ t += strlen (t) + 1;
+ tp = environ = (char **)xmalloc ((c + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ t = pibp->pib_pchenv;
+ while (*t)
+ {
+ *tp++ = t;
+ t += strlen (t) + 1;
+ }
+ *tp = 0;
+}
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the entire state of the world. */
+static void
+readline_initialize_everything (void)
+{
+#if 0
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+ if (environ == 0)
+ _emx_build_environ ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+ /* Find out if we are running in Emacs -- UNUSED. */
+ running_in_emacs = sh_get_env_value ("EMACS") != (char *)0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Set up input and output if they are not already set up. */
+ if (!rl_instream)
+ rl_instream = stdin;
+
+ if (!rl_outstream)
+ rl_outstream = stdout;
+
+ /* Bind _rl_in_stream and _rl_out_stream immediately. These values
+ may change, but they may also be used before readline_internal ()
+ is called. */
+ _rl_in_stream = rl_instream;
+ _rl_out_stream = rl_outstream;
+
+ /* Allocate data structures. */
+ if (rl_line_buffer == 0)
+ rl_line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (rl_line_buffer_len = DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE);
+
+ /* Initialize the terminal interface. */
+ if (rl_terminal_name == 0)
+ rl_terminal_name = sh_get_env_value ("TERM");
+ _rl_init_terminal_io (rl_terminal_name);
+
+ /* Bind tty characters to readline functions. */
+ readline_default_bindings ();
+
+ /* Initialize the function names. */
+ rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+ /* Decide whether we should automatically go into eight-bit mode. */
+ _rl_init_eightbit ();
+
+ /* Read in the init file. */
+ rl_read_init_file ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* XXX */
+ if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && _rl_term_autowrap)
+ {
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+ _rl_screenchars -= _rl_screenheight;
+ }
+
+ /* Override the effect of any `set keymap' assignments in the
+ inputrc file. */
+ rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ();
+
+ /* Try to bind a common arrow key prefix, if not already bound. */
+ bind_arrow_keys ();
+
+ /* Bind the bracketed paste prefix assuming that the user will enable
+ it on terminals that support it. */
+ bind_bracketed_paste_prefix ();
+
+ /* If the completion parser's default word break characters haven't
+ been set yet, then do so now. */
+ if (rl_completer_word_break_characters == (char *)NULL)
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = (char *)rl_basic_word_break_characters;
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+ if (_rl_colored_stats || _rl_colored_completion_prefix)
+ _rl_parse_colors ();
+#endif
+
+ rl_executing_keyseq = malloc (_rl_executing_keyseq_size = 16);
+ if (rl_executing_keyseq)
+ rl_executing_keyseq[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+/* If this system allows us to look at the values of the regular
+ input editing characters, then bind them to their readline
+ equivalents, iff the characters are not bound to keymaps. */
+static void
+readline_default_bindings (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+ rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+}
+
+/* Reset the default bindings for the terminal special characters we're
+ interested in back to rl_insert and read the new ones. */
+static void
+reset_default_bindings (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+ {
+ rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+ rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Bind some common arrow key sequences in MAP. */
+static void
+bind_arrow_keys_internal (Keymap map)
+{
+ Keymap xkeymap;
+
+ xkeymap = _rl_keymap;
+ _rl_keymap = map;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0A", rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0B", rl_backward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0C", rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0D", rl_get_next_history);
+#endif
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[A", rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[B", rl_get_next_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[C", rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[D", rl_backward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[H", rl_beg_of_line);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[F", rl_end_of_line);
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OA", rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OB", rl_get_next_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OC", rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OD", rl_backward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OH", rl_beg_of_line);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OF", rl_end_of_line);
+
+ /* Key bindings for control-arrow keys */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[1;5C", rl_forward_word);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[1;5D", rl_backward_word);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[3;5~", rl_kill_word);
+
+ /* Key bindings for alt-arrow keys */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[1;3C", rl_forward_word);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[1;3D", rl_backward_word);
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340H", rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340P", rl_get_next_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340M", rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340K", rl_backward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340G", rl_beg_of_line);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340O", rl_end_of_line);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340S", rl_delete);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340R", rl_overwrite_mode);
+
+ /* These may or may not work because of the embedded NUL. */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000H", rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000P", rl_get_next_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000M", rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000K", rl_backward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000G", rl_beg_of_line);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000O", rl_end_of_line);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000S", rl_delete);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\\000R", rl_overwrite_mode);
+#endif
+
+ _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
+}
+
+/* Try and bind the common arrow key prefixes after giving termcap and
+ the inputrc file a chance to bind them and create `real' keymaps
+ for the arrow key prefix. */
+static void
+bind_arrow_keys (void)
+{
+ bind_arrow_keys_internal (emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ bind_arrow_keys_internal (vi_movement_keymap);
+ /* Unbind vi_movement_keymap[ESC] to allow users to repeatedly hit ESC
+ in vi command mode while still allowing the arrow keys to work. */
+ if (vi_movement_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+ rl_bind_keyseq_in_map ("\033", (rl_command_func_t *)NULL, vi_movement_keymap);
+ bind_arrow_keys_internal (vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+bind_bracketed_paste_prefix (void)
+{
+ Keymap xkeymap;
+
+ xkeymap = _rl_keymap;
+
+ _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (BRACK_PASTE_PREF, rl_bracketed_paste_begin);
+
+ _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (BRACK_PASTE_PREF, rl_bracketed_paste_begin);
+
+ _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Saving and Restoring Readline's state */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+rl_save_state (struct readline_state *sp)
+{
+ if (sp == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ sp->point = rl_point;
+ sp->end = rl_end;
+ sp->mark = rl_mark;
+ sp->buffer = rl_line_buffer;
+ sp->buflen = rl_line_buffer_len;
+ sp->ul = rl_undo_list;
+ sp->prompt = rl_prompt;
+
+ sp->rlstate = rl_readline_state;
+ sp->done = rl_done;
+ sp->kmap = _rl_keymap;
+
+ sp->lastfunc = rl_last_func;
+ sp->insmode = rl_insert_mode;
+ sp->edmode = rl_editing_mode;
+ sp->kseq = rl_executing_keyseq;
+ sp->kseqlen = rl_key_sequence_length;
+ sp->inf = rl_instream;
+ sp->outf = rl_outstream;
+ sp->pendingin = rl_pending_input;
+ sp->macro = rl_executing_macro;
+
+ sp->catchsigs = rl_catch_signals;
+ sp->catchsigwinch = rl_catch_sigwinch;
+
+ sp->entryfunc = rl_completion_entry_function;
+ sp->menuentryfunc = rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+ sp->ignorefunc = rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+ sp->attemptfunc = rl_attempted_completion_function;
+ sp->wordbreakchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_restore_state (struct readline_state *sp)
+{
+ if (sp == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ rl_point = sp->point;
+ rl_end = sp->end;
+ rl_mark = sp->mark;
+ the_line = rl_line_buffer = sp->buffer;
+ rl_line_buffer_len = sp->buflen;
+ rl_undo_list = sp->ul;
+ rl_prompt = sp->prompt;
+
+ rl_readline_state = sp->rlstate;
+ rl_done = sp->done;
+ _rl_keymap = sp->kmap;
+
+ rl_last_func = sp->lastfunc;
+ rl_insert_mode = sp->insmode;
+ rl_editing_mode = sp->edmode;
+ rl_executing_keyseq = sp->kseq;
+ rl_key_sequence_length = sp->kseqlen;
+ rl_instream = sp->inf;
+ rl_outstream = sp->outf;
+ rl_pending_input = sp->pendingin;
+ rl_executing_macro = sp->macro;
+
+ rl_catch_signals = sp->catchsigs;
+ rl_catch_sigwinch = sp->catchsigwinch;
+
+ rl_completion_entry_function = sp->entryfunc;
+ rl_menu_completion_entry_function = sp->menuentryfunc;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = sp->ignorefunc;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = sp->attemptfunc;
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = sp->wordbreakchars;
+
+ return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.h b/lib/readline/readline.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da78271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/readline.h
@@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
+/* Readline.h -- the names of functions callable from within readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_READLINE_H_)
+#define _READLINE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+# include "rlstdc.h"
+# include "rltypedefs.h"
+# include "keymaps.h"
+# include "tilde.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+# include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+# include <readline/keymaps.h>
+# include <readline/tilde.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Hex-encoded Readline version number. */
+#define RL_READLINE_VERSION 0x0800 /* Readline 8.0 */
+#define RL_VERSION_MAJOR 8
+#define RL_VERSION_MINOR 0
+
+/* Readline data structures. */
+
+/* Maintaining the state of undo. We remember individual deletes and inserts
+ on a chain of things to do. */
+
+/* The actions that undo knows how to undo. Notice that UNDO_DELETE means
+ to insert some text, and UNDO_INSERT means to delete some text. I.e.,
+ the code tells undo what to undo, not how to undo it. */
+enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END };
+
+/* What an element of THE_UNDO_LIST looks like. */
+typedef struct undo_list {
+ struct undo_list *next;
+ int start, end; /* Where the change took place. */
+ char *text; /* The text to insert, if undoing a delete. */
+ enum undo_code what; /* Delete, Insert, Begin, End. */
+} UNDO_LIST;
+
+/* The current undo list for RL_LINE_BUFFER. */
+extern UNDO_LIST *rl_undo_list;
+
+/* The data structure for mapping textual names to code addresses. */
+typedef struct _funmap {
+ const char *name;
+ rl_command_func_t *function;
+} FUNMAP;
+
+extern FUNMAP **funmap;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions available to bind to key sequences */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Bindable commands for numeric arguments. */
+extern int rl_digit_argument PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_universal_argument PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for moving the cursor. */
+extern int rl_forward_byte PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_byte PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_beg_of_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_of_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_refresh_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_clear_screen PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_skip_csi_sequence PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_arrow_keys PARAMS((int, int));
+
+extern int rl_previous_screen_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_next_screen_line PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for inserting and deleting text. */
+extern int rl_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_quoted_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_tab_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_newline PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_do_lowercase_version PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_rubout_or_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete_horizontal_space PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete_or_show_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_insert_comment PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for changing case. */
+extern int rl_upcase_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_downcase_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_capitalize_word PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for transposing characters and words. */
+extern int rl_transpose_words PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_transpose_chars PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for searching within a line. */
+extern int rl_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for readline's interface to the command history. */
+extern int rl_beginning_of_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_of_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_get_next_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_get_previous_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for managing the mark and region. */
+extern int rl_set_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_exchange_point_and_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands to set the editing mode (emacs or vi). */
+extern int rl_vi_editing_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_emacs_editing_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands to change the insert mode (insert or overwrite) */
+extern int rl_overwrite_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for managing key bindings. */
+extern int rl_re_read_init_file PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_functions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_macros PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_variables PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for word completion. */
+extern int rl_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_possible_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_insert_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_old_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for killing and yanking text, and managing the kill ring. */
+extern int rl_kill_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_kill_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_full_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_word_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_filename_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_line_discard PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_region_to_kill PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_region PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_forward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_backward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_pop PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_nth_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_last_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_bracketed_paste_begin PARAMS((int, int));
+/* Not available unless _WIN32 is defined. */
+#if defined (_WIN32)
+extern int rl_paste_from_clipboard PARAMS((int, int));
+#endif
+
+/* Bindable commands for incremental searching. */
+extern int rl_reverse_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable keyboard macro commands. */
+extern int rl_start_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_call_last_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_print_last_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable undo commands. */
+extern int rl_revert_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_undo_command PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable tilde expansion commands. */
+extern int rl_tilde_expand PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable terminal control commands. */
+extern int rl_restart_output PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_stop_output PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Miscellaneous bindable commands. */
+extern int rl_abort PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_tty_status PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for incremental and non-incremental history searching. */
+extern int rl_history_search_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_search_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_substr_search_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_substr_search_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_forward_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_reverse_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_forward_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_reverse_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable command used when inserting a matching close character. */
+extern int rl_insert_close PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Not available unless READLINE_CALLBACKS is defined. */
+extern void rl_callback_handler_install PARAMS((const char *, rl_vcpfunc_t *));
+extern void rl_callback_read_char PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_callback_handler_remove PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_callback_sigcleanup PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Things for vi mode. Not available unless readline is compiled -DVI_MODE. */
+/* VI-mode bindable commands. */
+extern int rl_vi_redo PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_undo PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_fetch_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_tilde_expand PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_prev_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_next_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_end_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insert_beg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_append_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_append_eol PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eof_maybe PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insertion_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_movement_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_arg_digit PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_case PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_put PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_column PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_delete_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_pop PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_back_to_indent PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_unix_word_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_first_print PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_match PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_subst PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_overstrike PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_overstrike_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_replace PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_set_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_goto_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* VI-mode utility functions. */
+extern int rl_vi_check PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_vi_domove PARAMS((int, int *));
+extern int rl_vi_bracktype PARAMS((int));
+
+extern void rl_vi_start_inserting PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* VI-mode pseudo-bindable commands, used as utility functions. */
+extern int rl_vi_fWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_bWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_fword PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_bword PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eword PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Well Published Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Readline functions. */
+/* Read a line of input. Prompt with PROMPT. A NULL PROMPT means none. */
+extern char *readline PARAMS((const char *));
+
+extern int rl_set_prompt PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_expand_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+
+extern int rl_initialize PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Undocumented; unused by readline */
+extern int rl_discard_argument PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Utility functions to bind keys to readline commands. */
+extern int rl_add_defun PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, int));
+extern int rl_bind_key PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_key PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_unbind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_function_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_command_in_map PARAMS((const char *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_generic_bind PARAMS((int, const char *, char *, Keymap));
+
+extern char *rl_variable_value PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_variable_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_bind_keyseq_in_map instead. */
+extern int rl_set_key PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_generic_bind instead. */
+extern int rl_macro_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *, Keymap));
+
+/* Undocumented in the texinfo manual; not really useful to programs. */
+extern int rl_translate_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, char *, int *));
+extern char *rl_untranslate_keyseq PARAMS((int));
+
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_named_function PARAMS((const char *));
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_function_of_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, Keymap, int *));
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_function_of_keyseq_len PARAMS((const char *, size_t, Keymap, int *));
+
+extern void rl_list_funmap_names PARAMS((void));
+extern char **rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern char **rl_invoking_keyseqs PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *));
+
+extern void rl_function_dumper PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_macro_dumper PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_variable_dumper PARAMS((int));
+
+extern int rl_read_init_file PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_parse_and_bind PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Functions for manipulating keymaps. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_empty_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_copy_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_make_keymap PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_discard_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_free_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name PARAMS((const char *));
+extern char *rl_get_keymap_name PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_set_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int rl_set_keymap_name PARAMS((const char *, Keymap));
+
+/* Undocumented; used internally only. */
+extern void rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode PARAMS((void));
+extern char *rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Functions for manipulating the funmap, which maps command names to functions. */
+extern int rl_add_funmap_entry PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern const char **rl_funmap_names PARAMS((void));
+/* Undocumented, only used internally -- there is only one funmap, and this
+ function may be called only once. */
+extern void rl_initialize_funmap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Utility functions for managing keyboard macros. */
+extern void rl_push_macro_input PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Functions for undoing, from undo.c */
+extern void rl_add_undo PARAMS((enum undo_code, int, int, char *));
+extern void rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_do_undo PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_begin_undo_group PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_end_undo_group PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_modifying PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Functions for redisplay. */
+extern void rl_redisplay PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_on_new_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_on_new_line_with_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_forced_update_display PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_visible_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_message PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_reset_line_state PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_crlf PARAMS((void));
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+extern int rl_message (const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+#else
+extern int rl_message ();
+#endif
+
+extern int rl_show_char PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Undocumented in texinfo manual. */
+extern int rl_character_len PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void rl_redraw_prompt_last_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Save and restore internal prompt redisplay information. */
+extern void rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Modifying text. */
+extern void rl_replace_line PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern int rl_insert_text PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_delete_text PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_text PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *rl_copy_text PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Terminal and tty mode management. */
+extern void rl_prep_terminal PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_deprep_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_tty_set_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+extern int rl_tty_set_echoing PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_reset_terminal PARAMS((const char *));
+extern void rl_resize_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int *, int *));
+extern void rl_reset_screen_size PARAMS((void));
+
+extern char *rl_get_termcap PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Functions for character input. */
+extern int rl_stuff_char PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_execute_next PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_clear_pending_input PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_read_key PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_getc PARAMS((FILE *));
+extern int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout PARAMS((int));
+
+/* `Public' utility functions . */
+extern void rl_extend_line_buffer PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_free PARAMS((void *));
+
+/* Readline signal handling, from signals.c */
+extern int rl_set_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_cleanup_after_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_reset_after_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_free_line_state PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int rl_pending_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_check_signals PARAMS((void));
+
+extern void rl_echo_signal_char PARAMS((int));
+
+extern int rl_set_paren_blink_timeout PARAMS((int));
+
+/* History management functions. */
+
+extern void rl_clear_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Undocumented. */
+extern int rl_maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Completion functions. */
+extern int rl_complete_internal PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_display_match_list PARAMS((char **, int, int));
+
+extern char **rl_completion_matches PARAMS((const char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *rl_username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *rl_filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+extern int rl_completion_mode PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *));
+
+#if 0
+/* Backwards compatibility (compat.c). These will go away sometime. */
+extern void free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+extern int crlf PARAMS((void));
+
+extern char **completion_matches PARAMS((char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Well Published Variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The version of this incarnation of the readline library. */
+extern const char *rl_library_version; /* e.g., "4.2" */
+extern int rl_readline_version; /* e.g., 0x0402 */
+
+/* True if this is real GNU readline. */
+extern int rl_gnu_readline_p;
+
+/* Flags word encapsulating the current readline state. */
+extern unsigned long rl_readline_state;
+
+/* Says which editing mode readline is currently using. 1 means emacs mode;
+ 0 means vi mode. */
+extern int rl_editing_mode;
+
+/* Insert or overwrite mode for emacs mode. 1 means insert mode; 0 means
+ overwrite mode. Reset to insert mode on each input line. */
+extern int rl_insert_mode;
+
+/* The name of the calling program. You should initialize this to
+ whatever was in argv[0]. It is used when parsing conditionals. */
+extern const char *rl_readline_name;
+
+/* The prompt readline uses. This is set from the argument to
+ readline (), and should not be assigned to directly. */
+extern char *rl_prompt;
+
+/* The prompt string that is actually displayed by rl_redisplay. Public so
+ applications can more easily supply their own redisplay functions. */
+extern char *rl_display_prompt;
+
+/* The line buffer that is in use. */
+extern char *rl_line_buffer;
+
+/* The location of point, and end. */
+extern int rl_point;
+extern int rl_end;
+
+/* The mark, or saved cursor position. */
+extern int rl_mark;
+
+/* Flag to indicate that readline has finished with the current input
+ line and should return it. */
+extern int rl_done;
+
+/* If set to a character value, that will be the next keystroke read. */
+extern int rl_pending_input;
+
+/* Non-zero if we called this function from _rl_dispatch(). It's present
+ so functions can find out whether they were called from a key binding
+ or directly from an application. */
+extern int rl_dispatching;
+
+/* Non-zero if the user typed a numeric argument before executing the
+ current function. */
+extern int rl_explicit_arg;
+
+/* The current value of the numeric argument specified by the user. */
+extern int rl_numeric_arg;
+
+/* The address of the last command function Readline executed. */
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_last_func;
+
+/* The name of the terminal to use. */
+extern const char *rl_terminal_name;
+
+/* The input and output streams. */
+extern FILE *rl_instream;
+extern FILE *rl_outstream;
+
+/* If non-zero, Readline gives values of LINES and COLUMNS from the environment
+ greater precedence than values fetched from the kernel when computing the
+ screen dimensions. */
+extern int rl_prefer_env_winsize;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call just
+ before readline_internal () prints the first prompt. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_startup_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just before
+ readline_internal_setup () returns and readline_internal starts
+ reading input characters. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_pre_input_hook;
+
+/* The address of a function to call periodically while Readline is
+ awaiting character input, or NULL, for no event handling. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_event_hook;
+
+/* The address of a function to call if a read is interrupted by a signal. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_signal_event_hook;
+
+/* The address of a function to call if Readline needs to know whether or not
+ there is data available from the current input source. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_input_available_hook;
+
+/* The address of the function to call to fetch a character from the current
+ Readline input stream */
+extern rl_getc_func_t *rl_getc_function;
+
+extern rl_voidfunc_t *rl_redisplay_function;
+
+extern rl_vintfunc_t *rl_prep_term_function;
+extern rl_voidfunc_t *rl_deprep_term_function;
+
+/* Dispatch variables. */
+extern Keymap rl_executing_keymap;
+extern Keymap rl_binding_keymap;
+
+extern int rl_executing_key;
+extern char *rl_executing_keyseq;
+extern int rl_key_sequence_length;
+
+/* Display variables. */
+/* If non-zero, readline will erase the entire line, including any prompt,
+ if the only thing typed on an otherwise-blank line is something bound to
+ rl_newline. */
+extern int rl_erase_empty_line;
+
+/* If non-zero, the application has already printed the prompt (rl_prompt)
+ before calling readline, so readline should not output it the first time
+ redisplay is done. */
+extern int rl_already_prompted;
+
+/* A non-zero value means to read only this many characters rather than
+ up to a character bound to accept-line. */
+extern int rl_num_chars_to_read;
+
+/* The text of a currently-executing keyboard macro. */
+extern char *rl_executing_macro;
+
+/* Variables to control readline signal handling. */
+/* If non-zero, readline will install its own signal handlers for
+ SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGQUIT, SIGALRM, SIGTSTP, SIGTTIN, and SIGTTOU. */
+extern int rl_catch_signals;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install a signal handler for SIGWINCH
+ that also attempts to call any calling application's SIGWINCH signal
+ handler. Note that the terminal is not cleaned up before the
+ application's signal handler is called; use rl_cleanup_after_signal()
+ to do that. */
+extern int rl_catch_sigwinch;
+
+/* If non-zero, the readline SIGWINCH handler will modify LINES and
+ COLUMNS in the environment. */
+extern int rl_change_environment;
+
+/* Completion variables. */
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+ NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default
+ filename completer. */
+extern rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function;
+
+/* Optional generator for menu completion. Default is
+ rl_completion_entry_function (rl_filename_completion_function). */
+extern rl_compentry_func_t *rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+
+/* If rl_ignore_some_completions_function is non-NULL it is the address
+ of a function to call after all of the possible matches have been
+ generated, but before the actual completion is done to the input line.
+ The function is called with one argument; a NULL terminated array
+ of (char *). If your function removes any of the elements, they
+ must be free()'ed. */
+extern rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+ Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+ START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+ of TEXT are.
+ If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+ rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+ array of strings returned. */
+extern rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+ completer routine. The initial contents of this variable is what
+ breaks words in the shell, i.e. "n\"\\'`@$>". */
+extern const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters;
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+ rl_complete_internal. The default list is the contents of
+ rl_basic_word_break_characters. */
+extern /*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+ break characters before readline breaks up the line. Allows
+ position-dependent word break characters. */
+extern rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+ Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+ unless they also appear within this list. */
+extern const char *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of quote characters which cause a word break. */
+extern const char *rl_basic_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of characters that need to be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+extern const char *rl_filename_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+ in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function. The shell uses
+ this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+extern const char *rl_special_prefixes;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing on a directory name. The function is called with
+ the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg. It
+ changes what is displayed when the possible completions are printed
+ or inserted. The directory completion hook should perform
+ any necessary dequoting. This function should return 1 if it modifies
+ the directory name pointer passed as an argument. If the directory
+ completion hook returns 0, it should not modify the directory name
+ pointer passed as an argument. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
+ a directory name. This function takes the address of the directory name
+ to be modified as an argument. Unlike rl_directory_completion_hook, it
+ only modifies the directory name used in opendir(2), not what is displayed
+ when the possible completions are printed or inserted. If set, it takes
+ precedence over rl_directory_completion_hook. The directory rewrite
+ hook should perform any necessary dequoting. This function has the same
+ return value properties as the directory_completion_hook.
+
+ I'm not happy with how this works yet, so it's undocumented. I'm trying
+ it in bash to see how well it goes. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to call
+ before deciding which character to append to a completed name. It should
+ modify the directory name passed as an argument if appropriate, and return
+ non-zero if it modifies the name. This should not worry about dequoting
+ the filename; that has already happened by the time it gets here. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_filename_stat_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when reading
+ directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
+ them to the partial word to be completed. The function should
+ either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place) or
+ newly-allocated memory. This can, for instance, convert filenames
+ between character sets for comparison against what's typed at the
+ keyboard. The returned value is what is added to the list of
+ matches. The second argument is the length of the filename to be
+ converted. */
+extern rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_rewrite_hook;
+
+/* Backwards compatibility with previous versions of readline. */
+#define rl_symbolic_link_hook rl_directory_completion_hook
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+ This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+ It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+ where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+ number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+ longest string in that array. */
+extern rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+ as filenames. This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+ within a completion entry finder function. */
+extern int rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+ double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+ filename contains any characters in rl_word_break_chars. This is
+ ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+ entry finder function. */
+extern int rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+ Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+ and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+ reset if desired. */
+extern rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function;
+
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename. Called
+ before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+ with matching names in the file system. */
+extern rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+ quoted. If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+ completer. */
+extern rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+ user-specified completion function has been called. */
+extern int rl_attempted_completion_over;
+
+/* Set to a character describing the type of completion being attempted by
+ rl_complete_internal; available for use by application completion
+ functions. */
+extern int rl_completion_type;
+
+/* Set to the last key used to invoke one of the completion functions */
+extern int rl_completion_invoking_key;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+ possible-completions call. After that, we ask the user if she
+ is sure she wants to see them all. The default value is 100. */
+extern int rl_completion_query_items;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line. The
+ default is a space. Nothing is added if this is '\0'. */
+extern int rl_completion_append_character;
+
+/* If set to non-zero by an application completion function,
+ rl_completion_append_character will not be appended. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_append;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+ completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+ be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+ This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+ application-specific completion function. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will sort the completion matches. On by default. */
+extern int rl_sort_completion_matches;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+ symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+ mark-directories variable (which is user-settable). This exists so
+ that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+ (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+ It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+ rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+ function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+ preferences are honored. */
+extern int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+extern int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates;
+
+/* If this is non-zero, completion is (temporarily) inhibited, and the
+ completion character will be inserted as any other. */
+extern int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Applications can set this to non-zero to have readline's signal handlers
+ installed during the entire duration of reading a complete line, as in
+ readline-6.2. This should be used with care, because it can result in
+ readline receiving signals and not handling them until it's called again
+ via rl_callback_read_char, thereby stealing them from the application.
+ By default, signal handlers are only active while readline is active. */
+extern int rl_persistent_signal_handlers;
+
+/* Input error; can be returned by (*rl_getc_function) if readline is reading
+ a top-level command (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD)). */
+#define READERR (-2)
+
+/* Definitions available for use by readline clients. */
+#define RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE '\001'
+#define RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE '\002'
+
+/* Possible values for do_replace argument to rl_filename_quoting_function,
+ called by rl_complete_internal. */
+#define NO_MATCH 0
+#define SINGLE_MATCH 1
+#define MULT_MATCH 2
+
+/* Possible state values for rl_readline_state */
+#define RL_STATE_NONE 0x000000 /* no state; before first call */
+
+#define RL_STATE_INITIALIZING 0x0000001 /* initializing */
+#define RL_STATE_INITIALIZED 0x0000002 /* initialization done */
+#define RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED 0x0000004 /* terminal is prepped */
+#define RL_STATE_READCMD 0x0000008 /* reading a command key */
+#define RL_STATE_METANEXT 0x0000010 /* reading input after ESC */
+#define RL_STATE_DISPATCHING 0x0000020 /* dispatching to a command */
+#define RL_STATE_MOREINPUT 0x0000040 /* reading more input in a command function */
+#define RL_STATE_ISEARCH 0x0000080 /* doing incremental search */
+#define RL_STATE_NSEARCH 0x0000100 /* doing non-inc search */
+#define RL_STATE_SEARCH 0x0000200 /* doing a history search */
+#define RL_STATE_NUMERICARG 0x0000400 /* reading numeric argument */
+#define RL_STATE_MACROINPUT 0x0000800 /* getting input from a macro */
+#define RL_STATE_MACRODEF 0x0001000 /* defining keyboard macro */
+#define RL_STATE_OVERWRITE 0x0002000 /* overwrite mode */
+#define RL_STATE_COMPLETING 0x0004000 /* doing completion */
+#define RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER 0x0008000 /* in readline sighandler */
+#define RL_STATE_UNDOING 0x0010000 /* doing an undo */
+#define RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING 0x0020000 /* rl_execute_next called */
+#define RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED 0x0040000 /* tty special chars saved */
+#define RL_STATE_CALLBACK 0x0080000 /* using the callback interface */
+#define RL_STATE_VIMOTION 0x0100000 /* reading vi motion arg */
+#define RL_STATE_MULTIKEY 0x0200000 /* reading multiple-key command */
+#define RL_STATE_VICMDONCE 0x0400000 /* entered vi command mode at least once */
+#define RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH 0x0800000 /* vi mode char search */
+#define RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING 0x1000000 /* updating terminal display */
+
+#define RL_STATE_DONE 0x2000000 /* done; accepted line */
+
+#define RL_SETSTATE(x) (rl_readline_state |= (x))
+#define RL_UNSETSTATE(x) (rl_readline_state &= ~(x))
+#define RL_ISSTATE(x) (rl_readline_state & (x))
+
+struct readline_state {
+ /* line state */
+ int point;
+ int end;
+ int mark;
+ int buflen;
+ char *buffer;
+ UNDO_LIST *ul;
+ char *prompt;
+
+ /* global state */
+ int rlstate;
+ int done;
+ Keymap kmap;
+
+ /* input state */
+ rl_command_func_t *lastfunc;
+ int insmode;
+ int edmode;
+ char *kseq;
+ int kseqlen;
+
+ int pendingin;
+ FILE *inf;
+ FILE *outf;
+ char *macro;
+
+ /* signal state */
+ int catchsigs;
+ int catchsigwinch;
+
+ /* search state */
+
+ /* completion state */
+ rl_compentry_func_t *entryfunc;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *menuentryfunc;
+ rl_compignore_func_t *ignorefunc;
+ rl_completion_func_t *attemptfunc;
+ char *wordbreakchars;
+
+ /* options state */
+
+ /* hook state */
+
+ /* reserved for future expansion, so the struct size doesn't change */
+ char reserved[64];
+};
+
+extern int rl_save_state PARAMS((struct readline_state *));
+extern int rl_restore_state PARAMS((struct readline_state *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _READLINE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlconf.h b/lib/readline/rlconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6d6a2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* rlconf.h -- readline configuration definitions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RLCONF_H_)
+#define _RLCONF_H_
+
+/* Define this if you want the vi-mode editing available. */
+#define VI_MODE
+
+/* Define this to get an indication of file type when listing completions. */
+#define VISIBLE_STATS
+
+/* Define this to get support for colors when listing completions and in
+ other places. */
+#define COLOR_SUPPORT
+
+/* This definition is needed by readline.c, rltty.c, and signals.c. */
+/* If on, then readline handles signals in a way that doesn't suck. */
+#define HANDLE_SIGNALS
+
+/* Ugly but working hack for binding prefix meta. */
+#define PREFIX_META_HACK
+
+/* The next-to-last-ditch effort file name for a user-specific init file. */
+#define DEFAULT_INPUTRC "~/.inputrc"
+
+/* The ultimate last-ditch filename for an init file -- system-wide. */
+#define SYS_INPUTRC "/etc/inputrc"
+
+/* If defined, expand tabs to spaces. */
+#define DISPLAY_TABS
+
+/* If defined, use the terminal escape sequence to move the cursor forward
+ over a character when updating the line rather than rewriting it. */
+/* #define HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION */
+
+/* The string inserted by the `insert comment' command. */
+#define RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT "#"
+
+/* Define this if you want code that allows readline to be used in an
+ X `callback' style. */
+#define READLINE_CALLBACKS
+
+/* Define this if you want the cursor to indicate insert or overwrite mode. */
+/* #define CURSOR_MODE */
+
+/* Define this if you want to enable code that talks to the Linux kernel
+ tty auditing system. */
+/* #define ENABLE_TTY_AUDIT_SUPPORT */
+
+/* Defaults for the various editing mode indicators, inserted at the beginning
+ of the last (maybe only) line of the prompt if show-mode-in-prompt is on */
+#define RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT "@"
+#define RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFLEN 1
+
+#define RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT "(ins)"
+#define RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFLEN 5
+#define RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT "(cmd)"
+#define RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFLEN 5
+
+#endif /* _RLCONF_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rldefs.h b/lib/readline/rldefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dab1beb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rldefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* rldefs.h -- an attempt to isolate some of the system-specific defines
+ for readline. This should be included after any files that define
+ system-specific constants like _POSIX_VERSION or USG. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RLDEFS_H_)
+#define _RLDEFS_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+
+#if defined (STRCOLL_BROKEN)
+# undef HAVE_STRCOLL
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && !defined (TERMIOS_MISSING)
+# define TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
+# define TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER
+# else
+# if !defined (__MINGW32__)
+# define NEW_TTY_DRIVER
+# else
+# define NO_TTY_DRIVER
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Posix macro to check file in statbuf for directory-ness.
+ This requires that <sys/stat.h> be included before this test. */
+#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+/* Decide which flavor of the header file describing the C library
+ string functions to include and include it. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+# include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+# if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+# include <varargs.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+#define _rl_stricmp strcasecmp
+#define _rl_strnicmp strncasecmp
+#else
+extern int _rl_stricmp PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+extern int _rl_strnicmp PARAMS((const char *, const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRPBRK) && !defined (HAVE_MULTIBYTE)
+# define _rl_strpbrk(a,b) strpbrk((a),(b))
+#else
+extern char *_rl_strpbrk PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (emacs_mode)
+# define no_mode -1
+# define vi_mode 0
+# define emacs_mode 1
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RL_IM_INSERT)
+# define RL_IM_INSERT 1
+# define RL_IM_OVERWRITE 0
+#
+# define RL_IM_DEFAULT RL_IM_INSERT
+#endif
+
+/* If you cast map[key].function to type (Keymap) on a Cray,
+ the compiler takes the value of map[key].function and
+ divides it by 4 to convert between pointer types (pointers
+ to functions and pointers to structs are different sizes).
+ This is not what is wanted. */
+#if defined (CRAY)
+# define FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(map, key) (Keymap)((int)map[key].function)
+# define KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION(data) (rl_command_func_t *)((int)(data))
+#else
+# define FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(map, key) (Keymap)(map[key].function)
+# define KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION(data) (rl_command_func_t *)(data)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef savestring
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif
+
+/* Possible values for _rl_bell_preference. */
+#define NO_BELL 0
+#define AUDIBLE_BELL 1
+#define VISIBLE_BELL 2
+
+/* Definitions used when searching the line for characters. */
+/* NOTE: it is necessary that opposite directions are inverses */
+#define FTO 1 /* forward to */
+#define BTO -1 /* backward to */
+#define FFIND 2 /* forward find */
+#define BFIND -2 /* backward find */
+
+/* Possible values for the found_quote flags word used by the completion
+ functions. It says what kind of (shell-like) quoting we found anywhere
+ in the line. */
+#define RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE 0x01
+#define RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE 0x02
+#define RL_QF_BACKSLASH 0x04
+#define RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE 0x08
+
+/* Default readline line buffer length. */
+#define DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE 256
+
+#if !defined (STREQ)
+#define STREQ(a, b) (((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0))
+#define STREQN(a, b, n) (((n) == 0) ? (1) \
+ : ((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strncmp ((a), (b), (n)) == 0))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RL_STRLEN)
+# define RL_STRLEN(s) (((s) && (s)[0]) ? ((s)[1] ? ((s)[2] ? strlen(s) : 2) : 1) : 0)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (FREE)
+# define FREE(x) if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (SWAP)
+# define SWAP(s, e) do { int t; t = s; s = e; e = t; } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* CONFIGURATION SECTION */
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#endif /* !_RLDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlmbutil.h b/lib/readline/rlmbutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fd03f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlmbutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* rlmbutil.h -- utility functions for multibyte characters. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RL_MBUTIL_H_)
+#define _RL_MBUTIL_H_
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+
+/************************************************/
+/* check multibyte capability for I18N code */
+/************************************************/
+
+/* For platforms which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
+ support user defined character classes. */
+ /* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>. */
+#if defined (HAVE_WCTYPE_H) && defined (HAVE_WCHAR_H) && defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <wctype.h>
+# if defined (HAVE_ISWCTYPE) && \
+ defined (HAVE_ISWLOWER) && \
+ defined (HAVE_ISWUPPER) && \
+ defined (HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) && \
+ defined (HAVE_MBRTOWC) && \
+ defined (HAVE_MBRLEN) && \
+ defined (HAVE_TOWLOWER) && \
+ defined (HAVE_TOWUPPER) && \
+ defined (HAVE_WCHAR_T) && \
+ defined (HAVE_WCWIDTH)
+ /* system is supposed to support XPG5 */
+# define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If we don't want multibyte chars even on a system that supports them, let
+ the configuring user turn multibyte support off. */
+#if defined (NO_MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT)
+# undef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t. */
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE && !defined (HAVE_MBSTATE_T)
+# define wcsrtombs(dest, src, len, ps) (wcsrtombs) (dest, src, len, 0)
+# define mbsrtowcs(dest, src, len, ps) (mbsrtowcs) (dest, src, len, 0)
+# define wcrtomb(s, wc, ps) (wcrtomb) (s, wc, 0)
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
+# define mbrlen(s, n, ps) (mbrlen) (s, n, 0)
+# define mbstate_t int
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure MB_LEN_MAX is at least 16 on systems that claim to be able to
+ handle multibyte chars (some systems define MB_LEN_MAX as 1) */
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+# include <limits.h>
+# if defined(MB_LEN_MAX) && (MB_LEN_MAX < 16)
+# undef MB_LEN_MAX
+# endif
+# if !defined (MB_LEN_MAX)
+# define MB_LEN_MAX 16
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/************************************************/
+/* end of multibyte capability checks for I18N */
+/************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Flags for _rl_find_prev_mbchar and _rl_find_next_mbchar:
+ *
+ * MB_FIND_ANY find any multibyte character
+ * MB_FIND_NONZERO find a non-zero-width multibyte character
+ */
+
+#define MB_FIND_ANY 0x00
+#define MB_FIND_NONZERO 0x01
+
+extern int _rl_find_prev_mbchar PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+extern int _rl_find_next_mbchar PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+extern int _rl_compare_chars PARAMS((char *, int, mbstate_t *, char *, int, mbstate_t *));
+extern int _rl_get_char_len PARAMS((char *, mbstate_t *));
+extern int _rl_adjust_point PARAMS((char *, int, mbstate_t *));
+
+extern int _rl_read_mbchar PARAMS((char *, int));
+extern int _rl_read_mbstring PARAMS((int, char *, int));
+
+extern int _rl_is_mbchar_matched PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *, int));
+
+extern wchar_t _rl_char_value PARAMS((char *, int));
+extern int _rl_walphabetic PARAMS((wchar_t));
+
+#define _rl_to_wupper(wc) (iswlower (wc) ? towupper (wc) : (wc))
+#define _rl_to_wlower(wc) (iswupper (wc) ? towlower (wc) : (wc))
+
+#define MB_NEXTCHAR(b,s,c,f) \
+ ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) \
+ ? _rl_find_next_mbchar ((b), (s), (c), (f)) \
+ : ((s) + (c)))
+#define MB_PREVCHAR(b,s,f) \
+ ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) \
+ ? _rl_find_prev_mbchar ((b), (s), (f)) \
+ : ((s) - 1))
+
+#define MB_INVALIDCH(x) ((x) == (size_t)-1 || (x) == (size_t)-2)
+#define MB_NULLWCH(x) ((x) == 0)
+
+/* Try and shortcut the printable ascii characters to cut down the number of
+ calls to a libc wcwidth() */
+static inline int
+_rl_wcwidth (wc)
+ wchar_t wc;
+{
+ switch (wc)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+ case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+ case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+ case '?':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+ case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+ case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+ case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+ case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+ case 'Z':
+ case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+ case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+ case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+ case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+ case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+ case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return wcwidth (wc);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Unicode combining characters range from U+0300 to U+036F */
+#define UNICODE_COMBINING_CHAR(x) ((x) >= 768 && (x) <= 879)
+
+#if defined (WCWIDTH_BROKEN)
+# define WCWIDTH(wc) ((_rl_utf8locale && UNICODE_COMBINING_CHAR(wc)) ? 0 : _rl_wcwidth(wc))
+#else
+# define WCWIDTH(wc) _rl_wcwidth(wc)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (WCWIDTH_BROKEN)
+# define IS_COMBINING_CHAR(x) (WCWIDTH(x) == 0 && iswcntrl(x) == 0)
+#else
+# define IS_COMBINING_CHAR(x) (WCWIDTH(x) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#define UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(c) (((c) & 0x80) == 0)
+#define UTF8_MBFIRSTCHAR(c) (((c) & 0xc0) == 0xc0)
+#define UTF8_MBCHAR(c) (((c) & 0xc0) == 0x80)
+
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#undef MB_LEN_MAX
+#undef MB_CUR_MAX
+
+#define MB_LEN_MAX 1
+#define MB_CUR_MAX 1
+
+#define _rl_find_prev_mbchar(b, i, f) (((i) == 0) ? (i) : ((i) - 1))
+#define _rl_find_next_mbchar(b, i1, i2, f) ((i1) + (i2))
+
+#define _rl_char_value(buf,ind) ((buf)[(ind)])
+
+#define _rl_walphabetic(c) (rl_alphabetic (c))
+
+#define _rl_to_wupper(c) (_rl_to_upper (c))
+#define _rl_to_wlower(c) (_rl_to_lower (c))
+
+#define MB_NEXTCHAR(b,s,c,f) ((s) + (c))
+#define MB_PREVCHAR(b,s,f) ((s) - 1)
+
+#define MB_INVALIDCH(x) (0)
+#define MB_NULLWCH(x) (0)
+
+#define UTF8_SINGLEBYTE(c) (1)
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCHAR_T) && !defined (wchar_t)
+# define wchar_t int
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+extern int rl_byte_oriented;
+
+#endif /* _RL_MBUTIL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e85e4d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+/* rlprivate.h -- functions and variables global to the readline library,
+ but not intended for use by applications. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RL_PRIVATE_H_)
+#define _RL_PRIVATE_H_
+
+#include "rlconf.h" /* for VISIBLE_STATS */
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "posixjmp.h" /* defines procenv_t */
+#include "rlmbutil.h" /* for HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * Convenience definitions *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+#define EMACS_MODE() (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+#define VI_COMMAND_MODE() (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap)
+#define VI_INSERT_MODE() (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_insertion_keymap)
+
+#define RL_CHECK_SIGNALS() \
+ do { \
+ if (_rl_caught_signal) _rl_signal_handler (_rl_caught_signal); \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define RL_SIG_RECEIVED() (_rl_caught_signal != 0)
+#define RL_SIGINT_RECEIVED() (_rl_caught_signal == SIGINT)
+#define RL_SIGWINCH_RECEIVED() (_rl_caught_signal == SIGWINCH)
+
+#define CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC() (rl_redisplay_function != rl_redisplay)
+#define CUSTOM_INPUT_FUNC() (rl_getc_function != rl_getc)
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * Global structs undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************/
+/* search types */
+#define RL_SEARCH_ISEARCH 0x01 /* incremental search */
+#define RL_SEARCH_NSEARCH 0x02 /* non-incremental search */
+#define RL_SEARCH_CSEARCH 0x04 /* intra-line char search */
+
+/* search flags */
+#define SF_REVERSE 0x01
+#define SF_FOUND 0x02
+#define SF_FAILED 0x04
+#define SF_CHGKMAP 0x08
+#define SF_PATTERN 0x10 /* unused so far */
+
+typedef struct __rl_search_context
+{
+ int type;
+ int sflags;
+
+ char *search_string;
+ int search_string_index;
+ int search_string_size;
+
+ char **lines;
+ char *allocated_line;
+ int hlen;
+ int hindex;
+
+ int save_point;
+ int save_mark;
+ int save_line;
+ int last_found_line;
+ char *prev_line_found;
+
+ UNDO_LIST *save_undo_list;
+
+ Keymap keymap; /* used when dispatching commands in search string */
+ Keymap okeymap; /* original keymap */
+
+ int history_pos;
+ int direction;
+
+ int prevc;
+ int lastc;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+ char pmb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+#endif
+
+ char *sline;
+ int sline_len;
+ int sline_index;
+
+ char *search_terminators;
+} _rl_search_cxt;
+
+/* Callback data for reading numeric arguments */
+#define NUM_SAWMINUS 0x01
+#define NUM_SAWDIGITS 0x02
+#define NUM_READONE 0x04
+
+typedef int _rl_arg_cxt;
+
+/* A context for reading key sequences longer than a single character when
+ using the callback interface. */
+#define KSEQ_DISPATCHED 0x01
+#define KSEQ_SUBSEQ 0x02
+#define KSEQ_RECURSIVE 0x04
+
+typedef struct __rl_keyseq_context
+{
+ int flags;
+ int subseq_arg;
+ int subseq_retval; /* XXX */
+ int okey;
+
+ Keymap dmap;
+ Keymap oldmap;
+
+ struct __rl_keyseq_context *ocxt;
+ int childval;
+} _rl_keyseq_cxt;
+
+/* vi-mode commands that use result of motion command to define boundaries */
+#define VIM_DELETE 0x01
+#define VIM_CHANGE 0x02
+#define VIM_YANK 0x04
+
+/* various states for vi-mode commands that use motion commands. reflects
+ RL_READLINE_STATE */
+#define VMSTATE_READ 0x01
+#define VMSTATE_NUMARG 0x02
+
+typedef struct __rl_vimotion_context
+{
+ int op;
+ int state;
+ int flags; /* reserved */
+ _rl_arg_cxt ncxt;
+ int numeric_arg;
+ int start, end; /* rl_point, rl_end */
+ int key, motion; /* initial key, motion command */
+} _rl_vimotion_cxt;
+
+/* fill in more as needed */
+/* `Generic' callback data and functions */
+typedef struct __rl_callback_generic_arg
+{
+ int count;
+ int i1, i2;
+ /* add here as needed */
+} _rl_callback_generic_arg;
+
+typedef int _rl_callback_func_t PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+
+typedef void _rl_sigcleanup_func_t PARAMS((int, void *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * Global functions undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * Global variables undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion;
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+extern int rl_visible_stats;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+extern int _rl_colored_stats;
+extern int _rl_colored_completion_prefix;
+#endif
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern int rl_line_buffer_len;
+extern int rl_arg_sign;
+extern int rl_visible_prompt_length;
+extern int rl_byte_oriented;
+
+/* display.c */
+extern int rl_display_fixed;
+
+/* parens.c */
+extern int rl_blink_matching_paren;
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * Global functions and variables unused and undocumented *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* kill.c */
+extern int rl_set_retained_kills PARAMS((int));
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern void _rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern int _rl_fix_last_undo_of_type PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* util.c */
+extern char *_rl_savestring PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions and variables private to the readline library *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* NOTE: Functions and variables prefixed with `_rl_' are
+ pseudo-global: they are global so they can be shared
+ between files in the readline library, but are not intended
+ to be visible to readline callers. */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Undocumented private functions *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern void readline_internal_setup PARAMS((void));
+extern char *readline_internal_teardown PARAMS((int));
+extern int readline_internal_char PARAMS((void));
+
+extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *));
+extern void _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int _rl_dispatch_callback PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *));
+
+/* callback.c */
+extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data_alloc PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_callback_data_dispose PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+
+/* bind.c */
+extern char *_rl_untranslate_macro_value PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern void _rl_reset_completion_state PARAMS((void));
+extern char _rl_find_completion_word PARAMS((int *, int *));
+extern void _rl_free_match_list PARAMS((char **));
+
+/* display.c */
+extern char *_rl_strip_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+extern void _rl_reset_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_move_cursor_relative PARAMS((int, const char *));
+extern void _rl_move_vert PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern char *_rl_make_prompt_for_search PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_erase_at_end_of_line PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_clear_to_eol PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_clear_screen PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_update_final PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_clean_up_for_exit PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_erase_entire_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_current_display_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* input.c */
+extern int _rl_any_typein PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_input_available PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_input_queued PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_insert_typein PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_unget_char PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_pushed_input_available PARAMS((void));
+
+/* isearch.c */
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_scxt_alloc PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void _rl_scxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+extern int _rl_isearch_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+extern int _rl_isearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+extern int _rl_isearch_cleanup PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+extern int _rl_search_getchar PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+/* kill.c */
+#define BRACK_PASTE_PREF "\033[200~"
+#define BRACK_PASTE_SUFF "\033[201~"
+
+#define BRACK_PASTE_LAST '~'
+#define BRACK_PASTE_SLEN 6
+
+#define BRACK_PASTE_INIT "\033[?2004h"
+#define BRACK_PASTE_FINI "\033[?2004l\r"
+
+extern char *_rl_bracketed_text PARAMS((size_t *));
+
+/* macro.c */
+extern void _rl_with_macro_input PARAMS((char *));
+extern int _rl_peek_macro_key PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_next_macro_key PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_prev_macro_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_push_executing_macro PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_pop_executing_macro PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_add_macro_char PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_kill_kbd_macro PARAMS((void));
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern int _rl_arg_overflow PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_arg_init PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_arg_getchar PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_arg_callback PARAMS((_rl_arg_cxt));
+extern void _rl_reset_argument PARAMS((void));
+
+extern void _rl_start_using_history PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_free_saved_history_line PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_set_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+extern void _rl_revert_all_lines PARAMS((void));
+
+/* nls.c */
+extern char *_rl_init_locale PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_init_eightbit PARAMS((void));
+
+/* parens.c */
+extern void _rl_enable_paren_matching PARAMS((int));
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern void _rl_init_line_state PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_set_the_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_dispatch PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int _rl_dispatch_subseq PARAMS((int, Keymap, int));
+extern void _rl_internal_char_cleanup PARAMS((void));
+
+/* rltty.c */
+extern int _rl_disable_tty_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_restore_tty_signals PARAMS((void));
+
+/* search.c */
+extern int _rl_nsearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+extern int _rl_nsearch_cleanup PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+/* signals.c */
+extern void _rl_signal_handler PARAMS((int));
+
+extern void _rl_block_sigint PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_release_sigint PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_block_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_release_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern void _rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void _rl_sigwinch_resize_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_init_terminal_io PARAMS((const char *));
+#ifdef _MINIX
+extern void _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int));
+#else
+extern int _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int));
+#endif
+extern void _rl_output_some_chars PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern int _rl_backspace PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_enable_meta_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_disable_meta_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_control_keypad PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_set_cursor PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* text.c */
+extern void _rl_fix_point PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_replace_text PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+extern int _rl_forward_char_internal PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_backward_char_internal PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_insert_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_overwrite_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_overwrite_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_rubout_char PARAMS((int, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, char *, int));
+#else
+extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, int));
+#endif
+extern int _rl_set_mark_at_pos PARAMS((int));
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern UNDO_LIST *_rl_copy_undo_entry PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+extern UNDO_LIST *_rl_copy_undo_list PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+extern void _rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+
+/* util.c */
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+extern void _rl_ttymsg (const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+extern void _rl_errmsg (const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+extern void _rl_trace (const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+#else
+extern void _rl_ttymsg ();
+extern void _rl_errmsg ();
+extern void _rl_trace ();
+#endif
+extern void _rl_audit_tty PARAMS((char *));
+
+extern int _rl_tropen PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int _rl_abort_internal PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_null_function PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *_rl_strindex PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+extern int _rl_qsort_string_compare PARAMS((char **, char **));
+extern int (_rl_uppercase_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_lowercase_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_pure_alphabetic) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_digit_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_to_lower) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_to_upper) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_digit_value) PARAMS((int));
+
+/* vi_mode.c */
+extern void _rl_vi_initialize_line PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_vi_reset_last PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_vi_set_last PARAMS((int, int, int));
+extern int _rl_vi_textmod_command PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_vi_motion_command PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_vi_done_inserting PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_vi_domove_callback PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+extern int _rl_vi_domove_motion_cleanup PARAMS((int, _rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Undocumented private variables *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* bind.c */
+extern const char * const _rl_possible_control_prefixes[];
+extern const char * const _rl_possible_meta_prefixes[];
+
+/* callback.c */
+extern _rl_callback_func_t *_rl_callback_func;
+extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data;
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern int _rl_complete_show_all;
+extern int _rl_complete_show_unmodified;
+extern int _rl_complete_mark_directories;
+extern int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+extern int _rl_completion_prefix_display_length;
+extern int _rl_completion_columns;
+extern int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+extern int _rl_completion_case_fold;
+extern int _rl_completion_case_map;
+extern int _rl_match_hidden_files;
+extern int _rl_page_completions;
+extern int _rl_skip_completed_text;
+extern int _rl_menu_complete_prefix_first;
+
+/* display.c */
+extern int _rl_vis_botlin;
+extern int _rl_last_c_pos;
+extern int _rl_suppress_redisplay;
+extern int _rl_want_redisplay;
+
+extern char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+extern int _rl_emacs_modestr_len;
+extern char *_rl_vi_ins_mode_str;
+extern int _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len;
+extern char *_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str;
+extern int _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len;
+
+/* isearch.c */
+extern char *_rl_isearch_terminators;
+
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_iscxt;
+
+/* macro.c */
+extern char *_rl_executing_macro;
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern int _rl_history_preserve_point;
+extern int _rl_history_saved_point;
+
+extern _rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt;
+
+/* nls.c */
+extern int _rl_utf8locale;
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern int _rl_echoing_p;
+extern int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode;
+extern int _rl_mark_modified_lines;
+extern int _rl_bell_preference;
+extern int _rl_meta_flag;
+extern int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii;
+extern int _rl_output_meta_chars;
+extern int _rl_bind_stty_chars;
+extern int _rl_revert_all_at_newline;
+extern int _rl_echo_control_chars;
+extern int _rl_show_mode_in_prompt;
+extern int _rl_enable_bracketed_paste;
+extern char *_rl_comment_begin;
+extern unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+extern Keymap _rl_keymap;
+extern FILE *_rl_in_stream;
+extern FILE *_rl_out_stream;
+extern int _rl_last_command_was_kill;
+extern int _rl_eof_char;
+extern int _rl_eof_found;
+extern procenv_t _rl_top_level;
+extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt;
+extern int _rl_keyseq_timeout;
+
+extern int _rl_executing_keyseq_size;
+
+/* search.c */
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_nscxt;
+
+/* signals.c */
+extern int _rl_interrupt_immediately;
+extern int volatile _rl_caught_signal;
+
+extern _rl_sigcleanup_func_t *_rl_sigcleanup;
+extern void *_rl_sigcleanarg;
+
+extern int _rl_echoctl;
+
+extern int _rl_intr_char;
+extern int _rl_quit_char;
+extern int _rl_susp_char;
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern int _rl_enable_keypad;
+extern int _rl_enable_meta;
+extern char *_rl_term_clreol;
+extern char *_rl_term_clrpag;
+extern char *_rl_term_clrscroll;
+extern char *_rl_term_im;
+extern char *_rl_term_ic;
+extern char *_rl_term_ei;
+extern char *_rl_term_DC;
+extern char *_rl_term_up;
+extern char *_rl_term_dc;
+extern char *_rl_term_cr;
+extern char *_rl_term_IC;
+extern char *_rl_term_forward_char;
+extern int _rl_screenheight;
+extern int _rl_screenwidth;
+extern int _rl_screenchars;
+extern int _rl_terminal_can_insert;
+extern int _rl_term_autowrap;
+
+/* text.c */
+extern int _rl_optimize_typeahead;
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern int _rl_doing_an_undo;
+extern int _rl_undo_group_level;
+
+/* vi_mode.c */
+extern int _rl_vi_last_command;
+extern int _rl_vi_redoing;
+extern _rl_vimotion_cxt *_rl_vimvcxt;
+
+#endif /* _RL_PRIVATE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlshell.h b/lib/readline/rlshell.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e17d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlshell.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* rlshell.h -- utility functions normally provided by bash. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RL_SHELL_H_)
+#define _RL_SHELL_H_
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+
+extern char *sh_single_quote PARAMS((char *));
+extern void sh_set_lines_and_columns PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern int sh_unset_nodelay_mode PARAMS((int));
+
+#endif /* _RL_SHELL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlstdc.h b/lib/readline/rlstdc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aaa30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlstdc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* stdc.h -- macros to make source compile on both ANSI C and K&R C compilers. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RL_STDC_H_)
+#define _RL_STDC_H_
+
+/* Adapted from BSD /usr/include/sys/cdefs.h. */
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+ and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+ extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# define PARAMS(protos) protos
+# else
+# define PARAMS(protos) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Moved from config.h.in because readline.h:rl_message depends on these
+ defines. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && defined (HAVE_STDARG_H)
+# define PREFER_STDARG
+# define USE_VARARGS
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H)
+# define PREFER_VARARGS
+# define USE_VARARGS
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_RL_STDC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rltty.c b/lib/readline/rltty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0cd572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rltty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,991 @@
+/* rltty.c -- functions to prepare and restore the terminal for readline's
+ use. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#include "rltty.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h> /* include for declaration of ioctl */
+#endif
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+rl_vintfunc_t *rl_prep_term_function = rl_prep_terminal;
+rl_voidfunc_t *rl_deprep_term_function = rl_deprep_terminal;
+
+static void set_winsize PARAMS((int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Saving and Restoring the TTY */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Non-zero means that the terminal is in a prepped state. There are several
+ flags that are OR'd in to denote whether or not we have sent various
+ init strings to the terminal. */
+#define TPX_PREPPED 0x01
+#define TPX_BRACKPASTE 0x02
+#define TPX_METAKEY 0x04
+
+static int terminal_prepped;
+
+static _RL_TTY_CHARS _rl_tty_chars, _rl_last_tty_chars;
+
+/* If non-zero, means that this process has called tcflow(fd, TCOOFF)
+ and output is suspended. */
+#if defined (__ksr1__)
+static int ksrflow;
+#endif
+
+/* Dummy call to force a backgrounded readline to stop before it tries
+ to get the tty settings. */
+static void
+set_winsize (tty)
+ int tty;
+{
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+ struct winsize w;
+
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &w) == 0)
+ (void) ioctl (tty, TIOCSWINSZ, &w);
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+}
+
+#if defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+/* Nothing */
+#elif defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+
+/* Values for the `flags' field of a struct bsdtty. This tells which
+ elements of the struct bsdtty have been fetched from the system and
+ are valid. */
+#define SGTTY_SET 0x01
+#define LFLAG_SET 0x02
+#define TCHARS_SET 0x04
+#define LTCHARS_SET 0x08
+
+struct bsdtty {
+ struct sgttyb sgttyb; /* Basic BSD tty driver information. */
+ int lflag; /* Local mode flags, like LPASS8. */
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+ struct tchars tchars; /* Terminal special characters, including ^S and ^Q. */
+#endif
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+ struct ltchars ltchars; /* 4.2 BSD editing characters */
+#endif
+ int flags; /* Bitmap saying which parts of the struct are valid. */
+};
+
+#define TIOTYPE struct bsdtty
+
+static TIOTYPE otio;
+
+static void save_tty_chars PARAMS((TIOTYPE *));
+static int _get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int _set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void prepare_terminal_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void set_special_char PARAMS((Keymap, TIOTYPE *, int, rl_command_func_t *));
+
+static void
+save_tty_chars (TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ _rl_last_tty_chars = _rl_tty_chars;
+
+ if (tiop->flags & SGTTY_SET)
+ {
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_erase = tiop->sgttyb.sg_erase;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_kill = tiop->sgttyb.sg_kill;
+ }
+
+ if (tiop->flags & TCHARS_SET)
+ {
+ _rl_intr_char = _rl_tty_chars.t_intr = tiop->tchars.t_intrc;
+ _rl_quit_char = _rl_tty_chars.t_quit = tiop->tchars.t_quitc;
+
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_start = tiop->tchars.t_startc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_stop = tiop->tchars.t_stopc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_eof = tiop->tchars.t_eofc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_eol = '\n';
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_eol2 = tiop->tchars.t_brkc;
+ }
+
+ if (tiop->flags & LTCHARS_SET)
+ {
+ _rl_susp_char = _rl_tty_chars.t_susp = tiop->ltchars.t_suspc;
+
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_dsusp = tiop->ltchars.t_dsuspc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_reprint = tiop->ltchars.t_rprntc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_flush = tiop->ltchars.t_flushc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_werase = tiop->ltchars.t_werasc;
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_lnext = tiop->ltchars.t_lnextc;
+ }
+
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_status = -1;
+}
+
+static int
+get_tty_settings (int tty, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ set_winsize (tty);
+
+ tiop->flags = tiop->lflag = 0;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &(tiop->sgttyb)) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ tiop->flags |= SGTTY_SET;
+
+#if defined (TIOCLGET)
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCLGET, &(tiop->lflag)) == 0)
+ tiop->flags |= LFLAG_SET;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGETC, &(tiop->tchars)) == 0)
+ tiop->flags |= TCHARS_SET;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGLTC, &(tiop->ltchars)) == 0)
+ tiop->flags |= LTCHARS_SET;
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+set_tty_settings (int tty, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ if (tiop->flags & SGTTY_SET)
+ {
+ ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &(tiop->sgttyb));
+ tiop->flags &= ~SGTTY_SET;
+ }
+ _rl_echoing_p = 1;
+
+#if defined (TIOCLSET)
+ if (tiop->flags & LFLAG_SET)
+ {
+ ioctl (tty, TIOCLSET, &(tiop->lflag));
+ tiop->flags &= ~LFLAG_SET;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCSETC)
+ if (tiop->flags & TCHARS_SET)
+ {
+ ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &(tiop->tchars));
+ tiop->flags &= ~TCHARS_SET;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCSLTC)
+ if (tiop->flags & LTCHARS_SET)
+ {
+ ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &(tiop->ltchars));
+ tiop->flags &= ~LTCHARS_SET;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+prepare_terminal_settings (int meta_flag, TIOTYPE oldtio, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ _rl_echoing_p = (oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ECHO);
+ _rl_echoctl = (oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ECHOCTL);
+
+ /* Copy the original settings to the structure we're going to use for
+ our settings. */
+ tiop->sgttyb = oldtio.sgttyb;
+ tiop->lflag = oldtio.lflag;
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+ tiop->tchars = oldtio.tchars;
+#endif
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+ tiop->ltchars = oldtio.ltchars;
+#endif
+ tiop->flags = oldtio.flags;
+
+ /* First, the basic settings to put us into character-at-a-time, no-echo
+ input mode. */
+ tiop->sgttyb.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO | CRMOD);
+ tiop->sgttyb.sg_flags |= CBREAK;
+
+ /* If this terminal doesn't care how the 8th bit is used, then we can
+ use it for the meta-key. If only one of even or odd parity is
+ specified, then the terminal is using parity, and we cannot. */
+#if !defined (ANYP)
+# define ANYP (EVENP | ODDP)
+#endif
+ if (((oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ANYP) == ANYP) ||
+ ((oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ANYP) == 0))
+ {
+ tiop->sgttyb.sg_flags |= ANYP;
+
+ /* Hack on local mode flags if we can. */
+#if defined (TIOCLGET)
+# if defined (LPASS8)
+ tiop->lflag |= LPASS8;
+# endif /* LPASS8 */
+#endif /* TIOCLGET */
+ }
+
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+# if defined (USE_XON_XOFF)
+ /* Get rid of terminal output start and stop characters. */
+ tiop->tchars.t_stopc = -1; /* C-s */
+ tiop->tchars.t_startc = -1; /* C-q */
+
+ /* If there is an XON character, bind it to restart the output. */
+ if (oldtio.tchars.t_startc != -1)
+ rl_bind_key (oldtio.tchars.t_startc, rl_restart_output);
+# endif /* USE_XON_XOFF */
+
+ /* If there is an EOF char, bind _rl_eof_char to it. */
+ if (oldtio.tchars.t_eofc != -1)
+ _rl_eof_char = oldtio.tchars.t_eofc;
+
+# if defined (NO_KILL_INTR)
+ /* Get rid of terminal-generated SIGQUIT and SIGINT. */
+ tiop->tchars.t_quitc = -1; /* C-\ */
+ tiop->tchars.t_intrc = -1; /* C-c */
+# endif /* NO_KILL_INTR */
+#endif /* TIOCGETC */
+
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+ /* Make the interrupt keys go away. Just enough to make people happy. */
+ tiop->ltchars.t_dsuspc = -1; /* C-y */
+ tiop->ltchars.t_lnextc = -1; /* C-v */
+#endif /* TIOCGLTC */
+}
+
+#else /* !defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) */
+
+#if !defined (VMIN)
+# define VMIN VEOF
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (VTIME)
+# define VTIME VEOL
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+# define TIOTYPE struct termios
+# define DRAIN_OUTPUT(fd) tcdrain (fd)
+# define GETATTR(tty, tiop) (tcgetattr (tty, tiop))
+# ifdef M_UNIX
+# define SETATTR(tty, tiop) (tcsetattr (tty, TCSANOW, tiop))
+# else
+# define SETATTR(tty, tiop) (tcsetattr (tty, TCSADRAIN, tiop))
+# endif /* !M_UNIX */
+#else
+# define TIOTYPE struct termio
+# define DRAIN_OUTPUT(fd)
+# define GETATTR(tty, tiop) (ioctl (tty, TCGETA, tiop))
+# define SETATTR(tty, tiop) (ioctl (tty, TCSETAW, tiop))
+#endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+static TIOTYPE otio;
+
+static void save_tty_chars PARAMS((TIOTYPE *));
+static int _get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int _set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void prepare_terminal_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void set_special_char PARAMS((Keymap, TIOTYPE *, int, rl_command_func_t *));
+static void _rl_bind_tty_special_chars PARAMS((Keymap, TIOTYPE));
+
+#if defined (FLUSHO)
+# define OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED(tp) (tp->c_lflag & FLUSHO)
+#else
+# define OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED(tp) 0
+#endif
+
+static void
+save_tty_chars (TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ _rl_last_tty_chars = _rl_tty_chars;
+
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_eof = tiop->c_cc[VEOF];
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_eol = tiop->c_cc[VEOL];
+#ifdef VEOL2
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_eol2 = tiop->c_cc[VEOL2];
+#endif
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_erase = tiop->c_cc[VERASE];
+#ifdef VWERASE
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_werase = tiop->c_cc[VWERASE];
+#endif
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_kill = tiop->c_cc[VKILL];
+#ifdef VREPRINT
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_reprint = tiop->c_cc[VREPRINT];
+#endif
+ _rl_intr_char = _rl_tty_chars.t_intr = tiop->c_cc[VINTR];
+ _rl_quit_char = _rl_tty_chars.t_quit = tiop->c_cc[VQUIT];
+#ifdef VSUSP
+ _rl_susp_char = _rl_tty_chars.t_susp = tiop->c_cc[VSUSP];
+#endif
+#ifdef VDSUSP
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_dsusp = tiop->c_cc[VDSUSP];
+#endif
+#ifdef VSTART
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_start = tiop->c_cc[VSTART];
+#endif
+#ifdef VSTOP
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_stop = tiop->c_cc[VSTOP];
+#endif
+#ifdef VLNEXT
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_lnext = tiop->c_cc[VLNEXT];
+#endif
+#ifdef VDISCARD
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_flush = tiop->c_cc[VDISCARD];
+#endif
+#ifdef VSTATUS
+ _rl_tty_chars.t_status = tiop->c_cc[VSTATUS];
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (_AIX) || defined (_AIX41)
+/* Currently this is only used on AIX */
+static void
+rltty_warning (char *msg)
+{
+ _rl_errmsg ("warning: %s", msg);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_AIX)
+void
+setopost (TIOTYPE *tp)
+{
+ if ((tp->c_oflag & OPOST) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_errmsg ("warning: turning on OPOST for terminal\r");
+ tp->c_oflag |= OPOST|ONLCR;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+_get_tty_settings (int tty, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ int ioctl_ret;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ ioctl_ret = GETATTR (tty, tiop);
+ if (ioctl_ret < 0)
+ {
+ if (errno != EINTR)
+ return -1;
+ else
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED (tiop))
+ {
+#if defined (FLUSHO)
+ _rl_errmsg ("warning: turning off output flushing");
+ tiop->c_lflag &= ~FLUSHO;
+ break;
+#else
+ continue;
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+get_tty_settings (int tty, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ set_winsize (tty);
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (_get_tty_settings (tty, tiop) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+#if defined (_AIX)
+ setopost(tiop);
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_set_tty_settings (int tty, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ while (SETATTR (tty, tiop) < 0)
+ {
+ if (errno != EINTR)
+ return -1;
+ errno = 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+set_tty_settings (int tty, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ if (_set_tty_settings (tty, tiop) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+#if 0
+
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+# if defined (__ksr1__)
+ if (ksrflow)
+ {
+ ksrflow = 0;
+ tcflow (tty, TCOON);
+ }
+# else /* !ksr1 */
+ tcflow (tty, TCOON); /* Simulate a ^Q. */
+# endif /* !ksr1 */
+#else
+ ioctl (tty, TCXONC, 1); /* Simulate a ^Q. */
+#endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+prepare_terminal_settings (int meta_flag, TIOTYPE oldtio, TIOTYPE *tiop)
+{
+ int sc;
+ Keymap kmap;
+
+ _rl_echoing_p = (oldtio.c_lflag & ECHO);
+#if defined (ECHOCTL)
+ _rl_echoctl = (oldtio.c_lflag & ECHOCTL);
+#endif
+
+ tiop->c_lflag &= ~(ICANON | ECHO);
+
+ if ((unsigned char) oldtio.c_cc[VEOF] != (unsigned char) _POSIX_VDISABLE)
+ _rl_eof_char = oldtio.c_cc[VEOF];
+
+#if defined (USE_XON_XOFF)
+#if defined (IXANY)
+ tiop->c_iflag &= ~(IXON | IXANY);
+#else
+ /* `strict' Posix systems do not define IXANY. */
+ tiop->c_iflag &= ~IXON;
+#endif /* IXANY */
+#endif /* USE_XON_XOFF */
+
+ /* Only turn this off if we are using all 8 bits. */
+ if (((tiop->c_cflag & CSIZE) == CS8) || meta_flag)
+ tiop->c_iflag &= ~(ISTRIP | INPCK);
+
+ /* Make sure we differentiate between CR and NL on input. */
+ tiop->c_iflag &= ~(ICRNL | INLCR);
+
+#if !defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ tiop->c_lflag &= ~ISIG;
+#else
+ tiop->c_lflag |= ISIG;
+#endif
+
+ tiop->c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+ tiop->c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+
+#if defined (FLUSHO)
+ if (OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED (tiop))
+ {
+ tiop->c_lflag &= ~FLUSHO;
+ oldtio.c_lflag &= ~FLUSHO;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Turn off characters that we need on Posix systems with job control,
+ just to be sure. This includes ^Y and ^V. This should not really
+ be necessary. */
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) && defined (_POSIX_VDISABLE)
+
+#if defined (VLNEXT)
+ tiop->c_cc[VLNEXT] = _POSIX_VDISABLE;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (VDSUSP)
+ tiop->c_cc[VDSUSP] = _POSIX_VDISABLE;
+#endif
+
+ /* Conditionally disable some other tty special characters if there is a
+ key binding for them in the current keymap. Readline ordinarily doesn't
+ bind these characters, but an application or user might. */
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ kmap = (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode) ? vi_insertion_keymap : _rl_keymap;
+#else
+ kmap = _rl_keymap;
+#endif
+#if defined (VDISCARD)
+ sc = tiop->c_cc[VDISCARD];
+ if (sc != _POSIX_VDISABLE && kmap[(unsigned char)sc].type == ISFUNC)
+ tiop->c_cc[VDISCARD] = _POSIX_VDISABLE;
+#endif /* VDISCARD */
+
+#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER && _POSIX_VDISABLE */
+}
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Put the terminal in CBREAK mode so that we can detect key presses. */
+#if defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+void
+rl_prep_terminal (int meta_flag)
+{
+ _rl_echoing_p = 1;
+}
+
+void
+rl_deprep_terminal (void)
+{
+}
+
+#else /* ! NO_TTY_DRIVER */
+void
+rl_prep_terminal (int meta_flag)
+{
+ int tty, nprep;
+ TIOTYPE tio;
+
+ if (terminal_prepped)
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to keep this function from being INTerrupted. */
+ _rl_block_sigint ();
+
+ tty = rl_instream ? fileno (rl_instream) : fileno (stdin);
+
+ if (get_tty_settings (tty, &tio) < 0)
+ {
+#if defined (ENOTSUP)
+ /* MacOS X and Linux, at least, lie about the value of errno if
+ tcgetattr fails. */
+ if (errno == ENOTTY || errno == EINVAL || errno == ENOTSUP)
+#else
+ if (errno == ENOTTY || errno == EINVAL)
+#endif
+ _rl_echoing_p = 1; /* XXX */
+
+ _rl_release_sigint ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ otio = tio;
+
+ if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+ {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* If editing in vi mode, make sure we restore the bindings in the
+ insertion keymap no matter what keymap we ended up in. */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (vi_insertion_keymap);
+ else
+#endif
+ rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+ }
+ save_tty_chars (&otio);
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED);
+ if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+ {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ /* If editing in vi mode, make sure we set the bindings in the
+ insertion keymap no matter what keymap we ended up in. */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ _rl_bind_tty_special_chars (vi_insertion_keymap, tio);
+ else
+#endif
+ _rl_bind_tty_special_chars (_rl_keymap, tio);
+ }
+
+ prepare_terminal_settings (meta_flag, otio, &tio);
+
+ if (set_tty_settings (tty, &tio) < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_release_sigint ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_enable_keypad)
+ _rl_control_keypad (1);
+
+ nprep = TPX_PREPPED;
+
+ if (_rl_enable_bracketed_paste)
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, BRACK_PASTE_INIT);
+ nprep |= TPX_BRACKPASTE;
+ }
+
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ terminal_prepped = nprep;
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED);
+
+ _rl_release_sigint ();
+}
+
+/* Restore the terminal's normal settings and modes. */
+void
+rl_deprep_terminal (void)
+{
+ int tty;
+
+ if (terminal_prepped == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to keep this function from being interrupted. */
+ _rl_block_sigint ();
+
+ tty = rl_instream ? fileno (rl_instream) : fileno (stdin);
+
+ if (terminal_prepped & TPX_BRACKPASTE)
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, BRACK_PASTE_FINI);
+ if (_rl_eof_found)
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\n");
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_enable_keypad)
+ _rl_control_keypad (0);
+
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+
+ if (set_tty_settings (tty, &otio) < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_release_sigint ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ terminal_prepped = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED);
+
+ _rl_release_sigint ();
+}
+#endif /* !NO_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Set readline's idea of whether or not it is echoing output to the terminal,
+ returning the old value. */
+int
+rl_tty_set_echoing (int u)
+{
+ int o;
+
+ o = _rl_echoing_p;
+ _rl_echoing_p = u;
+ return o;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Bogus Flow Control */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+rl_restart_output (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ return 0;
+#else /* !__MING32__ */
+
+ int fildes = fileno (rl_outstream);
+#if defined (TIOCSTART)
+#if defined (apollo)
+ ioctl (&fildes, TIOCSTART, 0);
+#else
+ ioctl (fildes, TIOCSTART, 0);
+#endif /* apollo */
+
+#else /* !TIOCSTART */
+# if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+# if defined (__ksr1__)
+ if (ksrflow)
+ {
+ ksrflow = 0;
+ tcflow (fildes, TCOON);
+ }
+# else /* !ksr1 */
+ tcflow (fildes, TCOON); /* Simulate a ^Q. */
+# endif /* !ksr1 */
+# else /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+# if defined (TCXONC)
+ ioctl (fildes, TCXONC, TCOON);
+# endif /* TCXONC */
+# endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+#endif /* !TIOCSTART */
+
+ return 0;
+#endif /* !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+int
+rl_stop_output (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ return 0;
+#else
+
+ int fildes = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (TIOCSTOP)
+# if defined (apollo)
+ ioctl (&fildes, TIOCSTOP, 0);
+# else
+ ioctl (fildes, TIOCSTOP, 0);
+# endif /* apollo */
+#else /* !TIOCSTOP */
+# if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+# if defined (__ksr1__)
+ ksrflow = 1;
+# endif /* ksr1 */
+ tcflow (fildes, TCOOFF);
+# else
+# if defined (TCXONC)
+ ioctl (fildes, TCXONC, TCOON);
+# endif /* TCXONC */
+# endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+#endif /* !TIOCSTOP */
+
+ return 0;
+#endif /* !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Default Key Bindings */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if !defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+#define SET_SPECIAL(sc, func) set_special_char(kmap, &ttybuff, sc, func)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+
+#define SET_SPECIAL(sc, func)
+#define RESET_SPECIAL(c)
+
+#elif defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+static void
+set_special_char (Keymap kmap, TIOTYPE *tiop, int sc, rl_command_func_t *func)
+{
+ if (sc != -1 && kmap[(unsigned char)sc].type == ISFUNC)
+ kmap[(unsigned char)sc].function = func;
+}
+
+#define RESET_SPECIAL(c) \
+ if (c != -1 && kmap[(unsigned char)c].type == ISFUNC) \
+ kmap[(unsigned char)c].function = rl_insert;
+
+static void
+_rl_bind_tty_special_chars (Keymap kmap, TIOTYPE ttybuff)
+{
+ if (ttybuff.flags & SGTTY_SET)
+ {
+ SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.sgttyb.sg_erase, rl_rubout);
+ SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.sgttyb.sg_kill, rl_unix_line_discard);
+ }
+
+# if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+ if (ttybuff.flags & LTCHARS_SET)
+ {
+ SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.ltchars.t_werasc, rl_unix_word_rubout);
+ SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.ltchars.t_lnextc, rl_quoted_insert);
+ }
+# endif /* TIOCGLTC */
+}
+
+#else /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+static void
+set_special_char (Keymap kmap, TIOTYPE *tiop, int sc, rl_command_func_t *func)
+{
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ uc = tiop->c_cc[sc];
+ if (uc != (unsigned char)_POSIX_VDISABLE && kmap[uc].type == ISFUNC)
+ kmap[uc].function = func;
+}
+
+/* used later */
+#define RESET_SPECIAL(uc) \
+ if (uc != (unsigned char)_POSIX_VDISABLE && kmap[uc].type == ISFUNC) \
+ kmap[uc].function = rl_insert;
+
+static void
+_rl_bind_tty_special_chars (Keymap kmap, TIOTYPE ttybuff)
+{
+ SET_SPECIAL (VERASE, rl_rubout);
+ SET_SPECIAL (VKILL, rl_unix_line_discard);
+
+# if defined (VLNEXT) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+ SET_SPECIAL (VLNEXT, rl_quoted_insert);
+# endif /* VLNEXT && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+# if defined (VWERASE) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+# if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ SET_SPECIAL (VWERASE, rl_vi_unix_word_rubout);
+ else
+# endif
+ SET_SPECIAL (VWERASE, rl_unix_word_rubout);
+# endif /* VWERASE && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+}
+
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Set the system's default editing characters to their readline equivalents
+ in KMAP. Should be static, now that we have rl_tty_set_default_bindings. */
+void
+rltty_set_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+{
+#if !defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+ TIOTYPE ttybuff;
+ int tty;
+
+ tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+ if (get_tty_settings (tty, &ttybuff) == 0)
+ _rl_bind_tty_special_chars (kmap, ttybuff);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* New public way to set the system default editing chars to their readline
+ equivalents. */
+void
+rl_tty_set_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+{
+ rltty_set_default_bindings (kmap);
+}
+
+/* Rebind all of the tty special chars that readline worries about back
+ to self-insert. Call this before saving the current terminal special
+ chars with save_tty_chars(). This only works on POSIX termios or termio
+ systems. */
+void
+rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+{
+ /* Don't bother before we've saved the tty special chars at least once. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE(RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_erase);
+ RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_kill);
+
+# if defined (VLNEXT) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+ RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_lnext);
+# endif /* VLNEXT && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+# if defined (VWERASE) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+ RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_werase);
+# endif /* VWERASE && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+int
+_rl_disable_tty_signals (void)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_restore_tty_signals (void)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+#else
+
+static TIOTYPE sigstty, nosigstty;
+static int tty_sigs_disabled = 0;
+
+int
+_rl_disable_tty_signals (void)
+{
+ if (tty_sigs_disabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (_get_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &sigstty) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ nosigstty = sigstty;
+
+ nosigstty.c_lflag &= ~ISIG;
+ nosigstty.c_iflag &= ~IXON;
+
+ if (_set_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &nosigstty) < 0)
+ return (_set_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &sigstty));
+
+ tty_sigs_disabled = 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_restore_tty_signals (void)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (tty_sigs_disabled == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ r = _set_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &sigstty);
+
+ if (r == 0)
+ tty_sigs_disabled = 0;
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_SIGNALS */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rltty.h b/lib/readline/rltty.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bcc946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rltty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* rltty.h - tty driver-related definitions used by some library files. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RLTTY_H_)
+#define _RLTTY_H_
+
+/* Posix systems use termios and the Posix signal functions. */
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+# include <termios.h>
+#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* System V machines use termio. */
+#if defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+# include <termio.h>
+# if !defined (TCOON)
+# define TCOON 1
+# endif
+#endif /* TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Other (BSD) machines use sgtty. */
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+# include <sgtty.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlwinsize.h"
+
+/* Define _POSIX_VDISABLE if we are not using the `new' tty driver and
+ it is not already defined. It is used both to determine if a
+ special character is disabled and to disable certain special
+ characters. Posix systems should set to 0, USG systems to -1. */
+#if !defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) && !defined (_POSIX_VDISABLE)
+# if defined (_SVR4_VDISABLE)
+# define _POSIX_VDISABLE _SVR4_VDISABLE
+# else
+# if defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
+# define _POSIX_VDISABLE 0
+# else /* !_POSIX_VERSION */
+# define _POSIX_VDISABLE -1
+# endif /* !_POSIX_VERSION */
+# endif /* !_SVR4_DISABLE */
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER && !_POSIX_VDISABLE */
+
+typedef struct _rl_tty_chars {
+ unsigned char t_eof;
+ unsigned char t_eol;
+ unsigned char t_eol2;
+ unsigned char t_erase;
+ unsigned char t_werase;
+ unsigned char t_kill;
+ unsigned char t_reprint;
+ unsigned char t_intr;
+ unsigned char t_quit;
+ unsigned char t_susp;
+ unsigned char t_dsusp;
+ unsigned char t_start;
+ unsigned char t_stop;
+ unsigned char t_lnext;
+ unsigned char t_flush;
+ unsigned char t_status;
+} _RL_TTY_CHARS;
+
+#endif /* _RLTTY_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rltypedefs.h b/lib/readline/rltypedefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9f5cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rltypedefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* rltypedefs.h -- Type declarations for readline functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RL_TYPEDEFS_H_
+#define _RL_TYPEDEFS_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Old-style, attempt to mark as deprecated in some way people will notice. */
+
+#if !defined (_FUNCTION_DEF)
+# define _FUNCTION_DEF
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+typedef int Function () __attribute__ ((deprecated));
+typedef void VFunction () __attribute__ ((deprecated));
+typedef char *CPFunction () __attribute__ ((deprecated));
+typedef char **CPPFunction () __attribute__ ((deprecated));
+#else
+typedef int Function ();
+typedef void VFunction ();
+typedef char *CPFunction ();
+typedef char **CPPFunction ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */
+
+/* New style. */
+
+#if !defined (_RL_FUNCTION_TYPEDEF)
+# define _RL_FUNCTION_TYPEDEF
+
+/* Bindable functions */
+typedef int rl_command_func_t PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Typedefs for the completion system */
+typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int));
+typedef char **rl_completion_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+typedef char *rl_quote_func_t PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+typedef int rl_compignore_func_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t PARAMS((char **, int, int));
+
+/* Type for input and pre-read hook functions like rl_event_hook */
+typedef int rl_hook_func_t PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Input function type */
+typedef int rl_getc_func_t PARAMS((FILE *));
+
+/* Generic function that takes a character buffer (which could be the readline
+ line buffer) and an index into it (which could be rl_point) and returns
+ an int. */
+typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+/* `Generic' function pointer typedefs */
+typedef int rl_intfunc_t PARAMS((int));
+#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t
+typedef int rl_icpfunc_t PARAMS((char *));
+typedef int rl_icppfunc_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+typedef void rl_voidfunc_t PARAMS((void));
+typedef void rl_vintfunc_t PARAMS((int));
+typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t PARAMS((char *));
+typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+typedef char *rl_cpvfunc_t PARAMS((void));
+typedef char *rl_cpifunc_t PARAMS((int));
+typedef char *rl_cpcpfunc_t PARAMS((char *));
+typedef char *rl_cpcppfunc_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+#endif /* _RL_FUNCTION_TYPEDEF */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RL_TYPEDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlwinsize.h b/lib/readline/rlwinsize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d198fcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlwinsize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* rlwinsize.h -- an attempt to isolate some of the system-specific defines
+ for `struct winsize' and TIOCGWINSZ. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RLWINSIZE_H_)
+#define _RLWINSIZE_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Try to find the definitions of `struct winsize' and TIOGCWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL) && !defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL && !TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS) && !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <termios.h>
+#endif /* STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS && !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Not in either of the standard places, look around. */
+#if !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS) && !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H)
+# include <sys/stream.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H */
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H) /* SVR4.2, at least, has it here */
+# include <sys/ptem.h>
+# define _IO_PTEM_H /* work around SVR4.2 1.1.4 bug */
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTE_H) /* ??? */
+# include <sys/pte.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTE_H */
+#endif /* !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS && !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+#if defined (M_UNIX) && !defined (_SCO_DS) && !defined (tcflow)
+# define tcflow(fd, action) ioctl(fd, TCXONC, action)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RL_WINSIZE_H */
diff --git a/lib/readline/savestring.c b/lib/readline/savestring.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4bb6aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/savestring.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* savestring.c - function version of savestring for backwards compatibility */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998,2003,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#include <config.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, now that savestring has been removed from
+ all `public' readline header files. */
+char *
+savestring (const char *s)
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+ strcpy (ret, s);
+ return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/search.c b/lib/readline/search.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9c1f5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/search.c
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/* search.c - code for non-incremental searching in emacs and vi modes. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef abs
+# undef abs
+#endif
+#define abs(x) (((x) >= 0) ? (x) : -(x))
+
+_rl_search_cxt *_rl_nscxt = 0;
+
+extern HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history;
+
+/* Functions imported from the rest of the library. */
+extern void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+static char *noninc_search_string = (char *) NULL;
+static int noninc_history_pos;
+
+static char *prev_line_found = (char *) NULL;
+
+static int rl_history_search_len;
+static int rl_history_search_pos;
+static int rl_history_search_flags;
+
+static char *history_search_string;
+static int history_string_size;
+
+static void make_history_line_current PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+static int noninc_search_from_pos PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *));
+static int noninc_dosearch PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static int noninc_search PARAMS((int, int));
+static int rl_history_search_internal PARAMS((int, int));
+static void rl_history_search_reinit PARAMS((int));
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *_rl_nsearch_init PARAMS((int, int));
+static void _rl_nsearch_abort PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+static int _rl_nsearch_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+/* Make the data from the history entry ENTRY be the contents of the
+ current line. This doesn't do anything with rl_point; the caller
+ must set it. */
+static void
+make_history_line_current (HIST_ENTRY *entry)
+{
+ _rl_replace_text (entry->line, 0, rl_end);
+ _rl_fix_point (1);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ /* POSIX.2 says that the `U' command doesn't affect the copy of any
+ command lines to the edit line. We're going to implement that by
+ making the undo list start after the matching line is copied to the
+ current editing buffer. */
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+#endif
+
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+ _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Search the history list for STRING starting at absolute history position
+ POS. If STRING begins with `^', the search must match STRING at the
+ beginning of a history line, otherwise a full substring match is performed
+ for STRING. DIR < 0 means to search backwards through the history list,
+ DIR >= 0 means to search forward. */
+static int
+noninc_search_from_pos (char *string, int pos, int dir, int flags, int *ncp)
+{
+ int ret, old, sflags;
+ char *s;
+
+ if (pos < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ old = where_history ();
+ if (history_set_pos (pos) == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_SEARCH);
+ /* These functions return the match offset in the line; history_offset gives
+ the matching line in the history list */
+ if (flags & SF_PATTERN)
+ {
+ s = string;
+ sflags = 0; /* Non-anchored search */
+ if (*s == '^')
+ {
+ sflags |= ANCHORED_SEARCH;
+ s++;
+ }
+ ret = _hs_history_patsearch (s, dir, sflags);
+ }
+ else if (*string == '^')
+ ret = history_search_prefix (string + 1, dir);
+ else
+ ret = history_search (string, dir);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_SEARCH);
+
+ if (ncp)
+ *ncp = ret; /* caller will catch -1 to indicate no-op */
+
+ if (ret != -1)
+ ret = where_history ();
+
+ history_set_pos (old);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Search for a line in the history containing STRING. If DIR is < 0, the
+ search is backwards through previous entries, else through subsequent
+ entries. Returns 1 if the search was successful, 0 otherwise. */
+static int
+noninc_dosearch (char *string, int dir, int flags)
+{
+ int oldpos, pos;
+ HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0' || noninc_history_pos < 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ pos = noninc_search_from_pos (string, noninc_history_pos + dir, dir, flags, (int *)0);
+ if (pos == -1)
+ {
+ /* Search failed, current history position unchanged. */
+ rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ noninc_history_pos = pos;
+
+ oldpos = where_history ();
+ history_set_pos (noninc_history_pos);
+ entry = current_history (); /* will never be NULL after successful search */
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+#endif
+ history_set_pos (oldpos);
+
+ make_history_line_current (entry);
+
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *
+_rl_nsearch_init (int dir, int pchar)
+{
+ _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+ char *p;
+
+ cxt = _rl_scxt_alloc (RL_SEARCH_NSEARCH, 0);
+ if (dir < 0)
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_REVERSE; /* not strictly needed */
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (VI_COMMAND_MODE() && (pchar == '?' || pchar == '/'))
+ cxt->sflags |= SF_PATTERN;
+#endif
+
+ cxt->direction = dir;
+ cxt->history_pos = cxt->save_line;
+
+ rl_maybe_save_line ();
+
+ /* Clear the undo list, since reading the search string should create its
+ own undo list, and the whole list will end up being freed when we
+ finish reading the search string. */
+ rl_undo_list = 0;
+
+ /* Use the line buffer to read the search string. */
+ rl_line_buffer[0] = 0;
+ rl_end = rl_point = 0;
+
+ p = _rl_make_prompt_for_search (pchar ? pchar : ':');
+ rl_message ("%s", p);
+ xfree (p);
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+
+ _rl_nscxt = cxt;
+
+ return cxt;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_nsearch_cleanup (_rl_search_cxt *cxt, int r)
+{
+ _rl_scxt_dispose (cxt, 0);
+ _rl_nscxt = 0;
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+
+ return (r != 1);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_nsearch_abort (_rl_search_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ rl_point = cxt->save_point;
+ rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+}
+
+/* Process just-read character C according to search context CXT. Return -1
+ if the caller should abort the search, 0 if we should break out of the
+ loop, and 1 if we should continue to read characters. */
+static int
+_rl_nsearch_dispatch (_rl_search_cxt *cxt, int c)
+{
+ if (c < 0)
+ c = CTRL ('C');
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CTRL('W'):
+ rl_unix_word_rubout (1, c);
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('U'):
+ rl_unix_line_discard (1, c);
+ break;
+
+ case RETURN:
+ case NEWLINE:
+ return 0;
+
+ case CTRL('H'):
+ case RUBOUT:
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_nsearch_abort (cxt);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ _rl_rubout_char (1, c);
+ break;
+
+ case CTRL('C'):
+ case CTRL('G'):
+ rl_ding ();
+ _rl_nsearch_abort (cxt);
+ return -1;
+
+ default:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_insert_text (cxt->mb);
+ else
+#endif
+ _rl_insert_char (1, c);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Perform one search according to CXT, using NONINC_SEARCH_STRING. Return
+ -1 if the search should be aborted, any other value means to clean up
+ using _rl_nsearch_cleanup (). Returns 1 if the search was successful,
+ 0 otherwise. */
+static int
+_rl_nsearch_dosearch (_rl_search_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+
+ /* If rl_point == 0, we want to re-use the previous search string and
+ start from the saved history position. If there's no previous search
+ string, punt. */
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ {
+ if (noninc_search_string == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We want to start the search from the current history position. */
+ noninc_history_pos = cxt->save_line;
+ FREE (noninc_search_string);
+ noninc_search_string = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+
+ /* If we don't want the subsequent undo list generated by the search
+ matching a history line to include the contents of the search string,
+ we need to clear rl_line_buffer here. For now, we just clear the
+ undo list generated by reading the search string. (If the search
+ fails, the old undo list will be restored by rl_maybe_unsave_line.) */
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+ }
+
+ rl_restore_prompt ();
+ return (noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, cxt->direction, cxt->sflags&SF_PATTERN));
+}
+
+/* Search non-interactively through the history list. DIR < 0 means to
+ search backwards through the history of previous commands; otherwise
+ the search is for commands subsequent to the current position in the
+ history list. PCHAR is the character to use for prompting when reading
+ the search string; if not specified (0), it defaults to `:'. */
+static int
+noninc_search (int dir, int pchar)
+{
+ _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+ int c, r;
+
+ cxt = _rl_nsearch_init (dir, pchar);
+
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ return (0);
+
+ /* Read the search string. */
+ r = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ {
+ _rl_nsearch_abort (cxt);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+
+ r = _rl_nsearch_dispatch (cxt, c);
+ if (r < 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (r == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ r = _rl_nsearch_dosearch (cxt);
+ return ((r >= 0) ? _rl_nsearch_cleanup (cxt, r) : (r != 1));
+}
+
+/* Search forward through the history list for a string. If the vi-mode
+ code calls this, KEY will be `?'. */
+int
+rl_noninc_forward_search (int count, int key)
+{
+ return noninc_search (1, (key == '?') ? '?' : 0);
+}
+
+/* Reverse search the history list for a string. If the vi-mode code
+ calls this, KEY will be `/'. */
+int
+rl_noninc_reverse_search (int count, int key)
+{
+ return noninc_search (-1, (key == '/') ? '/' : 0);
+}
+
+/* Search forward through the history list for the last string searched
+ for. If there is no saved search string, abort. If the vi-mode code
+ calls this, KEY will be `N'. */
+int
+rl_noninc_forward_search_again (int count, int key)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (!noninc_search_string)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (1);
+ }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (VI_COMMAND_MODE() && key == 'N')
+ r = noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, 1, SF_PATTERN);
+ else
+#endif
+ r = noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, 1, 0);
+ return (r != 1);
+}
+
+/* Reverse search in the history list for the last string searched
+ for. If there is no saved search string, abort. If the vi-mode code
+ calls this, KEY will be `n'. */
+int
+rl_noninc_reverse_search_again (int count, int key)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (!noninc_search_string)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (1);
+ }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (VI_COMMAND_MODE() && key == 'n')
+ r = noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, -1, SF_PATTERN);
+ else
+#endif
+ r = noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, -1, 0);
+ return (r != 1);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+int
+_rl_nsearch_callback (_rl_search_cxt *cxt)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+ if (c <= 0)
+ {
+ if (c < 0)
+ _rl_nsearch_abort (cxt);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ r = _rl_nsearch_dispatch (cxt, c);
+ if (r != 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ r = _rl_nsearch_dosearch (cxt);
+ return ((r >= 0) ? _rl_nsearch_cleanup (cxt, r) : (r != 1));
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+rl_history_search_internal (int count, int dir)
+{
+ HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+ int ret, oldpos, newcol;
+ char *t;
+
+ rl_maybe_save_line ();
+ temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+
+ /* Search COUNT times through the history for a line matching
+ history_search_string. If history_search_string[0] == '^', the
+ line must match from the start; otherwise any substring can match.
+ When this loop finishes, TEMP, if non-null, is the history line to
+ copy into the line buffer. */
+ while (count)
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ ret = noninc_search_from_pos (history_search_string, rl_history_search_pos + dir, dir, 0, &newcol);
+ if (ret == -1)
+ break;
+
+ /* Get the history entry we found. */
+ rl_history_search_pos = ret;
+ oldpos = where_history ();
+ history_set_pos (rl_history_search_pos);
+ temp = current_history (); /* will never be NULL after successful search */
+ history_set_pos (oldpos);
+
+ /* Don't find multiple instances of the same line. */
+ if (prev_line_found && STREQ (prev_line_found, temp->line))
+ continue;
+ prev_line_found = temp->line;
+ count--;
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't find anything at all, return. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+ rl_ding ();
+ /* If you don't want the saved history line (last match) to show up
+ in the line buffer after the search fails, change the #if 0 to
+ #if 1 */
+#if 0
+ if (rl_point > rl_history_search_len)
+ {
+ rl_point = rl_end = rl_history_search_len;
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+ rl_mark = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ rl_point = rl_history_search_len; /* rl_maybe_unsave_line changes it */
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+#endif
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the line we found into the current line buffer. */
+ make_history_line_current (temp);
+
+ /* decide where to put rl_point -- need to change this for pattern search */
+ if (rl_history_search_flags & ANCHORED_SEARCH)
+ rl_point = rl_history_search_len; /* easy case */
+ else
+ {
+#if 0
+ t = strstr (rl_line_buffer, history_search_string); /* XXX */
+ rl_point = t ? (int)(t - rl_line_buffer) + rl_history_search_len : rl_end;
+#else
+ rl_point = (newcol >= 0) ? newcol : rl_end;
+#endif
+ }
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+rl_history_search_reinit (int flags)
+{
+ int sind;
+
+ rl_history_search_pos = where_history ();
+ rl_history_search_len = rl_point;
+ rl_history_search_flags = flags;
+
+ prev_line_found = (char *)NULL;
+ if (rl_point)
+ {
+ /* Allocate enough space for anchored and non-anchored searches */
+ if (rl_history_search_len >= history_string_size - 2)
+ {
+ history_string_size = rl_history_search_len + 2;
+ history_search_string = (char *)xrealloc (history_search_string, history_string_size);
+ }
+ sind = 0;
+ if (flags & ANCHORED_SEARCH)
+ history_search_string[sind++] = '^';
+ strncpy (history_search_string + sind, rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+ history_search_string[rl_point + sind] = '\0';
+ }
+ _rl_free_saved_history_line ();
+}
+
+/* Search forward in the history for the string of characters
+ from the start of the line to rl_point. This is a non-incremental
+ search. The search is anchored to the beginning of the history line. */
+int
+rl_history_search_forward (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ if (count == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_history_search_forward &&
+ rl_last_func != rl_history_search_backward)
+ rl_history_search_reinit (ANCHORED_SEARCH);
+
+ if (rl_history_search_len == 0)
+ return (rl_get_next_history (count, ignore));
+ return (rl_history_search_internal (abs (count), (count > 0) ? 1 : -1));
+}
+
+/* Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+ from the start of the line to rl_point. This is a non-incremental
+ search. */
+int
+rl_history_search_backward (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ if (count == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_history_search_forward &&
+ rl_last_func != rl_history_search_backward)
+ rl_history_search_reinit (ANCHORED_SEARCH);
+
+ if (rl_history_search_len == 0)
+ return (rl_get_previous_history (count, ignore));
+ return (rl_history_search_internal (abs (count), (count > 0) ? -1 : 1));
+}
+
+/* Search forward in the history for the string of characters
+ from the start of the line to rl_point. This is a non-incremental
+ search. The search succeeds if the search string is present anywhere
+ in the history line. */
+int
+rl_history_substr_search_forward (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ if (count == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_history_substr_search_forward &&
+ rl_last_func != rl_history_substr_search_backward)
+ rl_history_search_reinit (NON_ANCHORED_SEARCH);
+
+ if (rl_history_search_len == 0)
+ return (rl_get_next_history (count, ignore));
+ return (rl_history_search_internal (abs (count), (count > 0) ? 1 : -1));
+}
+
+/* Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+ from the start of the line to rl_point. This is a non-incremental
+ search. */
+int
+rl_history_substr_search_backward (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ if (count == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_history_substr_search_forward &&
+ rl_last_func != rl_history_substr_search_backward)
+ rl_history_search_reinit (NON_ANCHORED_SEARCH);
+
+ if (rl_history_search_len == 0)
+ return (rl_get_previous_history (count, ignore));
+ return (rl_history_search_internal (abs (count), (count > 0) ? -1 : 1));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/shell.c b/lib/readline/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fe2e97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* shell.c -- readline utility functions that are normally provided by
+ bash when readline is linked as part of the shell. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997-2009,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_FCNTL_H)
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID) && !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+#endif /* HAVE_GETPWUID && !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if the integer type T is signed. */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer value of type T.
+ Subtract one for the sign bit if T is signed;
+ 302 / 1000 is log10 (2) rounded up;
+ add one for integer division truncation;
+ add one more for a minus sign if t is signed. */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+ ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 \
+ + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+
+/* All of these functions are resolved from bash if we are linking readline
+ as part of bash. */
+
+/* Does shell-like quoting using single quotes. */
+char *
+sh_single_quote (char *string)
+{
+ register int c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (4 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+ *r++ = '\'';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\'; /* insert escaped single quote */
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = '\''; /* start new quoted string */
+ }
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Set the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS to lines and cols,
+ respectively. */
+static char setenv_buf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1];
+static char putenv_buf1[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 6 + 1]; /* sizeof("LINES=") == 6 */
+static char putenv_buf2[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 8 + 1]; /* sizeof("COLUMNS=") == 8 */
+
+void
+sh_set_lines_and_columns (int lines, int cols)
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_SETENV)
+ sprintf (setenv_buf, "%d", lines);
+ setenv ("LINES", setenv_buf, 1);
+
+ sprintf (setenv_buf, "%d", cols);
+ setenv ("COLUMNS", setenv_buf, 1);
+#else /* !HAVE_SETENV */
+# if defined (HAVE_PUTENV)
+ sprintf (putenv_buf1, "LINES=%d", lines);
+ putenv (putenv_buf1);
+
+ sprintf (putenv_buf2, "COLUMNS=%d", cols);
+ putenv (putenv_buf2);
+# endif /* HAVE_PUTENV */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETENV */
+}
+
+char *
+sh_get_env_value (const char *varname)
+{
+ return ((char *)getenv (varname));
+}
+
+char *
+sh_get_home_dir (void)
+{
+ static char *home_dir = (char *)NULL;
+ struct passwd *entry;
+
+ if (home_dir)
+ return (home_dir);
+
+ home_dir = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+# if defined (__TANDEM)
+ entry = getpwnam (getlogin ());
+# else
+ entry = getpwuid (getuid ());
+# endif
+ if (entry)
+ home_dir = savestring (entry->pw_dir);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ endpwent (); /* some systems need this */
+#endif
+
+ return (home_dir);
+}
+
+#if !defined (O_NDELAY)
+# if defined (FNDELAY)
+# define O_NDELAY FNDELAY
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int
+sh_unset_nodelay_mode (int fd)
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_FCNTL)
+ int flags, bflags;
+
+ if ((flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL, 0)) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ bflags = 0;
+
+#ifdef O_NONBLOCK
+ bflags |= O_NONBLOCK;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef O_NDELAY
+ bflags |= O_NDELAY;
+#endif
+
+ if (flags & bflags)
+ {
+ flags &= ~bflags;
+ return (fcntl (fd, F_SETFL, flags));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/signals.c b/lib/readline/signals.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76c5c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/signals.c
@@ -0,0 +1,742 @@
+/* signals.c -- signal handling support for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h> /* Just for NULL. Yuck. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+
+#if !defined (RETSIGTYPE)
+# if defined (VOID_SIGHANDLER)
+# define RETSIGTYPE void
+# else
+# define RETSIGTYPE int
+# endif /* !VOID_SIGHANDLER */
+#endif /* !RETSIGTYPE */
+
+#if defined (VOID_SIGHANDLER)
+# define SIGHANDLER_RETURN return
+#else
+# define SIGHANDLER_RETURN return (0)
+#endif
+
+/* This typedef is equivalent to the one for Function; it allows us
+ to say SigHandler *foo = signal (SIGKILL, SIG_IGN); */
+typedef RETSIGTYPE SigHandler ();
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+typedef struct sigaction sighandler_cxt;
+# define rl_sigaction(s, nh, oh) sigaction(s, nh, oh)
+#else
+typedef struct { SigHandler *sa_handler; int sa_mask, sa_flags; } sighandler_cxt;
+# define sigemptyset(m)
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+#ifndef SA_RESTART
+# define SA_RESTART 0
+#endif
+
+static SigHandler *rl_set_sighandler PARAMS((int, SigHandler *, sighandler_cxt *));
+static void rl_maybe_set_sighandler PARAMS((int, SigHandler *, sighandler_cxt *));
+static void rl_maybe_restore_sighandler PARAMS((int, sighandler_cxt *));
+
+static RETSIGTYPE rl_signal_handler PARAMS((int));
+static RETSIGTYPE _rl_handle_signal PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Exported variables for use by applications. */
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install its own signal handlers for
+ SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP, SIGQUIT, SIGALRM, SIGTSTP, SIGTTIN, and SIGTTOU. */
+int rl_catch_signals = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install a signal handler for SIGWINCH. */
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+int rl_catch_sigwinch = 1;
+#else
+int rl_catch_sigwinch = 0; /* for the readline state struct in readline.c */
+#endif
+
+/* Private variables. */
+int _rl_interrupt_immediately = 0;
+int volatile _rl_caught_signal = 0; /* should be sig_atomic_t, but that requires including <signal.h> everywhere */
+
+/* If non-zero, print characters corresponding to received signals as long as
+ the user has indicated his desire to do so (_rl_echo_control_chars). */
+int _rl_echoctl = 0;
+
+int _rl_intr_char = 0;
+int _rl_quit_char = 0;
+int _rl_susp_char = 0;
+
+static int signals_set_flag;
+static int sigwinch_set_flag;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+sigset_t _rl_orig_sigset;
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Signal Handling */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static sighandler_cxt old_int, old_term, old_hup, old_alrm, old_quit;
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+static sighandler_cxt old_tstp, old_ttou, old_ttin;
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+static sighandler_cxt old_winch;
+#endif
+
+_rl_sigcleanup_func_t *_rl_sigcleanup;
+void *_rl_sigcleanarg;
+
+/* Readline signal handler functions. */
+
+/* Called from RL_CHECK_SIGNALS() macro */
+RETSIGTYPE
+_rl_signal_handler (int sig)
+{
+ _rl_caught_signal = 0; /* XXX */
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ if (sig == SIGWINCH)
+ {
+ rl_resize_terminal ();
+ /* XXX - experimental for now */
+ /* Call a signal hook because though we called the original signal handler
+ in rl_sigwinch_handler below, we will not resend the signal to
+ ourselves. */
+ if (rl_signal_event_hook)
+ (*rl_signal_event_hook) ();
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ _rl_handle_signal (sig);
+
+ SIGHANDLER_RETURN;
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE
+rl_signal_handler (int sig)
+{
+ if (_rl_interrupt_immediately)
+ {
+ _rl_interrupt_immediately = 0;
+ _rl_handle_signal (sig);
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_caught_signal = sig;
+
+ SIGHANDLER_RETURN;
+}
+
+static RETSIGTYPE
+_rl_handle_signal (int sig)
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigset_t set;
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ long omask;
+# else /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+ sighandler_cxt dummy_cxt; /* needed for rl_set_sighandler call */
+# endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS) && !defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ /* Since the signal will not be blocked while we are in the signal
+ handler, ignore it until rl_clear_signals resets the catcher. */
+# if defined (SIGALRM)
+ if (sig == SIGINT || sig == SIGALRM)
+# else
+ if (sig == SIGINT)
+# endif
+ rl_set_sighandler (sig, SIG_IGN, &dummy_cxt);
+#endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS && !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+ /* If there's a sig cleanup function registered, call it and `deregister'
+ the cleanup function to avoid multiple calls */
+ if (_rl_sigcleanup)
+ {
+ (*_rl_sigcleanup) (sig, _rl_sigcleanarg);
+ _rl_sigcleanup = 0;
+ _rl_sigcleanarg = 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (sig)
+ {
+ case SIGINT:
+ _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+ rl_free_line_state ();
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ rl_callback_sigcleanup ();
+#endif
+
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+ case SIGTSTP:
+ case SIGTTIN:
+# if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ /* Block SIGTTOU so we can restore the terminal settings to something
+ sane without stopping on SIGTTOU if we have been placed into the
+ background. Even trying to get the current terminal pgrp with
+ tcgetpgrp() will generate SIGTTOU, so we don't bother. Don't bother
+ doing this if we've been stopped on SIGTTOU; it's aready too late. */
+ sigemptyset (&set);
+ sigaddset (&set, SIGTTOU);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &set, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+# endif
+ case SIGTTOU:
+#endif /* SIGTSTP */
+ case SIGTERM:
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+ case SIGHUP:
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+ case SIGALRM:
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+ case SIGQUIT:
+#endif
+ rl_echo_signal_char (sig);
+ rl_cleanup_after_signal ();
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+# if defined (SIGTSTP)
+ /* Unblock SIGTTOU blocked above */
+ if (sig == SIGTTIN || sig == SIGTSTP)
+ sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &set, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+# endif
+
+ sigemptyset (&set);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, (sigset_t *)NULL, &set);
+ sigdelset (&set, sig);
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ omask = sigblock (0);
+# endif /* HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+ signal (sig, SIG_ACK);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_KILL)
+ kill (getpid (), sig);
+#else
+ raise (sig); /* assume we have raise */
+#endif
+
+ /* Let the signal that we just sent through. */
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &set, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ sigsetmask (omask & ~(sigmask (sig)));
+# endif /* HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+ rl_reset_after_signal ();
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+ SIGHANDLER_RETURN;
+}
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+static RETSIGTYPE
+rl_sigwinch_handler (int sig)
+{
+ SigHandler *oh;
+
+#if defined (MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS)
+ sighandler_cxt dummy_winch;
+
+ /* We don't want to change old_winch -- it holds the state of SIGWINCH
+ disposition set by the calling application. We need this state
+ because we call the application's SIGWINCH handler after updating
+ our own idea of the screen size. */
+ rl_set_sighandler (SIGWINCH, rl_sigwinch_handler, &dummy_winch);
+#endif
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+ _rl_caught_signal = sig;
+
+ /* If another sigwinch handler has been installed, call it. */
+ oh = (SigHandler *)old_winch.sa_handler;
+ if (oh && oh != (SigHandler *)SIG_IGN && oh != (SigHandler *)SIG_DFL)
+ (*oh) (sig);
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+ SIGHANDLER_RETURN;
+}
+#endif /* SIGWINCH */
+
+/* Functions to manage signal handling. */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+static int
+rl_sigaction (int sig, sighandler_cxt *nh, sighandler_cxt *oh)
+{
+ oh->sa_handler = signal (sig, nh->sa_handler);
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+/* Set up a readline-specific signal handler, saving the old signal
+ information in OHANDLER. Return the old signal handler, like
+ signal(). */
+static SigHandler *
+rl_set_sighandler (int sig, SigHandler *handler, sighandler_cxt *ohandler)
+{
+ sighandler_cxt old_handler;
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ struct sigaction act;
+
+ act.sa_handler = handler;
+# if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ act.sa_flags = (sig == SIGWINCH) ? SA_RESTART : 0;
+# else
+ act.sa_flags = 0;
+# endif /* SIGWINCH */
+ sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask);
+ sigemptyset (&ohandler->sa_mask);
+ sigaction (sig, &act, &old_handler);
+#else
+ old_handler.sa_handler = (SigHandler *)signal (sig, handler);
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+ /* XXX -- assume we have memcpy */
+ /* If rl_set_signals is called twice in a row, don't set the old handler to
+ rl_signal_handler, because that would cause infinite recursion. */
+ if (handler != rl_signal_handler || old_handler.sa_handler != rl_signal_handler)
+ memcpy (ohandler, &old_handler, sizeof (sighandler_cxt));
+
+ return (ohandler->sa_handler);
+}
+
+/* Set disposition of SIG to HANDLER, returning old state in OHANDLER. Don't
+ change disposition if OHANDLER indicates the signal was ignored. */
+static void
+rl_maybe_set_sighandler (int sig, SigHandler *handler, sighandler_cxt *ohandler)
+{
+ sighandler_cxt dummy;
+ SigHandler *oh;
+
+ sigemptyset (&dummy.sa_mask);
+ dummy.sa_flags = 0;
+ oh = rl_set_sighandler (sig, handler, ohandler);
+ if (oh == (SigHandler *)SIG_IGN)
+ rl_sigaction (sig, ohandler, &dummy);
+}
+
+/* Set the disposition of SIG to HANDLER, if HANDLER->sa_handler indicates the
+ signal was not being ignored. MUST only be called for signals whose
+ disposition was changed using rl_maybe_set_sighandler or for which the
+ SIG_IGN check was performed inline (e.g., SIGALRM below). */
+static void
+rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (int sig, sighandler_cxt *handler)
+{
+ sighandler_cxt dummy;
+
+ sigemptyset (&dummy.sa_mask);
+ dummy.sa_flags = 0;
+ if (handler->sa_handler != SIG_IGN)
+ rl_sigaction (sig, handler, &dummy);
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_signals (void)
+{
+ sighandler_cxt dummy;
+ SigHandler *oh;
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ static int sigmask_set = 0;
+ static sigset_t bset, oset;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ if (rl_catch_signals && sigmask_set == 0)
+ {
+ sigemptyset (&bset);
+
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGINT);
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGTERM);
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGHUP);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGQUIT);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGALRM);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGTSTP);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGTTIN);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+ sigaddset (&bset, SIGTTOU);
+#endif
+ sigmask_set = 1;
+ }
+#endif /* HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+ if (rl_catch_signals && signals_set_flag == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigemptyset (&_rl_orig_sigset);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &bset, &_rl_orig_sigset);
+#endif
+
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGINT, rl_signal_handler, &old_int);
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTERM, rl_signal_handler, &old_term);
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGHUP, rl_signal_handler, &old_hup);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGQUIT, rl_signal_handler, &old_quit);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+ oh = rl_set_sighandler (SIGALRM, rl_signal_handler, &old_alrm);
+ if (oh == (SigHandler *)SIG_IGN)
+ rl_sigaction (SIGALRM, &old_alrm, &dummy);
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) && defined (SA_RESTART)
+ /* If the application using readline has already installed a signal
+ handler with SA_RESTART, SIGALRM will cause reads to be restarted
+ automatically, so readline should just get out of the way. Since
+ we tested for SIG_IGN above, we can just test for SIG_DFL here. */
+ if (oh != (SigHandler *)SIG_DFL && (old_alrm.sa_flags & SA_RESTART))
+ rl_sigaction (SIGALRM, &old_alrm, &dummy);
+#endif /* HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* SIGALRM */
+
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTSTP, rl_signal_handler, &old_tstp);
+#endif /* SIGTSTP */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTTOU, rl_signal_handler, &old_ttou);
+#endif /* SIGTTOU */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTTIN, rl_signal_handler, &old_ttin);
+#endif /* SIGTTIN */
+
+ signals_set_flag = 1;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &_rl_orig_sigset, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (rl_catch_signals == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigemptyset (&_rl_orig_sigset);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, (sigset_t *)NULL, &_rl_orig_sigset);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ if (rl_catch_sigwinch && sigwinch_set_flag == 0)
+ {
+ rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGWINCH, rl_sigwinch_handler, &old_winch);
+ sigwinch_set_flag = 1;
+ }
+#endif /* SIGWINCH */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_clear_signals (void)
+{
+ sighandler_cxt dummy;
+
+ if (rl_catch_signals && signals_set_flag == 1)
+ {
+ /* Since rl_maybe_set_sighandler doesn't override a SIG_IGN handler,
+ we should in theory not have to restore a handler where
+ old_xxx.sa_handler == SIG_IGN. That's what rl_maybe_restore_sighandler
+ does. Fewer system calls should reduce readline's per-line
+ overhead */
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGINT, &old_int);
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGTERM, &old_term);
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGHUP, &old_hup);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGQUIT, &old_quit);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGALRM, &old_alrm);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGTSTP, &old_tstp);
+#endif /* SIGTSTP */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGTTOU, &old_ttou);
+#endif /* SIGTTOU */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+ rl_maybe_restore_sighandler (SIGTTIN, &old_ttin);
+#endif /* SIGTTIN */
+
+ signals_set_flag = 0;
+ }
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+ if (rl_catch_sigwinch && sigwinch_set_flag == 1)
+ {
+ sigemptyset (&dummy.sa_mask);
+ rl_sigaction (SIGWINCH, &old_winch, &dummy);
+ sigwinch_set_flag = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clean up the terminal and readline state after catching a signal, before
+ resending it to the calling application. */
+void
+rl_cleanup_after_signal (void)
+{
+ _rl_clean_up_for_exit ();
+ if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+ (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+ rl_clear_pending_input ();
+ rl_clear_signals ();
+}
+
+/* Reset the terminal and readline state after a signal handler returns. */
+void
+rl_reset_after_signal (void)
+{
+ if (rl_prep_term_function)
+ (*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag);
+ rl_set_signals ();
+}
+
+/* Free up the readline variable line state for the current line (undo list,
+ any partial history entry, any keyboard macros in progress, and any
+ numeric arguments in process) after catching a signal, before calling
+ rl_cleanup_after_signal(). */
+void
+rl_free_line_state (void)
+{
+ register HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+ entry = current_history ();
+ if (entry)
+ entry->data = (char *)NULL;
+
+ _rl_kill_kbd_macro ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ _rl_reset_argument ();
+}
+
+int
+rl_pending_signal (void)
+{
+ return (_rl_caught_signal);
+}
+
+void
+rl_check_signals (void)
+{
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_SIGNALS */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* SIGINT Management */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+static sigset_t sigint_set, sigint_oset;
+static sigset_t sigwinch_set, sigwinch_oset;
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+static int sigint_oldmask;
+static int sigwinch_oldmask;
+# endif /* HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+static int sigint_blocked;
+static int sigwinch_blocked;
+
+/* Cause SIGINT to not be delivered until the corresponding call to
+ release_sigint(). */
+void
+_rl_block_sigint (void)
+{
+ if (sigint_blocked)
+ return;
+
+ sigint_blocked = 1;
+}
+
+/* Allow SIGINT to be delivered. */
+void
+_rl_release_sigint (void)
+{
+ if (sigint_blocked == 0)
+ return;
+
+ sigint_blocked = 0;
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+}
+
+/* Cause SIGWINCH to not be delivered until the corresponding call to
+ release_sigwinch(). */
+void
+_rl_block_sigwinch (void)
+{
+ if (sigwinch_blocked)
+ return;
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigemptyset (&sigwinch_set);
+ sigemptyset (&sigwinch_oset);
+ sigaddset (&sigwinch_set, SIGWINCH);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &sigwinch_set, &sigwinch_oset);
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ sigwinch_oldmask = sigblock (sigmask (SIGWINCH));
+# else /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD)
+ sighold (SIGWINCH);
+# endif /* HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD */
+# endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+#endif /* SIGWINCH */
+
+ sigwinch_blocked = 1;
+}
+
+/* Allow SIGWINCH to be delivered. */
+void
+_rl_release_sigwinch (void)
+{
+ if (sigwinch_blocked == 0)
+ return;
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+ sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &sigwinch_oset, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+ sigsetmask (sigwinch_oldmask);
+# else /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+# if defined (HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD)
+ sigrelse (SIGWINCH);
+# endif /* HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD */
+# endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+#endif /* SIGWINCH */
+
+ sigwinch_blocked = 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Echoing special control characters */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+void
+rl_echo_signal_char (int sig)
+{
+ char cstr[3];
+ int cslen, c;
+
+ if (_rl_echoctl == 0 || _rl_echo_control_chars == 0)
+ return;
+
+ switch (sig)
+ {
+ case SIGINT: c = _rl_intr_char; break;
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+ case SIGQUIT: c = _rl_quit_char; break;
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+ case SIGTSTP: c = _rl_susp_char; break;
+#endif
+ default: return;
+ }
+
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ cstr[0] = '^';
+ cstr[1] = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+ cstr[cslen = 2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cstr[0] = c;
+ cstr[cslen = 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ _rl_output_some_chars (cstr, cslen);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/tcap.h b/lib/readline/tcap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..859e6ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/tcap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* tcap.h -- termcap library functions and variables. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RLTCAP_H_)
+#define _RLTCAP_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TERMCAP_H)
+# if defined (__linux__) && !defined (SPEED_T_IN_SYS_TYPES)
+# include "rltty.h"
+# endif
+# include <termcap.h>
+#elif defined (HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H)
+# include <ncurses/termcap.h>
+#else
+
+/* On Solaris2, sys/types.h #includes sys/reg.h, which #defines PC.
+ Unfortunately, PC is a global variable used by the termcap library. */
+#ifdef PC
+# undef PC
+#endif
+
+extern char PC;
+extern char *UP, *BC;
+
+extern short ospeed;
+
+extern int tgetent ();
+extern int tgetflag ();
+extern int tgetnum ();
+extern char *tgetstr ();
+
+extern int tputs ();
+
+extern char *tgoto ();
+
+#endif /* HAVE_TERMCAP_H */
+
+#endif /* !_RLTCAP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/terminal.c b/lib/readline/terminal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e557389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/terminal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,779 @@
+/* terminal.c -- controlling the terminal with termcap. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+# include <pc.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rltty.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h> /* include for declaration of ioctl */
+#endif
+#include "tcap.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+# include <windows.h>
+# include <wincon.h>
+
+static void _win_get_screensize PARAMS((int *, int *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+static void _emx_get_screensize PARAMS((int *, int *));
+#endif
+
+/* If the calling application sets this to a non-zero value, readline will
+ use the $LINES and $COLUMNS environment variables to set its idea of the
+ window size before interrogating the kernel. */
+int rl_prefer_env_winsize = 0;
+
+/* If this is non-zero, readline will set LINES and COLUMNS in the
+ environment when it handles SIGWINCH. */
+int rl_change_environment = 1;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Terminal and Termcap */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+static char *term_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+static char *term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+static int tcap_initialized;
+
+#if !defined (__linux__) && !defined (NCURSES_VERSION)
+# if defined (__EMX__) || defined (NEED_EXTERN_PC)
+extern
+# endif /* __EMX__ || NEED_EXTERN_PC */
+char PC, *BC, *UP;
+#endif /* !__linux__ && !NCURSES_VERSION */
+
+/* Some strings to control terminal actions. These are output by tputs (). */
+char *_rl_term_clreol;
+char *_rl_term_clrpag;
+char *_rl_term_clrscroll;
+char *_rl_term_cr;
+char *_rl_term_backspace;
+char *_rl_term_goto;
+char *_rl_term_pc;
+
+/* Non-zero if we determine that the terminal can do character insertion. */
+int _rl_terminal_can_insert = 0;
+
+/* How to insert characters. */
+char *_rl_term_im;
+char *_rl_term_ei;
+char *_rl_term_ic;
+char *_rl_term_ip;
+char *_rl_term_IC;
+
+/* How to delete characters. */
+char *_rl_term_dc;
+char *_rl_term_DC;
+
+/* How to move forward a char, non-destructively */
+char *_rl_term_forward_char;
+
+/* How to go up a line. */
+char *_rl_term_up;
+
+/* A visible bell; char if the terminal can be made to flash the screen. */
+static char *_rl_visible_bell;
+
+/* Non-zero means the terminal can auto-wrap lines. */
+int _rl_term_autowrap = -1;
+
+/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */
+static int term_has_meta;
+
+/* The sequences to write to turn on and off the meta key, if this
+ terminal has one. */
+static char *_rl_term_mm;
+static char *_rl_term_mo;
+
+/* The key sequences output by the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
+static char *_rl_term_ku;
+static char *_rl_term_kd;
+static char *_rl_term_kr;
+static char *_rl_term_kl;
+
+/* How to initialize and reset the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
+static char *_rl_term_ks;
+static char *_rl_term_ke;
+
+/* The key sequences sent by the Home and End keys, if any. */
+static char *_rl_term_kh;
+static char *_rl_term_kH;
+static char *_rl_term_at7; /* @7 */
+
+/* Delete key */
+static char *_rl_term_kD;
+
+/* Insert key */
+static char *_rl_term_kI;
+
+/* Cursor control */
+static char *_rl_term_vs; /* very visible */
+static char *_rl_term_ve; /* normal */
+
+static void bind_termcap_arrow_keys PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* Variables that hold the screen dimensions, used by the display code. */
+int _rl_screenwidth, _rl_screenheight, _rl_screenchars;
+
+/* Non-zero means the user wants to enable the keypad. */
+int _rl_enable_keypad;
+
+/* Non-zero means the user wants to enable a meta key. */
+int _rl_enable_meta = 1;
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+static void
+_emx_get_screensize (int *swp, int *shp)
+{
+ int sz[2];
+
+ _scrsize (sz);
+
+ if (swp)
+ *swp = sz[0];
+ if (shp)
+ *shp = sz[1];
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+static void
+_win_get_screensize (int *swp, int *shp)
+{
+ HANDLE hConOut;
+ CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
+
+ hConOut = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ if (hConOut != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+ {
+ if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hConOut, &scr))
+ {
+ *swp = scr.dwSize.X;
+ *shp = scr.srWindow.Bottom - scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Get readline's idea of the screen size. TTY is a file descriptor open
+ to the terminal. If IGNORE_ENV is true, we do not pay attention to the
+ values of $LINES and $COLUMNS. The tests for TERM_STRING_BUFFER being
+ non-null serve to check whether or not we have initialized termcap. */
+void
+_rl_get_screen_size (int tty, int ignore_env)
+{
+ char *ss;
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+ struct winsize window_size;
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+ int wr, wc;
+
+ wr = wc = -1;
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &window_size) == 0)
+ {
+ wc = (int) window_size.ws_col;
+ wr = (int) window_size.ws_row;
+ }
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+ _emx_get_screensize (&wc, &wr);
+#elif defined (__MINGW32__)
+ _win_get_screensize (&wc, &wr);
+#endif
+
+ if (ignore_env || rl_prefer_env_winsize == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_screenwidth = wc;
+ _rl_screenheight = wr;
+ }
+ else
+ _rl_screenwidth = _rl_screenheight = -1;
+
+ /* Environment variable COLUMNS overrides setting of "co" if IGNORE_ENV
+ is unset. If we prefer the environment, check it first before
+ assigning the value returned by the kernel. */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0)
+ {
+ if (ignore_env == 0 && (ss = sh_get_env_value ("COLUMNS")))
+ _rl_screenwidth = atoi (ss);
+
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0)
+ _rl_screenwidth = wc;
+
+#if defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0)
+ _rl_screenwidth = ScreenCols ();
+#else
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 && term_string_buffer)
+ _rl_screenwidth = tgetnum ("co");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Environment variable LINES overrides setting of "li" if IGNORE_ENV
+ is unset. */
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ {
+ if (ignore_env == 0 && (ss = sh_get_env_value ("LINES")))
+ _rl_screenheight = atoi (ss);
+
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ _rl_screenheight = wr;
+
+#if defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ _rl_screenheight = ScreenRows ();
+#else
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0 && term_string_buffer)
+ _rl_screenheight = tgetnum ("li");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* If all else fails, default to 80x24 terminal. */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 1)
+ _rl_screenwidth = 80;
+
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ _rl_screenheight = 24;
+
+ /* If we're being compiled as part of bash, set the environment
+ variables $LINES and $COLUMNS to new values. Otherwise, just
+ do a pair of putenv () or setenv () calls. */
+ if (rl_change_environment)
+ sh_set_lines_and_columns (_rl_screenheight, _rl_screenwidth);
+
+ if (_rl_term_autowrap == 0)
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+
+ _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_screen_size (int rows, int cols)
+{
+ if (_rl_term_autowrap == -1)
+ _rl_init_terminal_io (rl_terminal_name);
+
+ if (rows > 0)
+ _rl_screenheight = rows;
+ if (cols > 0)
+ {
+ _rl_screenwidth = cols;
+ if (_rl_term_autowrap == 0)
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+ }
+
+ if (rows > 0 || cols > 0)
+ _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_screen_size (int rows, int cols)
+{
+ _rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols);
+}
+
+void
+rl_get_screen_size (int *rows, int *cols)
+{
+ if (rows)
+ *rows = _rl_screenheight;
+ if (cols)
+ *cols = _rl_screenwidth;
+}
+
+void
+rl_reset_screen_size (void)
+{
+ _rl_get_screen_size (fileno (rl_instream), 0);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_sigwinch_resize_terminal (void)
+{
+ _rl_get_screen_size (fileno (rl_instream), 1);
+}
+
+void
+rl_resize_terminal (void)
+{
+ _rl_get_screen_size (fileno (rl_instream), 1);
+ if (_rl_echoing_p)
+ {
+ if (CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC ())
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE(RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING) == 0)
+ _rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch ();
+ }
+}
+
+struct _tc_string {
+ const char * const tc_var;
+ char **tc_value;
+};
+
+/* This should be kept sorted, just in case we decide to change the
+ search algorithm to something smarter. */
+static const struct _tc_string tc_strings[] =
+{
+ { "@7", &_rl_term_at7 },
+ { "DC", &_rl_term_DC },
+ { "E3", &_rl_term_clrscroll },
+ { "IC", &_rl_term_IC },
+ { "ce", &_rl_term_clreol },
+ { "cl", &_rl_term_clrpag },
+ { "cr", &_rl_term_cr },
+ { "dc", &_rl_term_dc },
+ { "ei", &_rl_term_ei },
+ { "ic", &_rl_term_ic },
+ { "im", &_rl_term_im },
+ { "kD", &_rl_term_kD }, /* delete */
+ { "kH", &_rl_term_kH }, /* home down ?? */
+ { "kI", &_rl_term_kI }, /* insert */
+ { "kd", &_rl_term_kd },
+ { "ke", &_rl_term_ke }, /* end keypad mode */
+ { "kh", &_rl_term_kh }, /* home */
+ { "kl", &_rl_term_kl },
+ { "kr", &_rl_term_kr },
+ { "ks", &_rl_term_ks }, /* start keypad mode */
+ { "ku", &_rl_term_ku },
+ { "le", &_rl_term_backspace },
+ { "mm", &_rl_term_mm },
+ { "mo", &_rl_term_mo },
+ { "nd", &_rl_term_forward_char },
+ { "pc", &_rl_term_pc },
+ { "up", &_rl_term_up },
+ { "vb", &_rl_visible_bell },
+ { "vs", &_rl_term_vs },
+ { "ve", &_rl_term_ve },
+};
+
+#define NUM_TC_STRINGS (sizeof (tc_strings) / sizeof (struct _tc_string))
+
+/* Read the desired terminal capability strings into BP. The capabilities
+ are described in the TC_STRINGS table. */
+static void
+get_term_capabilities (char **bp)
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__) /* XXX - doesn't DJGPP have a termcap library? */
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < NUM_TC_STRINGS; i++)
+ *(tc_strings[i].tc_value) = tgetstr ((char *)tc_strings[i].tc_var, bp);
+#endif
+ tcap_initialized = 1;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_init_terminal_io (const char *terminal_name)
+{
+ const char *term;
+ char *buffer;
+ int tty, tgetent_ret;
+
+ term = terminal_name ? terminal_name : sh_get_env_value ("TERM");
+ _rl_term_clrpag = _rl_term_cr = _rl_term_clreol = _rl_term_clrscroll = (char *)NULL;
+ tty = rl_instream ? fileno (rl_instream) : 0;
+
+ if (term == 0)
+ term = "dumb";
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+ _rl_term_im = _rl_term_ei = _rl_term_ic = _rl_term_IC = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_up = _rl_term_dc = _rl_term_DC = _rl_visible_bell = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ku = _rl_term_kd = _rl_term_kl = _rl_term_kr = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_terminal_can_insert = term_has_meta = _rl_term_autowrap = 0;
+ _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+ _rl_term_backspace = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_goto = _rl_term_pc = _rl_term_ip = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ks = _rl_term_ke =_rl_term_vs = _rl_term_ve = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_kh = _rl_term_kH = _rl_term_at7 = _rl_term_kI = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined(HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+ _rl_term_forward_char = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+ _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+#else /* !__MSDOS__ */
+ /* I've separated this out for later work on not calling tgetent at all
+ if the calling application has supplied a custom redisplay function,
+ (and possibly if the application has supplied a custom input function). */
+ if (CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC())
+ {
+ tgetent_ret = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (term_string_buffer == 0)
+ term_string_buffer = (char *)xmalloc(2032);
+
+ if (term_buffer == 0)
+ term_buffer = (char *)xmalloc(4080);
+
+ buffer = term_string_buffer;
+
+ tgetent_ret = tgetent (term_buffer, term);
+ }
+
+ if (tgetent_ret <= 0)
+ {
+ FREE (term_string_buffer);
+ FREE (term_buffer);
+ buffer = term_buffer = term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+
+ _rl_term_autowrap = 0; /* used by _rl_get_screen_size */
+
+ /* Allow calling application to set default height and width, using
+ rl_set_screen_size */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ {
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+ _emx_get_screensize (&_rl_screenwidth, &_rl_screenheight);
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+#else /* !__EMX__ */
+ _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+#endif /* !__EMX__ */
+ }
+
+ /* Defaults. */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ {
+ _rl_screenwidth = 79;
+ _rl_screenheight = 24;
+ }
+
+ /* Everything below here is used by the redisplay code (tputs). */
+ _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+ _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+ _rl_term_im = _rl_term_ei = _rl_term_ic = _rl_term_IC = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_up = _rl_term_dc = _rl_term_DC = _rl_visible_bell = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ku = _rl_term_kd = _rl_term_kl = _rl_term_kr = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_kh = _rl_term_kH = _rl_term_kI = _rl_term_kD = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ks = _rl_term_ke = _rl_term_at7 = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ve = _rl_term_vs = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_forward_char = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_terminal_can_insert = term_has_meta = 0;
+
+ /* Reasonable defaults for tgoto(). Readline currently only uses
+ tgoto if _rl_term_IC or _rl_term_DC is defined, but just in case we
+ change that later... */
+ PC = '\0';
+ BC = _rl_term_backspace = "\b";
+ UP = _rl_term_up;
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ get_term_capabilities (&buffer);
+
+ /* Set up the variables that the termcap library expects the application
+ to provide. */
+ PC = _rl_term_pc ? *_rl_term_pc : 0;
+ BC = _rl_term_backspace;
+ UP = _rl_term_up;
+
+ if (!_rl_term_cr)
+ _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+
+ _rl_term_autowrap = tgetflag ("am") && tgetflag ("xn");
+
+ /* Allow calling application to set default height and width, using
+ rl_set_screen_size */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+
+ /* "An application program can assume that the terminal can do
+ character insertion if *any one of* the capabilities `IC',
+ `im', `ic' or `ip' is provided." But we can't do anything if
+ only `ip' is provided, so... */
+ _rl_terminal_can_insert = (_rl_term_IC || _rl_term_im || _rl_term_ic);
+
+ /* Check to see if this terminal has a meta key and clear the capability
+ variables if there is none. */
+ term_has_meta = tgetflag ("km") != 0;
+ if (term_has_meta == 0)
+ _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
+
+ /* Attempt to find and bind the arrow keys. Do not override already
+ bound keys in an overzealous attempt, however. */
+
+ bind_termcap_arrow_keys (emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ bind_termcap_arrow_keys (vi_movement_keymap);
+ bind_termcap_arrow_keys (vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind the arrow key sequences from the termcap description in MAP. */
+static void
+bind_termcap_arrow_keys (Keymap map)
+{
+ Keymap xkeymap;
+
+ xkeymap = _rl_keymap;
+ _rl_keymap = map;
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_ku, rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kd, rl_get_next_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kr, rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kl, rl_backward_char);
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kh, rl_beg_of_line); /* Home */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_at7, rl_end_of_line); /* End */
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kD, rl_delete);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kI, rl_overwrite_mode); /* Insert */
+
+ _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_termcap (const char *cap)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (tcap_initialized == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ for (i = 0; i < NUM_TC_STRINGS; i++)
+ {
+ if (tc_strings[i].tc_var[0] == cap[0] && strcmp (tc_strings[i].tc_var, cap) == 0)
+ return *(tc_strings[i].tc_value);
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Re-initialize the terminal considering that the TERM/TERMCAP variable
+ has changed. */
+int
+rl_reset_terminal (const char *terminal_name)
+{
+ _rl_screenwidth = _rl_screenheight = 0;
+ _rl_init_terminal_io (terminal_name);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* A function for the use of tputs () */
+#ifdef _MINIX
+void
+_rl_output_character_function (int c)
+{
+ putc (c, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+#else /* !_MINIX */
+int
+_rl_output_character_function (int c)
+{
+ return putc (c, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+#endif /* !_MINIX */
+
+/* Write COUNT characters from STRING to the output stream. */
+void
+_rl_output_some_chars (const char *string, int count)
+{
+ fwrite (string, 1, count, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor back. */
+int
+_rl_backspace (int count)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+ if (_rl_term_backspace)
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ tputs (_rl_term_backspace, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ putc ('\b', _rl_out_stream);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move to the start of the next line. */
+int
+rl_crlf (void)
+{
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (__MINT__)
+ if (_rl_term_cr)
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER || __MINT__ */
+ putc ('\n', _rl_out_stream);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Ring the terminal bell. */
+int
+rl_ding (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_echoing_p)
+ {
+ switch (_rl_bell_preference)
+ {
+ case NO_BELL:
+ default:
+ break;
+ case VISIBLE_BELL:
+ if (_rl_visible_bell)
+ {
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+ ScreenVisualBell ();
+#else
+ tputs (_rl_visible_bell, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case AUDIBLE_BELL:
+ fprintf (stderr, "\007");
+ fflush (stderr);
+ break;
+ }
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Controlling the Meta Key and Keypad */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static int enabled_meta = 0; /* flag indicating we enabled meta mode */
+
+void
+_rl_enable_meta_key (void)
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (term_has_meta && _rl_term_mm)
+ {
+ tputs (_rl_term_mm, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ enabled_meta = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+_rl_disable_meta_key (void)
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (term_has_meta && _rl_term_mo && enabled_meta)
+ {
+ tputs (_rl_term_mo, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ enabled_meta = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+_rl_control_keypad (int on)
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (on && _rl_term_ks)
+ tputs (_rl_term_ks, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else if (!on && _rl_term_ke)
+ tputs (_rl_term_ke, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Controlling the Cursor */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Set the cursor appropriately depending on IM, which is one of the
+ insert modes (insert or overwrite). Insert mode gets the normal
+ cursor. Overwrite mode gets a very visible cursor. Only does
+ anything if we have both capabilities. */
+void
+_rl_set_cursor (int im, int force)
+{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+ if (_rl_term_ve && _rl_term_vs)
+ {
+ if (force || im != rl_insert_mode)
+ {
+ if (im == RL_IM_OVERWRITE)
+ tputs (_rl_term_vs, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+ tputs (_rl_term_ve, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/text.c b/lib/readline/text.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cddaeeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/text.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1815 @@
+/* text.c -- text handling commands for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+static int rl_change_case PARAMS((int, int));
+static int _rl_char_search PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int _rl_insert_next_callback PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_char_search_callback PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+#endif
+
+/* The largest chunk of text that can be inserted in one call to
+ rl_insert_text. Text blocks larger than this are divided. */
+#define TEXT_COUNT_MAX 1024
+
+int _rl_optimize_typeahead = 1; /* rl_insert tries to read typeahead */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Insert and Delete */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Insert a string of text into the line at point. This is the only
+ way that you should do insertion. _rl_insert_char () calls this
+ function. Returns the number of characters inserted. */
+int
+rl_insert_text (const char *string)
+{
+ register int i, l;
+
+ l = (string && *string) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ if (l == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (rl_end + l >= rl_line_buffer_len)
+ rl_extend_line_buffer (rl_end + l);
+
+ for (i = rl_end; i >= rl_point; i--)
+ rl_line_buffer[i + l] = rl_line_buffer[i];
+ strncpy (rl_line_buffer + rl_point, string, l);
+
+ /* Remember how to undo this if we aren't undoing something. */
+ if (_rl_doing_an_undo == 0)
+ {
+ /* If possible and desirable, concatenate the undos. */
+ if ((l == 1) &&
+ rl_undo_list &&
+ (rl_undo_list->what == UNDO_INSERT) &&
+ (rl_undo_list->end == rl_point) &&
+ (rl_undo_list->end - rl_undo_list->start < 20))
+ rl_undo_list->end++;
+ else
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_INSERT, rl_point, rl_point + l, (char *)NULL);
+ }
+ rl_point += l;
+ rl_end += l;
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+ return l;
+}
+
+/* Delete the string between FROM and TO. FROM is inclusive, TO is not.
+ Returns the number of characters deleted. */
+int
+rl_delete_text (int from, int to)
+{
+ register char *text;
+ register int diff, i;
+
+ /* Fix it if the caller is confused. */
+ if (from > to)
+ SWAP (from, to);
+
+ /* fix boundaries */
+ if (to > rl_end)
+ {
+ to = rl_end;
+ if (from > to)
+ from = to;
+ }
+ if (from < 0)
+ from = 0;
+
+ text = rl_copy_text (from, to);
+
+ /* Some versions of strncpy() can't handle overlapping arguments. */
+ diff = to - from;
+ for (i = from; i < rl_end - diff; i++)
+ rl_line_buffer[i] = rl_line_buffer[i + diff];
+
+ /* Remember how to undo this delete. */
+ if (_rl_doing_an_undo == 0)
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_DELETE, from, to, text);
+ else
+ xfree (text);
+
+ rl_end -= diff;
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+ return (diff);
+}
+
+/* Fix up point so that it is within the line boundaries after killing
+ text. If FIX_MARK_TOO is non-zero, the mark is forced within line
+ boundaries also. */
+
+#define _RL_FIX_POINT(x) \
+ do { \
+ if (x > rl_end) \
+ x = rl_end; \
+ else if (x < 0) \
+ x = 0; \
+ } while (0)
+
+void
+_rl_fix_point (int fix_mark_too)
+{
+ _RL_FIX_POINT (rl_point);
+ if (fix_mark_too)
+ _RL_FIX_POINT (rl_mark);
+}
+#undef _RL_FIX_POINT
+
+/* Replace the contents of the line buffer between START and END with
+ TEXT. The operation is undoable. To replace the entire line in an
+ undoable mode, use _rl_replace_text(text, 0, rl_end); */
+int
+_rl_replace_text (const char *text, int start, int end)
+{
+ int n;
+
+ n = 0;
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ if (start <= end)
+ rl_delete_text (start, end + 1);
+ rl_point = start;
+ if (*text)
+ n = rl_insert_text (text);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+ return n;
+}
+
+/* Replace the current line buffer contents with TEXT. If CLEAR_UNDO is
+ non-zero, we free the current undo list. */
+void
+rl_replace_line (const char *text, int clear_undo)
+{
+ int len;
+
+ len = strlen (text);
+ if (len >= rl_line_buffer_len)
+ rl_extend_line_buffer (len);
+ strcpy (rl_line_buffer, text);
+ rl_end = len;
+
+ if (clear_undo)
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+ _rl_fix_point (1);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Readline character functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* This is not a gap editor, just a stupid line input routine. No hair
+ is involved in writing any of the functions, and none should be. */
+
+/* Note that:
+
+ rl_end is the place in the string that we would place '\0';
+ i.e., it is always safe to place '\0' there.
+
+ rl_point is the place in the string where the cursor is. Sometimes
+ this is the same as rl_end.
+
+ Any command that is called interactively receives two arguments.
+ The first is a count: the numeric arg passed to this command.
+ The second is the key which invoked this command.
+*/
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Movement Commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Note that if you `optimize' the display for these functions, you cannot
+ use said functions in other functions which do not do optimizing display.
+ I.e., you will have to update the data base for rl_redisplay, and you
+ might as well let rl_redisplay do that job. */
+
+/* Move forward COUNT bytes. */
+int
+rl_forward_byte (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_backward_byte (-count, key));
+
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ int end, lend;
+
+ end = rl_point + count;
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ lend = rl_end > 0 ? rl_end - (VI_COMMAND_MODE()) : rl_end;
+#else
+ lend = rl_end;
+#endif
+
+ if (end > lend)
+ {
+ rl_point = lend;
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+ else
+ rl_point = end;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_end < 0)
+ rl_end = 0;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_forward_char_internal (int count)
+{
+ int point;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ point = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, count, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (point >= rl_end && VI_COMMAND_MODE())
+ point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_end, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+#endif
+
+ if (rl_end < 0)
+ rl_end = 0;
+#else
+ point = rl_point + count;
+#endif
+
+ if (point > rl_end)
+ point = rl_end;
+ return (point);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_backward_char_internal (int count)
+{
+ int point;
+
+ point = rl_point;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ while (count > 0 && point > 0)
+ {
+ point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ count--;
+ }
+ if (count > 0)
+ return 0; /* XXX - rl_ding() here? */
+ }
+#else
+ if (count > 0)
+ point -= count;
+#endif
+
+ if (point < 0)
+ point = 0;
+ return (point);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Move forward COUNT characters. */
+int
+rl_forward_char (int count, int key)
+{
+ int point;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ return (rl_forward_byte (count, key));
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_backward_char (-count, key));
+
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && EMACS_MODE())
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ point = _rl_forward_char_internal (count);
+
+ if (rl_point == point)
+ rl_ding ();
+
+ rl_point = point;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+int
+rl_forward_char (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_forward_byte (count, key));
+}
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Backwards compatibility. */
+int
+rl_forward (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_forward_char (count, key));
+}
+
+/* Move backward COUNT bytes. */
+int
+rl_backward_byte (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_forward_byte (-count, key));
+
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ if (rl_point < count)
+ {
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+ else
+ rl_point -= count;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Move backward COUNT characters. */
+int
+rl_backward_char (int count, int key)
+{
+ int point;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ return (rl_backward_byte (count, key));
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_forward_char (-count, key));
+
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ point = rl_point;
+
+ while (count > 0 && point > 0)
+ {
+ point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ count--;
+ }
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+ else
+ rl_point = point;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#else
+int
+rl_backward_char (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_backward_byte (count, key));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Backwards compatibility. */
+int
+rl_backward (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_backward_char (count, key));
+}
+
+/* Move to the beginning of the line. */
+int
+rl_beg_of_line (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_point = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move to the end of the line. */
+int
+rl_end_of_line (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move forward a word. We do what Emacs does. Handles multibyte chars. */
+int
+rl_forward_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_backward_word (-count, key));
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* If we are not in a word, move forward until we are in one.
+ Then, move forward until we hit a non-alphabetic character. */
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ while (rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c))
+ break;
+ rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rl_point == rl_end)
+ return 0;
+
+ rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ while (rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+ break;
+ rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ }
+
+ --count;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move backward a word. We do what Emacs does. Handles multibyte chars. */
+int
+rl_backward_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c, p;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_forward_word (-count, key));
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Like rl_forward_word (), except that we look at the characters
+ just before point. */
+
+ p = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, p);
+
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = p;
+ while (rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ p = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, p);
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c))
+ break;
+ rl_point = p;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (rl_point)
+ {
+ p = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, p);
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+ break;
+ else
+ rl_point = p;
+ }
+
+ --count;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clear the current line. Numeric argument to C-l does this. */
+int
+rl_refresh_line (int ignore1, int ignore2)
+{
+ int curr_line;
+
+ curr_line = _rl_current_display_line ();
+
+ _rl_move_vert (curr_line);
+ _rl_move_cursor_relative (0, rl_line_buffer); /* XXX is this right */
+
+ _rl_clear_to_eol (0); /* arg of 0 means to not use spaces */
+
+ rl_redraw_prompt_last_line ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* C-l typed to a line without quoting clears the screen, and then reprints
+ the prompt and the current input line. Given a numeric arg, redraw only
+ the current line. */
+int
+rl_clear_screen (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ rl_refresh_line (count, key);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ _rl_clear_screen (); /* calls termcap function to clear screen */
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_previous_screen_line (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ c = _rl_term_autowrap ? _rl_screenwidth : (_rl_screenwidth + 1);
+ return (rl_backward_char (c, key));
+}
+
+int
+rl_next_screen_line (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ c = _rl_term_autowrap ? _rl_screenwidth : (_rl_screenwidth + 1);
+ return (rl_forward_char (c, key));
+}
+
+int
+rl_skip_csi_sequence (int count, int key)
+{
+ int ch;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ do
+ ch = rl_read_key ();
+ while (ch >= 0x20 && ch < 0x40);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ return (ch < 0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_arrow_keys (int count, int key)
+{
+ int ch;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ ch = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ if (ch < 0)
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (_rl_to_upper (ch))
+ {
+ case 'A':
+ rl_get_previous_history (count, ch);
+ break;
+
+ case 'B':
+ rl_get_next_history (count, ch);
+ break;
+
+ case 'C':
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_forward_char (count, ch);
+ else
+ rl_forward_byte (count, ch);
+ break;
+
+ case 'D':
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_backward_char (count, ch);
+ else
+ rl_backward_byte (count, ch);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Text commands */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+static char pending_bytes[MB_LEN_MAX];
+static int pending_bytes_length = 0;
+static mbstate_t ps = {0};
+#endif
+
+/* Insert the character C at the current location, moving point forward.
+ If C introduces a multibyte sequence, we read the whole sequence and
+ then insert the multibyte char into the line buffer. */
+int
+_rl_insert_char (int count, int c)
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *string;
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ int string_size;
+ char incoming[MB_LEN_MAX + 1];
+ int incoming_length = 0;
+ mbstate_t ps_back;
+ static int stored_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+ if (count <= 0)
+ return 0;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ {
+ incoming[0] = c;
+ incoming[1] = '\0';
+ incoming_length = 1;
+ }
+ else if (_rl_utf8locale && (c & 0x80) == 0)
+ {
+ incoming[0] = c;
+ incoming[1] = '\0';
+ incoming_length = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ size_t ret;
+
+ if (stored_count <= 0)
+ stored_count = count;
+ else
+ count = stored_count;
+
+ ps_back = ps;
+ pending_bytes[pending_bytes_length++] = c;
+ ret = mbrtowc (&wc, pending_bytes, pending_bytes_length, &ps);
+
+ if (ret == (size_t)-2)
+ {
+ /* Bytes too short to compose character, try to wait for next byte.
+ Restore the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+ effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+ ps = ps_back;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (ret == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ /* Invalid byte sequence for the current locale. Treat first byte
+ as a single character. */
+ incoming[0] = pending_bytes[0];
+ incoming[1] = '\0';
+ incoming_length = 1;
+ pending_bytes_length--;
+ memmove (pending_bytes, pending_bytes + 1, pending_bytes_length);
+ /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+ effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (ret == (size_t)0)
+ {
+ incoming[0] = '\0';
+ incoming_length = 0;
+ pending_bytes_length--;
+ /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+ effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (ret == 1)
+ {
+ incoming[0] = pending_bytes[0];
+ incoming[incoming_length = 1] = '\0';
+ pending_bytes_length = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We successfully read a single multibyte character. */
+ memcpy (incoming, pending_bytes, pending_bytes_length);
+ incoming[pending_bytes_length] = '\0';
+ incoming_length = pending_bytes_length;
+ pending_bytes_length = 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+ /* If we can optimize, then do it. But don't let people crash
+ readline because of extra large arguments. */
+ if (count > 1 && count <= TEXT_COUNT_MAX)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ string_size = count * incoming_length;
+ string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + string_size);
+
+ i = 0;
+ while (i < string_size)
+ {
+ if (incoming_length == 1)
+ string[i++] = *incoming;
+ else
+ {
+ strncpy (string + i, incoming, incoming_length);
+ i += incoming_length;
+ }
+ }
+ incoming_length = 0;
+ stored_count = 0;
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + count);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ string[i] = c;
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+ string[i] = '\0';
+ rl_insert_text (string);
+ xfree (string);
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (count > TEXT_COUNT_MAX)
+ {
+ int decreaser;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ string_size = incoming_length * TEXT_COUNT_MAX;
+ string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + string_size);
+
+ i = 0;
+ while (i < string_size)
+ {
+ if (incoming_length == 1)
+ string[i++] = *incoming;
+ else
+ {
+ strncpy (string + i, incoming, incoming_length);
+ i += incoming_length;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ decreaser = (count > TEXT_COUNT_MAX) ? TEXT_COUNT_MAX : count;
+ string[decreaser*incoming_length] = '\0';
+ rl_insert_text (string);
+ count -= decreaser;
+ }
+
+ xfree (string);
+ incoming_length = 0;
+ stored_count = 0;
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ char str[TEXT_COUNT_MAX+1];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < TEXT_COUNT_MAX; i++)
+ str[i] = c;
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ decreaser = (count > TEXT_COUNT_MAX ? TEXT_COUNT_MAX : count);
+ str[decreaser] = '\0';
+ rl_insert_text (str);
+ count -= decreaser;
+ }
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ {
+ /* We are inserting a single character.
+ If there is pending input, then make a string of all of the
+ pending characters that are bound to rl_insert, and insert
+ them all. Don't do this if we're current reading input from
+ a macro. */
+ if ((RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT) == 0) && _rl_pushed_input_available ())
+ _rl_insert_typein (c);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Inserting a single character. */
+ char str[2];
+
+ str[1] = '\0';
+ str[0] = c;
+ rl_insert_text (str);
+ }
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ else
+ {
+ rl_insert_text (incoming);
+ stored_count = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Overwrite the character at point (or next COUNT characters) with C.
+ If C introduces a multibyte character sequence, read the entire sequence
+ before starting the overwrite loop. */
+int
+_rl_overwrite_char (int count, int c)
+{
+ int i;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char mbkey[MB_LEN_MAX];
+ int k;
+
+ /* Read an entire multibyte character sequence to insert COUNT times. */
+ if (count > 0 && MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ k = _rl_read_mbstring (c, mbkey, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#endif
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_insert_text (mbkey);
+ else
+#endif
+ _rl_insert_char (1, c);
+
+ if (rl_point < rl_end)
+ rl_delete (1, c);
+ }
+
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert (int count, int c)
+{
+ int r, n, x;
+
+ r = (rl_insert_mode == RL_IM_INSERT) ? _rl_insert_char (count, c) : _rl_overwrite_char (count, c);
+
+ /* XXX -- attempt to batch-insert pending input that maps to self-insert */
+ x = 0;
+ n = (unsigned short)-2;
+ while (_rl_optimize_typeahead &&
+ rl_num_chars_to_read == 0 &&
+ (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING|RL_STATE_MACROINPUT) == 0) &&
+ _rl_pushed_input_available () == 0 &&
+ _rl_input_queued (0) &&
+ (n = rl_read_key ()) > 0 &&
+ _rl_keymap[(unsigned char)n].type == ISFUNC &&
+ _rl_keymap[(unsigned char)n].function == rl_insert)
+ {
+ r = (rl_insert_mode == RL_IM_INSERT) ? _rl_insert_char (1, n) : _rl_overwrite_char (1, n);
+ /* _rl_insert_char keeps its own set of pending characters to compose a
+ complete multibyte character, and only returns 1 if it sees a character
+ that's part of a multibyte character but too short to complete one. We
+ can try to read another character in the hopes that we will get the
+ next one or just punt. Right now we try to read another character.
+ We don't want to call rl_insert_next if _rl_insert_char has already
+ stored the character in the pending_bytes array because that will
+ result in doubled input. */
+ n = (unsigned short)-2;
+ x++; /* count of bytes of typeahead read, currently unused */
+ if (r == 1) /* read partial multibyte character */
+ continue;
+ if (rl_done || r != 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (n != (unsigned short)-2) /* -2 = sentinel value for having inserted N */
+ {
+ /* setting rl_pending_input inhibits setting rl_last_func so we do it
+ ourselves here */
+ rl_last_func = rl_insert;
+ _rl_reset_argument ();
+ rl_executing_keyseq[rl_key_sequence_length = 0] = '\0';
+ r = rl_execute_next (n);
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Insert the next typed character verbatim. */
+static int
+_rl_insert_next (int count)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+ _rl_add_macro_char (c);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) == 0)
+ _rl_restore_tty_signals ();
+#endif
+
+ return (_rl_insert_char (count, c));
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_insert_next_callback (_rl_callback_generic_arg *data)
+{
+ int count, r;
+
+ count = data->count;
+ r = 0;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ {
+ data->count++;
+ r = _rl_insert_next (1);
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+ /* If we should keep going, leave the callback function installed */
+ if (data->count < 0 && r == 0)
+ return r;
+ count = 0; /* data->count == 0 || r != 0; force break below */
+ }
+
+ /* Deregister function, let rl_callback_read_char deallocate data */
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+ if (count == 0)
+ return r;
+
+ return _rl_insert_next (count);
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_quoted_insert (int count, int key)
+{
+ /* Let's see...should the callback interface futz with signal handling? */
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) == 0)
+ _rl_disable_tty_signals ();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_insert_next_callback;
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* A negative count means to quote the next -COUNT characters. */
+ if (count < 0)
+ {
+ int r;
+
+ do
+ r = _rl_insert_next (1);
+ while (r == 0 && ++count < 0);
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ return _rl_insert_next (count);
+}
+
+/* Insert a tab character. */
+int
+rl_tab_insert (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (_rl_insert_char (count, '\t'));
+}
+
+/* What to do when a NEWLINE is pressed. We accept the whole line.
+ KEY is the key that invoked this command. I guess it could have
+ meaning in the future. */
+int
+rl_newline (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_done = 1;
+
+ if (_rl_history_preserve_point)
+ _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ {
+ _rl_vi_done_inserting ();
+ if (_rl_vi_textmod_command (_rl_vi_last_command) == 0) /* XXX */
+ _rl_vi_reset_last ();
+ }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ /* If we've been asked to erase empty lines, suppress the final update,
+ since _rl_update_final calls rl_crlf(). */
+ if (rl_erase_empty_line && rl_point == 0 && rl_end == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (_rl_echoing_p)
+ _rl_update_final ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* What to do for some uppercase characters, like meta characters,
+ and some characters appearing in emacs_ctlx_keymap. This function
+ is just a stub, you bind keys to it and the code in _rl_dispatch ()
+ is special cased. */
+int
+rl_do_lowercase_version (int ignore1, int ignore2)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* This is different from what vi does, so the code's not shared. Emacs
+ rubout in overwrite mode has one oddity: it replaces a control
+ character that's displayed as two characters (^X) with two spaces. */
+int
+_rl_overwrite_rubout (int count, int key)
+{
+ int opoint;
+ int i, l;
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ opoint = rl_point;
+
+ /* L == number of spaces to insert */
+ for (i = l = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ rl_backward_char (1, key);
+ l += rl_character_len (rl_line_buffer[rl_point], rl_point); /* not exactly right */
+ }
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+ if (count > 1 || rl_explicit_arg)
+ rl_kill_text (opoint, rl_point);
+ else
+ rl_delete_text (opoint, rl_point);
+
+ /* Emacs puts point at the beginning of the sequence of spaces. */
+ if (rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ opoint = rl_point;
+ _rl_insert_char (l, ' ');
+ rl_point = opoint;
+ }
+
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Rubout the character behind point. */
+int
+rl_rubout (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_delete (-count, key));
+
+ if (!rl_point)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_insert_mode == RL_IM_OVERWRITE)
+ return (_rl_overwrite_rubout (count, key));
+
+ return (_rl_rubout_char (count, key));
+}
+
+int
+_rl_rubout_char (int count, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+ unsigned char c;
+
+ /* Duplicated code because this is called from other parts of the library. */
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_delete (-count, key));
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ if (count > 1 || rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ rl_backward_char (count, key);
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+ }
+ else if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ {
+ c = rl_line_buffer[--rl_point];
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, orig_point);
+ /* The erase-at-end-of-line hack is of questionable merit now. */
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && ISPRINT ((unsigned char)c) && _rl_last_c_pos)
+ {
+ int l;
+ l = rl_character_len (c, rl_point);
+ _rl_erase_at_end_of_line (l);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, orig_point);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Delete the character under the cursor. Given a numeric argument,
+ kill that many characters instead. */
+int
+rl_delete (int count, int key)
+{
+ int xpoint;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (_rl_rubout_char (-count, key));
+
+ if (rl_point == rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (count > 1 || rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ xpoint = rl_point;
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_forward_char (count, key);
+ else
+ rl_forward_byte (count, key);
+
+ rl_kill_text (xpoint, rl_point);
+ rl_point = xpoint;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xpoint = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, xpoint);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Delete the character under the cursor, unless the insertion
+ point is at the end of the line, in which case the character
+ behind the cursor is deleted. COUNT is obeyed and may be used
+ to delete forward or backward that many characters. */
+int
+rl_rubout_or_delete (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_end != 0 && rl_point == rl_end)
+ return (_rl_rubout_char (count, key));
+ else
+ return (rl_delete (count, key));
+}
+
+/* Delete all spaces and tabs around point. */
+int
+rl_delete_horizontal_space (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int start;
+
+ while (rl_point && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ rl_point--;
+
+ start = rl_point;
+
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ rl_point++;
+
+ if (start != rl_point)
+ {
+ rl_delete_text (start, rl_point);
+ rl_point = start;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Like the tcsh editing function delete-char-or-list. The eof character
+ is caught before this is invoked, so this really does the same thing as
+ delete-char-or-list-or-eof, as long as it's bound to the eof character. */
+int
+rl_delete_or_show_completions (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_end != 0 && rl_point == rl_end)
+ return (rl_possible_completions (count, key));
+ else
+ return (rl_delete (count, key));
+}
+
+#ifndef RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT
+#define RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT "#"
+#endif
+
+/* Turn the current line into a comment in shell history.
+ A K*rn shell style function. */
+int
+rl_insert_comment (int count, int key)
+{
+ char *rl_comment_text;
+ int rl_comment_len;
+
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ rl_comment_text = _rl_comment_begin ? _rl_comment_begin : RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT;
+
+ if (rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+ rl_insert_text (rl_comment_text);
+ else
+ {
+ rl_comment_len = strlen (rl_comment_text);
+ if (STREQN (rl_comment_text, rl_line_buffer, rl_comment_len))
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_point + rl_comment_len);
+ else
+ rl_insert_text (rl_comment_text);
+ }
+
+ (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+ rl_newline (1, '\n');
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Changing Case */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The three kinds of things that we know how to do. */
+#define UpCase 1
+#define DownCase 2
+#define CapCase 3
+
+/* Uppercase the word at point. */
+int
+rl_upcase_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_change_case (count, UpCase));
+}
+
+/* Lowercase the word at point. */
+int
+rl_downcase_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_change_case (count, DownCase));
+}
+
+/* Upcase the first letter, downcase the rest. */
+int
+rl_capitalize_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_change_case (count, CapCase));
+}
+
+/* The meaty function.
+ Change the case of COUNT words, performing OP on them.
+ OP is one of UpCase, DownCase, or CapCase.
+ If a negative argument is given, leave point where it started,
+ otherwise, leave it where it moves to. */
+static int
+rl_change_case (int count, int op)
+{
+ int start, next, end;
+ int inword, nc, nop;
+ wchar_t c;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t wc, nwc;
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+ int mlen;
+ size_t m;
+ mbstate_t mps;
+#endif
+
+ start = rl_point;
+ rl_forward_word (count, 0);
+ end = rl_point;
+
+ if (op != UpCase && op != DownCase && op != CapCase)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ SWAP (start, end);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&mps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ /* We are going to modify some text, so let's prepare to undo it. */
+ rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+ inword = 0;
+ while (start < end)
+ {
+ c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, start);
+ /* This assumes that the upper and lower case versions are the same width. */
+ next = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, start, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+ if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+ {
+ inword = 0;
+ start = next;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (op == CapCase)
+ {
+ nop = inword ? DownCase : UpCase;
+ inword = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ nop = op;
+ /* Can't check isascii here; some languages (e.g, Turkish) have
+ multibyte upper and lower case equivalents of single-byte ascii
+ characters */
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ {
+ nc = (nop == UpCase) ? _rl_to_upper (c) : _rl_to_lower (c);
+ rl_line_buffer[start] = nc;
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ else
+ {
+ m = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + start, end - start, &mps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (m))
+ wc = (wchar_t)rl_line_buffer[start];
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (m))
+ wc = L'\0';
+ nwc = (nop == UpCase) ? _rl_to_wupper (wc) : _rl_to_wlower (wc);
+ if (nwc != wc) /* just skip unchanged characters */
+ {
+ char *s, *e;
+ mlen = wcrtomb (mb, nwc, &mps);
+ if (mlen > 0)
+ mb[mlen] = '\0';
+ /* what to do if m != mlen? adjust below */
+ /* m == length of old char, mlen == length of new char */
+ s = rl_line_buffer + start;
+ e = rl_line_buffer + rl_end;
+ if (m == mlen)
+ memcpy (s, mb, mlen);
+ else if (m > mlen)
+ {
+ memcpy (s, mb, mlen);
+ memmove (s + mlen, s + m, (e - s) - m);
+ next -= m - mlen; /* next char changes */
+ end -= m - mlen; /* end of word changes */
+ rl_end -= m - mlen; /* end of line changes */
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = 0;
+ }
+ else if (m < mlen)
+ {
+ rl_extend_line_buffer (mlen - m + 1);
+ memmove (s + mlen, s + m, (e - s) - m);
+ memcpy (s, mb, mlen);
+ next += mlen - m; /* next char changes */
+ end += mlen - m; /* end of word changes */
+ rl_end += mlen - m; /* end of line changes */
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ start = next;
+ }
+
+ rl_point = end;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Transposition */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Transpose the words at point. If point is at the end of the line,
+ transpose the two words before point. */
+int
+rl_transpose_words (int count, int key)
+{
+ char *word1, *word2;
+ int w1_beg, w1_end, w2_beg, w2_end;
+ int orig_point = rl_point;
+
+ if (!count)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Find the two words. */
+ rl_forward_word (count, key);
+ w2_end = rl_point;
+ rl_backward_word (1, key);
+ w2_beg = rl_point;
+ rl_backward_word (count, key);
+ w1_beg = rl_point;
+ rl_forward_word (1, key);
+ w1_end = rl_point;
+
+ /* Do some check to make sure that there really are two words. */
+ if ((w1_beg == w2_beg) || (w2_beg < w1_end))
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ rl_point = orig_point;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the text of the words. */
+ word1 = rl_copy_text (w1_beg, w1_end);
+ word2 = rl_copy_text (w2_beg, w2_end);
+
+ /* We are about to do many insertions and deletions. Remember them
+ as one operation. */
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+ /* Do the stuff at word2 first, so that we don't have to worry
+ about word1 moving. */
+ rl_point = w2_beg;
+ rl_delete_text (w2_beg, w2_end);
+ rl_insert_text (word1);
+
+ rl_point = w1_beg;
+ rl_delete_text (w1_beg, w1_end);
+ rl_insert_text (word2);
+
+ /* This is exactly correct since the text before this point has not
+ changed in length. */
+ rl_point = w2_end;
+
+ /* I think that does it. */
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ xfree (word1);
+ xfree (word2);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Transpose the characters at point. If point is at the end of the line,
+ then transpose the characters before point. */
+int
+rl_transpose_chars (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char *dummy;
+ int i;
+#else
+ char dummy[2];
+#endif
+ int char_length, prev_point;
+
+ if (count == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!rl_point || rl_end < 2)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+ if (rl_point == rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ count = 1;
+ }
+
+ prev_point = rl_point;
+ rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char_length = prev_point - rl_point;
+ dummy = (char *)xmalloc (char_length + 1);
+ for (i = 0; i < char_length; i++)
+ dummy[i] = rl_line_buffer[rl_point + i];
+ dummy[i] = '\0';
+#else
+ dummy[0] = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+ dummy[char_length = 1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_point + char_length);
+
+ rl_point = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, count, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+ _rl_fix_point (0);
+ rl_insert_text (dummy);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ xfree (dummy);
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Character Searching */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+_rl_char_search_internal (int count, int dir, char *smbchar, int len)
+#else
+_rl_char_search_internal (int count, int dir, int schar)
+#endif
+{
+ int pos, inc;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int prepos;
+#endif
+
+ if (dir == 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ pos = rl_point;
+ inc = (dir < 0) ? -1 : 1;
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if ((dir < 0 && pos <= 0) || (dir > 0 && pos >= rl_end))
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ pos = (inc > 0) ? _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)
+ : _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY);
+#else
+ pos += inc;
+#endif
+ do
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (_rl_is_mbchar_matched (rl_line_buffer, pos, rl_end, smbchar, len))
+#else
+ if (rl_line_buffer[pos] == schar)
+#endif
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (dir < 0)
+ rl_point = (dir == BTO) ? _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)
+ : pos;
+ else
+ rl_point = (dir == FTO) ? _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY)
+ : pos;
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ prepos = pos;
+#endif
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ while ((dir < 0) ? (pos = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY)) != prepos
+ : (pos = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)) != prepos);
+#else
+ while ((dir < 0) ? pos-- : ++pos < rl_end);
+#endif
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Search COUNT times for a character read from the current input stream.
+ FDIR is the direction to search if COUNT is non-negative; otherwise
+ the search goes in BDIR. So much is dependent on HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ that there are two separate versions of this function. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int
+_rl_char_search (int count, int fdir, int bdir)
+{
+ char mbchar[MB_LEN_MAX];
+ int mb_len;
+
+ mb_len = _rl_read_mbchar (mbchar, MB_LEN_MAX);
+
+ if (mb_len <= 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (-count, bdir, mbchar, mb_len));
+ else
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, fdir, mbchar, mb_len));
+}
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+static int
+_rl_char_search (int count, int fdir, int bdir)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ return 1;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (-count, bdir, c));
+ else
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, fdir, c));
+}
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_char_search_callback (data)
+ _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+ return (_rl_char_search (data->count, data->i1, data->i2));
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_char_search (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+ _rl_callback_data->i1 = FFIND;
+ _rl_callback_data->i2 = BFIND;
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_char_search_callback;
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return (_rl_char_search (count, FFIND, BFIND));
+}
+
+int
+rl_backward_char_search (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+ _rl_callback_data->i1 = BFIND;
+ _rl_callback_data->i2 = FFIND;
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_char_search_callback;
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return (_rl_char_search (count, BFIND, FFIND));
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* The Mark and the Region. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Set the mark at POSITION. */
+int
+_rl_set_mark_at_pos (int position)
+{
+ if (position < 0 || position > rl_end)
+ return 1;
+
+ rl_mark = position;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* A bindable command to set the mark. */
+int
+rl_set_mark (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (_rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_explicit_arg ? count : rl_point));
+}
+
+/* Exchange the position of mark and point. */
+int
+rl_exchange_point_and_mark (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_mark > rl_end)
+ rl_mark = -1;
+
+ if (rl_mark < 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ rl_mark = 0; /* like _RL_FIX_POINT */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ SWAP (rl_point, rl_mark);
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/tilde.c b/lib/readline/tilde.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d0f296
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/tilde.c
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* tilde.c -- Tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "tilde.h"
+
+#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC)
+static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+# if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+# endif
+# if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+extern struct passwd *getpwnam PARAMS((const char *));
+# endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#if !defined (savestring)
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif /* !savestring */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# if defined (__STDC__)
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0x0
+# endif /* !__STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/* If being compiled as part of bash, these will be satisfied from
+ variables.o. If being compiled as part of readline, they will
+ be satisfied from shell.o. */
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes. This is set to
+ whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not
+ perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_prefixes[] =
+ { " ~", "\t~", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes. This is set to
+ whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not
+ perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_suffixes[] =
+ { " ", "\n", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+ wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions. The function
+ is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+ standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
+ with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+ are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
+ `=~' and `:~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_prefixes = (char **)default_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+ the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
+ `:' and `=~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_suffixes = (char **)default_suffixes;
+
+static int tilde_find_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static int tilde_find_suffix PARAMS((const char *));
+static char *isolate_tilde_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static char *glue_prefix_and_suffix PARAMS((char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+ the tilde which starts the expansion. Place the length of the text
+ which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */
+static int
+tilde_find_prefix (const char *string, int *len)
+{
+ register int i, j, string_len;
+ register char **prefixes;
+
+ prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+ *len = 0;
+
+ if (*string == '\0' || *string == '~')
+ return (0);
+
+ if (prefixes)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0)
+ {
+ *len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1;
+ return (i + *len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (string_len);
+}
+
+/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+ the character which ends the tilde definition. */
+static int
+tilde_find_suffix (const char *string)
+{
+ register int i, j, string_len;
+ register char **suffixes;
+
+ suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes;
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ if (string[i] == '/' || string[i] == '\\' /* || !string[i] */)
+#else
+ if (string[i] == '/' /* || !string[i] */)
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0)
+ return (i);
+ }
+ }
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+char *
+tilde_expand (const char *string)
+{
+ char *result;
+ int result_size, result_index;
+
+ result_index = result_size = 0;
+ if (result = strchr (string, '~'))
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 16));
+ else
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 1));
+
+ /* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ register int start, end;
+ char *tilde_word, *expansion;
+ int len;
+
+ /* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */
+ start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len);
+
+ /* Copy the skipped text into the result. */
+ if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20)));
+
+ strncpy (result + result_index, string, start);
+ result_index += start;
+
+ /* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */
+ string += start;
+
+ /* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the
+ username. */
+ end = tilde_find_suffix (string);
+
+ /* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */
+ if (!start && !end)
+ break;
+
+ /* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */
+ tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end);
+ strncpy (tilde_word, string, end);
+ tilde_word[end] = '\0';
+ string += end;
+
+ expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word);
+
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = tilde_word;
+ else
+ xfree (tilde_word);
+
+ len = strlen (expansion);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Fix for Cygwin to prevent ~user/xxx from expanding to //xxx when
+ $HOME for `user' is /. On cygwin, // denotes a network drive. */
+ if (len > 1 || *expansion != '/' || *string != '/')
+#endif
+ {
+ if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20)));
+
+ strcpy (result + result_index, expansion);
+ result_index += len;
+ }
+ xfree (expansion);
+ }
+
+ result[result_index] = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Take FNAME and return the tilde prefix we want expanded. If LENP is
+ non-null, the index of the end of the prefix into FNAME is returned in
+ the location it points to. */
+static char *
+isolate_tilde_prefix (const char *fname, int *lenp)
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (fname));
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/' && fname[i] != '\\'; i++)
+#else
+ for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/'; i++)
+#endif
+ ret[i - 1] = fname[i];
+ ret[i - 1] = '\0';
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = i;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Public function to scan a string (FNAME) beginning with a tilde and find
+ the portion of the string that should be passed to the tilde expansion
+ function. Right now, it just calls tilde_find_suffix and allocates new
+ memory, but it can be expanded to do different things later. */
+char *
+tilde_find_word (const char *fname, int flags, int *lenp)
+{
+ int x;
+ char *r;
+
+ x = tilde_find_suffix (fname);
+ if (x == 0)
+ {
+ r = savestring (fname);
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ r = (char *)xmalloc (1 + x);
+ strncpy (r, fname, x);
+ r[x] = '\0';
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = x;
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a string that is PREFIX concatenated with SUFFIX starting at
+ SUFFIND. */
+static char *
+glue_prefix_and_suffix (char *prefix, const char *suffix, int suffind)
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int plen, slen;
+
+ plen = (prefix && *prefix) ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+ slen = strlen (suffix + suffind);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (plen + slen + 1);
+ if (plen)
+ strcpy (ret, prefix);
+ strcpy (ret + plen, suffix + suffind);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
+ tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook.
+ This always returns a newly-allocated string, never static storage. */
+char *
+tilde_expand_word (const char *filename)
+{
+ char *dirname, *expansion, *username;
+ int user_len;
+ struct passwd *user_entry;
+
+ if (filename == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (*filename != '~')
+ return (savestring (filename));
+
+ /* A leading `~/' or a bare `~' is *always* translated to the value of
+ $HOME or the home directory of the current user, regardless of any
+ preexpansion hook. */
+ if (filename[1] == '\0' || filename[1] == '/')
+ {
+ /* Prefix $HOME to the rest of the string. */
+ expansion = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+#if defined (_WIN32)
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = sh_get_env_value ("APPDATA");
+#endif
+
+ /* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in
+ the password database. */
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = sh_get_home_dir ();
+
+ return (glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, 1));
+ }
+
+ username = isolate_tilde_prefix (filename, &user_len);
+
+ if (tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook)
+ {
+ expansion = (*tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook) (username);
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+ xfree (username);
+ xfree (expansion);
+ return (dirname);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No preexpansion hook, or the preexpansion hook failed. Look in the
+ password database. */
+ dirname = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+ user_entry = getpwnam (username);
+#else
+ user_entry = 0;
+#endif
+ if (user_entry == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the calling program has a special syntax for expanding tildes,
+ and we couldn't find a standard expansion, then let them try. */
+ if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook)
+ {
+ expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username);
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+ xfree (expansion);
+ }
+ }
+ /* If we don't have a failure hook, or if the failure hook did not
+ expand the tilde, return a copy of what we were passed. */
+ if (dirname == 0)
+ dirname = savestring (filename);
+ }
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ else
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (user_entry->pw_dir, filename, user_len);
+#endif
+
+ xfree (username);
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ endpwent ();
+#endif
+ return (dirname);
+}
+
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+#undef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ char *result, line[512];
+ int done = 0;
+
+ while (!done)
+ {
+ printf ("~expand: ");
+ fflush (stdout);
+
+ if (!gets (line))
+ strcpy (line, "done");
+
+ if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (line, "exit") == 0))
+ {
+ done = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ result = tilde_expand (line);
+ printf (" --> %s\n", result);
+ free (result);
+ }
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+static void memory_error_and_abort (void);
+
+static void *
+xmalloc (size_t bytes)
+{
+ void *temp = (char *)malloc (bytes);
+
+ if (!temp)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (void *pointer, int bytes)
+{
+ void *temp;
+
+ if (!pointer)
+ temp = malloc (bytes);
+ else
+ temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
+
+ if (!temp)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort (void)
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: out of virtual memory\n");
+ abort ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * compile-command: "gcc -g -DTEST -o tilde tilde.c"
+ * end:
+ */
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/readline/tilde.h b/lib/readline/tilde.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e26dd04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/tilde.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the Readline Library (Readline), a set of
+ routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+ for it.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_TILDE_H_)
+# define _TILDE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+ and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+ extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# define PARAMS(protos) protos
+# else
+# define PARAMS(protos) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef char *tilde_hook_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+ wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions. The function
+ is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+ standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
+ with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+ are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
+ `=~' and `:~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+ the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
+ `:' and `=~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes;
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+extern char *tilde_expand PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
+ tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
+extern char *tilde_expand_word PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Find the portion of the string beginning with ~ that should be expanded. */
+extern char *tilde_find_word PARAMS((const char *, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TILDE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/undo.c b/lib/readline/undo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae65d38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/undo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/* undo.c - manage list of changes to lines, offering opportunity to undo them */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h> /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+extern void _hs_replace_history_data PARAMS((int, histdata_t *, histdata_t *));
+
+extern HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history;
+
+/* Non-zero tells rl_delete_text and rl_insert_text to not add to
+ the undo list. */
+int _rl_doing_an_undo = 0;
+
+/* How many unclosed undo groups we currently have. */
+int _rl_undo_group_level = 0;
+
+/* The current undo list for THE_LINE. */
+UNDO_LIST *rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Undo, and Undoing */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static UNDO_LIST *
+alloc_undo_entry (enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *temp;
+
+ temp = (UNDO_LIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (UNDO_LIST));
+ temp->what = what;
+ temp->start = start;
+ temp->end = end;
+ temp->text = text;
+
+ temp->next = (UNDO_LIST *)NULL;
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/* Remember how to undo something. Concatenate some undos if that
+ seems right. */
+void
+rl_add_undo (enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *temp;
+
+ temp = alloc_undo_entry (what, start, end, text);
+ temp->next = rl_undo_list;
+ rl_undo_list = temp;
+}
+
+/* Free an UNDO_LIST */
+void
+_rl_free_undo_list (UNDO_LIST *ul)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *release;
+
+ while (ul)
+ {
+ release = ul;
+ ul = ul->next;
+
+ if (release->what == UNDO_DELETE)
+ xfree (release->text);
+
+ xfree (release);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Free the existing undo list. */
+void
+rl_free_undo_list (void)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *release, *orig_list;
+
+ orig_list = rl_undo_list;
+ _rl_free_undo_list (rl_undo_list);
+ rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)NULL;
+ _hs_replace_history_data (-1, (histdata_t *)orig_list, (histdata_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+UNDO_LIST *
+_rl_copy_undo_entry (UNDO_LIST *entry)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *new;
+
+ new = alloc_undo_entry (entry->what, entry->start, entry->end, (char *)NULL);
+ new->text = entry->text ? savestring (entry->text) : 0;
+ return new;
+}
+
+UNDO_LIST *
+_rl_copy_undo_list (UNDO_LIST *head)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *list, *new, *roving, *c;
+
+ if (head == 0)
+ return head;
+
+ list = head;
+ new = 0;
+ while (list)
+ {
+ c = _rl_copy_undo_entry (list);
+ if (new == 0)
+ roving = new = c;
+ else
+ {
+ roving->next = c;
+ roving = roving->next;
+ }
+ list = list->next;
+ }
+
+ roving->next = 0;
+ return new;
+}
+
+/* Undo the next thing in the list. Return 0 if there
+ is nothing to undo, or non-zero if there was. */
+int
+rl_do_undo (void)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *release, *search;
+ int waiting_for_begin, start, end;
+ HIST_ENTRY *cur, *temp;
+
+#define TRANS(i) ((i) == -1 ? rl_point : ((i) == -2 ? rl_end : (i)))
+
+ start = end = waiting_for_begin = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ if (rl_undo_list == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ _rl_doing_an_undo = 1;
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_UNDOING);
+
+ /* To better support vi-mode, a start or end value of -1 means
+ rl_point, and a value of -2 means rl_end. */
+ if (rl_undo_list->what == UNDO_DELETE || rl_undo_list->what == UNDO_INSERT)
+ {
+ start = TRANS (rl_undo_list->start);
+ end = TRANS (rl_undo_list->end);
+ }
+
+ switch (rl_undo_list->what)
+ {
+ /* Undoing deletes means inserting some text. */
+ case UNDO_DELETE:
+ rl_point = start;
+ rl_insert_text (rl_undo_list->text);
+ xfree (rl_undo_list->text);
+ break;
+
+ /* Undoing inserts means deleting some text. */
+ case UNDO_INSERT:
+ rl_delete_text (start, end);
+ rl_point = start;
+ break;
+
+ /* Undoing an END means undoing everything 'til we get to a BEGIN. */
+ case UNDO_END:
+ waiting_for_begin++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Undoing a BEGIN means that we are done with this group. */
+ case UNDO_BEGIN:
+ if (waiting_for_begin)
+ waiting_for_begin--;
+ else
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ _rl_doing_an_undo = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_UNDOING);
+
+ release = rl_undo_list;
+ rl_undo_list = rl_undo_list->next;
+ release->next = 0; /* XXX */
+
+ /* If we are editing a history entry, make sure the change is replicated
+ in the history entry's line */
+ cur = current_history ();
+ if (cur && cur->data && (UNDO_LIST *)cur->data == release)
+ {
+ temp = replace_history_entry (where_history (), rl_line_buffer, (histdata_t)rl_undo_list);
+ xfree (temp->line);
+ FREE (temp->timestamp);
+ xfree (temp);
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure there aren't any history entries with that undo list */
+ _hs_replace_history_data (-1, (histdata_t *)release, (histdata_t *)rl_undo_list);
+
+ /* And make sure this list isn't anywhere in the saved line for history */
+ if (_rl_saved_line_for_history && _rl_saved_line_for_history->data)
+ {
+ /* Brute force; no finesse here */
+ search = (UNDO_LIST *)_rl_saved_line_for_history->data;
+ if (search == release)
+ _rl_saved_line_for_history->data = rl_undo_list;
+ else
+ {
+ while (search->next)
+ {
+ if (search->next == release)
+ {
+ search->next = rl_undo_list;
+ break;
+ }
+ search = search->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ xfree (release);
+ }
+ while (waiting_for_begin);
+
+ return (1);
+}
+#undef TRANS
+
+int
+_rl_fix_last_undo_of_type (int type, int start, int end)
+{
+ UNDO_LIST *rl;
+
+ for (rl = rl_undo_list; rl; rl = rl->next)
+ {
+ if (rl->what == type)
+ {
+ rl->start = start;
+ rl->end = end;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Begin a group. Subsequent undos are undone as an atomic operation. */
+int
+rl_begin_undo_group (void)
+{
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_BEGIN, 0, 0, 0);
+ _rl_undo_group_level++;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* End an undo group started with rl_begin_undo_group (). */
+int
+rl_end_undo_group (void)
+{
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_END, 0, 0, 0);
+ _rl_undo_group_level--;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Save an undo entry for the text from START to END. */
+int
+rl_modifying (int start, int end)
+{
+ if (start > end)
+ {
+ SWAP (start, end);
+ }
+
+ if (start != end)
+ {
+ char *temp = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_DELETE, start, end, temp);
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_INSERT, start, end, (char *)NULL);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Revert the current line to its previous state. */
+int
+rl_revert_line (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_undo_list == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else
+ {
+ while (rl_undo_list)
+ rl_do_undo ();
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+ rl_point = rl_mark = 0; /* rl_end should be set correctly */
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Do some undoing of things that were done. */
+int
+rl_undo_command (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return 0; /* Nothing to do. */
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if (rl_do_undo ())
+ count--;
+ else
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/util.c b/lib/readline/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e009b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+/* util.c -- readline utility functions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "posixjmp.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h> /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return 0 if C is not a member of the class of characters that belong
+ in words, or 1 if it is. */
+
+int _rl_allow_pathname_alphabetic_chars = 0;
+static const char * const pathname_alphabetic_chars = "/-_=~.#$";
+
+int
+rl_alphabetic (int c)
+{
+ if (ALPHABETIC (c))
+ return (1);
+
+ return (_rl_allow_pathname_alphabetic_chars &&
+ strchr (pathname_alphabetic_chars, c) != NULL);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int
+_rl_walphabetic (wchar_t wc)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ if (iswalnum (wc))
+ return (1);
+
+ c = wc & 0177;
+ return (_rl_allow_pathname_alphabetic_chars &&
+ strchr (pathname_alphabetic_chars, c) != NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* How to abort things. */
+int
+_rl_abort_internal (void)
+{
+ rl_ding ();
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ _rl_reset_argument ();
+ rl_clear_pending_input ();
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+ while (rl_executing_macro)
+ _rl_pop_executing_macro ();
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY); /* XXX */
+
+ rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+
+ _rl_longjmp (_rl_top_level, 1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_abort (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (_rl_abort_internal ());
+}
+
+int
+_rl_null_function (int count, int key)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_tty_status (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (TIOCSTAT)
+ ioctl (1, TIOCSTAT, (char *)0);
+ rl_refresh_line (count, key);
+#else
+ rl_ding ();
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a copy of the string between FROM and TO.
+ FROM is inclusive, TO is not. */
+char *
+rl_copy_text (int from, int to)
+{
+ register int length;
+ char *copy;
+
+ /* Fix it if the caller is confused. */
+ if (from > to)
+ SWAP (from, to);
+
+ length = to - from;
+ copy = (char *)xmalloc (1 + length);
+ strncpy (copy, rl_line_buffer + from, length);
+ copy[length] = '\0';
+ return (copy);
+}
+
+/* Increase the size of RL_LINE_BUFFER until it has enough space to hold
+ LEN characters. */
+void
+rl_extend_line_buffer (int len)
+{
+ while (len >= rl_line_buffer_len)
+ {
+ rl_line_buffer_len += DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE;
+ rl_line_buffer = (char *)xrealloc (rl_line_buffer, rl_line_buffer_len);
+ }
+
+ _rl_set_the_line ();
+}
+
+
+/* A function for simple tilde expansion. */
+int
+rl_tilde_expand (int ignore, int key)
+{
+ register int start, end;
+ char *homedir, *temp;
+ int len;
+
+ end = rl_point;
+ start = end - 1;
+
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '~')
+ {
+ homedir = tilde_expand ("~");
+ _rl_replace_text (homedir, start, end);
+ xfree (homedir);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else if (start >= 0 && rl_line_buffer[start] != '~')
+ {
+ for (; start >= 0 && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[start]); start--)
+ ;
+ start++;
+ }
+ else if (start < 0)
+ start = 0;
+
+ end = start;
+ do
+ end++;
+ while (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[end]) == 0 && end < rl_end);
+
+ if (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[end]) || end >= rl_end)
+ end--;
+
+ /* If the first character of the current word is a tilde, perform
+ tilde expansion and insert the result. If not a tilde, do
+ nothing. */
+ if (rl_line_buffer[start] == '~')
+ {
+ len = end - start + 1;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+ strncpy (temp, rl_line_buffer + start, len);
+ temp[len] = '\0';
+ homedir = tilde_expand (temp);
+ xfree (temp);
+
+ _rl_replace_text (homedir, start, end);
+ xfree (homedir);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS)
+void
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+_rl_ttymsg (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+_rl_ttymsg (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+ char *format;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+ va_start (args, format);
+#else
+ va_start (args);
+ format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: ");
+ vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ va_end (args);
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+void
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+_rl_errmsg (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+_rl_errmsg (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+ char *format;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+ va_start (args, format);
+#else
+ va_start (args);
+ format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: ");
+ vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ va_end (args);
+}
+
+#else /* !USE_VARARGS */
+void
+_rl_ttymsg (format, arg1, arg2)
+ char *format;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: ");
+ fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_errmsg (format, arg1, arg2)
+ char *format;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: ");
+ fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif /* !USE_VARARGS */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* String Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Determine if s2 occurs in s1. If so, return a pointer to the
+ match in s1. The compare is case insensitive. */
+char *
+_rl_strindex (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+ register int i, l, len;
+
+ for (i = 0, l = strlen (s2), len = strlen (s1); (len - i) >= l; i++)
+ if (_rl_strnicmp (s1 + i, s2, l) == 0)
+ return ((char *) (s1 + i));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
+/* Find the first occurrence in STRING1 of any character from STRING2.
+ Return a pointer to the character in STRING1. */
+char *
+_rl_strpbrk (const char *string1, const char *string2)
+{
+ register const char *scan;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ register int i, v;
+
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ for (; *string1; string1++)
+ {
+ for (scan = string2; *scan; scan++)
+ {
+ if (*string1 == *scan)
+ return ((char *)string1);
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ v = _rl_get_char_len (string1, &ps);
+ if (v > 1)
+ string1 += v - 1; /* -1 to account for auto-increment in loop */
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2. Case
+ doesn't matter (strncasecmp). */
+int
+_rl_strnicmp (const char *string1, const char *string2, int count)
+{
+ register const char *s1;
+ register const char *s2;
+ register int d;
+
+ if (count <= 0 || (string1 == string2))
+ return 0;
+
+ s1 = string1;
+ s2 = string2;
+ do
+ {
+ d = _rl_to_lower (*s1) - _rl_to_lower (*s2); /* XXX - cast to unsigned char? */
+ if (d != 0)
+ return d;
+ if (*s1++ == '\0')
+ break;
+ s2++;
+ }
+ while (--count != 0);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* strcmp (), but caseless (strcasecmp). */
+int
+_rl_stricmp (const char *string1, const char *string2)
+{
+ register const char *s1;
+ register const char *s2;
+ register int d;
+
+ s1 = string1;
+ s2 = string2;
+
+ if (s1 == s2)
+ return 0;
+
+ while ((d = _rl_to_lower (*s1) - _rl_to_lower (*s2)) == 0)
+ {
+ if (*s1++ == '\0')
+ return 0;
+ s2++;
+ }
+
+ return (d);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */
+
+/* Stupid comparison routine for qsort () ing strings. */
+int
+_rl_qsort_string_compare (char **s1, char **s2)
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+ return (strcoll (*s1, *s2));
+#else
+ int result;
+
+ result = **s1 - **s2;
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = strcmp (*s1, *s2);
+
+ return result;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Function equivalents for the macros defined in chardefs.h. */
+#define FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO(f) int (f) (int c) { return f (c); }
+
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_digit_p)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_digit_value)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_lowercase_p)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_pure_alphabetic)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_to_lower)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_to_upper)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_uppercase_p)
+
+/* A convenience function, to force memory deallocation to be performed
+ by readline. DLLs on Windows apparently require this. */
+void
+rl_free (void *mem)
+{
+ if (mem)
+ free (mem);
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, now that savestring has been removed from
+ all `public' readline header files. */
+#undef _rl_savestring
+char *
+_rl_savestring (const char *s)
+{
+ return (strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + (int)strlen (s)), (s)));
+}
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS)
+static FILE *_rl_tracefp;
+
+void
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+_rl_trace (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+_rl_trace (va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+ char *format;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+ va_start (args, format);
+#else
+ va_start (args);
+ format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+ if (_rl_tracefp == 0)
+ _rl_tropen ();
+ vfprintf (_rl_tracefp, format, args);
+ fprintf (_rl_tracefp, "\n");
+ fflush (_rl_tracefp);
+
+ va_end (args);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_tropen (void)
+{
+ char fnbuf[128], *x;
+
+ if (_rl_tracefp)
+ fclose (_rl_tracefp);
+#if defined (_WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ x = sh_get_env_value ("TEMP");
+ if (x == 0)
+ x = ".";
+#else
+ x = "/var/tmp";
+#endif
+ snprintf (fnbuf, sizeof (fnbuf), "%s/rltrace.%ld", x, (long)getpid());
+ unlink(fnbuf);
+ _rl_tracefp = fopen (fnbuf, "w+");
+ return _rl_tracefp != 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_trclose (void)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ r = fclose (_rl_tracefp);
+ _rl_tracefp = 0;
+ return r;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_settracefp (FILE *fp)
+{
+ _rl_tracefp = fp;
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_AUDIT_USER_TTY && defined (HAVE_LIBAUDIT_H) && defined (ENABLE_TTY_AUDIT_SUPPORT)
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <libaudit.h>
+#include <linux/audit.h>
+#include <linux/netlink.h>
+
+/* Report STRING to the audit system. */
+void
+_rl_audit_tty (char *string)
+{
+ struct audit_message req;
+ struct sockaddr_nl addr;
+ size_t size;
+ int fd;
+
+ fd = socket (PF_NETLINK, SOCK_RAW, NETLINK_AUDIT);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return;
+ size = strlen (string) + 1;
+
+ if (NLMSG_SPACE (size) > MAX_AUDIT_MESSAGE_LENGTH)
+ return;
+
+ memset (&req, 0, sizeof(req));
+ req.nlh.nlmsg_len = NLMSG_SPACE (size);
+ req.nlh.nlmsg_type = AUDIT_USER_TTY;
+ req.nlh.nlmsg_flags = NLM_F_REQUEST;
+ req.nlh.nlmsg_seq = 0;
+ if (size && string)
+ memcpy (NLMSG_DATA(&req.nlh), string, size);
+ memset (&addr, 0, sizeof(addr));
+
+ addr.nl_family = AF_NETLINK;
+ addr.nl_pid = 0;
+ addr.nl_groups = 0;
+
+ sendto (fd, &req, req.nlh.nlmsg_len, 0, (struct sockaddr*)&addr, sizeof(addr));
+ close (fd);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/vi_keymap.c b/lib/readline/vi_keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..045258b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/vi_keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,875 @@
+/* vi_keymap.c -- the keymap for vi_mode in readline (). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (BUFSIZ)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* !BUFSIZ */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#if 0
+extern KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_escape_keymap;
+#endif
+
+/* The keymap arrays for handling vi mode. */
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_movement_keymap = {
+ /* The regular control keys come first. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-@ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-a */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_eof_maybe }, /* Control-d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_emacs_editing_mode }, /* Control-e */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_abort }, /* Control-g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char }, /* Control-h */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_newline }, /* Control-j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_kill_line }, /* Control-k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_clear_screen }, /* Control-l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_newline }, /* Control-m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history }, /* Control-n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-o */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history }, /* Control-p */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert }, /* Control-q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_reverse_search_history }, /* Control-r */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_search_history }, /* Control-s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_chars }, /* Control-t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_unix_line_discard }, /* Control-u */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert }, /* Control-v */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_unix_word_rubout }, /* Control-w */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank }, /* Control-y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-z */
+
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-[ */ /* vi_escape_keymap */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo }, /* Control-_ */
+
+ /* The start of printing characters. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_char }, /* SPACE */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ! */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* " */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert_comment }, /* # */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_end_of_line }, /* $ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_match }, /* % */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_tilde_expand }, /* & */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ' */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ( */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_complete }, /* * */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history}, /* + */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search }, /* , */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history }, /* - */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_redo }, /* . */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search }, /* / */
+
+ /* Regular digits. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_beg_of_line }, /* 0 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 1 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 2 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 3 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 4 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 5 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 6 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 7 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 8 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 9 */
+
+ /* A little more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* : */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search }, /* ; */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* < */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_complete }, /* = */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* > */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* @ */
+
+ /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_append_eol }, /* A */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_prev_word}, /* B */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_to }, /* C */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_delete_to }, /* D */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_end_word }, /* E */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search }, /* F */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_fetch_history }, /* G */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* H */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_insert_beg }, /* I */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* J */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* K */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* L */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* M */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search_again }, /* N */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* O */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_put }, /* P */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_replace }, /* R */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_subst }, /* S */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search }, /* T */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_revert_line }, /* U */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* V */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_next_word }, /* W */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_rubout }, /* X */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_yank_to }, /* Y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Z */
+
+ /* Some more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* [ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_complete }, /* \ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ] */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_first_print }, /* ^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_yank_arg }, /* _ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_goto_mark }, /* ` */
+
+ /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_append_mode }, /* a */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_prev_word }, /* b */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_to }, /* c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_delete_to }, /* d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_end_word }, /* e */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search }, /* f */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char }, /* h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_insert_mode }, /* i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history }, /* j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history }, /* k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_char }, /* l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_set_mark }, /* m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search_again }, /* n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* o */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_put }, /* p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_char }, /* r */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_subst }, /* s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search }, /* t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo }, /* u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* v */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_next_word }, /* w */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_delete }, /* x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_yank_to }, /* y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* z */
+
+ /* Final punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* { */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_column }, /* | */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* } */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_case }, /* ~ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Undefined keys. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_insertion_keymap = {
+ /* The regular control keys come first. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-@ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-a */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-b */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_eof_maybe }, /* Control-d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-e */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_rubout }, /* Control-h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_complete }, /* Control-i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_newline }, /* Control-j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_newline }, /* Control-m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_menu_complete}, /* Control-n */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-o */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_menu_complete }, /* Control-p */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_reverse_search_history }, /* Control-r */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_forward_search_history }, /* Control-s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_chars }, /* Control-t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_unix_line_discard }, /* Control-u */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert }, /* Control-v */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_unix_word_rubout }, /* Control-w */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_yank }, /* Control-y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-z */
+
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_movement_mode }, /* Control-[ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-] */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Control-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo }, /* Control-_ */
+
+ /* The start of printing characters. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* SPACE */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ! */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* " */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* # */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* $ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* % */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* & */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ' */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ( */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* * */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* + */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* , */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* - */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* . */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* / */
+
+ /* Regular digits. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 0 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 1 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 2 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 3 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 4 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 5 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 6 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 7 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 8 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* 9 */
+
+ /* A little more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* : */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ; */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* < */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* = */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* > */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* @ */
+
+ /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* A */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* B */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* C */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* D */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* E */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* F */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* G */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* H */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* I */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* J */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* K */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* L */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* M */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* N */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* O */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* P */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* R */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* S */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* T */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* U */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* V */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* W */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* X */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Z */
+
+ /* Some more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* [ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* \ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ] */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* _ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ` */
+
+ /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* a */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* b */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* c */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* d */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* e */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* f */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* g */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* k */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* m */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* n */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* o */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* p */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* r */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* s */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* t */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* u */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* v */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* w */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* x */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* z */
+
+ /* Final punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* { */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* | */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* } */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ~ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_rubout }, /* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Pure 8-bit characters (128 - 159).
+ These might be used in some
+ character sets. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* ? */
+
+ /* ISO Latin-1 characters (160 - 255) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* No-break space */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Inverted exclamation mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Cent sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Pound sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Currency sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Yen sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Broken bar */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Section sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Copyright sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Feminine ordinal indicator */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Left pointing double angle quotation mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Not sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Soft hyphen */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Registered sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Macron */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Degree sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Plus-minus sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Superscript two */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Superscript three */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Acute accent */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Micro sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Pilcrow sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Middle dot */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Cedilla */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Superscript one */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Masculine ordinal indicator */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Right pointing double angle quotation mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Vulgar fraction one quarter */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Vulgar fraction one half */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Vulgar fraction three quarters */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Inverted questionk mark */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter a with ring above */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter ae */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter c with cedilla */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter e with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter i with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter eth (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter n with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Multiplication sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter o with stroke */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter u with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter Y with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin capital letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter sharp s (German) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter a with ring above */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter ae */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter c with cedilla */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter e with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter i with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter eth (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter n with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with tilde */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Division sign */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter o with stroke */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with grave */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with circumflex */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter u with diaeresis */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter y with acute */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert }, /* Latin small letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_insert } /* Latin small letter y with diaeresis */
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+/* Unused for the time being. */
+#if 0
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_escape_keymap = {
+ /* The regular control keys come first. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-@ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-a */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-c */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-d */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-e */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-f */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-g */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-h */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_tab_insert}, /* Control-i */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_emacs_editing_mode}, /* Control-j */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_kill_line }, /* Control-k */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-l */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_emacs_editing_mode}, /* Control-m */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-n */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-o */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-q */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-r */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-s */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-t */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-v */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-w */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-x */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-z */
+
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_movement_mode }, /* Control-[ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-\ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* Control-^ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo }, /* Control-_ */
+
+ /* The start of printing characters. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* SPACE */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ! */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* " */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* # */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* $ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* % */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* & */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ' */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ( */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ) */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* * */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* + */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* , */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* - */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* . */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* / */
+
+ /* Regular digits. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 0 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 1 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 2 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 3 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 4 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 5 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 6 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 7 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 8 */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit }, /* 9 */
+
+ /* A little more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* : */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ; */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* < */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* = */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* > */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ? */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* @ */
+
+ /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* A */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* B */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* C */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* D */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* E */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* F */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* G */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* H */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* I */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* J */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* K */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* L */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* M */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* N */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* O */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* P */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Q */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* R */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* S */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* T */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* U */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* V */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* W */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* X */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Y */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version }, /* Z */
+
+ /* Some more punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_arrow_keys }, /* [ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* \ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ] */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ^ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* _ */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ` */
+
+ /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* a */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* b */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* c */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* d */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* e */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* f */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* g */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* h */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* i */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* j */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* k */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* l */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* m */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* n */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_arrow_keys }, /* o */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* p */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* q */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* r */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* s */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* t */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* u */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* v */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* w */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* x */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* y */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* z */
+
+ /* Final punctuation. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* { */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* | */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* } */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }, /* ~ */
+ { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_word }, /* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+ /* Undefined keys. */
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+ { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/vi_mode.c b/lib/readline/vi_mode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..836371c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/vi_mode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2314 @@
+/* vi_mode.c -- A vi emulation mode for Bash.
+ Derived from code written by Jeff Sparkes (jsparkes@bnr.ca). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* VI Emulation Mode */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef member
+#define member(c, s) ((c) ? (char *)strchr ((s), (c)) != (char *)NULL : 0)
+#endif
+
+/* Increment START to the next character in RL_LINE_BUFFER, handling multibyte chars */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define INCREMENT_POS(start) \
+ do { \
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) \
+ start++; \
+ else \
+ start = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, start, 1, MB_FIND_ANY); \
+ } while (0)
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+#define INCREMENT_POS(start) (start)++
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* This is global so other parts of the code can check whether the last
+ command was a text modification command. */
+int _rl_vi_last_command = 'i'; /* default `.' puts you in insert mode */
+
+_rl_vimotion_cxt *_rl_vimvcxt = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero indicates we are redoing a vi-mode command with `.' */
+int _rl_vi_redoing;
+
+/* Non-zero means enter insertion mode. */
+static int _rl_vi_doing_insert;
+
+/* Command keys which do movement for xxx_to commands. */
+static const char * const vi_motion = " hl^$0ftFT;,%wbeWBE|`";
+
+/* Keymap used for vi replace characters. Created dynamically since
+ rarely used. */
+static Keymap vi_replace_map;
+
+/* The number of characters inserted in the last replace operation. */
+static int vi_replace_count;
+
+/* If non-zero, we have text inserted after a c[motion] command that put
+ us implicitly into insert mode. Some people want this text to be
+ attached to the command so that it is `redoable' with `.'. */
+static int vi_continued_command;
+static char *vi_insert_buffer;
+static int vi_insert_buffer_size;
+
+static int _rl_vi_last_repeat = 1;
+static int _rl_vi_last_arg_sign = 1;
+static int _rl_vi_last_motion;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static char _rl_vi_last_search_mbchar[MB_LEN_MAX];
+static int _rl_vi_last_search_mblen;
+#else
+static int _rl_vi_last_search_char;
+#endif
+static char _rl_vi_last_replacement[MB_LEN_MAX+1]; /* reserve for trailing NULL */
+
+static int _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert;
+
+/* Text modification commands. These are the `redoable' commands. */
+static const char * const vi_textmod = "_*\\AaIiCcDdPpYyRrSsXx~";
+
+/* Arrays for the saved marks. */
+static int vi_mark_chars['z' - 'a' + 1];
+
+static void _rl_vi_replace_insert PARAMS((int));
+static void _rl_vi_save_replace PARAMS((void));
+static void _rl_vi_stuff_insert PARAMS((int));
+static void _rl_vi_save_insert PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+
+static void vi_save_insert_buffer PARAMS ((int, int));
+
+static inline void _rl_vi_backup PARAMS((void));
+
+static int _rl_vi_arg_dispatch PARAMS((int));
+static int rl_digit_loop1 PARAMS((void));
+
+static int _rl_vi_set_mark PARAMS((void));
+static int _rl_vi_goto_mark PARAMS((void));
+
+static inline int _rl_vi_advance_point PARAMS((void));
+static inline int _rl_vi_backup_point PARAMS((void));
+
+static void _rl_vi_append_forward PARAMS((int));
+
+static int _rl_vi_callback_getchar PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int _rl_vi_callback_set_mark PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_vi_callback_goto_mark PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_vi_callback_change_char PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_vi_callback_char_search PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+#endif
+
+static int rl_domove_read_callback PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+static int rl_domove_motion_callback PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+static int rl_vi_domove_getchar PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+
+static int vi_change_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+static int vi_delete_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+static int vi_yank_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+
+static int vidomove_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+
+void
+_rl_vi_initialize_line (void)
+{
+ register int i, n;
+
+ n = sizeof (vi_mark_chars) / sizeof (vi_mark_chars[0]);
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ vi_mark_chars[i] = -1;
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_VICMDONCE);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_vi_reset_last (void)
+{
+ _rl_vi_last_command = 'i';
+ _rl_vi_last_repeat = 1;
+ _rl_vi_last_arg_sign = 1;
+ _rl_vi_last_motion = 0;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_vi_set_last (int key, int repeat, int sign)
+{
+ _rl_vi_last_command = key;
+ _rl_vi_last_repeat = repeat;
+ _rl_vi_last_arg_sign = sign;
+}
+
+/* A convenience function that calls _rl_vi_set_last to save the last command
+ information and enters insertion mode. */
+void
+rl_vi_start_inserting (int key, int repeat, int sign)
+{
+ _rl_vi_set_last (key, repeat, sign);
+ rl_begin_undo_group (); /* ensure inserts aren't concatenated */
+ rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, key);
+}
+
+/* Is the command C a VI mode text modification command? */
+int
+_rl_vi_textmod_command (int c)
+{
+ return (member (c, vi_textmod));
+}
+
+int
+_rl_vi_motion_command (int c)
+{
+ return (member (c, vi_motion));
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_replace_insert (int count)
+{
+ int nchars;
+
+ nchars = strlen (vi_insert_buffer);
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ while (count--)
+ /* nchars-1 to compensate for _rl_replace_text using `end+1' in call
+ to rl_delete_text */
+ _rl_replace_text (vi_insert_buffer, rl_point, rl_point+nchars-1);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_stuff_insert (int count)
+{
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ while (count--)
+ rl_insert_text (vi_insert_buffer);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+/* Bound to `.'. Called from command mode, so we know that we have to
+ redo a text modification command. The default for _rl_vi_last_command
+ puts you back into insert mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_redo (int count, int c)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+ {
+ rl_numeric_arg = _rl_vi_last_repeat;
+ rl_arg_sign = _rl_vi_last_arg_sign;
+ }
+
+ r = 0;
+ _rl_vi_redoing = 1;
+ /* If we're redoing an insert with `i', stuff in the inserted text
+ and do not go into insertion mode. */
+ if (_rl_vi_last_command == 'i' && vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ {
+ _rl_vi_stuff_insert (count);
+ /* And back up point over the last character inserted. */
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ _rl_vi_backup ();
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_last_command == 'R' && vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ {
+ _rl_vi_replace_insert (count);
+ /* And back up point over the last character inserted. */
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ _rl_vi_backup ();
+ }
+ /* Ditto for redoing an insert with `I', but move to the beginning of the
+ line like the `I' command does. */
+ else if (_rl_vi_last_command == 'I' && vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ {
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, 'I');
+ _rl_vi_stuff_insert (count);
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ _rl_vi_backup ();
+ }
+ /* Ditto for redoing an insert with `a', but move forward a character first
+ like the `a' command does. */
+ else if (_rl_vi_last_command == 'a' && vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ {
+ _rl_vi_append_forward ('a');
+ _rl_vi_stuff_insert (count);
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ _rl_vi_backup ();
+ }
+ /* Ditto for redoing an insert with `A', but move to the end of the line
+ like the `A' command does. */
+ else if (_rl_vi_last_command == 'A' && vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ {
+ rl_end_of_line (1, 'A');
+ _rl_vi_stuff_insert (count);
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ _rl_vi_backup ();
+ }
+ else
+ r = _rl_dispatch (_rl_vi_last_command, _rl_keymap);
+
+ _rl_vi_redoing = 0;
+
+ return (r);
+}
+
+/* A placeholder for further expansion. */
+int
+rl_vi_undo (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_undo_command (count, key));
+}
+
+/* Yank the nth arg from the previous line into this line at point. */
+int
+rl_vi_yank_arg (int count, int key)
+{
+ /* Readline thinks that the first word on a line is the 0th, while vi
+ thinks the first word on a line is the 1st. Compensate. */
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ rl_yank_nth_arg (count - 1, 0);
+ else
+ rl_yank_nth_arg ('$', 0);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* With an argument, move back that many history lines, else move to the
+ beginning of history. */
+int
+rl_vi_fetch_history (int count, int c)
+{
+ int wanted;
+
+ /* Giving an argument of n means we want the nth command in the history
+ file. The command number is interpreted the same way that the bash
+ `history' command does it -- that is, giving an argument count of 450
+ to this command would get the command listed as number 450 in the
+ output of `history'. */
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ wanted = history_base + where_history () - count;
+ if (wanted <= 0)
+ rl_beginning_of_history (0, 0);
+ else
+ rl_get_previous_history (wanted, c);
+ }
+ else
+ rl_beginning_of_history (count, 0);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Search again for the last thing searched for. */
+int
+rl_vi_search_again (int count, int key)
+{
+ switch (key)
+ {
+ case 'n':
+ rl_noninc_reverse_search_again (count, key);
+ break;
+
+ case 'N':
+ rl_noninc_forward_search_again (count, key);
+ break;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Do a vi style search. */
+int
+rl_vi_search (int count, int key)
+{
+ switch (key)
+ {
+ case '?':
+ _rl_free_saved_history_line ();
+ rl_noninc_forward_search (count, key);
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ _rl_free_saved_history_line ();
+ rl_noninc_reverse_search (count, key);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Completion, from vi's point of view. */
+int
+rl_vi_complete (int ignore, int key)
+{
+ if ((rl_point < rl_end) && (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])))
+ {
+ if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point + 1]))
+ rl_vi_end_word (1, 'E');
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+
+ if (key == '*')
+ rl_complete_internal ('*'); /* Expansion and replacement. */
+ else if (key == '=')
+ rl_complete_internal ('?'); /* List possible completions. */
+ else if (key == '\\')
+ rl_complete_internal (TAB); /* Standard Readline completion. */
+ else
+ rl_complete (0, key);
+
+ if (key == '*' || key == '\\')
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Tilde expansion for vi mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_tilde_expand (int ignore, int key)
+{
+ rl_tilde_expand (0, key);
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Previous word in vi mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_prev_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_vi_next_word (-count, key));
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+ rl_vi_bWord (count, key);
+ else
+ rl_vi_bword (count, key);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Next word in vi mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_next_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_vi_prev_word (-count, key));
+
+ if (rl_point >= (rl_end - 1))
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+ rl_vi_fWord (count, key);
+ else
+ rl_vi_fword (count, key);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static inline int
+_rl_vi_advance_point (void)
+{
+ int point;
+
+ point = rl_point;
+ if (rl_point < rl_end)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ {
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ rl_point++;
+ else
+ {
+ point = rl_point;
+ rl_point = _rl_forward_char_internal (1);
+ if (point == rl_point || rl_point > rl_end)
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ rl_point++;
+#endif
+
+ return point;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor back one character. */
+static inline void
+_rl_vi_backup (void)
+{
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ else
+ rl_point--;
+}
+
+/* Move the point back one character, returning the starting value and not
+ doing anything at the beginning of the line */
+static inline int
+_rl_vi_backup_point (void)
+{
+ int point;
+
+ point = rl_point;
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ {
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ rl_point--;
+ else
+ {
+ point = rl_point;
+ rl_point = _rl_backward_char_internal (1);
+ if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0; /* XXX - not really necessary */
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ rl_point--;
+#endif
+ return point;
+}
+
+/* Move to the end of the ?next? word. */
+int
+rl_vi_end_word (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count < 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+ rl_vi_eWord (count, key);
+ else
+ rl_vi_eword (count, key);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Move forward a word the way that 'W' does. */
+int
+rl_vi_fWord (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+ {
+ /* Skip until whitespace. */
+ while (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+
+ /* Now skip whitespace. */
+ while (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_bWord (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ while (count-- && rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ /* If we are at the start of a word, move back to whitespace so
+ we will go back to the start of the previous word. */
+ if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+ whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ rl_point--;
+
+ while (rl_point > 0 && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ do
+ _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+ while (rl_point > 0 && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+ if (rl_point > 0) /* hit whitespace */
+ rl_point++;
+
+ if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_eWord (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int opoint;
+
+ while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+ {
+ if (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) == 0)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+
+ /* Move to the next non-whitespace character (to the start of the
+ next word). */
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+
+ if (rl_point && rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ opoint = rl_point;
+
+ /* Skip whitespace. */
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ opoint = _rl_vi_advance_point (); /* XXX - why? */
+
+ /* Skip until whitespace. */
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ opoint = _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+
+ /* Move back to the last character of the word. */
+ rl_point = opoint;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_fword (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int opoint;
+
+ while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+ {
+ /* Move to white space (really non-identifer). */
+ if (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ {
+ while (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ else /* if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) */
+ {
+ while (!_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+ !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+
+ opoint = rl_point;
+
+ /* Move past whitespace. */
+ while (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+ opoint = _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_bword (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int opoint;
+
+ while (count-- && rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ int prev_is_ident, cur_is_ident;
+
+ /* If we are at the start of a word, move back to whitespace
+ so we will go back to the start of the previous word. */
+ if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+ whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ if (--rl_point == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* If this character and the previous character are `opposite', move
+ back so we don't get messed up by the rl_point++ down there in
+ the while loop. Without this code, words like `l;' screw up the
+ function. */
+ cur_is_ident = _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]);
+ opoint = _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+ prev_is_ident = _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]);
+ if ((cur_is_ident && !prev_is_ident) || (!cur_is_ident && prev_is_ident))
+ ; /* leave point alone, we backed it up one character */
+ else
+ rl_point = opoint;
+
+ while (rl_point > 0 && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ opoint = rl_point;
+ if (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ do
+ opoint = _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+ while (rl_point > 0 && _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+ else
+ do
+ opoint = _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+ while (rl_point > 0 && !_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+ !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ rl_point = opoint;
+
+ if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_eword (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int opoint;
+
+ while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+ {
+ if (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) == 0)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+
+ opoint = rl_point;
+ if (rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ if (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ do
+ {
+ opoint = _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+ else
+ do
+ {
+ opoint = _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && !_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])
+ && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+ }
+ rl_point = opoint;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_insert_beg (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ rl_vi_insert_mode (1, key);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_append_forward (int key)
+{
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_append_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+ _rl_vi_append_forward (key);
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_append_eol (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_end_of_line (1, key);
+ rl_vi_append_mode (1, key);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* What to do in the case of C-d. */
+int
+rl_vi_eof_maybe (int count, int c)
+{
+ return (rl_newline (1, '\n'));
+}
+
+/* Insertion mode stuff. */
+
+/* Switching from one mode to the other really just involves
+ switching keymaps. */
+int
+rl_vi_insertion_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+ _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+ _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert = key;
+ if (_rl_show_mode_in_prompt)
+ _rl_reset_prompt ();
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_insert_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+vi_save_insert_buffer (int start, int len)
+{
+ /* Same code as _rl_vi_save_insert below */
+ if (len >= vi_insert_buffer_size)
+ {
+ vi_insert_buffer_size += (len + 32) - (len % 32);
+ vi_insert_buffer = (char *)xrealloc (vi_insert_buffer, vi_insert_buffer_size);
+ }
+ strncpy (vi_insert_buffer, rl_line_buffer + start, len - 1);
+ vi_insert_buffer[len-1] = '\0';
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_save_replace (void)
+{
+ int len, start, end;
+ UNDO_LIST *up;
+
+ up = rl_undo_list;
+ if (up == 0 || up->what != UNDO_END || vi_replace_count <= 0)
+ {
+ if (vi_insert_buffer_size >= 1)
+ vi_insert_buffer[0] = '\0';
+ return;
+ }
+ /* Let's try it the quick and easy way for now. This should essentially
+ accommodate every UNDO_INSERT and save the inserted text to
+ vi_insert_buffer */
+ end = rl_point;
+ start = end - vi_replace_count + 1;
+ len = vi_replace_count + 1;
+
+ vi_save_insert_buffer (start, len);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_save_insert (UNDO_LIST *up)
+{
+ int len, start, end;
+
+ if (up == 0 || up->what != UNDO_INSERT)
+ {
+ if (vi_insert_buffer_size >= 1)
+ vi_insert_buffer[0] = '\0';
+ return;
+ }
+
+ start = up->start;
+ end = up->end;
+ len = end - start + 1;
+
+ vi_save_insert_buffer (start, len);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_vi_done_inserting (void)
+{
+ if (_rl_vi_doing_insert)
+ {
+ /* The `C', `s', and `S' commands set this. */
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ /* Now, the text between rl_undo_list->next->start and
+ rl_undo_list->next->end is what was inserted while in insert
+ mode. It gets copied to VI_INSERT_BUFFER because it depends
+ on absolute indices into the line which may change (though they
+ probably will not). */
+ _rl_vi_doing_insert = 0;
+ if (_rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'R')
+ _rl_vi_save_replace (); /* Half the battle */
+ else
+ _rl_vi_save_insert (rl_undo_list->next);
+ vi_continued_command = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_undo_list && (_rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'i' ||
+ _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'a' ||
+ _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'I' ||
+ _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'A'))
+ _rl_vi_save_insert (rl_undo_list);
+ /* XXX - Other keys probably need to be checked. */
+ else if (_rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'C')
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ while (_rl_undo_group_level > 0)
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ vi_continued_command = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_movement_mode (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ rl_backward_char (1, key);
+
+ _rl_keymap = vi_movement_keymap;
+ _rl_vi_done_inserting ();
+
+ /* This is how POSIX.2 says `U' should behave -- everything up until the
+ first time you go into command mode should not be undone. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VICMDONCE) == 0)
+ rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+ if (_rl_show_mode_in_prompt)
+ _rl_reset_prompt ();
+
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_VICMDONCE);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_arg_digit (int count, int c)
+{
+ if (c == '0' && rl_numeric_arg == 1 && !rl_explicit_arg)
+ return (rl_beg_of_line (1, c));
+ else
+ return (rl_digit_argument (count, c));
+}
+
+/* Change the case of the next COUNT characters. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int
+_rl_vi_change_mbchar_case (int count)
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+ int mlen, p;
+ size_t m;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ if (_rl_adjust_point (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, &ps) > 0)
+ count--;
+ while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ m = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + rl_point, rl_end - rl_point, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (m))
+ wc = (wchar_t)rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (m))
+ wc = L'\0';
+ if (iswupper (wc))
+ wc = towlower (wc);
+ else if (iswlower (wc))
+ wc = towupper (wc);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just skip over chars neither upper nor lower case */
+ rl_forward_char (1, 0);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Vi is kind of strange here. */
+ if (wc)
+ {
+ p = rl_point;
+ mlen = wcrtomb (mb, wc, &ps);
+ if (mlen >= 0)
+ mb[mlen] = '\0';
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ rl_vi_delete (1, 0);
+ if (rl_point < p) /* Did we retreat at EOL? */
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ rl_insert_text (mb);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ rl_vi_check ();
+ }
+ else
+ rl_forward_char (1, 0);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_change_case (int count, int ignore)
+{
+ int c, p;
+
+ /* Don't try this on an empty line. */
+ if (rl_point >= rl_end)
+ return (0);
+
+ c = 0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ return (_rl_vi_change_mbchar_case (count));
+#endif
+
+ while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ c = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]);
+ else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ c = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just skip over characters neither upper nor lower case. */
+ rl_forward_char (1, c);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Vi is kind of strange here. */
+ if (c)
+ {
+ p = rl_point;
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ rl_vi_delete (1, c);
+ if (rl_point < p) /* Did we retreat at EOL? */
+ rl_point++;
+ _rl_insert_char (1, c);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ rl_vi_check ();
+ }
+ else
+ rl_forward_char (1, c);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_put (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (!_rl_uppercase_p (key) && (rl_point + 1 <= rl_end))
+ rl_point = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+ while (count--)
+ rl_yank (1, key);
+
+ rl_backward_char (1, key);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor back one character if you're at the end of the line */
+int
+rl_vi_check (void)
+{
+ if (rl_point && rl_point == rl_end)
+ _rl_vi_backup ();
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Move to the character position specified by COUNT */
+int
+rl_vi_column (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (count > rl_end)
+ rl_end_of_line (1, key);
+ else
+ {
+ rl_point = 0;
+ rl_point = _rl_forward_char_internal (count - 1);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Process C as part of the current numeric argument. Return -1 if the
+ argument should be aborted, 0 if we should not read any more chars, and
+ 1 if we should continue to read chars. */
+static int
+_rl_vi_arg_dispatch (int c)
+{
+ int key;
+
+ key = c;
+ if (c >= 0 && _rl_keymap[c].type == ISFUNC && _rl_keymap[c].function == rl_universal_argument)
+ {
+ rl_numeric_arg *= 4;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ c = UNMETA (c);
+
+ if (_rl_digit_p (c))
+ {
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ rl_numeric_arg = (rl_numeric_arg * 10) + _rl_digit_value (c);
+ else
+ rl_numeric_arg = _rl_digit_value (c);
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+ return 1; /* keep going */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_clear_message ();
+ rl_stuff_char (key);
+ return 0; /* done */
+ }
+}
+
+/* A simplified loop for vi. Don't dispatch key at end.
+ Don't recognize minus sign?
+ Should this do rl_save_prompt/rl_restore_prompt? */
+static int
+rl_digit_loop1 (void)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (_rl_arg_overflow ())
+ return 1;
+
+ c = _rl_arg_getchar ();
+
+ r = _rl_vi_arg_dispatch (c);
+ if (r <= 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* This set of functions is basically to handle the commands that take a
+ motion argument while in callback mode: read the command, read the motion
+ command modifier, find the extent of the text to affect, and dispatch the
+ command for execution. */
+static void
+_rl_mvcxt_init (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m, int op, int key)
+{
+ m->op = op;
+ m->state = m->flags = 0;
+ m->ncxt = 0;
+ m->numeric_arg = -1;
+ m->start = rl_point;
+ m->end = rl_end;
+ m->key = key;
+ m->motion = -1;
+}
+
+static _rl_vimotion_cxt *
+_rl_mvcxt_alloc (int op, int key)
+{
+ _rl_vimotion_cxt *m;
+
+ m = xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_vimotion_cxt));
+ _rl_mvcxt_init (m, op, key);
+ return m;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_mvcxt_dispose (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ xfree (m);
+}
+
+static int
+rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ _rl_vi_last_motion = c = m->motion;
+
+ /* Append a blank character temporarily so that the motion routines
+ work right at the end of the line. Original value of rl_end is saved
+ as m->end. */
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end++] = ' ';
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+
+ _rl_dispatch (c, _rl_keymap);
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ /* Messy case where char search can be vi motion command; see rest of
+ details in callback.c. vi_char_search and callback_char_search just
+ set and unset the CHARSEARCH state. This is where any vi motion
+ command that needs to set its own state should be handled, with any
+ corresponding code to manage that state in callback.c */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH))
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return (_rl_vi_domove_motion_cleanup (c, m));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return (_rl_vi_domove_motion_cleanup (c, m));
+}
+
+int
+_rl_vi_domove_motion_cleanup (int c, _rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ /* Remove the blank that we added in rl_domove_motion_callback. */
+ rl_end = m->end;
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+ if (rl_point > rl_end)
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+
+ /* No change in position means the command failed. */
+ if (rl_mark == rl_point)
+ {
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* rl_vi_f[wW]ord () leaves the cursor on the first character of the next
+ word. If we are not at the end of the line, and we are on a
+ non-whitespace character, move back one (presumably to whitespace). */
+ if ((_rl_to_upper (c) == 'W') && rl_point < rl_end && rl_point > rl_mark &&
+ !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ rl_point--; /* XXX */
+
+ /* If cw or cW, back up to the end of a word, so the behaviour of ce
+ or cE is the actual result. Brute-force, no subtlety. */
+ if (m->key == 'c' && rl_point >= rl_mark && (_rl_to_upper (c) == 'W'))
+ {
+ /* Don't move farther back than where we started. */
+ while (rl_point > rl_mark && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ rl_point--;
+
+ /* Posix.2 says that if cw or cW moves the cursor towards the end of
+ the line, the character under the cursor should be deleted. */
+ if (rl_point == rl_mark)
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ else
+ {
+ /* Move past the end of the word so that the kill doesn't
+ remove the last letter of the previous word. Only do this
+ if we are not at the end of the line. */
+ if (rl_point >= 0 && rl_point < (rl_end - 1) && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rl_mark < rl_point)
+ SWAP (rl_point, rl_mark);
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ (*rl_redisplay_function)(); /* make sure motion is displayed */
+#endif
+
+ r = vidomove_dispatch (m);
+
+ return (r);
+}
+
+#define RL_VIMOVENUMARG() (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG))
+
+static int
+rl_domove_read_callback (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ int c, save;
+
+ c = m->motion;
+
+ if (member (c, vi_motion))
+ {
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ /* If we just read a vi-mode motion command numeric argument, turn off
+ the `reading numeric arg' state */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) && RL_VIMOVENUMARG())
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+#endif
+ /* Should do everything, including turning off RL_STATE_VIMOTION */
+ return (rl_domove_motion_callback (m));
+ }
+ else if (m->key == c && (m->key == 'd' || m->key == 'y' || m->key == 'c'))
+ {
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, c);
+ _rl_vi_last_motion = c;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ return (vidomove_dispatch (m));
+ }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ /* XXX - these need to handle rl_universal_argument bindings */
+ /* Reading vi motion char continuing numeric argument */
+ else if (_rl_digit_p (c) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) && RL_VIMOVENUMARG())
+ {
+ return (_rl_vi_arg_dispatch (c));
+ }
+ /* Readine vi motion char starting numeric argument */
+ else if (_rl_digit_p (c) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION) && (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0))
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ return (_rl_vi_arg_dispatch (c));
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (_rl_digit_p (c))
+ {
+ /* This code path taken when not in callback mode */
+ save = rl_numeric_arg;
+ rl_numeric_arg = _rl_digit_value (c);
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ rl_digit_loop1 ();
+ rl_numeric_arg *= save;
+ c = rl_vi_domove_getchar (m);
+ if (c < 0)
+ {
+ m->motion = 0;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ m->motion = c;
+ return (rl_domove_motion_callback (m));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+ return (1);
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+rl_vi_domove_getchar (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ return c;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+int
+_rl_vi_domove_callback (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ m->motion = c = rl_vi_domove_getchar (m);
+ if (c < 0)
+ return 1; /* EOF */
+ r = rl_domove_read_callback (m);
+
+ return ((r == 0) ? r : 1); /* normalize return values */
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This code path is taken when not in callback mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_domove (int x, int *ignore)
+{
+ int r;
+ _rl_vimotion_cxt *m;
+
+ m = _rl_vimvcxt;
+ *ignore = m->motion = rl_vi_domove_getchar (m);
+
+ if (m->motion < 0)
+ {
+ m->motion = 0;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return (rl_domove_read_callback (m));
+}
+
+static int
+vi_delete_dispatch (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ /* These are the motion commands that do not require adjusting the
+ mark. */
+ if (((strchr (" l|h^0bBFT`", m->motion) == 0) && (rl_point >= m->start)) &&
+ (rl_mark < rl_end))
+ INCREMENT_POS (rl_mark);
+
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_delete_to (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ _rl_vimvcxt = _rl_mvcxt_alloc (VIM_DELETE, key);
+ _rl_vimvcxt->start = rl_point;
+
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = '$';
+ r = rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_redoing && _rl_vi_last_motion != 'd') /* `dd' is special */
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = _rl_vi_last_motion;
+ r = rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_redoing) /* handle redoing `dd' here */
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = _rl_vi_last_motion;
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ r = vidomove_dispatch (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ r = rl_vi_domove (key, &c);
+
+ if (r < 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ r = -1;
+ }
+
+ _rl_mvcxt_dispose (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ _rl_vimvcxt = 0;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static int
+vi_change_dispatch (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ /* These are the motion commands that do not require adjusting the
+ mark. c[wW] are handled by special-case code in rl_vi_domove(),
+ and already leave the mark at the correct location. */
+ if (((strchr (" l|hwW^0bBFT`", m->motion) == 0) && (rl_point >= m->start)) &&
+ (rl_mark < rl_end))
+ INCREMENT_POS (rl_mark);
+
+ /* The cursor never moves with c[wW]. */
+ if ((_rl_to_upper (m->motion) == 'W') && rl_point < m->start)
+ rl_point = m->start;
+
+ if (_rl_vi_redoing)
+ {
+ if (vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+ if (vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+ {
+ rl_insert_text (vi_insert_buffer);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_begin_undo_group (); /* to make the `u' command work */
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+ /* `C' does not save the text inserted for undoing or redoing. */
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (m->key) == 0)
+ _rl_vi_doing_insert = 1;
+ /* XXX -- TODO -- use m->numericarg? */
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (m->key, rl_numeric_arg, rl_arg_sign);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_change_to (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ _rl_vimvcxt = _rl_mvcxt_alloc (VIM_CHANGE, key);
+ _rl_vimvcxt->start = rl_point;
+
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = '$';
+ r = rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_redoing && _rl_vi_last_motion != 'c') /* `cc' is special */
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = _rl_vi_last_motion;
+ r = rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_redoing) /* handle redoing `cc' here */
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = _rl_vi_last_motion;
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ r = vidomove_dispatch (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ r = rl_vi_domove (key, &c);
+
+ if (r < 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ r = -1; /* normalize return value */
+ }
+
+ _rl_mvcxt_dispose (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ _rl_vimvcxt = 0;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static int
+vi_yank_dispatch (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ /* These are the motion commands that do not require adjusting the
+ mark. */
+ if (((strchr (" l|h^0%bBFT`", m->motion) == 0) && (rl_point >= m->start)) &&
+ (rl_mark < rl_end))
+ INCREMENT_POS (rl_mark);
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ rl_do_undo ();
+ rl_point = m->start;
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_yank_to (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ _rl_vimvcxt = _rl_mvcxt_alloc (VIM_YANK, key);
+ _rl_vimvcxt->start = rl_point;
+
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+ if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = '$';
+ r = rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_redoing && _rl_vi_last_motion != 'y') /* `yy' is special */
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = _rl_vi_last_motion;
+ r = rl_domove_motion_callback (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+ else if (_rl_vi_redoing) /* handle redoing `yy' here */
+ {
+ _rl_vimvcxt->motion = _rl_vi_last_motion;
+ rl_mark = rl_end;
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ r = vidomove_dispatch (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ r = rl_vi_domove (key, &c);
+
+ if (r < 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ r = -1;
+ }
+
+ _rl_mvcxt_dispose (_rl_vimvcxt);
+ _rl_vimvcxt = 0;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static int
+vidomove_dispatch (_rl_vimotion_cxt *m)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ switch (m->op)
+ {
+ case VIM_DELETE:
+ r = vi_delete_dispatch (m);
+ break;
+ case VIM_CHANGE:
+ r = vi_change_dispatch (m);
+ break;
+ case VIM_YANK:
+ r = vi_yank_dispatch (m);
+ break;
+ default:
+ _rl_errmsg ("vidomove_dispatch: unknown operator %d", m->op);
+ r = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+ return r;
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_rubout (int count, int key)
+{
+ int opoint;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_vi_delete (-count, key));
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ opoint = rl_point;
+ if (count > 1 && MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_backward_char (count, key);
+ else if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ else
+ rl_point -= count;
+
+ if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0;
+
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, opoint);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_delete (int count, int key)
+{
+ int end;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (rl_vi_rubout (-count, key));
+
+ if (rl_end == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ end = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, count, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+ else
+ end = rl_point + count;
+
+ if (end >= rl_end)
+ end = rl_end;
+
+ rl_kill_text (rl_point, end);
+
+ if (rl_point > 0 && rl_point == rl_end)
+ rl_backward_char (1, key);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* This does what Posix specifies vi-mode C-w to do: using whitespace and
+ punctuation characters as the word boundaries. */
+
+#define vi_unix_word_boundary(c) (whitespace(c) || ispunct(c))
+
+int
+rl_vi_unix_word_rubout (int count, int key)
+{
+ int orig_point;
+
+ if (rl_point == 0)
+ rl_ding ();
+ else
+ {
+ orig_point = rl_point;
+ if (count <= 0)
+ count = 1;
+
+ while (count--)
+ {
+ /* This isn't quite what ksh93 does but it seems to match what the
+ Posix description of sh specifies, with a few accommodations
+ for sequences of whitespace characters between words and at
+ the end of the line. */
+
+ /* Skip over whitespace at the end of the line as a special case */
+ if (rl_point > 0 && (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == 0) &&
+ whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ while (--rl_point > 0 && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ ;
+
+ /* If we're at the start of a word, move back to word boundary so we
+ move back to the `preceding' word */
+ if (rl_point > 0 && (vi_unix_word_boundary (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) == 0) &&
+ vi_unix_word_boundary (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ rl_point--;
+
+ /* If we are at a word boundary (whitespace/punct), move backward
+ past a sequence of word boundary characters. If we are at the
+ end of a word (non-word boundary), move back to a word boundary */
+ if (rl_point > 0 && vi_unix_word_boundary (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ while (rl_point && vi_unix_word_boundary (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+ rl_point--;
+ else if (rl_point > 0 && vi_unix_word_boundary (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) == 0)
+ while (rl_point > 0 && (vi_unix_word_boundary (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]) == 0))
+ _rl_vi_backup_point ();
+ }
+
+ rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+rl_vi_back_to_indent (int count, int key)
+{
+ rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ rl_point++;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_first_print (int count, int key)
+{
+ return (rl_vi_back_to_indent (1, key));
+}
+
+static int _rl_cs_dir, _rl_cs_orig_dir;
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_char_search (_rl_callback_generic_arg *data)
+{
+ int c;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ c = _rl_vi_last_search_mblen = _rl_read_mbchar (_rl_vi_last_search_mbchar, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+#endif
+
+ if (c <= 0)
+ {
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+#if !defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ _rl_vi_last_search_char = c;
+#endif
+
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (data->count, _rl_cs_dir, _rl_vi_last_search_mbchar, _rl_vi_last_search_mblen));
+#else
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (data->count, _rl_cs_dir, _rl_vi_last_search_char));
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_char_search (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ static char *target;
+ static int tlen;
+#else
+ static char target;
+#endif
+
+ if (key == ';' || key == ',')
+ {
+ if (_rl_cs_orig_dir == 0)
+ return 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (_rl_vi_last_search_mblen == 0)
+ return 1;
+#else
+ if (_rl_vi_last_search_char == 0)
+ return 1;
+#endif
+ _rl_cs_dir = (key == ';') ? _rl_cs_orig_dir : -_rl_cs_orig_dir;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (key)
+ {
+ case 't':
+ _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = FTO;
+ break;
+
+ case 'T':
+ _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = BTO;
+ break;
+
+ case 'f':
+ _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = FFIND;
+ break;
+
+ case 'F':
+ _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = BFIND;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (_rl_vi_redoing)
+ {
+ /* set target and tlen below */
+ }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+ _rl_callback_data->i1 = _rl_cs_dir;
+ _rl_callback_data->i2 = key;
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_char_search;
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_CHARSEARCH);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ c = _rl_read_mbchar (_rl_vi_last_search_mbchar, MB_LEN_MAX);
+ if (c <= 0)
+ return -1;
+ _rl_vi_last_search_mblen = c;
+#else
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ if (c < 0)
+ return -1;
+ _rl_vi_last_search_char = c;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ target = _rl_vi_last_search_mbchar;
+ tlen = _rl_vi_last_search_mblen;
+#else
+ target = _rl_vi_last_search_char;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, _rl_cs_dir, target, tlen));
+#else
+ return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, _rl_cs_dir, target));
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Match brackets */
+int
+rl_vi_match (int ignore, int key)
+{
+ int count = 1, brack, pos, tmp, pre;
+
+ pos = rl_point;
+ if ((brack = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) == 0)
+ {
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ while ((brack = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) == 0)
+ {
+ pre = rl_point;
+ rl_forward_char (1, key);
+ if (pre == rl_point)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ while ((brack = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) == 0 &&
+ rl_point < rl_end - 1)
+ rl_forward_char (1, key);
+
+ if (brack <= 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = pos;
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pos = rl_point;
+
+ if (brack < 0)
+ {
+ while (count)
+ {
+ tmp = pos;
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ pos--;
+ else
+ {
+ pos = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY);
+ if (tmp == pos)
+ pos--;
+ }
+ if (pos >= 0)
+ {
+ int b = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[pos]);
+ if (b == -brack)
+ count--;
+ else if (b == brack)
+ count++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { /* brack > 0 */
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ pos++;
+ else
+ pos = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+
+ if (pos < rl_end)
+ {
+ int b = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[pos]);
+ if (b == -brack)
+ count--;
+ else if (b == brack)
+ count++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ rl_point = pos;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_bracktype (int c)
+{
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '(': return 1;
+ case ')': return -1;
+ case '[': return 2;
+ case ']': return -2;
+ case '{': return 3;
+ case '}': return -3;
+ default: return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_vi_change_char (int count, int c, char *mb)
+{
+ int p;
+
+ if (c == '\033' || c == CTRL ('C'))
+ return -1;
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ p = rl_point;
+ rl_vi_delete (1, c);
+ if (rl_point < p) /* Did we retreat at EOL? */
+ _rl_vi_append_forward (c);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ rl_insert_text (mb);
+ else
+#endif
+ _rl_insert_char (1, c);
+ }
+
+ /* The cursor shall be left on the last character changed. */
+ rl_backward_char (1, c);
+
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_getchar (char *mb, int mlen)
+{
+ int c;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ c = _rl_read_mbstring (c, mb, mlen);
+#endif
+
+ return c;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_change_char (_rl_callback_generic_arg *data)
+{
+ int c;
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+
+ c = _rl_vi_callback_getchar (mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ strncpy (_rl_vi_last_replacement, mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+ _rl_vi_last_replacement[0] = c;
+#endif
+ _rl_vi_last_replacement[MB_LEN_MAX] = '\0'; /* XXX */
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+ return (_rl_vi_change_char (data->count, c, mb));
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_change_char (int count, int key)
+{
+ int c;
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+
+ if (_rl_vi_redoing)
+ {
+ strncpy (mb, _rl_vi_last_replacement, MB_LEN_MAX);
+ c = (unsigned char)_rl_vi_last_replacement[0]; /* XXX */
+ mb[MB_LEN_MAX] = '\0';
+ }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_change_char;
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ c = _rl_vi_callback_getchar (mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ strncpy (_rl_vi_last_replacement, mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+ _rl_vi_last_replacement[0] = c;
+#endif
+ _rl_vi_last_replacement[MB_LEN_MAX] = '\0'; /* just in case */
+ }
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ return (_rl_vi_change_char (count, c, mb));
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_subst (int count, int key)
+{
+ /* If we are redoing, rl_vi_change_to will stuff the last motion char */
+ if (_rl_vi_redoing == 0)
+ rl_stuff_char ((key == 'S') ? 'c' : 'l'); /* `S' == `cc', `s' == `cl' */
+
+ return (rl_vi_change_to (count, 'c'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_overstrike (int count, int key)
+{
+ if (_rl_vi_doing_insert == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_vi_doing_insert = 1;
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ }
+
+ if (count > 0)
+ {
+ _rl_overwrite_char (count, key);
+ vi_replace_count += count;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_overstrike_delete (int count, int key)
+{
+ int i, s;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ if (vi_replace_count == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ break;
+ }
+ s = rl_point;
+
+ if (rl_do_undo ())
+ vi_replace_count--;
+
+ if (rl_point == s)
+ rl_backward_char (1, key);
+ }
+
+ if (vi_replace_count == 0 && _rl_vi_doing_insert)
+ {
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+ rl_do_undo ();
+ _rl_vi_doing_insert = 0;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_replace (int count, int key)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ vi_replace_count = 0;
+
+ if (vi_replace_map == 0)
+ {
+ vi_replace_map = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ' '; i++)
+ if (vi_insertion_keymap[i].type == ISFUNC)
+ vi_replace_map[i].function = vi_insertion_keymap[i].function;
+
+ for (i = ' '; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+ vi_replace_map[i].function = rl_vi_overstrike;
+
+ vi_replace_map[RUBOUT].function = rl_vi_overstrike_delete;
+
+ /* Make sure these are what we want. */
+ vi_replace_map[ESC].function = rl_vi_movement_mode;
+ vi_replace_map[RETURN].function = rl_newline;
+ vi_replace_map[NEWLINE].function = rl_newline;
+
+ /* If the normal vi insertion keymap has ^H bound to erase, do the
+ same here. Probably should remove the assignment to RUBOUT up
+ there, but I don't think it will make a difference in real life. */
+ if (vi_insertion_keymap[CTRL ('H')].type == ISFUNC &&
+ vi_insertion_keymap[CTRL ('H')].function == rl_rubout)
+ vi_replace_map[CTRL ('H')].function = rl_vi_overstrike_delete;
+
+ /* Make sure this is the value we need. */
+ vi_replace_map[ANYOTHERKEY].type = ISFUNC;
+ vi_replace_map[ANYOTHERKEY].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+
+ _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert = key;
+ _rl_keymap = vi_replace_map;
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Try to complete the word we are standing on or the word that ends with
+ the previous character. A space matches everything. Word delimiters are
+ space and ;. */
+int
+rl_vi_possible_completions (void)
+{
+ int save_pos = rl_point;
+
+ if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ' ' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ';')
+ {
+ while (rl_point < rl_end && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ' ' &&
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ';')
+ _rl_vi_advance_point ();
+ }
+ else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == ';')
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ rl_possible_completions ();
+ rl_point = save_pos;
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Functions to save and restore marks. */
+static int
+_rl_vi_set_mark (void)
+{
+ int ch;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ ch = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (ch < 0 || ch < 'a' || ch > 'z') /* make test against 0 explicit */
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ ch -= 'a';
+ vi_mark_chars[ch] = rl_point;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_set_mark (_rl_callback_generic_arg *data)
+{
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+ return (_rl_vi_set_mark ());
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_set_mark (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = 0;
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_set_mark;
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return (_rl_vi_set_mark ());
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_vi_goto_mark (void)
+{
+ int ch;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ ch = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (ch == '`')
+ {
+ rl_point = rl_mark;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (ch < 0 || ch < 'a' || ch > 'z') /* make test against 0 explicit */
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ ch -= 'a';
+ if (vi_mark_chars[ch] == -1)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ rl_point = vi_mark_chars[ch];
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_goto_mark (_rl_callback_generic_arg *data)
+{
+ _rl_callback_func = 0;
+ _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+ return (_rl_vi_goto_mark ());
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_goto_mark (int count, int key)
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+ if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+ {
+ _rl_callback_data = 0;
+ _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_goto_mark;
+ return (0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return (_rl_vi_goto_mark ());
+}
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/xfree.c b/lib/readline/xfree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c199b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/xfree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* xfree.c -- safe version of free that ignores attempts to free NUL */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Memory Deallocation. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Use this as the function to call when adding unwind protects so we
+ don't need to know what free() returns. */
+void
+xfree (PTR_T string)
+{
+ if (string)
+ free (string);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/xmalloc.c b/lib/readline/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d01d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Memory Allocation and Deallocation. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort (char *fname)
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s: out of virtual memory\n", fname);
+ exit (2);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
+ to hold BYTES number of bytes. If the memory cannot be allocated,
+ print an error message and abort. */
+PTR_T
+xmalloc (size_t bytes)
+{
+ PTR_T temp;
+
+ temp = malloc (bytes);
+ if (temp == 0)
+ memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+xrealloc (PTR_T pointer, size_t bytes)
+{
+ PTR_T temp;
+
+ temp = pointer ? realloc (pointer, bytes) : malloc (bytes);
+
+ if (temp == 0)
+ memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
+ return (temp);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/xmalloc.h b/lib/readline/xmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f40d7a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/xmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* xmalloc.h -- memory allocation that aborts on errors. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_XMALLOC_H_)
+#define _XMALLOC_H_
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+# include "rlstdc.h"
+#else
+# include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# define PTR_T void *
+#else
+# define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !PTR_T */
+
+extern PTR_T xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
+extern PTR_T xrealloc PARAMS((void *, size_t));
+extern void xfree PARAMS((void *));
+
+#endif /* _XMALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/sh/Makefile.in b/lib/sh/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06917ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+#
+# Makefile for the Bash library
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1998-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+LIBBUILD = ${BUILD_DIR}/lib
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INTL_LIBSRC = ${topdir}/lib/intl
+INTL_BUILDDIR = ${LIBBUILD}/intl
+INTL_INC = @INTL_INC@
+LIBINTL_H = @LIBINTL_H@
+
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@ ${DEBUG}
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(srcdir) $(INTL_INC)
+
+CCFLAGS = ${ADDON_CFLAGS} ${PROFILE_FLAGS} ${INCLUDES} $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) \
+ $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
+
+GCC_LINT_FLAGS = -Wall -Wshadow -Wpointer-arith -Wcast-qual \
+ -Wcast-align -Wstrict-prototypes -Wconversion \
+ -Wmissing-prototypes -Wtraditional -Wredundant-decls -pedantic
+
+.c.o:
+ $(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libsh.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = clktck.c clock.c getcwd.c getenv.c oslib.c setlinebuf.c \
+ strcasecmp.c strerror.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c \
+ vprint.c itos.c rename.c zread.c zwrite.c shtty.c \
+ inet_aton.c netconn.c netopen.c strpbrk.c timeval.c makepath.c \
+ pathcanon.c pathphys.c tmpfile.c stringlist.c stringvec.c spell.c \
+ shquote.c strtrans.c strcasestr.c snprintf.c mailstat.c \
+ fmtulong.c fmtullong.c fmtumax.c shmatch.c strnlen.c \
+ strtoll.c strtoull.c strtoimax.c strtoumax.c memset.c strstr.c \
+ mktime.c strftime.c mbschr.c zcatfd.c zmapfd.c winsize.c eaccess.c \
+ wcsdup.c fpurge.c zgetline.c mbscmp.c uconvert.c ufuncs.c \
+ casemod.c dprintf.c input_avail.c mbscasecmp.c fnxform.c \
+ strchrnul.c unicode.c wcswidth.c wcsnwidth.c shmbchar.c strdup.c \
+ utf8.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES =
+
+# The object files contained in $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+OBJECTS = clktck.o clock.o getenv.o oslib.o setlinebuf.o strnlen.o \
+ itos.o zread.o zwrite.o shtty.o shmatch.o eaccess.o \
+ netconn.o netopen.o timeval.o makepath.o pathcanon.o \
+ pathphys.o tmpfile.o stringlist.o stringvec.o spell.o shquote.o \
+ strtrans.o snprintf.o mailstat.o fmtulong.o \
+ fmtullong.o fmtumax.o zcatfd.o zmapfd.o winsize.o wcsdup.o \
+ fpurge.o zgetline.o mbscmp.o uconvert.o ufuncs.o casemod.o \
+ input_avail.o mbscasecmp.o fnxform.o unicode.o shmbchar.o \
+ utf8.o wcsnwidth.o ${LIBOBJS}
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile
+
+all: $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+$(LIBRARY_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+force:
+
+# The rule for 'includes' is written funny so that the if statement
+# always returns TRUE unless there really was an error installing the
+# include files.
+install:
+
+clean:
+ $(RM) $(OBJECTS) $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+realclean distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+ $(RM) Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+# Dependencies
+
+${BUILD_DIR}/version.h: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ${BUILD_DIR}/Makefile Makefile
+ -( cd ${BUILD_DIR} && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} version.h )
+
+${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ${BUILD_DIR}/Makefile Makefile
+ -( cd ${BUILD_DIR} && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} pathnames.h )
+
+# rules for losing makes, like SunOS
+casemod.o: casemod.c
+clktck.o: clktck.c
+clock.o: clock.c
+eaccess.o: eaccess.c
+dprintf.o: dprintf.c
+fmtullong.o: fmtullong.c
+fmtulong.o: fmtulong.c
+fmtumax.o: fmtumax.c
+fnxform.o: fnxform.c
+fpurge.o: fpurge.c
+getcwd.o: getcwd.c
+getenv.o: getenv.c
+inet_aton.o: inet_aton.c
+input_avail.o: input_avail.c
+itos.o: itos.c
+mailstat.o: mailstat.c
+makepath.o: makepath.c
+mbscasecmp.o: mbscasecmp.c
+mbschr.o: mbschr.c
+mbscmp.o: mbscmp.c
+memset.o: memset.c
+mktime.o: mktime.c
+netconn.o: netconn.c
+netopen.o: netopen.c
+oslib.o: oslib.c
+pathcanon.o: pathcanon.c
+pathphys.o: pathphys.c
+rename.o: rename.c
+setlinebuf.o: setlinebuf.c
+shmatch.o: shmatch.c
+shmbchar.o: shmbchar.c
+shquote.o: shquote.c
+shtty.o: shtty.c
+snprintf.o: snprintf.c
+spell.o: spell.c
+strcasecmp.o: strcasecmp.c
+strchrnul.o: strchrnul.c
+strerror.o: strerror.c
+strftime.o: strftime.c
+strcasestr.o: strcasestr.c
+stringlist.o: stringlist.c
+stringvec.o: stringvec.c
+strnlen.o: strnlen.c
+strpbrk.o: strpbrk.c
+strtod.o: strtod.c
+strtoimax.o: strtoimax.c
+strtol.o: strtol.c
+strtoll.o: strtoll.c
+strtoul.o: strtoul.c
+strtoull.o: strtoull.c
+strtoumax.o: strtoumax.c
+strtrans.o: strtrans.c
+times.o: times.c
+timeval.o: timeval.c
+tmpfile.o: tmpfile.c
+uconvert.o: uconvert.c
+ufuncs.o: ufuncs.c
+unicode.o: unicode.c
+utf8.o: utf8.c
+vprint.o: vprint.c
+wcsdup.o: wcsdup.c
+wcsnwidth.o: wcsnwidth.c
+wcswidth.o: wcswidth.c
+winsize.o: winsize.c
+zcatfd.o: zcatfd.c
+zmapfd.o: zmapfd.c
+zgetline.o: zgetline.c
+zread.o: zread.c
+zwrite.o: zwrite.c
+
+# dependencies for c files that include other c files
+fmtullong.o: fmtulong.c
+fmtumax.o: fmtulong.c
+strtoll.o: strtol.c
+strtoul.o: strtol.c
+strtoull.o: strtol.c
+
+# all files in the library depend on config.h
+casemod.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+clktck.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+clock.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+eaccess.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+dprintf.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fnxform.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fpurge.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+getcwd.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+getenv.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+inet_aton.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+input_avail.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+itos.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mailstat.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+makepath.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mbscasecmp.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mbschr.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mbscmp.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+memset.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mktime.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+netconn.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+netopen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+oslib.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+pathphys.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+rename.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+setlinebuf.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+shmatch.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+shmbchar.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+shquote.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+shtty.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+snprintf.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+spell.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strcasecmp.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strchrnul.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strerror.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strftime.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strcasestr.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+stringlist.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+stringvec.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strnlen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strpbrk.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtod.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoimax.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtol.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoll.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoul.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoull.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoumax.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtrans.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+times.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+timeval.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+uconvert.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+ufuncs.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+unicode.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+utf8.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+vprint.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+wcsdup.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+wcsnwidth.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+wcswidth.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+winsize.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zcatfd.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zgetline.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zmapfd.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zread.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zwrite.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+
+clktck.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+getcwd.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+getcwd.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixdir.h
+getcwd.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/memalloc.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+getenv.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#getenv.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+inet_aton.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+inet_aton.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+itos.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+itos.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#itos.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+makepath.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#makepath.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+netconn.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+netconn.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+netopen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} $(BASHINCDIR)/gettext.h
+#netopen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+oslib.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+oslib.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+oslib.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+#oslib.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+#pathcanon.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+pathphys.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+pathphys.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+pathphys.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+#pathphys.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+rename.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+rename.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+
+setlinebuf.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+setlinebuf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+eaccess.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+eaccess.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+eaccess.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+eaccess.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+eaccess.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#eaccess.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+shmatch.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+shmatch.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+shmatch.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+shmatch.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+shmatch.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+shmatch.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+shmatch.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+shmatch.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+shmatch.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+
+shquote.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+shquote.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+shquote.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+
+shtty.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shtty.h
+shtty.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+spell.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+spell.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixdir.h
+spell.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+
+strcasecmp.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strcasecmp.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+strerror.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#strerror.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+strcasestr.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strcasestr.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+stringlist.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#stringlist.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+stringvec.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+#stringvec.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+strnlen.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strpbrk.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strtod.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtod.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+strtoimax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strtol.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtol.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtol.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoll.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtoll.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtoll.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoul.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtoul.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtoul.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoull.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtoull.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtoull.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtrans.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+strtrans.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+strtrans.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+#strtrans.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+times.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/systimes.h
+times.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixtime.h
+
+timeval.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixtime.h
+
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+uconvert.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+uconvert.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+uconvert.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+
+ufuncs.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+clock.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixtime.h
+
+mailstat.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+mailstat.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixdir.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+
+fmtulong.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+fmtulong.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+fmtullong.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+fmtullong.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+fmtumax.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+fmtumax.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+wcsdup.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+wcsdup.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+wcsdup.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+
+wcsnwidth.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+wcsnwidth.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+wcswidth.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+wcswidth.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+mbschr.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+mbschr.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+mbschr.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+
+zgetline.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+zgetline.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+zgetline.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+zgetline.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+mbscasecmp.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+mbscasecmp.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+mbscasecmp.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+
+mbscmp.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+mbscmp.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+mbscmp.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+
+casemod.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+casemod.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+casemod.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+casemod.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+casemod.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+casemod.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+dprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+input_avail.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+input_avail.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+input_avail.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixselect.h
+
+mktime.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+mktime.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+fnxform.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fnxform.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fnxform.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+fnxform.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+shmbchar.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+shmbchar.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h
+
+unicode.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+unicode.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+unicode.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+
+utf8.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+utf8.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+utf8.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbchar.h
+
+winsize.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+winsize.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+winsize.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+zmapfd.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+zmapfd.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+zmapfd.o: ${topdir}/command.h
+zmapfd.o: ${topdir}/general.h
+zmapfd.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
diff --git a/lib/sh/casemod.c b/lib/sh/casemod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cdd417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/casemod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/* casemod.c -- functions to change case of strings */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2008,2009,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <bashintl.h>
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#include <shmbchar.h>
+#include <shmbutil.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+
+#define _to_wupper(wc) (iswlower (wc) ? towupper (wc) : (wc))
+#define _to_wlower(wc) (iswupper (wc) ? towlower (wc) : (wc))
+
+#if !defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# define cval(s, i) ((s)[(i)])
+# define iswalnum(c) (isalnum(c))
+# define TOGGLE(x) (ISUPPER (x) ? tolower ((unsigned char)x) : (TOUPPER (x)))
+#else
+# define TOGGLE(x) (iswupper (x) ? towlower (x) : (_to_wupper(x)))
+#endif
+
+/* These must agree with the defines in externs.h */
+#define CASE_NOOP 0x0000
+#define CASE_LOWER 0x0001
+#define CASE_UPPER 0x0002
+#define CASE_CAPITALIZE 0x0004
+#define CASE_UNCAP 0x0008
+#define CASE_TOGGLE 0x0010
+#define CASE_TOGGLEALL 0x0020
+#define CASE_UPFIRST 0x0040
+#define CASE_LOWFIRST 0x0080
+
+#define CASE_USEWORDS 0x1000 /* modify behavior to act on words in passed string */
+
+extern char *substring __P((char *, int, int));
+
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM(unsigned char)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static wchar_t
+cval (s, i)
+ char *s;
+ int i;
+{
+ size_t tmp;
+ wchar_t wc;
+ int l;
+ mbstate_t mps;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || is_basic (s[i]))
+ return ((wchar_t)s[i]);
+ l = strlen (s);
+ if (i >= (l - 1))
+ return ((wchar_t)s[i]);
+ memset (&mps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, s + i, l - i, &mps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (tmp) || MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+ return ((wchar_t)s[i]);
+ return wc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Modify the case of characters in STRING matching PAT based on the value of
+ FLAGS. If PAT is null, modify the case of each character */
+char *
+sh_modcase (string, pat, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ char *pat;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int start, next, end, retind;
+ int inword, c, nc, nop, match, usewords;
+ char *ret, *s;
+ wchar_t wc;
+ int mb_cur_max;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t nwc;
+ char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+ int mlen;
+ size_t m;
+ mbstate_t state;
+#endif
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ {
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&state, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ start = 0;
+ end = strlen (string);
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (2*end + 1);
+ retind = 0;
+
+ /* See if we are supposed to split on alphanumerics and operate on each word */
+ usewords = (flags & CASE_USEWORDS);
+ flags &= ~CASE_USEWORDS;
+
+ inword = 0;
+ while (start < end)
+ {
+ wc = cval ((char *)string, start);
+
+ if (iswalnum (wc) == 0)
+ inword = 0;
+
+ if (pat)
+ {
+ next = start;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, end, next);
+ s = substring ((char *)string, start, next);
+ match = strmatch (pat, s, FNM_EXTMATCH) != FNM_NOMATCH;
+ free (s);
+ if (match == 0)
+ {
+ /* copy unmatched portion */
+ memcpy (ret + retind, string + start, next - start);
+ retind += next - start;
+ start = next;
+ inword = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - for now, the toggling operators work on the individual
+ words in the string, breaking on alphanumerics. Should I
+ leave the capitalization operators to do that also? */
+ if (flags == CASE_CAPITALIZE)
+ {
+ if (usewords)
+ nop = inword ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_UPPER;
+ else
+ nop = (start > 0) ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_UPPER;
+ inword = 1;
+ }
+ else if (flags == CASE_UNCAP)
+ {
+ if (usewords)
+ nop = inword ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_LOWER;
+ else
+ nop = (start > 0) ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_LOWER;
+ inword = 1;
+ }
+ else if (flags == CASE_UPFIRST)
+ {
+ if (usewords)
+ nop = inword ? CASE_NOOP : CASE_UPPER;
+ else
+ nop = (start > 0) ? CASE_NOOP : CASE_UPPER;
+ inword = 1;
+ }
+ else if (flags == CASE_LOWFIRST)
+ {
+ if (usewords)
+ nop = inword ? CASE_NOOP : CASE_LOWER;
+ else
+ nop = (start > 0) ? CASE_NOOP : CASE_LOWER;
+ inword = 1;
+ }
+ else if (flags == CASE_TOGGLE)
+ {
+ nop = inword ? CASE_NOOP : CASE_TOGGLE;
+ inword = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ nop = flags;
+
+ /* Can't short-circuit, some locales have multibyte upper and lower
+ case equivalents of single-byte ascii characters (e.g., Turkish) */
+ if (mb_cur_max == 1)
+ {
+singlebyte:
+ switch (nop)
+ {
+ default:
+ case CASE_NOOP: nc = wc; break;
+ case CASE_UPPER: nc = TOUPPER (wc); break;
+ case CASE_LOWER: nc = TOLOWER (wc); break;
+ case CASE_TOGGLEALL:
+ case CASE_TOGGLE: nc = TOGGLE (wc); break;
+ }
+ ret[retind++] = nc;
+ }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ else
+ {
+ m = mbrtowc (&wc, string + start, end - start, &state);
+ /* Have to go through wide case conversion even for single-byte
+ chars, to accommodate single-byte characters where the
+ corresponding upper or lower case equivalent is multibyte. */
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (m))
+ {
+ wc = (unsigned char)string[start];
+ goto singlebyte;
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (m))
+ wc = L'\0';
+ switch (nop)
+ {
+ default:
+ case CASE_NOOP: nwc = wc; break;
+ case CASE_UPPER: nwc = _to_wupper (wc); break;
+ case CASE_LOWER: nwc = _to_wlower (wc); break;
+ case CASE_TOGGLEALL:
+ case CASE_TOGGLE: nwc = TOGGLE (wc); break;
+ }
+
+ /* We don't have to convert `wide' characters that are in the
+ unsigned char range back to single-byte `multibyte' characters. */
+ if ((int)nwc <= UCHAR_MAX && is_basic ((int)nwc))
+ ret[retind++] = nwc;
+ else
+ {
+ mlen = wcrtomb (mb, nwc, &state);
+ if (mlen > 0)
+ mb[mlen] = '\0';
+ /* Don't assume the same width */
+ strncpy (ret + retind, mb, mlen);
+ retind += mlen;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, end, start);
+ }
+
+ ret[retind] = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/clktck.c b/lib/sh/clktck.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b9b5b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/clktck.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* clktck.c - get the value of CLK_TCK. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) || !defined (_SC_CLK_TCK)
+# if !defined (CLK_TCK)
+# if defined (HZ)
+# define CLK_TCK HZ
+# else
+# define CLK_TCK 60
+# endif
+# endif /* !CLK_TCK */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYSCONF && !_SC_CLK_TCK */
+
+long
+get_clk_tck ()
+{
+ static long retval = 0;
+
+ if (retval != 0)
+ return (retval);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_CLK_TCK)
+ retval = sysconf (_SC_CLK_TCK);
+#else /* !SYSCONF || !_SC_CLK_TCK */
+ retval = CLK_TCK;
+#endif /* !SYSCONF || !_SC_CLK_TCK */
+
+ return (retval);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/clock.c b/lib/sh/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6c52bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* clock.c - operations on struct tms and clock_t's */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H)
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#include <bashintl.h>
+
+#ifndef locale_decpoint
+extern int locale_decpoint PARAMS((void));
+#endif
+
+extern long get_clk_tck PARAMS((void));
+
+void
+clock_t_to_secs (t, sp, sfp)
+ clock_t t;
+ time_t *sp;
+ int *sfp;
+{
+ static long clk_tck = -1;
+
+ if (clk_tck == -1)
+ clk_tck = get_clk_tck ();
+
+ *sfp = t % clk_tck;
+ *sfp = (*sfp * 1000) / clk_tck;
+
+ *sp = t / clk_tck;
+
+ /* Sanity check */
+ if (*sfp >= 1000)
+ {
+ *sp += 1;
+ *sfp -= 1000;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the time defined by a clock_t (returned by the `times' and `time'
+ system calls) in a standard way to stdio stream FP. This is scaled in
+ terms of the value of CLK_TCK, which is what is returned by the
+ `times' call. */
+void
+print_clock_t (fp, t)
+ FILE *fp;
+ clock_t t;
+{
+ time_t timestamp;
+ long minutes;
+ int seconds, seconds_fraction;
+
+ clock_t_to_secs (t, &timestamp, &seconds_fraction);
+
+ minutes = timestamp / 60;
+ seconds = timestamp % 60;
+
+ fprintf (fp, "%ldm%d%c%03ds", minutes, seconds, locale_decpoint(), seconds_fraction);
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_TIMES */
diff --git a/lib/sh/dprintf.c b/lib/sh/dprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3b5d64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/dprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* dprintf -- printf to a file descriptor */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+# include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+# include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+dprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...)
+#else
+dprintf(fd, format, va_alist)
+ int fd;
+ const char *format;
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ int fd2, rc, r2;
+ va_list args;
+
+ if ((fd2 = dup(fd)) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ fp = fdopen (fd2, "w");
+ if (fp == 0)
+ {
+ close (fd2);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ SH_VA_START (args, format);
+ rc = vfprintf (fp, format, args);
+ fflush (fp);
+ va_end (args);
+
+ r2 = fclose (fp); /* check here */
+
+ return rc;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/eaccess.c b/lib/sh/eaccess.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d8ae4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/eaccess.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/* eaccess.c - eaccess replacement for the shell, plus other access functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* !_POSIX_VERSION */
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "filecntl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#if !defined (R_OK)
+#define R_OK 4
+#define W_OK 2
+#define X_OK 1
+#define F_OK 0
+#endif /* R_OK */
+
+static int path_is_devfd __P((const char *));
+static int sh_stataccess __P((const char *, int));
+#if HAVE_DECL_SETREGID
+static int sh_euidaccess __P((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+static int
+path_is_devfd (path)
+ const char *path;
+{
+ if (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == 'd' && strncmp (path, "/dev/fd/", 8) == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (STREQN (path, "/dev/std", 8))
+ {
+ if (STREQ (path+8, "in") || STREQ (path+8, "out") || STREQ (path+8, "err"))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* A wrapper for stat () which disallows pathnames that are empty strings
+ and handles /dev/fd emulation on systems that don't have it. */
+int
+sh_stat (path, finfo)
+ const char *path;
+ struct stat *finfo;
+{
+ static char *pbuf = 0;
+
+ if (*path == '\0')
+ {
+ errno = ENOENT;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ if (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == 'd' && strncmp (path, "/dev/fd/", 8) == 0)
+ {
+ /* If stating /dev/fd/n doesn't produce the same results as fstat of
+ FD N, then define DEV_FD_STAT_BROKEN */
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) || defined (DEV_FD_STAT_BROKEN)
+ intmax_t fd;
+ int r;
+
+ if (legal_number (path + 8, &fd) && fd == (int)fd)
+ {
+ r = fstat ((int)fd, finfo);
+ if (r == 0 || errno != EBADF)
+ return (r);
+ }
+ errno = ENOENT;
+ return (-1);
+#else
+ /* If HAVE_DEV_FD is defined, DEV_FD_PREFIX is defined also, and has a
+ trailing slash. Make sure /dev/fd/xx really uses DEV_FD_PREFIX/xx.
+ On most systems, with the notable exception of linux, this is
+ effectively a no-op. */
+ pbuf = xrealloc (pbuf, sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + strlen (path + 8));
+ strcpy (pbuf, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
+ strcat (pbuf, path + 8);
+ return (stat (pbuf, finfo));
+#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ }
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_STDIN)
+ else if (STREQN (path, "/dev/std", 8))
+ {
+ if (STREQ (path+8, "in"))
+ return (fstat (0, finfo));
+ else if (STREQ (path+8, "out"))
+ return (fstat (1, finfo));
+ else if (STREQ (path+8, "err"))
+ return (fstat (2, finfo));
+ else
+ return (stat (path, finfo));
+ }
+#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_STDIN */
+ return (stat (path, finfo));
+}
+
+/* Do the same thing access(2) does, but use the effective uid and gid,
+ and don't make the mistake of telling root that any file is
+ executable. This version uses stat(2). */
+static int
+sh_stataccess (path, mode)
+ const char *path;
+ int mode;
+{
+ struct stat st;
+
+ if (sh_stat (path, &st) < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ if (current_user.euid == 0)
+ {
+ /* Root can read or write any file. */
+ if ((mode & X_OK) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ /* Root can execute any file that has any one of the execute
+ bits set. */
+ if (st.st_mode & S_IXUGO)
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ if (st.st_uid == current_user.euid) /* owner */
+ mode <<= 6;
+ else if (group_member (st.st_gid))
+ mode <<= 3;
+
+ if (st.st_mode & mode)
+ return (0);
+
+ errno = EACCES;
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_SETREGID
+/* Version to call when uid != euid or gid != egid. We temporarily swap
+ the effective and real uid and gid as appropriate. */
+static int
+sh_euidaccess (path, mode)
+ const char *path;
+ int mode;
+{
+ int r, e;
+
+ if (current_user.uid != current_user.euid)
+ setreuid (current_user.euid, current_user.uid);
+ if (current_user.gid != current_user.egid)
+ setregid (current_user.egid, current_user.gid);
+
+ r = access (path, mode);
+ e = errno;
+
+ if (current_user.uid != current_user.euid)
+ setreuid (current_user.uid, current_user.euid);
+ if (current_user.gid != current_user.egid)
+ setregid (current_user.gid, current_user.egid);
+
+ errno = e;
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+sh_eaccess (path, mode)
+ const char *path;
+ int mode;
+{
+ int ret;
+
+ if (path_is_devfd (path))
+ return (sh_stataccess (path, mode));
+
+#if (defined (HAVE_FACCESSAT) && defined (AT_EACCESS)) || defined (HAVE_EACCESS)
+# if defined (HAVE_FACCESSAT) && defined (AT_EACCESS)
+ ret = faccessat (AT_FDCWD, path, mode, AT_EACCESS);
+# else /* HAVE_EACCESS */ /* FreeBSD */
+ ret = eaccess (path, mode); /* XXX -- not always correct for X_OK */
+# endif /* HAVE_EACCESS */
+# if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (SOLARIS)
+ if (ret == 0 && current_user.euid == 0 && mode == X_OK)
+ return (sh_stataccess (path, mode));
+# endif /* __FreeBSD__ || SOLARIS */
+ return ret;
+#elif defined (EFF_ONLY_OK) /* SVR4(?), SVR4.2 */
+ return access (path, mode|EFF_ONLY_OK);
+#else
+ if (mode == F_OK)
+ return (sh_stataccess (path, mode));
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_SETREGID
+ if (current_user.uid != current_user.euid || current_user.gid != current_user.egid)
+ return (sh_euidaccess (path, mode));
+# endif
+
+ if (current_user.uid == current_user.euid && current_user.gid == current_user.egid)
+ {
+ ret = access (path, mode);
+#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (SOLARIS)
+ if (ret == 0 && current_user.euid == 0 && mode == X_OK)
+ return (sh_stataccess (path, mode));
+#endif
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ return (sh_stataccess (path, mode));
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/fmtullong.c b/lib/sh/fmtullong.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97a1dc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fmtullong.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* fmtullong.c - convert `long long int' to string */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+
+#define LONG long long
+#define UNSIGNED_LONG unsigned long long
+#define fmtulong fmtullong
+
+#include "fmtulong.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/fmtulong.c b/lib/sh/fmtulong.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ccc22b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fmtulong.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* fmtulong.c -- Convert unsigned long int to string. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <bashintl.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define x_digs "0123456789abcdef"
+#define X_digs "0123456789ABCDEF"
+
+/* XXX -- assumes uppercase letters, lowercase letters, and digits are
+ contiguous */
+#define FMTCHAR(x) \
+ ((x) < 10) ? (x) + '0' \
+ : (((x) < 36) ? (x) - 10 + 'a' \
+ : (((x) < 62) ? (x) - 36 + 'A' \
+ : (((x) == 62) ? '@' : '_')))
+
+#ifndef FL_PREFIX
+# define FL_PREFIX 0x01 /* add 0x, 0X, or 0 prefix as appropriate */
+# define FL_ADDBASE 0x02 /* add base# prefix to converted value */
+# define FL_HEXUPPER 0x04 /* use uppercase when converting to hex */
+# define FL_UNSIGNED 0x08 /* don't add any sign */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LONG
+# define LONG long
+# define UNSIGNED_LONG unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/* `unsigned long' (or unsigned long long) to string conversion for a given
+ base. The caller passes the output buffer and the size. This should
+ check for buffer underflow, but currently does not. */
+char *
+fmtulong (ui, base, buf, len, flags)
+ UNSIGNED_LONG ui;
+ int base;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t len;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *p;
+ int sign;
+ LONG si;
+
+ if (base == 0)
+ base = 10;
+
+ if (base < 2 || base > 64)
+ {
+#if 1
+ /* XXX - truncation possible with long translation */
+ strncpy (buf, _("invalid base"), len - 1);
+ buf[len-1] = '\0';
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return (p = buf);
+#else
+ base = 10;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ sign = 0;
+ if ((flags & FL_UNSIGNED) == 0 && (LONG)ui < 0)
+ {
+ ui = -ui;
+ sign = '-';
+ }
+
+ p = buf + len - 2;
+ p[1] = '\0';
+
+ /* handle common cases explicitly */
+ switch (base)
+ {
+ case 10:
+ if (ui < 10)
+ {
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (ui);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Favor signed arithmetic over unsigned arithmetic; it is faster on
+ many machines. */
+ if ((LONG)ui < 0)
+ {
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (ui % 10);
+ si = ui / 10;
+ }
+ else
+ si = ui;
+ do
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (si % 10);
+ while (si /= 10);
+ break;
+
+ case 8:
+ do
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (ui & 7);
+ while (ui >>= 3);
+ break;
+
+ case 16:
+ do
+ *p-- = (flags & FL_HEXUPPER) ? X_digs[ui & 15] : x_digs[ui & 15];
+ while (ui >>= 4);
+ break;
+
+ case 2:
+ do
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (ui & 1);
+ while (ui >>= 1);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ do
+ *p-- = FMTCHAR (ui % base);
+ while (ui /= base);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & FL_PREFIX) && (base == 8 || base == 16))
+ {
+ if (base == 16)
+ {
+ *p-- = (flags & FL_HEXUPPER) ? 'X' : 'x';
+ *p-- = '0';
+ }
+ else if (p[1] != '0')
+ *p-- = '0';
+ }
+ else if ((flags & FL_ADDBASE) && base != 10)
+ {
+ *p-- = '#';
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (base % 10);
+ if (base > 10)
+ *p-- = TOCHAR (base / 10);
+ }
+
+ if (sign)
+ *p-- = '-';
+
+ return (p + 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/fmtumax.c b/lib/sh/fmtumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2786b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fmtumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* fmtumax.c -- Convert uintmax_t to string. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define LONG intmax_t
+#define UNSIGNED_LONG uintmax_t
+#define fmtulong fmtumax
+
+#include "fmtulong.c"
diff --git a/lib/sh/fnxform.c b/lib/sh/fnxform.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7e1b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fnxform.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* fnxform - use iconv(3) to transform strings to and from "filename" format */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_ICONV)
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET)
+extern const char *locale_charset __P((void));
+#else
+extern char *get_locale_var __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_ICONV)
+static iconv_t conv_fromfs = (iconv_t)-1;
+static iconv_t conv_tofs = (iconv_t)-1;
+
+#define OUTLEN_MAX 4096
+
+static char *outbuf = 0;
+static size_t outlen = 0;
+
+static char *curencoding __P((void));
+static void init_tofs __P((void));
+static void init_fromfs __P((void));
+
+static char *
+curencoding ()
+{
+ char *loc;
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET)
+ loc = (char *)locale_charset ();
+ return loc;
+#else
+ char *dot, *mod;
+
+ loc = get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (loc == 0 || *loc == 0)
+ return "";
+ dot = strchr (loc, '.');
+ if (dot == 0)
+ return loc;
+ mod = strchr (dot, '@');
+ if (mod)
+ *mod = '\0';
+ return ++dot;
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+init_tofs ()
+{
+ char *cur;
+
+ cur = curencoding ();
+ conv_tofs = iconv_open ("UTF-8-MAC", cur);
+}
+
+static void
+init_fromfs ()
+{
+ char *cur;
+
+ cur = curencoding ();
+ conv_fromfs = iconv_open (cur, "UTF-8-MAC");
+}
+
+char *
+fnx_tofs (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ size_t len;
+{
+#ifdef MACOSX
+ ICONV_CONST char *inbuf;
+ char *tempbuf;
+ size_t templen;
+
+ if (conv_tofs == (iconv_t)-1)
+ init_tofs ();
+ if (conv_tofs == (iconv_t)-1)
+ return string;
+
+ /* Free and reallocate outbuf if it's *too* big */
+ if (outlen >= OUTLEN_MAX && len < OUTLEN_MAX - 8)
+ {
+ free (outbuf);
+ outbuf = 0;
+ outlen = 0;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = string;
+ if (outbuf == 0 || outlen < len + 8)
+ {
+ outlen = len + 8;
+ outbuf = outbuf ? xrealloc (outbuf, outlen + 1) : xmalloc (outlen + 1);
+ }
+ tempbuf = outbuf;
+ templen = outlen;
+
+ iconv (conv_tofs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+
+ if (iconv (conv_tofs, &inbuf, &len, &tempbuf, &templen) == (size_t)-1)
+ return string;
+
+ *tempbuf = '\0';
+ return outbuf;
+#else
+ return string;
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+fnx_fromfs (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ size_t len;
+{
+#ifdef MACOSX
+ ICONV_CONST char *inbuf;
+ char *tempbuf;
+ size_t templen;
+
+ if (conv_fromfs == (iconv_t)-1)
+ init_fromfs ();
+ if (conv_fromfs == (iconv_t)-1)
+ return string;
+
+ /* Free and reallocate outbuf if it's *too* big */
+ if (outlen >= OUTLEN_MAX && len < OUTLEN_MAX - 8)
+ {
+ free (outbuf);
+ outbuf = 0;
+ outlen = 0;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = string;
+ if (outbuf == 0 || outlen < (len + 8))
+ {
+ outlen = len + 8;
+ outbuf = outbuf ? xrealloc (outbuf, outlen + 1) : xmalloc (outlen + 1);
+ }
+ tempbuf = outbuf;
+ templen = outlen;
+
+ iconv (conv_fromfs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+
+ if (iconv (conv_fromfs, &inbuf, &len, &tempbuf, &templen) == (size_t)-1)
+ return string;
+
+ *tempbuf = '\0';
+ return outbuf;
+#else
+ return string;
+#endif
+}
+
+#else
+char *
+fnx_tofs (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ return string;
+}
+
+char *
+fnx_fromfs (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ return string;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/fpurge.c b/lib/sh/fpurge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13e8c78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fpurge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* fpurge - Flushing buffers of a FILE stream. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2007-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Specification. Same as in ../../externs.h. */
+#define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
+#if HAVE_FPURGE
+# define fpurge _bash_fpurge
+#endif
+extern int fpurge __P((FILE *stream));
+
+#if HAVE___FPURGE /* glibc >= 2.2, Haiku, Solaris >= 7 */
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Inline contents of gnulib:stdio-impl.h */
+
+/* Many stdio implementations have the same logic and therefore can share
+ the same implementation of stdio extension API, except that some fields
+ have different naming conventions, or their access requires some casts. */
+
+/* BSD stdio derived implementations. */
+
+#if defined __NetBSD__ /* NetBSD */
+/* Get __NetBSD_Version__. */
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, MacOS X, Cygwin */
+
+# if defined __DragonFly__ /* DragonFly */
+ /* See <http://www.dragonflybsd.org/cvsweb/src/lib/libc/stdio/priv_stdio.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>. */
+# define fp_ ((struct { struct __FILE_public pub; \
+ struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _bf; \
+ void *cookie; \
+ void *_close; \
+ void *_read; \
+ void *_seek; \
+ void *_write; \
+ struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _ub; \
+ int _ur; \
+ unsigned char _ubuf[3]; \
+ unsigned char _nbuf[1]; \
+ struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _lb; \
+ int _blksize; \
+ fpos_t _offset; \
+ /* More fields, not relevant here. */ \
+ } *) fp)
+ /* See <http://www.dragonflybsd.org/cvsweb/src/include/stdio.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>. */
+# define _p pub._p
+# define _flags pub._flags
+# define _r pub._r
+# define _w pub._w
+# else
+# define fp_ fp
+# endif
+
+# if (defined __NetBSD__ && __NetBSD_Version__ >= 105270000) || defined __OpenBSD__ /* NetBSD >= 1.5ZA, OpenBSD */
+ /* See <http://cvsweb.netbsd.org/bsdweb.cgi/src/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>
+ and <http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/src/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup> */
+ struct __sfileext
+ {
+ struct __sbuf _ub; /* ungetc buffer */
+ /* More fields, not relevant here. */
+ };
+# define fp_ub ((struct __sfileext *) fp->_ext._base)->_ub
+# else /* FreeBSD, NetBSD <= 1.5Z, DragonFly, MacOS X, Cygwin */
+# define fp_ub fp_->_ub
+# endif
+
+# define HASUB(fp) (fp_ub._base != NULL)
+
+#endif
+
+/* SystemV derived implementations. */
+
+#if defined _IOERR
+
+# if defined __sun && defined _LP64 /* Solaris/{SPARC,AMD64} 64-bit */
+# define fp_ ((struct { unsigned char *_ptr; \
+ unsigned char *_base; \
+ unsigned char *_end; \
+ long _cnt; \
+ int _file; \
+ unsigned int _flag; \
+ } *) fp)
+# else
+# define fp_ fp
+# endif
+
+# if defined _SCO_DS /* OpenServer */
+# define _cnt __cnt
+# define _ptr __ptr
+# define _base __base
+# define _flag __flag
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+int
+fpurge (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if HAVE___FPURGE /* glibc >= 2.2, Haiku, Solaris >= 7 */
+
+ __fpurge (fp);
+ /* The __fpurge function does not have a return value. */
+ return 0;
+
+#elif HAVE_FPURGE /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, MacOS X, Cygwin 1.7 */
+
+ /* Call the system's fpurge function. */
+# undef fpurge
+# if !HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
+ extern int fpurge (FILE *);
+# endif
+ int result = fpurge (fp);
+# if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, MacOS X, Cygwin */
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* Correct the invariants that fpurge broke.
+ <stdio.h> on BSD systems says:
+ "The following always hold: if _flags & __SRD, _w is 0."
+ If this invariant is not fulfilled and the stream is read-write but
+ currently reading, subsequent putc or fputc calls will write directly
+ into the buffer, although they shouldn't be allowed to. */
+ if ((fp_->_flags & __SRD) != 0)
+ fp_->_w = 0;
+# endif
+ return result;
+
+#else
+
+ /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+ <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+ fast macros. */
+# if defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+ fp->_IO_read_end = fp->_IO_read_ptr;
+ fp->_IO_write_ptr = fp->_IO_write_base;
+ /* Avoid memory leak when there is an active ungetc buffer. */
+ if (fp->_IO_save_base != NULL)
+ {
+ free (fp->_IO_save_base);
+ fp->_IO_save_base = NULL;
+ }
+ return 0;
+# elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, MacOS X, Cygwin */
+ fp_->_p = fp_->_bf._base;
+ fp_->_r = 0;
+ fp_->_w = ((fp_->_flags & (__SLBF | __SNBF | __SRD)) == 0 /* fully buffered and not currently reading? */
+ ? fp_->_bf._size
+ : 0);
+ /* Avoid memory leak when there is an active ungetc buffer. */
+ if (fp_ub._base != NULL)
+ {
+ if (fp_ub._base != fp_->_ubuf)
+ free (fp_ub._base);
+ fp_ub._base = NULL;
+ }
+ return 0;
+# elif defined __EMX__ /* emx+gcc */
+ fp->_ptr = fp->_buffer;
+ fp->_rcount = 0;
+ fp->_wcount = 0;
+ fp->_ungetc_count = 0;
+ return 0;
+# elif defined _IOERR || defined __TANDEM /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw */
+ fp->_ptr = fp->_base;
+ if (fp->_ptr != NULL)
+ fp->_cnt = 0;
+ return 0;
+# elif defined __UCLIBC__ /* uClibc */
+# ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+ if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING)
+ fp->__bufpos = fp->__bufstart;
+ else if (fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING))
+ fp->__bufpos = fp->__bufread;
+# endif
+ return 0;
+# elif defined __QNX__ /* QNX */
+ fp->_Rback = fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back);
+ fp->_Rsave = NULL;
+ if (fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */)
+ /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Wend */
+ fp->_Next = fp->_Buf;
+ else
+ /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Rend */
+ fp->_Rend = fp->_Next;
+ return 0;
+# elif defined __MINT__ /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+ if (fp->__pushed_back)
+ {
+ fp->__bufp = fp->__pushback_bufp;
+ fp->__pushed_back = 0;
+ }
+ /* Preserve the current file position. */
+ if (fp->__target != -1)
+ fp->__target += fp->__bufp - fp->__buffer;
+ fp->__bufp = fp->__buffer;
+ /* Nothing in the buffer, next getc is nontrivial. */
+ fp->__get_limit = fp->__bufp;
+ /* Nothing in the buffer, next putc is nontrivial. */
+ fp->__put_limit = fp->__buffer;
+ return 0;
+# else
+# warning "Please port gnulib fpurge.c to your platform! Look at the definitions of fflush, setvbuf and ungetc on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+ return 0;
+# endif
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/getcwd.c b/lib/sh/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7bd241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+/* getcwd.c -- get pathname of current directory */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
+
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && defined (_AIX)
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif /* _AIX && RISC6000 && !__GNUC__ */
+
+#if defined (__QNX__)
+# undef HAVE_LSTAT
+#endif
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <posixdir.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <maxpath.h>
+#include <memalloc.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#if !defined (D_FILENO_AVAILABLE)
+# include "command.h"
+# include "general.h"
+# include "externs.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+# define lstat stat
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* If the d_fileno member of a struct dirent doesn't return anything useful,
+ we need to check inode number equivalence the hard way. Return 1 if
+ the inode corresponding to PATH/DIR is identical to THISINO. */
+#if !defined (D_FILENO_AVAILABLE)
+static int
+_path_checkino (dotp, name, thisino)
+ char *dotp;
+ char *name;
+ ino_t thisino;
+{
+ char *fullpath;
+ int r, e;
+ struct stat st;
+
+ e = errno;
+ fullpath = sh_makepath (dotp, name, MP_RMDOT);
+ if (stat (fullpath, &st) < 0)
+ {
+ errno = e;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ free (fullpath);
+ errno = e;
+ return (st.st_ino == thisino);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Get the pathname of the current working directory,
+ and put it in SIZE bytes of BUF. Returns NULL if the
+ directory couldn't be determined or SIZE was too small.
+ If successful, returns BUF. In GNU, if BUF is NULL,
+ an array is allocated with `malloc'; the array is SIZE
+ bytes long, unless SIZE <= 0, in which case it is as
+ big as necessary. */
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+char *
+getcwd (char *buf, size_t size)
+#else /* !__STDC__ */
+char *
+getcwd (buf, size)
+ char *buf;
+ size_t size;
+#endif /* !__STDC__ */
+{
+ static const char dots[]
+ = "../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../\
+../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../\
+../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../..";
+ const char *dotp, *dotlist;
+ size_t dotsize;
+ dev_t rootdev, thisdev;
+ ino_t rootino, thisino;
+ char path[PATH_MAX + 1];
+ register char *pathp;
+ char *pathbuf;
+ size_t pathsize;
+ struct stat st;
+ int saved_errno;
+
+ if (buf != NULL && size == 0)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ pathsize = sizeof (path);
+ pathp = &path[pathsize];
+ *--pathp = '\0';
+ pathbuf = path;
+
+ if (stat (".", &st) < 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ thisdev = st.st_dev;
+ thisino = st.st_ino;
+
+ if (stat ("/", &st) < 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ rootdev = st.st_dev;
+ rootino = st.st_ino;
+
+ saved_errno = 0;
+
+ dotsize = sizeof (dots) - 1;
+ dotp = &dots[sizeof (dots)];
+ dotlist = dots;
+ while (!(thisdev == rootdev && thisino == rootino))
+ {
+ register DIR *dirstream;
+ register struct dirent *d;
+ dev_t dotdev;
+ ino_t dotino;
+ char mount_point;
+ int namlen;
+
+ /* Look at the parent directory. */
+ if (dotp == dotlist)
+ {
+ /* My, what a deep directory tree you have, Grandma. */
+ char *new;
+ if (dotlist == dots)
+ {
+ new = (char *)malloc (dotsize * 2 + 1);
+ if (new == NULL)
+ goto lose;
+ memcpy (new, dots, dotsize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new = (char *)realloc ((PTR_T) dotlist, dotsize * 2 + 1);
+ if (new == NULL)
+ goto lose;
+ }
+ memcpy (&new[dotsize], new, dotsize);
+ dotp = &new[dotsize];
+ dotsize *= 2;
+ new[dotsize] = '\0';
+ dotlist = new;
+ }
+
+ dotp -= 3;
+
+ /* Figure out if this directory is a mount point. */
+ if (stat (dotp, &st) < 0)
+ goto lose;
+ dotdev = st.st_dev;
+ dotino = st.st_ino;
+ mount_point = dotdev != thisdev;
+
+ /* Search for the last directory. */
+ dirstream = opendir (dotp);
+ if (dirstream == NULL)
+ goto lose;
+ while ((d = readdir (dirstream)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if (d->d_name[0] == '.' &&
+ (d->d_name[1] == '\0' ||
+ (d->d_name[1] == '.' && d->d_name[2] == '\0')))
+ continue;
+#if defined (D_FILENO_AVAILABLE)
+ if (mount_point || d->d_fileno == thisino)
+#else
+ if (mount_point || _path_checkino (dotp, d->d_name, thisino))
+#endif
+ {
+ char *name;
+
+ namlen = D_NAMLEN(d);
+ name = (char *)
+ alloca (dotlist + dotsize - dotp + 1 + namlen + 1);
+ memcpy (name, dotp, dotlist + dotsize - dotp);
+ name[dotlist + dotsize - dotp] = '/';
+ memcpy (&name[dotlist + dotsize - dotp + 1],
+ d->d_name, namlen + 1);
+ if (lstat (name, &st) < 0)
+ {
+#if 0
+ int save = errno;
+ (void) closedir (dirstream);
+ errno = save;
+ goto lose;
+#else
+ saved_errno = errno;
+#endif
+ }
+ if (st.st_dev == thisdev && st.st_ino == thisino)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (d == NULL)
+ {
+#if 0
+ int save = errno;
+#else
+ int save = errno ? errno : saved_errno;
+#endif
+ (void) closedir (dirstream);
+ errno = save;
+ goto lose;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t space;
+
+ while ((space = pathp - pathbuf) <= namlen)
+ {
+ char *new;
+
+ if (pathbuf == path)
+ {
+ new = (char *)malloc (pathsize * 2);
+ if (!new)
+ goto lose;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new = (char *)realloc ((PTR_T) pathbuf, (pathsize * 2));
+ if (!new)
+ goto lose;
+ pathp = new + space;
+ }
+ (void) memcpy (new + pathsize + space, pathp, pathsize - space);
+ pathp = new + pathsize + space;
+ pathbuf = new;
+ pathsize *= 2;
+ }
+
+ pathp -= namlen;
+ (void) memcpy (pathp, d->d_name, namlen);
+ *--pathp = '/';
+ (void) closedir (dirstream);
+ }
+
+ thisdev = dotdev;
+ thisino = dotino;
+ }
+
+ if (pathp == &path[sizeof(path) - 1])
+ *--pathp = '/';
+
+ if (dotlist != dots)
+ free ((PTR_T) dotlist);
+
+ {
+ size_t len = pathbuf + pathsize - pathp;
+ if (buf == NULL && size <= 0)
+ size = len;
+
+ if ((size_t) size < len)
+ {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ goto lose2;
+ }
+ if (buf == NULL)
+ {
+ buf = (char *) malloc (size);
+ if (buf == NULL)
+ goto lose2;
+ }
+
+ (void) memcpy((PTR_T) buf, (PTR_T) pathp, len);
+ }
+
+ if (pathbuf != path)
+ free (pathbuf);
+
+ return (buf);
+
+ lose:
+ if ((dotlist != dots) && dotlist)
+ {
+ int e = errno;
+ free ((PTR_T) dotlist);
+ errno = e;
+ }
+
+ lose2:
+ if ((pathbuf != path) && pathbuf)
+ {
+ int e = errno;
+ free ((PTR_T) pathbuf);
+ errno = e;
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+# include <stdio.h>
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char b[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (getcwd(b, sizeof(b)))
+ {
+ printf ("%s\n", b);
+ exit (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ perror ("cwd: getcwd");
+ exit (1);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETCWD */
diff --git a/lib/sh/getenv.c b/lib/sh/getenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e682ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/getenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* getenv.c - get environment variable value from the shell's variable
+ list. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+/* We supply our own version of getenv () because we want library
+ routines to get the changed values of exported variables. */
+
+/* The NeXT C library has getenv () defined and used in the same file.
+ This screws our scheme. However, Bash will run on the NeXT using
+ the C library getenv (), since right now the only environment variable
+ that we care about is HOME, and that is already defined. */
+static char *last_tempenv_value = (char *)NULL;
+
+char *
+getenv (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ if (name == 0 || *name == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ var = find_tempenv_variable ((char *)name);
+ if (var)
+ {
+ FREE (last_tempenv_value);
+
+ last_tempenv_value = value_cell (var) ? savestring (value_cell (var)) : (char *)NULL;
+ return (last_tempenv_value);
+ }
+ else if (shell_variables)
+ {
+ var = find_variable ((char *)name);
+ if (var && exported_p (var))
+ return (value_cell (var));
+ }
+ else if (environ)
+ {
+ register int i, len;
+
+ /* In some cases, s5r3 invokes getenv() before main(); BSD systems
+ using gprof also exhibit this behavior. This means that
+ shell_variables will be 0 when this is invoked. We look up the
+ variable in the real environment in that case. */
+
+ for (i = 0, len = strlen (name); environ[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if ((STREQN (environ[i], name, len)) && (environ[i][len] == '='))
+ return (environ[i] + len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Some versions of Unix use _getenv instead. */
+char *
+_getenv (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ return (getenv (name));
+}
+
+/* SUSv3 says argument is a `char *'; BSD implementations disagree */
+int
+putenv (str)
+#ifndef HAVE_STD_PUTENV
+ const char *str;
+#else
+ char *str;
+#endif
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *name, *value;
+ int offset;
+
+ if (str == 0 || *str == '\0')
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ offset = assignment (str, 0);
+ if (str[offset] != '=')
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ name = savestring (str);
+ name[offset] = 0;
+
+ value = name + offset + 1;
+
+ /* XXX - should we worry about readonly here? */
+ var = bind_variable (name, value, 0);
+ if (var == 0)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+ VSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+int
+_putenv (name)
+#ifndef HAVE_STD_PUTENV
+ const char *name;
+#else
+ char *name;
+#endif
+{
+ return putenv (name);
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+setenv (name, value, rewrite)
+ const char *name;
+ const char *value;
+ int rewrite;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *v;
+
+ if (name == 0 || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != 0)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ var = 0;
+ v = (char *)value; /* some compilers need explicit cast */
+ /* XXX - should we worry about readonly here? */
+ if (rewrite == 0)
+ var = find_variable (name);
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ var = bind_variable (name, v, 0);
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+ VSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+int
+_setenv (name, value, rewrite)
+ const char *name;
+ const char *value;
+ int rewrite;
+{
+ return setenv (name, value, rewrite);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* SUSv3 says unsetenv returns int; existing implementations (BSD) disagree. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STD_UNSETENV
+#define UNSETENV_RETURN(N) return(N)
+#define UNSETENV_RETTYPE int
+#else
+#define UNSETENV_RETURN(N) return
+#define UNSETENV_RETTYPE void
+#endif
+
+UNSETENV_RETTYPE
+unsetenv (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ if (name == 0 || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != 0)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ UNSETENV_RETURN(-1);
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - should we just remove the export attribute here? */
+#if 1
+ unbind_variable (name);
+#else
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v)
+ VUNSETATTR (v, att_exported);
+#endif
+
+ UNSETENV_RETURN(0);
+}
+#endif /* CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV */
diff --git a/lib/sh/inet_aton.c b/lib/sh/inet_aton.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e377178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/inet_aton.c
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* inet_aton - convert string to numeric IP address */
+
+/* Snagged from GNU C library, version 2.0.3. */
+
+/*
+ * ++Copyright++ 1983, 1990, 1993
+ * -
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * -
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that
+ * the name of Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the document or software without
+ * specific, written prior permission.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORP. DISCLAIMS ALL
+ * WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL EQUIPMENT
+ * CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
+ * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
+ * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * -
+ * --Copyright--
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)inet_addr.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/17/93";
+static char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_addr.c,v 1.5 1996/08/14 03:48:37 drepper Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_INET_ATON) && defined (HAVE_NETWORK) && defined (HAVE_NETINET_IN_H) && defined (HAVE_ARPA_INET_H)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#ifndef INADDR_NONE
+# define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
+#endif
+
+/* these are compatibility routines, not needed on recent BSD releases */
+
+#if 0
+/* Not used, not needed. */
+/*
+ * Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
+ * The value returned is in network order.
+ */
+u_long
+inet_addr(cp)
+ register const char *cp;
+{
+ struct in_addr val;
+
+ if (inet_aton(cp, &val))
+ return (val.s_addr);
+ return (INADDR_NONE);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
+ * of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
+ * Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
+ * This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
+ * cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
+ */
+int
+inet_aton(cp, addr)
+ register const char *cp;
+ struct in_addr *addr;
+{
+ register u_bits32_t val;
+ register int base, n;
+ register unsigned char c;
+ u_int parts[4];
+ register u_int *pp = parts;
+
+ c = *cp;
+ for (;;) {
+ /*
+ * Collect number up to ``.''.
+ * Values are specified as for C:
+ * 0x=hex, 0=octal, isdigit=decimal.
+ */
+#if 0
+ if (!isdigit(c))
+#else
+ if (c != '0' && c != '1' && c != '2' && c != '3' && c != '4' &&
+ c != '5' && c != '6' && c != '7' && c != '8' && c != '9')
+#endif
+ return (0);
+ val = 0; base = 10;
+ if (c == '0') {
+ c = *++cp;
+ if (c == 'x' || c == 'X')
+ base = 16, c = *++cp;
+ else
+ base = 8;
+ }
+ for (;;) {
+ if (isascii(c) && isdigit(c)) {
+ val = (val * base) + (c - '0');
+ c = *++cp;
+ } else if (base == 16 && isascii(c) && isxdigit(c)) {
+ val = (val << 4) |
+ (c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
+ c = *++cp;
+ } else
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c == '.') {
+ /*
+ * Internet format:
+ * a.b.c.d
+ * a.b.c (with c treated as 16 bits)
+ * a.b (with b treated as 24 bits)
+ */
+ if (pp >= parts + 3)
+ return (0);
+ *pp++ = val;
+ c = *++cp;
+ } else
+ break;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Check for trailing characters.
+ */
+ if (c != '\0' && (!isascii(c) || !isspace(c)))
+ return (0);
+ /*
+ * Concoct the address according to
+ * the number of parts specified.
+ */
+ n = pp - parts + 1;
+ switch (n) {
+
+ case 0:
+ return (0); /* initial nondigit */
+
+ case 1: /* a -- 32 bits */
+ break;
+
+ case 2: /* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
+ if (val > 0xffffff)
+ return (0);
+ val |= parts[0] << 24;
+ break;
+
+ case 3: /* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
+ if (val > 0xffff)
+ return (0);
+ val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
+ break;
+
+ case 4: /* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
+ if (val > 0xff)
+ return (0);
+ val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (addr)
+ addr->s_addr = htonl(val);
+ return (1);
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_INET_ATON */
diff --git a/lib/sh/input_avail.c b/lib/sh/input_avail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac157a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/input_avail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* input_avail.c -- check whether or not data is available for reading on a
+ specified file descriptor. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+# include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+
+#include "posixselect.h"
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if !defined (O_NDELAY) && defined (O_NONBLOCK)
+# define O_NDELAY O_NONBLOCK /* Posix style */
+#endif
+
+/* Return >= 1 if select/FIONREAD indicates data available for reading on
+ file descriptor FD; 0 if no data available. Return -1 on error. */
+int
+input_avail (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ int result, chars_avail;
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+ fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+ struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ chars_avail = 0;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+ FD_SET (fd, &readfds);
+ FD_SET (fd, &exceptfds);
+ timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+ timeout.tv_usec = 0;
+ result = select (fd + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout);
+ return ((result <= 0) ? 0 : 1);
+
+#endif
+
+ result = -1;
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+ errno = 0;
+ result = ioctl (fd, FIONREAD, &chars_avail);
+ if (result == -1 && errno == EIO)
+ return -1;
+ return (chars_avail);
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/itos.c b/lib/sh/itos.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd36ef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/itos.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* itos.c -- Convert integer to string. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+
+char *
+inttostr (i, buf, len)
+ intmax_t i;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ return (fmtumax (i, 10, buf, len, 0));
+}
+
+/* Integer to string conversion. This conses the string; the
+ caller should free it. */
+char *
+itos (i)
+ intmax_t i;
+{
+ char *p, lbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(intmax_t) + 1];
+
+ p = fmtumax (i, 10, lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), 0);
+ return (savestring (p));
+}
+
+/* Integer to string conversion. This conses the string using strdup;
+ caller should free it and be prepared to deal with NULL return. */
+char *
+mitos (i)
+ intmax_t i;
+{
+ char *p, lbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(intmax_t) + 1];
+
+ p = fmtumax (i, 10, lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), 0);
+ return (strdup (p));
+}
+
+char *
+uinttostr (i, buf, len)
+ uintmax_t i;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ return (fmtumax (i, 10, buf, len, FL_UNSIGNED));
+}
+
+/* Integer to string conversion. This conses the string; the
+ caller should free it. */
+char *
+uitos (i)
+ uintmax_t i;
+{
+ char *p, lbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(uintmax_t) + 1];
+
+ p = fmtumax (i, 10, lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), FL_UNSIGNED);
+ return (savestring (p));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/mailstat.c b/lib/sh/mailstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79b431a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mailstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* mailstat.c -- stat a mailbox file, handling maildir-type mail directories */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <posixdir.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <maxpath.h>
+
+/*
+ * Stat a file. If it's a maildir, check all messages
+ * in the maildir and present the grand total as a file.
+ * The fields in the 'struct stat' are from the mail directory.
+ * The following fields are emulated:
+ *
+ * st_nlink always 1, unless st_blocks is not present, in which case it's
+ * the total number of messages
+ * st_size total number of bytes in all files
+ * st_blocks total number of messages, if present in struct stat
+ * st_atime access time of newest file in maildir
+ * st_mtime modify time of newest file in maildir
+ * st_mode S_IFDIR changed to S_IFREG
+ *
+ * This is good enough for most mail-checking applications.
+ */
+
+int
+mailstat(path, st)
+ const char *path;
+ struct stat *st;
+{
+ static struct stat st_new_last, st_ret_last;
+ struct stat st_ret, st_tmp;
+ DIR *dd;
+ struct dirent *fn;
+ char dir[PATH_MAX * 2], file[PATH_MAX * 2];
+ int i, l;
+ time_t atime, mtime;
+
+ atime = mtime = 0;
+
+ /* First see if it's a directory. */
+ if ((i = stat(path, st)) != 0 || S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) == 0)
+ return i;
+
+ if (strlen(path) > sizeof(dir) - 5)
+ {
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+ errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ st_ret = *st;
+ st_ret.st_nlink = 1;
+ st_ret.st_size = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+ st_ret.st_blocks = 0;
+#else
+ st_ret.st_nlink = 0;
+#endif
+ st_ret.st_mode &= ~S_IFDIR;
+ st_ret.st_mode |= S_IFREG;
+
+ /* See if cur/ is present */
+ sprintf(dir, "%s/cur", path);
+ if (stat(dir, &st_tmp) || S_ISDIR(st_tmp.st_mode) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ st_ret.st_atime = st_tmp.st_atime;
+
+ /* See if tmp/ is present */
+ sprintf(dir, "%s/tmp", path);
+ if (stat(dir, &st_tmp) || S_ISDIR(st_tmp.st_mode) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ st_ret.st_mtime = st_tmp.st_mtime;
+
+ /* And new/ */
+ sprintf(dir, "%s/new", path);
+ if (stat(dir, &st_tmp) || S_ISDIR(st_tmp.st_mode) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ st_ret.st_mtime = st_tmp.st_mtime;
+
+ /* Optimization - if new/ didn't change, nothing else did. */
+ if (st_tmp.st_dev == st_new_last.st_dev &&
+ st_tmp.st_ino == st_new_last.st_ino &&
+ st_tmp.st_atime == st_new_last.st_atime &&
+ st_tmp.st_mtime == st_new_last.st_mtime)
+ {
+ *st = st_ret_last;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ st_new_last = st_tmp;
+
+ /* Loop over new/ and cur/ */
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+ {
+ sprintf(dir, "%s/%s", path, i ? "cur" : "new");
+ sprintf(file, "%s/", dir);
+ l = strlen(file);
+ if ((dd = opendir(dir)) == NULL)
+ return 0;
+ while ((fn = readdir(dd)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if (fn->d_name[0] == '.' || strlen(fn->d_name) + l >= sizeof(file))
+ continue;
+ strcpy(file + l, fn->d_name);
+ if (stat(file, &st_tmp) != 0)
+ continue;
+ st_ret.st_size += st_tmp.st_size;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+ st_ret.st_blocks++;
+#else
+ st_ret.st_nlink++;
+#endif
+ if (st_tmp.st_atime != st_tmp.st_mtime && st_tmp.st_atime > atime)
+ atime = st_tmp.st_atime;
+ if (st_tmp.st_mtime > mtime)
+ mtime = st_tmp.st_mtime;
+ }
+ closedir(dd);
+ }
+
+/* if (atime) */ /* Set atime even if cur/ is empty */
+ st_ret.st_atime = atime;
+ if (mtime)
+ st_ret.st_mtime = mtime;
+
+ *st = st_ret_last = st_ret;
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/makepath.c b/lib/sh/makepath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef01718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/makepath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* makepath.c - glue PATH and DIR together into a full pathname. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* MAKE SURE THESE AGREE WITH ../../externs.h. */
+
+#ifndef MP_DOTILDE
+# define MP_DOTILDE 0x01
+# define MP_DOCWD 0x02
+# define MP_RMDOT 0x04
+# define MP_IGNDOT 0x08
+#endif
+
+extern char *get_working_directory __P((char *));
+
+static char *nullpath = "";
+
+/* Take PATH, an element from, e.g., $CDPATH, and DIR, a directory name,
+ and paste them together into PATH/DIR. Tilde expansion is performed on
+ PATH if (flags & MP_DOTILDE) is non-zero. If PATH is NULL or the empty
+ string, it is converted to the current directory. A full pathname is
+ used if (flags & MP_DOCWD) is non-zero, otherwise `./' is used. If
+ (flags & MP_RMDOT) is non-zero, any `./' is removed from the beginning
+ of DIR. If (flags & MP_IGNDOT) is non-zero, a PATH that is "." or "./"
+ is ignored. */
+
+#define MAKEDOT() \
+ do { \
+ xpath = (char *)xmalloc (2); \
+ xpath[0] = '.'; \
+ xpath[1] = '\0'; \
+ pathlen = 1; \
+ } while (0)
+
+char *
+sh_makepath (path, dir, flags)
+ const char *path, *dir;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int dirlen, pathlen;
+ char *ret, *xpath, *xdir, *r, *s;
+
+ if (path == 0 || *path == '\0')
+ {
+ if (flags & MP_DOCWD)
+ {
+ xpath = get_working_directory ("sh_makepath");
+ if (xpath == 0)
+ {
+ ret = get_string_value ("PWD");
+ if (ret)
+ xpath = savestring (ret);
+ }
+ if (xpath == 0)
+ MAKEDOT();
+ else
+ pathlen = strlen (xpath);
+ }
+ else
+ MAKEDOT();
+ }
+ else if ((flags & MP_IGNDOT) && path[0] == '.' && (path[1] == '\0' ||
+ (path[1] == '/' && path[2] == '\0')))
+ {
+ xpath = nullpath;
+ pathlen = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xpath = ((flags & MP_DOTILDE) && *path == '~') ? bash_tilde_expand (path, 0) : (char *)path;
+ pathlen = strlen (xpath);
+ }
+
+ xdir = (char *)dir;
+ dirlen = strlen (xdir);
+ if ((flags & MP_RMDOT) && dir[0] == '.' && dir[1] == '/')
+ {
+ xdir += 2;
+ dirlen -= 2;
+ }
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + pathlen);
+ s = xpath;
+ while (*s)
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ if (s > xpath && s[-1] != '/')
+ *r++ = '/';
+ s = xdir;
+ while (*r++ = *s++)
+ ;
+ if (xpath != path && xpath != nullpath)
+ free (xpath);
+ return (ret);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/mbscasecmp.c b/lib/sh/mbscasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ab9560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mbscasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* mbscasecmp - case-insensitive multibyte string comparison. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2009-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_MBSCASECMP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+/* Compare MBS1 and MBS2 without regard to case. */
+int
+mbscasecmp (mbs1, mbs2)
+ const char *mbs1;
+ const char *mbs2;
+{
+ int len1, len2, mb_cur_max;
+ wchar_t c1, c2, l1, l2;
+
+ len1 = len2 = 0;
+ /* Reset multibyte characters to their initial state. */
+ (void) mblen ((char *) NULL, 0);
+
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ do
+ {
+ len1 = mbtowc (&c1, mbs1, mb_cur_max);
+ len2 = mbtowc (&c2, mbs2, mb_cur_max);
+
+ if (len1 == 0)
+ return len2 == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+ else if (len2 == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (len1 > 0 && len2 < 0)
+ return -1;
+ else if (len1 < 0 && len2 > 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (len1 < 0 && len2 < 0)
+ {
+ len1 = strlen (mbs1);
+ len2 = strlen (mbs2);
+ return (len1 == len2 ? memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len1)
+ : ((len1 < len2) ? (memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len1) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+ : (memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len2) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)));
+ }
+
+ l1 = towlower (c1);
+ l2 = towlower (c2);
+
+ mbs1 += len1;
+ mbs2 += len2;
+ }
+ while (l1 == l2);
+
+ return l1 - l2;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/mbschr.c b/lib/sh/mbschr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..639962d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mbschr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* mbschr.c - strchr(3) that handles multibyte characters. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+extern int locale_mb_cur_max;
+extern int locale_utf8locale;
+
+#undef mbschr
+
+extern char *utf8_mbschr (const char *, int); /* XXX */
+
+/* In some locales, the non-first byte of some multibyte characters have
+ the same value as some ascii character. Faced with these strings, a
+ legacy strchr() might return the wrong value. */
+
+char *
+#if defined (PROTOTYPES)
+mbschr (const char *s, int c)
+#else
+mbschr (s, c)
+ const char *s;
+ int c;
+#endif
+{
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ char *pos;
+ mbstate_t state;
+ size_t strlength, mblength;
+
+ if (locale_utf8locale && c < 0x80)
+ return (utf8_mbschr (s, c)); /* XXX */
+
+ /* The locale encodings with said weird property are BIG5, BIG5-HKSCS,
+ GBK, GB18030, SHIFT_JIS, and JOHAB. They exhibit the problem only
+ when c >= 0x30. We can therefore use the faster bytewise search if
+ c <= 0x30. */
+ if ((unsigned char)c >= '0' && locale_mb_cur_max > 1)
+ {
+ pos = (char *)s;
+ memset (&state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+ strlength = strlen (s);
+
+ while (strlength > 0)
+ {
+ if (is_basic (*pos))
+ mblength = 1;
+ else
+ {
+ mblength = mbrlen (pos, strlength, &state);
+ if (mblength == (size_t)-2 || mblength == (size_t)-1 || mblength == (size_t)0)
+ mblength = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (mblength == 1 && c == (unsigned char)*pos)
+ return pos;
+
+ strlength -= mblength;
+ pos += mblength;
+ }
+
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ return (strchr (s, c));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/mbscmp.c b/lib/sh/mbscmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7c8443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mbscmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* mbscmp - multibyte string comparison. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_MBSCMP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+extern int locale_utf8locale;
+
+extern int utf8_mbscmp (const char *, const char *);
+
+/* Compare MBS1 and MBS2. */
+int
+mbscmp (mbs1, mbs2)
+ const char *mbs1;
+ const char *mbs2;
+{
+ int len1, len2, mb_cur_max;
+ wchar_t c1, c2;
+
+ len1 = len2 = 0;
+ /* Reset multibyte characters to their initial state. */
+ (void) mblen ((char *) NULL, 0);
+
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ do
+ {
+ len1 = mbtowc (&c1, mbs1, mb_cur_max);
+ len2 = mbtowc (&c2, mbs2, mb_cur_max);
+
+ if (len1 == 0)
+ return len2 == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+ else if (len2 == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (len1 > 0 && len2 < 0)
+ return -1;
+ else if (len1 < 0 && len2 > 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (len1 < 0 && len2 < 0)
+ {
+ len1 = strlen (mbs1);
+ len2 = strlen (mbs2);
+ return (len1 == len2 ? memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len1)
+ : ((len1 < len2) ? (memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len1) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+ : (memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len2) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)));
+ }
+
+ mbs1 += len1;
+ mbs2 += len2;
+ }
+ while (c1 == c2);
+
+ return c1 - c2;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/memset.c b/lib/sh/memset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ebc418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/memset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* memset.c -- set an area of memory to a given value */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+char *
+memset (char *str, int c, unsigned int len)
+{
+ register char *st = str;
+
+ while (len-- > 0)
+ *st++ = c;
+ return str;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/mktime.c b/lib/sh/mktime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2b0d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mktime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/* mktime - convert struct tm to a time_t value */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+ Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
+ mktime. */
+/* #define DEBUG 1 */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
+# define STDC_HEADERS 1
+#endif
+
+/* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
+ If the host has a `zic' command with a `-L leapsecondfilename' option,
+ then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't. */
+#ifndef LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+#define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VMS
+#include <sys/types.h> /* Some systems define `time_t' here. */
+#endif
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+
+#if DEBUG_MKTIME
+#include <stdio.h>
+/* Make it work even if the system's libc has its own mktime routine. */
+#define mktime my_mktime
+#endif /* DEBUG_MKTIME */
+
+#ifndef __P
+#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#define __P(args) args
+#else
+#define __P(args) ()
+#endif /* GCC. */
+#endif /* Not __P. */
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+#define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT_MIN
+#define INT_MIN (~0 << (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+#endif
+#ifndef INT_MAX
+#define INT_MAX (~0 - INT_MIN)
+#endif
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is signed. */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T. These
+ macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
+ If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
+ your host. */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
+ ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+ ? (t) 0 \
+ : ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t)))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
+ ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+ ? (t) -1 \
+ : ((((t) 1 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
+
+#ifndef TIME_T_MIN
+# define TIME_T_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t)
+#endif
+#ifndef TIME_T_MAX
+# define TIME_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t)
+#endif
+
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+#define EPOCH_YEAR 1970
+
+#ifndef __isleap
+/* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
+ except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is). */
+#define __isleap(year) \
+ ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
+#endif
+
+/* How many days come before each month (0-12). */
+const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
+ {
+ /* Normal years. */
+ { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, 365 },
+ /* Leap years. */
+ { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
+ };
+
+static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
+time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
+ struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+ time_t *));
+
+
+static struct tm *my_localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+static struct tm *
+my_localtime_r (t, tp)
+ const time_t *t;
+ struct tm *tp;
+{
+ struct tm *l = localtime (t);
+ if (! l)
+ return 0;
+ *tp = *l;
+ return tp;
+}
+
+
+/* Yield the difference between (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC) and (*TP),
+ measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
+ YEAR uses the same numbering as TM->tm_year.
+ All values are in range, except possibly YEAR.
+ If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer. */
+static time_t
+ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
+ int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
+ const struct tm *tp;
+{
+ /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+ Take care to avoid int overflow. time_t overflow is OK, since
+ only the low order bits of the correct time_t answer are needed.
+ Don't convert to time_t until after all divisions are done, since
+ time_t might be unsigned. */
+ int a4 = (year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (year & 3);
+ int b4 = (tp->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (tp->tm_year & 3);
+ int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+ int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+ int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+ int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+ int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+ time_t years = year - (time_t) tp->tm_year;
+ time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+ + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
+ return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
+ + (min - tp->tm_min))
+ + (sec - tp->tm_sec));
+}
+
+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value. */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+ struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+ time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+ be set as if the tzset() function had been called. */
+ __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+ return __mktime_internal (tp, my_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value, inverting
+ the monotonic and mostly-unit-linear conversion function CONVERT.
+ Use *OFFSET to keep track of a guess at the offset of the result,
+ compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
+ If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed. */
+time_t
+__mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
+ struct tm *tp;
+ struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+ time_t *offset;
+{
+ time_t t, dt, t0;
+ struct tm tm;
+
+ /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
+ to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
+ and leap seconds. Posix.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
+ have them anyway. */
+ int remaining_probes = 4;
+
+ /* Time requested. Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
+ occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime. */
+ int sec = tp->tm_sec;
+ int min = tp->tm_min;
+ int hour = tp->tm_hour;
+ int mday = tp->tm_mday;
+ int mon = tp->tm_mon;
+ int year_requested = tp->tm_year;
+ int isdst = tp->tm_isdst;
+
+ /* Ensure that mon is in range, and set year accordingly. */
+ int mon_remainder = mon % 12;
+ int negative_mon_remainder = mon_remainder < 0;
+ int mon_years = mon / 12 - negative_mon_remainder;
+ int year = year_requested + mon_years;
+
+ /* The other values need not be in range:
+ the remaining code handles minor overflows correctly,
+ assuming int and time_t arithmetic wraps around.
+ Major overflows are caught at the end. */
+
+ /* Calculate day of year from year, month, and day of month.
+ The result need not be in range. */
+ int yday = ((__mon_yday[__isleap (year + TM_YEAR_BASE)]
+ [mon_remainder + 12 * negative_mon_remainder])
+ + mday - 1);
+
+#if LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+ /* Handle out-of-range seconds specially,
+ since ydhms_tm_diff assumes every minute has 60 seconds. */
+ int sec_requested = sec;
+ if (sec < 0)
+ sec = 0;
+ if (59 < sec)
+ sec = 59;
+#endif
+
+ /* Invert CONVERT by probing. First assume the same offset as last time.
+ Then repeatedly use the error to improve the guess. */
+
+ tm.tm_year = EPOCH_YEAR - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+ tm.tm_yday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
+ t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);
+
+ for (t = t0 + *offset;
+ (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, (*convert) (&t, &tm)));
+ t += dt)
+ if (--remaining_probes == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested value, if any. */
+ if (0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+ {
+ int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
+ if (dst_diff)
+ {
+ /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
+ probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
+ The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
+ once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00. */
+ time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
+ while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+ {
+ struct tm otm;
+ if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+ (*convert) (&ot, &otm))))
+ {
+ t = ot;
+ tm = otm;
+ break;
+ }
+ if ((ot += dt) == t)
+ break; /* Avoid a redundant probe. */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *offset = t - t0;
+
+#if LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+ if (sec_requested != tm.tm_sec)
+ {
+ /* Adjust time to reflect the tm_sec requested, not the normalized value.
+ Also, repair any damage from a false match due to a leap second. */
+ t += sec_requested - sec + (sec == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 60);
+ (*convert) (&t, &tm);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (TIME_T_MAX / INT_MAX / 366 / 24 / 60 / 60 < 3)
+ {
+ /* time_t isn't large enough to rule out overflows in ydhms_tm_diff,
+ so check for major overflows. A gross check suffices,
+ since if t has overflowed, it is off by a multiple of
+ TIME_T_MAX - TIME_T_MIN + 1. So ignore any component of
+ the difference that is bounded by a small value. */
+
+ double dyear = (double) year_requested + mon_years - tm.tm_year;
+ double dday = 366 * dyear + mday;
+ double dsec = 60 * (60 * (24 * dday + hour) + min) + sec_requested;
+
+ if (TIME_T_MAX / 3 - TIME_T_MIN / 3 < (dsec < 0 ? - dsec : dsec))
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *tp = tm;
+ return t;
+}
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
+#endif
+
+#if DEBUG_MKTIME
+
+static int
+not_equal_tm (a, b)
+ struct tm *a;
+ struct tm *b;
+{
+ return ((a->tm_sec ^ b->tm_sec)
+ | (a->tm_min ^ b->tm_min)
+ | (a->tm_hour ^ b->tm_hour)
+ | (a->tm_mday ^ b->tm_mday)
+ | (a->tm_mon ^ b->tm_mon)
+ | (a->tm_year ^ b->tm_year)
+ | (a->tm_mday ^ b->tm_mday)
+ | (a->tm_yday ^ b->tm_yday)
+ | (a->tm_isdst ^ b->tm_isdst));
+}
+
+static void
+print_tm (tp)
+ struct tm *tp;
+{
+ printf ("%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d yday %03d wday %d isdst %d",
+ tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_mday,
+ tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec,
+ tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday, tp->tm_isdst);
+}
+
+static int
+check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml)
+ time_t tk;
+ struct tm tmk;
+ time_t tl;
+ struct tm tml;
+{
+ if (tk != tl || not_equal_tm (&tmk, &tml))
+ {
+ printf ("mktime (");
+ print_tm (&tmk);
+ printf (")\nyields (");
+ print_tm (&tml);
+ printf (") == %ld, should be %ld\n", (long) tl, (long) tk);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int status = 0;
+ struct tm tm, tmk, tml;
+ time_t tk, tl;
+ char trailer;
+
+ if ((argc == 3 || argc == 4)
+ && (sscanf (argv[1], "%d-%d-%d%c",
+ &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday, &trailer)
+ == 3)
+ && (sscanf (argv[2], "%d:%d:%d%c",
+ &tm.tm_hour, &tm.tm_min, &tm.tm_sec, &trailer)
+ == 3))
+ {
+ tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
+ tm.tm_mon--;
+ tm.tm_isdst = argc == 3 ? -1 : atoi (argv[3]);
+ tmk = tm;
+ tl = mktime (&tmk);
+ tml = *localtime (&tl);
+ printf ("mktime returns %ld == ", (long) tl);
+ print_tm (&tmk);
+ printf ("\n");
+ status = check_result (tl, tmk, tl, tml);
+ }
+ else if (argc == 4 || (argc == 5 && strcmp (argv[4], "-") == 0))
+ {
+ time_t from = atol (argv[1]);
+ time_t by = atol (argv[2]);
+ time_t to = atol (argv[3]);
+
+ if (argc == 4)
+ for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
+ {
+ tml = *localtime (&tl);
+ tmk = tml;
+ tk = mktime (&tmk);
+ status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+ }
+ else
+ for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
+ {
+ /* Null benchmark. */
+ tml = *localtime (&tl);
+ tmk = tml;
+ tk = tl;
+ status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ printf ("Usage:\
+\t%s YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS [ISDST] # Test given time.\n\
+\t%s FROM BY TO # Test values FROM, FROM+BY, ..., TO.\n\
+\t%s FROM BY TO - # Do not test those values (for benchmark).\n",
+ argv[0], argv[0], argv[0]);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_MKTIME */
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG=1 -Wall -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/lib/sh/netconn.c b/lib/sh/netconn.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e20f104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/netconn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* netconn.c -- is a particular file descriptor a network connection?. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if ! defined(_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <filecntl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The second and subsequent conditions must match those used to decide
+ whether or not to call getpeername() in isnetconn(). */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H) && defined (HAVE_GETPEERNAME) && !defined (SVR4_2)
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Is FD a socket or network connection? */
+int
+isnetconn (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H) && defined (HAVE_GETPEERNAME) && !defined (SVR4_2) && !defined (__BEOS__)
+ int rv;
+ socklen_t l;
+ struct sockaddr sa;
+
+ l = sizeof(sa);
+ rv = getpeername(fd, &sa, &l);
+ /* Posix.2 says getpeername can return these errors. */
+ return ((rv < 0 && (errno == ENOTSOCK || errno == ENOTCONN || errno == EINVAL || errno == EBADF)) ? 0 : 1);
+#else /* !HAVE_GETPEERNAME || SVR4_2 || __BEOS__ */
+# if defined (SVR4) || defined (SVR4_2)
+ /* Sockets on SVR4 and SVR4.2 are character special (streams) devices. */
+ struct stat sb;
+
+ if (isatty (fd))
+ return (0);
+ if (fstat (fd, &sb) < 0)
+ return (0);
+# if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+ if (S_ISFIFO (sb.st_mode))
+ return (0);
+# endif /* S_ISFIFO */
+ return (S_ISCHR (sb.st_mode));
+# else /* !SVR4 && !SVR4_2 */
+# if defined (S_ISSOCK) && !defined (__BEOS__)
+ struct stat sb;
+
+ if (fstat (fd, &sb) < 0)
+ return (0);
+ return (S_ISSOCK (sb.st_mode));
+# else /* !S_ISSOCK || __BEOS__ */
+ return (0);
+# endif /* !S_ISSOCK || __BEOS__ */
+# endif /* !SVR4 && !SVR4_2 */
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPEERNAME || SVR4_2 || __BEOS__ */
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/netopen.c b/lib/sh/netopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc3d8f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/netopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/*
+ * netopen.c -- functions to make tcp/udp connections
+ *
+ * Chet Ramey
+ * chet@ins.CWRU.Edu
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETWORK)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H)
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETINET_IN_H)
+# include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETDB_H)
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_ARPA_INET_H)
+# include <arpa/inet.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <bashintl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_INET_ATON)
+extern int inet_aton __P((const char *, struct in_addr *));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+static int _getaddr __P((char *, struct in_addr *));
+static int _getserv __P((char *, int, unsigned short *));
+static int _netopen4 __P((char *, char *, int));
+#else /* HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+static int _netopen6 __P((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+
+static int _netopen __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+/* Stuff the internet address corresponding to HOST into AP, in network
+ byte order. Return 1 on success, 0 on failure. */
+
+static int
+_getaddr (host, ap)
+ char *host;
+ struct in_addr *ap;
+{
+ struct hostent *h;
+ int r;
+
+ r = 0;
+ if (host[0] >= '0' && host[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ /* If the first character is a digit, guess that it's an
+ Internet address and return immediately if inet_aton succeeds. */
+ r = inet_aton (host, ap);
+ if (r)
+ return r;
+ }
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME)
+ return 0;
+#else
+ h = gethostbyname (host);
+ if (h && h->h_addr)
+ {
+ bcopy(h->h_addr, (char *)ap, h->h_length);
+ return 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if SERV is a valid port number and stuff the converted value into
+ PP in network byte order. */
+static int
+_getserv (serv, proto, pp)
+ char *serv;
+ int proto;
+ unsigned short *pp;
+{
+ intmax_t l;
+ unsigned short s;
+
+ if (legal_number (serv, &l))
+ {
+ s = (unsigned short)(l & 0xFFFF);
+ if (s != l)
+ return (0);
+ s = htons (s);
+ if (pp)
+ *pp = s;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+#if defined (HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME)
+ {
+ struct servent *se;
+
+ se = getservbyname (serv, (proto == 't') ? "tcp" : "udp");
+ if (se == 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (pp)
+ *pp = se->s_port; /* ports returned in network byte order */
+ return 1;
+ }
+#else /* !HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME */
+ return 0;
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection to HOST on port SERV. Uses the
+ * traditional BSD mechanisms. Returns the connected socket or -1 on error.
+ */
+static int
+_netopen4(host, serv, typ)
+ char *host, *serv;
+ int typ;
+{
+ struct in_addr ina;
+ struct sockaddr_in sin;
+ unsigned short p;
+ int s, e;
+
+ if (_getaddr(host, &ina) == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: host unknown"), host);
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (_getserv(serv, typ, &p) == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error(_("%s: invalid service"), serv);
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ memset ((char *)&sin, 0, sizeof(sin));
+ sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+ sin.sin_port = p;
+ sin.sin_addr = ina;
+
+ s = socket(AF_INET, (typ == 't') ? SOCK_STREAM : SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+ if (s < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error ("socket");
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ if (connect (s, (struct sockaddr *)&sin, sizeof (sin)) < 0)
+ {
+ e = errno;
+ sys_error("connect");
+ close(s);
+ errno = e;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ return(s);
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection to HOST on port SERV. Uses getaddrinfo(3)
+ * which provides support for IPv6. Returns the connected socket or -1
+ * on error.
+ */
+static int
+_netopen6 (host, serv, typ)
+ char *host, *serv;
+ int typ;
+{
+ int s, e;
+ struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
+ int gerr;
+
+ memset ((char *)&hints, 0, sizeof (hints));
+ /* XXX -- if problems with IPv6, set to PF_INET for IPv4 only */
+#ifdef DEBUG /* PF_INET is the one that works for me */
+ hints.ai_family = PF_INET;
+#else
+ hints.ai_family = PF_UNSPEC;
+#endif
+ hints.ai_socktype = (typ == 't') ? SOCK_STREAM : SOCK_DGRAM;
+
+ gerr = getaddrinfo (host, serv, &hints, &res0);
+ if (gerr)
+ {
+ if (gerr == EAI_SERVICE)
+ internal_error ("%s: %s", serv, gai_strerror (gerr));
+ else
+ internal_error ("%s: %s", host, gai_strerror (gerr));
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next)
+ {
+ if ((s = socket (res->ai_family, res->ai_socktype, res->ai_protocol)) < 0)
+ {
+ if (res->ai_next)
+ continue;
+ sys_error ("socket");
+ freeaddrinfo (res0);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if (connect (s, res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen) < 0)
+ {
+ if (res->ai_next)
+ {
+ close (s);
+ continue;
+ }
+ e = errno;
+ sys_error ("connect");
+ close (s);
+ freeaddrinfo (res0);
+ errno = e;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ freeaddrinfo (res0);
+ break;
+ }
+ return s;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection to HOST on port SERV. Uses getaddrinfo(3)
+ * if available, falling back to the traditional BSD mechanisms otherwise.
+ * Returns the connected socket or -1 on error.
+ */
+static int
+_netopen(host, serv, typ)
+ char *host, *serv;
+ int typ;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+ return (_netopen6 (host, serv, typ));
+#else
+ return (_netopen4 (host, serv, typ));
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection given a path like `/dev/tcp/host/port' to
+ * host `host' on port `port' and return the connected socket.
+ */
+int
+netopen (path)
+ char *path;
+{
+ char *np, *s, *t;
+ int fd;
+
+ np = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (path) + 1);
+ strcpy (np, path);
+
+ s = np + 9;
+ t = strchr (s, '/');
+ if (t == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: bad network path specification"), path);
+ free (np);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ *t++ = '\0';
+ fd = _netopen (s, t, path[5]);
+ free (np);
+
+ return fd;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * Open a TCP connection to host `host' on the port defined for service
+ * `serv' and return the connected socket.
+ */
+int
+tcpopen (host, serv)
+ char *host, *serv;
+{
+ return (_netopen (host, serv, 't'));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a UDP connection to host `host' on the port defined for service
+ * `serv' and return the connected socket.
+ */
+int
+udpopen (host, serv)
+ char *host, *serv;
+{
+ return _netopen (host, serv, 'u');
+}
+#endif
+
+#else /* !HAVE_NETWORK */
+
+int
+netopen (path)
+ char *path;
+{
+ internal_error (_("network operations not supported"));
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_NETWORK */
diff --git a/lib/sh/oslib.c b/lib/sh/oslib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65eb99d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/oslib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/* oslib.c - functions present only in some unix versions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <filecntl.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_KILLPG)
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* Make the functions strchr and strrchr if they do not exist. */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCHR)
+char *
+strchr (string, c)
+ char *string;
+ int c;
+{
+ register char *s;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ if (*s == c)
+ return (s);
+
+ return ((char *) NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+strrchr (string, c)
+ char *string;
+ int c;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+
+ for (s = string, t = (char *)NULL; s && *s; s++)
+ if (*s == c)
+ t = s;
+ return (t);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCHR */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DUP2) || defined (DUP2_BROKEN)
+/* Replacement for dup2 (), for those systems which either don't have it,
+ or supply one with broken behaviour. */
+int
+dup2 (fd1, fd2)
+ int fd1, fd2;
+{
+ int saved_errno, r;
+
+ /* If FD1 is not a valid file descriptor, then return immediately with
+ an error. */
+ if (fcntl (fd1, F_GETFL, 0) == -1)
+ return (-1);
+
+ if (fd2 < 0 || fd2 >= getdtablesize ())
+ {
+ errno = EBADF;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ if (fd1 == fd2)
+ return (0);
+
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ (void) close (fd2);
+ r = fcntl (fd1, F_DUPFD, fd2);
+
+ if (r >= 0)
+ errno = saved_errno;
+ else
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ errno = EBADF;
+
+ /* Force the new file descriptor to remain open across exec () calls. */
+ SET_OPEN_ON_EXEC (fd2);
+ return (r);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
+
+/*
+ * Return the total number of available file descriptors.
+ *
+ * On some systems, like 4.2BSD and its descendants, there is a system call
+ * that returns the size of the descriptor table: getdtablesize(). There are
+ * lots of ways to emulate this on non-BSD systems.
+ *
+ * On System V.3, this can be obtained via a call to ulimit:
+ * return (ulimit(4, 0L));
+ *
+ * On other System V systems, NOFILE is defined in /usr/include/sys/param.h
+ * (this is what we assume below), so we can simply use it:
+ * return (NOFILE);
+ *
+ * On POSIX systems, there are specific functions for retrieving various
+ * configuration parameters:
+ * return (sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX));
+ *
+ */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)
+int
+getdtablesize ()
+{
+# if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_OPEN_MAX)
+ return (sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)); /* Posix systems use sysconf */
+# else /* ! (_POSIX_VERSION && HAVE_SYSCONF && _SC_OPEN_MAX) */
+# if defined (ULIMIT_MAXFDS)
+ return (ulimit (4, 0L)); /* System V.3 systems use ulimit(4, 0L) */
+# else /* !ULIMIT_MAXFDS */
+# if defined (NOFILE) /* Other systems use NOFILE */
+ return (NOFILE);
+# else /* !NOFILE */
+ return (20); /* XXX - traditional value is 20 */
+# endif /* !NOFILE */
+# endif /* !ULIMIT_MAXFDS */
+# endif /* ! (_POSIX_VERSION && _SC_OPEN_MAX) */
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY)
+# if defined (bcopy)
+# undef bcopy
+# endif
+void
+bcopy (s,d,n)
+ char *d, *s;
+ int n;
+{
+ FASTCOPY (s, d, n);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_BCOPY */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BZERO)
+# if defined (bzero)
+# undef bzero
+# endif
+void
+bzero (s, n)
+ char *s;
+ int n;
+{
+ register int i;
+ register char *r;
+
+ for (i = 0, r = s; i < n; i++)
+ *r++ = '\0';
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)
+# if defined (HAVE_UNAME)
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+int
+gethostname (name, namelen)
+ char *name;
+ int namelen;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct utsname ut;
+
+ --namelen;
+
+ uname (&ut);
+ i = strlen (ut.nodename) + 1;
+ strncpy (name, ut.nodename, i < namelen ? i : namelen);
+ name[namelen] = '\0';
+ return (0);
+}
+# else /* !HAVE_UNAME */
+int
+gethostname (name, namelen)
+ char *name;
+ int namelen;
+{
+ strncpy (name, "unknown", namelen);
+ name[namelen] = '\0';
+ return 0;
+}
+# endif /* !HAVE_UNAME */
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETHOSTNAME */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_KILLPG)
+int
+killpg (pgrp, sig)
+ pid_t pgrp;
+ int sig;
+{
+ return (kill (-pgrp, sig));
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_KILLPG */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_MKFIFO) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+int
+mkfifo (path, mode)
+ char *path;
+ int mode;
+{
+#if defined (S_IFIFO)
+ return (mknod (path, (mode | S_IFIFO), 0));
+#else /* !S_IFIFO */
+ return (-1);
+#endif /* !S_IFIFO */
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_MKFIFO && PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAXGROUPS 64
+
+int
+getmaxgroups ()
+{
+ static int maxgroups = -1;
+
+ if (maxgroups > 0)
+ return maxgroups;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)
+ maxgroups = sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX);
+#else
+# if defined (NGROUPS_MAX)
+ maxgroups = NGROUPS_MAX;
+# else /* !NGROUPS_MAX */
+# if defined (NGROUPS)
+ maxgroups = NGROUPS;
+# else /* !NGROUPS */
+ maxgroups = DEFAULT_MAXGROUPS;
+# endif /* !NGROUPS */
+# endif /* !NGROUPS_MAX */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYSCONF || !SC_NGROUPS_MAX */
+
+ if (maxgroups <= 0)
+ maxgroups = DEFAULT_MAXGROUPS;
+
+ return maxgroups;
+}
+
+long
+getmaxchild ()
+{
+ static long maxchild = -1L;
+
+ if (maxchild > 0)
+ return maxchild;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_CHILD_MAX)
+ maxchild = sysconf (_SC_CHILD_MAX);
+#else
+# if defined (CHILD_MAX)
+ maxchild = CHILD_MAX;
+# else
+# if defined (MAXUPRC)
+ maxchild = MAXUPRC;
+# endif /* MAXUPRC */
+# endif /* CHILD_MAX */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYSCONF || !_SC_CHILD_MAX */
+
+ return (maxchild);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/pathcanon.c b/lib/sh/pathcanon.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9506df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/pathcanon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* pathcanon.c -- canonicalize and manipulate pathnames. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <posixstat.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <filecntl.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#include <sys/cygwin.h>
+
+static int
+_is_cygdrive (path)
+ char *path;
+{
+ static char user[MAXPATHLEN];
+ static char system[MAXPATHLEN];
+ static int first_time = 1;
+
+ /* If the path is the first part of a network path, treat it as
+ existing. */
+ if (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == '/' && !strchr (path + 2, '/'))
+ return 1;
+ /* Otherwise check for /cygdrive prefix. */
+ if (first_time)
+ {
+ char user_flags[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char system_flags[MAXPATHLEN];
+ /* Get the cygdrive info */
+ cygwin_internal (CW_GET_CYGDRIVE_INFO, user, system, user_flags, system_flags);
+ first_time = 0;
+ }
+ return !strcasecmp (path, user) || !strcasecmp (path, system);
+}
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+
+/* Return 1 if PATH corresponds to a directory. A function for debugging. */
+static int
+_path_isdir (path)
+ char *path;
+{
+ int l;
+ struct stat sb;
+
+ /* This should leave errno set to the correct value. */
+ errno = 0;
+ l = stat (path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode);
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ if (l == 0)
+ l = _is_cygdrive (path);
+#endif
+ return l;
+}
+
+/* Canonicalize PATH, and return a new path. The new path differs from PATH
+ in that:
+ Multple `/'s are collapsed to a single `/'.
+ Leading `./'s and trailing `/.'s are removed.
+ Trailing `/'s are removed.
+ Non-leading `../'s and trailing `..'s are handled by removing
+ portions of the path. */
+
+/* Look for ROOTEDPATH, PATHSEP, DIRSEP, and ISDIRSEP in ../../general.h */
+
+#define DOUBLE_SLASH(p) ((p[0] == '/') && (p[1] == '/') && p[2] != '/')
+
+char *
+sh_canonpath (path, flags)
+ char *path;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char stub_char;
+ char *result, *p, *q, *base, *dotdot;
+ int rooted, double_slash_path;
+
+ /* The result cannot be larger than the input PATH. */
+ result = (flags & PATH_NOALLOC) ? path : savestring (path);
+
+ /* POSIX.2 says to leave a leading `//' alone. On cygwin, we skip over any
+ leading `x:' (dos drive name). */
+ if (rooted = ROOTEDPATH(path))
+ {
+ stub_char = DIRSEP;
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ base = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)result[0]) && result[1] == ':') ? result + 3 : result + 1;
+#else
+ base = result + 1;
+#endif
+ double_slash_path = DOUBLE_SLASH (path);
+ base += double_slash_path;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ stub_char = '.';
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ base = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)result[0]) && result[1] == ':') ? result + 2 : result;
+#else
+ base = result;
+#endif
+ double_slash_path = 0;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * invariants:
+ * base points to the portion of the path we want to modify
+ * p points at beginning of path element we're considering.
+ * q points just past the last path element we wrote (no slash).
+ * dotdot points just past the point where .. cannot backtrack
+ * any further (no slash).
+ */
+ p = q = dotdot = base;
+
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ if (ISDIRSEP(p[0])) /* null element */
+ p++;
+ else if(p[0] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[1])) /* . and ./ */
+ p += 1; /* don't count the separator in case it is nul */
+ else if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[2])) /* .. and ../ */
+ {
+ p += 2; /* skip `..' */
+ if (q > dotdot) /* can backtrack */
+ {
+ if (flags & PATH_CHECKDOTDOT)
+ {
+ char c;
+
+ /* Make sure what we have so far corresponds to a valid
+ path before we chop some of it off. */
+ c = *q;
+ *q = '\0';
+ if (_path_isdir (result) == 0)
+ {
+ if ((flags & PATH_NOALLOC) == 0)
+ free (result);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ *q = c;
+ }
+
+ while (--q > dotdot && ISDIRSEP(*q) == 0)
+ ;
+ }
+ else if (rooted == 0)
+ {
+ /* /.. is / but ./../ is .. */
+ if (q != base)
+ *q++ = DIRSEP;
+ *q++ = '.';
+ *q++ = '.';
+ dotdot = q;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* real path element */
+ {
+ /* add separator if not at start of work portion of result */
+ if (q != base)
+ *q++ = DIRSEP;
+ while (*p && (ISDIRSEP(*p) == 0))
+ *q++ = *p++;
+ /* Check here for a valid directory with _path_isdir. */
+ if (flags & PATH_CHECKEXISTS)
+ {
+ char c;
+
+ /* Make sure what we have so far corresponds to a valid
+ path before we chop some of it off. */
+ c = *q;
+ *q = '\0';
+ if (_path_isdir (result) == 0)
+ {
+ if ((flags & PATH_NOALLOC) == 0)
+ free (result);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ *q = c;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Empty string is really ``.'' or `/', depending on what we started with. */
+ if (q == result)
+ *q++ = stub_char;
+ *q = '\0';
+
+ /* If the result starts with `//', but the original path does not, we
+ can turn the // into /. Because of how we set `base', this should never
+ be true, but it's a sanity check. */
+ if (DOUBLE_SLASH(result) && double_slash_path == 0)
+ {
+ if (result[2] == '\0') /* short-circuit for bare `//' */
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ else
+ memmove (result, result + 1, strlen (result + 1) + 1);
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/pathphys.c b/lib/sh/pathphys.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99390ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/pathphys.c
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* pathphys.c -- return pathname with all symlinks expanded. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <posixstat.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <filecntl.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#if !defined (MAXSYMLINKS)
+# define MAXSYMLINKS 32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+extern char *get_working_directory __P((char *));
+
+static int
+_path_readlink (path, buf, bufsiz)
+ char *path;
+ char *buf;
+ int bufsiz;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_READLINK
+ return readlink (path, buf, bufsiz);
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Look for ROOTEDPATH, PATHSEP, DIRSEP, and ISDIRSEP in ../../general.h */
+
+#define DOUBLE_SLASH(p) ((p[0] == '/') && (p[1] == '/') && p[2] != '/')
+
+/*
+ * Return PATH with all symlinks expanded in newly-allocated memory.
+ * This always gets an absolute pathname.
+ */
+
+char *
+sh_physpath (path, flags)
+ char *path;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char tbuf[PATH_MAX+1], linkbuf[PATH_MAX+1];
+ char *result, *p, *q, *qsave, *qbase, *workpath;
+ int double_slash_path, linklen, nlink;
+
+ linklen = strlen (path);
+
+#if 0
+ /* First sanity check -- punt immediately if the name is too long. */
+ if (linklen >= PATH_MAX)
+ return (savestring (path));
+#endif
+
+ nlink = 0;
+ q = result = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+
+ /* Even if we get something longer than PATH_MAX, we might be able to
+ shorten it, so we try. */
+ if (linklen >= PATH_MAX)
+ workpath = savestring (path);
+ else
+ {
+ workpath = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+ strcpy (workpath, path);
+ }
+
+ /* This always gets an absolute pathname. */
+
+ /* POSIX.2 says to leave a leading `//' alone. On cygwin, we skip over any
+ leading `x:' (dos drive name). */
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ qbase = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)workpath[0]) && workpath[1] == ':') ? workpath + 3 : workpath + 1;
+#else
+ qbase = workpath + 1;
+#endif
+ double_slash_path = DOUBLE_SLASH (workpath);
+ qbase += double_slash_path;
+
+ for (p = workpath; p < qbase; )
+ *q++ = *p++;
+ qbase = q;
+
+ /*
+ * invariants:
+ * qbase points to the portion of the result path we want to modify
+ * p points at beginning of path element we're considering.
+ * q points just past the last path element we wrote (no slash).
+ *
+ * XXX -- need to fix error checking for too-long pathnames
+ */
+
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ if (ISDIRSEP(p[0])) /* null element */
+ p++;
+ else if(p[0] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[1])) /* . and ./ */
+ p += 1; /* don't count the separator in case it is nul */
+ else if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[2])) /* .. and ../ */
+ {
+ p += 2; /* skip `..' */
+ if (q > qbase)
+ {
+ while (--q > qbase && ISDIRSEP(*q) == 0)
+ ;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* real path element */
+ {
+ /* add separator if not at start of work portion of result */
+ qsave = q;
+ if (q != qbase)
+ *q++ = DIRSEP;
+ while (*p && (ISDIRSEP(*p) == 0))
+ {
+ if (q - result >= PATH_MAX)
+ {
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+ errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ *q++ = *p++;
+ }
+
+ *q = '\0';
+
+ linklen = _path_readlink (result, linkbuf, PATH_MAX);
+ if (linklen < 0) /* if errno == EINVAL, it's not a symlink */
+ {
+ if (errno != EINVAL)
+ goto error;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* It's a symlink, and the value is in LINKBUF. */
+ nlink++;
+ if (nlink > MAXSYMLINKS)
+ {
+#ifdef ELOOP
+ errno = ELOOP;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+error:
+ free (result);
+ free (workpath);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ linkbuf[linklen] = '\0';
+
+ /* If the new path length would overrun PATH_MAX, punt now. */
+ if ((strlen (p) + linklen + 2) >= PATH_MAX)
+ {
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+ errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Form the new pathname by copying the link value to a temporary
+ buffer and appending the rest of `workpath'. Reset p to point
+ to the start of the rest of the path. If the link value is an
+ absolute pathname, reset p, q, and qbase. If not, reset p
+ and q. */
+ strcpy (tbuf, linkbuf);
+ tbuf[linklen] = '/';
+ strcpy (tbuf + linklen, p);
+ strcpy (workpath, tbuf);
+
+ if (ABSPATH(linkbuf))
+ {
+ q = result;
+ /* Duplicating some code here... */
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ qbase = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)workpath[0]) && workpath[1] == ':') ? workpath + 3 : workpath + 1;
+#else
+ qbase = workpath + 1;
+#endif
+ double_slash_path = DOUBLE_SLASH (workpath);
+ qbase += double_slash_path;
+
+ for (p = workpath; p < qbase; )
+ *q++ = *p++;
+ qbase = q;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p = workpath;
+ q = qsave;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *q = '\0';
+ free (workpath);
+
+ /* If the result starts with `//', but the original path does not, we
+ can turn the // into /. Because of how we set `qbase', this should never
+ be true, but it's a sanity check. */
+ if (DOUBLE_SLASH(result) && double_slash_path == 0)
+ {
+ if (result[2] == '\0') /* short-circuit for bare `//' */
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ else
+ memmove (result, result + 1, strlen (result + 1) + 1);
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+char *
+sh_realpath (pathname, resolved)
+ const char *pathname;
+ char *resolved;
+{
+ char *tdir, *wd;
+
+ if (pathname == 0 || *pathname == '\0')
+ {
+ errno = (pathname == 0) ? EINVAL : ENOENT;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (ABSPATH (pathname) == 0)
+ {
+ wd = get_working_directory ("sh_realpath");
+ if (wd == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ tdir = sh_makepath (wd, (char *)pathname, 0);
+ free (wd);
+ }
+ else
+ tdir = savestring (pathname);
+
+ wd = sh_physpath (tdir, 0);
+ free (tdir);
+
+ if (resolved == 0)
+ return (wd);
+
+ if (wd)
+ {
+ strncpy (resolved, wd, PATH_MAX - 1);
+ resolved[PATH_MAX - 1] = '\0';
+ free (wd);
+ return resolved;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ resolved[0] = '\0';
+ return wd;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/rename.c b/lib/sh/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e410b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * rename - rename a file
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_RENAME)
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+int
+rename (from, to)
+ const char *from, *to;
+{
+ struct stat fb, tb;
+
+ if (stat (from, &fb) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (stat (to, &tb) < 0)
+ {
+ if (errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (fb.st_dev == tb.st_dev && fb.st_ino == tb.st_ino)
+ return 0; /* same file */
+ if (unlink (to) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (link (from, to) < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ if (unlink (from) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
+ {
+ int e = errno;
+ unlink (to);
+ errno = e;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_RENAME */
diff --git a/lib/sh/setlinebuf.c b/lib/sh/setlinebuf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6473ddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/setlinebuf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* setlinebuf.c - line-buffer a stdio stream. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#if defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC)
+# define LBUF_BUFSIZE 1008
+#else
+# define LBUF_BUFSIZE BUFSIZ
+#endif
+
+/* Cause STREAM to buffer lines as opposed to characters or blocks. */
+int
+sh_setlinebuf (stream)
+ FILE *stream;
+{
+ char *local_linebuf;
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SETLINEBUF) && !defined (HAVE_SETVBUF)
+ return (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC)
+ local_linebuf = (char *)xmalloc (LBUF_BUFSIZE);
+#else
+ local_linebuf = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETVBUF)
+
+# if defined (SETVBUF_REVERSED)
+ return (setvbuf (stream, _IOLBF, local_linebuf, LBUF_BUFSIZE));
+# else /* !SETVBUF_REVERSED */
+ return (setvbuf (stream, local_linebuf, _IOLBF, LBUF_BUFSIZE));
+# endif /* !SETVBUF_REVERSED */
+# else /* !HAVE_SETVBUF */
+
+ setlinebuf (stream);
+ return (0);
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETVBUF */
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/shmatch.c b/lib/sh/shmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da05211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ * shmatch.c -- shell interface to posix regular expression matching.
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_REGEXP)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "variables.h"
+#include "externs.h"
+
+extern int glob_ignore_case, match_ignore_case;
+
+int
+sh_regmatch (string, pattern, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ const char *pattern;
+ int flags;
+{
+ regex_t regex = { 0 };
+ regmatch_t *matches;
+ int rflags;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *rematch;
+ ARRAY *amatch;
+ int subexp_ind;
+ char *subexp_str;
+ int subexp_len;
+#endif
+ int result;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ rematch = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+ rflags = REG_EXTENDED;
+ if (glob_ignore_case || match_ignore_case)
+ rflags |= REG_ICASE;
+#if !defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ rflags |= REG_NOSUB;
+#endif
+
+ if (regcomp (&regex, pattern, rflags))
+ return 2; /* flag for printing a warning here. */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ matches = (regmatch_t *)malloc (sizeof (regmatch_t) * (regex.re_nsub + 1));
+#else
+ matches = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ /* man regexec: NULL PMATCH ignored if NMATCH == 0 */
+ if (regexec (&regex, string, matches ? regex.re_nsub + 1 : 0, matches, 0))
+ result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else
+ result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; /* match */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ subexp_len = strlen (string) + 10;
+ subexp_str = malloc (subexp_len + 1);
+
+ /* Store the parenthesized subexpressions in the array BASH_REMATCH.
+ Element 0 is the portion that matched the entire regexp. Element 1
+ is the part that matched the first subexpression, and so on. */
+ unbind_variable_noref ("BASH_REMATCH");
+ rematch = make_new_array_variable ("BASH_REMATCH");
+ amatch = array_cell (rematch);
+
+ if (matches && (flags & SHMAT_SUBEXP) && result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS && subexp_str)
+ {
+ for (subexp_ind = 0; subexp_ind <= regex.re_nsub; subexp_ind++)
+ {
+ memset (subexp_str, 0, subexp_len);
+ strncpy (subexp_str, string + matches[subexp_ind].rm_so,
+ matches[subexp_ind].rm_eo - matches[subexp_ind].rm_so);
+ array_insert (amatch, subexp_ind, subexp_str);
+ }
+ }
+
+ VSETATTR (rematch, att_readonly);
+
+ free (subexp_str);
+ free (matches);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+ regfree (&regex);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_POSIX_REGEXP */
diff --git a/lib/sh/shmbchar.c b/lib/sh/shmbchar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2f2582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shmbchar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2015-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shmbutil.h>
+#include <shmbchar.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if IS_BASIC_ASCII
+
+/* Bit table of characters in the ISO C "basic character set". */
+const unsigned int is_basic_table [UCHAR_MAX / 32 + 1] =
+{
+ 0x00001a00, /* '\t' '\v' '\f' */
+ 0xffffffef, /* ' '...'#' '%'...'?' */
+ 0xfffffffe, /* 'A'...'Z' '[' '\\' ']' '^' '_' */
+ 0x7ffffffe /* 'a'...'z' '{' '|' '}' '~' */
+ /* The remaining bits are 0. */
+};
+
+#endif /* IS_BASIC_ASCII */
+
+extern int locale_utf8locale;
+
+extern char *utf8_mbsmbchar (const char *);
+extern int utf8_mblen (const char *, size_t);
+
+/* Count the number of characters in S, counting multi-byte characters as a
+ single character. */
+size_t
+mbstrlen (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+ size_t clen, nc;
+ mbstate_t mbs = { 0 }, mbsbak = { 0 };
+ int f, mb_cur_max;
+
+ nc = 0;
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ while (*s && (clen = (f = is_basic (*s)) ? 1 : mbrlen(s, mb_cur_max, &mbs)) != 0)
+ {
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH(clen))
+ {
+ clen = 1; /* assume single byte */
+ mbs = mbsbak;
+ }
+
+ if (f == 0)
+ mbsbak = mbs;
+
+ s += clen;
+ nc++;
+ }
+ return nc;
+}
+
+/* Return pointer to first multibyte char in S, or NULL if none. */
+/* XXX - if we know that the locale is UTF-8, we can just check whether or
+ not any byte has the eighth bit turned on */
+char *
+mbsmbchar (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+ char *t;
+ size_t clen;
+ mbstate_t mbs = { 0 };
+ int mb_cur_max;
+
+ if (locale_utf8locale)
+ return (utf8_mbsmbchar (s)); /* XXX */
+
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ for (t = (char *)s; *t; t++)
+ {
+ if (is_basic (*t))
+ continue;
+
+ if (locale_utf8locale) /* not used if above code active */
+ clen = utf8_mblen (t, mb_cur_max);
+ else
+ clen = mbrlen (t, mb_cur_max, &mbs);
+
+ if (clen == 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH(clen))
+ continue;
+
+ if (clen > 1)
+ return t;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sh_mbsnlen(src, srclen, maxlen)
+ const char *src;
+ size_t srclen;
+ int maxlen;
+{
+ int count;
+ int sind;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ for (sind = count = 0; src[sind]; )
+ {
+ count++; /* number of multibyte characters */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (src, srclen, sind);
+ if (sind > maxlen)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return count;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/shquote.c b/lib/sh/shquote.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97e2bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shquote.c
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/* shquote - functions to quote and dequote strings */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#include "shmbchar.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+extern char *ansic_quote __P((char *, int, int *));
+extern int ansic_shouldquote __P((const char *));
+
+/* Default set of characters that should be backslash-quoted in strings */
+static const char bstab[256] =
+ {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TAB, NL */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, /* SPACE, !, DQUOTE, DOL, AMP, SQUOTE */
+ 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, /* LPAR, RPAR, STAR, COMMA */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, /* SEMI, LESSTHAN, GREATERTHAN, QUEST */
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* LBRACK, BS, RBRACK, CARAT */
+
+ 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* BACKQ */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, /* LBRACE, BAR, RBRACE */
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ };
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for quoting strings to be re-read as input */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a new string which is the single-quoted version of STRING.
+ Used by alias and trap, among others. */
+char *
+sh_single_quote (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ register int c;
+ char *result, *r;
+ const char *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (4 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+
+ if (string[0] == '\'' && string[1] == 0)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = 0;
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\'; /* insert escaped single quote */
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = '\''; /* start new quoted string */
+ }
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING using double quotes. Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_double_quote (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ register unsigned char c;
+ char *result, *r;
+ const char *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (2 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+ *r++ = '"';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ /* Backslash-newline disappears within double quotes, so don't add one. */
+ if ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) && c != '\n')
+ *r++ = '\\';
+#if 0
+ /* Assume that the string will not be further expanded. */
+ else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+#endif
+
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '"';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Turn S into a simple double-quoted string. If FLAGS is non-zero, quote
+ double quote characters in S with backslashes. */
+char *
+sh_mkdoublequoted (s, slen, flags)
+ const char *s;
+ int slen, flags;
+{
+ char *r, *ret;
+ int rlen;
+
+ rlen = (flags == 0) ? slen + 3 : (2 * slen) + 1;
+ ret = r = (char *)xmalloc (rlen);
+
+ *r++ = '"';
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (flags && *s == '"')
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r++ = '"';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes that are quoting characters that are special between
+ double quotes. Return a new string. XXX - should this handle CTLESC
+ and CTLNUL? */
+char *
+sh_un_double_quote (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int c, pass_next;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (pass_next = 0, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\\' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) s[1]] & CBSDQUOTE))
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Quote special characters in STRING using backslashes. Return a new
+ string. NOTE: if the string is to be further expanded, we need a
+ way to protect the CTLESC and CTLNUL characters. As I write this,
+ the current callers will never cause the string to be expanded without
+ going through the shell parser, which will protect the internal
+ quoting characters. TABLE, if set, points to a map of the ascii code
+ set with char needing to be backslash-quoted if table[char]==1. FLAGS,
+ if 1, causes tildes to be quoted as well. If FLAGS&2, backslash-quote
+ other shell blank characters. */
+
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote (string, table, flags)
+ char *string;
+ char *table;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int c, mb_cur_max;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *r, *s, *backslash_table, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * slen + 1);
+
+ backslash_table = table ? table : (char *)bstab;
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+
+ for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ /* XXX - isascii, even if is_basic(c) == 0 - works in most cases. */
+ if (c >= 0 && c <= 127 && backslash_table[(unsigned char)c] == 1)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = c;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && is_basic (c) == 0)
+ {
+ COPY_CHAR_P (r, s, send);
+ s--; /* compensate for auto-increment in loop above */
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (backslash_table[(unsigned char)c] == 1)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if (c == '#' && s == string) /* comment char */
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if ((flags&1) && c == '~' && (s == string || s[-1] == ':' || s[-1] == '='))
+ /* Tildes are special at the start of a word or after a `:' or `='
+ (technically unquoted, but it doesn't make a difference in practice) */
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if ((flags&2) && shellblank((unsigned char)c))
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#if defined (PROMPT_STRING_DECODE)
+/* Quote characters that get special treatment when in double quotes in STRING
+ using backslashes. Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* I should probably add flags for these to sh_syntaxtab[] */
+ else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif /* PROMPT_STRING_DECODE */
+
+char *
+sh_quote_reusable (s, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ return s;
+ else if (*s == 0)
+ {
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ ret[0] = ret[1] = '\'';
+ ret[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else if (ansic_shouldquote (s))
+ ret = ansic_quote (s, 0, (int *)0);
+ else if (flags)
+ ret = sh_backslash_quote (s, 0, 1);
+ else
+ ret = sh_single_quote (s);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int
+sh_contains_shell_metas (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ const char *s;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ switch (*s)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': /* IFS white space */
+ case '\'': case '"': case '\\': /* quoting chars */
+ case '|': case '&': case ';': /* shell metacharacters */
+ case '(': case ')': case '<': case '>':
+ case '!': case '{': case '}': /* reserved words */
+ case '*': case '[': case '?': case ']': /* globbing chars */
+ case '^':
+ case '$': case '`': /* expansion chars */
+ return (1);
+ case '~': /* tilde expansion */
+ if (s == string || s[-1] == '=' || s[-1] == ':')
+ return (1);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ if (s == string) /* comment char */
+ return (1);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sh_contains_quotes (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ const char *s;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == '\'' || *s == '"' || *s == '\\')
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/shtty.c b/lib/sh/shtty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0433f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shtty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/*
+ * shtty.c -- abstract interface to the terminal, focusing on capabilities.
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <shtty.h>
+
+static TTYSTRUCT ttin, ttout;
+static int ttsaved = 0;
+
+int
+ttgetattr(fd, ttp)
+int fd;
+TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#ifdef TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER
+ return tcgetattr(fd, ttp);
+#else
+# ifdef TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER
+ return ioctl(fd, TCGETA, ttp);
+# else
+ return ioctl(fd, TIOCGETP, ttp);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+ttsetattr(fd, ttp)
+int fd;
+TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#ifdef TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER
+ return tcsetattr(fd, TCSADRAIN, ttp);
+#else
+# ifdef TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER
+ return ioctl(fd, TCSETAW, ttp);
+# else
+ return ioctl(fd, TIOCSETN, ttp);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+ttsave()
+{
+ if (ttsaved)
+ return;
+ ttgetattr (0, &ttin);
+ ttgetattr (1, &ttout);
+ ttsaved = 1;
+}
+
+void
+ttrestore()
+{
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return;
+ ttsetattr (0, &ttin);
+ ttsetattr (1, &ttout);
+ ttsaved = 0;
+}
+
+/* Retrieve the internally-saved attributes associated with tty fd FD. */
+TTYSTRUCT *
+ttattr (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return ((TTYSTRUCT *)0);
+ if (fd == 0)
+ return &ttin;
+ else if (fd == 1)
+ return &ttout;
+ else
+ return ((TTYSTRUCT *)0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in one-char-at-a-time mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setonechar(ttp)
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+
+ /* XXX - might not want this -- it disables erase and kill processing. */
+ ttp->c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+
+ ttp->c_lflag |= ISIG;
+# ifdef IEXTEN
+ ttp->c_lflag |= IEXTEN;
+# endif
+
+ ttp->c_iflag |= ICRNL; /* make sure we get CR->NL on input */
+ ttp->c_iflag &= ~INLCR; /* but no NL->CR */
+
+# ifdef OPOST
+ ttp->c_oflag |= OPOST;
+# endif
+# ifdef ONLCR
+ ttp->c_oflag |= ONLCR;
+# endif
+# ifdef OCRNL
+ ttp->c_oflag &= ~OCRNL;
+# endif
+# ifdef ONOCR
+ ttp->c_oflag &= ~ONOCR;
+# endif
+# ifdef ONLRET
+ ttp->c_oflag &= ~ONLRET;
+# endif
+
+ ttp->c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+ ttp->c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+
+#else
+
+ ttp->sg_flags |= CBREAK;
+
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the tty associated with FD and TTP into one-character-at-a-time mode */
+int
+ttfd_onechar (fd, ttp)
+ int fd;
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+ if (tt_setonechar(ttp) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (ttsetattr (fd, ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into one-character-at-a-time mode */
+int
+ttonechar ()
+{
+ TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return -1;
+ tt = ttin;
+ return (ttfd_onechar (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in no-echo mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setnoecho(ttp)
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+ ttp->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHOK|ECHONL);
+#else
+ ttp->sg_flags &= ~ECHO;
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the tty associated with FD and TTP into no-echo mode */
+int
+ttfd_noecho (fd, ttp)
+ int fd;
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+ if (tt_setnoecho (ttp) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (ttsetattr (fd, ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into no-echo mode */
+int
+ttnoecho ()
+{
+ TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return -1;
+ tt = ttin;
+ return (ttfd_noecho (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in eight-bit mode (pass8).
+ */
+int
+tt_seteightbit (ttp)
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+ ttp->c_iflag &= ~ISTRIP;
+ ttp->c_cflag |= CS8;
+ ttp->c_cflag &= ~PARENB;
+#else
+ ttp->sg_flags |= ANYP;
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the tty associated with FD and TTP into eight-bit mode */
+int
+ttfd_eightbit (fd, ttp)
+ int fd;
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+ if (tt_seteightbit (ttp) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (ttsetattr (fd, ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into eight-bit mode */
+int
+tteightbit ()
+{
+ TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return -1;
+ tt = ttin;
+ return (ttfd_eightbit (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in non-canonical input mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setnocanon (ttp)
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+ ttp->c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the tty associated with FD and TTP into non-canonical mode */
+int
+ttfd_nocanon (fd, ttp)
+ int fd;
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+ if (tt_setnocanon (ttp) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (ttsetattr (fd, ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into non-canonical mode */
+int
+ttnocanon ()
+{
+ TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return -1;
+ tt = ttin;
+ return (ttfd_nocanon (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in cbreak, no-echo mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setcbreak(ttp)
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+ if (tt_setonechar (ttp) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (tt_setnoecho (ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the tty associated with FD and TTP into cbreak (no-echo,
+ one-character-at-a-time) mode */
+int
+ttfd_cbreak (fd, ttp)
+ int fd;
+ TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+ if (tt_setcbreak (ttp) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ return (ttsetattr (fd, ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into cbreak (no-echo, one-character-at-a-time) mode */
+int
+ttcbreak ()
+{
+ TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+ if (ttsaved == 0)
+ return -1;
+ tt = ttin;
+ return (ttfd_cbreak (0, &tt));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/snprintf.c b/lib/sh/snprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e5892e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/snprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2221 @@
+/* snprintf - formatted output to strings, with bounds checking and allocation */
+
+/*
+ build a test version with
+ gcc -g -DDRIVER -I../.. -I../../include -o test-snprintf snprintf.c fmtu*long.o
+*/
+
+/*
+ Unix snprintf implementation.
+ derived from inetutils/libinetutils/snprintf.c Version 1.1
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001,2006,2010,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ Original (pre-bash) Revision History:
+
+ 1.1:
+ * added changes from Miles Bader
+ * corrected a bug with %f
+ * added support for %#g
+ * added more comments :-)
+ 1.0:
+ * supporting must ANSI syntaxic_sugars
+ 0.0:
+ * support %s %c %d
+
+ THANKS(for the patches and ideas):
+ Miles Bader
+ Cyrille Rustom
+ Jacek Slabocewiz
+ Mike Parker(mouse)
+
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Currently doesn't handle (and bash/readline doesn't use):
+ * * *M$ width, precision specifications
+ * * %N$ numbered argument conversions
+ * * support for `F' is imperfect with ldfallback(), since underlying
+ * printf may not handle it -- should ideally have another autoconf test
+ */
+
+#define FLOATING_POINT
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 4.2 on Snow Leopard doesn't like the snprintf prototype */
+#if defined(DEBUG) && !defined (MACOSX)
+# undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+# undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+# define HAVE_SNPRINTF 0
+# define HAVE_ASPRINTF 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DRIVER) && !defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#define HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#define HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#ifdef __linux__
+#define HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+#endif
+#define HAVE_ISINF_IN_LIBC
+#define HAVE_ISNAN_IN_LIBC
+#define PREFER_STDARG
+#define HAVE_STRINGIZE
+#define HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#define HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#define HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#define intmax_t long
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+
+#if defined(PREFER_STDARG)
+# include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+# include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+# include <float.h> /* for manifest constants */
+# include <stdio.h> /* for sprintf */
+#endif
+
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include <shmbutil.h>
+
+#ifndef DRIVER
+# include "shell.h"
+#else
+# define FL_PREFIX 0x01 /* add 0x, 0X, or 0 prefix as appropriate */
+# define FL_ADDBASE 0x02 /* add base# prefix to converted value */
+# define FL_HEXUPPER 0x04 /* use uppercase when converting to hex */
+# define FL_UNSIGNED 0x08 /* don't add any sign */
+extern char *fmtulong __P((unsigned long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+extern char *fmtullong __P((unsigned long long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+# define FREE(x) if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer value of type T.
+ Subtract one for the sign bit if T is signed;
+ 302 / 1000 is log10 (2) rounded up;
+ add one for integer division truncation;
+ add one more for a minus sign if t is signed. */
+#ifndef INT_STRLEN_BOUND
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+ ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 \
+ + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+#endif
+
+/* conversion flags */
+#define PF_ALTFORM 0x00001 /* # */
+#define PF_HEXPREFIX 0x00002 /* 0[Xx] */
+#define PF_LADJUST 0x00004 /* - */
+#define PF_ZEROPAD 0x00008 /* 0 */
+#define PF_PLUS 0x00010 /* + */
+#define PF_SPACE 0x00020 /* ' ' */
+#define PF_THOUSANDS 0x00040 /* ' */
+
+#define PF_DOT 0x00080 /* `.precision' */
+#define PF_STAR_P 0x00100 /* `*' after precision */
+#define PF_STAR_W 0x00200 /* `*' before or without precision */
+
+/* length modifiers */
+#define PF_SIGNEDCHAR 0x00400 /* hh */
+#define PF_SHORTINT 0x00800 /* h */
+#define PF_LONGINT 0x01000 /* l */
+#define PF_LONGLONG 0x02000 /* ll */
+#define PF_LONGDBL 0x04000 /* L */
+#define PF_INTMAX_T 0x08000 /* j */
+#define PF_SIZE_T 0x10000 /* z */
+#define PF_PTRDIFF_T 0x20000 /* t */
+
+#define PF_ALLOCBUF 0x40000 /* for asprintf, vasprintf */
+
+#define PFM_SN 0x01 /* snprintf, vsnprintf */
+#define PFM_AS 0x02 /* asprintf, vasprintf */
+
+#define ASBUFSIZE 128
+
+#define x_digs "0123456789abcdef"
+#define X_digs "0123456789ABCDEF"
+
+static char intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(unsigned long) + 1];
+
+static int decpoint;
+static int thoussep;
+static char *grouping;
+
+/*
+ * For the FLOATING POINT FORMAT :
+ * the challenge was finding a way to
+ * manipulate the Real numbers without having
+ * to resort to mathematical function(it
+ * would require to link with -lm) and not
+ * going down to the bit pattern(not portable)
+ *
+ * so a number, a real is:
+
+ real = integral + fraction
+
+ integral = ... + a(2)*10^2 + a(1)*10^1 + a(0)*10^0
+ fraction = b(1)*10^-1 + b(2)*10^-2 + ...
+
+ where:
+ 0 <= a(i) => 9
+ 0 <= b(i) => 9
+
+ from then it was simple math
+ */
+
+/*
+ * size of the buffer for the integral part
+ * and the fraction part
+ */
+#define MAX_INT 99 + 1 /* 1 for the null */
+#define MAX_FRACT 307 + 1
+
+/*
+ * These functions use static buffers to store the results,
+ * and so are not reentrant
+ */
+#define itoa(n) fmtulong(n, 10, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), 0);
+#define dtoa(n, p, f) numtoa(n, 10, p, f)
+
+#define SWAP_INT(a,b) {int t; t = (a); (a) = (b); (b) = t;}
+
+#define GETARG(type) (va_arg(args, type))
+
+/* Macros that do proper sign extension and handle length modifiers. Used
+ for the integer conversion specifiers. */
+#define GETSIGNED(p) \
+ (((p)->flags & PF_LONGINT) \
+ ? GETARG (long) \
+ : (((p)->flags & PF_SHORTINT) ? (long)(short)GETARG (int) \
+ : (long)GETARG (int)))
+
+#define GETUNSIGNED(p) \
+ (((p)->flags & PF_LONGINT) \
+ ? GETARG (unsigned long) \
+ : (((p)->flags & PF_SHORTINT) ? (unsigned long)(unsigned short)GETARG (int) \
+ : (unsigned long)GETARG (unsigned int)))
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define GETLDOUBLE(p) GETARG (long double)
+#endif
+#define GETDOUBLE(p) GETARG (double)
+
+#define SET_SIZE_FLAGS(p, type) \
+ if (sizeof (type) > sizeof (int)) \
+ (p)->flags |= PF_LONGINT; \
+ if (sizeof (type) > sizeof (long)) \
+ (p)->flags |= PF_LONGLONG;
+
+/* this struct holds everything we need */
+struct DATA
+{
+ int length;
+ char *base; /* needed for [v]asprintf */
+ char *holder;
+ int counter;
+ const char *pf;
+
+/* FLAGS */
+ int flags;
+ int justify;
+ int width, precision;
+ char pad;
+};
+
+/* the floating point stuff */
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+static double pow_10 __P((int));
+static int log_10 __P((double));
+static double integral __P((double, double *));
+static char *numtoa __P((double, int, int, char **));
+#endif
+
+static void init_data __P((struct DATA *, char *, size_t, const char *, int));
+static void init_conv_flag __P((struct DATA *));
+
+/* for the format */
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+static void floating __P((struct DATA *, double));
+static void exponent __P((struct DATA *, double));
+#endif
+static void number __P((struct DATA *, unsigned long, int));
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+static void lnumber __P((struct DATA *, unsigned long long, int));
+#endif
+static void pointer __P((struct DATA *, unsigned long));
+static void strings __P((struct DATA *, char *));
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+# define FALLBACK_FMTSIZE 32
+# define FALLBACK_BASE 4096
+# define LFALLBACK_BASE 5120
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+static void ldfallback __P((struct DATA *, const char *, const char *, long double));
+# endif
+static void dfallback __P((struct DATA *, const char *, const char *, double));
+#endif
+
+static char *groupnum __P((char *));
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+# define LONGDOUBLE long double
+#else
+# define LONGDOUBLE double
+#endif
+
+#ifndef isnan
+ static inline int isnan_f (float x) { return x != x; }
+ static inline int isnan_d (double x) { return x != x; }
+ static inline int isnan_ld (LONGDOUBLE x) { return x != x; }
+ # define isnan(x) \
+ (sizeof (x) == sizeof (LONGDOUBLE) ? isnan_ld (x) \
+ : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
+ : isnan_f (x))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef isinf
+ static inline int isinf_f (float x) { return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); }
+ static inline int isinf_d (double x) { return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); }
+ static inline int isinf_ld (LONGDOUBLE x) { return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); }
+ # define isinf(x) \
+ (sizeof (x) == sizeof (LONGDOUBLE) ? isinf_ld (x) \
+ : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
+ : isinf_f (x))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DRIVER
+static void memory_error_and_abort ();
+static void *xmalloc __P((size_t));
+static void *xrealloc __P((void *, size_t));
+static void xfree __P((void *));
+#else
+# include <xmalloc.h>
+#endif
+
+/* those are defines specific to snprintf to hopefully
+ * make the code clearer :-)
+ */
+#define RIGHT 1
+#define LEFT 0
+#define NOT_FOUND -1
+#define FOUND 1
+#define MAX_FIELD 15
+
+/* round off to the precision */
+#define ROUND(d, p) \
+ (d < 0.) ? \
+ d - pow_10(-(p)->precision) * 0.5 : \
+ d + pow_10(-(p)->precision) * 0.5
+
+/* set default precision */
+#define DEF_PREC(p) \
+ if ((p)->precision == NOT_FOUND) \
+ (p)->precision = 6
+
+/* put a char. increment the number of chars written even if we've exceeded
+ the vsnprintf/snprintf buffer size (for the return value) */
+#define PUT_CHAR(c, p) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (((p)->flags & PF_ALLOCBUF) && ((p)->counter >= (p)->length - 1)) \
+ { \
+ (p)->length += ASBUFSIZE; \
+ (p)->base = (char *)xrealloc((p)->base, (p)->length); \
+ (p)->holder = (p)->base + (p)->counter; /* in case reallocated */ \
+ } \
+ if ((p)->counter < (p)->length) \
+ *(p)->holder++ = (c); \
+ (p)->counter++; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Output a string. P->WIDTH has already been adjusted for padding. */
+#define PUT_STRING(string, len, p) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ PAD_RIGHT (p); \
+ while ((len)-- > 0) \
+ { \
+ PUT_CHAR (*(string), (p)); \
+ (string)++; \
+ } \
+ PAD_LEFT (p); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#define PUT_PLUS(d, p, zero) \
+ if (((p)->flags & PF_PLUS) && (d) > zero) \
+ PUT_CHAR('+', p)
+
+#define PUT_SPACE(d, p, zero) \
+ if (((p)->flags & PF_SPACE) && (d) > zero) \
+ PUT_CHAR(' ', p)
+
+/* pad right */
+#define PAD_RIGHT(p) \
+ if ((p)->width > 0 && (p)->justify != LEFT) \
+ for (; (p)->width > 0; (p)->width--) \
+ PUT_CHAR((p)->pad, p)
+
+/* pad left */
+#define PAD_LEFT(p) \
+ if ((p)->width > 0 && (p)->justify == LEFT) \
+ for (; (p)->width > 0; (p)->width--) \
+ PUT_CHAR((p)->pad, p)
+
+/* pad with zeros from decimal precision */
+#define PAD_ZERO(p) \
+ if ((p)->precision > 0) \
+ for (; (p)->precision > 0; (p)->precision--) \
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p)
+
+/* if width and prec. in the args */
+#define STAR_ARGS(p) \
+ do { \
+ if ((p)->flags & PF_STAR_W) \
+ { \
+ (p)->width = GETARG (int); \
+ if ((p)->width < 0) \
+ { \
+ (p)->flags |= PF_LADJUST; \
+ (p)->justify = LEFT; \
+ (p)->width = -(p)->width; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ if ((p)->flags & PF_STAR_P) \
+ { \
+ (p)->precision = GETARG (int); \
+ if ((p)->precision < 0) \
+ { \
+ (p)->flags &= ~PF_STAR_P; \
+ (p)->precision = NOT_FOUND; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H) && defined (HAVE_LOCALECONV)
+# define GETLOCALEDATA(d, t, g) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ struct lconv *lv; \
+ if ((d) == 0) { \
+ (d) = '.'; (t) = -1; (g) = 0; /* defaults */ \
+ lv = localeconv(); \
+ if (lv) \
+ { \
+ if (lv->decimal_point && lv->decimal_point[0]) \
+ (d) = lv->decimal_point[0]; \
+ if (lv->thousands_sep && lv->thousands_sep[0]) \
+ (t) = lv->thousands_sep[0]; \
+ (g) = lv->grouping ? lv->grouping : ""; \
+ if (*(g) == '\0' || *(g) == CHAR_MAX || (t) == -1) (g) = 0; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+ while (0);
+#else
+# define GETLOCALEDATA(d, t, g) \
+ ( (d) = '.', (t) = ',', g = "\003" )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+ * Find the nth power of 10
+ */
+static double
+pow_10(n)
+ int n;
+{
+ double P;
+
+ /* handle common cases with fast switch statement. */
+ switch (n)
+ {
+ case -3: return .001;
+ case -2: return .01;
+ case -1: return .1;
+ case 0: return 1.;
+ case 1: return 10.;
+ case 2: return 100.;
+ case 3: return 1000.;
+ }
+
+ if (n < 0)
+ {
+ P = .0001;
+ for (n += 4; n < 0; n++)
+ P /= 10.;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ P = 10000.;
+ for (n -= 4; n > 0; n--)
+ P *= 10.;
+ }
+
+ return P;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the integral part of the log in base 10
+ * Note: this not a real log10()
+ I just need and approximation(integerpart) of x in:
+ 10^x ~= r
+ * log_10(200) = 2;
+ * log_10(250) = 2;
+ *
+ * NOTE: do not call this with r == 0 -- an infinite loop results.
+ */
+static int
+log_10(r)
+ double r;
+{
+ int i = 0;
+ double result = 1.;
+
+ if (r < 0.)
+ r = -r;
+
+ if (r < 1.)
+ {
+ while (result >= r)
+ {
+ result /= 10.;
+ i++;
+ }
+ return (-i);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (result <= r)
+ {
+ result *= 10.;
+ i++;
+ }
+ return (i - 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function return the fraction part of a double
+ * and set in ip the integral part.
+ * In many ways it resemble the modf() found on most Un*x
+ */
+static double
+integral(real, ip)
+ double real;
+ double *ip;
+{
+ int j;
+ double i, s, p;
+ double real_integral = 0.;
+
+ /* take care of the obvious */
+ /* equal to zero ? */
+ if (real == 0.)
+ {
+ *ip = 0.;
+ return (0.);
+ }
+
+ /* negative number ? */
+ if (real < 0.)
+ real = -real;
+
+ /* a fraction ? */
+ if ( real < 1.)
+ {
+ *ip = 0.;
+ return real;
+ }
+
+ /* the real work :-) */
+ for (j = log_10(real); j >= 0; j--)
+ {
+ p = pow_10(j);
+ s = (real - real_integral)/p;
+ i = 0.;
+ while (i + 1. <= s)
+ i++;
+ real_integral += i*p;
+ }
+ *ip = real_integral;
+ return (real - real_integral);
+}
+
+#define PRECISION 1.e-6
+/*
+ * return an ascii representation of the integral part of the number
+ * and set fract to be an ascii representation of the fraction part
+ * the container for the fraction and the integral part or statically
+ * declare with fix size
+ */
+static char *
+numtoa(number, base, precision, fract)
+ double number;
+ int base, precision;
+ char **fract;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ double ip, fp; /* integer and fraction part */
+ double fraction;
+ int digits, sign;
+ static char integral_part[MAX_INT];
+ static char fraction_part[MAX_FRACT];
+ int ch;
+
+ /* taking care of the obvious case: 0.0 */
+ if (number == 0.)
+ {
+ integral_part[0] = '0';
+ integral_part[1] = '\0';
+ /* The fractional part has to take the precision into account */
+ for (ch = 0; ch < precision-1; ch++)
+ fraction_part[ch] = '0';
+ fraction_part[ch] = '0';
+ fraction_part[ch+1] = '\0';
+ if (fract)
+ *fract = fraction_part;
+ return integral_part;
+ }
+
+ /* -0 is tricky */
+ sign = (number == -0.) ? '-' : ((number < 0.) ? '-' : '+');
+ digits = MAX_INT - 1;
+
+ /* for negative numbers */
+ if (sign == '-')
+ {
+ number = -number;
+ digits--; /* sign consume one digit */
+ }
+
+ fraction = integral(number, &ip);
+ number = ip;
+
+ /* do the integral part */
+ if (ip == 0.)
+ {
+ integral_part[0] = '0';
+ i = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for ( i = 0; i < digits && number != 0.; ++i)
+ {
+ number /= base;
+ fp = integral(number, &ip);
+ ch = (int)((fp + PRECISION)*base); /* force to round */
+ integral_part[i] = (ch <= 9) ? ch + '0' : ch + 'a' - 10;
+ if (! ISXDIGIT((unsigned char)integral_part[i]))
+ break; /* bail out overflow !! */
+ number = ip;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Oh No !! out of bound, ho well fill it up ! */
+ if (number != 0.)
+ for (i = 0; i < digits; ++i)
+ integral_part[i] = '9';
+
+ /* put the sign ? */
+ if (sign == '-')
+ integral_part[i++] = '-';
+
+ integral_part[i] = '\0';
+
+ /* reverse every thing */
+ for ( i--, j = 0; j < i; j++, i--)
+ SWAP_INT(integral_part[i], integral_part[j]);
+
+ /* the fractional part */
+ for (i=0, fp=fraction; precision > 0 && i < MAX_FRACT ; i++, precision--)
+ {
+ fraction_part[i] = (int)((fp + PRECISION)*10. + '0');
+ if (! DIGIT(fraction_part[i])) /* underflow ? */
+ break;
+ fp = (fp*10.0) - (double)(long)((fp + PRECISION)*10.);
+ }
+ fraction_part[i] = '\0';
+
+ if (fract != (char **)0)
+ *fract = fraction_part;
+
+ return integral_part;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* for %d and friends, it puts in holder
+ * the representation with the right padding
+ */
+static void
+number(p, d, base)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ unsigned long d;
+ int base;
+{
+ char *tmp, *t;
+ long sd;
+ int flags;
+
+ /* An explicit precision turns off the zero-padding flag and sets the
+ pad character back to space. */
+ if ((p->flags & PF_ZEROPAD) && p->precision >= 0 && (p->flags & PF_DOT))
+ {
+ p->flags &= ~PF_ZEROPAD;
+ p->pad = ' ';
+ }
+
+ sd = d; /* signed for ' ' padding in base 10 */
+ flags = 0;
+ flags = (*p->pf == 'x' || *p->pf == 'X' || *p->pf == 'o' || *p->pf == 'u' || *p->pf == 'U') ? FL_UNSIGNED : 0;
+ if (*p->pf == 'X')
+ flags |= FL_HEXUPPER;
+
+ tmp = fmtulong (d, base, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), flags);
+ t = 0;
+ if ((p->flags & PF_THOUSANDS))
+ {
+ GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+ if (grouping && (t = groupnum (tmp)))
+ tmp = t;
+ }
+
+ /* need to add one for any `+', but we only add one in base 10 */
+ p->width -= strlen(tmp) + (base == 10 && d > 0 && (p->flags & PF_PLUS));
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+
+ if ((p->flags & PF_DOT) && p->precision > 0)
+ {
+ p->precision -= strlen(tmp);
+ PAD_ZERO(p);
+ }
+
+ switch (base)
+ {
+ case 10:
+ PUT_PLUS(sd, p, 0);
+ PUT_SPACE(sd, p, 0);
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+ PUT_CHAR(*p->pf, p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+ tmp++;
+ }
+
+ PAD_LEFT(p);
+ FREE (t);
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+/*
+ * identical to number() but works for `long long'
+ */
+static void
+lnumber(p, d, base)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ unsigned long long d;
+ int base;
+{
+ char *tmp, *t;
+ long long sd;
+ int flags;
+
+ /* An explicit precision turns off the zero-padding flag and sets the
+ pad character back to space. */
+ if ((p->flags & PF_ZEROPAD) && p->precision >= 0 && (p->flags & PF_DOT))
+ {
+ p->flags &= ~PF_ZEROPAD;
+ p->pad = ' ';
+ }
+
+ sd = d; /* signed for ' ' padding in base 10 */
+ flags = (*p->pf == 'x' || *p->pf == 'X' || *p->pf == 'o' || *p->pf == 'u' || *p->pf == 'U') ? FL_UNSIGNED : 0;
+ if (*p->pf == 'X')
+ flags |= FL_HEXUPPER;
+
+ tmp = fmtullong (d, base, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), flags);
+ t = 0;
+ if ((p->flags & PF_THOUSANDS))
+ {
+ GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+ if (grouping && (t = groupnum (tmp)))
+ tmp = t;
+ }
+
+ /* need to add one for any `+', but we only add one in base 10 */
+ p->width -= strlen(tmp) + (base == 10 && d > 0 && (p->flags & PF_PLUS));
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+
+ if ((p->flags & PF_DOT) && p->precision > 0)
+ {
+ p->precision -= strlen(tmp);
+ PAD_ZERO(p);
+ }
+
+ switch (base)
+ {
+ case 10:
+ PUT_PLUS(sd, p, 0);
+ PUT_SPACE(sd, p, 0);
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+ PUT_CHAR(*p->pf, p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+ tmp++;
+ }
+
+ PAD_LEFT(p);
+ FREE (t);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+pointer(p, d)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ unsigned long d;
+{
+ char *tmp;
+
+ tmp = fmtulong(d, 16, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), 0);
+ p->width -= strlen(tmp);
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+
+ /* prefix '0x' for pointers */
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+ PUT_CHAR('x', p);
+
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+ tmp++;
+ }
+
+ PAD_LEFT(p);
+}
+
+/* %s strings */
+static void
+strings(p, tmp)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ char *tmp;
+{
+ size_t len;
+
+ len = strlen(tmp);
+ if (p->precision != NOT_FOUND) /* the smallest number */
+ len = (len < p->precision ? len : p->precision);
+ p->width -= len;
+
+ PUT_STRING (tmp, len, p);
+}
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+/* %ls wide-character strings */
+static void
+wstrings(p, tmp)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ wchar_t *tmp;
+{
+ size_t len;
+ mbstate_t mbs;
+ char *os;
+ const wchar_t *ws;
+
+ memset (&mbs, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ ws = (const wchar_t *)tmp;
+
+ os = (char *)NULL;
+ if (p->precision != NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ os = (char *)xmalloc (p->precision + 1);
+ len = wcsrtombs (os, &ws, p->precision, &mbs);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ len = wcsrtombs (NULL, &ws, 0, &mbs);
+ if (len != (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ memset (&mbs, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ os = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+ (void)wcsrtombs (os, &ws, len + 1, &mbs);
+ }
+ }
+ if (len == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ /* invalid multibyte sequence; bail now. */
+ FREE (os);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ p->width -= len;
+ PUT_STRING (os, len, p);
+ free (os);
+}
+
+static void
+wchars (p, wc)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ wint_t wc;
+{
+ char *lbuf, *l;
+ mbstate_t mbs;
+ size_t len;
+
+ lbuf = (char *)malloc (MB_CUR_MAX+1);
+ if (lbuf == 0)
+ return;
+ memset (&mbs, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ len = wcrtomb (lbuf, wc, &mbs);
+ if (len == (size_t)-1)
+ /* conversion failed; bail now. */
+ return;
+ p->width -= len;
+ l = lbuf;
+ PUT_STRING (l, len, p);
+ free (lbuf);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+
+/* Check for [+-]infinity and NaN. If MODE == 1, we check for Infinity, else
+ (mode == 2) we check for NaN. This does the necessary printing. Returns
+ 1 if Inf or Nan, 0 if not. */
+static int
+chkinfnan(p, d, mode)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ double d;
+ int mode; /* == 1 for inf, == 2 for nan */
+{
+ int i;
+ char *tmp;
+ char *big, *small;
+
+ i = (mode == 1) ? isinf(d) : isnan(d);
+ if (i == 0)
+ return 0;
+ big = (mode == 1) ? "INF" : "NAN";
+ small = (mode == 1) ? "inf" : "nan";
+
+ tmp = (*p->pf == 'F' || *p->pf == 'G' || *p->pf == 'E') ? big : small;
+
+ if (i < 0)
+ PUT_CHAR('-', p);
+
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR (*tmp, p);
+ tmp++;
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* %f %F %g %G floating point representation */
+static void
+floating(p, d)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ double d;
+{
+ char *tmp, *tmp2, *t;
+ int i;
+
+ if (d != 0 && (chkinfnan(p, d, 1) || chkinfnan(p, d, 2)))
+ return; /* already printed nan or inf */
+
+ GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+ DEF_PREC(p);
+ d = ROUND(d, p);
+ tmp = dtoa(d, p->precision, &tmp2);
+ t = 0;
+ if ((p->flags & PF_THOUSANDS) && grouping && (t = groupnum (tmp)))
+ tmp = t;
+
+ if ((*p->pf == 'g' || *p->pf == 'G') && (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM) == 0)
+ {
+ /* smash the trailing zeros unless altform */
+ for (i = strlen(tmp2) - 1; i >= 0 && tmp2[i] == '0'; i--)
+ tmp2[i] = '\0';
+ if (tmp2[0] == '\0')
+ p->precision = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* calculate the padding. 1 for the dot */
+ p->width = p->width -
+ /* XXX - should this be d>0. && (p->flags & PF_PLUS) ? */
+#if 0
+ ((d > 0. && p->justify == RIGHT) ? 1:0) -
+#else
+ ((d > 0. && (p->flags & PF_PLUS)) ? 1:0) -
+#endif
+ ((p->flags & PF_SPACE) ? 1:0) -
+ strlen(tmp) - p->precision -
+ ((p->precision != 0 || (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)) ? 1 : 0); /* radix char */
+
+ if (p->pad == ' ')
+ {
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+ PUT_PLUS(d, p, 0.);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*tmp == '-')
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp++, p);
+ PUT_PLUS(d, p, 0.);
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+ }
+ PUT_SPACE(d, p, 0.);
+
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p); /* the integral */
+ tmp++;
+ }
+ FREE (t);
+
+ if (p->precision != 0 || (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM))
+ PUT_CHAR(decpoint, p); /* put the '.' */
+
+ for (; *tmp2; tmp2++)
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp2, p); /* the fraction */
+
+ PAD_LEFT(p);
+}
+
+/* %e %E %g %G exponent representation */
+static void
+exponent(p, d)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ double d;
+{
+ char *tmp, *tmp2;
+ int j, i;
+
+ if (d != 0 && (chkinfnan(p, d, 1) || chkinfnan(p, d, 2)))
+ return; /* already printed nan or inf */
+
+ GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+ DEF_PREC(p);
+ if (d == 0.)
+ j = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ j = log_10(d);
+ d = d / pow_10(j); /* get the Mantissa */
+ d = ROUND(d, p);
+ }
+ tmp = dtoa(d, p->precision, &tmp2);
+
+ /* 1 for unit, 1 for the '.', 1 for 'e|E',
+ * 1 for '+|-', 2 for 'exp' (but no `.' if precision == 0 */
+ /* calculate how much padding need */
+ p->width = p->width -
+ /* XXX - should this be d>0. && (p->flags & PF_PLUS) ? */
+#if 0
+ ((d > 0. && p->justify == RIGHT) ? 1:0) -
+#else
+ ((d > 0. && (p->flags & PF_PLUS)) ? 1:0) -
+#endif
+ (p->precision != 0 || (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)) -
+ ((p->flags & PF_SPACE) ? 1:0) - p->precision - 5;
+
+ if (p->pad == ' ')
+ {
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+ PUT_PLUS(d, p, 0.);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*tmp == '-')
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp++, p);
+ PUT_PLUS(d, p, 0.);
+ PAD_RIGHT(p);
+ }
+ PUT_SPACE(d, p, 0.);
+
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+ tmp++;
+ }
+
+ if (p->precision != 0 || (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM))
+ PUT_CHAR(decpoint, p); /* the '.' */
+
+ if ((*p->pf == 'g' || *p->pf == 'G') && (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM) == 0)
+ /* smash the trailing zeros unless altform */
+ for (i = strlen(tmp2) - 1; i >= 0 && tmp2[i] == '0'; i--)
+ tmp2[i] = '\0';
+
+ for (; *tmp2; tmp2++)
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp2, p); /* the fraction */
+
+ /* the exponent put the 'e|E' */
+ if (*p->pf == 'g' || *p->pf == 'e')
+ PUT_CHAR('e', p);
+ else
+ PUT_CHAR('E', p);
+
+ /* the sign of the exp */
+ if (j >= 0)
+ PUT_CHAR('+', p);
+ else
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR('-', p);
+ j = -j;
+ }
+
+ tmp = itoa(j);
+ /* pad out to at least two spaces. pad with `0' if the exponent is a
+ single digit. */
+ if (j <= 9)
+ PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+
+ /* the exponent */
+ while (*tmp)
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+ tmp++;
+ }
+
+ PAD_LEFT(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a new string with the digits in S grouped according to the locale's
+ grouping info and thousands separator. If no grouping should be performed,
+ this returns NULL; the caller needs to check for it. */
+static char *
+groupnum (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ char *se, *ret, *re, *g;
+ int len, slen;
+
+ if (grouping == 0 || *grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* find min grouping to size returned string */
+ for (len = *grouping, g = grouping; *g; g++)
+ if (*g > 0 && *g < len)
+ len = *g;
+
+ slen = strlen (s);
+ len = slen / len + 1;
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (slen + len + 1);
+ re = ret + slen + len;
+ *re = '\0';
+
+ g = grouping;
+ se = s + slen;
+ len = *g;
+
+ while (se > s)
+ {
+ *--re = *--se;
+
+ /* handle `-' inserted by numtoa() and the fmtu* family here. */
+ if (se > s && se[-1] == '-')
+ continue;
+
+ /* begin new group. */
+ if (--len == 0 && se > s)
+ {
+ *--re = thoussep;
+ len = *++g; /* was g++, but that uses first char twice (glibc bug, too) */
+ if (*g == '\0')
+ len = *--g; /* use previous grouping */
+ else if (*g == CHAR_MAX)
+ {
+ do
+ *--re = *--se;
+ while (se > s);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (re > ret)
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMMOVE
+ memmove (ret, re, strlen (re) + 1);
+#else
+ strcpy (ret, re);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* initialize the conversion specifiers */
+static void
+init_conv_flag (p)
+ struct DATA *p;
+{
+ p->flags &= PF_ALLOCBUF; /* preserve PF_ALLOCBUF flag */
+ p->precision = p->width = NOT_FOUND;
+ p->justify = NOT_FOUND;
+ p->pad = ' ';
+}
+
+static void
+init_data (p, string, length, format, mode)
+ struct DATA *p;
+ char *string;
+ size_t length;
+ const char *format;
+ int mode;
+{
+ p->length = length - 1; /* leave room for '\0' */
+ p->holder = p->base = string;
+ p->pf = format;
+ p->counter = 0;
+ p->flags = (mode == PFM_AS) ? PF_ALLOCBUF : 0;
+}
+
+static int
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+vsnprintf_internal(struct DATA *data, char *string, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
+#else
+vsnprintf_internal(data, string, length, format, args)
+ struct DATA *data;
+ char *string;
+ size_t length;
+ const char *format;
+ va_list args;
+#endif
+{
+ double d; /* temporary holder */
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+ long double ld; /* for later */
+#endif
+ unsigned long ul;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ unsigned long long ull;
+#endif
+ int state, i, c, n;
+ char *s;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ wchar_t *ws;
+ wint_t wc;
+#endif
+ const char *convstart;
+ int negprec;
+
+ /* Sanity check, the string length must be >= 0. C99 actually says that
+ LENGTH can be zero here, in the case of snprintf/vsnprintf (it's never
+ 0 in the case of asprintf/vasprintf), and the return value is the number
+ of characters that would have been written. */
+ if (length < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (format == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Reset these for each call because the locale might have changed. */
+ decpoint = thoussep = 0;
+ grouping = 0;
+
+ negprec = 0;
+ for (; c = *(data->pf); data->pf++)
+ {
+ if (c != '%')
+ {
+ PUT_CHAR (c, data);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ convstart = data->pf;
+ init_conv_flag (data); /* initialise format flags */
+
+ state = 1;
+ for (state = 1; state && *data->pf; )
+ {
+ c = *(++data->pf);
+ /* fmtend = data->pf */
+#if defined (FLOATING_POINT) && defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGDBL)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'f': case 'F':
+ case 'e': case 'E':
+ case 'g': case 'G':
+# ifdef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+ case 'a': case 'A':
+# endif
+ STAR_ARGS (data);
+ ld = GETLDOUBLE (data);
+ ldfallback (data, convstart, data->pf, ld);
+ goto conv_break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT && HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE */
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* Parse format flags */
+ case '\0': /* a NULL here ? ? bail out */
+ *data->holder = '\0';
+ return data->counter;
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ data->flags |= PF_ALTFORM;
+ continue;
+ case '*':
+ if (data->flags & PF_DOT)
+ data->flags |= PF_STAR_P;
+ else
+ data->flags |= PF_STAR_W;
+ continue;
+ case '-':
+ if ((data->flags & PF_DOT) == 0)
+ {
+ data->flags |= PF_LADJUST;
+ data->justify = LEFT;
+ }
+ else
+ negprec = 1;
+ continue;
+ case ' ':
+ if ((data->flags & PF_PLUS) == 0)
+ data->flags |= PF_SPACE;
+ continue;
+ case '+':
+ if ((data->flags & PF_DOT) == 0)
+ {
+ data->flags |= PF_PLUS;
+ if ((data->flags & PF_LADJUST) == 0)
+ data->justify = RIGHT;
+ }
+ continue;
+ case '\'':
+ data->flags |= PF_THOUSANDS;
+ continue;
+
+ case '0':
+ /* If we're not specifying precision (in which case we've seen
+ a `.') and we're not performing left-adjustment (in which
+ case the `0' is ignored), a `0' is taken as the zero-padding
+ flag. */
+ if ((data->flags & (PF_DOT|PF_LADJUST)) == 0)
+ {
+ data->flags |= PF_ZEROPAD;
+ data->pad = '0';
+ continue;
+ }
+ case '1': case '2': case '3':
+ case '4': case '5': case '6':
+ case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ n = 0;
+ do
+ {
+ n = n * 10 + TODIGIT(c);
+ c = *(++data->pf);
+ }
+ while (DIGIT(c));
+ data->pf--; /* went too far */
+ if (n < 0)
+ n = 0;
+ if (data->flags & PF_DOT)
+ data->precision = negprec ? NOT_FOUND : n;
+ else
+ data->width = n;
+ continue;
+
+ /* optional precision */
+ case '.':
+ data->flags |= PF_DOT;
+ data->precision = 0;
+ continue;
+
+ /* length modifiers */
+ case 'h':
+ data->flags |= (data->flags & PF_SHORTINT) ? PF_SIGNEDCHAR : PF_SHORTINT;
+ continue;
+ case 'l':
+ data->flags |= (data->flags & PF_LONGINT) ? PF_LONGLONG : PF_LONGINT;
+ continue;
+ case 'L':
+ data->flags |= PF_LONGDBL;
+ continue;
+ case 'q':
+ data->flags |= PF_LONGLONG;
+ continue;
+ case 'j':
+ data->flags |= PF_INTMAX_T;
+ SET_SIZE_FLAGS(data, intmax_t);
+ continue;
+ case 'z':
+ data->flags |= PF_SIZE_T;
+ SET_SIZE_FLAGS(data, size_t);
+ continue;
+ case 't':
+ data->flags |= PF_PTRDIFF_T;
+ SET_SIZE_FLAGS(data, ptrdiff_t);
+ continue;
+
+ /* Conversion specifiers */
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+ case 'f': /* float, double */
+ case 'F':
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+ d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+ floating(data, d);
+conv_break:
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'g':
+ case 'G':
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+ DEF_PREC(data);
+ d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+ i = (d != 0.) ? log_10(d) : -1;
+ /*
+ * for '%g|%G' ANSI: use f if exponent
+ * is in the range or [-4,p] exclusively
+ * else use %e|%E
+ */
+ if (-4 < i && i < data->precision)
+ {
+ /* reset precision */
+ data->precision -= i + 1;
+ floating(data, d);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* reduce precision by 1 because of leading digit before
+ decimal point in e format, unless specified as 0. */
+ if (data->precision > 0)
+ data->precision--;
+ exponent(data, d);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ case 'E': /* Exponent double */
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+ d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+ exponent(data, d);
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+# ifdef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+ case 'a':
+ case 'A':
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+ d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+ dfallback(data, convstart, data->pf, d);
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+# endif /* HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT */
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT */
+ case 'U':
+ data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 'u':
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+ {
+ ull = GETARG (unsigned long long);
+ lnumber(data, ull, 10);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ul = GETUNSIGNED(data);
+ number(data, ul, 10);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'D':
+ data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 'd': /* decimal */
+ case 'i':
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+ {
+ ull = GETARG (long long);
+ lnumber(data, ull, 10);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ul = GETSIGNED(data);
+ number(data, ul, 10);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'o': /* octal */
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+ {
+ ull = GETARG (unsigned long long);
+ lnumber(data, ull, 8);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ul = GETUNSIGNED(data);
+ number(data, ul, 8);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X': /* hexadecimal */
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+ {
+ ull = GETARG (unsigned long long);
+ lnumber(data, ull, 16);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ul = GETUNSIGNED(data);
+ number(data, ul, 16);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'p':
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+ ul = (unsigned long)GETARG (void *);
+ pointer(data, ul);
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ case 'C':
+ data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+#endif
+ case 'c': /* character */
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGINT)
+ {
+ wc = GETARG (wint_t);
+ wchars (data, wc);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ul = GETARG (int);
+ PUT_CHAR(ul, data);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ case 'S':
+ data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+#endif
+ case 's': /* string */
+ STAR_ARGS(data);
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGINT)
+ {
+ ws = GETARG (wchar_t *);
+ wstrings (data, ws);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ s = GETARG (char *);
+ strings(data, s);
+ }
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+ *(GETARG (long long *)) = data->counter;
+ else
+#endif
+ if (data->flags & PF_LONGINT)
+ *(GETARG (long *)) = data->counter;
+ else if (data->flags & PF_SHORTINT)
+ *(GETARG (short *)) = data->counter;
+ else
+ *(GETARG (int *)) = data->counter;
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ case '%': /* nothing just % */
+ PUT_CHAR('%', data);
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* is this an error ? maybe bail out */
+ state = 0;
+ break;
+ } /* end switch */
+ } /* end of `%' for loop */
+ } /* end of format string for loop */
+
+ if (data->length >= 0)
+ *data->holder = '\0'; /* the end ye ! */
+
+ return data->counter;
+}
+
+#if defined (FLOATING_POINT) && defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+/*
+ * Printing floating point numbers accurately is an art. I'm not good
+ * at it. Fall back to sprintf for long double formats.
+ */
+static void
+ldfallback (data, fs, fe, ld)
+ struct DATA *data;
+ const char *fs, *fe;
+ long double ld;
+{
+ register char *x;
+ char fmtbuf[FALLBACK_FMTSIZE], *obuf;
+ int fl;
+
+ fl = LFALLBACK_BASE + (data->precision < 6 ? 6 : data->precision) + 2;
+ obuf = (char *)xmalloc (fl);
+ fl = fe - fs + 1;
+ strncpy (fmtbuf, fs, fl);
+ fmtbuf[fl] = '\0';
+
+ if ((data->flags & PF_STAR_W) && (data->flags & PF_STAR_P))
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, data->precision, ld);
+ else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_W)
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, ld);
+ else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_P)
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->precision, ld);
+ else
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, ld);
+
+ for (x = obuf; *x; x++)
+ PUT_CHAR (*x, data);
+ xfree (obuf);
+}
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT && HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE */
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+/* Used for %a, %A if the libc printf supports them. */
+static void
+dfallback (data, fs, fe, d)
+ struct DATA *data;
+ const char *fs, *fe;
+ double d;
+{
+ register char *x;
+ char fmtbuf[FALLBACK_FMTSIZE], obuf[FALLBACK_BASE];
+ int fl;
+
+ fl = fe - fs + 1;
+ strncpy (fmtbuf, fs, fl);
+ fmtbuf[fl] = '\0';
+
+ if ((data->flags & PF_STAR_W) && (data->flags & PF_STAR_P))
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, data->precision, d);
+ else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_W)
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, d);
+ else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_P)
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->precision, d);
+ else
+ sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, d);
+
+ for (x = obuf; *x; x++)
+ PUT_CHAR (*x, data);
+}
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT */
+
+#if !HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+int
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+vsnprintf(char *string, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
+#else
+vsnprintf(string, length, format, args)
+ char *string;
+ size_t length;
+ const char *format;
+ va_list args;
+#endif
+{
+ struct DATA data;
+
+ if (string == 0 && length != 0)
+ return 0;
+ init_data (&data, string, length, format, PFM_SN);
+ return (vsnprintf_internal(&data, string, length, format, args));
+}
+
+int
+#if defined(PREFER_STDARG)
+snprintf(char *string, size_t length, const char * format, ...)
+#else
+snprintf(string, length, format, va_alist)
+ char *string;
+ size_t length;
+ const char *format;
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ struct DATA data;
+ int rval;
+ va_list args;
+
+ SH_VA_START(args, format);
+
+ if (string == 0 && length != 0)
+ return 0;
+ init_data (&data, string, length, format, PFM_SN);
+ rval = vsnprintf_internal (&data, string, length, format, args);
+
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SNPRINTF */
+
+#if !HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+int
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+vasprintf(char **stringp, const char *format, va_list args)
+#else
+vasprintf(stringp, format, args)
+ char **stringp;
+ const char *format;
+ va_list args;
+#endif
+{
+ struct DATA data;
+ char *string;
+ int r;
+
+ string = (char *)xmalloc(ASBUFSIZE);
+ init_data (&data, string, ASBUFSIZE, format, PFM_AS);
+ r = vsnprintf_internal(&data, string, ASBUFSIZE, format, args);
+ *stringp = data.base; /* not string in case reallocated */
+ return r;
+}
+
+int
+#if defined(PREFER_STDARG)
+asprintf(char **stringp, const char * format, ...)
+#else
+asprintf(stringp, format, va_alist)
+ char **stringp;
+ const char *format;
+ va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+ int rval;
+ va_list args;
+
+ SH_VA_START(args, format);
+
+ rval = vasprintf (stringp, format, args);
+
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_ASPRINTF */
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_ASPRINTF */
+
+#ifdef DRIVER
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort ()
+{
+ write (2, "out of virtual memory\n", 22);
+ abort ();
+}
+
+static void *
+xmalloc(bytes)
+ size_t bytes;
+{
+ void *ret;
+
+ ret = malloc(bytes);
+ if (ret == 0)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+ void *pointer;
+ size_t bytes;
+{
+ void *ret;
+
+ ret = pointer ? realloc(pointer, bytes) : malloc(bytes);
+ if (ret == 0)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void
+xfree(x)
+ void *x;
+{
+ if (x)
+ free (x);
+}
+
+/* set of small tests for snprintf() */
+main()
+{
+ char holder[100];
+ char *h;
+ int i, si, ai;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+ setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+ si = snprintf((char *)NULL, 0, "abcde\n");
+ printf("snprintf returns %d with NULL first argument and size of 0\n", si);
+ si = snprintf(holder, 0, "abcde\n");
+ printf("snprintf returns %d with non-NULL first argument and size of 0\n", si);
+ si = snprintf((char *)NULL, 16, "abcde\n");
+ printf("snprintf returns %d with NULL first argument and non-zero size\n", si);
+
+/*
+ printf("Suite of test for snprintf:\n");
+ printf("a_format\n");
+ printf("printf() format\n");
+ printf("snprintf() format\n\n");
+*/
+/* Checking the field widths */
+
+ printf("/%%ld %%ld/, 336, 336\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%ld %ld/\n", 336, 336);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%ld %ld/\n", 336, 336);
+ printf("/%ld %ld/\n", 336, 336);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%d/, 336\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%d/\n", 336);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%d/\n", 336);
+ printf("/%d/\n", 336);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%2d/, 336\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%2d/\n", 336);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%2d/\n", 336);
+ printf("/%2d/\n", 336);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%10d/, 336\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%10d/\n", 336);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%10d/\n", 336);
+ printf("/%10d/\n", 336);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%-10d/, 336\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%-10d/\n", 336);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%-10d/\n", 336);
+ printf("/%-10d/\n", 336);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+
+/* floating points */
+
+ printf("/%%f/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%f/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%e/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%e/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%e/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%e/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%4.2f/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%3.1f/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%3.1f/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%3.1f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%3.1f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%10.3f/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%10.3f/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%10.3f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%10.3f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%10.3e/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%10.3e/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%10.3e/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%10.3e/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%+4.2f/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%+4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%+4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%+4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%010.2f/, 1234.56\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%010.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%010.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("/%010.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+#define BLURB "Outstanding acting !"
+/* strings precisions */
+
+ printf("/%%2s/, \"%s\"\n", BLURB);
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%2s/\n", BLURB);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%2s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("/%2s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%22s/ %s\n", BLURB);
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%22s/\n", BLURB);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%22s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("/%22s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%22.5s/ %s\n", BLURB);
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("/%22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%-22.5s/ %s\n", BLURB);
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%-22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%-22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("/%-22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+/* see some flags */
+
+ printf("%%x %%X %%#x, 31, 31, 31\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "%x %X %#x\n", 31, 31, 31);
+ asprintf(&h, "%x %X %#x\n", 31, 31, 31);
+ printf("%x %X %#x\n", 31, 31, 31);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("**%%d**%% d**%% d**, 42, 42, -42\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "**%d**% d**% d**\n", 42, 42, -42);
+ asprintf(&h, "**%d**% d**% d**\n", 42, 42, -42);
+ printf("**%d**% d**% d**\n", 42, 42, -42);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+/* other flags */
+
+ printf("/%%g/, 31.4\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%g/\n", 31.4);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%g/\n", 31.4);
+ printf("/%g/\n", 31.4);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%.6g/, 31.4\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.6g/\n", 31.4);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%.6g/\n", 31.4);
+ printf("/%.6g/\n", 31.4);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%.1G/, 31.4\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.1G/\n", 31.4);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%.1G/\n", 31.4);
+ printf("/%.1G/\n", 31.4);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%.1G/, 3100000000.4\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.1G/\n", 3100000000.4);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%.1G/\n", 3100000000.4);
+ printf("/%.1G/\n", 3100000000.4);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("abc%%n\n");
+ printf("abc%n", &i); printf("%d\n", i);
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "abc%n", &i);
+ printf("%s", holder); printf("%d\n\n", i);
+ asprintf(&h, "abc%n", &i);
+ printf("%s", h); printf("%d\n\n", i);
+
+ printf("%%*.*s --> 10.10\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "%*.*s\n", 10, 10, BLURB);
+ asprintf(&h, "%*.*s\n", 10, 10, BLURB);
+ printf("%*.*s\n", 10, 10, BLURB);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("%%%%%%%%\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "%%%%\n");
+ asprintf(&h, "%%%%\n");
+ printf("%%%%\n");
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+#define BIG "Hello this is a too big string for the buffer"
+/* printf("A buffer to small of 10, trying to put this:\n");*/
+ printf("<%%>, %s\n", BIG);
+ i = snprintf(holder, 10, "%s\n", BIG);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%s", BIG);
+ printf("<%s>\n", BIG);
+ printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+ printf ("<%%p> vsnprintf\n");
+ i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%p", vsnprintf);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%p", vsnprintf);
+ printf("<%p>\n", vsnprintf);
+ printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+ printf ("<%%lu> LONG_MAX+1\n");
+ i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%lu", (unsigned long)(LONG_MAX)+1);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%lu", (unsigned long)(LONG_MAX)+1);
+ printf("<%lu>\n", (unsigned long)(LONG_MAX)+1);
+ printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ printf ("<%%llu> LLONG_MAX+1\n");
+ i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%llu", (unsigned long long)(LLONG_MAX)+1);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%llu", (unsigned long long)(LLONG_MAX)+1);
+ printf("<%llu>\n", (unsigned long long)(LLONG_MAX)+1);
+ printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+ printf ("<%%6.2LE> 42.42\n");
+ i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%6.2LE", (long double)42.42);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%6.2LE", (long double)42.42);
+ printf ("<%6.2LE>\n", (long double)42.42);
+ printf ("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf ("<%s>\n\n", h);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+ printf ("<%%6.2A> 42.42\n");
+ i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%6.2A", 42.42);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%6.2A", 42.42);
+ printf ("<%6.2A>\n", 42.42);
+ printf ("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf ("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+ printf ("<%%6.2LA> 42.42\n");
+ i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%6.2LA", (long double)42.42);
+ i = asprintf(&h, "%6.2LA", (long double)42.42);
+ printf ("<%6.2LA>\n", (long double)42.42);
+ printf ("<%s>\n", holder);
+ printf ("<%s>\n\n", h);
+#endif
+
+ printf ("<%%.10240f> DBL_MAX\n");
+ si = snprintf(holder, 100, "%.10240f", DBL_MAX);
+ ai = asprintf(&h, "%.10240f", DBL_MAX);
+ printf ("<%.10240f>\n", DBL_MAX);
+ printf ("<%d> <%s>\n", si, holder);
+ printf ("<%d> <%s>\n\n", ai, h);
+
+ printf ("<%%.10240Lf> LDBL_MAX\n");
+ si = snprintf(holder, 100, "%.10240Lf", (long double)LDBL_MAX);
+ ai = asprintf(&h, "%.10240Lf", (long double)LDBL_MAX);
+ printf ("<%.10240Lf>\n", (long double)LDBL_MAX);
+ printf ("<%d> <%s>\n", si, holder);
+ printf ("<%d> <%s>\n\n", ai, h);
+
+ /* huh? */
+ printf("/%%g/, 421.2345\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%g/\n", 421.2345);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%g/\n", 421.2345);
+ printf("/%g/\n", 421.2345);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%g/, 4214.2345\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ printf("/%g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%.5g/, 4214.2345\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.5g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%.5g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ printf("/%.5g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%.4g/, 4214.2345\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.4g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%.4g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ printf("/%.4g/\n", 4214.2345);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'ld %%'ld/, 12345, 1234567\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 12345, 1234567);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 12345, 1234567);
+ printf("/%'ld %'ld/\n", 12345, 1234567);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'ld %%'ld/, 336, 3336\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 336, 3336);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 336, 3336);
+ printf("/%'ld %'ld/\n", 336, 3336);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'ld %%'ld/, -42786, -142786\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", -42786, -142786);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", -42786, -142786);
+ printf("/%'ld %'ld/\n", -42786, -142786);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'f %%'f/, 421.2345, 421234.56789\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'f %'f/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'f %'f/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+ printf("/%'f %'f/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'f %%'f/, -421.2345, -421234.56789\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'f %'f/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'f %'f/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+ printf("/%'f %'f/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'g %%'g/, 421.2345, 421234.56789\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'g %'g/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'g %'g/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+ printf("/%'g %'g/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ printf("/%%'g %%'g/, -421.2345, -421234.56789\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'g %'g/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'g %'g/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+ printf("/%'g %'g/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+#endif
+
+ printf("/%%'g/, 4213455.8392\n");
+ snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'g/\n", 4213455.8392);
+ asprintf(&h, "/%'g/\n", 4213455.8392);
+ printf("/%'g/\n", 4213455.8392);
+ printf("%s", holder);
+ printf("%s\n", h);
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/spell.c b/lib/sh/spell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da78690
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/spell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* spell.c -- spelling correction for pathnames. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixdir.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <maxpath.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+static int mindist __P((char *, char *, char *));
+static int spdist __P((char *, char *));
+
+/*
+ * `spname' and its helpers are inspired by the code in "The UNIX
+ * Programming Environment", Kernighan & Pike, Prentice-Hall 1984,
+ * pages 209 - 213.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * `spname' -- return a correctly spelled filename
+ *
+ * int spname(char * oldname, char * newname)
+ * Returns: -1 if no reasonable match found
+ * 0 if exact match found
+ * 1 if corrected
+ * Stores corrected name in `newname'.
+ */
+int
+spname(oldname, newname)
+ char *oldname;
+ char *newname;
+{
+ char *op, *np, *p;
+ char guess[PATH_MAX + 1], best[PATH_MAX + 1];
+
+ op = oldname;
+ np = newname;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ while (*op == '/') /* Skip slashes */
+ *np++ = *op++;
+ *np = '\0';
+
+ if (*op == '\0') /* Exact or corrected */
+ {
+ /* `.' is rarely the right thing. */
+ if (oldname[1] == '\0' && newname[1] == '\0' &&
+ oldname[0] != '.' && newname[0] == '.')
+ return -1;
+ return strcmp(oldname, newname) != 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy next component into guess */
+ for (p = guess; *op != '/' && *op != '\0'; op++)
+ if (p < guess + PATH_MAX)
+ *p++ = *op;
+ *p = '\0';
+
+ if (mindist(newname, guess, best) >= 3)
+ return -1; /* Hopeless */
+
+ /*
+ * Add to end of newname
+ */
+ for (p = best; *np = *p++; np++)
+ ;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Search directory for a guess
+ */
+static int
+mindist(dir, guess, best)
+ char *dir;
+ char *guess;
+ char *best;
+{
+ DIR *fd;
+ struct dirent *dp;
+ int dist, x;
+
+ dist = 3; /* Worst distance */
+ if (*dir == '\0')
+ dir = ".";
+
+ if ((fd = opendir(dir)) == NULL)
+ return dist;
+
+ while ((dp = readdir(fd)) != NULL)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Look for a better guess. If the new guess is as
+ * good as the current one, we take it. This way,
+ * any single character match will be a better match
+ * than ".".
+ */
+ x = spdist(dp->d_name, guess);
+ if (x <= dist && x != 3)
+ {
+ strcpy(best, dp->d_name);
+ dist = x;
+ if (dist == 0) /* Exact match */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ (void)closedir(fd);
+
+ /* Don't return `.' */
+ if (best[0] == '.' && best[1] == '\0')
+ dist = 3;
+ return dist;
+}
+
+/*
+ * `spdist' -- return the "distance" between two names.
+ *
+ * int spname(char * oldname, char * newname)
+ * Returns: 0 if strings are identical
+ * 1 if two characters are transposed
+ * 2 if one character is wrong, added or deleted
+ * 3 otherwise
+ */
+static int
+spdist(cur, new)
+ char *cur, *new;
+{
+ while (*cur == *new)
+ {
+ if (*cur == '\0')
+ return 0; /* Exact match */
+ cur++;
+ new++;
+ }
+
+ if (*cur)
+ {
+ if (*new)
+ {
+ if (cur[1] && new[1] && cur[0] == new[1] && cur[1] == new[0] && strcmp (cur + 2, new + 2) == 0)
+ return 1; /* Transposition */
+
+ if (strcmp (cur + 1, new + 1) == 0)
+ return 2; /* One character mismatch */
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp(&cur[1], &new[0]) == 0)
+ return 2; /* Extra character */
+ }
+
+ if (*new && strcmp(cur, new + 1) == 0)
+ return 2; /* Missing character */
+
+ return 3;
+}
+
+char *
+dirspell (dirname)
+ char *dirname;
+{
+ int n;
+ char *guess;
+
+ n = (strlen (dirname) * 3 + 1) / 2 + 1;
+ guess = (char *)malloc (n);
+ if (guess == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ switch (spname (dirname, guess))
+ {
+ case -1:
+ default:
+ free (guess);
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ case 0:
+ case 1:
+ return guess;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strcasecmp.c b/lib/sh/strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70d0551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c - functions for case-insensitive string comparison. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2. Case
+ doesn't matter. */
+int
+strncasecmp (string1, string2, count)
+ const char *string1;
+ const char *string2;
+ size_t count;
+{
+ register const char *s1;
+ register const char *s2;
+ register int r;
+
+ if (count <= 0 || (string1 == string2))
+ return 0;
+
+ s1 = string1;
+ s2 = string2;
+ do
+ {
+ if ((r = TOLOWER ((unsigned char) *s1) - TOLOWER ((unsigned char) *s2)) != 0)
+ return r;
+ if (*s1++ == '\0')
+ break;
+ s2++;
+ }
+ while (--count != 0);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* strcmp (), but caseless. */
+int
+strcasecmp (string1, string2)
+ const char *string1;
+ const char *string2;
+{
+ register const char *s1;
+ register const char *s2;
+ register int r;
+
+ s1 = string1;
+ s2 = string2;
+
+ if (s1 == s2)
+ return (0);
+
+ while ((r = TOLOWER ((unsigned char)*s1) - TOLOWER ((unsigned char)*s2)) == 0)
+ {
+ if (*s1++ == '\0')
+ return 0;
+ s2++;
+ }
+
+ return (r);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strcasestr.c b/lib/sh/strcasestr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c819b3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strcasestr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* strcasestr.c - Find if one string appears as a substring of another string,
+ without regard to case. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Determine if s2 occurs in s1. If so, return a pointer to the
+ match in s1. The compare is case insensitive. This is a
+ case-insensitive strstr(3). */
+char *
+strcasestr (s1, s2)
+ const char *s1;
+ const char *s2;
+{
+ register int i, l, len, c;
+
+ c = TOLOWER ((unsigned char)s2[0]);
+ len = strlen (s1);
+ l = strlen (s2);
+ for (i = 0; (len - i) >= l; i++)
+ if ((TOLOWER ((unsigned char)s1[i]) == c) && (strncasecmp (s1 + i, s2, l) == 0))
+ return ((char *)s1 + i);
+ return ((char *)0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strchrnul.c b/lib/sh/strchrnul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00cb88c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strchrnul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+ Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte. */
+char *
+strchrnul (s, c_in)
+ const char *s;
+ int c_in;
+{
+ char c;
+ register char *s1;
+
+ for (c = c_in, s1 = (char *)s; s1 && *s1 && *s1 != c; s1++)
+ ;
+ return (s1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strdup.c b/lib/sh/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90fa353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* strdup - return a copy of a string in newly-allocated memory. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get specification. */
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string. */
+char *
+strdup (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+ size_t len;
+ void *new;
+
+ len = strlen (s) + 1;
+ if ((new = malloc (len)) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ memcpy (new, s, len);
+ return ((char *)new);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strerror.c b/lib/sh/strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf63926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* strerror.c - string corresponding to a particular value of errno. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR)
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* Return a string corresponding to the error number E. From
+ the ANSI C spec. */
+#if defined (strerror)
+# undef strerror
+#endif
+
+static char *errbase = "Unknown system error ";
+
+char *
+strerror (e)
+ int e;
+{
+ static char emsg[40];
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST)
+ extern int sys_nerr;
+ extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+ if (e > 0 && e < sys_nerr)
+ return (sys_errlist[e]);
+ else
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST */
+ {
+ char *z;
+
+ z = itos (e);
+ strcpy (emsg, errbase);
+ strcat (emsg, z);
+ free (z);
+ return (&emsg[0]);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strftime.c b/lib/sh/strftime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ababc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strftime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1006 @@
+/* strftime - formatted time and date to a string */
+/*
+ * Modified slightly by Chet Ramey for inclusion in Bash
+ */
+/*
+ * strftime.c
+ *
+ * Public-domain implementation of ISO C library routine.
+ *
+ * If you can't do prototypes, get GCC.
+ *
+ * The C99 standard now specifies just about all of the formats
+ * that were additional in the earlier versions of this file.
+ *
+ * For extensions from SunOS, add SUNOS_EXT.
+ * For extensions from HP/UX, add HPUX_EXT.
+ * For VMS dates, add VMS_EXT.
+ * For complete POSIX semantics, add POSIX_SEMANTICS.
+ *
+ * The code for %c, %x, and %X follows the C99 specification for
+ * the "C" locale.
+ *
+ * This version ignores LOCALE information.
+ * It also doesn't worry about multi-byte characters.
+ * So there.
+ *
+ * Arnold Robbins
+ * January, February, March, 1991
+ * Updated March, April 1992
+ * Updated April, 1993
+ * Updated February, 1994
+ * Updated May, 1994
+ * Updated January, 1995
+ * Updated September, 1995
+ * Updated January, 1996
+ * Updated July, 1997
+ * Updated October, 1999
+ * Updated September, 2000
+ * Updated December, 2001
+ * Updated January, 2011
+ * Updated April, 2012
+ *
+ * Fixes from ado@elsie.nci.nih.gov,
+ * February 1991, May 1992
+ * Fixes from Tor Lillqvist tml@tik.vtt.fi,
+ * May 1993
+ * Further fixes from ado@elsie.nci.nih.gov,
+ * February 1994
+ * %z code from chip@chinacat.unicom.com,
+ * Applied September 1995
+ * %V code fixed (again) and %G, %g added,
+ * January 1996
+ * %v code fixed, better configuration,
+ * July 1997
+ * Moved to C99 specification.
+ * September 2000
+ * Fixes from Tanaka Akira <akr@m17n.org>
+ * December 2001
+ */
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if defined(TM_IN_SYS_TIME)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* defaults: season to taste */
+#define SUNOS_EXT 1 /* stuff in SunOS strftime routine */
+#define VMS_EXT 1 /* include %v for VMS date format */
+#define HPUX_EXT 1 /* non-conflicting stuff in HP-UX date */
+#define POSIX_SEMANTICS 1 /* call tzset() if TZ changes */
+#define POSIX_2008 1 /* flag and fw for C, F, G, Y formats */
+
+#undef strchr /* avoid AIX weirdness */
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+extern char *get_string_value (const char *);
+#endif
+
+extern void tzset(void);
+static int weeknumber(const struct tm *timeptr, int firstweekday);
+static int iso8601wknum(const struct tm *timeptr);
+
+#ifndef inline
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define inline __inline__
+#else
+#define inline /**/
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define range(low, item, hi) max(low, min(item, hi))
+
+/* Whew! This stuff is a mess. */
+#if !defined(OS2) && !defined(MSDOS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(HAVE_TZNAME)
+extern char *tzname[2];
+extern int daylight;
+#if defined(SOLARIS) || defined(mips) || defined (M_UNIX)
+extern long int timezone, altzone;
+#else
+# if defined (HPUX) || defined(__hpux)
+extern long int timezone;
+# else
+# if !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+extern int timezone, altzone;
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#undef min /* just in case */
+
+/* min --- return minimum of two numbers */
+
+static inline int
+min(int a, int b)
+{
+ return (a < b ? a : b);
+}
+
+#undef max /* also, just in case */
+
+/* max --- return maximum of two numbers */
+
+static inline int
+max(int a, int b)
+{
+ return (a > b ? a : b);
+}
+
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+/* iso_8601_2000_year --- format a year per ISO 8601:2000 as in 1003.1 */
+
+static void
+iso_8601_2000_year(char *buf, int year, size_t fw)
+{
+ int extra;
+ char sign = '\0';
+
+ if (year >= -9999 && year <= 9999) {
+ sprintf(buf, "%0*d", (int) fw, year);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* now things get weird */
+ if (year > 9999) {
+ sign = '+';
+ } else {
+ sign = '-';
+ year = -year;
+ }
+
+ extra = year / 10000;
+ year %= 10000;
+ sprintf(buf, "%c_%04d_%d", sign, extra, year);
+}
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+
+/* strftime --- produce formatted time */
+
+size_t
+strftime(char *s, size_t maxsize, const char *format, const struct tm *timeptr)
+{
+ char *endp = s + maxsize;
+ char *start = s;
+ auto char tbuf[100];
+ long off;
+ int i, w;
+ long y;
+ static short first = 1;
+#ifdef POSIX_SEMANTICS
+ static char *savetz = NULL;
+ static int savetzlen = 0;
+ char *tz;
+#endif /* POSIX_SEMANTICS */
+#ifndef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+#ifndef HAVE_TM_NAME
+#ifndef HAVE_TZNAME
+#ifndef __CYGWIN__
+ extern char *timezone();
+ struct timeval tv;
+ struct timezone zone;
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+#endif /* HAVE_TZNAME */
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_NAME */
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+ int pad;
+ size_t fw;
+ char flag;
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+
+ /* various tables, useful in North America */
+ static const char *days_a[] = {
+ "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed",
+ "Thu", "Fri", "Sat",
+ };
+ static const char *days_l[] = {
+ "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday",
+ "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday",
+ };
+ static const char *months_a[] = {
+ "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
+ "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec",
+ };
+ static const char *months_l[] = {
+ "January", "February", "March", "April",
+ "May", "June", "July", "August", "September",
+ "October", "November", "December",
+ };
+ static const char *ampm[] = { "AM", "PM", };
+
+ if (s == NULL || format == NULL || timeptr == NULL || maxsize == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* quick check if we even need to bother */
+ if (strchr(format, '%') == NULL && strlen(format) + 1 >= maxsize)
+ return 0;
+
+#ifndef POSIX_SEMANTICS
+ if (first) {
+ tzset();
+ first = 0;
+ }
+#else /* POSIX_SEMANTICS */
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ tz = get_string_value ("TZ");
+#else
+ tz = getenv("TZ");
+#endif
+ if (first) {
+ if (tz != NULL) {
+ int tzlen = strlen(tz);
+
+ savetz = (char *) malloc(tzlen + 1);
+ if (savetz != NULL) {
+ savetzlen = tzlen + 1;
+ strcpy(savetz, tz);
+ }
+ }
+ tzset();
+ first = 0;
+ }
+ /* if we have a saved TZ, and it is different, recapture and reset */
+ if (tz && savetz && (tz[0] != savetz[0] || strcmp(tz, savetz) != 0)) {
+ i = strlen(tz) + 1;
+ if (i > savetzlen) {
+ savetz = (char *) realloc(savetz, i);
+ if (savetz) {
+ savetzlen = i;
+ strcpy(savetz, tz);
+ }
+ } else
+ strcpy(savetz, tz);
+ tzset();
+ }
+#endif /* POSIX_SEMANTICS */
+
+ for (; *format && s < endp - 1; format++) {
+ tbuf[0] = '\0';
+ if (*format != '%') {
+ *s++ = *format;
+ continue;
+ }
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+ pad = '\0';
+ fw = 0;
+ flag = '\0';
+ switch (*++format) {
+ case '+':
+ flag = '+';
+ /* fall through */
+ case '0':
+ pad = '0';
+ format++;
+ break;
+
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ format--;
+ goto again;
+ }
+ for (; isdigit(*format); format++) {
+ fw = fw * 10 + (*format - '0');
+ }
+ format--;
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+
+ again:
+ switch (*++format) {
+ case '\0':
+ *s++ = '%';
+ goto out;
+
+ case '%':
+ *s++ = '%';
+ continue;
+
+ case 'a': /* abbreviated weekday name */
+ if (timeptr->tm_wday < 0 || timeptr->tm_wday > 6)
+ strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+ else
+ strcpy(tbuf, days_a[timeptr->tm_wday]);
+ break;
+
+ case 'A': /* full weekday name */
+ if (timeptr->tm_wday < 0 || timeptr->tm_wday > 6)
+ strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+ else
+ strcpy(tbuf, days_l[timeptr->tm_wday]);
+ break;
+
+ case 'b': /* abbreviated month name */
+ short_month:
+ if (timeptr->tm_mon < 0 || timeptr->tm_mon > 11)
+ strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+ else
+ strcpy(tbuf, months_a[timeptr->tm_mon]);
+ break;
+
+ case 'B': /* full month name */
+ if (timeptr->tm_mon < 0 || timeptr->tm_mon > 11)
+ strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+ else
+ strcpy(tbuf, months_l[timeptr->tm_mon]);
+ break;
+
+ case 'c': /* appropriate date and time representation */
+ /*
+ * This used to be:
+ *
+ * strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", timeptr);
+ *
+ * Now, per the ISO 1999 C standard, it this:
+ */
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%A %B %d %T %Y", timeptr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'C':
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+ if (pad != '\0' && fw > 0) {
+ size_t min_fw = (flag ? 3 : 2);
+
+ fw = max(fw, min_fw);
+ sprintf(tbuf, flag
+ ? "%+0*ld"
+ : "%0*ld", (int) fw,
+ (timeptr->tm_year + 1900L) / 100);
+ } else
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+ century:
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02ld", (timeptr->tm_year + 1900L) / 100);
+ break;
+
+ case 'd': /* day of the month, 01 - 31 */
+ i = range(1, timeptr->tm_mday, 31);
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 'D': /* date as %m/%d/%y */
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%m/%d/%y", timeptr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'e': /* day of month, blank padded */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%2d", range(1, timeptr->tm_mday, 31));
+ break;
+
+ case 'E':
+ /* POSIX (now C99) locale extensions, ignored for now */
+ goto again;
+
+ case 'F': /* ISO 8601 date representation */
+ {
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+ /*
+ * Field width for %F is for the whole thing.
+ * It must be at least 10.
+ */
+ char m_d[10];
+ strftime(m_d, sizeof m_d, "-%m-%d", timeptr);
+ size_t min_fw = 10;
+
+ if (pad != '\0' && fw > 0) {
+ fw = max(fw, min_fw);
+ } else {
+ fw = min_fw;
+ }
+
+ fw -= 6; /* -XX-XX at end are invariant */
+
+ iso_8601_2000_year(tbuf, timeptr->tm_year + 1900, fw);
+ strcat(tbuf, m_d);
+#else
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%Y-%m-%d", timeptr);
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'g':
+ case 'G':
+ /*
+ * Year of ISO week.
+ *
+ * If it's December but the ISO week number is one,
+ * that week is in next year.
+ * If it's January but the ISO week number is 52 or
+ * 53, that week is in last year.
+ * Otherwise, it's this year.
+ */
+ w = iso8601wknum(timeptr);
+ if (timeptr->tm_mon == 11 && w == 1)
+ y = 1900L + timeptr->tm_year + 1;
+ else if (timeptr->tm_mon == 0 && w >= 52)
+ y = 1900L + timeptr->tm_year - 1;
+ else
+ y = 1900L + timeptr->tm_year;
+
+ if (*format == 'G') {
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+ if (pad != '\0' && fw > 0) {
+ size_t min_fw = 4;
+
+ fw = max(fw, min_fw);
+ sprintf(tbuf, flag
+ ? "%+0*ld"
+ : "%0*ld", (int) fw,
+ y);
+ } else
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%ld", y);
+ }
+ else
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02ld", y % 100);
+ break;
+
+ case 'h': /* abbreviated month name */
+ goto short_month;
+
+ case 'H': /* hour, 24-hour clock, 00 - 23 */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 'I': /* hour, 12-hour clock, 01 - 12 */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+ if (i == 0)
+ i = 12;
+ else if (i > 12)
+ i -= 12;
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 'j': /* day of the year, 001 - 366 */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%03d", timeptr->tm_yday + 1);
+ break;
+
+ case 'm': /* month, 01 - 12 */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_mon, 11);
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i + 1);
+ break;
+
+ case 'M': /* minute, 00 - 59 */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_min, 59);
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 'n': /* same as \n */
+ tbuf[0] = '\n';
+ tbuf[1] = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case 'O':
+ /* POSIX (now C99) locale extensions, ignored for now */
+ goto again;
+
+ case 'p': /* am or pm based on 12-hour clock */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+ if (i < 12)
+ strcpy(tbuf, ampm[0]);
+ else
+ strcpy(tbuf, ampm[1]);
+ break;
+
+ case 'r': /* time as %I:%M:%S %p */
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%I:%M:%S %p", timeptr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'R': /* time as %H:%M */
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%H:%M", timeptr);
+ break;
+
+#if defined(HAVE_MKTIME)
+ case 's': /* time as seconds since the Epoch */
+ {
+ struct tm non_const_timeptr;
+
+ non_const_timeptr = *timeptr;
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%ld", mktime(& non_const_timeptr));
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* defined(HAVE_MKTIME) */
+
+ case 'S': /* second, 00 - 60 */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_sec, 60);
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 't': /* same as \t */
+ tbuf[0] = '\t';
+ tbuf[1] = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case 'T': /* time as %H:%M:%S */
+ the_time:
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%H:%M:%S", timeptr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'u':
+ /* ISO 8601: Weekday as a decimal number [1 (Monday) - 7] */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%d", timeptr->tm_wday == 0 ? 7 :
+ timeptr->tm_wday);
+ break;
+
+ case 'U': /* week of year, Sunday is first day of week */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", weeknumber(timeptr, 0));
+ break;
+
+ case 'V': /* week of year according ISO 8601 */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", iso8601wknum(timeptr));
+ break;
+
+ case 'w': /* weekday, Sunday == 0, 0 - 6 */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_wday, 6);
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 'W': /* week of year, Monday is first day of week */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", weeknumber(timeptr, 1));
+ break;
+
+ case 'x': /* appropriate date representation */
+ strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%A %B %d %Y", timeptr);
+ break;
+
+ case 'X': /* appropriate time representation */
+ goto the_time;
+ break;
+
+ case 'y': /* year without a century, 00 - 99 */
+ year:
+ i = timeptr->tm_year % 100;
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+ break;
+
+ case 'Y': /* year with century */
+#ifdef POSIX_2008
+ if (pad != '\0' && fw > 0) {
+ size_t min_fw = 4;
+
+ fw = max(fw, min_fw);
+ sprintf(tbuf, flag
+ ? "%+0*ld"
+ : "%0*ld", (int) fw,
+ 1900L + timeptr->tm_year);
+ } else
+#endif /* POSIX_2008 */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%ld", 1900L + timeptr->tm_year);
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * From: Chip Rosenthal <chip@chinacat.unicom.com>
+ * Date: Sun, 19 Mar 1995 00:33:29 -0600 (CST)
+ *
+ * Warning: the %z [code] is implemented by inspecting the
+ * timezone name conditional compile settings, and
+ * inferring a method to get timezone offsets. I've tried
+ * this code on a couple of machines, but I don't doubt
+ * there is some system out there that won't like it.
+ * Maybe the easiest thing to do would be to bracket this
+ * with an #ifdef that can turn it off. The %z feature
+ * would be an admittedly obscure one that most folks can
+ * live without, but it would be a great help to those of
+ * us that muck around with various message processors.
+ */
+ case 'z': /* time zone offset east of GMT e.g. -0600 */
+ if (timeptr->tm_isdst < 0)
+ break;
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_NAME
+ /*
+ * Systems with tm_name probably have tm_tzadj as
+ * secs west of GMT. Convert to mins east of GMT.
+ */
+ off = -timeptr->tm_tzadj / 60;
+#else /* !HAVE_TM_NAME */
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+ /*
+ * Systems with tm_zone probably have tm_gmtoff as
+ * secs east of GMT. Convert to mins east of GMT.
+ */
+ off = timeptr->tm_gmtoff / 60;
+#else /* !HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+ /*
+ * Systems with tzname[] probably have timezone as
+ * secs west of GMT. Convert to mins east of GMT.
+ */
+# if defined(__hpux) || defined (HPUX) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ off = -timezone / 60;
+# else
+ /* ADR: 4 August 2001, fixed this per gazelle@interaccess.com */
+ off = -(daylight ? altzone : timezone) / 60;
+# endif
+#else /* !HAVE_TZNAME */
+ gettimeofday(& tv, & zone);
+ off = -zone.tz_minuteswest;
+#endif /* !HAVE_TZNAME */
+#endif /* !HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#endif /* !HAVE_TM_NAME */
+ if (off < 0) {
+ tbuf[0] = '-';
+ off = -off;
+ } else {
+ tbuf[0] = '+';
+ }
+ sprintf(tbuf+1, "%02ld%02ld", off/60, off%60);
+ break;
+
+ case 'Z': /* time zone name or abbrevation */
+#ifdef HAVE_TZNAME
+ i = (daylight && timeptr->tm_isdst > 0); /* 0 or 1 */
+ strcpy(tbuf, tzname[i]);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+ strcpy(tbuf, timeptr->tm_zone);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_NAME
+ strcpy(tbuf, timeptr->tm_name);
+#else
+ gettimeofday(& tv, & zone);
+ strcpy(tbuf, timezone(zone.tz_minuteswest,
+ timeptr->tm_isdst > 0));
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_NAME */
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#endif /* HAVE_TZNAME */
+ break;
+
+#ifdef SUNOS_EXT
+ case 'k': /* hour, 24-hour clock, blank pad */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%2d", range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23));
+ break;
+
+ case 'l': /* hour, 12-hour clock, 1 - 12, blank pad */
+ i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+ if (i == 0)
+ i = 12;
+ else if (i > 12)
+ i -= 12;
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%2d", i);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HPUX_EXT
+ case 'N': /* Emperor/Era name */
+ /* this is essentially the same as the century */
+ goto century; /* %C */
+
+ case 'o': /* Emperor/Era year */
+ goto year; /* %y */
+#endif /* HPUX_EXT */
+
+
+#ifdef VMS_EXT
+ case 'v': /* date as dd-bbb-YYYY */
+ sprintf(tbuf, "%2d-%3.3s-%4ld",
+ range(1, timeptr->tm_mday, 31),
+ months_a[range(0, timeptr->tm_mon, 11)],
+ timeptr->tm_year + 1900L);
+ for (i = 3; i < 6; i++)
+ if (islower(tbuf[i]))
+ tbuf[i] = toupper(tbuf[i]);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ default:
+ tbuf[0] = '%';
+ tbuf[1] = *format;
+ tbuf[2] = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ i = strlen(tbuf);
+ if (i) {
+ if (s + i < endp - 1) {
+ strcpy(s, tbuf);
+ s += i;
+ } else
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+out:
+ if (s < endp && *format == '\0') {
+ *s = '\0';
+ return (s - start);
+ } else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* isleap --- is a year a leap year? */
+
+static int
+isleap(long year)
+{
+ return ((year % 4 == 0 && year % 100 != 0) || year % 400 == 0);
+}
+
+
+/* iso8601wknum --- compute week number according to ISO 8601 */
+
+static int
+iso8601wknum(const struct tm *timeptr)
+{
+ /*
+ * From 1003.2:
+ * If the week (Monday to Sunday) containing January 1
+ * has four or more days in the new year, then it is week 1;
+ * otherwise it is the highest numbered week of the previous
+ * year (52 or 53), and the next week is week 1.
+ *
+ * ADR: This means if Jan 1 was Monday through Thursday,
+ * it was week 1, otherwise week 52 or 53.
+ *
+ * XPG4 erroneously included POSIX.2 rationale text in the
+ * main body of the standard. Thus it requires week 53.
+ */
+
+ int weeknum, jan1day, diff;
+
+ /* get week number, Monday as first day of the week */
+ weeknum = weeknumber(timeptr, 1);
+
+ /*
+ * With thanks and tip of the hatlo to tml@tik.vtt.fi
+ *
+ * What day of the week does January 1 fall on?
+ * We know that
+ * (timeptr->tm_yday - jan1.tm_yday) MOD 7 ==
+ * (timeptr->tm_wday - jan1.tm_wday) MOD 7
+ * and that
+ * jan1.tm_yday == 0
+ * and that
+ * timeptr->tm_wday MOD 7 == timeptr->tm_wday
+ * from which it follows that. . .
+ */
+ jan1day = timeptr->tm_wday - (timeptr->tm_yday % 7);
+ if (jan1day < 0)
+ jan1day += 7;
+
+ /*
+ * If Jan 1 was a Monday through Thursday, it was in
+ * week 1. Otherwise it was last year's highest week, which is
+ * this year's week 0.
+ *
+ * What does that mean?
+ * If Jan 1 was Monday, the week number is exactly right, it can
+ * never be 0.
+ * If it was Tuesday through Thursday, the weeknumber is one
+ * less than it should be, so we add one.
+ * Otherwise, Friday, Saturday or Sunday, the week number is
+ * OK, but if it is 0, it needs to be 52 or 53.
+ */
+ switch (jan1day) {
+ case 1: /* Monday */
+ break;
+ case 2: /* Tuesday */
+ case 3: /* Wednesday */
+ case 4: /* Thursday */
+ weeknum++;
+ break;
+ case 5: /* Friday */
+ case 6: /* Saturday */
+ case 0: /* Sunday */
+ if (weeknum == 0) {
+#ifdef USE_BROKEN_XPG4
+ /* XPG4 (as of March 1994) says 53 unconditionally */
+ weeknum = 53;
+#else
+ /* get week number of last week of last year */
+ struct tm dec31ly; /* 12/31 last year */
+ dec31ly = *timeptr;
+ dec31ly.tm_year--;
+ dec31ly.tm_mon = 11;
+ dec31ly.tm_mday = 31;
+ dec31ly.tm_wday = (jan1day == 0) ? 6 : jan1day - 1;
+ dec31ly.tm_yday = 364 + isleap(dec31ly.tm_year + 1900L);
+ weeknum = iso8601wknum(& dec31ly);
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (timeptr->tm_mon == 11) {
+ /*
+ * The last week of the year
+ * can be in week 1 of next year.
+ * Sigh.
+ *
+ * This can only happen if
+ * M T W
+ * 29 30 31
+ * 30 31
+ * 31
+ */
+ int wday, mday;
+
+ wday = timeptr->tm_wday;
+ mday = timeptr->tm_mday;
+ if ( (wday == 1 && (mday >= 29 && mday <= 31))
+ || (wday == 2 && (mday == 30 || mday == 31))
+ || (wday == 3 && mday == 31))
+ weeknum = 1;
+ }
+
+ return weeknum;
+}
+
+/* weeknumber --- figure how many weeks into the year */
+
+/* With thanks and tip of the hatlo to ado@elsie.nci.nih.gov */
+
+static int
+weeknumber(const struct tm *timeptr, int firstweekday)
+{
+ int wday = timeptr->tm_wday;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (firstweekday == 1) {
+ if (wday == 0) /* sunday */
+ wday = 6;
+ else
+ wday--;
+ }
+ ret = ((timeptr->tm_yday + 7 - wday) / 7);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ ret = 0;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* ADR --- I'm loathe to mess with ado's code ... */
+
+Date: Wed, 24 Apr 91 20:54:08 MDT
+From: Michal Jaegermann <audfax!emory!vm.ucs.UAlberta.CA!NTOMCZAK>
+To: arnold@audiofax.com
+
+Hi Arnold,
+in a process of fixing of strftime() in libraries on Atari ST I grabbed
+some pieces of code from your own strftime. When doing that it came
+to mind that your weeknumber() function compiles a little bit nicer
+in the following form:
+/*
+ * firstweekday is 0 if starting in Sunday, non-zero if in Monday
+ */
+{
+ return (timeptr->tm_yday - timeptr->tm_wday +
+ (firstweekday ? (timeptr->tm_wday ? 8 : 1) : 7)) / 7;
+}
+How nicer it depends on a compiler, of course, but always a tiny bit.
+
+ Cheers,
+ Michal
+ ntomczak@vm.ucs.ualberta.ca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST_STRFTIME
+
+/*
+ * NAME:
+ * tst
+ *
+ * SYNOPSIS:
+ * tst
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ * "tst" is a test driver for the function "strftime".
+ *
+ * OPTIONS:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * AUTHOR:
+ * Karl Vogel
+ * Control Data Systems, Inc.
+ * vogelke@c-17igp.wpafb.af.mil
+ *
+ * BUGS:
+ * None noticed yet.
+ *
+ * COMPILE:
+ * cc -o tst -DTEST_STRFTIME strftime.c
+ */
+
+/* ADR: I reformatted this to my liking, and deleted some unneeded code. */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define MAXTIME 132
+
+/*
+ * Array of time formats.
+ */
+
+static char *array[] =
+{
+ "(%%A) full weekday name, var length (Sunday..Saturday) %A",
+ "(%%B) full month name, var length (January..December) %B",
+ "(%%C) Century %C",
+ "(%%D) date (%%m/%%d/%%y) %D",
+ "(%%E) Locale extensions (ignored) %E",
+ "(%%F) full month name, var length (January..December) %F",
+ "(%%H) hour (24-hour clock, 00..23) %H",
+ "(%%I) hour (12-hour clock, 01..12) %I",
+ "(%%M) minute (00..59) %M",
+ "(%%N) Emporer/Era Name %N",
+ "(%%O) Locale extensions (ignored) %O",
+ "(%%R) time, 24-hour (%%H:%%M) %R",
+ "(%%S) second (00..60) %S",
+ "(%%T) time, 24-hour (%%H:%%M:%%S) %T",
+ "(%%U) week of year, Sunday as first day of week (00..53) %U",
+ "(%%V) week of year according to ISO 8601 %V",
+ "(%%W) week of year, Monday as first day of week (00..53) %W",
+ "(%%X) appropriate locale time representation (%H:%M:%S) %X",
+ "(%%Y) year with century (1970...) %Y",
+ "(%%Z) timezone (EDT), or blank if timezone not determinable %Z",
+ "(%%a) locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat) %a",
+ "(%%b) locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec) %b",
+ "(%%c) full date (Sat Nov 4 12:02:33 1989)%n%t%t%t %c",
+ "(%%d) day of the month (01..31) %d",
+ "(%%e) day of the month, blank-padded ( 1..31) %e",
+ "(%%h) should be same as (%%b) %h",
+ "(%%j) day of the year (001..366) %j",
+ "(%%k) hour, 24-hour clock, blank pad ( 0..23) %k",
+ "(%%l) hour, 12-hour clock, blank pad ( 0..12) %l",
+ "(%%m) month (01..12) %m",
+ "(%%o) Emporer/Era Year %o",
+ "(%%p) locale's AM or PM based on 12-hour clock %p",
+ "(%%r) time, 12-hour (same as %%I:%%M:%%S %%p) %r",
+ "(%%u) ISO 8601: Weekday as decimal number [1 (Monday) - 7] %u",
+ "(%%v) VMS date (dd-bbb-YYYY) %v",
+ "(%%w) day of week (0..6, Sunday == 0) %w",
+ "(%%x) appropriate locale date representation %x",
+ "(%%y) last two digits of year (00..99) %y",
+ "(%%z) timezone offset east of GMT as HHMM (e.g. -0500) %z",
+ (char *) NULL
+};
+
+/* main routine. */
+
+int
+main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+{
+ long time();
+
+ char *next;
+ char string[MAXTIME];
+
+ int k;
+ int length;
+
+ struct tm *tm;
+
+ long clock;
+
+ /* Call the function. */
+
+ clock = time((long *) 0);
+ tm = localtime(&clock);
+
+ for (k = 0; next = array[k]; k++) {
+ length = strftime(string, MAXTIME, next, tm);
+ printf("%s\n", string);
+ }
+
+ exit(0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_STRFTIME */
diff --git a/lib/sh/stringlist.c b/lib/sh/stringlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0c272a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/stringlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* stringlist.c - functions to handle a generic `list of strings' structure */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#ifdef STRDUP
+# undef STRDUP
+#endif
+#define STRDUP(x) ((x) ? savestring (x) : (char *)NULL)
+
+/* Allocate a new STRINGLIST, with room for N strings. */
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_create (n)
+ int n;
+{
+ STRINGLIST *ret;
+ register int i;
+
+ ret = (STRINGLIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (STRINGLIST));
+ if (n)
+ {
+ ret->list = strvec_create (n+1);
+ ret->list_size = n;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ ret->list[i] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret->list = (char **)NULL;
+ ret->list_size = 0;
+ }
+ ret->list_len = 0;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_resize (sl, n)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ int n;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (sl == 0)
+ return (sl = strlist_create (n));
+
+ if (n > sl->list_size)
+ {
+ sl->list = strvec_resize (sl->list, n + 1);
+ for (i = sl->list_size; i <= n; i++)
+ sl->list[i] = (char *)NULL;
+ sl->list_size = n;
+ }
+ return sl;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_flush (sl)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+ if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0)
+ return;
+ strvec_flush (sl->list);
+ sl->list_len = 0;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_dispose (sl)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+ if (sl == 0)
+ return;
+ if (sl->list)
+ strvec_dispose (sl->list);
+ free (sl);
+}
+
+int
+strlist_remove (sl, s)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ char *s;
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0 || sl->list_len == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ r = strvec_remove (sl->list, s);
+ if (r)
+ sl->list_len--;
+ return r;
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_copy (sl)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+ STRINGLIST *new;
+ register int i;
+
+ if (sl == 0)
+ return ((STRINGLIST *)0);
+ new = strlist_create (sl->list_size);
+ /* I'd like to use strvec_copy, but that doesn't copy everything. */
+ if (sl->list)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < sl->list_size; i++)
+ new->list[i] = STRDUP (sl->list[i]);
+ }
+ new->list_size = sl->list_size;
+ new->list_len = sl->list_len;
+ /* just being careful */
+ if (new->list)
+ new->list[new->list_len] = (char *)NULL;
+ return new;
+}
+
+/* Return a new STRINGLIST with everything from M1 and M2. */
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_merge (m1, m2)
+ STRINGLIST *m1, *m2;
+{
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ int i, n, l1, l2;
+
+ l1 = m1 ? m1->list_len : 0;
+ l2 = m2 ? m2->list_len : 0;
+
+ sl = strlist_create (l1 + l2 + 1);
+ for (i = n = 0; i < l1; i++, n++)
+ sl->list[n] = STRDUP (m1->list[i]);
+ for (i = 0; i < l2; i++, n++)
+ sl->list[n] = STRDUP (m2->list[i]);
+ sl->list_len = n;
+ sl->list[n] = (char *)NULL;
+ return (sl);
+}
+
+/* Make STRINGLIST M1 contain everything in M1 and M2. */
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_append (m1, m2)
+ STRINGLIST *m1, *m2;
+{
+ register int i, n, len1, len2;
+
+ if (m1 == 0)
+ return (m2 ? strlist_copy (m2) : (STRINGLIST *)0);
+
+ len1 = m1->list_len;
+ len2 = m2 ? m2->list_len : 0;
+
+ if (len2)
+ {
+ m1 = strlist_resize (m1, len1 + len2 + 1);
+ for (i = 0, n = len1; i < len2; i++, n++)
+ m1->list[n] = STRDUP (m2->list[i]);
+ m1->list[n] = (char *)NULL;
+ m1->list_len = n;
+ }
+
+ return m1;
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_prefix_suffix (sl, prefix, suffix)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ char *prefix, *suffix;
+{
+ int plen, slen, tlen, llen, i;
+ char *t;
+
+ if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0 || sl->list_len == 0)
+ return sl;
+
+ plen = STRLEN (prefix);
+ slen = STRLEN (suffix);
+
+ if (plen == 0 && slen == 0)
+ return (sl);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sl->list_len; i++)
+ {
+ llen = STRLEN (sl->list[i]);
+ tlen = plen + llen + slen + 1;
+ t = (char *)xmalloc (tlen + 1);
+ if (plen)
+ strcpy (t, prefix);
+ strcpy (t + plen, sl->list[i]);
+ if (slen)
+ strcpy (t + plen + llen, suffix);
+ free (sl->list[i]);
+ sl->list[i] = t;
+ }
+
+ return (sl);
+}
+
+void
+strlist_print (sl, prefix)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ char *prefix;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (sl == 0)
+ return;
+ for (i = 0; i < sl->list_len; i++)
+ printf ("%s%s\n", prefix ? prefix : "", sl->list[i]);
+}
+
+void
+strlist_walk (sl, func)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ sh_strlist_map_func_t *func;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (sl == 0)
+ return;
+ for (i = 0; i < sl->list_len; i++)
+ if ((*func)(sl->list[i]) < 0)
+ break;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_sort (sl)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+ if (sl == 0 || sl->list_len == 0 || sl->list == 0)
+ return;
+ strvec_sort (sl->list);
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_from_word_list (list, alloc, starting_index, ip)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int alloc, starting_index, *ip;
+{
+ STRINGLIST *ret;
+ int slen, len;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ if (ip)
+ *ip = 0;
+ return ((STRINGLIST *)0);
+ }
+ slen = list_length (list);
+ ret = (STRINGLIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (STRINGLIST));
+ ret->list = strvec_from_word_list (list, alloc, starting_index, &len);
+ ret->list_size = slen + starting_index;
+ ret->list_len = len;
+ if (ip)
+ *ip = len;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+strlist_to_word_list (sl, alloc, starting_index)
+ STRINGLIST *sl;
+ int alloc, starting_index;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ list = strvec_to_word_list (sl->list, alloc, starting_index);
+ return list;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/stringvec.c b/lib/sh/stringvec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bb4ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/stringvec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/* stringvec.c - functions for managing arrays of strings. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+/* Allocate an array of strings with room for N members. */
+char **
+strvec_create (n)
+ int n;
+{
+ return ((char **)xmalloc ((n) * sizeof (char *)));
+}
+
+/* Allocate an array of strings with room for N members. */
+char **
+strvec_mcreate (n)
+ int n;
+{
+ return ((char **)malloc ((n) * sizeof (char *)));
+}
+
+char **
+strvec_resize (array, nsize)
+ char **array;
+ int nsize;
+{
+ return ((char **)xrealloc (array, nsize * sizeof (char *)));
+}
+
+char **
+strvec_mresize (array, nsize)
+ char **array;
+ int nsize;
+{
+ return ((char **)realloc (array, nsize * sizeof (char *)));
+}
+
+/* Return the length of ARRAY, a NULL terminated array of char *. */
+int
+strvec_len (array)
+ char **array;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; array[i]; i++);
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Free the contents of ARRAY, a NULL terminated array of char *. */
+void
+strvec_flush (array)
+ char **array;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (array == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+ free (array[i]);
+}
+
+void
+strvec_dispose (array)
+ char **array;
+{
+ if (array == 0)
+ return;
+
+ strvec_flush (array);
+ free (array);
+}
+
+int
+strvec_remove (array, name)
+ char **array, *name;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ char *x;
+
+ if (array == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+ if (STREQ (name, array[i]))
+ {
+ x = array[i];
+ for (j = i; array[j]; j++)
+ array[j] = array[j + 1];
+ free (x);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Find NAME in ARRAY. Return the index of NAME, or -1 if not present.
+ ARRAY should be NULL terminated. */
+int
+strvec_search (array, name)
+ char **array, *name;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+ if (STREQ (name, array[i]))
+ return (i);
+
+ return (-1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate and return a new copy of ARRAY and its contents. */
+char **
+strvec_copy (array)
+ char **array;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int len;
+ char **ret;
+
+ len = strvec_len (array);
+
+ ret = (char **)xmalloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+ ret[i] = savestring (array[i]);
+ ret[i] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Comparison routine for use with qsort() on arrays of strings. Uses
+ strcoll(3) if available, otherwise it uses strcmp(3). */
+int
+strvec_strcmp (s1, s2)
+ register char **s1, **s2;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+ return (strcoll (*s1, *s2));
+#else /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+ int result;
+
+ if ((result = **s1 - **s2) == 0)
+ result = strcmp (*s1, *s2);
+
+ return (result);
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+}
+
+/* Sort ARRAY, a null terminated array of pointers to strings. */
+void
+strvec_sort (array)
+ char **array;
+{
+ qsort (array, strvec_len (array), sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)strvec_strcmp);
+}
+
+/* Cons up a new array of words. The words are taken from LIST,
+ which is a WORD_LIST *. If ALLOC is true, everything is malloc'ed,
+ so you should free everything in this array when you are done.
+ The array is NULL terminated. If IP is non-null, it gets the
+ number of words in the returned array. STARTING_INDEX says where
+ to start filling in the returned array; it can be used to reserve
+ space at the beginning of the array. */
+
+char **
+strvec_from_word_list (list, alloc, starting_index, ip)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int alloc, starting_index, *ip;
+{
+ int count;
+ char **array;
+
+ count = list_length (list);
+ array = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + count + starting_index) * sizeof (char *));
+
+ for (count = 0; count < starting_index; count++)
+ array[count] = (char *)NULL;
+ for (count = starting_index; list; count++, list = list->next)
+ array[count] = alloc ? savestring (list->word->word) : list->word->word;
+ array[count] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (ip)
+ *ip = count;
+ return (array);
+}
+
+/* Convert an array of strings into the form used internally by the shell.
+ ALLOC means to allocate new storage for each WORD_DESC in the returned
+ list rather than copy the values in ARRAY. STARTING_INDEX says where
+ in ARRAY to begin. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+strvec_to_word_list (array, alloc, starting_index)
+ char **array;
+ int alloc, starting_index;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int i, count;
+
+ if (array == 0 || array[0] == 0)
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ for (count = 0; array[count]; count++)
+ ;
+
+ for (i = starting_index, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ w = make_bare_word (alloc ? array[i] : "");
+ if (alloc == 0)
+ {
+ free (w->word);
+ w->word = array[i];
+ }
+ list = make_word_list (w, list);
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strnlen.c b/lib/sh/strnlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10414d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strnlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* strnlen - return length of passed string, with length limit */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRNLEN)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Find the length of S, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. If no '\0'
+ terminator is found within the first MAXLEN characters, return MAXLEN. */
+size_t
+strnlen (s, maxlen)
+ register const char *s;
+ size_t maxlen;
+{
+ register const char *e;
+ size_t n;
+
+ for (e = s, n = 0; *e && n < maxlen; e++, n++)
+ ;
+ return n;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strpbrk.c b/lib/sh/strpbrk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cce830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strpbrk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* strpbrk.c - locate multiple characters in a string */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+ Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRPBRK)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Find the first occurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT. */
+char *
+strpbrk (s, accept)
+ register const char *s;
+ register const char *accept;
+{
+ while (*s != '\0')
+ {
+ const char *a = accept;
+ while (*a != '\0')
+ if (*a++ == *s)
+ return (char *) s;
+ ++s;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strstr.c b/lib/sh/strstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c43b05e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* strstr - find a substring within a string */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * My personal strstr() implementation that beats most other algorithms.
+ * Until someone tells me otherwise, I assume that this is the
+ * fastest implementation of strstr() in C.
+ * I deliberately chose not to comment it. You should have at least
+ * as much fun trying to understand it, as I had to write it :-).
+ *
+ * Stephen R. van den Berg, berg@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+typedef unsigned chartype;
+
+#undef strstr
+
+char *
+strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
+{
+ register const unsigned char *haystack, *needle;
+ register chartype b, c;
+
+ haystack = (const unsigned char *) phaystack;
+ needle = (const unsigned char *) pneedle;
+
+ b = *needle;
+ if (b != '\0')
+ {
+ haystack--; /* possible ANSI violation */
+ do
+ {
+ c = *++haystack;
+ if (c == '\0')
+ goto ret0;
+ }
+ while (c != b);
+
+ c = *++needle;
+ if (c == '\0')
+ goto foundneedle;
+ ++needle;
+ goto jin;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ register chartype a;
+ register const unsigned char *rhaystack, *rneedle;
+
+ do
+ {
+ a = *++haystack;
+ if (a == '\0')
+ goto ret0;
+ if (a == b)
+ break;
+ a = *++haystack;
+ if (a == '\0')
+ goto ret0;
+shloop:; }
+ while (a != b);
+
+jin: a = *++haystack;
+ if (a == '\0')
+ goto ret0;
+
+ if (a != c)
+ goto shloop;
+
+ rhaystack = haystack-- + 1;
+ rneedle = needle;
+ a = *rneedle;
+
+ if (*rhaystack == a)
+ do
+ {
+ if (a == '\0')
+ goto foundneedle;
+ ++rhaystack;
+ a = *++needle;
+ if (*rhaystack != a)
+ break;
+ if (a == '\0')
+ goto foundneedle;
+ ++rhaystack;
+ a = *++needle;
+ }
+ while (*rhaystack == a);
+
+ needle = rneedle; /* took the register-poor approach */
+
+ if (a == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+foundneedle:
+ return (char*) haystack;
+ret0:
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtod.c b/lib/sh/strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..851d99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/* strtod.c - convert string to double-precision floating-point value. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRTOD
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FLOAT_H
+# include <float.h>
+#else
+# define DBL_MAX 1.7976931348623159e+308
+# define DBL_MIN 2.2250738585072010e-308
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HUGE_VAL
+# define HUGE_VAL HUGE
+#endif
+
+/* Convert NPTR to a double. If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the
+ character after the last one used in the number is put in *ENDPTR. */
+double
+strtod (nptr, endptr)
+ const char *nptr;
+ char **endptr;
+{
+ register const char *s;
+ short sign;
+
+ /* The number so far. */
+ double num;
+
+ int got_dot; /* Found a decimal point. */
+ int got_digit; /* Seen any digits. */
+
+ /* The exponent of the number. */
+ long int exponent;
+
+ if (nptr == NULL)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ goto noconv;
+ }
+
+ s = nptr;
+
+ /* Eat whitespace. */
+ while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char)*s))
+ ++s;
+
+ /* Get the sign. */
+ sign = *s == '-' ? -1 : 1;
+ if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
+ ++s;
+
+ num = 0.0;
+ got_dot = 0;
+ got_digit = 0;
+ exponent = 0;
+ for (;; ++s)
+ {
+ if (DIGIT (*s))
+ {
+ got_digit = 1;
+
+ /* Make sure that multiplication by 10 will not overflow. */
+ if (num > DBL_MAX * 0.1)
+ /* The value of the digit doesn't matter, since we have already
+ gotten as many digits as can be represented in a `double'.
+ This doesn't necessarily mean the result will overflow.
+ The exponent may reduce it to within range.
+
+ We just need to record that there was another
+ digit so that we can multiply by 10 later. */
+ ++exponent;
+ else
+ num = (num * 10.0) + (*s - '0');
+
+ /* Keep track of the number of digits after the decimal point.
+ If we just divided by 10 here, we would lose precision. */
+ if (got_dot)
+ --exponent;
+ }
+ else if (!got_dot && *s == '.')
+ /* Record that we have found the decimal point. */
+ got_dot = 1;
+ else
+ /* Any other character terminates the number. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!got_digit)
+ goto noconv;
+
+ if (TOLOWER ((unsigned char)*s) == 'e')
+ {
+ /* Get the exponent specified after the `e' or `E'. */
+ int save = errno;
+ char *end;
+ long int exp;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ ++s;
+ exp = strtol (s, &end, 10);
+ if (errno == ERANGE)
+ {
+ /* The exponent overflowed a `long int'. It is probably a safe
+ assumption that an exponent that cannot be represented by
+ a `long int' exceeds the limits of a `double'. */
+ if (endptr != NULL)
+ *endptr = end;
+ if (exp < 0)
+ goto underflow;
+ else
+ goto overflow;
+ }
+ else if (end == s)
+ /* There was no exponent. Reset END to point to
+ the 'e' or 'E', so *ENDPTR will be set there. */
+ end = (char *) s - 1;
+ errno = save;
+ s = end;
+ exponent += exp;
+ }
+
+ if (endptr != NULL)
+ *endptr = (char *) s;
+
+ if (num == 0.0)
+ return 0.0;
+
+ /* Multiply NUM by 10 to the EXPONENT power,
+ checking for overflow and underflow. */
+
+ if (exponent < 0)
+ {
+ if (num < DBL_MIN * pow (10.0, (double) -exponent))
+ goto underflow;
+ }
+ else if (exponent > 0)
+ {
+ if (num > DBL_MAX * pow (10.0, (double) -exponent))
+ goto overflow;
+ }
+
+ num *= pow (10.0, (double) exponent);
+
+ return num * sign;
+
+overflow:
+ /* Return an overflow error. */
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return HUGE_VAL * sign;
+
+underflow:
+ /* Return an underflow error. */
+ if (endptr != NULL)
+ *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return 0.0;
+
+noconv:
+ /* There was no number. */
+ if (endptr != NULL)
+ *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+ return 0.0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRTOD */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoimax.c b/lib/sh/strtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4170f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* strtoimax - convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value. */
+
+/* Copyright 1999-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. Modified by Chet Ramey for Bash. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime). */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+extern long strtol __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_LONG_LONG
+extern long long strtoll __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef strtoimax
+#undef strtoimax
+#endif
+
+intmax_t
+strtoimax (ptr, endptr, base)
+ const char *ptr;
+ char **endptr;
+ int base;
+{
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ verify(size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
+ (sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (long) ||
+ sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (long long)));
+
+ if (sizeof (intmax_t) != sizeof (long))
+ return (strtoll (ptr, endptr, base));
+#else
+ verify (size_is_that_of_long, sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (long));
+#endif
+
+ return (strtol (ptr, endptr, base));
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+# include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+ char *p, *endptr;
+ intmax_t x;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ long long y;
+#endif
+ long z;
+
+ printf ("sizeof intmax_t: %d\n", sizeof (intmax_t));
+
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ printf ("sizeof long long: %d\n", sizeof (long long));
+#endif
+ printf ("sizeof long: %d\n", sizeof (long));
+
+ x = strtoimax("42", &endptr, 10);
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ y = strtoll("42", &endptr, 10);
+#else
+ y = -1;
+#endif
+ z = strtol("42", &endptr, 10);
+
+ printf ("%lld %lld %ld\n", x, y, z);
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtol.c b/lib/sh/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aa7478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* strtol - convert string representation of a number into a long integer value. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,92,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRTOL)
+
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+ unsigned integers. */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+#if UNSIGNED
+# ifdef QUAD
+# define strtol strtoull
+# else
+# define strtol strtoul
+# endif
+#else
+# ifdef QUAD
+# define strtol strtoll
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+ operating on `long long ints. */
+
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
+#else /* !QUAD */
+# define LONG long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+ If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+ zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+ If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is no longer reset to 10; EINVAL is returned.
+ If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+ one converted is stored in *ENDPTR. */
+
+INT
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base)
+ const char *nptr;
+ char **endptr;
+ int base;
+{
+ int negative;
+ register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+ register unsigned int cutlim;
+ register unsigned LONG int i;
+ register const char *s;
+ register unsigned char c;
+ const char *save, *end;
+ int overflow;
+
+ if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+ {
+ __set_errno (EINVAL);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ save = s = nptr;
+
+ /* Skip white space. */
+ while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char)*s))
+ ++s;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ goto noconv;
+
+ /* Check for a sign. */
+ if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
+ {
+ negative = (*s == '-');
+ ++s;
+ }
+ else
+ negative = 0;
+
+ /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves. */
+ if (*s == '0')
+ {
+ if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER ((unsigned char) s[1]) == 'X')
+ {
+ s += 2;
+ base = 16;
+ }
+ else if (base == 0)
+ base = 8;
+ }
+ else if (base == 0)
+ base = 10;
+
+ /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened. */
+ save = s;
+
+ end = NULL;
+
+ cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+ cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+ overflow = 0;
+ i = 0;
+ c = *s;
+ if (sizeof (long int) != sizeof (LONG int))
+ {
+ unsigned long int j = 0;
+ unsigned long int jmax = ULONG_MAX / base;
+
+ for (;c != '\0'; c = *++s)
+ {
+ if (s == end)
+ break;
+ if (DIGIT (c))
+ c -= '0';
+ else if (ISALPHA (c))
+ c = TOUPPER (c) - 'A' + 10;
+ else
+ break;
+
+ if ((int) c >= base)
+ break;
+ /* Note that we never can have an overflow. */
+ else if (j >= jmax)
+ {
+ /* We have an overflow. Now use the long representation. */
+ i = (unsigned LONG int) j;
+ goto use_long;
+ }
+ else
+ j = j * (unsigned long int) base + c;
+ }
+
+ i = (unsigned LONG int) j;
+ }
+ else
+ for (;c != '\0'; c = *++s)
+ {
+ if (s == end)
+ break;
+ if (DIGIT (c))
+ c -= '0';
+ else if (ISALPHA (c))
+ c = TOUPPER (c) - 'A' + 10;
+ else
+ break;
+ if ((int) c >= base)
+ break;
+ /* Check for overflow. */
+ if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+ overflow = 1;
+ else
+ {
+ use_long:
+ i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+ i += c;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if anything actually happened. */
+ if (s == save)
+ goto noconv;
+
+ /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+ past the last character we converted. */
+ if (endptr != NULL)
+ *endptr = (char *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+ /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+ `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'. */
+ if (overflow == 0
+ && i > (negative
+ ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+ : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+ overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+ return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+ return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Return the result of the appropriate sign. */
+ return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+ /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+ first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+ hexadecimal digits. This is no error case. We return 0 and
+ ENDPTR points to the `x`. */
+ if (endptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER ((unsigned char) save[-1]) == 'X' && save[-2] == '0')
+ *endptr = (char *) &save[-1];
+ else
+ /* There was no number to convert. */
+ *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+ }
+
+ return 0L;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRTOL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoll.c b/lib/sh/strtoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6060ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* strtoll - convert string representation of a number into a long long value. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined (HAVE_STRTOLL)
+
+#define QUAD 1
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+#include "strtol.c"
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LONG_LONG && !HAVE_STRTOLL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoul.c b/lib/sh/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbaa484
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* strtoul - convert string representation of a number into an unsigned long value. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+#define UNSIGNED 1
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+#include <strtol.c>
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRTOUL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoull.c b/lib/sh/strtoull.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02ddebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* strtoull - convert string representation of a number into an unsigned long long value. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined (HAVE_STRTOULL)
+
+#define QUAD 1
+#define UNSIGNED 1
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+#include "strtol.c"
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LONG_LONG && !HAVE_STRTOULL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoumax.c b/lib/sh/strtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09423ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* strtoumax - convert string representation of a number into an uintmax_t value. */
+
+/* Copyright 1999-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. Modified by Chet Ramey for Bash. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime). */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+extern unsigned long strtoul __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+extern unsigned long long strtoull __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef strtoumax
+#undef strtoumax
+#endif
+
+uintmax_t
+strtoumax (ptr, endptr, base)
+ const char *ptr;
+ char **endptr;
+ int base;
+{
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+ verify (size_is_that_of_unsigned_long_or_unsigned_long_long,
+ (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (unsigned long) ||
+ sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (unsigned long long)));
+
+ if (sizeof (uintmax_t) != sizeof (unsigned long))
+ return (strtoull (ptr, endptr, base));
+#else
+ verify (size_is_that_of_unsigned_long, sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (unsigned long));
+#endif
+
+ return (strtoul (ptr, endptr, base));
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+# include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+ char *p, *endptr;
+ uintmax_t x;
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+ unsigned long long y;
+#endif
+ unsigned long z;
+
+ printf ("sizeof uintmax_t: %d\n", sizeof (uintmax_t));
+
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+ printf ("sizeof unsigned long long: %d\n", sizeof (unsigned long long));
+#endif
+ printf ("sizeof unsigned long: %d\n", sizeof (unsigned long));
+
+ x = strtoumax("42", &endptr, 10);
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+ y = strtoull("42", &endptr, 10);
+#else
+ y = 0;
+#endif
+ z = strtoul("42", &endptr, 10);
+
+ printf ("%llu %llu %lu\n", x, y, z);
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtrans.c b/lib/sh/strtrans.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48f255f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtrans.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/* strtrans.c - Translate and untranslate strings with ANSI-C escape sequences. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#include "shmbchar.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+#ifdef ESC
+#undef ESC
+#endif
+#define ESC '\033' /* ASCII */
+
+/* Convert STRING by expanding the escape sequences specified by the
+ ANSI C standard. If SAWC is non-null, recognize `\c' and use that
+ as a string terminator. If we see \c, set *SAWC to 1 before
+ returning. LEN is the length of STRING. If (FLAGS&1) is non-zero,
+ that we're translating a string for `echo -e', and therefore should not
+ treat a single quote as a character that may be escaped with a backslash.
+ If (FLAGS&2) is non-zero, we're expanding for the parser and want to
+ quote CTLESC and CTLNUL with CTLESC. If (flags&4) is non-zero, we want
+ to remove the backslash before any unrecognized escape sequence. */
+char *
+ansicstr (string, len, flags, sawc, rlen)
+ char *string;
+ int len, flags, *sawc, *rlen;
+{
+ int c, temp;
+ char *ret, *r, *s;
+ unsigned long v;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ temp = 4*len + 1;
+ if (temp < 12)
+ temp = 12; /* ensure enough for eventual u32cesc */
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (temp);
+#else
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* 2*len for possible CTLESC */
+#endif
+ for (r = ret, s = string; s && *s; )
+ {
+ c = *s++;
+ if (c != '\\' || *s == '\0')
+ *r++ = c;
+ else
+ {
+ switch (c = *s++)
+ {
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+ case 'a': c = '\a'; break;
+ case 'v': c = '\v'; break;
+#else
+ case 'a': c = (int) 0x07; break;
+ case 'v': c = (int) 0x0B; break;
+#endif
+ case 'b': c = '\b'; break;
+ case 'e': case 'E': /* ESC -- non-ANSI */
+ c = ESC; break;
+ case 'f': c = '\f'; break;
+ case 'n': c = '\n'; break;
+ case 'r': c = '\r'; break;
+ case 't': c = '\t'; break;
+ case '1': case '2': case '3':
+ case '4': case '5': case '6':
+ case '7':
+#if 1
+ if (flags & 1)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ }
+ /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+#endif
+ case '0':
+ /* If (FLAGS & 1), we're translating a string for echo -e (or
+ the equivalent xpg_echo option), so we obey the SUSv3/
+ POSIX-2001 requirement and accept 0-3 octal digits after
+ a leading `0'. */
+ temp = 2 + ((flags & 1) && (c == '0'));
+ for (c -= '0'; ISOCTAL (*s) && temp--; s++)
+ c = (c * 8) + OCTVALUE (*s);
+ c &= 0xFF;
+ break;
+ case 'x': /* Hex digit -- non-ANSI */
+ if ((flags & 2) && *s == '{')
+ {
+ flags |= 16; /* internal flag value */
+ s++;
+ }
+ /* Consume at least two hex characters */
+ for (temp = 2, c = 0; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)*s) && temp--; s++)
+ c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (*s);
+ /* DGK says that after a `\x{' ksh93 consumes ISXDIGIT chars
+ until a non-xdigit or `}', so potentially more than two
+ chars are consumed. */
+ if (flags & 16)
+ {
+ for ( ; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+ c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (*s);
+ flags &= ~16;
+ if (*s == '}')
+ s++;
+ }
+ /* \x followed by non-hex digits is passed through unchanged */
+ else if (temp == 2)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ c = 'x';
+ }
+ c &= 0xFF;
+ break;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ case 'u':
+ case 'U':
+ temp = (c == 'u') ? 4 : 8; /* \uNNNN \UNNNNNNNN */
+ for (v = 0; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)*s) && temp--; s++)
+ v = (v * 16) + HEXVALUE (*s);
+ if (temp == ((c == 'u') ? 4 : 8))
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\'; /* c remains unchanged */
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (v <= 0x7f) /* <= 0x7f translates directly */
+ {
+ c = v;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp = u32cconv (v, r);
+ r += temp;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ case '\\':
+ break;
+ case '\'': case '"': case '?':
+ if (flags & 1)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ if (sawc)
+ {
+ *sawc = 1;
+ *r = '\0';
+ if (rlen)
+ *rlen = r - ret;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && *s == 0)
+ ; /* pass \c through */
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c = *s))
+ {
+ s++;
+ if ((flags & 2) && c == '\\' && c == *s)
+ s++; /* Posix requires $'\c\\' do backslash escaping */
+ c = TOCTRL(c);
+ break;
+ }
+ /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+ default:
+ if ((flags & 4) == 0)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ }
+ if ((flags & 2) && (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL))
+ *r++ = CTLESC;
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ if (rlen)
+ *rlen = r - ret;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Take a string STR, possibly containing non-printing characters, and turn it
+ into a $'...' ANSI-C style quoted string. Returns a new string. */
+char *
+ansic_quote (str, flags, rlen)
+ char *str;
+ int flags, *rlen;
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *s;
+ int l, rsize;
+ unsigned char c;
+ size_t clen;
+ int b;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t wc;
+#endif
+
+ if (str == 0 || *str == 0)
+ return ((char *)0);
+
+ l = strlen (str);
+ rsize = 4 * l + 4;
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize);
+
+ *r++ = '$';
+ *r++ = '\'';
+
+ for (s = str; c = *s; s++)
+ {
+ b = l = 1; /* 1 == add backslash; 0 == no backslash */
+ clen = 1;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case ESC: c = 'E'; break;
+#ifdef __STDC__
+ case '\a': c = 'a'; break;
+ case '\v': c = 'v'; break;
+#else
+ case 0x07: c = 'a'; break;
+ case 0x0b: c = 'v'; break;
+#endif
+
+ case '\b': c = 'b'; break;
+ case '\f': c = 'f'; break;
+ case '\n': c = 'n'; break;
+ case '\r': c = 'r'; break;
+ case '\t': c = 't'; break;
+ case '\\':
+ case '\'':
+ break;
+ default:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ b = is_basic (c);
+ /* XXX - clen comparison to 0 is dicey */
+ if ((b == 0 && ((clen = mbrtowc (&wc, s, MB_CUR_MAX, 0)) < 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (clen) || iswprint (wc) == 0)) ||
+ (b == 1 && ISPRINT (c) == 0))
+#else
+ if (ISPRINT (c) == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = TOCHAR ((c >> 6) & 07);
+ *r++ = TOCHAR ((c >> 3) & 07);
+ *r++ = TOCHAR (c & 07);
+ continue;
+ }
+ l = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (b == 0 && clen == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (l)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+
+ if (clen == 1)
+ *r++ = c;
+ else
+ {
+ for (b = 0; b < (int)clen; b++)
+ *r++ = (unsigned char)s[b];
+ s += clen - 1; /* -1 because of the increment above */
+ }
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r = '\0';
+ if (rlen)
+ *rlen = r - ret;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int
+ansic_wshouldquote (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ const wchar_t *wcs;
+ wchar_t wcc;
+ wchar_t *wcstr = NULL;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ slen = mbstowcs (wcstr, string, 0);
+
+ if (slen == (size_t)-1)
+ return 1;
+
+ wcstr = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (slen + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcstr, string, slen + 1);
+
+ for (wcs = wcstr; wcc = *wcs; wcs++)
+ if (iswprint(wcc) == 0)
+ {
+ free (wcstr);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ free (wcstr);
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* return 1 if we need to quote with $'...' because of non-printing chars. */
+int
+ansic_shouldquote (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ const char *s;
+ unsigned char c;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ for (s = string; c = *s; s++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (is_basic (c) == 0)
+ return (ansic_wshouldquote (s));
+#endif
+ if (ISPRINT (c) == 0)
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* $'...' ANSI-C expand the portion of STRING between START and END and
+ return the result. The result cannot be longer than the input string. */
+char *
+ansiexpand (string, start, end, lenp)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end, *lenp;
+{
+ char *temp, *t;
+ int len, tlen;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (end - start + 1);
+ for (tlen = 0, len = start; len < end; )
+ temp[tlen++] = string[len++];
+ temp[tlen] = '\0';
+
+ if (*temp)
+ {
+ t = ansicstr (temp, tlen, 2, (int *)NULL, lenp);
+ free (temp);
+ return (t);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = 0;
+ return (temp);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/times.c b/lib/sh/times.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47ddf57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/times.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* times.c - times(3) library function */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+#include <systimes.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) && defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE)
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H && HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+
+extern long get_clk_tck __P((void));
+
+#define CONVTCK(r) (r.tv_sec * clk_tck + r.tv_usec / (1000000 / clk_tck))
+
+clock_t
+times(tms)
+ struct tms *tms;
+{
+ clock_t rv;
+ static long clk_tck = -1;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE)
+ struct timeval tv;
+ struct rusage ru;
+
+ if (clk_tck == -1)
+ clk_tck = get_clk_tck();
+
+ if (getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru) < 0)
+ return ((clock_t)-1);
+ tms->tms_utime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime);
+ tms->tms_stime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime);
+
+ if (getrusage(RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &ru) < 0)
+ return ((clock_t)-1);
+ tms->tms_cutime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime);
+ tms->tms_cstime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime);
+
+ if (gettimeofday(&tv, (struct timezone *) 0) < 0)
+ return ((clock_t)-1);
+ rv = (clock_t)(CONVTCK(tv));
+#else /* !HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+ if (clk_tck == -1)
+ clk_tck = get_clk_tck();
+
+ /* We can't do anything. */
+ tms->tms_utime = tms->tms_stime = (clock_t)0;
+ tms->tms_cutime = tms->tms_cstime = (clock_t)0;
+
+ rv = (clock_t)time((time_t *)0) * clk_tck;
+# endif /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+
+ return rv;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_TIMES */
diff --git a/lib/sh/timeval.c b/lib/sh/timeval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4b61dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/timeval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* timeval.c - functions to perform operations on struct timevals */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+
+#include <bashintl.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#ifndef locale_decpoint
+extern int locale_decpoint PARAMS((void));
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+struct timeval *
+difftimeval (d, t1, t2)
+ struct timeval *d, *t1, *t2;
+{
+ d->tv_sec = t2->tv_sec - t1->tv_sec;
+ d->tv_usec = t2->tv_usec - t1->tv_usec;
+ if (d->tv_usec < 0)
+ {
+ d->tv_usec += 1000000;
+ d->tv_sec -= 1;
+ if (d->tv_sec < 0) /* ??? -- BSD/OS does this */
+ {
+ d->tv_sec = 0;
+ d->tv_usec = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return d;
+}
+
+struct timeval *
+addtimeval (d, t1, t2)
+ struct timeval *d, *t1, *t2;
+{
+ d->tv_sec = t1->tv_sec + t2->tv_sec;
+ d->tv_usec = t1->tv_usec + t2->tv_usec;
+ if (d->tv_usec >= 1000000)
+ {
+ d->tv_usec -= 1000000;
+ d->tv_sec += 1;
+ }
+ return d;
+}
+
+/* Do "cpu = ((user + sys) * 10000) / real;" with timevals.
+ Barely-tested code from Deven T. Corzine <deven@ties.org>. */
+int
+timeval_to_cpu (rt, ut, st)
+ struct timeval *rt, *ut, *st; /* real, user, sys */
+{
+ struct timeval t1, t2;
+ register int i;
+
+ addtimeval (&t1, ut, st);
+ t2.tv_sec = rt->tv_sec;
+ t2.tv_usec = rt->tv_usec;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+ {
+ if ((t1.tv_sec > 99999999) || (t2.tv_sec > 99999999))
+ break;
+ t1.tv_sec *= 10;
+ t1.tv_sec += t1.tv_usec / 100000;
+ t1.tv_usec *= 10;
+ t1.tv_usec %= 1000000;
+ t2.tv_sec *= 10;
+ t2.tv_sec += t2.tv_usec / 100000;
+ t2.tv_usec *= 10;
+ t2.tv_usec %= 1000000;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ if (t1.tv_sec < 100000000)
+ t1.tv_sec *= 10;
+ else
+ t2.tv_sec /= 10;
+ }
+
+ return ((t2.tv_sec == 0) ? 0 : t1.tv_sec / t2.tv_sec);
+}
+
+/* Convert a pointer to a struct timeval to seconds and thousandths of a
+ second, returning the values in *SP and *SFP, respectively. This does
+ rounding on the fractional part, not just truncation to three places. */
+void
+timeval_to_secs (tvp, sp, sfp)
+ struct timeval *tvp;
+ time_t *sp;
+ int *sfp;
+{
+ int rest;
+
+ *sp = tvp->tv_sec;
+
+ *sfp = tvp->tv_usec % 1000000; /* pretty much a no-op */
+ rest = *sfp % 1000;
+ *sfp = (*sfp * 1000) / 1000000;
+ if (rest >= 500)
+ *sfp += 1;
+
+ /* Sanity check */
+ if (*sfp >= 1000)
+ {
+ *sp += 1;
+ *sfp -= 1000;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the contents of a struct timeval * in a standard way to stdio
+ stream FP. */
+void
+print_timeval (fp, tvp)
+ FILE *fp;
+ struct timeval *tvp;
+{
+ time_t timestamp;
+ long minutes;
+ int seconds, seconds_fraction;
+
+ timeval_to_secs (tvp, &timestamp, &seconds_fraction);
+
+ minutes = timestamp / 60;
+ seconds = timestamp % 60;
+
+ fprintf (fp, "%ldm%d%c%03ds", minutes, seconds, locale_decpoint (), seconds_fraction);
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_TIMEVAL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/tmpfile.c b/lib/sh/tmpfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e41e45b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/tmpfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/*
+ * tmpfile.c - functions to create and safely open temp files for the shell.
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+#include <filecntl.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define BASEOPENFLAGS (O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL | O_BINARY)
+
+#define DEFAULT_TMPDIR "." /* bogus default, should be changed */
+#define DEFAULT_NAMEROOT "shtmp"
+
+/* Use ANSI-C rand() interface if random(3) is not available */
+#if !HAVE_RANDOM
+#define random() rand()
+#endif
+
+extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+
+static char *get_sys_tmpdir __P((void));
+static char *get_tmpdir __P((int));
+
+static char *sys_tmpdir = (char *)NULL;
+static int ntmpfiles;
+static int tmpnamelen = -1;
+static unsigned long filenum = 1L;
+
+static char *
+get_sys_tmpdir ()
+{
+ if (sys_tmpdir)
+ return sys_tmpdir;
+
+#ifdef P_tmpdir
+ sys_tmpdir = P_tmpdir;
+ if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+ return sys_tmpdir;
+#endif
+
+ sys_tmpdir = "/tmp";
+ if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+ return sys_tmpdir;
+
+ sys_tmpdir = "/var/tmp";
+ if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+ return sys_tmpdir;
+
+ sys_tmpdir = "/usr/tmp";
+ if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+ return sys_tmpdir;
+
+ sys_tmpdir = DEFAULT_TMPDIR;
+
+ return sys_tmpdir;
+}
+
+static char *
+get_tmpdir (flags)
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *tdir;
+
+ tdir = (flags & MT_USETMPDIR) ? get_string_value ("TMPDIR") : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tdir && (file_iswdir (tdir) == 0 || strlen (tdir) > PATH_MAX))
+ tdir = 0;
+
+ if (tdir == 0)
+ tdir = get_sys_tmpdir ();
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PATHCONF) && defined (_PC_NAME_MAX)
+ if (tmpnamelen == -1)
+ tmpnamelen = pathconf (tdir, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+#else
+ tmpnamelen = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return tdir;
+}
+
+static void
+sh_seedrand ()
+{
+#if HAVE_RANDOM
+ int d;
+ static int seeded = 0;
+ if (seeded == 0)
+ {
+ struct timeval tv;
+
+ gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+ srandom (tv.tv_sec ^ tv.tv_usec ^ (getpid () << 16) ^ (uintptr_t)&d);
+ seeded = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+sh_mktmpname (nameroot, flags)
+ char *nameroot;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *filename, *tdir, *lroot;
+ struct stat sb;
+ int r, tdlen;
+ static int seeded = 0;
+
+ filename = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+ tdir = get_tmpdir (flags);
+ tdlen = strlen (tdir);
+
+ lroot = nameroot ? nameroot : DEFAULT_NAMEROOT;
+
+#ifdef USE_MKTEMP
+ sprintf (filename, "%s/%s.XXXXXX", tdir, lroot);
+ if (mktemp (filename) == 0)
+ {
+ free (filename);
+ filename = NULL;
+ }
+#else /* !USE_MKTEMP */
+ sh_seedrand ();
+ while (1)
+ {
+ filenum = (filenum << 1) ^
+ (unsigned long) time ((time_t *)0) ^
+ (unsigned long) dollar_dollar_pid ^
+ (unsigned long) ((flags & MT_USERANDOM) ? random () : ntmpfiles++);
+ sprintf (filename, "%s/%s-%lu", tdir, lroot, filenum);
+ if (tmpnamelen > 0 && tmpnamelen < 32)
+ filename[tdlen + 1 + tmpnamelen] = '\0';
+# ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+ r = lstat (filename, &sb);
+# else
+ r = stat (filename, &sb);
+# endif
+ if (r < 0 && errno == ENOENT)
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* !USE_MKTEMP */
+
+ return filename;
+}
+
+int
+sh_mktmpfd (nameroot, flags, namep)
+ char *nameroot;
+ int flags;
+ char **namep;
+{
+ char *filename, *tdir, *lroot;
+ int fd, tdlen;
+
+ filename = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+ tdir = get_tmpdir (flags);
+ tdlen = strlen (tdir);
+
+ lroot = nameroot ? nameroot : DEFAULT_NAMEROOT;
+
+#ifdef USE_MKSTEMP
+ sprintf (filename, "%s/%s.XXXXXX", tdir, lroot);
+ fd = mkstemp (filename);
+ if (fd < 0 || namep == 0)
+ {
+ free (filename);
+ filename = NULL;
+ }
+ if (namep)
+ *namep = filename;
+ return fd;
+#else /* !USE_MKSTEMP */
+ sh_seedrand ();
+ do
+ {
+ filenum = (filenum << 1) ^
+ (unsigned long) time ((time_t *)0) ^
+ (unsigned long) dollar_dollar_pid ^
+ (unsigned long) ((flags & MT_USERANDOM) ? random () : ntmpfiles++);
+ sprintf (filename, "%s/%s-%lu", tdir, lroot, filenum);
+ if (tmpnamelen > 0 && tmpnamelen < 32)
+ filename[tdlen + 1 + tmpnamelen] = '\0';
+ fd = open (filename, BASEOPENFLAGS | ((flags & MT_READWRITE) ? O_RDWR : O_WRONLY), 0600);
+ }
+ while (fd < 0 && errno == EEXIST);
+
+ if (namep)
+ *namep = filename;
+ else
+ free (filename);
+
+ return fd;
+#endif /* !USE_MKSTEMP */
+}
+
+FILE *
+sh_mktmpfp (nameroot, flags, namep)
+ char *nameroot;
+ int flags;
+ char **namep;
+{
+ int fd;
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ fd = sh_mktmpfd (nameroot, flags, namep);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return ((FILE *)NULL);
+ fp = fdopen (fd, (flags & MT_READWRITE) ? "w+" : "w");
+ if (fp == 0)
+ close (fd);
+ return fp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/uconvert.c b/lib/sh/uconvert.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d656df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/uconvert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* uconvert - convert string representations of decimal numbers into whole
+ number/fractional value pairs. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+# include <time.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+
+#define DECIMAL '.' /* XXX - should use locale */
+
+#define RETURN(x) \
+do { \
+ if (ip) *ip = ipart * mult; \
+ if (up) *up = upart; \
+ return (x); \
+} while (0)
+
+/*
+ * An incredibly simplistic floating point converter.
+ */
+static int multiplier[7] = { 1, 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, 1 };
+
+/* Take a decimal number int-part[.[micro-part]] and convert it to the whole
+ and fractional portions. The fractional portion is returned in
+ millionths (micro); callers are responsible for multiplying appropriately.
+ Return 1 if value converted; 0 if invalid integer for either whole or
+ fractional parts. */
+int
+uconvert(s, ip, up)
+ char *s;
+ long *ip, *up;
+{
+ int n, mult;
+ long ipart, upart;
+ char *p;
+
+ ipart = upart = 0;
+ mult = 1;
+
+ if (s && (*s == '-' || *s == '+'))
+ {
+ mult = (*s == '-') ? -1 : 1;
+ p = s + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ p = s;
+
+ for ( ; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == DECIMAL) /* decimal point */
+ break;
+ if (DIGIT(*p) == 0)
+ RETURN(0);
+ ipart = (ipart * 10) + (*p - '0');
+ }
+
+ if (p == 0 || *p == 0) /* callers ensure p can never be 0; this is to shut up clang */
+ RETURN(1);
+
+ if (*p == DECIMAL)
+ p++;
+
+ /* Look for up to six digits past a decimal point. */
+ for (n = 0; n < 6 && p[n]; n++)
+ {
+ if (DIGIT(p[n]) == 0)
+ RETURN(0);
+ upart = (upart * 10) + (p[n] - '0');
+ }
+
+ /* Now convert to millionths */
+ upart *= multiplier[n];
+
+ if (n == 6 && p[6] >= '5' && p[6] <= '9')
+ upart++; /* round up 1 */
+
+ RETURN(1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/ufuncs.c b/lib/sh/ufuncs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad9284c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/ufuncs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* ufuncs - sleep and alarm functions that understand fractional values */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+# include <time.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+# include "posixselect.h"
+# include "quit.h"
+# include "trap.h"
+# include "stat-time.h"
+#endif
+
+/* A version of `alarm' using setitimer if it's available. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETITIMER)
+unsigned int
+falarm(secs, usecs)
+ unsigned int secs, usecs;
+{
+ struct itimerval it, oit;
+
+ it.it_interval.tv_sec = 0;
+ it.it_interval.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ it.it_value.tv_sec = secs;
+ it.it_value.tv_usec = usecs;
+
+ if (setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &it, &oit) < 0)
+ return (-1); /* XXX will be converted to unsigned */
+
+ /* Backwards compatibility with alarm(3) */
+ if (oit.it_value.tv_usec)
+ oit.it_value.tv_sec++;
+ return (oit.it_value.tv_sec);
+}
+#else
+int
+falarm (secs, usecs)
+ unsigned int secs, usecs;
+{
+ if (secs == 0 && usecs == 0)
+ return (alarm (0));
+
+ if (secs == 0 || usecs >= 500000)
+ {
+ secs++;
+ usecs = 0;
+ }
+ return (alarm (secs));
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETITIMER */
+
+/* A version of sleep using fractional seconds and select. I'd like to use
+ `usleep', but it's already taken */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && (defined (HAVE_SELECT) || defined (HAVE_PSELECT))
+int
+fsleep(sec, usec)
+ unsigned int sec, usec;
+{
+ int e, r;
+ sigset_t blocked_sigs, prevmask;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ struct timespec ts;
+#else
+ struct timeval tv;
+#endif
+
+ sigemptyset (&blocked_sigs);
+# if defined (SIGCHLD)
+ sigaddset (&blocked_sigs, SIGCHLD);
+# endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ ts.tv_sec = sec;
+ ts.tv_nsec = usec * 1000;
+#else
+ sigemptyset (&prevmask);
+ tv.tv_sec = sec;
+ tv.tv_usec = usec;
+#endif /* !HAVE_PSELECT */
+
+ do
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ r = pselect(0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, &ts, &blocked_sigs);
+#else
+ sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &blocked_sigs, &prevmask);
+ r = select(0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, &tv);
+ sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &prevmask, NULL);
+#endif
+ e = errno;
+ if (r < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+ QUIT; /* just signals, no traps */
+ errno = e;
+ }
+ while (r < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+ return r;
+}
+#else /* !HAVE_TIMEVAL || !HAVE_SELECT */
+int
+fsleep(sec, usec)
+ long sec, usec;
+{
+ if (usec >= 500000) /* round */
+ sec++;
+ return (sleep(sec));
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_TIMEVAL || !HAVE_SELECT */
diff --git a/lib/sh/unicode.c b/lib/sh/unicode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe13c4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/unicode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/* unicode.c - functions to convert unicode characters */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#ifndef USHORT_MAX
+# ifdef USHRT_MAX
+# define USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
+# else
+# define USHORT_MAX ((unsigned short) ~(unsigned short)0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (STREQ)
+# define STREQ(a, b) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0)
+#endif /* !STREQ */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET)
+extern const char *locale_charset __P((void));
+#else
+extern char *get_locale_var __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+extern int locale_utf8locale;
+
+static int u32init = 0;
+static int utf8locale = 0;
+#if defined (HAVE_ICONV)
+static iconv_t localconv;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+static char charsetbuf[40];
+
+static char *
+stub_charset ()
+{
+ char *locale, *s, *t;
+
+ locale = get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == 0 || *locale == 0)
+ {
+ strcpy (charsetbuf, "ASCII");
+ return charsetbuf;
+ }
+ s = strrchr (locale, '.');
+ if (s)
+ {
+ strncpy (charsetbuf, s+1, sizeof (charsetbuf) - 1);
+ charsetbuf[sizeof (charsetbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+ t = strchr (charsetbuf, '@');
+ if (t)
+ *t = 0;
+ return charsetbuf;
+ }
+ strncpy (charsetbuf, locale, sizeof (charsetbuf) - 1);
+ charsetbuf[sizeof (charsetbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+ return charsetbuf;
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+u32reset ()
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_ICONV)
+ if (u32init && localconv != (iconv_t)-1)
+ {
+ iconv_close (localconv);
+ localconv = (iconv_t)-1;
+ }
+#endif
+ u32init = 0;
+ utf8locale = 0;
+}
+
+/* u32toascii ? */
+int
+u32tochar (x, s)
+ unsigned long x;
+ char *s;
+{
+ int l;
+
+ l = (x <= UCHAR_MAX) ? 1 : ((x <= USHORT_MAX) ? 2 : 4);
+
+ if (x <= UCHAR_MAX)
+ s[0] = x & 0xFF;
+ else if (x <= USHORT_MAX) /* assume unsigned short = 16 bits */
+ {
+ s[0] = (x >> 8) & 0xFF;
+ s[1] = x & 0xFF;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s[0] = (x >> 24) & 0xFF;
+ s[1] = (x >> 16) & 0xFF;
+ s[2] = (x >> 8) & 0xFF;
+ s[3] = x & 0xFF;
+ }
+ s[l] = '\0';
+ return l;
+}
+
+int
+u32tocesc (wc, s)
+ u_bits32_t wc;
+ char *s;
+{
+ int l;
+
+ if (wc < 0x10000)
+ l = sprintf (s, "\\u%04X", wc);
+ else
+ l = sprintf (s, "\\u%08X", wc);
+ return l;
+}
+
+/* Convert unsigned 32-bit int to utf-8 character string */
+int
+u32toutf8 (wc, s)
+ u_bits32_t wc;
+ char *s;
+{
+ int l;
+
+ if (wc < 0x0080)
+ {
+ s[0] = (char)wc;
+ l = 1;
+ }
+ else if (wc < 0x0800)
+ {
+ s[0] = (wc >> 6) | 0xc0;
+ s[1] = (wc & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ l = 2;
+ }
+ else if (wc < 0x10000)
+ {
+ /* Technically, we could return 0 here if 0xd800 <= wc <= 0x0dfff */
+ s[0] = (wc >> 12) | 0xe0;
+ s[1] = ((wc >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[2] = (wc & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ l = 3;
+ }
+ else if (wc < 0x200000)
+ {
+ s[0] = (wc >> 18) | 0xf0;
+ s[1] = ((wc >> 12) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[2] = ((wc >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[3] = (wc & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ l = 4;
+ }
+ /* Strictly speaking, UTF-8 doesn't have characters longer than 4 bytes */
+ else if (wc < 0x04000000)
+ {
+ s[0] = (wc >> 24) | 0xf8;
+ s[1] = ((wc >> 18) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[2] = ((wc >> 12) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[3] = ((wc >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[4] = (wc & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ l = 5;
+ }
+ else if (wc < 0x080000000)
+ {
+ s[0] = (wc >> 30) | 0xf8;
+ s[1] = ((wc >> 24) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[2] = ((wc >> 18) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[3] = ((wc >> 12) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[4] = ((wc >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ s[5] = (wc & 0x3f) | 0x80;
+ l = 6;
+ }
+ else
+ l = 0;
+
+ s[l] = '\0';
+ return l;
+}
+
+/* Convert a 32-bit unsigned int (unicode) to a UTF-16 string. Rarely used,
+ only if sizeof(wchar_t) == 2. */
+int
+u32toutf16 (c, s)
+ u_bits32_t c;
+ unsigned short *s;
+{
+ int l;
+
+ l = 0;
+ if (c < 0x0d800 || (c >= 0x0e000 && c <= 0x0ffff))
+ {
+ s[0] = (unsigned short) (c & 0xFFFF);
+ l = 1;
+ }
+ else if (c >= 0x10000 && c <= 0x010ffff)
+ {
+ c -= 0x010000;
+ s[0] = (unsigned short)((c >> 10) + 0xd800);
+ s[1] = (unsigned short)((c & 0x3ff) + 0xdc00);
+ l = 2;
+ }
+ s[l] = 0;
+ return l;
+}
+
+/* convert a single unicode-32 character into a multibyte string and put the
+ result in S, which must be large enough (at least max(10,MB_LEN_MAX) bytes) */
+int
+u32cconv (c, s)
+ unsigned long c;
+ char *s;
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+ wchar_t ws[3];
+ int n;
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *charset;
+ char obuf[25], *optr;
+ size_t obytesleft;
+ const char *iptr;
+ size_t sn;
+#endif
+
+#if __STDC_ISO_10646__
+ wc = c;
+ if (sizeof (wchar_t) == 4 && c <= 0x7fffffff)
+ n = wctomb (s, wc);
+ else if (sizeof (wchar_t) == 2 && c <= 0x10ffff && u32toutf16 (c, ws))
+ n = wcstombs (s, ws, MB_LEN_MAX);
+ else
+ n = -1;
+ if (n != -1)
+ return n;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+ /* this is mostly from coreutils-8.5/lib/unicodeio.c */
+ if (u32init == 0)
+ {
+ utf8locale = locale_utf8locale;
+ localconv = (iconv_t)-1;
+ if (utf8locale == 0)
+ {
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+ charset = locale_charset ();
+#elif HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+ charset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+#else
+ charset = stub_charset ();
+#endif
+ localconv = iconv_open (charset, "UTF-8");
+ if (localconv == (iconv_t)-1)
+ /* We assume ASCII when presented with an unknown encoding. */
+ localconv = iconv_open ("ASCII", "UTF-8");
+ }
+ u32init = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* NL_LANGINFO and locale_charset used when setting locale_utf8locale */
+
+ /* If we have a UTF-8 locale, convert to UTF-8 and return converted value. */
+ n = u32toutf8 (c, s);
+ if (utf8locale)
+ return n;
+
+ /* If the conversion is not supported, even the ASCII requested above, we
+ bail now. Currently we return the UTF-8 conversion. We could return
+ u32tocesc(). */
+ if (localconv == (iconv_t)-1)
+ return n;
+
+ optr = obuf;
+ obytesleft = sizeof (obuf);
+ iptr = s;
+ sn = n;
+
+ iconv (localconv, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+
+ if (iconv (localconv, (ICONV_CONST char **)&iptr, &sn, &optr, &obytesleft) == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ /* You get ISO C99 escape sequences if iconv fails */
+ n = u32tocesc (c, s);
+ return n;
+ }
+
+ *optr = '\0';
+
+ /* number of chars to be copied is optr - obuf if we want to do bounds
+ checking */
+ strcpy (s, obuf);
+ return (optr - obuf);
+#endif /* HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ if (locale_utf8locale)
+ n = u32toutf8 (c, s);
+ else
+ n = u32tocesc (c, s); /* fallback is ISO C99 escape sequences */
+ return n;
+}
+#else
+void
+u32reset ()
+{
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/sh/utf8.c b/lib/sh/utf8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d27fcf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/utf8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* utf8.c - UTF-8 character handling functions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+extern int locale_mb_cur_max;
+extern int locale_utf8locale;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+char *
+utf8_mbschr (s, c)
+ const char *s;
+ int c;
+{
+ return strchr (s, c); /* for now */
+}
+
+int
+utf8_mbscmp (s1, s2)
+ const char *s1, *s2;
+{
+ /* Use the fact that the UTF-8 encoding preserves lexicographic order. */
+ return strcmp (s1, s2);
+}
+
+char *
+utf8_mbsmbchar (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ register char *s;
+
+ for (s = (char *)str; *s; s++)
+ if ((*s & 0xc0) == 0x80)
+ return s;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+utf8_mbsnlen(src, srclen, maxlen)
+ const char *src;
+ size_t srclen;
+ int maxlen;
+{
+ register int sind, count;
+
+ for (sind = count = 0; src[sind] && sind <= maxlen; sind++)
+ {
+ if ((src[sind] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
+ count++;
+ }
+ return (count);
+}
+
+/* Adapted from GNU gnulib */
+int
+utf8_mblen (s, n)
+ const char *s;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ unsigned char c, c1;
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ return (0); /* no shift states */
+ if (n <= 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ c = (unsigned char)*s;
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ return (c != 0);
+ if (c >= 0xc2)
+ {
+ c1 = (unsigned char)s[1];
+ if (c < 0xe0)
+ {
+ if (n >= 2 && (s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+ return 2;
+ }
+ else if (c < 0xf0)
+ {
+ if (n >= 3
+ && (s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40 && (s[2] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+ && (c >= 0xe1 || c1 >= 0xa0)
+ && (c != 0xed || c1 < 0xa0))
+ return 3;
+ }
+ else if (c < 0xf8)
+ {
+ if (n >= 4
+ && (s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40 && (s[2] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+ && (s[3] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+ && (c >= 0xf1 || c1 >= 0x90)
+ && (c < 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && c1 < 0x90)))
+ return 4;
+ }
+ }
+ /* invalid or incomplete multibyte character */
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* We can optimize this if we know the locale is UTF-8, but needs to handle
+ malformed byte sequences. */
+size_t
+utf8_mbstrlen(s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+ size_t clen, nc;
+ int mb_cur_max;
+
+ nc = 0;
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ while (*s && (clen = (size_t)utf8_mblen(s, mb_cur_max)) != 0)
+ {
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH(clen))
+ clen = 1; /* assume single byte */
+
+ s += clen;
+ nc++;
+ }
+ return nc;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/vprint.c b/lib/sh/vprint.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..567fba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/vprint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* vprint.c -- v[fs]printf() for 4.[23] BSD systems. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (USE_VFPRINTF_EMULATION)
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# if defined (__STDC__)
+# define NULL ((void *)0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0x0
+# endif /* __STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/*
+ * Beware! Don't trust the value returned by either of these functions; it
+ * seems that pre-4.3-tahoe implementations of _doprnt () return the first
+ * argument, i.e. a char *.
+ */
+#include <varargs.h>
+
+int
+vfprintf (iop, fmt, ap)
+ FILE *iop;
+ char *fmt;
+ va_list ap;
+{
+ int len;
+ char localbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+ if (iop->_flag & _IONBF)
+ {
+ iop->_flag &= ~_IONBF;
+ iop->_ptr = iop->_base = localbuf;
+ len = _doprnt (fmt, ap, iop);
+ (void) fflush (iop);
+ iop->_flag |= _IONBF;
+ iop->_base = NULL;
+ iop->_bufsiz = 0;
+ iop->_cnt = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ len = _doprnt (fmt, ap, iop);
+ return (ferror (iop) ? EOF : len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ditto for vsprintf
+ */
+int
+vsprintf (str, fmt, ap)
+ char *str, *fmt;
+ va_list ap;
+{
+ FILE f;
+ int len;
+
+ f._flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG;
+ f._ptr = str;
+ f._cnt = 32767;
+ len = _doprnt (fmt, ap, &f);
+ *f._ptr = 0;
+ return (len);
+}
+#endif /* USE_VFPRINTF_EMULATION */
diff --git a/lib/sh/wcsdup.c b/lib/sh/wcsdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62a3c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/wcsdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* wcsdup.c - duplicate wide character string */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+wchar_t *
+wcsdup (ws)
+ const wchar_t *ws;
+{
+ wchar_t *ret;
+ size_t len;
+
+ len = wcslen (ws);
+ ret = xmalloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ if (ret == 0)
+ return ret;
+
+ return (wcscpy (ret, ws));
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_WCSDUP && HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/sh/wcsnwidth.c b/lib/sh/wcsnwidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7e7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/wcsnwidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* wcsnwidth.c - compute display width of wide character string, up to max
+ specified width, return length. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+/* Return the number of wide characters that will be displayed from wide string
+ PWCS. If the display width exceeds MAX, return the number of wide chars
+ from PWCS required to display MAX characters on the screen. */
+int
+wcsnwidth(pwcs, n, max)
+ const wchar_t *pwcs;
+ size_t n, max;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *ws;
+ int len, l;
+
+ len = 0;
+ ws = (wchar_t *)pwcs;
+ while (n-- > 0 && (wc = *ws++) != L'\0')
+ {
+ l = wcwidth (wc);
+ if (l < 0)
+ return (-1);
+ else if (l == max - len)
+ return (ws - pwcs);
+ else if (l > max - len)
+ return (--ws - pwcs);
+ len += l;
+ }
+ return (ws - pwcs);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/wcswidth.c b/lib/sh/wcswidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a30d9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/wcswidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* wcswidth.c - compute display width of wide character string */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (HAVE_WCSWIDTH)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+int
+wcswidth(pwcs, n)
+ const wchar_t *pwcs;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+ int len, l;
+
+ len = 0;
+ while (n-- > 0 && (wc = *pwcs++) != L'\0')
+ {
+ if ((l = wcwidth(wc)) < 0)
+ return (-1);
+ len += l;
+ }
+ return (len);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/winsize.c b/lib/sh/winsize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab83433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/winsize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* winsize.c - handle window size changes and information. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+/* Try to find the definitions of `struct winsize' and TIOGCWINSZ */
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL) && !defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL && !TIOCGWINSZ */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS) && !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <termios.h>
+#endif /* STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS && !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Not in either of the standard places, look around. */
+#if !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS) && !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H)
+# include <sys/stream.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H */
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H) /* SVR4.2, at least, has it here */
+# include <sys/ptem.h>
+# define _IO_PTEM_H /* work around SVR4.2 1.1.4 bug */
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTE_H) /* ??? */
+# include <sys/pte.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTE_H */
+#endif /* !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS && !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Return the fd from which we are actually getting input. */
+#define input_tty() (shell_tty != -1) ? shell_tty : fileno (stderr)
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+extern int shell_tty;
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+extern void rl_set_screen_size __P((int, int));
+#endif
+extern void sh_set_lines_and_columns __P((int, int));
+
+void
+get_new_window_size (from_sig, rp, cp)
+ int from_sig;
+ int *rp, *cp;
+{
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+ struct winsize win;
+ int tty;
+
+ tty = input_tty ();
+ if (tty >= 0 && (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &win) == 0) &&
+ win.ws_row > 0 && win.ws_col > 0)
+ {
+ sh_set_lines_and_columns (win.ws_row, win.ws_col);
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ rl_set_screen_size (win.ws_row, win.ws_col);
+ if (rp)
+ *rp = win.ws_row;
+ if (cp)
+ *cp = win.ws_col;
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zcatfd.c b/lib/sh/zcatfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdbcd91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zcatfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* zcatfd - copy contents of file descriptor to another */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+extern ssize_t zread __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern int zwrite __P((int, char *, ssize_t));
+
+/* Dump contents of file descriptor FD to OFD. FN is the filename for
+ error messages (not used right now). */
+int
+zcatfd (fd, ofd, fn)
+ int fd, ofd;
+ char *fn;
+{
+ ssize_t nr;
+ int rval;
+ char lbuf[128];
+
+ rval = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nr = zread (fd, lbuf, sizeof (lbuf));
+ if (nr == 0)
+ break;
+ else if (nr < 0)
+ {
+ rval = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (zwrite (ofd, lbuf, nr) < 0)
+ {
+ rval = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zgetline.c b/lib/sh/zgetline.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a686ba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zgetline.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* zgetline - read a line of input from a specified file descriptor and return
+ a pointer to a newly-allocated buffer containing the data. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+extern ssize_t zread __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadc __P((int, char *));
+extern ssize_t zreadintr __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadcintr __P((int, char *));
+
+typedef ssize_t breadfunc_t __P((int, char *, size_t));
+typedef ssize_t creadfunc_t __P((int, char *));
+
+/* Initial memory allocation for automatic growing buffer in zreadlinec */
+#define GET_LINE_INITIAL_ALLOCATION 16
+
+/* Derived from GNU libc's getline.
+ The behavior is almost the same as getline. See man getline.
+ The differences are
+ (1) using file descriptor instead of FILE *;
+ (2) the order of arguments: the file descriptor comes first;
+ (3) the addition of a fourth argument, DELIM; sets the delimiter to
+ be something other than newline if desired. If setting DELIM,
+ the next argument should be 1; and
+ (4) the addition of a fifth argument, UNBUFFERED_READ; this argument
+ controls whether get_line uses buffering or not to get a byte data
+ from FD. get_line uses zreadc if UNBUFFERED_READ is zero; and
+ uses zread if UNBUFFERED_READ is non-zero.
+
+ Returns number of bytes read or -1 on error. */
+
+ssize_t
+zgetline (fd, lineptr, n, delim, unbuffered_read)
+ int fd;
+ char **lineptr;
+ size_t *n;
+ int delim;
+ int unbuffered_read;
+{
+ int nr, retval;
+ char *line, c;
+
+ if (lineptr == 0 || n == 0 || (*lineptr == 0 && *n != 0))
+ return -1;
+
+ nr = 0;
+ line = *lineptr;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ retval = unbuffered_read ? zread (fd, &c, 1) : zreadc(fd, &c);
+
+ if (retval <= 0)
+ {
+ if (line && nr > 0)
+ line[nr] = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (nr + 2 >= *n)
+ {
+ size_t new_size;
+
+ new_size = (*n == 0) ? GET_LINE_INITIAL_ALLOCATION : *n * 2;
+ line = (*n >= new_size) ? NULL : xrealloc (*lineptr, new_size);
+
+ if (line)
+ {
+ *lineptr = line;
+ *n = new_size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*n > 0)
+ {
+ (*lineptr)[*n - 1] = '\0';
+ nr = *n - 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ line[nr] = c;
+ nr++;
+
+ if (c == delim)
+ {
+ line[nr] = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return nr - 1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zmapfd.c b/lib/sh/zmapfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e720892
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zmapfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* zmapfd - read contents of file descriptor into a newly-allocated buffer */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "command.h"
+#include "general.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+extern ssize_t zread __P((int, char *, size_t));
+
+/* Dump contents of file descriptor FD to *OSTR. FN is the filename for
+ error messages (not used right now). */
+int
+zmapfd (fd, ostr, fn)
+ int fd;
+ char **ostr;
+ char *fn;
+{
+ ssize_t nr;
+ int rval;
+ char lbuf[128];
+ char *result;
+ int rsize, rind;
+
+ rval = 0;
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
+ rind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nr = zread (fd, lbuf, sizeof (lbuf));
+ if (nr == 0)
+ {
+ rval = rind;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (nr < 0)
+ {
+ free (result);
+ if (ostr)
+ *ostr = (char *)NULL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, rind, nr, rsize, 128);
+ memcpy (result+rind, lbuf, nr);
+ rind += nr;
+ }
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, rind, 1, rsize, 128);
+ result[rind] = '\0';
+
+ if (ostr)
+ *ostr = result;
+ else
+ free (result);
+
+ return rval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zread.c b/lib/sh/zread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7eced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* zread - read data from file descriptor into buffer with retries */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+# define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+
+extern int executing_builtin;
+
+extern void check_signals_and_traps (void);
+extern void check_signals (void);
+extern int signal_is_trapped (int);
+
+/* Read LEN bytes from FD into BUF. Retry the read on EINTR. Any other
+ error causes the loop to break. */
+ssize_t
+zread (fd, buf, len)
+ int fd;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ ssize_t r;
+
+ check_signals (); /* check for signals before a blocking read */
+ while ((r = read (fd, buf, len)) < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+ /* XXX - bash-5.0 */
+ /* We check executing_builtin and run traps here for backwards compatibility */
+ if (executing_builtin)
+ check_signals_and_traps (); /* XXX - should it be check_signals()? */
+ else
+ check_signals ();
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Read LEN bytes from FD into BUF. Retry the read on EINTR, up to three
+ interrupts. Any other error causes the loop to break. */
+
+#ifdef NUM_INTR
+# undef NUM_INTR
+#endif
+#define NUM_INTR 3
+
+ssize_t
+zreadretry (fd, buf, len)
+ int fd;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ ssize_t r;
+ int nintr;
+
+ for (nintr = 0; ; )
+ {
+ r = read (fd, buf, len);
+ if (r >= 0)
+ return r;
+ if (r == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+ {
+ if (++nintr >= NUM_INTR)
+ return -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ return r;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Call read(2) and allow it to be interrupted. Just a stub for now. */
+ssize_t
+zreadintr (fd, buf, len)
+ int fd;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ check_signals ();
+ return (read (fd, buf, len));
+}
+
+/* Read one character from FD and return it in CP. Return values are as
+ in read(2). This does some local buffering to avoid many one-character
+ calls to read(2), like those the `read' builtin performs. */
+
+static char lbuf[128];
+static size_t lind, lused;
+
+ssize_t
+zreadc (fd, cp)
+ int fd;
+ char *cp;
+{
+ ssize_t nr;
+
+ if (lind == lused || lused == 0)
+ {
+ nr = zread (fd, lbuf, sizeof (lbuf));
+ lind = 0;
+ if (nr <= 0)
+ {
+ lused = 0;
+ return nr;
+ }
+ lused = nr;
+ }
+ if (cp)
+ *cp = lbuf[lind++];
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Don't mix calls to zreadc and zreadcintr in the same function, since they
+ use the same local buffer. */
+ssize_t
+zreadcintr (fd, cp)
+ int fd;
+ char *cp;
+{
+ ssize_t nr;
+
+ if (lind == lused || lused == 0)
+ {
+ nr = zreadintr (fd, lbuf, sizeof (lbuf));
+ lind = 0;
+ if (nr <= 0)
+ {
+ lused = 0;
+ return nr;
+ }
+ lused = nr;
+ }
+ if (cp)
+ *cp = lbuf[lind++];
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Like zreadc, but read a specified number of characters at a time. Used
+ for `read -N'. */
+ssize_t
+zreadn (fd, cp, len)
+ int fd;
+ char *cp;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ ssize_t nr;
+
+ if (lind == lused || lused == 0)
+ {
+ if (len > sizeof (lbuf))
+ len = sizeof (lbuf);
+ nr = zread (fd, lbuf, len);
+ lind = 0;
+ if (nr <= 0)
+ {
+ lused = 0;
+ return nr;
+ }
+ lused = nr;
+ }
+ if (cp)
+ *cp = lbuf[lind++];
+ return 1;
+}
+
+void
+zreset ()
+{
+ lind = lused = 0;
+}
+
+/* Sync the seek pointer for FD so that the kernel's idea of the last char
+ read is the last char returned by zreadc. */
+void
+zsyncfd (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ off_t off, r;
+
+ off = lused - lind;
+ r = 0;
+ if (off > 0)
+ r = lseek (fd, -off, SEEK_CUR);
+
+ if (r != -1)
+ lused = lind = 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zwrite.c b/lib/sh/zwrite.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3240f4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zwrite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* zwrite - write contents of buffer to file descriptor, retrying on error */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Write NB bytes from BUF to file descriptor FD, retrying the write if
+ it is interrupted. We retry three times if we get a zero-length
+ write. Any other signal causes this function to return prematurely. */
+int
+zwrite (fd, buf, nb)
+ int fd;
+ char *buf;
+ size_t nb;
+{
+ int n, i, nt;
+
+ for (n = nb, nt = 0;;)
+ {
+ i = write (fd, buf, n);
+ if (i > 0)
+ {
+ n -= i;
+ if (n <= 0)
+ return nb;
+ buf += i;
+ }
+ else if (i == 0)
+ {
+ if (++nt > 3)
+ return (nb - n);
+ }
+ else if (errno != EINTR)
+ return -1;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/termcap/Makefile.in b/lib/termcap/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66dd7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+## -*- text -*- ####################################################
+# #
+# Makefile for termcap replacement libbrary. #
+# #
+####################################################################
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+libdir = @libdir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib -I$(srcdir)
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) ${INCLUDES}
+
+# Here is a rule for making .o files from .c files that doesn't force
+# the type of the machine (like -sun3) into the flags.
+.c.o:
+ $(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+SOURCES = termcap.c tparam.c
+OBJECTS = termcap.o tparam.o
+
+DOCUMENTATION = termcap.texinfo
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(DOCUMENTATION)
+
+##########################################################################
+
+all: libtermcap.a
+
+libtermcap.a: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RM) -f $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+install:
+
+clean:
+ $(RM) *.o *.a *.log *.cp *.tp *.vr *.fn *.aux *.pg *.toc
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+ $(RM) Makefile
+
+$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libtermcap.a: libtermcap.a
+ ${INSTALL_DATA} -c -m 644 libtermcap.a $@
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) -t $@
+
+termcap.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+tparam.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+version.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
diff --git a/lib/termcap/ltcap.h b/lib/termcap/ltcap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a97f0d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/ltcap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* ltcap.h - Local declarations for termcap library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _LTCAP_H_
+#define _LTCAP_H_ 1
+
+#if !defined (__APPLE__)
+# define __private_extern__
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX_TGETENT_BUFSIZ
+# define MAX_TGETENT_BUFSIZ 2048
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LTCAP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/termcap.c b/lib/termcap/termcap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba3dab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/termcap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,817 @@
+/* termcap.c - Work-alike for termcap, plus extra features. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1993,1994, 1995, 1998, 2001,2003,2005,2006,2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Emacs config.h may rename various library functions such as malloc. */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the O_* definitions for open et al. */
+#if !defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern char *malloc ();
+extern char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && (defined (HAVE_STRING_H) || defined (STDC_HEADERS))
+# define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
+#endif
+
+#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Do this after the include, in case string.h prototypes bcopy. */
+#if (defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)) && !defined(bcopy)
+#define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL (char *) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RDONLY
+#define O_RDONLY 0
+#endif
+
+/* BUFSIZE is the initial size allocated for the buffer
+ for reading the termcap file.
+ It is not a limit.
+ Make it large normally for speed.
+ Make it variable when debugging, so can exercise
+ increasing the space dynamically. */
+
+#ifndef BUFSIZE
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define BUFSIZE bufsize
+
+int bufsize = 128;
+#else
+#define BUFSIZE 2048
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ltcap.h"
+
+#ifndef TERMCAP_FILE
+#define TERMCAP_FILE "/etc/termcap"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emacs
+static void
+memory_out ()
+{
+ write (2, "virtual memory exhausted\n", 25);
+ exit (1);
+}
+
+static char *
+xmalloc (size)
+ unsigned size;
+{
+ register char *tem = malloc (size);
+
+ if (!tem)
+ memory_out ();
+ return tem;
+}
+
+static char *
+xrealloc (ptr, size)
+ char *ptr;
+ unsigned size;
+{
+ register char *tem = realloc (ptr, size);
+
+ if (!tem)
+ memory_out ();
+ return tem;
+}
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+/* Looking up capabilities in the entry already found. */
+
+/* The pointer to the data made by tgetent is left here
+ for tgetnum, tgetflag and tgetstr to find. */
+static char *term_entry;
+
+static char *tgetst1 ();
+
+/* Search entry BP for capability CAP.
+ Return a pointer to the capability (in BP) if found,
+ 0 if not found. */
+
+static char *
+find_capability (bp, cap)
+ register char *bp, *cap;
+{
+ for (; *bp; bp++)
+ if (bp[0] == ':'
+ && bp[1] == cap[0]
+ && bp[2] == cap[1])
+ return &bp[4];
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tgetnum (cap)
+ char *cap;
+{
+ register char *ptr = find_capability (term_entry, cap);
+ if (!ptr || ptr[-1] != '#')
+ return -1;
+ return atoi (ptr);
+}
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tgetflag (cap)
+ char *cap;
+{
+ register char *ptr = find_capability (term_entry, cap);
+ return ptr && ptr[-1] == ':';
+}
+
+/* Look up a string-valued capability CAP.
+ If AREA is non-null, it points to a pointer to a block in which
+ to store the string. That pointer is advanced over the space used.
+ If AREA is null, space is allocated with `malloc'. */
+
+__private_extern__
+char *
+tgetstr (cap, area)
+ char *cap;
+ char **area;
+{
+ register char *ptr = find_capability (term_entry, cap);
+ if (!ptr || (ptr[-1] != '=' && ptr[-1] != '~'))
+ return NULL;
+ return tgetst1 (ptr, area);
+}
+
+/* Table, indexed by a character in range 0100 to 0140 with 0100 subtracted,
+ gives meaning of character following \, or a space if no special meaning.
+ Eight characters per line within the string. */
+
+static char esctab[]
+ = " \007\010 \033\014 \
+ \012 \
+ \015 \011 \013 \
+ ";
+
+/* PTR points to a string value inside a termcap entry.
+ Copy that value, processing \ and ^ abbreviations,
+ into the block that *AREA points to,
+ or to newly allocated storage if AREA is NULL.
+ Return the address to which we copied the value,
+ or NULL if PTR is NULL. */
+
+static char *
+tgetst1 (ptr, area)
+ char *ptr;
+ char **area;
+{
+ register char *p, *r;
+ register int c;
+ register int size;
+ char *ret;
+ register int c1;
+
+ if (!ptr)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* `ret' gets address of where to store the string. */
+ if (!area)
+ {
+ /* Compute size of block needed (may overestimate). */
+ p = ptr;
+ while ((c = *p++) && c != ':' && c != '\n')
+ ;
+ ret = (char *) xmalloc (p - ptr + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = *area;
+
+ /* Copy the string value, stopping at null or colon.
+ Also process ^ and \ abbreviations. */
+ p = ptr;
+ r = ret;
+ while ((c = *p++) && c != ':' && c != '\n')
+ {
+ if (c == '^')
+ {
+ c = *p++;
+ if (c == '?')
+ c = 0177;
+ else
+ c &= 037;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ c = *p++;
+ if (c >= '0' && c <= '7')
+ {
+ c -= '0';
+ size = 0;
+
+ while (++size < 3 && (c1 = *p) >= '0' && c1 <= '7')
+ {
+ c *= 8;
+ c += c1 - '0';
+ p++;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (c >= 0100 && c < 0200)
+ {
+ c1 = esctab[(c & ~040) - 0100];
+ if (c1 != ' ')
+ c = c1;
+ }
+ }
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ /* Update *AREA. */
+ if (area)
+ *area = r + 1;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Outputting a string with padding. */
+
+short ospeed;
+/* If OSPEED is 0, we use this as the actual baud rate. */
+int tputs_baud_rate;
+__private_extern__ char PC = '\0';
+
+/* Actual baud rate if positive;
+ - baud rate / 100 if negative. */
+
+static int speeds[] =
+ {
+#ifdef VMS
+ 0, 50, 75, 110, 134, 150, -3, -6, -12, -18,
+ -20, -24, -36, -48, -72, -96, -192
+#else /* not VMS */
+ 0, 50, 75, 110, 135, 150, -2, -3, -6, -12,
+ -18, -24, -48, -96, -192, -288, -384, -576, -1152
+#endif /* not VMS */
+ };
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tputs (str, nlines, outfun)
+ register char *str;
+ int nlines;
+ register int (*outfun) ();
+{
+ register int padcount = 0;
+ register int speed;
+
+#ifdef emacs
+ extern baud_rate;
+ speed = baud_rate;
+ /* For quite high speeds, convert to the smaller
+ units to avoid overflow. */
+ if (speed > 10000)
+ speed = - speed / 100;
+#else
+ if (ospeed == 0)
+ speed = tputs_baud_rate;
+ else if (ospeed > 0 && ospeed < (sizeof speeds / sizeof speeds[0]))
+ speed = speeds[ospeed];
+ else
+ speed = 0;
+#endif
+
+ if (!str)
+ return -1;
+
+ while (*str >= '0' && *str <= '9')
+ {
+ padcount += *str++ - '0';
+ padcount *= 10;
+ }
+ if (*str == '.')
+ {
+ str++;
+ padcount += *str++ - '0';
+ }
+ if (*str == '*')
+ {
+ str++;
+ padcount *= nlines;
+ }
+ while (*str)
+ (*outfun) (*str++);
+
+ /* PADCOUNT is now in units of tenths of msec.
+ SPEED is measured in characters per 10 seconds
+ or in characters per .1 seconds (if negative).
+ We use the smaller units for larger speeds to avoid overflow. */
+ padcount *= speed;
+ padcount += 500;
+ padcount /= 1000;
+ if (speed < 0)
+ padcount = -padcount;
+ else
+ {
+ padcount += 50;
+ padcount /= 100;
+ }
+
+ while (padcount-- > 0)
+ (*outfun) (PC);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Finding the termcap entry in the termcap data base. */
+
+struct buffer
+ {
+ char *beg;
+ int size;
+ char *ptr;
+ int ateof;
+ int full;
+ };
+
+/* Forward declarations of static functions. */
+
+static int scan_file ();
+static char *gobble_line ();
+static int compare_contin ();
+static int name_match ();
+
+#ifdef VMS
+
+#include <rmsdef.h>
+#include <fab.h>
+#include <nam.h>
+
+static int
+valid_filename_p (fn)
+ char *fn;
+{
+ struct FAB fab = cc$rms_fab;
+ struct NAM nam = cc$rms_nam;
+ char esa[NAM$C_MAXRSS];
+
+ fab.fab$l_fna = fn;
+ fab.fab$b_fns = strlen(fn);
+ fab.fab$l_nam = &nam;
+ fab.fab$l_fop = FAB$M_NAM;
+
+ nam.nam$l_esa = esa;
+ nam.nam$b_ess = sizeof esa;
+
+ return SYS$PARSE(&fab, 0, 0) == RMS$_NORMAL;
+}
+
+#else /* !VMS */
+
+#ifdef MSDOS /* MW, May 1993 */
+static int
+valid_filename_p (fn)
+ char *fn;
+{
+ return *fn == '\\' || *fn == '/' ||
+ (*fn >= 'A' && *fn <= 'z' && fn[1] == ':');
+}
+#else
+#define valid_filename_p(fn) (*(fn) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !VMS */
+
+/* Find the termcap entry data for terminal type NAME
+ and store it in the block that BP points to.
+ Record its address for future use.
+
+ If BP is null, space is dynamically allocated.
+
+ Return -1 if there is some difficulty accessing the data base
+ of terminal types,
+ 0 if the data base is accessible but the type NAME is not defined
+ in it, and some other value otherwise. */
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tgetent (bp, name)
+ char *bp, *name;
+{
+ register char *termcap_name;
+ register int fd;
+ struct buffer buf;
+ register char *bp1;
+ char *bp2;
+ char *term;
+ int malloc_size = 0;
+ register int c;
+ char *tcenv; /* TERMCAP value, if it contains :tc=. */
+ char *indirect = NULL; /* Terminal type in :tc= in TERMCAP value. */
+ int filep;
+
+#ifdef INTERNAL_TERMINAL
+ /* For the internal terminal we don't want to read any termcap file,
+ so fake it. */
+ if (!strcmp (name, "internal"))
+ {
+ term = INTERNAL_TERMINAL;
+ if (!bp)
+ {
+ malloc_size = 1 + strlen (term);
+ bp = (char *) xmalloc (malloc_size);
+ }
+ strcpy (bp, term);
+ goto ret;
+ }
+#endif /* INTERNAL_TERMINAL */
+
+ /* For compatibility with programs like `less' that want to
+ put data in the termcap buffer themselves as a fallback. */
+ if (bp)
+ term_entry = bp;
+
+ termcap_name = getenv ("TERMCAP");
+ if (termcap_name && *termcap_name == '\0')
+ termcap_name = NULL;
+#if 0
+#if defined (MSDOS) && !defined (TEST)
+ if (termcap_name && (*termcap_name == '\\'
+ || *termcap_name == '/'
+ || termcap_name[1] == ':'))
+ dostounix_filename(termcap_name);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ filep = termcap_name && valid_filename_p (termcap_name);
+
+ /* If termcap_name is non-null and starts with / (in the un*x case, that is),
+ it is a file name to use instead of /etc/termcap.
+ If it is non-null and does not start with /,
+ it is the entry itself, but only if
+ the name the caller requested matches the TERM variable. */
+
+ if (termcap_name && !filep && !strcmp (name, getenv ("TERM")))
+ {
+ indirect = tgetst1 (find_capability (termcap_name, "tc"), (char **) 0);
+ if (!indirect)
+ {
+ if (!bp)
+ bp = termcap_name;
+ else
+ strcpy (bp, termcap_name);
+ goto ret;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* It has tc=. Need to read /etc/termcap. */
+ tcenv = termcap_name;
+ termcap_name = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!termcap_name || !filep)
+ termcap_name = TERMCAP_FILE;
+
+ /* Here we know we must search a file and termcap_name has its name. */
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+ fd = open (termcap_name, O_RDONLY|O_TEXT, 0);
+#else
+ fd = open (termcap_name, O_RDONLY, 0);
+#endif
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ buf.size = BUFSIZE;
+ /* Add 1 to size to ensure room for terminating null. */
+ buf.beg = (char *) xmalloc (buf.size + 1);
+ term = indirect ? indirect : name;
+
+ if (!bp)
+ {
+ malloc_size = indirect ? strlen (tcenv) + 1 : buf.size;
+ bp = (char *) xmalloc (malloc_size);
+ }
+ bp1 = bp;
+
+ if (indirect)
+ /* Copy the data from the environment variable. */
+ {
+ strcpy (bp, tcenv);
+ bp1 += strlen (tcenv);
+ }
+
+ while (term)
+ {
+ /* Scan the file, reading it via buf, till find start of main entry. */
+ if (scan_file (term, fd, &buf) == 0)
+ {
+ close (fd);
+ free (buf.beg);
+ if (malloc_size)
+ free (bp);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Free old `term' if appropriate. */
+ if (term != name)
+ free (term);
+
+ /* If BP is malloc'd by us, make sure it is big enough. */
+ if (malloc_size)
+ {
+ malloc_size = bp1 - bp + buf.size;
+ termcap_name = (char *) xrealloc (bp, malloc_size);
+ bp1 += termcap_name - bp;
+ bp = termcap_name;
+ }
+
+ bp2 = bp1;
+
+ /* Copy the line of the entry from buf into bp. */
+ termcap_name = buf.ptr;
+ while ((*bp1++ = c = *termcap_name++) && c != '\n')
+ /* Drop out any \ newline sequence. */
+ if (c == '\\' && *termcap_name == '\n')
+ {
+ bp1--;
+ termcap_name++;
+ }
+ *bp1 = '\0';
+
+ /* Does this entry refer to another terminal type's entry?
+ If something is found, copy it into heap and null-terminate it. */
+ term = tgetst1 (find_capability (bp2, "tc"), (char **) 0);
+ }
+
+ close (fd);
+ free (buf.beg);
+
+ if (malloc_size)
+ bp = (char *) xrealloc (bp, bp1 - bp + 1);
+
+ ret:
+ term_entry = bp;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Given file open on FD and buffer BUFP,
+ scan the file from the beginning until a line is found
+ that starts the entry for terminal type STR.
+ Return 1 if successful, with that line in BUFP,
+ or 0 if no entry is found in the file. */
+
+static int
+scan_file (str, fd, bufp)
+ char *str;
+ int fd;
+ register struct buffer *bufp;
+{
+ register char *end;
+
+ bufp->ptr = bufp->beg;
+ bufp->full = 0;
+ bufp->ateof = 0;
+ *bufp->ptr = '\0';
+
+ lseek (fd, 0L, 0);
+
+ while (!bufp->ateof)
+ {
+ /* Read a line into the buffer. */
+ end = NULL;
+ do
+ {
+ /* if it is continued, append another line to it,
+ until a non-continued line ends. */
+ end = gobble_line (fd, bufp, end);
+ }
+ while (!bufp->ateof && end[-2] == '\\');
+
+ if (*bufp->ptr != '#'
+ && name_match (bufp->ptr, str))
+ return 1;
+
+ /* Discard the line just processed. */
+ bufp->ptr = end;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if NAME is one of the names specified
+ by termcap entry LINE. */
+
+static int
+name_match (line, name)
+ char *line, *name;
+{
+ register char *tem;
+
+ if (!compare_contin (line, name))
+ return 1;
+ /* This line starts an entry. Is it the right one? */
+ for (tem = line; *tem && *tem != '\n' && *tem != ':'; tem++)
+ if (*tem == '|' && !compare_contin (tem + 1, name))
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+compare_contin (str1, str2)
+ register char *str1, *str2;
+{
+ register int c1, c2;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c1 = *str1++;
+ c2 = *str2++;
+ while (c1 == '\\' && *str1 == '\n')
+ {
+ str1++;
+ while ((c1 = *str1++) == ' ' || c1 == '\t');
+ }
+ if (c2 == '\0')
+ {
+ /* End of type being looked up. */
+ if (c1 == '|' || c1 == ':')
+ /* If end of name in data base, we win. */
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (c1 != c2)
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Make sure that the buffer <- BUFP contains a full line
+ of the file open on FD, starting at the place BUFP->ptr
+ points to. Can read more of the file, discard stuff before
+ BUFP->ptr, or make the buffer bigger.
+
+ Return the pointer to after the newline ending the line,
+ or to the end of the file, if there is no newline to end it.
+
+ Can also merge on continuation lines. If APPEND_END is
+ non-null, it points past the newline of a line that is
+ continued; we add another line onto it and regard the whole
+ thing as one line. The caller decides when a line is continued. */
+
+static char *
+gobble_line (fd, bufp, append_end)
+ int fd;
+ register struct buffer *bufp;
+ char *append_end;
+{
+ register char *end;
+ register int nread;
+ register char *buf = bufp->beg;
+ register char *tem;
+
+ if (!append_end)
+ append_end = bufp->ptr;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ end = append_end;
+ while (*end && *end != '\n') end++;
+ if (*end)
+ break;
+ if (bufp->ateof)
+ return buf + bufp->full;
+ if (bufp->ptr == buf)
+ {
+ if (bufp->full == bufp->size)
+ {
+ bufp->size *= 2;
+ /* Add 1 to size to ensure room for terminating null. */
+ tem = (char *) xrealloc (buf, bufp->size + 1);
+ bufp->ptr = (bufp->ptr - buf) + tem;
+ append_end = (append_end - buf) + tem;
+ bufp->beg = buf = tem;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ append_end -= bufp->ptr - buf;
+ bcopy (bufp->ptr, buf, bufp->full -= bufp->ptr - buf);
+ bufp->ptr = buf;
+ }
+ if (!(nread = read (fd, buf + bufp->full, bufp->size - bufp->full)))
+ bufp->ateof = 1;
+ bufp->full += nread;
+ buf[bufp->full] = '\0';
+ }
+ return end + 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#ifdef NULL
+#undef NULL
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *term;
+ char *buf;
+
+ term = argv[1];
+ printf ("TERM: %s\n", term);
+
+ buf = (char *) tgetent (0, term);
+ if ((int) buf <= 0)
+ {
+ printf ("No entry.\n");
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ printf ("Entry: %s\n", buf);
+
+ tprint ("cm");
+ tprint ("AL");
+
+ printf ("co: %d\n", tgetnum ("co"));
+ printf ("am: %d\n", tgetflag ("am"));
+}
+
+tprint (cap)
+ char *cap;
+{
+ char *x = tgetstr (cap, 0);
+ register char *y;
+
+ printf ("%s: ", cap);
+ if (x)
+ {
+ for (y = x; *y; y++)
+ if (*y <= ' ' || *y == 0177)
+ printf ("\\%0o", *y);
+ else
+ putchar (*y);
+ free (x);
+ }
+ else
+ printf ("none");
+ putchar ('\n');
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/termcap.h b/lib/termcap/termcap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0e3061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/termcap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* termcap.h - public declarations for termcap library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 2001, 2005, 2006, 2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TERMCAP_H
+#define _TERMCAP_H 1
+
+#if __STDC__
+
+extern int tgetent (char *buffer, const char *termtype);
+
+extern int tgetnum (const char *name);
+extern int tgetflag (const char *name);
+extern char *tgetstr (const char *name, char **area);
+
+extern char PC;
+extern short ospeed;
+extern int tputs (const char *string, int nlines, int (*outfun) (int));
+
+extern char *tparam (const char *ctlstring, char *buffer, int size, ...);
+
+extern char *UP;
+extern char *BC;
+
+extern char *tgoto (const char *cstring, int hpos, int vpos);
+
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+
+extern int tgetent ();
+
+extern int tgetnum ();
+extern int tgetflag ();
+extern char *tgetstr ();
+
+extern char PC;
+extern short ospeed;
+
+extern void tputs ();
+
+extern char *tparam ();
+
+extern char *UP;
+extern char *BC;
+
+extern char *tgoto ();
+
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* not _TERMCAP_H */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/tparam.c b/lib/termcap/tparam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4bff08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/tparam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+/* tparam.c - merge parameters into a termcap entry string. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1993,1994, 1995, 1998, 2001,2003,2005,2006,2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Emacs config.h may rename various library functions such as malloc. */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern char *malloc ();
+extern char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && (defined (HAVE_STRING_H) || defined (STDC_HEADERS))
+# define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
+#endif
+
+#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+#define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#include "ltcap.h"
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL (char *) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emacs
+static void
+memory_out ()
+{
+ write (2, "virtual memory exhausted\n", 25);
+ exit (1);
+}
+
+static char *
+xmalloc (size)
+ unsigned size;
+{
+ register char *tem = malloc (size);
+
+ if (!tem)
+ memory_out ();
+ return tem;
+}
+
+static char *
+xrealloc (ptr, size)
+ char *ptr;
+ unsigned size;
+{
+ register char *tem = realloc (ptr, size);
+
+ if (!tem)
+ memory_out ();
+ return tem;
+}
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+/* Assuming STRING is the value of a termcap string entry
+ containing `%' constructs to expand parameters,
+ merge in parameter values and store result in block OUTSTRING points to.
+ LEN is the length of OUTSTRING. If more space is needed,
+ a block is allocated with `malloc'.
+
+ The value returned is the address of the resulting string.
+ This may be OUTSTRING or may be the address of a block got with `malloc'.
+ In the latter case, the caller must free the block.
+
+ The fourth and following args to tparam serve as the parameter values. */
+
+static char *tparam1 ();
+
+/* VARARGS 2 */
+char *
+tparam (string, outstring, len, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3)
+ char *string;
+ char *outstring;
+ int len;
+ int arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3;
+{
+ int arg[4];
+
+ arg[0] = arg0;
+ arg[1] = arg1;
+ arg[2] = arg2;
+ arg[3] = arg3;
+ return tparam1 (string, outstring, len, NULL, NULL, arg);
+}
+
+__private_extern__ char *BC;
+__private_extern__ char *UP;
+
+static char tgoto_buf[50];
+
+__private_extern__
+char *
+tgoto (cm, hpos, vpos)
+ char *cm;
+ int hpos, vpos;
+{
+ int args[2];
+ if (!cm)
+ return NULL;
+ args[0] = vpos;
+ args[1] = hpos;
+ return tparam1 (cm, tgoto_buf, 50, UP, BC, args);
+}
+
+static char *
+tparam1 (string, outstring, len, up, left, argp)
+ char *string;
+ char *outstring;
+ int len;
+ char *up, *left;
+ register int *argp;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *p = string;
+ register char *op = outstring;
+ char *outend;
+ int outlen = 0;
+
+ register int tem;
+ int *old_argp = argp;
+ int doleft = 0;
+ int doup = 0;
+
+ outend = outstring + len;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* If the buffer might be too short, make it bigger. */
+ if (op + 5 >= outend)
+ {
+ register char *new;
+ if (outlen == 0)
+ {
+ outlen = len + 40;
+ new = (char *) xmalloc (outlen);
+ outend += 40;
+ bcopy (outstring, new, op - outstring);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ outend += outlen;
+ outlen *= 2;
+ new = (char *) xrealloc (outstring, outlen);
+ }
+ op += new - outstring;
+ outend += new - outstring;
+ outstring = new;
+ }
+ c = *p++;
+ if (!c)
+ break;
+ if (c == '%')
+ {
+ c = *p++;
+ tem = *argp;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'd': /* %d means output in decimal. */
+ if (tem < 10)
+ goto onedigit;
+ if (tem < 100)
+ goto twodigit;
+ case '3': /* %3 means output in decimal, 3 digits. */
+ if (tem > 999)
+ {
+ *op++ = tem / 1000 + '0';
+ tem %= 1000;
+ }
+ *op++ = tem / 100 + '0';
+ case '2': /* %2 means output in decimal, 2 digits. */
+ twodigit:
+ tem %= 100;
+ *op++ = tem / 10 + '0';
+ onedigit:
+ *op++ = tem % 10 + '0';
+ argp++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'C':
+ /* For c-100: print quotient of value by 96, if nonzero,
+ then do like %+. */
+ if (tem >= 96)
+ {
+ *op++ = tem / 96;
+ tem %= 96;
+ }
+ case '+': /* %+x means add character code of char x. */
+ tem += *p++;
+ case '.': /* %. means output as character. */
+ if (left)
+ {
+ /* If want to forbid output of 0 and \n and \t,
+ and this is one of them, increment it. */
+ while (tem == 0 || tem == '\n' || tem == '\t')
+ {
+ tem++;
+ if (argp == old_argp)
+ doup++, outend -= strlen (up);
+ else
+ doleft++, outend -= strlen (left);
+ }
+ }
+ *op++ = tem ? tem : 0200;
+ case 'f': /* %f means discard next arg. */
+ argp++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'b': /* %b means back up one arg (and re-use it). */
+ argp--;
+ break;
+
+ case 'r': /* %r means interchange following two args. */
+ argp[0] = argp[1];
+ argp[1] = tem;
+ old_argp++;
+ break;
+
+ case '>': /* %>xy means if arg is > char code of x, */
+ if (argp[0] > *p++) /* then add char code of y to the arg, */
+ argp[0] += *p; /* and in any case don't output. */
+ p++; /* Leave the arg to be output later. */
+ break;
+
+ case 'a': /* %a means arithmetic. */
+ /* Next character says what operation.
+ Add or subtract either a constant or some other arg. */
+ /* First following character is + to add or - to subtract
+ or = to assign. */
+ /* Next following char is 'p' and an arg spec
+ (0100 plus position of that arg relative to this one)
+ or 'c' and a constant stored in a character. */
+ tem = p[2] & 0177;
+ if (p[1] == 'p')
+ tem = argp[tem - 0100];
+ if (p[0] == '-')
+ argp[0] -= tem;
+ else if (p[0] == '+')
+ argp[0] += tem;
+ else if (p[0] == '*')
+ argp[0] *= tem;
+ else if (p[0] == '/')
+ argp[0] /= tem;
+ else
+ argp[0] = tem;
+
+ p += 3;
+ break;
+
+ case 'i': /* %i means add one to arg, */
+ argp[0] ++; /* and leave it to be output later. */
+ argp[1] ++; /* Increment the following arg, too! */
+ break;
+
+ case '%': /* %% means output %; no arg. */
+ goto ordinary;
+
+ case 'n': /* %n means xor each of next two args with 140. */
+ argp[0] ^= 0140;
+ argp[1] ^= 0140;
+ break;
+
+ case 'm': /* %m means xor each of next two args with 177. */
+ argp[0] ^= 0177;
+ argp[1] ^= 0177;
+ break;
+
+ case 'B': /* %B means express arg as BCD char code. */
+ argp[0] += 6 * (tem / 10);
+ break;
+
+ case 'D': /* %D means weird Delta Data transformation. */
+ argp[0] -= 2 * (tem % 16);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* Ordinary character in the argument string. */
+ ordinary:
+ *op++ = c;
+ }
+ *op = 0;
+ while (doup-- > 0)
+ strcat (op, up);
+ while (doleft-- > 0)
+ strcat (op, left);
+ return outstring;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char buf[50];
+ int args[3];
+ args[0] = atoi (argv[2]);
+ args[1] = atoi (argv[3]);
+ args[2] = atoi (argv[4]);
+ tparam1 (argv[1], buf, "LEFT", "UP", args);
+ printf ("%s\n", buf);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/version.c b/lib/termcap/version.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad57be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/version.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* version.c - termcap library version information. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1985-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Make the library identifiable with the RCS ident command. */
+static char *termcap_version_string = "\n$Version: GNU termcap 1.3 $\n";
diff --git a/lib/tilde/Makefile.in b/lib/tilde/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c21d389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+## -*- text -*- ####################################################
+# #
+# Makefile for the GNU Tilde Library. #
+# #
+####################################################################
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I${BASHINCDIR} -I$(topdir)/lib
+
+CCFLAGS = ${ASAN_CFLAGS} $(PROFILE_FLAGS) $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
+ ${INCLUDES} $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+.c.o:
+ $(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libtilde.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = $(srcdir)/tilde.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = $(srcdir)/tilde.h
+
+OBJECTS = tilde.o
+
+# The texinfo files which document this library.
+DOCSOURCE = doc/tilde.texi
+DOCOBJECT = doc/tilde.dvi
+DOCSUPPORT = doc/Makefile
+DOCUMENTATION = $(DOCSOURCE) $(DOCOBJECT) $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile ChangeLog $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SOURCES = $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES) $(DOCSOURCE)
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(SUPPORT)
+
+######################################################################
+
+all: $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+$(LIBRARY_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RM) -f $@
+ $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+documentation: force
+ -(cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS))
+
+force:
+
+# The rule for 'includes' is written funny so that the if statement
+# always returns TRUE unless there really was an error installing the
+# include files.
+install:
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) -c -m 644 $(LIBRARY_NAME) $(libdir)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)
+ -test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) -t $(libdir)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+clean:
+ $(RM) -f $(OBJECTS) $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+realclean distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+ $(RM) -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+ -( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+######################################################################
+# #
+# Dependencies for the object files which make up this library. #
+# #
+######################################################################
+
+tilde.o: tilde.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h
+tilde.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+tilde.o: tilde.c
diff --git a/lib/tilde/README b/lib/tilde/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8772f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+If you're building this separately from bash or the readline library, add
+$(srcdir)/shell.c to the CSOURCES variable and shell.o to the OBJECTS
+variable in Makefile.in. (Not that this is very useful without readline
+or bash.)
+
diff --git a/lib/tilde/shell.c b/lib/tilde/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9805a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* shell.c -- tilde utility functions that are normally provided by
+ bash when readline is linked as part of the shell. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Tilde Library.
+
+ The GNU Tilde Library is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU Tilde Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with the GNU Tilde Library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid ();
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+char *
+get_env_value (char *varname)
+{
+ return ((char *)getenv (varname));
+}
+
+/* If we're not using $HOME, assume that the passwd file information won't
+ change while this shell instance is running. */
+char *
+get_home_dir (void)
+{
+ static char *home_dir = (char *)NULL;
+ struct passwd *entry;
+
+ if (home_dir)
+ return (home_dir);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+ entry = getpwuid (getuid ());
+ if (entry)
+ home_dir = savestring (entry->pw_dir);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ endpwent (); /* some systems need this */
+#endif
+
+ return (home_dir);
+}
diff --git a/lib/tilde/tilde.c b/lib/tilde/tilde.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d0f296
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/tilde.c
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* tilde.c -- Tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "tilde.h"
+
+#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC)
+static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+# if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+# endif
+# if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+extern struct passwd *getpwnam PARAMS((const char *));
+# endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#if !defined (savestring)
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif /* !savestring */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# if defined (__STDC__)
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0x0
+# endif /* !__STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/* If being compiled as part of bash, these will be satisfied from
+ variables.o. If being compiled as part of readline, they will
+ be satisfied from shell.o. */
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes. This is set to
+ whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not
+ perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_prefixes[] =
+ { " ~", "\t~", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes. This is set to
+ whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not
+ perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_suffixes[] =
+ { " ", "\n", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+ wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions. The function
+ is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+ standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
+ with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+ are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
+ `=~' and `:~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_prefixes = (char **)default_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+ the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
+ `:' and `=~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_suffixes = (char **)default_suffixes;
+
+static int tilde_find_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static int tilde_find_suffix PARAMS((const char *));
+static char *isolate_tilde_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static char *glue_prefix_and_suffix PARAMS((char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+ the tilde which starts the expansion. Place the length of the text
+ which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */
+static int
+tilde_find_prefix (const char *string, int *len)
+{
+ register int i, j, string_len;
+ register char **prefixes;
+
+ prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+ *len = 0;
+
+ if (*string == '\0' || *string == '~')
+ return (0);
+
+ if (prefixes)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0)
+ {
+ *len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1;
+ return (i + *len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (string_len);
+}
+
+/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+ the character which ends the tilde definition. */
+static int
+tilde_find_suffix (const char *string)
+{
+ register int i, j, string_len;
+ register char **suffixes;
+
+ suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes;
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ if (string[i] == '/' || string[i] == '\\' /* || !string[i] */)
+#else
+ if (string[i] == '/' /* || !string[i] */)
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0)
+ return (i);
+ }
+ }
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+char *
+tilde_expand (const char *string)
+{
+ char *result;
+ int result_size, result_index;
+
+ result_index = result_size = 0;
+ if (result = strchr (string, '~'))
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 16));
+ else
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 1));
+
+ /* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ register int start, end;
+ char *tilde_word, *expansion;
+ int len;
+
+ /* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */
+ start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len);
+
+ /* Copy the skipped text into the result. */
+ if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20)));
+
+ strncpy (result + result_index, string, start);
+ result_index += start;
+
+ /* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */
+ string += start;
+
+ /* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the
+ username. */
+ end = tilde_find_suffix (string);
+
+ /* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */
+ if (!start && !end)
+ break;
+
+ /* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */
+ tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end);
+ strncpy (tilde_word, string, end);
+ tilde_word[end] = '\0';
+ string += end;
+
+ expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word);
+
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = tilde_word;
+ else
+ xfree (tilde_word);
+
+ len = strlen (expansion);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Fix for Cygwin to prevent ~user/xxx from expanding to //xxx when
+ $HOME for `user' is /. On cygwin, // denotes a network drive. */
+ if (len > 1 || *expansion != '/' || *string != '/')
+#endif
+ {
+ if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20)));
+
+ strcpy (result + result_index, expansion);
+ result_index += len;
+ }
+ xfree (expansion);
+ }
+
+ result[result_index] = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Take FNAME and return the tilde prefix we want expanded. If LENP is
+ non-null, the index of the end of the prefix into FNAME is returned in
+ the location it points to. */
+static char *
+isolate_tilde_prefix (const char *fname, int *lenp)
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (fname));
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/' && fname[i] != '\\'; i++)
+#else
+ for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/'; i++)
+#endif
+ ret[i - 1] = fname[i];
+ ret[i - 1] = '\0';
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = i;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Public function to scan a string (FNAME) beginning with a tilde and find
+ the portion of the string that should be passed to the tilde expansion
+ function. Right now, it just calls tilde_find_suffix and allocates new
+ memory, but it can be expanded to do different things later. */
+char *
+tilde_find_word (const char *fname, int flags, int *lenp)
+{
+ int x;
+ char *r;
+
+ x = tilde_find_suffix (fname);
+ if (x == 0)
+ {
+ r = savestring (fname);
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ r = (char *)xmalloc (1 + x);
+ strncpy (r, fname, x);
+ r[x] = '\0';
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = x;
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a string that is PREFIX concatenated with SUFFIX starting at
+ SUFFIND. */
+static char *
+glue_prefix_and_suffix (char *prefix, const char *suffix, int suffind)
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int plen, slen;
+
+ plen = (prefix && *prefix) ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+ slen = strlen (suffix + suffind);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (plen + slen + 1);
+ if (plen)
+ strcpy (ret, prefix);
+ strcpy (ret + plen, suffix + suffind);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
+ tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook.
+ This always returns a newly-allocated string, never static storage. */
+char *
+tilde_expand_word (const char *filename)
+{
+ char *dirname, *expansion, *username;
+ int user_len;
+ struct passwd *user_entry;
+
+ if (filename == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (*filename != '~')
+ return (savestring (filename));
+
+ /* A leading `~/' or a bare `~' is *always* translated to the value of
+ $HOME or the home directory of the current user, regardless of any
+ preexpansion hook. */
+ if (filename[1] == '\0' || filename[1] == '/')
+ {
+ /* Prefix $HOME to the rest of the string. */
+ expansion = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+#if defined (_WIN32)
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = sh_get_env_value ("APPDATA");
+#endif
+
+ /* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in
+ the password database. */
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = sh_get_home_dir ();
+
+ return (glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, 1));
+ }
+
+ username = isolate_tilde_prefix (filename, &user_len);
+
+ if (tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook)
+ {
+ expansion = (*tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook) (username);
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+ xfree (username);
+ xfree (expansion);
+ return (dirname);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No preexpansion hook, or the preexpansion hook failed. Look in the
+ password database. */
+ dirname = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+ user_entry = getpwnam (username);
+#else
+ user_entry = 0;
+#endif
+ if (user_entry == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the calling program has a special syntax for expanding tildes,
+ and we couldn't find a standard expansion, then let them try. */
+ if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook)
+ {
+ expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username);
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+ xfree (expansion);
+ }
+ }
+ /* If we don't have a failure hook, or if the failure hook did not
+ expand the tilde, return a copy of what we were passed. */
+ if (dirname == 0)
+ dirname = savestring (filename);
+ }
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ else
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (user_entry->pw_dir, filename, user_len);
+#endif
+
+ xfree (username);
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+ endpwent ();
+#endif
+ return (dirname);
+}
+
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+#undef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ char *result, line[512];
+ int done = 0;
+
+ while (!done)
+ {
+ printf ("~expand: ");
+ fflush (stdout);
+
+ if (!gets (line))
+ strcpy (line, "done");
+
+ if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (line, "exit") == 0))
+ {
+ done = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ result = tilde_expand (line);
+ printf (" --> %s\n", result);
+ free (result);
+ }
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+static void memory_error_and_abort (void);
+
+static void *
+xmalloc (size_t bytes)
+{
+ void *temp = (char *)malloc (bytes);
+
+ if (!temp)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (void *pointer, int bytes)
+{
+ void *temp;
+
+ if (!pointer)
+ temp = malloc (bytes);
+ else
+ temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
+
+ if (!temp)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort (void)
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: out of virtual memory\n");
+ abort ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * compile-command: "gcc -g -DTEST -o tilde tilde.c"
+ * end:
+ */
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/tilde/tilde.h b/lib/tilde/tilde.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e26dd04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/tilde.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the Readline Library (Readline), a set of
+ routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+ for it.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_TILDE_H_)
+# define _TILDE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+ and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+ extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# define PARAMS(protos) protos
+# else
+# define PARAMS(protos) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef char *tilde_hook_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+ wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions. The function
+ is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+ standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
+ with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+ are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
+ `=~' and `:~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+ the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
+ `:' and `=~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes;
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+extern char *tilde_expand PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
+ tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
+extern char *tilde_expand_word PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Find the portion of the string beginning with ~ that should be expanded. */
+extern char *tilde_find_word PARAMS((const char *, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TILDE_H_ */